Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080198784 | Dynamical sequentially-controlled low-power multiplexer device - Multiplexers are basic components widely used in VLSI designs. Switching activities of a multiplexer are one of the most important factors of power consumption. A multiplexer may have some sub-multiplexers. An extra dynamic controller is applied in the present invention to reconfigure control signals for decreasing switching activities of the composed sub-multiplexers. Thus, the power consumption of the multiplexer is reduced to achieve higher power efficiency. | 08-21-2008 |
20080205317 | Link Establishment in a Wireless Communication Environment - The invention relates to link establishment in a wireless communication terminal. In order to obtain flexible and low power connections between a wireless terminal belonging to a short-range wireless network and an external wireless communication device not belonging to that network, a protection frame is sent either from the wireless communication terminal or from the external wireless communication device. The protection frame includes duration information used for virtual carrier-sensing in the short-range wireless network. In response to the protection frame, data is transferred between the wireless communication terminal and the external wireless communication device during a time period indicated by the duration information. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205318 | Apparatus, method and computer program product providing power optimization in battery powered communication devices - A method includes determining, based on a received network device resource allocation for an impending operational period, whether a power saving mode can be entered, and if the power saving mode can be entered, selectively controlling at least one of clock signals and power supply voltages of at least a baseband portion of a receiver. Also disclosed is an apparatus that operates in accordance with the method. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205319 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING INFORMATION OF TERMINAL EXITING IDLE MODE - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for managing the information of a terminal exiting idle mode mainly includes: deleting relevant information of the terminal retained in a paging controller and a location register of a wireless communication system when the terminal has exited idle mode. With the present invention, the relevant information aiming at the terminal retained in the PC and the LR is deleted after the terminal has exited idle mode so as to utilize the resources of the PC and the LR effectively and improve the utilization rate of air interface emission resource of the PC. | 08-28-2008 |
20080212508 | POWER SAVING METHOD IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM FOR PERMITTING TERMINAL STATION TO PROMPTLY TRANSITION TO DOZE STATE BY TRANSMITTING EMPTY DATA FRAME - A power saving method in a wireless LAN system is disclosed for permitting a terminal station to promptly transition to a doze state irrespective of the presence or absence of data destined to the terminal station in a base station. Upon receipt of a PS-Poll signal from a terminal station subordinate to a base station for prompting a transmission of data destined to the terminal station, the base station transmits an ACK signal to the terminal station for indicating a successful reception of the PS-Poll signal. Further, the base station transmits a data frame including data destined to the terminal station when there is such data, or transmits an empty data frame when there is no data destined to the terminal station. Then, upon receipt of the data frame (including the empty data frame), the terminal station transmits an ACK signal to the base station, and then transitions to the doze state in which a transmission/reception function is made inoperative. | 09-04-2008 |
20080219196 | INFRASTRUCTURE OFFLOAD WAKE ON WIRELESS LAN (WOWL) - Aspects of an infrastructure offload wake on wireless LAN (WOWL) are described. An aspect of the system may include a networked device, or station, which may communicate one or more filters to an infrastructure networking device. The infrastructure networking device may utilize the filters to perform pattern matching operations on frames or packets received from the network for delivery to at least the station while the station is in an inactive, or low-power, state. When pattern matching operations performed at the infrastructure networking device indicate receipt of a frame or packet on behalf of the inactive station, which matches at least one of the filters, the infrastructure networking device may store an indication value. The indication value may denote receipt of at least one frame or packet that matched at least one of the filters, which were communicated to the infrastructure networking device by the station. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219197 | Low Power Data Streaming - To save power, a controller formats data packets for transmission to a remote device and then enters a low power mode. A direct memory access unit reads the formatted data packets and presents them to a communication interface for transmission to the remote device. A hardware logic unit matches acknowledgement and no-acknowledgement responses from the remote device for directing further packet transmission. When the hardware logic unit cannot match a response from the remote device it signals the controller to wake up for further processing. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219198 | Method for scheduling packet data transmission - In a packet data transmission and reception system, a media access control (MAC) message is broadcast by a base station to a plurality of mobile stations. The MAC message contains packet data transmission scheduling information which allows the base station to preemptively control mobile station access to traffic channels in order to maximize the efficiency of packet data transmissions and allow scheduling consideration including priority access, quality of service and maximum bytes per transfer. The MAC message consists of a control frame structure, which comprises scheduling parameters including MAC IDs fields, activity fields, and a field representing the number of free traffic channels in a cell. These parameters enable multiple mobile stations to share, in a time multiplexed fashion, traffic channels for packet data transmission on CDMA based mobile communication systems. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219199 | WCDMA device and method for discontinuous reception for power saving in idle mode and flexible monitoring of neighboring cells - A WCDMA enabled user equipment device configured to have functions collectively or selectively idle to conserve power. A discontinuous receiver is used to detect and read network messages and report the messages to the computer within the WCDMA enabled user equipment device. The computer then activates functions previously powered down to receive incoming messages for the user of the device. The discontinuous receiver is also used when the device is active to read network messages, freeing a modem of the device to operate on user messaging; and therefore, enhancing user related performance. | 09-11-2008 |
20080219200 | WCDMA device and method for discontinuous reception for power saving in idle mode and flexible monitoring of neighboring cells - A WCDMA enabled user equipment device configured to have functions collectively or selectively idle to conserve power. A discontinuous receiver is used to detect and read network messages and report the messages to the computer within the WCDMA enabled user equipment device. The computer then activates functions previously powered down to receive incoming messages for the user of the device. The discontinuous receiver is also used when the device is active to read network messages, freeing a modem of the device to operate on user messaging; and therefore, enhancing user related performance. | 09-11-2008 |
20080225768 | Systems and Methods for Indicating Buffered Data at an Access Point Using a Traffic Indication Map Broadcast - Stations in standby mode periodically wake up to check for buffered data at the access points. Traditionally, the information is available by checking the periodic beacon frame for a traffic indication map (TIM). Unfortunately, the length of beacons has steadily increased with the progression of the various wireless standards requiring stations to wake up for longer periods to merely check for buffered data. Several approaches are disclosed which address this shortcoming, including the broadcast of TIM frames, the partial reception of beacon frames and the use of an embedded TIM frame within a beacon frame. | 09-18-2008 |
20080232286 | System and Method for Hibernation Mode for Beaconing Devices | 09-25-2008 |
20080232287 | Method and system for power saving scheduling in wireless local area networks - A power saving (PS) scheduling process is provided for scheduling uplink and downlink frame transmissions between a PS transmitter and at least one PS receiver using PSAD sequences in a wireless communication system. The power saving scheduling process involves determining a power saving schedule of transmission opportunities for communication between a PS transmitter and at least one PS receiver over a shared channel, wherein the schedule includes corresponding durations for uplink transmissions of frames from each PS receiver to the PS transmitter. A Power Saving Aggregation Descriptor (PSAD) frame containing said schedule is constructed. A PSAD sequence is initiated by transmitting the PSAD from the PS transmitter to each PS receiver. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232288 | Keep-alive handling in a wireless network - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, in wireless network, keep-alive type packets may be received from a remote application for a mobile station. A determination may be made whether the mobile station is in an idle mode. If the mobile station is in an idle mode, a determination may be made whether a port in a keep-alive type packet is recognized. If the port is recognized, an application server may respond to the keep-alive type packet on behalf of the mobile station so that the mobile station is not required to exit the idle mode to respond to the keep-alive type packets. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232289 | APPARATUS, AND ASSOCIATED METHOD, FOR PAGING AN ACCESS TERMINAL IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING SEQUENTIALLY ASSIGNED QUICK PAGE IDENTIFIERS - An apparatus, and an associated method, for facilitating paging of an access terminal. A hash function is performed at a network entity to form a hash value. The hash value is utilized to identify a paging packet that is to be populated with paging information. Once formed, the paging packet is sent as part of a superframe of packets. The access terminal also performs the hash function to determine to where to hash to search for the paging information. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232290 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HOLISTIC ENERGY MANAGEMENT IN ETHERNET NETWORKS - Aspects of a method and system for holistic energy management in Ethernet networks are provided. In this regard, based on activity in one or more nodes in a network, power consumption in the network may be controlled via computational capabilities of node(s) in the network and/or via a data communication rate between nodes in the network. Activity in a network node may be determined based on deep packet inspection of traffic transmitted/received by the node, inspection of data exchanged between subsystems in the node, a state of an operating system running in the node, data processed or waiting to be processed in the node, information exchanged between an energy management entity in the node and an energy management entity in one or more other nodes, computing tasks delegated to the node, and/or instructions transmitted along with a computing task delegated to the node. | 09-25-2008 |
20080240008 | Wireless Network Apparatus and System Field of the Invention - The performance and ease of management of wireless communications environments is improved by a mechanism that enables access points (APs) to perform automatic channel selection. A wireless network can therefore include multiple APs, each of which will automatically choose a channel such that channel usage is optimized. Furthermore, APs can perform automatic power adjustment so that multiple APs can operate on the same channel while minimizing interference with each other. Wireless stations are load balanced across APs so that user bandwidth is optimized. A movement detection scheme provides seamless roaming of stations between APs. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240009 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a system and method for transmitting data based on an operational state of a mobile station in a communication system. The method includes, when detecting a low battery state of the mobile station, storing one or more data packets to be transmitted to the mobile station, extracting at least one data packet, which has a transmission delay time larger than a difference between a maximum delay time and preset margin, from the one or more stored data packets, and transmitting at least a part of the extracted at least one data packet to the mobile station by using a resource allocated to the mobile station. | 10-02-2008 |
20080253311 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REAL-TIME DATA TRANSMISSION USING ADAPTIVE TIME COMPRESSION - A system and method is provided for real-time data transmission using adaptive time compression that is based on an estimation of network load, one or more media properties of the real-time data, and/or a battery level of the mobile device. A first embodiment provides a mobile device operable to transmit real time data using the adaptive time compression. Another embodiment provides a wireless network operable to transmit real-time data using the adaptive time compression. Another embodiment provides a wireless network operable to determine a time compression ratio, which is used for the adaptive time compression The time compression ratio might be sent to the mobile device for use by the mobile device in up (reverse) link transmission, or by the mobile device in down (forward) link reception, or both. Another embodiment provides a mobile device operable to enter a low power consumption mode while not actively transmitting or receiving. | 10-16-2008 |
20080253312 | Method for transitioning radio resource control state of user equipment to idle state, system therefor, and the same user equipment - In a WCDMA mobile communication system, when the amount of packet traffic transmitted to or received from a UE decreases during a predetermined time in a CELL_DCH state in which a WCDMA packet data connection has been established, the UE transitions to a CELL_FACH state by a radio network controller (RNC). Thereafter, it is determined if there is no transmitted or received packet traffic during a certain time in the CELL_FACH state (which is an RRC state in which an RRC connection has been connected, and the dedicated physical channel has been released). When it is determined that there is no transmitted or received packet traffic during the certain time, the UE requests a network to release the RRC connection by utilizing a Signaling Connection Release Indication (SCRI) message. The invention enables a UE to check a packet transmission or reception flow, and to directly transmit the SCRI message to the network. | 10-16-2008 |
20080259835 | Locating content in broadband wireless access networks - In some embodiments, only one multicast connection identifier is used in a WiMAX network per zone. This may result in power savings because it is not necessary for the mobile station to query a base station to obtain the correct information about how to locate desired channels in a WiMAX multicast. Instead, the mobile station may be maintained in a lower power consumption mode in which it need not transmit, but only receives information. This is because the mobile station has all the information it needs about what channels are available and can simply tune using a logical media channel identifier to the appropriate channel to receive the desired content without having to transmit a message to the base station to identify the correct channel. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259836 | Power Saving Function for Wireless LANs: Methods, System and Program Products - A wireless data communication system has a first station or mobile unit is linked to a second station configured as an access unit to support packet communication, voice or data, where the voice packets are transmitted in the Continuously Aware Mode (CAM) mode while other packets are buffered by the access point and held until asked for by the first station when in a Power Saving-Poll (PSP) mode. A monitoring apparatus at the access point monitors all transmitted packets and sorts the packets to the mobile unit according to CAM or PSP mode. Voice packets are sent out immediately to the mobile unit. Other packets are stored at the access point. The packet arrival rate may vary during transmission and due to random packet delays introduced by propagation characteristic and processing apparatus. The packet arrival rate and delays are taken into account by the first station in an algorithm to determine and extend the normal safe period in which the station receiver may be powered off. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259837 | Communication in Dual Protocol Environments - A communication device ( | 10-23-2008 |
20080267104 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Data - ABSTRACT A method for transmitting data includes: acquiring a Multicast and Broadcast Service Mapping Information Element (MBS_MAP_IE) and MBS data corresponding to the MBS_MAP_IE; wherein the MBS_MAP_IE carries a parameter for indicating the frame position of the next MBS MAP_IE; setting a sleep duration according to the parameter for indicating the frame position of the next MBS_MAP_IE and acquiring the next MBS_MAP_IE and MBS data corresponding to the next MBS_MAP_IE when the sleep duration expires. By applying the present invention, it is unnecessary for a mobile terminal to receive an MBS mapping message, so that the sleep duration of the mobile terminal is increased and thus the power consumption of the mobile terminal is reduced. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267105 | ACTIVE MODE DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION SYNCHRONIZATION AND RESYNCHRONIZATION OPERATION - A method and apparatus for active mode discontinuous reception (DRX) synchronization and resynchronization operation are disclosed. A first entity sends a DRX indicator to a second entity. The first and second entities synchronize and resynchronize DRX operation based on the DRX indicator. | 10-30-2008 |
20080273478 | Method for Fairly Distribution of Spectrum in Contention-Based Protocols - The invention relates to a method and a terminal for wireless transmitting data using a contention-based protocol, wherein a plurality of communicating wireless terminals ( | 11-06-2008 |
20080273479 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNELS BY RESTRICTING A SET OF THE CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a control channel in a base station for a wireless communication system. The base station transmits information including a number of channel elements constituting control channels, to a terminal; establishes a set of control channels that the terminal can receive, within the number of channel elements using an identifier (ID) of the terminal; and transmits control information to the terminal through a selected control channel among the control channels. The terminal is restricted to monitor only a proper number of control channels established without the need to monitor all control channels, thereby reducing reception complexity and avoiding unnecessary battery consumption. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273480 | DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF TRAINING TIME FOR WIRELESS RECEIVER - Systems, devices, and methods are described for acquiring a wireless signal including a number of time-multiplexed bursts of data. An allocated training time may be dynamically adjusted to acquire a wireless signal and capture one of the bursts of data. Also, initial filter coefficients may be established for bursts of data based on previous filter coefficients. In addition, the step size used to adapt an initial filter coefficient may also be modified to account for certain channel characteristics. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273481 | WARM START RECEIVER - Systems, devices, and methods are described for acquiring a wireless signal including a number of time-multiplexed bursts of data. An allocated training time may be dynamically adjusted to acquire a wireless signal and capture one of the bursts of data. Also, initial filter coefficients may be established for bursts of data based on previous filter coefficients. In addition, the step size used to adapt an initial filter coefficient may also be modified to account for certain channel characteristics. | 11-06-2008 |
20080279129 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC WIRELESS TRANSPORT SELECTION FOR INCREASED PERFORMANCE AND REDUCED POWER CONSUMPTION - A system and method for automatic wireless transport selection for increased performance and reduced power consumption. Multiple wireless transport services can appear to a TCP/IP stack as a single adapter. Management of the multiple wireless transport services can be performed below the TCP/IP stack to optimize on criteria such as power consumption and bandwidth. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279130 | Bluetooth and Wireless Network Coexistence - Implementations are presented herein that relate to Bluetooth® and Wireless Network Coexistence. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279131 | UPLINK TIMING CONTROL - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate evaluating and utilizing timing updates in a wireless communications network. A base station can transmit timing adjustment commands to mobile devices as needed as opposed to a periodic timing update where timing adjustment commands are always sent within a certain period. However, the mobile devices need to stay awake to monitor the timing adjustment message resulting in high power consumption. On the other hand with periodic update, the mobile devices can wake up to check whether there is a timing adjustment for itself and, if not, return to a sleep mode. With the proposed method, a mobile device can sleep for a period of time to check for timing adjustment commands upon waking. Thus, both the mobile power consumption and downlink signaling overhead are reduced. | 11-13-2008 |
20080285494 | Mobile station designed to skip sensitivity measurement of neighboring cell when specific condition is satisfied and power management process thereof - A mobile station designed to skip sensitivity measuring of neighboring cells when a specific condition is satisfied and a power management process thereof. The mobile station checks a movement of the mobile station during a reference time T using a motion sensor; and if the movement of the mobile station is not detected during the reference time T, enters an enhanced mode and skipping at least one procedure selected from the group consisting of a procedure of measuring sensitivities of neighboring cells, a procedure of re-selecting a cell and a procedure of tuning with the neighboring cells. This can reduce power consumption in the mobile station, which is fixed for a long time. The power management process can be applied to various types communication systems such as GSM, GPRS, CDMA, WCDMA, HSDPA, HSUPA and TDS-CDMA, in which cell re-selection is carried out. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285495 | Systems and Methods for Communicating to a Disassociated Station in a Protected Network - Stations in standby mode in a wireless local area network (WLAN) become disassociated with their access point. In the event traffic is intended for the station in standby mode, a wakeup message needs to be communicated to the station. Typically, a wakeup message could be broadcast on a broadcast or multicast address, and when the station checks for broadcasts, the station can determine whether it needs to wake up. However, in a protected network, a disassociated station cannot decrypt messages from the access point without reassociating. However, the cost of reassociating in time and power can be significant, so reassociating should not be performed unless the station needs to wake up, leading to a vicious cycle as the station does not know it must wake up unless it can decrypt the message. To address this issue, in one embodiment the access points do not encrypt messages on a select multicast address, whereby messages such as wakeup message can be transmitted. In another embodiment, the messages are still encrypted. However, the identification of which station must wake up is encoded as the length of the encrypted payload. These methods allow a general message of communicating to disassociated stations in a protected WLAN environment. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285496 | Data download in wireless network - A wireless receiver device including a wireless network interface and a processor configured to manage reception of data files through the network interface. The processor additionally is configured to determine network or wireless receiver device conditions and to delay reception of blocks of a file, responsive to the determined conditions meeting specific requirements, although the determined conditions allow reception of a block without the delay. | 11-20-2008 |
20080291855 | Wireless Data Networking - A meshing network comprising one full function controller (WDC) and a plurality of nodes (WDN, WSN), that is RF quiet capable with very low power consumption and the ability to quickly heal itself and create new network paths. The network uses an addressing scheme that allows for each node to not have a network map but still be able to route messages. A piping scheme allows a mesh to become a high throughput network. A sensor rail protocol definition allows sensor devices to connect to nodes and route messages through the network. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291856 | MULTIPLE ACCESS WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING A MULTI-SECTOR CONFIGURATION - Power control methods and apparatus for use in a sectorized cell of an OFDM communications system are described. Each sector of a cell uses the same frequencies and transmission times and is synchronized with the other sectors in the cell in terms of tone frequencies used at any given time and symbol transmission times. Tones are allocated to channels in each cell in the same manner so that each channel in a sector has a corresponding channel in another sector. Power differences between channels in different sectors are maintained to be within a pre-selected power difference. Different channels in a cell are assigned different power levels. Wireless terminals are assigned to channels based on channel feedback information. Wireless terminals with poor channel conditions are allocated to higher power channels than wireless terminals with good channel conditions. Lower power channels often include more tones per symbol time than high power channels. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291857 | Timeslot scheduling in digital audio and hybrid audio radio systems - Systems and methods of decoding data streams and conserving power are described. In some embodiments, a stream of data containing audio and other data is divided into a plurality of timeslots. A first timeslot of the plurality of timeslots is allocated to a first service. A grant location message which indicates a location of the first timeslot allocated to the first service is generated. The grant allocation message and the plurality of timeslots are transmitted to a receiver. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291858 | Power Saving Wireless Local Area Network Portable Device - A system and method are provided for controlling bandwidth allocation in a wireless local area network (wLAN). The method comprises: expressing device bandwidth allocations in terms of a time base; in response to expressing the bandwidth allocation in terms of a time base, monitoring network communications; and, measuring the allocated bandwidths. The method may further comprise: establishing polling schedules in response to expressing the bandwidth allocation in terms of a time base; and, de-energizing devices in response to the polling schedules. Expressing device bandwidth allocations in terms of a time base includes establishing: an inter-transmission opportunity (TXOP) interval; and, a TXOP jitter. These fields are supplied in the IEEE 802.11e transmit specification (TSPEC). Then, de-energizing devices in response to the polling schedule includes disengaging transmission and receiving functions in the minimum TXOP intervals between polling events, where the minimum TXOP interval is the inter-TXOP interval minus the TXOP jitter. | 11-27-2008 |
20080298287 | PRIORITY SCHEME FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A priority scheme method ( | 12-04-2008 |
20080298288 | POWER SAVE MODE FOR WIRELESS STATION WITH STATION-TO-STATION LINK ASSOCIATION - While maintaining a direct station-to-station link (STSL) with a second wireless client device in a centralized network, a first wireless client device may enter a doze mode, in which it cannot transmit or receive, and wake up periodically only to check for queued-up traffic from its associated access point. If the second wireless device in the STSL has data to send to the dozing first wireless device, it may do so by sending a notice to the first wireless device through the associated access point, which may queue up the notice until the first wireless device wakes up. When the first wireless device receives the notice, it may resume STSL communications with the second wireless device. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298289 | Power management for wireless devices - In some embodiments, a method to manage power in a wireless communication device, comprises in a wireless networking adaptor, changing an operational status of a wireless networking adaptor to a sleep mode and transmitting a sleep message from the wireless networking adaptor to a host driver in an electronic device coupled to the networking adaptor, in the electronic device, determining whether a sleep duration specified in the sleep message exceeds a threshold, in response to a determination that the sleep duration specified in the sleep message exceeds a threshold implementing a selective suspend operation on the electronic device, and monitoring for a wake event, and in response to a determination that the sleep duration specified in the sleep message does not exceed a threshold, flushing one or more bulk IN buffers, and monitoring for a wake event. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298290 | Systems and Methods for Indicating Buffered Data at an Access Point with Efficient Beacon Handling - Stations in standby mode periodically wake up to check for buffered data at the access points. Traditionally, the information is available by checking the periodic beacon frame for a traffic indication map (TIM). Unfortunately, the length of beacons has steadily increased with the progression of the various wireless standards requiring stations to wake up for longer periods to merely check for buffered data. Several approaches are disclosed which address this shortcoming, including the broadcast of TIM frames, the partial reception of beacon frames and the use of an embedded TIM frame within a beacon frame. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298291 | SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - Aiming at realizing high breakdown voltage and low ON resistance of a semiconductor device having the super-junction structure, the semiconductor device of the present invention has a semiconductor substrate having an element forming region having a gate electrode formed therein, and a periphery region formed around the element forming region, and having an field oxide film formed therein; and a parallel p-n layer having n-type drift regions and p-type column regions alternately arranged therein, formed along the main surface of the semiconductor substrate, as being distributed over the element forming region and a part of the periphery region, wherein the periphery region has no column region formed beneath the end portion on the element forming region side of the field oxide film and has p-type column regions as at least one column region formed under the field oxide film. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298292 | Wireless Broadband Mobile Station and Method for Measuring Preamble and Determining Effective Sleep Period - A wireless broadband Internet (WiBro) terminal and a method of determining a sleep mode of a WiBro terminal, which can measure a strength of a preamble signal and determine an effective sleep interval are provided. A WiBro terminal, which can measure a strength of a preamble signal in the listening mode during an L frame after operating in a sleep mode during an N1 frame, and operate in a sleep mode during either an N1 or 2*N1 frames, or perform a normal operation when MOB_TRF_IND is positive, resulting from the comparing the strength with a threshold value, is provided. | 12-04-2008 |
20080304432 | System and method for an energy efficient RF transceiver - An energy efficient radio having a clocking system utilizing two clocks with very different precision and power characteristics. In another aspect, the time that a radio spends on listening/receiving is optimized so that energy is not wasted when there is no need to keep receiving. In another aspect, to further improve the energy efficiency, two receive portions with drastic difference in power consumption, instead of a single receive portion as is used in a typical wireless receiver, and are used to process different parts of a received packet. | 12-11-2008 |
20080304433 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR DAISY CHAIN CE DEVICE POWER SAVE MODES - A daisy chain device including a first active mode of operation and a second low power mode of operation. In the first active mode of operation the daisy chain device supplies or receives multimedia data containing at least two types of data. In the second low power mode of operation the daisy chain device relays only predefined data types and consumes less power. Wherein the daisy chain connection includes wires and the transmissions in the different modes of operation are over the same wires. | 12-11-2008 |
20080310337 | Periodic heartbeat communication between devices and a control point - A method, apparatus and system of periodic heartbeat communication between devices and a control point is disclosed. In one embodiment, a method includes generating a periodic heartbeat signal using a counter of a system on chip embedded in a device, and communicating the heartbeat signal to a control point managing the device to trigger a communication between the device and the control point in order to allow the device to use a low power mode between heartbeat communications. In another embodiment, a method includes communicating a heartbeat signal of a device to a control point when the device is coupled to a network of the device and the control point managing the device, performing a key exchange between the device and the control point to authenticate the device, and configuring the device based on parameter data of the control point when key exchange is successful. | 12-18-2008 |
20080316949 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A discrimination unit of a communication apparatus discriminates information on devices configuring a network, and a selection unit of the communication apparatus selects whether or not to execute a process of selecting an antenna to be used in communication, based on the information discriminated by the discrimination unit. The information discriminated by the discrimination unit in the present circumstance is type, the function, the type of power supply, or the remaining battery life, of other communication apparatuses. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316950 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR POWER CONTROL - Downlink power control commands are mapped to resources used for uplink communications within a wireless communication system. An eNode B receives communications from UEs and determines the resources used by the UEs for those transmissions on the uplink which are transmitted at non-optimum power levels. Power control messages are formulated wherein the location of the power control commands is mapped to particular resources used by the UEs for their uplink transmissions. This facilitates the eNode B to dynamically assign resources for the power control commands while permitting the UEs to decode the power control messages to adjust their power accordingly. | 12-25-2008 |
20090003252 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONSERVING POWER FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE WHILE MAINTAINING A CONNECTION TO A NETWORK - The invention relates to a system and a method for selectively reducing power consumption of a communication device communicating with a network is provided. In the method, it comprises the following steps: de-activating at least one communication subsystem of the device during intervals when the device is placed in a power save mode; and while the device is in the power save mode the method re-activates the subsystem in two instances. For the first instance, the communication subsystem is re-activated in relation to a first connection condition, and is then de-activated after a first event. For the second instance, the subsystem is re-activated in relation to a second connection condition and is then de-activated after a second event. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003253 | Controlling wireless network beacon transmission - Methods of an access node of a wireless network controlling beacon transmission are disclosed. The method includes the access node detecting a presence of a client device, and the access node controlling air-time of beacon transmission based on whether the access node detects the presence of a client device. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003254 | Power management of periodic transmissions from networking applications - Methods and apparatus relating to power management of periodic transmissions from networking applications are described. In one embodiment, a periodic transmission manager coupled between one or more network applications and one or more network interfaces may control the flow of periodic transmissions from the one or more network applications to the one or more network interfaces. Other embodiments are also disclosed. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003255 | ADAPTIVE SLEEP AREA - Techniques for determining a sleep area of a sleep group in a wireless communications network based on a value of a dynamically changing communication characteristic. In various embodiments, a sleep area may be determined to reduce resource use in a wireless communication network supporting a sleep mode of a mobile station. In one embodiment, the sleep area may be determined based on a speed of a mobile station. | 01-01-2009 |
20090010188 | EVENT-DRIVEN, POWER OPTIMIZED, LINK ADAPTATION ALGORITHM - An event-driven, power-saving method of controlling link adaptation for wireless transmission in battery powered stations through selectively controlled PHY parameters uses a PHY parameter controller for selectively changing the PHY parameters. The number of retransmissions required per time unit (herein ReTXrate), and missing ACK numbers (e.g., more than two) are used as first and second link quality metrics in the method, instead of the PER as in prior art. Also, the measured ReTXrate after each packet transmission is used for establishing lower and higher thresholds for the ReTXrate. Based on the lower and higher ReTXrate thresholds and based on said missing ACKs, link adaptation by way of changing the PHY parameters through the PHY parameter controller is triggered. The link adaptation method is especially suitable for VoIP traffic but applies to non VoIP traffic too (e.g., data,) including FTP and web browsing situations, and conserves battery power in mobile stations. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010189 | Network with remaining battery life routing metric - A method includes providing a plurality of communicatively coupled sensor nodes including a destination node. A first selected path from an originating node to the destination node is determined from any plurality of possible paths based on a cost of the first selected path. The cost of any path is based at least in part on a cumulative function of the remaining battery life for each sensor node in that path. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010190 | Path Selection and Power Management in Mesh Networks - A two-phased path selection process for wireless mesh networks that promotes stability and power management. If, during a first route discovery phase, a route cannot be found without waking up battery-powered nodes in a wireless mesh network, the source node will wake up battery-powered nodes in the mesh during a second route discovery phase. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010191 | Systems and Methods for Indicating Buffered Data at an Access Point Using an Embedded Traffic Indication Map - Stations in standby mode periodically wake up to check for buffered data at the access points. Traditionally, the information is available by checking the periodic beacon frame for a traffic indication map (TIM). Unfortunately, the length of beacons has steadily increased with the progression of the various wireless standards requiring stations to wake up for longer periods to merely check for buffered data. Several approaches are disclosed which address this shortcoming, including the broadcast of TIM frames, the partial reception of beacon frames and the use of an embedded TIM frame within a beacon frame. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010192 | SINK DEVICE - The invention discloses a sink device and a signal receiving method thereof, applicable to wireless local area network. The sink device receives a plurality of beacon signals, synchronizes the beacon output signal generated by itself with the operating clock of the source device according to the above-mentioned timing synchronization data. And the sink device receives the plurality of beacon signals according to this calibrated synchronization clock. | 01-08-2009 |
20090016251 | Management method and system of low power consuming devices - Management method and system of low power consuming devices are disclosed. In one embodiment, a method includes monitoring a heartbeat signal of a device communicated through a network, and communicating with the device upon processing the heartbeat signal of the device. In another embodiment, a system includes one or more devices to individually generate a heartbeat signal and a control point to communicate with each of the devices based on the heartbeat signal processed through the control point. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016252 | EXTENDED MICROSLEEP FOR COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate operating an access terminal in an LTE based wireless communication environment utilizing extended microsleep. While in non-DRX mode, an access terminal can operate in on state for a first period of time and in extended microsleep state for a second period of time. Further, the first and second periods of time can form a repeating pattern where these periods of time alternate. Thus, the access terminal can turn on its receiver for the first period of time (e.g., decode downlink information while in on state) and turn off its receiver for the second period of time (e.g., inhibit decoding of downlink information while in extended microsleep state). Further, the first period of time in the repeating pattern can be one TTI (e.g., 1 ms) and the second period of time in the repeating pattern can be a plurality of TTIs (e.g., 5 ms). | 01-15-2009 |
20090022078 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING SLEEP STATES OF NETWORK NODES - The present disclosure generally relates to systems and methods for controlling nodes in a communication network, such as a wireless sensor network. In one exemplary embodiment, a node, referred to herein as a “coordinator node,” controls the operation of various nodes, referred to herein as “sensor nodes,” that are configured to monitor various parameters. The coordinator node from time-to-time broadcasts a beacon to the sensor nodes. The beacon can include various information that is used by the sensor nodes for control. In one exemplary embodiment, the beacon includes node-specific information that informs at least some nodes that they are to transition to a sleep state for a certain period of time. Such nodes, based on the beacon, transition to a sleep state, thereby conserving electrical power. | 01-22-2009 |
20090028083 | CUSTOMER FACING INTERFACE POWER CYCLING OF WIRELESS TERMINALS - Systems and methods are described for configuring customer premises equipment in a wireless network in response to reconnection of subscriber station to a base stations. A set of rules is provided that governs configuration of a network interface based in part on whether the interface connects to a different base station after reconnection. Reconfiguration may be include cycling power of the network interface and the decision to cycle power may be based on network configuration determined after the loss of communication. This decision can be made after the loss of communication and after the network interface is reconnected to the wireless network through the same or a different base station. The rules may be processed by a combination of subscriber equipment, network interface and base station. Power may be cycled responsive to a message transmitted by the one base station to the network interface. | 01-29-2009 |
20090028084 | METHOD FOR REDUCING USER EQUIPMENT POWER CONSUMPTION UNDER A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for reducing UE power consumption under a communication network is disclosed. The key principle of the method is an algorithm to force a RRC connection between a communication network and a UE to be released when mail client completes the synchronization process and the UE has no activity. The method includes steps of: (a) checking if a user inactive event occurs in the UE; (b) sending a signaling connection release message on a dedicated control channel from the UE. | 01-29-2009 |
20090034443 | POWER SAVING IDLE MODE ALGORITHM FOR AN ACCESS POINT - A wireless device operating as an access point (AP) uses an idle mode service and an idle mode mechanism to provide the capability of powering down during idle times. The client and the AP may share a cooperative idle mode mechanism to efficiently manage power for all devices operating in the WLAN. | 02-05-2009 |
20090034444 | METHOD FOR TRANSITIONING A WIDE AREA NETWORK MODEM OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE BETWEEN A POWER SAVING MODE AND A SCAN MODE - A mobile communication device ( | 02-05-2009 |
20090034445 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for reducing power consumption in a wireless communication system is described. The monitoring of an access network is ceased by issuing a ControlChannelMAC.Deactivate command, a SharedSignallingMAC.Deactivate command and a ForwardTrafficChannelMAC.Deactivate command. Processing of resources is shut down to reduce power consumption. | 02-05-2009 |
20090040954 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A control unit controls setting of an operating mode. A timer determines a transmission period of a beacon for notifying presence of a network. A beacon transmitting unit transmits a beacon based on the transmission period. When the control unit instructs to switch from a normal operation mode to a power-saving operation mode, the timer sets a transmission period of the beacon to be longer than a transmission period in the normal operation mode. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040955 | Method for Adaptive Discontinuous Reception Based On Extented Paging Indicator for Improvement of Power Effective Performance at Mobile Terminal on WCDMA - An extended paging indicator-based adaptive discontinuous reception method is proposed so as to improve a power saving performance of a terminal in an asynchronous wideband code division multiple access schemes. To this end, a plurality of terminals for performing power saving receive an extended paging indicator for a discontinuous reception cycle, conform a type of a bit Run for configuring the extended paging indicator, and change the discontinuous reception period. In addition, the terminals set the discontinuous reception period update factor value to be varied according to the extended paging indicator as an initial value so as to determine a next paging occasion block, change the discontinuous reception period update factor value according to the paging indicator of the bit Run received from base station, and change the discontinuous reception period according to the variance of the discontinuous reception period update factor value. The extended paging indicator-based adaptive discontinuous reception method may improve transmission time delay and transmission failure probability performances for packet reception as well as a power saving performance in comparison with a conventional fixed discontinuous reception method. | 02-12-2009 |
20090046610 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system has a sensor node which is driven by a battery, and which is switched in a predetermined cycle from a sleep mode to an active mode to perform data collection, a base station which transmits and receives data to and from the sensor node by wireless communication, and a monitoring device which transmits and receives data to and from the base station by wireless communication or by wired communication. The base station has a storage portion which stores a command from the monitoring device and a proxy portion which notifies the monitoring device of reception of the command, and which transmits a command stored in the storage portion to the sensor node in response to a request from the sensor node. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046611 | System and method for media access control for a duty cycle network - A system and method for medium access control in a wireless communication network including the use of packets having a header and plural data portions, acknowledgement request features, corrupt packet identification, and adaptive duty cycling. | 02-19-2009 |
20090052361 | Inactivity Timer in a Discontinuous Reception Configured System - Systems, methods and wireless devices are provided that utilize a timer to ensure a receiver of a wireless device is on to receive downlink transmissions. In the event the timer runs out without further resource allocation, the mobile device turns its radio off. If a further resource allocation occurs while the timer is running, the timer is restarted. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052362 | POWER-SAVE APPARATUS FOR 802.11 MULTICAST PAGING APPLICATIONS - A power-save system for a network with an access point and an associated power-save client. The access point buffers wireless data that includes a unicast frame and a multicast frame. A periodic scheduled beacon message is transmitted with a unicast indication element and a multicast indication element. The unicast element instructs a client to remain awake to receive a buffered unicast frame, which includes a destination MAC address. The multicast element instructs a client to remain awake following the beacon to receive a buffered multicast frame, which includes a destination multicast address designating a multicast group of which the client is a member. At least one beacon message is designated as a multicast delivery beacon. The buffered multicast frame is transmitted following the designated multicast beacon. The multicast element contains a list of entries, each entry corresponding to either a multicast MAC address, multicast IP address, or client identifier. | 02-26-2009 |
20090059825 | Transmit Power Management Based on Receiver Parameter and Method for use Therewith - An RF transceiver includes an RF receiver that receives a received signal from an external device, the RF receiver having an AGC module that generates an automatic gain control (AGC) signal based on a strength of the received signal, and a low noise amplifier that amplifies the received signal based on the AGC signal. A processing module generates a transmit power control signal based on the AGC signal. An RF transmitter generates a transmit signal having a selected power level, wherein the selected power level is based on the transmit power control signal. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059826 | POWER SAVING TECHNIQUES BASED ON COVERAGE CONDITIONS - Techniques for managing power consumption are disclosed. For instance, an apparatus may include a first network interface module, a second network interface module, and a power management module. The first network interface module may communicate with wireless networks of a first network type, and the second network interface module may communicate with wireless networks of a second network type. Examples of first and second network types are EVDO and CDMA2000, respectively. The power management module may suspend one or more operations of the first network interface module when a number of first network type outages exceeds a predetermined outage threshold within a predetermined time interval. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059827 | System, Method and Apparatus for Asynchronous Communication in Wireless Sensor Networks - The present invention provides a system, method and apparatus for asynchronous communication in wireless sensor networks. Each sensor includes a transmitter normally operating in a sleep mode, a low power receiver having a memory, a sensing module, and a processor normally operating in a sleep mode communicably coupled to the transmitter, the low power receiver and the sensing module. Data is received via the low power receiver and stored in the memory. Whenever a wakeup time occurs, the transmitter and the processor are put in an operational mode, sensory data is obtained from the sensing module, the sensory data is processed, the received data is obtained from the low power receiver memory, the processed sensory data and the received data are transmitted via the transmitter, and the transmitter and the processor are put in the sleep mode. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059828 | Intermittent operation communication device and communication system using beacon and sleep mode - An intermittent operation communication device periodically repeats beacon transmission, data reception or data reception wait, and sleep to transmit data to any of reception side communication devices. The intermittent operation communication device includes a data transmitter for performing transmission when receiving a beacon from any of the reception side communication devices and having data traffic generated meant for a reception side communication device, a transmission announcer for intermittently transmitting a transmission announcement beacon while waiting for reception when having the data traffic generated, and an adjuster for monitoring a transmission announcement beacon from any other of the intermittent operation communication devices to adjust the transmission of the data traffic. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059829 | SLEEP-STATE FOR MOBILE TERMINAL AND SERVICE INITIATION FOR MOBILE TERMINALS IN SLEEP-STATE - The invention relates to the initiation of a service to a mobile terminal capable of communicating via at least a first and second access network. Further, the invention relates to a reduction of power consumption of mobile terminals supporting connectivity to at least two access networks. The invention also relates to mobile communication systems and in particular to mobile communications through heterogeneous access networks. In order to prove improved method for initiating services to mobile terminals and/or to reduce power consumption of mobile terminals, the invention introduces of a sleep state that can be entered by the terminal for an access system if same is not used. Upon requesting a service from/to the mobile terminal, the mobile terminal starts service initiation through a second access system and transits back to active state for the first access system for service provision. | 03-05-2009 |
20090067355 | Power-Aware Link Adaptation in a Wideband CDMA System - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for reducing mobile terminal energy consumption during data transmissions by allocating link resources and adapting link parameters in an energy-aware manner, based on throughput requirements and prevailing channel conditions. A combination of transmit parameters that includes a transmit channelization scheme and is designed to minimize the total energy consumed during data transmission is selected based on a throughput requirement and one or more channel conditions associated with the data transmission. The channelization scheme includes a number of subchannels to be used and subchannel configuration parameters for each subchannel, such as spreading codes, spreading factors, and subchannel power levels. The combination of transmit parameters may also include a modulation format, coding scheme, and transmit power setting, as well as parameters relating to multiple-antenna transmit schemes. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067356 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication device includes: a packet detection part detecting presence/absence of a reception of a packet; a judgment part judging whether or not temporal change of presence/absence of the reception of the packet detected in the packet detection part corresponds to a predetermined identifier; and a power source control unit controlling power supply from a power source based on a result of a judgment in the judgment part. | 03-12-2009 |
20090073907 | System and Method for Discontinuous Reception Control Start Time - Methods of combining semi-persistent resource allocation and dynamic resource allocation are provided. Packets, such as VoIP packets, are transmitted on the uplink and downlink using respective semi-persistent resources. For each mobile device, awake periods and sleep periods are defined. The semi-persistent resources are aligned with the awake periods so that most of the time the mobile device can turn off its wireless access radio during the sleep periods. In addition, signalling to request, and to allocate, resources for additional packets are transmitted during the awake periods, and the resources allocated for the additional packets are within the awake periods. Methods of extending the awake periods in various embodiments are also provided. Methods of determining the first on period are also provided. | 03-19-2009 |
20090080349 | POWER CONSUMPTION MANAGEMENT IN A MIMO TRANSCEIVER AND METHOD FOR USE THEREWITH - A mobile communication device includes a first wireless transceiver that receives a first inbound RF signal and that transmits a first outbound RF signal based on a first power supply signal. A second wireless transceiver receives a second inbound RF signal and that transmits a second outbound RF signal based on a second power supply signal. A processing module generates at least one power mode signal based on first transmit power control data received via the first inbound RF signal. A power management circuit adjusts a first power consumption parameter of the first power supply signal and a second power consumption parameter of the second power supply signal based on the at least one power mode signal. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080350 | Mobile radio network - A mobile radio network comprises a plurality of communication points, each of which are capable of communicating with any other communication point. Each communication point has a proximity sensor, a transmitter/receiver ( | 03-26-2009 |
20090086660 | POWER SAVING OPERATION OF ALWAYS-CONNECTED WIRELESS ROAMING - Methods and apparatuses enable maintaining wireless connectivity while the wireless client device is in a power save mode. The system includes a host operating system (OS) that handles wireless connections while the device is executing in normal operation, and an embedded agent that handles the wireless connections when the device switches to power saving operation and the host OS switches to a sleep or standby state. The system detects a change in the power save mode and triggers an exchange of session context information between the host OS and the embedded agent (from the host OS to the embedded agent when the system enters the power save mode, and from the embedded agent to the host OS when the system returns to normal operation from the power save mode). The system also triggers the switching of management consistent with the passing of session context information. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086661 | Mobile computer with unattended online content processing - A system, method and program code are disclosed for the unattended monitoring, retrieval and storage of online content by a mobile information processing system operating in a low power mode. An intelligent wireless modem is activated when a mobile information processing system is operating in a low power state. The intelligent wireless modem detects the availability of a predetermined wireless network and establishes a connection. Predetermined online sites and services are then monitored by an unattended online content processor for the identification, retrieval, and subsequent storage of predetermined content. The stored content is subsequently retrieved and presented to the user for review and other operations when the mobile information processing system enters an initialization state. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086662 | Information-Communication Terminal Having Function of Controlling Electric Power Consumption - A terminal connected to a wireless communication network includes a BU processor used in wireless communication. An operation mode of the BU processor is switched to one of a sleep mode, a standby mode, and an active mode in a state in which an electric power is supplied to the BU processor. In the sleep mode, a PLL circuit stops a clock supplied to each circuit in the BU processor. In the standby mode, an operating frequency is set at a predetermined first frequency. In the active mode, the operating frequency is set at a second frequency higher than the first frequency. Accordingly, in the state in which the electric power is supplied, the operating frequency is switched and the number of operating circuits is switched, thereby reducing electric power consumption in the terminal. | 04-02-2009 |
20090092068 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In an ad hoc mode based on IEEE802.11 standard, when a wireless terminal performs a power save operation to create a network, and a network identifier identical to that of the network to be created is present, the wireless terminal does not join the network. When the wireless terminal is to join the network, and the network identifier identical to that of the network which the wireless terminal is to join is not present, the wireless terminal does not join any network. In this method, reliable connectivity can be obtained in the ad hoc mode which is not defined in the IEEE802.11 standard in detail. | 04-09-2009 |
20090092069 | NETWORK PROTOCOL - A system includes wireless network devices and a terminal device. The wireless network devices include a base station and plural repeater devices for routing data. The terminal device runs a network protocol to establish a presence in a wireless network that includes the wireless network devices. The terminal device enters a low-power mode when not communicating over the wireless network. | 04-09-2009 |
20090092070 | RADIO FREQUENCY LOCAL AREA NETWORK - An apparatus and a method for routing data in a radio data communication system having one or more host computers, one or more intermediate base stations, and one or more RF terminals organizes the intermediate base stations into an optimal spanning-tree network to control the routing of data to and from the RF terminals and the host computer efficiently and dynamically. Communication between the host computer and the RF terminals is achieved by using the network of intermediate base stations to transmit the data. | 04-09-2009 |
20090097426 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING POWER EFFICIENCY OF SUBSCRIBER STATIONS - Disclosed is a method for improving power efficiency of subscriber stations in a communication network. A subscriber station is uniquely identified by a base station using a connection Identifier (CID). The method includes splitting CIDs of subscriber stations to form a plurality of first parts and a plurality of second parts. The method includes generating an index including a plurality of entries and transmitting the index to a plurality of subscriber stations by the base station. One or more subscriber stations switch to a power-saving mode on absence of a match between each entry of the plurality of entries with an equivalent part of CIDs associated with the one or more subscriber stations, thereby conserving power and improving power efficiency of the subscriber station. Further, at least one information element in a sub-MAP message may be compressed to reduce overhead. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097427 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING AN ENERGY EFFICIENT NETWORK UTILIZING AUDIO VIDEO BRIDGING - Aspects of a method and system for managing an energy efficient network utilizing Audio Video Bridging are provided. In this regard, an Audio Video Bridging timeslot may be designated for handling an energy efficient networking (EEN) transaction and the EEN transaction may be performed during the designated timeslot. Exemplary EEN transactions comprise scheduling a data rate transition, transitioning to a different data rate, training a link partner, and exchanging training related information. It may be determined whether the timeslot may be reserved for conveying an AVB stream prior to designating the time slot for an EEN transaction. In instances that the timeslot may be unreserved, the timeslot may be reserved for EEN transaction(s). Information exchanged during the designated timeslot may enable scheduling a data rate transition and/or training on a network link. In this regard, a subsequent timeslot may be designated for the data rate transition and/or the training. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097428 | Apparatus, method, and computer program product providing improved power management in wireless networks - There are a plurality of power saving modes for a device in a wireless network. It is determined that the device is using one of the power saving modes on a peer-specific link, a state is set to indicate that the device is using that specific power saving mode, and a message is transmitted to the peer over the link that includes an indication of the state. There may also be a power management indication that indicates whether a full power state is in use of one of the power saving modes are in use. Exemplary power saving modes are light sleep and deep sleep. A method, apparatus, and computer readable medium are detailed, and exemplary environments may be practices in or by a WLAN mesh point. | 04-16-2009 |
20090103464 | Wireless network node - A communication procedure has been developed that allows even a low-rate CPU to perform stable communication so as to realized wireless network nodes, which have a long communication distance and also have a long battery life. Each wireless network node decides its own time slot number by use of random numbers and transmits it after delaying the transmission by the number of time slots. When receiving the unique number from the wireless network node, a master unit transmits, to the wireless network node, an ACK signal together with the unique number. When receiving its unique number, the wireless network node gets into a sleep state for a period of time. In this way, each time communication is established, the number of active wireless network nodes is reduced. | 04-23-2009 |
20090109885 | Method and Apparatus for Reducing Energy Consumption in Nodes by Adjusting Carrier Sensing Thresholds - Energy consumption in a network is reduced by a first node transmitting a message at a first power level and determining if the message is received by a neighboring node of the network. The message is retransmitted at a higher power level if the message is not received by a neighboring node. A second node, in a neighborhood of the first node, selects one of two or more receiver sensitivity levels and senses the received signal strength of the message. The second node activates an energy-consuming functional element to decode the first message only if the received signal is above the selected receiver sensitivity level. The receiver sensitivity levels are selected in accordance with a selection process, such as a random process, that may be adapted. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109886 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - A wireless communication apparatus in a MIMO communication system which simultaneously transfers different data at the same frequency using a plurality of antennas is provided. The apparatus includes a plurality of receiving units corresponding to the plurality of antennas, respectively. A control unit of the wireless communication apparatus acknowledges a communication protocol command. The control unit sets, in accordance with the acknowledged command, the power mode of the wireless communication apparatus to one of (1) a power saving off mode in which all the receiving units always operate, (2) a dynamic power saving mode in which only one receiving unit operates normally, and upon receiving a transfer request addressed to the apparatus, all the receiving units operate only during a predetermined period, and (3) a static power saving mode in which only one receiving unit always operates, and no MIMO communication is performed. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109887 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING BATTERY CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNITs (WTRUs) EMPLOYED IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK/WIRELESS WIDE AREA NETWORK (WLAN/WWAN) - Method and system for reducing battery consumption during an active session wherein an access point (AP) transmits a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) a packet information regarding packets in a queue waiting for transmission to the WTRU and when the packets are to be decoded, whereby enabling the WTRU to enter or remain in an OFF mode in accordance with the packet information. The AP does not send the packets to the WTRU until the AP informs the WTRU about the packet. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109888 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR A NETWORK SIDE TO ENABLE AN MSS TO ENTER THE IDLE MODE IN A WIRELESS MAN - The present invention provides a method as regards how a network side gets a MSS into the idle mode in a wireless MAN, including: the PA/BS sends a DREG_CMD to the MSS; the MSS sends a DREG_REQ message to the PA/BS, according to the DREG_CMD message, requesting to enter the idle mode; the PA/BS releases the link of the MSS and updates the data of the anchor PC/LR, after receiving the DREG_REQ message. The present invention specifies the process of a MSS entering the idle mode initiated by the network and the settings of relevant parameters, thus enhancing the stability of the process of entering the idle mode and saving the system resources. | 04-30-2009 |
20090122735 | Method and System for Transmitting a Signal Comprising Preamble and a Data Frame - A system, a device, and a method for transmitting a signal ( | 05-14-2009 |
20090122736 | USING DTX AND DRX IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems, methodologies, and devices are described that can facilitate reducing power consumption associated with mobile devices. A mobile device can utilize a sleep mode controller that can facilitate selecting and/or switching to a desired sleep mode based in part on predefined sleep mode criteria. The sleep modes can include a non-sleep mode, light sleep mode, and/or deep sleep mode. The mobile device can employ an analyzer to evaluate information related to explicit signals, implicit signals, and/or the current sleep mode to determine whether a condition is met based in part on the predefined sleep mode criteria such that a transition to a different sleep mode is to be performed. If such a condition is met, the sleep mode controller can facilitate transitioning from the current sleep mode to a different sleep mode to facilitate reducing power consumption by the mobile device. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122737 | MESH NETWORK CONTROL USING COMMON DESIGNATION WAKE-UP - Each of a plurality of network nodes in an ad hoc mesh network utilizes a data communication device that includes a two-way communications component, comprising a first receiver and transmitter, and a second receiver. The second receiver activates the communications component from a dormant state when it receives a broadcast including a wake-up identifier of the communication device. A method of activating and deactivating a mesh network includes, first, transmitting a broadcast that includes a wake-up identifier such that each second receiver of each communication device identified by the wake-up identifier, upon receipt, activates the communications component of the communication device, which then engages in mesh networking communications, and, second, transmitting a second broadcast including a second identifier such that the communications component of each communication device identified by the second identifier, upon receipt, will cease its mesh networking communications and will return to the dormant state. | 05-14-2009 |
20090129302 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING OPTIMIZED MULTIPLEXING AND POWER SAVING IN A BROADCAST NETWORK - A system and method for implementing optimized multiplexing and power saving in a broadcast/multicast network. According to various embodiments, frame and slot structures are designed in such a way so as to adapt based upon the bit rate variation of the input stream, while at the same time not compromising the receiver's power consumption. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129303 | DATA TRANSMISSION CIRCUIT AND ITS CONTROL METHOD - A data transmission circuit transmitting an activation signal prior to a data signal through a signal transmission line, including: an activation detection signal generation unit for generating an activation detection signal by detecting the activation signal; and a wakeup signal generation unit for being activated by the activation detection signal, and generating a wakeup signal by detecting that the activation signal is transmitted for a predetermined time. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129304 | METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A MULTI-USER DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE STATION EMPLOYING THE METHOD - A method for reducing power consumption in a multi-user digital communication system and mobile station employing the method adjusts receive and transmit mode durations of the mobile device using downlink and uplink allocations from a base station of the system, as well as other factors. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129305 | Method and system for providing transmission control in a communication system - In a method for communication between a first station (BS | 05-21-2009 |
20090129306 | WAKE-UP BROADCAST INCLUDING NETWORK INFORMATION IN COMMON DESIGNATION AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORKING - A data communication device includes both a two-way communications component having a first receiver and transmitter, and a second receiver. The second receiver activates the two-way communications component from a dormant state upon receipt by the second receiver of a wake-up broadcast that includes a wake-up identifier of the data communication device. A method of providing information via the second receiver—which information is auxiliary to the wake-up of the two-way communications component—includes transmitting a wake-up broadcast capable of being received by the second receiver. The wake-up broadcast includes a data construct including a wake-up identifier and the auxiliary information. The wake-up identifier may or may not be a wake-up identifier of the data communication device. Nevertheless, the auxiliary information is received and recorded by the data communication device via the second receiver with the two-way communications component remaining in the dormant state. | 05-21-2009 |
20090135751 | Low Power Operation of Networked Devices - Methods of reducing power consumption of networked devices are described. When a main processor and associated hardware in a computing device is powered down, a processing element, with lower power consumption than the main processor, performs networking functions on behalf of the main processor. The processing element monitors events and wakes the main processor when defined criteria are satisfied. In an embodiment, these network functions may be to maintain existing network connections and/or establish new network connections and the defined criteria may relate to messages received by the device which are analyzed by the processing element running the application layer code and these criteria may be configurable by a user of the device. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135752 | A WIRELESSS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD - A wireless communication device ( | 05-28-2009 |
20090135753 | POWER-CONSERVING NETWORK DEVICE FOR ADVANCED METERING INFRASTRUCTURE - A method and system may provide supporting reduced functionality devices in an AMI system. The method may include receiving at least one transmission from at least one candidate router, the transmission including candidate router information. The method may include selecting a router from the at least one candidate router. The method may include associating with a mesh gate by sending a device identifier to the mesh gate via the selected router. The method may include initiating a sleep cycle. The method may include receiving a held message from the router after waking up from the sleep cycle, wherein the held message is received by the router during the sleep cycle. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135754 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING OVERHEAD CHANNEL POWER CONTROL - Interference that occurs during wireless communication may be managed by reducing the power level of an overhead channel during a call. A method, apparatus and medium of communication determine an optimized reduced power level for an overhead channel of an unplanned access point to an associated access terminal during a call therebetween. The overhead channel is transmitted according to the optimized reduced power level resulting in a decrease in interference as seen by neighboring unplanned access points. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135755 | Layer-1 signaling of traffic indication for power saving class of type I in WiMAX - Disclosed herein are apparatus, method, and computer program whereby a mobile station receives an indication from a base station in a physical layer field and interprets the indication for use in at least a power management function. | 05-28-2009 |
20090141661 | RESIDUAL TRAFFIC STATE FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed herein. In an example embodiment, an apparatus may include a controller, a memory coupled to the controller and a wireless transceiver coupled to the controller. The apparatus may be configured to detect a residual traffic pattern associated with a mobile station in a wireless network, and transition the mobile station from an active state to a residual traffic state based on the detecting. The transitioning may include sending a change uplink (UL) data service message to the mobile station to change the UL data service for the mobile station from a first UL service type to a second UL service type. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141662 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING A NODE WITHIN A MOBILE AD HOC COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORK - A method and apparatus for operation of a node within a mobile ad hoc cognitive radio network is provided. The method includes sensing at least one assigned communications channel. Sensing at least one assigned communications channel includes measuring a value of at least one parameter corresponding to the communications channel. The method further includes comparing the measured value of the at least one parameter with a set of stored values of the at least one parameter to determine a change in the measured values. Finally a sleep mode of the node is activated for a time period, wherein the time period is determined using the change in the measured values. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141663 | Transfer then sleep - A second communication device is detected in proximity to a first communication device engaged in a call. A substantially uninterrupted transfer of the call is provided from the first communication device to the second communication device. At least a part of the first communication device is placed into a sleep mode in response to transfer of the call to the second communication device. | 06-04-2009 |
20090147712 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for reducing power consumption in a wireless communication system is described. Sending of unicast packets to an access terminal is ceased. It is determined if a ReverseTrafficChannelMAC.UATIReceived indication is received, wherein MAC is medium access control and UATI is unicast access terminal identifier. The access network transitions to a BindUATI state. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147713 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENTERING AND PROCESSING IN ACCESS STATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method of entering and processing in Access State, the method comprising, issuing a ControlChannelMAC.Activate command, issuing a SharedSignalingMAC.Activate command, issuing an AccessChannelMAC.Activate command, issuing a ForwardTrafficChannelMAC.Activate command, issuing an OverheadMessages.Activate command, issuing an ActiveChannelMAC.AttemptAccess command, issuing an ActiveSetManagement.SendPilotReport command, setting a state timer for TIDPATSetup seconds, generating a ConnectionOpenRequest message if NumAccessAttempts is ‘0’, determining if the state timer has expired, determining if AccessChannelMAC.AccessFailed indication is received; and determining if AccessChannelMAC.AccessGrantReceived indication is received. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147714 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - The present invention provides a method and system for reducing power consumption in a Wireless Sensor Network. The Wireless Sensor Network includes a plurality of nodes forming a tree structure. The nodes send data towards a root node via parent nodes. The nodes adaptively control the wake-up schedules of radio transceivers based on the network level information of the nodes, thereby reducing the active wake-up interval of the radio transceivers and in turn decreasing the overall power consumption of the Wireless Sensor Network. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147715 | ENERGY SAVING METHOD IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Provided is a method of minimizing power consumed by each node in a wireless network when communicating with neighboring nodes. | 06-11-2009 |
20090154384 | Resource allocation and outage control for renewable energy WLAN infrastructure mesh node - A mesh node of an infrastructure wireless local area network ‘WLAN’ is coupled to a battery which is coupled to a device that is able to harness energy from a source of renewable energy. Energy management of the mesh node includes conducting simulations of a system comprising the mesh node, the device, and the battery in its current state of charge, determining an admissible load for the mesh node from the simulations, and withholding communication services by the mesh node for one or more periods of time a cumulative duration of which is related to power consumption of the mesh node when handling the admissible load. The simulations involve meteorological data related to the source of renewable energy in the vicinity of the mesh node. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154385 | Dynamic Adjustment of Setup Time Based on Paging Performance - Techniques for dynamically determining a target setup time based on paging performance are described. A UE in an idle mode may be assigned paging occasions, which are specific time intervals in which the UE might receive paging messages. The UE may wake up a setup time prior to each paging occasion, perform setup tasks, detect for a paging indicator, and possibly receive a paging message. The UE may dynamically determine a target setup time for each awake interval based on paging performance. The target setup time may be (i) decreased by a down step if the paging performance is better than a first threshold or (ii) increased by an up step if the paging performance is worse than a second threshold. The target setup time may be updated in each fixed update period or whenever the paging performance is outside the first and second thresholds. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154386 | WIMAX MULTICAST BROADCAST SERVICES (MBS) EFFICIENT HANDOVER AND POWER SAVING SUPPORT FOR INTRA AND INTER-MBS ZONES - A broadcast management message includes MBS Zone Neighbor information to associate different MBS Zones which transmit the same MBS contents over a single frequency or a different frequency. An MBS Zone Service Group contains a group of MBS Zones that transmit the same MBS content over the same frequency or at different frequencies. All the MBS Zones that belong to the same MBS Zone Service Group may have the same MBS Zone Service Group Identifier (ID). | 06-18-2009 |
20090161587 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND POWER-SAVING TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHOD USED IN THEM - There is provided a mobile communication system that can prevent a situation in which, although there is no occasion to receive packets for a mobile station, the reception processing is continued and useless power is undesirably consumed. The mobile communication system includes a base station that repeats a transmission period and a transmission halt period with a constant control cycle, and mobile station that repeats a reception period and a reception halt period with a constant control cycle (antenna, duplexer, reception unit, user data separation unit, packet transmission determination unit, reception period determination unit, packet reception determination unit, and signal synthesis unit). The mobile station alternately repeats the reception period and reception halt period, sends the reception result to the base station, and starts the reception period according to the start of the transmission period of the base station to receive packets. In case all the packets cannot be correctly received during the reception period, the reception period is extended by a predetermined period in the control cycle. Furthermore, in case all the packets can be correctly received during the reception period, the mobile station transfers to the reception halt period to halt the reception. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161588 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING THE VOLTAGE OF SIGNALS USED TO CONTROL POWER AMPLIFIERS - A method for controlling the voltage of signals used to control power amplifiers is described. A first multiplexer and a second multiplexer are set to an enabling signal. The first multiplexer is on a first integrated circuit and the second multiplexer is on a second integrated circuit. A command is written to the first multiplexer to set the first multiplexer to one of a plurality of control signals used to control a power amplifier. A command is written to the second multiplexer to select one of the plurality of control signals that maps to the first multiplexer. The second integrated circuit is connected to a power supply. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161589 | WAKE-UP IN CLASS-BASED NETWORKING - A method for communicating to a recipient transceiver from a plurality of transceivers located within the broadcast range of the recipient transceiver includes: transmitting a communication at a first power level such that only a first group of transceivers receive the broadcast, the communication including a command causing each of the first group of transceivers not to respond to a subsequent broadcast; and subsequent thereto, transmitting a communication at a second power level greater than the first power level such that a second group of transceivers greater than and including the first group of transceivers receive the broadcast, but such that only a limited number of transceivers of the second group respond to the broadcast, the limited number of transceivers excluding the first group of transceivers. Each of the plurality of transceivers is associated with a respective sensor for acquiring data and transmitting the data to the recipient transceiver. | 06-25-2009 |
20090168676 | Wireless Interface Control To Reduce Power Consumption - A wireless mobile unit includes a first wireless interface configured to at least receive communication over a first wireless network. A second wireless interface is configured to provide for bidirectional communication over a second wireless network. An interface control is operative to control activation of the second wireless interface from an off state to an on state in response to a predefined radio frequency (RF) stimulus, the first wireless interface remaining in an on state regardless of the state of the second wireless interface. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168677 | Method of Minimizing Electric Power Consumption In Wireless Sensor Network - Disclosed herein is a method of minimizing electric power consumption in a wireless sensor network. In a large-scale transmission power control process, a sender node determines whether a transmission power value for a receiver node is determined. If the transmission power value is not determined, the sender node transmits data to the receiver node at maximum power. The receiver node calculates an RSSI value, writes the RSSI value in an ACK signal, and transmits the ACK signal to the sender node. Thereafter, the sender node calculates an approximate transmission power value. In a small-scale transmission power control process, if new data is generated, the sender node transmits the data to the receiver node at newly determined transmission power. The receiver node calculates an RSSI value, writes the RSSI value in an ACK signal, and transmits the ACK signal to the sender node. The sender node adjusts a transmission power level. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168678 | WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK AND MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR THE SAME - A wireless sensor network and management method for same are disclosed. The wireless sensor network includes a plurality of nodes transitioning between a sleeping state, probing state, and working state. The management method enables the nodes to make a state transition according to sent and received messages. | 07-02-2009 |
20090175207 | Battery-Efficient Generic Advertising Service for Wireless Mobile Devices - In one embodiment, a method for acquiring service provider information includes querying a wireless network for service provider information, receiving an advertisement response containing advertising service scheduling information, and configuring a power conservation mode responsive to the advertising service scheduling information. | 07-09-2009 |
20090180413 | POWER REDUCTION WITH MULTIPLE RECEIVE PATHS - Methods and apparatus for power reduction in a wireless device having multiple receive paths are described herein. A wireless device configured for any one of multiple operating modes may utilize multiple receive signal paths to improve the receive signal quality in each of the operating modes. The wireless device may be configured to dynamically reconfigure a modulation coding scheme to compensate for varying signal qualities in some modes. The wireless receiver may be configured in other operating modes where the modulation coding scheme is fixed for a duration of the operating mode. The wireless device can conserve power when it is operating in a mode supporting a constant modulation coding scheme. The wireless device can determine a signal metric value of the received signals and can selectively power down or deactivate a receive signal path based on the value of the signal metric. | 07-16-2009 |
20090180414 | Mobile Communication System and Mobile Terminal - A mobile terminal judges whether or not the mobile terminal is able to make a transition to a DTX period during Active, and, when judging that the mobile terminal is able to make a transition to a DTX period during Active, notifies a base station to that effect. If the base station judges that the mobile terminal is able to make a transition to a DRX period during Active when triggered by the notification from the mobile terminal, the base station temporarily stops supply of electric power to the data transmission processing units and the data reception processing units of the mobile terminal. | 07-16-2009 |
20090180415 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR REDUCING POWER-CONSUMPTION OF WIRELESS NETWORK DEVICE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer-readable medium to reduce power consumption of a wireless network device, the method including: receiving a packet; and determining whether to transmit the received packet to a host based on a state of the host and a packet transmission standard set for the host. Accordingly, it is possible to extend a period of use of a wireless portable terminal using an Internet protocol (IP)-based wireless network. | 07-16-2009 |
20090180416 | Turbo HSDPA System - A method of power saving for a wireless transceiver (FIGS. | 07-16-2009 |
20090185518 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO ENABLE BASE STATION POWER SETTING BASED ON NEIGHBORING BEACONS WITHIN A NETWORK - Systems and methods for facilitating power control in an access point are provided. Disclosed embodiments include detecting the presence of a neighboring access point that is within radio reach of the access point. A signal strength corresponding to the neighboring access point is ascertained such that the neighboring signal strength is a function of the transmission power of the neighboring access point. The transmission power of the access point is then varied as a function of the neighboring signal strength. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185519 | METHOD OF UPDATING CHANNEL INFORMATION BY A MOBILE STATION THAT IS IN POWER SAVING MODE - A method of updating channel information by a mobile station (MS) that is in power saving mode is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes the MS which receives status information of a first channel descriptor and transmission frame information which includes when the first channel descriptor is to be transmitted. Furthermore, the MS compares status information of the first channel descriptor with status information of a second channel descriptor. Here, the second channel descriptor is stored in the MS. Lastly, if the compared status information are different, the MS receives the first channel descriptor according to the transmission frame information. | 07-23-2009 |
20090190513 | Methods And Apparatus For Reducing Power Consumption In CDMA Communication Device - Methods and apparatus for reducing power consumption of a code division multiple access (CDMA) communication device are described. The CDMA communication device operates in a voice call during which voice or audio information is communicated in frames over forward and reverse links. During voice inactivity periods of the voice call, a transmitter of the CDMA communication device is controlled to enter and be maintained in low power states, for stopping transmission of lowest rate frames that would otherwise be sent during the voice inactivity period. | 07-30-2009 |
20090196208 | Control Signal Management System and Method - A user equipment (UE) including a processor configured to transmit control plane data irrespective of on-duration/off-duration status. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196209 | CODE KEYING IN A POWER SAVINGS MODE - A device may include logic to enter a power savings mode and wirelessly transmit a first synchronization packet to a remote device within a first transmission time slot in a first power savings cycle, the first synchronization packet including a code that is a member of a set consisting of a predetermined number of codes. In addition, the logic may be configured to sleep after transmitting the first synchronization packet to save energy, awake at a first receive time slot in the first power savings cycle, and receive a reply synchronization packet, the reply synchronization packet including a code is that is a member of the set from the remote device. The logic may be further configured to sleep until a start of a second power savings cycle that follows the first power savings cycle to save energy. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196210 | COLLABORATIVE COEXISTENCE OF CO-LOCATED MOBILE WIMAX, WIRELESS LAN, AND/OR BLUETOOTH RADIOS - Collaborative coexistence of co-located mobile WiMAX, wireless LAN, and/or Bluetooth radios. Within a communication device that includes multi-protocol communication capability, the various radio modules included within such a communication device operate cooperatively such that collisions are avoided between those various radios. When a first of the radio modules operates as governed by a relatively rigid frame structure, a second of the radio modules capitalizes upon that predetermined nature (of the relatively rigid frame structure) to support communication during times in which that first radio module has a lower level of activity (e.g., turned off completely, within a power savings mode, in a sleep mode, etc.). The radio module operation is performed within a time-orthogonal manner, such that multiple radio modules are not attempting to transmit or receive simultaneously. Moreover, CTS2SELF operation can be employed alone or in conjunction with power savings operation of co-located radios within a communication device. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196211 | UNSCHEDULED PEER POWER SAVE MODE - Embodiments of unscheduled peer power save systems, devices and methods are disclosed. For example, a method of saving power for nodes configured to communicate via a direct link is provided. In one embodiment, among others, the method comprises forming, at an access point node (AP node), a indication frame for a client node, when no service period has occurred for the client node for a period of time at least equal to an indication window; sending the formed indication frame from the AP node to the client node through an access point; receiving, at the client node, the peer traffic indication from the access point; and determining, at the client node, that the AP node has traffic to send to the client node based on the indication frame. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196212 | SCHEDULED PEER POWER SAVE MODE - Embodiments of scheduled peer power save systems, devices, and methods are disclosed. For example, methods of saving power for stations configured to communicate via a direct link are provided. Embodiments of scheduled peer power save systems, devices and methods are disclosed. For example, methods of saving power for stations configured to communicate via a direct link are provided. In one embodiment, among others, a method comprises waking up, at a station and peer station, before a scheduled wakeup interval. The scheduled wakeup interval is defined relative to common timing reference at the station and the peer station. Further, in the absence of a service period between the station and the peer station, the station and the peer station stay awake until at least a predefined time period has elapsed or a predefined number of idle slots have elapsed. | 08-06-2009 |
20090201843 | USING TRAFFIC PATTERNS TO IMPROVE SLEEP MODE EFFICIENCY IN A RADIO HANDSET - Disclosed is a method of using observed traffic pattern data to improve sleep mode efficiency in a radio handset. The radio handset determines quality of service (QoS) requirements of an application currently executing on the radio handset and selects a pre-defined sleep mode mask from among a plurality of pre-defined sleep mode masks wherein the selected pre-defined sleep mode mask provides the closest available match in terms of sleep/listen pattern to the QoS requirements. The traffic pattern data between the radio handset and a serving basestation is observed while under the initial sleep/listen pattern of the selected pre-defined sleep mode mask or the reactivated sleep/listen pattern after sleep mode deactivation. An alternate sleep mode mask is created based on the observed traffic pattern data between the radio handset and the serving base station wherein the alternate sleep/listen pattern is better suited to the actual traffic pattern than the initial sleep/listen pattern of the selected pre-defined sleep mode mask or the reactivated sleep/listen pattern after sleep mode deactivation. | 08-13-2009 |
20090207767 | CYCLED RECEIVER FOR MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICES - A wireless device ( | 08-20-2009 |
20090207768 | OPTIMAL CROSS-LAYER SCHEDULING FOR MULTI-USER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH IMPERFECT CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION AND UNKNOWN INTERFERENCE - The disclosed subject matter provides scheduling algorithms, methods, and systems that facilitate cross layer scheduling for systems with imperfect channel state information and unknown interference. By exploiting ACK/NAK feedback from users of downlink traffic and recursively optimizing scheduling policy components over a state space, the disclosed subject matter provide robust and optimal cross layer scheduling in the presence of unknown interference and imperfect channel state information. The disclosed details enable various refinements and modifications according to cross layer schedule and system design considerations. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207769 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING TIMING FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN SENSOR NODES IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - Provided is a method of scheduling timing for communication between sensor nodes in a wireless sensor network, the method including categorizing a plurality of sensor nodes in a cluster into several groups, respectively assigning time slots to the groups, and establishing data communication according to the assigned time slots. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207770 | Apparatus and method for power management of wirelessly networked devices - A wireless sensor and actuator network includes a number of wireless nodes, each of which may be connected to any one or combination of analog sensors, digital sensors, and actuators, and is powered by an autonomous power supply such as a battery or solar panel. Since autonomous power sources may not have sufficient voltage for powering many types of analog sensors, digital sensors, and actuators, power management techniques are used in the node and in the autonomous power supply as needed to enable effective and long life operation of the node and connected devices. These power management techniques include the use of a low impedance energy reservoir and a variable voltage boost converter whose output voltage magnitude, duration, and operating times are software configurable and controllable. The power management techniques are particularly useful for operating a wide range of different types of sensors and actuators. | 08-20-2009 |
20090213773 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING COEXISTENCE CONSIDERING WHILE SUBCHANNEL ALLOCATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for supporting coexistence in a mobile station for supporting a coexistence mode of WiMAX and secondary wireless communication system while considering subchannel allocation, the method comprises, requesting a band adaptive modulation and coding (AMC) for adjacent subcarrier permutation to a base station by transmitting first coexistence information, after the secondary wireless communication is turned on, and requesting a release of the adjacent subcarrier permutation to the base station by transmitting second coexistence information, if the secondary wireless communication system is turned off. Accordingly, it is possible to provide simultaneity of different wireless communications when a sleep mode is used and improve simultaneity of different wireless communications even when the sleep mode is not used. | 08-27-2009 |
20090219844 | ACCESS POINT WITH PROXY FUNCTIONALITY FOR FACILITATING POWER CONSERVATION IN WIRELESS CLIENT TERMINALS - A novel power conservation scheme is provided for conserving power in client terminals by using a proxy server. The client terminal, having a low-power communication interface and a high-power communication interface, may power down its high-power communication interface, to conserve power. Prior to shutting off its high-power communication interface, the client terminal may assign an access point to act as a proxy for the client terminal. The access point monitors the paging channels for the client terminal. If the access point detects a paging message for the client terminal, it forwards at least a portion of the paging message to the client terminal via a low-power communication interface. Upon receipt of the paging message from the access point via its low-power communication interface, the client terminal may power up its high-power communication interface and directly respond to the access terminal. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219845 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING IN AN IDLE STATE BY AN ACCESS NETWORK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for processing an Idle state by an Access Network in a wireless communication system is described. an IdleState.Activate command and an ActiveSetManagement.Activate command are issued. It is determined if the protocol receives an IdleState.ConnectionFailed indication, or a ReverseTrafficChannelMAC.SupervisionFailed indication. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219846 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING PAGING AND DEEP SLEEP WITH MULTIPLE RADIO INTERFACES - A method of paging for a wireless device with multiple radio interfaces corresponding to multiple access networks. The method provides a first interface from the multiple radio interfaces to listen to paging for the multiple radio interfaces; turns the rest of the multiple radio interfaces into deep-sleep mode; and maintains attachment for each of the deep-sleep interfaces to a corresponding serving base station or access point. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219847 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MESSAGE QUEUE MANAGEMENT IN A POWER-SAVE NETWORK - A method and apparatus for communicating information between networked devices. Various aspects of the present invention may comprise, for example, a first networked device communicating information over a wireless communication network to a second networked device having power-save mode capability. The first networked device receives an incoming message from the second networked device. A first outgoing message is transmitted to the second networked device prior to transmitting a previously queued outgoing message. A second outgoing message is transmitted to the second networked device prior to the previously queued outgoing message being transmitted. Information may be communicated to the second networked device in a particular manner that depends on whether the second networked device has power-save capability. Communication medium access may be performed in a particular manner, depending on whether the second networked device has power-save capability. | 09-03-2009 |
20090232036 | Allocating radio resources to reduce the transmission power of a terminal - The invention concerns a mobile telecommunication network comprising a plurality of terminals and an allocating entity adapted to allocate radio resources. One radio resource is associated with a transmission power. One terminal of the network is selected ( | 09-17-2009 |
20090232037 | Adaptive mechanism for dynamic reconfiguration of mesh networks - In a wireless mesh network of network nodes, there is identified a first subset of the nodes that have a direct connection to at least one end user, and a second subset of nodes that are necessary to maintain connections among the end users. The first subset is exclusive of the second subset. Nodes that are not within either the first subset or the second subset enter a power savings mode, which may include shutting down completely for a predetermined period. This enables power savings in that only the minimum number of nodes that are necessary to maintain connectivity of the end users may remain powered. A centralized node may make the decisions and inform individual nodes to shut down, or each node may run the same algorithm using the same input information and determine its own shutdown decision. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232038 | AUTONOMOUS WIRELESS NETWORKS - A wireless device is operable to use received signals to divide time into a succession of frames, each frame having plural consecutive timeslots, and into a succession of four or more superframes. A transmitter is operated only in a single timeslot in one frame. A receiver is operated in the other timeslots in the frame and for all timeslots of immediately preceding and following frames, and in no other frames. This allows devices to predict periods in which to hibernate or carry out intensive tasks. The device determines which timeslots of the first frame are occupied to provide local awareness information, and transmits it as a code on its transmit timeslot along with payload data. This allows other devices in a network to obtain information about their local environment and about the environment of their neighbours. Routing decisions are made on this basis. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232039 | PORTABLE TERMINAL AND MODE CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A portable terminal capable of Internet access and a mode control method for the same are provided. The mode control method includes analyzing, upon reception of a packet during a sleep mode, the received packet, determining whether the received packet corresponds to service setting information, and transitioning, when the received packet corresponds to the service setting information, into an awake mode. The service setting information may include a list of IP-based services classified by protocol. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232040 | SCANNING GROUPS OF PROFILES OF WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - Two or more connection profiles stored in a wireless device are partitioned into two or more groups, each group having a different number of sleep intervals associated therewith. The number of sleep intervals associated with a particular group determines a wait between subsequent scans for wireless local area networks matching any profile in that particular group. One or more factors may be taken into consideration when determining how to partition the profiles into groups, including, for example, a connectivity history of the wireless device. | 09-17-2009 |
20090238104 | MOBILE COMPUTATION DEVICE AND DATA PACKET RECEPTION METHOD THEREOF - The present invention provides a mobile computation device and a data packet reception method thereof. The mobile computation device comprising a network communication module and a mobile computation unit, wherein the mobile computation device has a power supply for supplying power to the network communication module when the mobile computation device is in a power-off status, so that the network communication module receives a data packet from a network when the mobile computation device is in a power-off status. The method comprises sending an instruction of initiating downloading of communication content upon the reception of the data packet from the network, powering on relevant hardware necessary for the downloading of the communication content, initializing the relevant hardware and starting software corresponding to the downloading of the communication content, and downloading communication content needed to be downloaded from the network to a local harddisk. The present invention enables real time reception of communication service, fast power-on and automatic power-off of the device and reduction in power consumption. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238105 | Method for avoiding unnecessary excessive stay of short cycle in discontinuous reception mechanism - A method for avoiding unnecessary excessive stay of short cycle in discontinuous reception mechanism begins by using the short cycle while the short cycle timer is running. Then, it determines whether the inactivity timer expires or not and whether the short cycle timer expires or not. If the inactivity timer expires but the short cycle timer does not expire, the short cycle is used. If the short cycle timer expires but the inactivity timer does not expire, the long cycle is used. If the inactivity timer and the short cycle timer expire at the same time, either the short cycle or the long cycle is selected for use. | 09-24-2009 |
20090245150 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING IDLE MODE OF A MOBILE NODE WITH MULTIPLE INTERFACES - A method for controlling a first interface and a second interface installed on a mobile node is provided, wherein the mobile node communicates with a first access network (AN) through the first interface and communicates with a second AN through the second interface. The method comprises following steps. A first IP address is acquired through the first interface and the first AN for accessing a service network (SN). A second IP address is acquired through the second interface and the second AN for accessing the SN. The first interface is then selected as an awake interface. The second bridging node is directed to create and cache binding information indicating a binding of the second IP address to the first IP address. The second interface is turned off after the binding information is successfully created and cached on the second bridging node. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245151 | PROCESS OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A FIRST NODE AND A SECOND NODE OF A HOME AUTOMATION INSTALLATION - Method of communication between a first node and a second node of a home-automation installation, the method comprising the following steps:
| 10-01-2009 |
20090245152 | POWER MANAGING METHOD APPLIED TO A WIRELESS NETWORK APPARATUS AND POWER MANAGEMENT THEREOF - A power managing method applied to a wireless network apparatus includes the steps of periodically detecting whether the wireless network apparatus is operated in a non-link status to determine whether to enter a first power-saving mode when the wireless network apparatus powered on; and determining the wireless network apparatus whether to enter a second power-saving mode according to an information of a beacon received by the wireless network apparatus when the wireless network apparatus is operated in a link status. When the wireless network apparatus is detected to be operated in the non-link status, control the wireless network apparatus to enter the first power-saving mode by a power mode controlling circuit. The first power-saving mode is an inactive power-saving mode, and the second power-saving mode is a linked power-saving mode. | 10-01-2009 |
20090252070 | AIRLINK MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS BROADCAST SYSTEM - A wireless broadcast system that collects content for distribution over a wireless communication network. Multiple independent content streams can be coarsely interleaved by collecting multiple small segments of content of each stream and rearranging them into larger segments, that are interleaved into an aggregate content stream that is broadcast as an identical signal from multiple transmitters. The broadcast signal can also include information about the interleaved content, such as information identifying the occurrence of a later interleaved instance of the same independent content stream in the aggregate content stream, that can be used by a receiver to activate and deactivate portions of a receiver to conserve power. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252071 | METHOD AND DEEVICE FOR NETWORK MESSAGING - Methods and devices for responding to network messages based on a status of one or more parameters of a device are disclosed. In one embodiment, these methods allow efficient energy management of a network device by monitoring the power levels associated with the device. In particular, if the battery power level associated with the device drops below a predetermined threshold, the device may decide not to respond to certain types of messages received from the network. Furthermore, if the battery power is within a predetermined range, the device may respond to network messages according to a probability value. The disclosed methods may be implemented in mobile devices that operate on a network with distributed hash tables (DHTs). | 10-08-2009 |
20090252072 | Method and Apparatus for Maintaining Long-Lived Connections Between a Mobile Client and a Server - A method and apparatus according to the present invention enables a mobile terminal in a mobile communication network to end a packet data session to save battery power while maintaining a long-lived TCP connection with a server in an external packet data network. The method comprises receiving a keep alive message from a server for a mobile client at a network node in the mobile communication network and, if there is no current packet data session between the mobile client and the network node, responding to the keep alive message on behalf of the mobile client to maintain a connection between the server and said mobile client. The apparatus comprises a GGSN or other network node in the mobile communication network configured to practice the method. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252073 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING HIERARCHICAL CELL IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for operating a hierarchical cell in a wireless communication system are provided. A femto BS transitions into a sleep mode if there is no accessed MS for a predefined time. The femto BS transmits a FEMTO-ADV message in the sleep mode to notify of the presence of the femto BS. The femto BS releases the sleep mode upon receiving a MOB-FEMTO-AWAKE-REQ message from an MS receiving the FEMTO-ADV message. Thereafter, the femto BS communicates with the MS. | 10-08-2009 |
20090257368 | RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio terminal includes a radio interface configured to allow radio communication with a radio base station, and a controller configured to control switching between a wake-up state in which the radio interface is turned on and a sleep state in which the radio interface is turned off. The radio terminal acquires a reference wake-up timing scheduled as a wake-up timing for switching from the sleep state to the wake-up state. The controller shifts the wake-up timing from the reference wake-up timing. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257369 | RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio terminal includes: a controller configured to control switching between a wake-up state in which a radio interface is turned on and a sleep-state in which the radio interface if turned off; a battery configured to accumulate electric power to be supplied to the radio interface; a remaining battery amount acquiring unit configured to acquiring a remaining battery amount being a remaining amount of electric power accumulated in the battery. The controller performs switching from the sleep state to the wake-up state, according to a communication order where own radio terminal performs radio communication. The own-terminal communication order is scheduled based on the remaining battery amount. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257370 | POWER MANAGEMENT METHOD - A power management method. The power management method for a wireless network having a plurality of stations (STAS) comprises receiving a data frame, detecting a destination STA in accordance with the data frame, and entering a low power state if not the destination STA for a first power-save (PS) duration determined according to a network allocation vector (NAV) of each STA not the destination STA, updated with a duration information of the received data frame duration determined according to a network allocation vector (NAV) of the data frame. | 10-15-2009 |
20090262675 | POWER MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Embodiments of apparatuses, articles, methods, and systems for power management in wireless networks are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 10-22-2009 |
20090268652 | Power management mode aware mesh beacon collision avoidance and information update mechanism - Apparatus, methods and computer program products provide power management mode aware mesh beacon collision avoidance and information update mechanisms at a first mesh point in a wireless mesh network. The information update mechanism operates by detecting that a timing-related beacon transmission parameter of the first mesh point has changed; generating a message containing updated timing-related beacon transmission parameter information for the first mesh point; determining when a second mesh point operating in a power saving mode will transition to an awake state; and transmitting the message containing the updated timing-related beacon transmission information during a time corresponding to the awake state of the second mesh point. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268653 | Wireless Communication System, Wireless Communication Apparatus, Wireless Communication Method, and Program - A wireless communication apparatus according to the invention includes a first wireless communication apparatus (STA1) which transmits search data to a second wireless communication apparatus (STA2) connected through an access point in a wireless communication network and determines whether a direct link setup to the second wireless communication apparatus (STA2) is possible based on search response data returned from the second wireless communication apparatus (STA2), and the second wireless communication apparatus (STA2) which receives the search data and transmits the search response data to the first wireless communication apparatus (STA1) when the second wireless communication apparatus (STA2) is compliant with the direct link setup. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268654 | Method of Selecting a Communication System for Operating with a Communication Device in an Idle Mode, and Communication Device - A method of selecting a communication system ( | 10-29-2009 |
20090274081 | DEVICE TO SENSE FREQUENCY BAND TO SHARE OPERATING FREQUENCY BANDS IN HETEROGENEOUS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND METHOD THEREOF - A cognitive radio communication device and method are provided. The cognitive radio communication device includes a reception unit to receive reference signals from a first communication device, a frequency division unit to divide operating frequency bands of the first communication device into a plurality of sub frequency bands, a first sensing unit to sense each of the plurality of sub frequency bands using the reference signals to estimate whether the first communication device uses each of the plurality of sub frequency bands, and to determine an unused frequency band group including at least one sub frequency band not used by the first communication device based on the estimated result, and a transmission unit to transmit data to a second communication device using the sub frequency band included in the unused frequency band group. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274082 | Methods and Apparatus for Power Saving for Mesh Nodes - Methods and apparatus for implementing power saving in mesh nodes include transmitting a receive window start frame prior to each awake period. The receive window start frame is a short frame, and nodes in the mesh network passively monitor for this frame. Upon detection, a mesh node can transmit data to its destination during its awake period. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274083 | Methods and Apparatus for Scanning for Mesh Nodes - Methods and apparatus are provided for scanning for mesh nodes. A communication device monitors a shared communication channel to detect receive window start frames indicating that a mesh node is awake and available to receive data. The scanning device transmits a probe request during the awake window. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274084 | USER EQUIPMENT HAVING IMPROVED POWER SAVINGS DURING FULL AND PARTIAL DTX MODES OF OPERATION - The present invention achieves power savings by turning off all or some of the baseband processing for codes and timeslots that have not been transmitted due to full or partial DTX. With respect to partial DTX, the transmitted codes and associated timeslots and radio frames within the shortest TTI in the CCTrCH are determined from the received TFCI. Thereafter, the receiver is turned off for the unused codes as indicated by the received TFCI. With respect to full DTX, following TFCI reception, the receiver is turned off for all timeslots within the shortest TTI. | 11-05-2009 |
20090279463 | MOBILE AD HOC NETWORK WITH ISOSYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS AND RELATED METHODS - A mobile ad hoc network (MANET) may include a plurality of mobile nodes. Each mobile node may include a wireless transceiver and a controller cooperating therewith for exchanging isosynchronous Internet Protocol (IP) communications with at least one adjacent mobile node. The isosynchronous IP communications may comprise at least one of voice communications and data communications. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279464 | POWER SAVE MECHANISM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to enable power save modes of operation between mobile wireless devices for direct data transfer in an infrastructure BSS. An example embodiment inserts in a message that is transmitted by the transmitting mobile wireless device, a specified time when a next active direct data transfer period will start so that the devices can remain in power save mode in a direct data transfer link until that time. Then, when the next active direct data transfer period is about to start, the receiving device sends a trigger signal based on the specified time, the trigger signal indicating that the next period is about to start. This confirms to the transmitting device that the receiving device has awakened, so that the transmitting device may start transmitting the data to the receiving device via the direct data transfer link. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279465 | Method for low power radio operation in a wireless packet network - A system and method allows devices to send and receive packets while using power to do so to the extent needed, thereby conserving power. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279466 | Flexible sleep mode for advanced wireless systems - A base station capable of wireless communication with a plurality of subscriber stations within a coverage area of a network, where the base station is capable of transmitting, to a subscriber station, a traffic indication message with an indicator value, wherein the indicator value is used by both the base station and the subscriber station to dynamically adjust the length of the next discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle in an absence of an explicit signaling message from the base station. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279467 | Adaptive and effective power saving design - A wireless communication network comprising a plurality of base stations capable of wireless communication with a plurality of mobile stations within a coverage area of the network, wherein at least one of the plurality of base stations is capable of setting a first counter and a second counter to an initial value; if the base station has downlink data ready to be transmitted to a mobile station, determining if a frequency-time grid (FTG) for the downlink data is less than or equal to a threshold; and if the base station does not have downlink data ready to be transmitted to the mobile station, increasing the first counter by one. | 11-12-2009 |
20090285140 | Method for Managing Dormant Nodes in Wireless Sensor Network - Provided is a method for managing dormant nodes in a wireless sensor network. The method includes the steps of: a) acquiring and storing information on distance and location of sensor nodes registered in a corresponding cluster among at least one cluster managed by a managing node; b) selecting a dormant object node among the sensor nodes by the managing node; c) transmitting dormant information that the dormant object node should go into a dormant state for a predetermined period through a beacon message to the dormant object node and creating a dormant node management table; and d) updating a dormant time of the dormant node management table every beacon cycle by the managing node according to setup of a dormant time central managing function and notifying dormancy expiration to the corresponding dormant node. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285141 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE CONTROL OF DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for controlling discontinuous reception on a mobile device and in particular to control a short discontinuous reception timer in response to receipt of a medium access control control element. The methods and apparatus include stopping, restarting or maintaining the short discontinuous reception timer. Methods and apparatus for limiting or stopping a retransmission timer by providing user equipment with a maximum retry value for transmissions, by providing a maximum redundant version value, or by providing a medium access control control element to stop or prevent the start of a retransmission timer. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285142 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF WI-FI ENABLED MOBILE DEVICES - A system and method for maximizing the standby time of mobile communication devices that have WiFi or other high energy-consuming network interfaces, by predicting in real time actionable silent periods (ASPs) of the interface and shutting the interface down during these ASPs. Standby times are significantly increased, resulting in longer periods of operation before battery charging is required, while keeping minimal the probabilities of missing incoming data packets when the interface is turned off. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285143 | Apparatus and method for saving power of femto base station in wireless communication system - An apparatus and a method for transiting an operation mode of a femto base station in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes, in a sleep mode, confirming whether operation transition request information is received from at least one terminal; and when receiving the operation transition request information from the terminal, entering an active mode. Thus, the power consumption of the femto base station can be reduced and the interference caused by the operation of the femto base station can be mitigated. | 11-19-2009 |
20090290520 | WIRELESS NETWORK HOST IN SILENT MODE - An access point that implements operating modes in which beacons may be selectively disabled. Beacons may be disabled when no device is actively associated through the access point. Beacons may be enabled in response to one or more triggers, which may include events such as a client forming an association through the access point following a probe request message identifying the access point. In addition, active beaconing may be triggered by user input or may occur during periodic brief intervals that allow client devices to discover the network identifier for the access point. Selective control of beaconing may lead to more effective wireless communication, particularly in areas where users congregate with computers implementing soft APs for personal networks. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290521 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, PROGRAM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication apparatus, including a communication control part that controls direct communication or relay communication via a base station with other radio communication apparatuses, a data generation part that generates a mode transition notification to notify the other radio communication apparatuses, which are targets of the direct communication, of a transition to a power thrifty mode or a switching request, notification to request switching from the direct communication to the relay communication via the base station, and the mode transition notification to the base station, and a mode control part that causes the transition of an operation mode to the power thrifty mode after all responses to the mode transition notification and the switching request notification are received. | 11-26-2009 |
20090296615 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING NETWORK INFORMATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method of transmitting network information in a broadband wireless access system is disclosed, in which a base station transmits mobile IP information received from a HA or FA to a mobile station in an idle mode. The present invention includes the steps of receiving a request for entering an idle mode from a mobile station, transmitting information of an admission for entering the idle mode to the mobile station, receiving the network information from a mobility agent, and transmitting a paging message including the network information. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296616 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR USING A POWER SAVINGS MODE DURING VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL COMMUNICATION - Techniques presented herein allow a wireless device, (e.g., a mobile station, MS) to automatically enter a low power state when detecting silence based on monitored VoIP transmissions. Automatically entering the low power state may help the wireless device conserve power. In addition, for certain types of scheduling services in which bandwidth is allocated to the wireless device from within a system (e.g., Unsolicited Grant Service or extended real time polling service), automatically entering the low power state when silence is detected may also free up bandwidth (i.e., that would have otherwise been allocated to the wireless device entering the low power state) for allocation to other wireless devices in the system. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296617 | SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF FOR DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING SLEEP/AWAKE INTERVALS OF WIRELESS NETWORK DEVICE - A system and a method thereof for dynamically adjusting sleep/awake intervals of a wireless network device are provided. The system has at least one base station (BS) and at least one wireless network device. The system performs the method to dynamically adjust the sleep/awake intervals by properly delaying and combining delivery of data such that the wireless network device is turned into a sleep mode after finishing data delivery within an adjusted period. Thereby, the number of awake frames of a mobile subscriber station (MSS) can be reduced without sacrificing the quality of service (QoS). | 12-03-2009 |
20090296618 | POWER SAVING VIA VARIABLE LISTEN INTERVALS IN A WLAN - A wireless client device is associated with an access point in an association having a value for a listen interval parameter. The wireless client device determines, according to predefined considerations, a different value for the listen interval parameter, and declares the different value for the listen interval parameter in a wireless transmission to the access point. The listen interval parameter specifies a number of beacon intervals that can pass from a time the wireless client device listens for a beacon frame from the access point before the wireless client device listens for a next beacon frame from the access point. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296619 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EFFICIENT ADDRESSING AND POWER SAVINGS IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method for addressing groups of stations in a wireless communication system begins by assigning the stations in the system into a number of groups. A group identifier is signaled to each station and the group identifier is indicated in a frame for each group that has data in the frame. The addressing method can be applied to power savings for the station, wherein the station enters a power saving mode if the group identifier for the station is not present in the frame. | 12-03-2009 |
20090310524 | RECEIVER AND RECEIVING METHOD OF THE RECEIVER - The receiver includes a low noise amplifier, a local signal generator, a first mixer, a second mixer, a first amplifier, a second amplifier, a first A/D converter, a second A/D converter, and a signal level detection unit. A detection signal from at least one terminal of the first A/D converter is supplied to an input terminal of the signal level detection unit, thereby generating a reception start signal from the output terminal. Before an RF reception signal is received, a first signal processing unit containing the first mixer, the first amplifier, and the first A/D converter is controlled to an active state, and a second signal processing unit containing the second mixer, the second amplifier, and the second A/D converter is controlled to a low power consumption state. After the RF reception signal is received, the second signal processing unit is controlled to the active state. | 12-17-2009 |
20090323569 | Systems and Methods of Combined Bluetooth and WLAN Signaling - Disclosed herein are systems and methods of combined Bluetooth and WLAN signaling. Such systems and methods may use a Bluetooth connection to signal WLAN capabilities and to exchange WLAN security keys. Once the file transfer has started, the actual data may be transmitted over the WLAN connection rather than over the Bluetooth connection. The WLAN connection may have a much higher throughput than the Bluetooth connection, and WLAN capability has increasingly become present inside Bluetooth enabled devices. The Bluetooth connection may be used as a control channel, while the WLAN connection may be used for data transfer. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323570 | Techniques for management of shared resources in wireless multi-communication devices - An embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus, comprising a network adapter configured for wireless communication using more than one technology, and wherein the network adapter is configured to share a plurality of shared hardware components by limiting access to the air to one comm only at given time by designating one comm that owns the shared hardware components as a primary comm and all other comms are secondary comms, wherein the primary comm allows the secondary comms to use the shared hardware components when it is in an idle-state but when the primary comm returns from the idle state, it claims ownership of the shared resources and the secondary comms release the shared resources. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323571 | Low Power Media Access Control Protocol - A method of transmitting data from a transmitter to a receiver in an unsynchronized, ad-hoc, low-power, wireless network including: creating a packet including a header and data; and retransmitting the same created packet a plurality of times in succession. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323572 | Intelligent access point scanning with self-learning capability - A method and apparatus for intelligent access point scanning with self-learning capability enables a wireless handset to conserve power while scanning for unlicensed mobile access. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323573 | REMOTE WAKE-UP SYSTEM, WWAN MODULE AND TERMINAL - Disclosed are a remote wake up system based on a WWAN module, a WWAN module and a terminal. The system includes a terminal; a WWAN module adapted to receive and/or send information in a wireless manner; and a security control module adapted to perform a security validation on the call information received by the WWAN module when the terminal is in a sleep state, and the security control module is further adapted to generate a wake-up signal and sending the wake-up signal to the terminal in order to wake up it, in the case of passing the security validation. | 12-31-2009 |
20100002610 | POWER SAVINGS FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - Described in example embodiments herein are techniques for implementing power savings in a wireless local area network (WLAN). In accordance with an example embodiment, a centralized controller can be employed to gather data about network activity and select access points to switch to power save mode. Optionally, the controller may designate certain access points to remain active so as to monitor for clients attempting to access the WLAN. An aspect of an example embodiment is that it allows the controller to configure and manage power consumption based on demands on the overall system. In an example embodiment, techniques for implementing power savings within individual hardware components, such as access points, are disclosed. An aspect of a technique described in an example embodiment is that it provides flexibility to balance power savings and performance. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002611 | UNIFORM OUT-OF-SERVICE SEARCH FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques for performing uniform out-of-service (UOOS) search to detect for wireless systems are described. The UOOS search is “uniform” in that sleep cycle and/or awake period are fixed. A wireless device transitions to an OOS state upon detection of OOS conditions for a radio access technology (RAT). The wireless device performs system search during the awake period of each sleep cycle while in the OOS state. The awake period may have a first fixed time duration, and the sleep cycle may have a second fixed time duration. In each awake period, the wireless device may either start a new search or resume a prior search based on saved state information if the search was not completed in a prior awake period. In each awake period, the wireless device may (i) start and complete a search for recently acquired frequency channels and systems and (ii) start or resume a search for other frequency channels and systems in one or more RATs. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002612 | Method of establishing sleep mode operation for broadband wireless communications systems - A method of establishing a sleep mode operation between a mobile station and its serving base station is provided in a wireless communications system. When sleep mode operation is active, the MS enters into a series of sleep cycle and each sleep cycle comprises a listening window followed by a sleep window. In one novel aspect, each sleep cycle is associated with a set of sleep cycle parameters including a Sleep Cycle Length and an adjustable Listening Window Length. Each set of sleep cycle parameters is determined based on a predefined traffic characteristic of a data communication flow between the MS and it serving BS. Different embodiments of sleep cycle parameters are provided for real-time traffic, non-real-time traffic, real-time and non-real-time mixed traffic, and multi-rate transmission traffic. By using sleep cycle-based parameters, the efficiency of sleep mode operation is improved. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002613 | INTELLIGENT SETTING OF HYSTERESIS ACTIVATION TIMER TO ENTER HYSTERESIS SOONER AND SAVE BATTERY - Systems and methodologies are described that intelligently set a hysteresis activation timer in a wireless communication environment. In accordance with various aspects set forth herein, systems and/or methods are provided that continuously monitor a data session to determine whether or not an application is exchanging data with a counterpart device, acquire indication from a hysteresis activation timer of whether or not the hysteresis activation timer is active, determine an appropriate new hysteresis activation timer value with which to set the hysteresis activation timer, and thereafter sets the hysteresis activation timer with the new hysteresis activation timer value. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002614 | LOW POWER MODES FOR FEMTO CELLS - Devices and methods are provided for deploying and/or implementing a low power mode in an access point (AP) base station. The low power mode may be implemented based on the presence and/or status of access terminals (ATs). In one embodiment, the method may involve determining whether any ATs are present within at least one defined coverage area. In another embodiment, the method may involve determining whether the ATs are in an idle or active state. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002615 | MOBILE STATION AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY SWITCHING SLEEP CYCLES WITHOUT DEACTIVATING A CURRENT POWER SAVINGS CLASS (PSC) - Embodiments of a mobile station and method for dynamically changing a sleep cycle are generally described herein. The mobile station is configured to dynamically switch a sleep cycle without deactivating a current power savings class (PSC). In some embodiments, the mobile station may generate a dynamic sleep-cycle switching message to request a change in the sleep cycle of the mobile station when changes in downlink traffic are detected. The dynamic sleep-cycle switching message may indicate either one of a plurality of predefined sleep cycles or may indicate parameters defining a new sleep cycle. This may allow the sleep cycle of the currently active PSC to be changed without deactivation. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002616 | UPLINK POWER CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD - An uplink power control device and method, which uses power control technology for E-DCH channel in HSPA+ system, wherein, the user equipment reads TPC from Node B in the latest several time slots, the current transmission power of uplink channels and the modulation mode of E-DPDCH channel in next TTI; then selects a method for power control according to the modulation method of E-DPDCH channel in next TTI; calculates the transmission power of uplink channel used in next TTI according to the TPC received in the latest several time slots, the current transmission power, requirements for maximal transmission power and minimal transmission power, power control adjustment step and β factor corresponding to DPCCH of uplink channel; finally keeps the transmission powers of all or some of uplink channels constant in the whole TTI of E-DPDCH. The device and method can decrease crosstalk between I branch and Q branch signals. | 01-07-2010 |
20100008272 | COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL FOR LOW-POWER NETWORK APPLICATIONS AND A NETWORK OF SENSORS USING THE SAME - A network sensor system is provided that is capable of extremely low-power operation. The network sensor system implements a communication protocol that allows the sensors to operate at most times in a sleep mode, where only a low-power time is active. In this way, each sensor's receiver, transmitter, and support circuitry are operated only when strictly necessary. The network has a defined network time frame, and each device maintains and adjusts its own clock and relationship with the network time. In this way, each sensor is aware about when it may be sent a message, and opens a short listen window only when such a message is expected. If no message is received, or if the message is addressed to another sensor, the sensor goes back to sleep. The sensor's transmitter is only activated in the case where the message 1) is received during the listen period, 2) is addressed to the sensor, and 3) requires a transmission action. Otherwise, the transmitter remains deactivated. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008273 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TIME SYNCHRONIZED BEACON ENABLED WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK COMMUNICATION - Systems and methods for network synchronization are included. For example, a method for network synchronization may include wirelessly communicating a beacon over a wireless personal area network, in which the beacon may include a beacon payload having a timestamp of a master clock for synchronization of a local clock of a device on the wireless personal area network. The method may also include receiving the beacon in the device, obtaining the timestamp from the beacon payload, and setting the local clock based on the timestamp of the master clock. Another beacon may also be communicated. The other beacon may include another beacon payload having a follow up message for synchronization of the local clock of the device. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008274 | POWER SAVE ENHANCEMENTS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to enable power save modes of operation between wireless devices for direct data transfer in an infrastructure basic service set. The embodiments are an enhancement to the peer U-APSD power save mechanism. The embodiments provide additional operation for peer U-APSD mechanism with two stations operating in power save mode. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008275 | NODE SYNCHRONIZATION SYSTEM FOR LOW-POWER IN SENSOR NETWORK AND METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a node synchronization system for low-power in a sensor network and a method thereof. The node synchronization system includes: a network transmitting means for transmitting information on a synchronization time difference to the sensing data collecting means and transmitting sensing data to a network; the sensing data collecting means for receiving synchronization time information from the network transmitting means, being synchronized with the network transmitting means, collecting the sensing data from a sensing means, and transmitting the sensing data to the network transmitting means; and the sensing means for receiving synchronization time information from the sensing data collecting means, being synchronized with the sensing data collecting means, sensing a sensing peripheral environment information, and transmitting the sensing data to the sensing data collecting means. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008276 | POWER SAVE MODE FOR ACCESS POINTS - An access point includes a detection module and a control module. The detection module determines whether a client station communicates with the access point during a predetermined period of time. The access point initially operates in a normal mode during the predetermined period of time. The control module transitions the access point from the normal mode to a power save mode based on whether the client station communicates with the access point during the predetermined period of time. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008277 | PARTIAL POWER SAVE MODE FOR ACCESS POINTS DURING DEVICE DISCOVERY - An access point includes a beacon module and a control module. The access point transmits a beacon during a beacon interval. The beacon module determines a first portion of the beacon interval and a second portion of the beacon interval. The access point operates in a normal mode during the first portion of the beacon interval. The control module operates the access point in a power save mode during the second portion of the beacon interval. The control module operates the access point in the power save mode in response to a client station not communicating with the access point during the first portion of the beacon interval. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008278 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A DEVICE POWER SAVINGS CLASS - A method is provided for a device in a wireless communication network including a base station. The method includes sending a sleep mode request to the base station; and receiving a sleep mode response including negotiating parameters from the base station. The method also includes entering a sleep mode determined by a single power saving class applicable to all traffic conditions between the device and the base station; and communicating with the base station based on the sleep mode. Further, the single power saving class is used to define a frame structure for configuring frames to form alternating listening windows and sleep windows, to define an initial sleep window, and to define a default listening window. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008279 | METHOD FOR MANAGING THE POWER IN THE WIRELESS NETWORK - In wireless network communication, the present invention provides a method of checking whether information on a request for a mode change is received for a prescribed channel time in a manner that a device configuring a network enters a power save mode in the course of not performing data transmission/reception and that a modem enters an awake state from a sleep state for the prescribed channel time. And, the prescribed channel time is determined to correspond to a time for transmitting a beacon. According to one preferred embodiment of the present invention, a modem of a device in a power save mode enters an awake state for a channel time period for broadcasting a beacon and then checks whether information on a power management mode change is received. If the information does not exist, a sleep state is reentered. If the power management mode change information is received, a power is managed by performing data transmission/reception in a manner of switching to a normal mode. | 01-14-2010 |
20100014448 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PARALLEL COMMUNICATION WITH LEGACY WLAN RECEIVERS - A method for parallel communication with wireless local area network (WLAN) receivers is described. A parallel transmission is started. A first MAC protocol data unit (MPDU) is sent to a first WLAN receiver. An acknowledgment (ACK) request is sent to the first WLAN receiver. An ACK is received from the first WLAN receiver. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014449 | Idle state management - Apparatus and systems, as well as methods and articles, may operate to enter an idle state of a wireless device for a selected amount of time responsive to a combined clear channel assessment indication. | 01-21-2010 |
20100020733 | Synchronous messaging for mobile station - In some embodiments, base station/mobile station state entry schemes may use synchronous messaging for mobile stations to enter into a state in synchronization with an associated base station, e.g., they both know the frame or relative frame in which the state is to be entered, whether or not it actually is entered in that frame. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020734 | BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION, USER EQUIPMENT, COMMUNICATION METHOD OF BASE TRANSCEIVER STATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base transceiver station that is communicable with a plurality of user equipment s includes a receiving unit that receives battery information of the user equipment, and a controller that controls allocation of radio resources to be used to transmit data addressed to the plurality of user equipments based on the battery information received by the receiving unit. | 01-28-2010 |
20100027449 | Transmitting apparatus, transmitting method, receiving apparatus, receiving method and channel status information updating method of sensor node based on multiple channels - Provided are a transmitting apparatus, a transmitting method, a receiving apparatus, a receiving method and a channel status information updating method of a sensor node based on multiple channels. The transmitting apparatus and method transmit a wake-up signal for switching neighbor nodes in a power-saving mode in a transmission range of the sensor node to a wake-up mode in which the neighbor nodes wait to receive a message from the sensor node through the control channel, transmit a preamble message including a list of unused available channels from among the data channels to a receiving node to which data is transmitted from among the neighbor nodes through the control channel, receive an acknowledgement message including information that indicates a channel selected from the available channels from the receiving node through the control channel, transmit a connection confirmation message for switching neighbor nodes other than the receiving node to the power-saving mode through the control channel, and transmit data to the receiving node through the selected channel. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027450 | Multiplexing of control and data with varying power offsets in a SC-FDMA system - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate multiplexing of control information and data for common transmission in a localized FDM wireless communication system. Localized FDM transmission of control and data channels can be achieved by, for example, multiplexing control information with data and transmitting the control information and data using resources and transmission schemes specified for transmission of the data. To ensure the reliability of control information multiplexed with data, a power offset can be applied to the control information to provide varying protection levels for the control information based on properties of the data resources into which it is embedded in order to maintain a predetermined signal quality for the control information independent of the data resources. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027451 | REVERSE LINK POWER CONTROL FOR AN OFDMA SYSTEM - Techniques for performing power control of multiple channels sent using multiple radio technologies are described. The transmit power of a reference channel, sent using a first radio technology (e.g., CDMA), is adjusted to achieve a target level of performance (e.g., a target erasure rate) for the reference channel. The transmit power of a data channel, sent using a second radio technology (e.g., OFDMA), is adjusted based on the transmit power of the reference channel. In one power control scheme, a reference power spectral density (PSD) level is determined based on the transmit power of the reference channel. A transmit PSD delta for the data channel is adjusted based on interference estimates. A transmit PSD of the data channel is determined based on the reference PSD level and the transmit PSD delta. The transmit power of the data channel is then set to achieve the transmit PSD for the data channel. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027452 | DIRECT DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR CONTROL OF MULTI-CHANNEL SCAN FOR RE-ESTABLISHING CONNECTIONS IN A WIRELESSLY NETWORKED DEVICE - A method and system for establishing a wireless connection between a portable computer system and a wireless network, particularly when the portable computer system goes out of coverage and a wireless connection needs to be re-established. The portable computer system has a main processor and a digital signal processor (DSP). The main processor is placed in a low power mode, conserving battery power. When the portable computer system goes out of coverage, broadcast channels used by the wireless network are scanned by the DSP instead of the main processor to identify channels that have sufficient signal strength for the wireless connection. Thus, the main processor remains in the low power mode. When the DSP identifies acceptable channels, it wakes up the main processor and identifies the channels having sufficient signal strength. The main processor then establishes a wireless connection using one of the channels identified by the DSP. | 02-04-2010 |
20100034127 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD USED FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus includes a unit configured to determine a discontinuous reception pattern for a user apparatus that is classified according to a channel state of a radio link; and a unit configured to report the discontinuous reception pattern to the user apparatus. The discontinuous reception pattern specifies at least a cycle of discontinuous reception. | 02-11-2010 |
20100039971 | Power Management Method and Communication System - Keep-alive transactions between a device and a wireless network service are handled by the network interface of the device without precipitation of the device processor. The device processor may be placed in a power save mode and the connection between the device and the wireless network service maintained without waking the device processor to handle keep-alive transactions. | 02-18-2010 |
20100039972 | Controlling a Power Level in a Wireless Communications System with Different Scrambling Codes - A power level of signals transmitted in a wireless communications system under a first or a second scrambling code, is controlled in an inner power control loop, where a quality measure is repetitively estimated and control commands generated from the quality measure and a quality measure reference value, which in an outer power control loop is adjusted in dependence on a performance level calculated for signals received during a time interval. A first value is adjusted in dependence on a performance level for time intervals with all signals transmitted under the first scrambling code and used during such time intervals. A second value is adjusted in dependence on a performance level for time intervals with at least some signals transmitted under the second scrambling code and used during at least a part of such time intervals. | 02-18-2010 |
20100039973 | QOS SCEDULING METHODS FOR WLANS WITH HETEROGENOUS APPLICATIONS - A wireless system ( | 02-18-2010 |
20100039974 | WIRELESS APPARATUS - A wireless apparatus that periodically sends notification signals, including: a determining module that determines, before sending the notification signal, whether a wireless channel is being used by a wireless device; a sending module that sends the notification signal if the wireless channel is not used throughout a first period; a receiving module; a controller that controls the receiving module to be able to receive a signal until a lapse of a second period after transmission of the notification signal; and a suspending module that suspends supply of power to the receiving module if a signal is not received in the second period and the number of wireless devices that can communicate with the apparatus is zero. If the receiving module receives a signal in the second period, the controller controls the receiving module to be able to receive a signal after a lapse of the second period. | 02-18-2010 |
20100039975 | POWER CONTROL TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS DEVICES - Various embodiments are disclosed relating to wireless systems, and also relating to power control techniques for wireless devices. One disclosed embodiment comprises a wireless receiver that includes a processing circuit. In one example embodiment, at least a portion of the processing circuit may process only a portion of an ID packet. The portion of the ID packet that is received and processed may be less than a full ID packet, which may provide power savings. | 02-18-2010 |
20100046408 | Apparatus and Method for Power-Saving in Multiple Antenna Communication System - A multiple-antenna transceiver in the present invention includes a frame controller and circuitry for transmitting and receiving. The transmitting component includes a sequence selection circuit, a MIMO modulation and coding circuit, and numerous TX RFE and AFE circuits. The receiving component includes a MIMO demodulation and decoding circuit, a sequence separation circuit, and numerous RX RFE and AFE circuits. The frame controller can enable and disable the TX and RX RFE and AFE circuits individually so as to reduce power consumption of the whole system. | 02-25-2010 |
20100054166 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IDLE MODE OF MOBILE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting a paging message in a wireless communication system are provided. A method for operation transition of a communication module operating in an idle mode includes, when a listening interval arrives, determining if a paging message is received, when the paging message is not received during the listening interval, determining if paging information on the communication module is received from a different communication module, and, when the paging information is received from the different communication module, transiting to an active mode. | 03-04-2010 |
20100061284 | Power management for multi-carrier transmission - A method of power management for a mobile station in a multi-carrier wireless network is provided. A primary connection between the mobile station and a serving base station is first established by performing initial ranging over a primary radio frequency (RF) carrier. A secondary connection between the mobile station and the base station is then established by performing periodic ranging over a secondary RF carrier. To achieve efficient power management, the mobile station performs Open Loop Power Control and obtains long-term link measurement (CSI) of the primary carrier. The mobile station then adjusts carrier-specific parameters based on the primary carrier CSI. For RF carriers that convey on-going data traffic, Close Loop Power Control is updated per RF carrier. When the mobile station enters sleep mode operation, it receives traffic indication messages on the primary RF carrier and then dynamically wakes up one or more corresponding RF carriers for data reception. | 03-11-2010 |
20100067416 | RE-PROGRAMMING MEDIA FLOW PHONE USING SPEED CHANNEL SWITCH TIME THROUGH SLEEP TIME LINE - A multicasts wireless telecommunication system to reprogram preset sleep time line to earlier point to wake up ASIC at right moment to obtain new channel OIS to prevent screen in the device display from going black, and save power by saving extra wakeup time and extra going to sleep cycles. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067417 | Timing Adjustment in Multi-Hop Communication System - A timing adjustment method for use in a multi-hop communication system, the system comprising a source apparatus, a destination apparatus and one or more intermediate apparatuses, said source apparatus being operable to transmit information along a series of links forming a communication path extending from the source apparatus to the destination apparatus via the or each intermediate apparatus, and the or each intermediate apparatus being operable to receive information from a previous apparatus along the path and to transmit the received information to a subsequent apparatus along the path, the system being configured to transmit information in a plurality of consecutive labelled intervals, the method comprising: transmitting information in a first labelled interval from a first said apparatus along a plurality of consecutive links of said path via one or more said intermediate apparatuses to a second said apparatus, said information including a reference to a particular one of said labelled intervals and the transmission of that information incurring a delay such that the transmitted information, or information derived therefrom, is received by said second apparatus in a second labelled interval a number of such intervals after the first labelled interval; and adjusting said reference to form an adjusted reference referring to a further labelled interval the or another number of such intervals before or after the particular labelled interval. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067418 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN USER EQUIPMENTS IN MULTI-CARRIER RADIO SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement for reducing power consumption in the user equipments in power saving mode in a communication network, comprising a communication network node transmitting information on shared control channels (SCCH) to one or more user equipments. The information is transmitted over either a narrow or a wide bandwidth depending on which mode said one or more user equipments are, either a power saving mode or an active mode. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067419 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR EFFICIENTLY UTILIZING RADIO RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to a method and an arrangement of efficiently utilizing radio resources in a communication network, comprising a communication network node communicating with one or more user equipments over a radio interface, wherein at least two communication services are provided on said radio interface, each having a certain amount of power allocated in an interactively way. The interaction between said at least two communication services is minimized in order to obtain an enhanced power utilization. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067420 | LPRF DEVICE WAKE UP USING WIRELESS TAG - A wireless transceiver includes: (a) a low power radio frequency (LPRF) communications component capable of powering down to conserve energy and capable of powering up in response to an electronic signal, the LPRF communications component including a transmitter and a first receiver; and (b) a second receiver that is configured to screen a radio frequency broadcast and provide, on the basis of specific data identified therein, the electronic signal to the LPRF communications component in order to power up the LPRF communications component. The second receiver is adapted to draw less current than the LPRF communications component while awaiting receipt of and listening for a radio frequency broadcast. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067421 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING AN IDLE MODE IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - Apparatus and methods are disclosed for control of an idle mode in a wireless device. In particular, the idle mode duty cycle of a preamble transmission by an access point (AP), as an example, is variably or adaptively set in response to determined conditions of the wireless neighborhood. The conditions determined include the whether or not other wireless devices are present in the vicinity of sensing wireless device, as well as the state of those devices present, such as whether they are in an idle mode or an active mode. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067422 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A SLEEP MODE IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - Apparatus and methods for controlling sleep mode in a wireless device are disclosed. The sleep mode is controlled using low power detection of RF beacon signals of known frequencies to reduce power consumption of the wireless device during sleep modes. Detection is achieved by using passive or low power elements in a receive chain that filters received signals allowing beacon signals of particular frequencies to pass, which are accumulated with passive or low power circuit elements requiring no external power source. The accumulated energy is compared to a threshold to determine the presence of the beacon with sleep circuitry. When the beacon is detected, the full RF receiver is triggered to wake up. Use of low power elements and passive elements, affords a beneficial increase in power savings for the wireless device, which is particularly helpful in wireless access points or relay stations that have an alternative power sourcing such as battery or solar power. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067423 | POWER-SAVE (PS)-POLL SUBSTITUTION - In accordance with at least some embodiments, a system comprises an access point and a station in communication with the access point. The station has at least two network technology subsystems subject to coexistence interference. The station selectively implements Power Save (PS)-Poll substitution (PSPS) logic to handle communications between the station and the access point. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067424 | BOUNDED POWER-SAVE-POLLING (BPS) - In accordance with at least some embodiments, a system comprises an access point and a station in communication with the access point. The station has at least two network technology subsystems subject to coexistence interference. The station selectively implements bounded Power Save (PS)-Polling (BPS) logic to handle communications between the station and the access point. The BPS logic operates to confine PS-Poll transmissions starts to one of two separate windows during a medium grant duration of the station. | 03-18-2010 |
20100074157 | SENSOR NODE OF WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A sensor node of a wireless sensor network includes a first sensor node module for generating and processing, when it is activated, a first sensing signal to detect occurrence of an event based on the first sensing signal; and a second sensor node module for generating and processing a second sensing signal, when it is activated, to monitor state transition of the event based on the second sensing signal. Further, when the occurrence of the event is detected, the first sensor node module is inactivated and the second sensor node module is activated. | 03-25-2010 |
20100080156 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING IN PERSONAL AREA NETWORKS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method of reducing power consumption in a wireless network device, comprising determining a duration prior to a beacon being received by the device; comparing the duration against a predetermined value; and adjusting a duration of a sleep period in response to the comparison. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080157 | PERIODIC SYNCHRONIZATION LINK QUALITY IN A MESH NETWORK - Wireless mesh network nodes in a mesh network are operable to receive a periodic beacon from at least one other mesh network node, where the received beacon comprises received beacon link quality information for the at least one other mesh network node. The nodes are further operable to record the sender identity and link quality of the received periodic beacon, record the received beacon link quality information in the beacon from the wireless mesh network node to the at least one other mesh network node, and retransmit a received periodic beacon to other network nodes, the retransmitted beacon comprising link quality information for beacons received in the wireless mesh network node. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080158 | Network controller wake on communications request - When there are no network devices currently associated with a wireless network controller, the network controller may reduce power consumption by placing itself in a standby mode. In the standby mode, the network controller may place some of its components into a non-operational low power state, while keeping enough components in an operational state to receive and decode received communications requests from devices that may wish to become associated with it. This may involve placing the transmit chain, and in some cases the applications processor, into the low power state. When a communications request is detected, the network controller may restore the transmit chain and if necessary the applications processor to an operational state, and transmit a response to the communications request. | 04-01-2010 |
20100085903 | Apparatus and method for managing packet routing through internally-powered network devices in wireless sensor networks - Various embodiments provide an apparatus and method for managing packet routing through internally-powered network devices in wireless sensor networks. An example embodiment includes a hybrid network having an externally-powered node and an internally-powered node, the method includes configuring a role that the internally-powered node will take during an operations phase of the hybrid network, the role including whether the internally-powered node will act as a router or a non-router; demoting the internally-powered node to a non-router role if the internally-powered node is not needed for routing; and promoting the internally-powered node to a router role if the internally-powered node is needed for routing. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085904 | POWER CONTROL SYSTEM IN RADIO COMMUNICATION - A power control system for controlling power consumption of a mobile station used in a radio communication system. The power control system includes a prediction unit and an operation mode setting unit. The prediction unit is configured to predict an outside-communication-area-time taken for the mobile station to pass through a zone in which an intensity of a received radio wave from a base station detected in the mobile station is smaller than a specified value, on a basis of cell information indicating a location of the base station and a communication area, and movement history information indicating movement history of the mobile station. The operation mode setting unit is configured to set the mobile station to a low power consumption mode during the outside-communication-area-time obtained by the prediction unit. | 04-08-2010 |
20100091691 | Dynamic thermal control for wireless transceivers - Methods and apparatus for dynamic thermal management and control within, e.g., small form-factor wireless devices such as laptop computers or cellular “smartphones”. In one embodiment, a thermal management system monitors the temperature (or other relevant criteria) for one or more components, and implements different operating states within the wireless transceiver (e.g., Wi-Fi™ or WiMAX transceiver) so as to both reduce thermal output and minimize disruption to the wireless link and/or user experience. In another embodiment, a wireless client may communicate with other clients, and/or access points, so as to cooperatively provide more options for thermal management. In addition, methods and apparatus employing “high performance” (e.g., high power output or high data rate) radios within aggressively small industrial designs are also disclosed. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091692 | Access Terminal, Control Method Thereof, Base Station and Control Method Thereof - An access terminal receives, from a base station | 04-15-2010 |
20100091693 | Method and a Device for Saving Power in a Wireless User Terminal | 04-15-2010 |
20100097969 | LOW-POWER WIRELESS MULTI-HOP NETWORKS - A method of communication or transmission of data between a first and a second node in a wireless multi-hop network comprises bringing the first node and the second node in a fully operative mode for communication with each other and subsequently bringing the first node and the second node in a reduced operative mode where no communication with any other node is possible and, before bringing the second node in the fully operative mode, bringing the second node in a listening mode during a token listening period to check for presence of a wake-up token from the first node, and thereafter bringing the second node into the reduced operative mode if no wake-up token is received, and bringing the second node into the fully operative mode for reception of data from the first node if a wake-up token is received. This wake-up scheme is a kind of scheduled rendezvous scheme with collision avoidance, and may be called an induced wake-up scheme. It is advantageous because of its low power consumption (no des only wake up completely when a message is present for them to receive) and because of the low latency in data transfer. The wake-up tokens used enable random access to other nodes, nevertheless having a system which is low-power in operation. | 04-22-2010 |
20100097970 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DISPLAYING INFORMATION OF MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and device for displaying information of a mobile terminal has an information display. The terminal includes: a display unit for outputting at least one of a standby screen, a screen corresponding to activation of a program, a data-free screen corresponding to a sleep mode, and a screen for displaying preset information. A controller directing display of the preset information for a predetermined information display time period beginning from at least one of a time point prior to entering the sleep mode and a time point of exiting from the sleep mode. An input unit permits input of a signal for exiting from the sleep mode; and a storage unit for storing the preset information. | 04-22-2010 |
20100103847 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT RELATING COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A method for use in controlling transmit power of a radio transceiver for communication with a receiving and/or transmitting node is provided. The method may include transmitting a signal from the radio transmitter, the signal including a Transmit Power Control portion, and altering the TPC re-transmission when the radio transmitter is in a fixed environmental condition. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103848 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DIVERSITY IDLE MODE IN A MOBILE STATION - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure may allow a mobile station (MS) to monitor the paging interval of a serving base station (BS) as well as one or more neighboring BSs with sufficient signal strength or signal quality. Monitoring the paging intervals of multiple BSs may help improve paging success rate. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103849 | POWER-SAVING CONTROL METHOD FOR WIRELESS LAN - A power-saving control method for wireless LAN is applied to a portable electronic device, such as laptop computer. When the portable electronic device is booted and drives the wireless LAN device, the scan function of the wireless LAN device is disabled. Therefore, automatically scanning the wireless access point is avoided to save power. Moreover, after the wireless LAN link is established by the user, the scan function of the wireless LAN device is also disabled. Thus, the periodical automatic scanning the wireless access point is avoided to save power. | 04-29-2010 |
20100110948 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATING A MOBILE DEVICE IN A SLEEP MODE - Apparatus and methods are provided for locating a mobile device in a sleep mode. A method comprises transmitting a beacon signal configured to initiate transmission of a response signal from a mobile device in a sleep mode. The mobile device is associated with a first wireless access device on a first communication channel. The method further comprises receiving the response signal from the mobile device on the first communication channel and determining the physical location of the mobile device based on the response signal. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110949 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESS POINT SCANNING IN VOIP SYSTEMS - A system is configured to scan for APs on DFS channels while maintaining VOIP traffic employing both passive and active scans. During passive scan mode, the APs are configured to listen only. During active scan mode, the STA sends a probe request, and the AP(s) send(s) probe responses. During power save mode, the STA tells the associated AP that it will be turning “off” to save power. The STA is then required to listen to beacons for traffic notifications. The power save mode enables the STA to move to other channels during periods in which the AP “thinks” it is asleep. An 802.11 “in-use” list is used to facilitate scanning. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110950 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALIGNING POWER SAVINGS CLASSES - A method for power savings in a wireless communications network, including selecting all Type-1 power savings classes (PSCs), selecting all Type-2 PSCs, and selecting all Type-3 PSCs. The method further includes aligning the Type-1 PSCs of the device, if more than one Type-1 PSC is selected, and aligning the Type-2 PSCs of the device, if more than one Type-2 PSC is selected. The method also includes aligning the two or more aligned Type-1 PSCs or, if only one Type-1 PSC is selected, the Type-1 PSC, and the two or more aligned Type-2 PSCs or, if only one Type-2 PSC is selected, the Type-2 PSC, if there is at least one Type-1 PSC and at least one Type-2 PSC. The method may further include aligning the Type-3 PSCs with the aligned Type-1 and Type-2 PSCs, if there is at least one Type-3 PSC and at least one Type-1 or Type-2 PSC. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110951 | Techniques for device and piconet controller availability notification in wireless personal area and wireless local area networks - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method, comprising notifying of device and piconet controller (PNC) availability in wireless personal area network (WPAN) and/or wireless local area networks (WLAN) at the start of a superframe, wherein whether the PNC will stay awake or go to sleep during a part of the superframe depends on whether or not there are any services to provide in the WPAN and/or WLAN during a given period of time, and wherein the PNC shall stay awake if there are services to provide in the WPAN and/or WLAN to maintain network performance, otherwise the PNC will go to sleep to minimize its energy consumption. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110952 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOW LATENCY STATE TRANSITIONS FOR ENERGY EFFICIENCY - Aspects of a method and system for physical layer control of low latency state transitions for energy efficiency. In this regard, a determination may be made to reconfigure a network device from an energy saving mode of operation to a higher performance mode of operation. A first portion of the network device may be reconfigured prior to sending an indication of the reconfiguration to a link partner, and a remaining portion of the network device may be reconfigured after sending the indication. The link partner may begin reconfiguration from an energy saving mode of operation to higher performance mode of operation upon receiving the indication. The energy saving mode may comprise a low power idle (LPI) or a subset PHY mode. The reconfiguration may comprise allocating memory to, and/or de-allocating memory from, buffering received and/or to-be-transmitted data. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110953 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PHASING INFORMATION AND PHASING METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of transmitting paging information and a paging method in a mobile communication system. According to the invention, in a case of starting to transmit downlink information to mobile stations that do not maintain uplink synchronization while performing a low-power-consumption operation in an active state, the start of the information transmission is informed by transmitting a medium access control (MAC) paging message to the mobile stations. In this case, the invention can inform the mobile station that the MAC paging message exists in a physical layer control channel or can transmit the generated MAC paging message through only the physical layer control channel. Accordingly, the invention can efficiently transmit the paging information while maximizing utilization of a limited radio resource. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110954 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN APPLICATION LAYER CONTROLLERS AND WIRELESS DEVICE - Method and system for synchronizing the working of the application layer functions with the wireless device functions. More particularly, core and management functions of layer 2 and layer 3 applications in wireless systems such as handheld device and base station, wherein there is a need for close frame timing synchronization at application layer. The method and system fulfills the requirements of supporting hard real-time latencies introduced between the user space and kernel space in standard operating systems used in designing of system for wireless application. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110955 | SIGNALLING CHANNEL AND RADIO SYSTEM FOR POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS DEVICES - Wireless devices, transmitters, systems and methods are provided that have a narrow band signalling channel and a wide band channel, for example an OFDM channel. In order to save power, the wireless device is nominally powered down with the exception of a receiver specific to the narrow band signalling channel. Once instructed to do so over the narrow band signalling channel, the wireless device wakes up the rest of its wide band receive circuitry. | 05-06-2010 |
20100118752 | Method and Apparatus of Transition to a Battery Efficient State or Configuration by Indicating End of Data Transmission in Long Term Evolution - A method is provided for sending a Fast Dormancy (FD) indication from a User Equipment (UE) to an access device through a Media Access Control (MAC) layer. The method includes receiving an indication from an upper layer that there is no more data for a prolonged period of time and generating and sending a MAC control element to the access device. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118753 | POWER SAVING IN IEEE 802-STYLE NETWORKS - A system and method for power saving in IEEE 802-style and ITU-T G.984-style networks overcomes the limitations of conventional techniques using information from user and network devices for initiating power savings by the user or network device, enabling power savings on links such as optical networks. This innovative technique provides a system and method for communications between user and network devices, facilitating either the user or network device initiating a sleep mode for the user device. The implementation of a sleep mode in a device allows powering down of the device's transmitter and receiver for a specified length of time, during which the transmitter and receiver (also referred to as the physical interface of the device) consume diminished power. | 05-13-2010 |
20100128645 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE POWER CONSERVATION BASED ON TRAFFIC PROFILES - A system and method for conserving power for wireless communications. Packet communication information to and from a wireless device is determined. A traffic profile is selected from a light traffic profile, a periodic traffic profile, and a heavy traffic profile in response to the determined packet communication information. Packets are communicated with a wireless access point utilizing a power mode determined in response to the selected traffic profile. The power mode is utilised by the wireless device independent of the wireless access point. | 05-27-2010 |
20100135195 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - To suitably suppress distribution delay at the time of multi-hop communication or broadcast transfer while including a communication station in a power-saving state. | 06-03-2010 |
20100142422 | COOPERATIVE PACKET ROUTING FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - A cooperative packet routing for wireless sensor networks is described. In one aspect, a transient sensor node in a wireless sensor network receives a packet from a source node, wherein the packet is targeted for receipt by a base station. The transient sensor node, responsive to receiving the packet, estimates how much operational energy remains in the sensor node. If the determined amount of energy meets a configurable threshold, the transient sensor node implements a set of cooperative packet routing operations for conditional re-transmission of the packet to the base station. The configurable threshold is set to ensure substantially optimal usage and lifetime of the sensor node in the wireless sensor network. The conditional re-transmission of the packet is based on a set of randomized packet re-transmission criteria. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142423 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) POWER TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and system of radio frequency (RF) power transmission among multiple wireless stations is provided. Control signals for switching a receiving station between a power reception mode and a data reception mode are generated. The control signals provide switching information about which of the modes to switch to, and timing of the switching. In the data reception mode, the receiving station processes an RF transmission from a sending station as a data communication. In the power reception mode the receiving station processes the RF transmission as energy radiation for powering the receiving station. One type of control signal for power mode switching is generated at the MAC layer of a receiving station and sent to the PHY layer of that station for power mode switching. Another type is RTS/CTS control signal exchanged between the sending and receiving stations. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142424 | DATA SCHEDULING MODULE, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT THEREOF FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A data scheduling module, a data scheduling method and computer program product thereof for a wireless communication apparatus are provided. The data scheduling method comprises the following steps: determining that the frame length of a second data transmission interval is not smaller than a frame length of a first data transmission interval; summing at least one first data and at least one second data according to the frame length of the second data transmission interval; calculating an average value according to the frame length of the second data transmission interval and the summed result; calculating an aggregate data transmission interval according to a data transmission capacity, the average value, and an integer adjusting value; and transmitting the at least one first data and the at least one second data via a plurality of frames in accordance with the aggregate data transmission interval. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142425 | TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND SYSTEM - A transmitting power level control method and system are provided, whereby the power of a terminal device in a wireless sensor network is saved and the lifetime thereof is extended. The control method includes the steps of: (A) broadcasting a plurality of transmitting power level (TPL) messages, each of which represents a respective TPL and the respective TPLs are different from one another, wherein each of the plurality of TPL messages is broadcasted at the respective TPL thereof; and (B) setting a TPL for the terminal device at a minimum one of the TPLs represented by the TPL messages received by the terminal device. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142426 | WIRELESS TERMINAL, BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a wireless terminal having a wireless transceiver and a wireless receiver which operates with lower power than the wireless transceiver, when the wireless receiver receives, from a base station, a notification message notifying that data addressed to the terminal is existent, the wireless transceiver is turned on to acquire the data. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142427 | Mobile Wireless Internet System - A mobile wireless internet system is provided. The mobile wireless internet system may include a primary power assembly capable of converting solar energy into electrical energy. Further, the mobile wireless internet system may include a communication assembly capable of receiving wireless signals from an internet service provider. The primary power assembly may be capable of providing the electrical energy to the communication assembly. Furthermore, the mobile wireless internet system may include at least one communication antenna operatively coupled to the communication assembly. The at least one communication antenna may be capable of receiving the wireless signals from the communication assembly and transmitting the received wireless signals to at least one user terminal. Also, the mobile wireless internet system may include a platform. The platform may be capable of being removably engaged with an automobile to be transported to a desired location. | 06-10-2010 |
20100150040 | Wirelessly controlled idle power consumption management device for electronic products - This specification discloses a wirelessly controlled idle power consumption management device for electronic products. It comprises at least a wireless detector and a wireless remote control. Each of the wireless detectors has an AC plug and at least one power outlet for other electronics in the exterior and at least one microcontroller, at least one RF module and at least one electrical current detector in the interior. The wireless remote control also has at least one microcontroller and at least one RF module inside. When the wireless remote control and at least one wireless detector join together, the wireless remote control can simultaneously start several wireless detectors, making them detect whether an electronic product is in use or in an idle state. In the former case, the electrical power supply is maintained. In the latter case, the power supply to the electronic product is shut down after a certain time, reducing the idle power consumption thereof to zero. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150041 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS HAVING SELF SENSING FUNCTION - Disclosed is a wireless communication apparatus having a self sensing function, which can detect an object by use of a wake-up function without employing a separate sensor. The wireless communication apparatus includes a communication unit wirelessly communicating with a server forming a wireless network, and a wake-up unit waking up the communication unit under the control of the server when the communication unit is in sleep mode, and sensing the presence of an object within a preset communication range according to a reflection signal, which is a signal reflected by the object after being transmitted from the communication unit. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150042 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WAKE-UP SIGNAL - Provided are an apparatus and method of transmitting and receiving a wake-up signal. The method of receiving a wake-up signal includes the following: operating a radio frequency (RF) receiving unit that receives a wireless signal through an antenna during an SFD detecting time, wherein the SFD detecting time is shorter than a predetermined SFD detecting time period, according to the predetermined SFD detecting time period and detecting a start of frame delimiter (SFD) to indicate that the received wireless signal is a wake-up signal to wake-up a node in a sleep mode; and detecting the wake-up signal by continuously operating the RF receiving unit when the SFD is detected. Power consumption that is used to receive the wake-up signal can be reduced. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150043 | ASYNCHRONOUS MAC PROTOCOL BASED SENSOR NODE AND DATA TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHOD THROUGH THE SAME - Disclosed is an asynchronous MAC based sensor node using a Wake-Up RF. The sensor node includes a main transceiver to transmit/receive data, a Wake-Up transceiver to transit a state of the sensor node; and a micro-control unit, which transmits a Wake-Up frame to at least one receiving node through the Wake-Up transceiver such that the receiving node is activated from an inactive state into an active state and transmits data to the activated receiving node through the main transceiver. The asynchronous MAC based sensor node reduces unnecessary power consumption, hop-by-hop delay, and overhead required for timing synchronization, thereby implementing an effective sensor | 06-17-2010 |
20100150044 | METHOD OF PERFORMING ACTIONS RELATED TO HANDOVER BY A MOBILE STATION THAT IS IN POWER SAVING MODE IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing actions related to handover by a mobile station (MS) in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the MS receives information from a base station (BS), wherein the information includes at least one action for performing handover and at least one condition corresponding to the at least one action. Furthermore, the MS transmits a request message to perform the at least one action based on the received information from the BS and receives a response message in response to the request message. Lastly, the MS performs the at least one action according to the received response message. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150045 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ENHANCING WIFI REAL-TIME COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methods of enhanced real-time communications between WiFi devices. In one embodiment of the present invention a method for enhanced payload protection in a WiFi system includes transmitting multiple copies of data packets in successive frame body transmissions. In another embodiment, a method for enhanced communications over a WiFi link includes examining a unit ID packet to determine a destination of a data payload when errors are detected in IP and/or MAC headers. If a destination is determined, the packet is corrected and forwarded to the device based on the unit ID determination. In another embodiment, a method for enhanced real-time communications in a WiFi network includes establishing a communications frame that includes an active timeslot, preferably based on U-APSD, for a WiFi device to use for transmission of successive audio data packets transmitted between the WiFi handset and AP. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150046 | Charging method and network system thereof, packet data network gateway and charging system thereof - A charging process method, relating to communication network, is disclosed according to embodiments of the present invention. The method includes receiving a charging request containing a type of a second method when the method for a user equipment to access a packet data network gateway has been changed from a first method to the second method; performing, based on the charging request, charging control over the used service units in a charging mode corresponding to the first method for the user equipment to access the packet data network gateway and reserving service units for the charging session for the second method based on a charging mode corresponding to the second method for the user equipment to access the packet data network gateway. A network system, a packet data network gateway and a charging system are provided according to embodiments of the present invention accordingly. Embodiments of the present invention can be applicable to a charging process in a situation when the method for a user equipment to access the packet data network gateway changes. | 06-17-2010 |
20100157863 | Power management for wireless networks - Embodiments provide techniques for device power management in wireless networks. For instance, an apparatus may include a power management module, and a transceiver module. The power management module determines a beacon interval and a wakeup interval. The transceiver module to send a transmission to one or more remote devices that includes the beacon interval and the wakeup interval. The beacon interval indicates a time interval between consecutive beacon transmissions of the apparatus, and the wakeup interval indicates a time interval between when the apparatus receives two consecutive beacons from a peer device. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157864 | Scanning Methods And Apparatus For Mobile Devices In Wireless Local Area Networks For Reduced Power Consumption - One illustrative method for reducing power consumption in a mobile communication device of a wireless local area network (WLAN) involves the steps of identifying a communication signal quality value between the mobile device and a wireless access point of the WLAN with which the mobile device is currently associated; determining an initial timer value based on a predefined relationship with the communication signal quality value where, as the communication signal quality value decreases, the initial timer value correspondingly decreases; initializing a scan trigger timer with the initial timer value and running the scarf trigger timer; and upon expiration of the scan trigger timer: causing a scanning operation to be performed for identifying one or more wireless access points in a coverage region; and repeating the acts of identifying, determining, initializing and running the scan trigger timer, and causing the scanning operation to be performed. Preferably, the mobile device operates to refrain from performing scanning operations altogether when the communication signal quality value is greater than a scan trigger threshold value. The scan trigger threshold value may be derived from or calculated based on a previously-received or last-sampled communication signal quality value of the wireless access point sampled at a time when the mobile device chose to reassociate with a different wireless access point of the WLAN. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157865 | Power-Save for Wireless Networks - Embodiments of the present invention enable power-save methods for wireless networks. Embodiments of the present invention are compliant with the IEEE 802.11 protocol. Further, embodiments of the present invention are readily inter-operable with other third party implementations. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157866 | Apparatus and Method for Proxying Powered Off Interfaces Using the Active Interface - An apparatus comprising a mobile node (MN) comprising a first radio interface and at least one second radio interface, wherein a point of service (PoS) is configured to communicate with the MN via the first radio interface to proxy the second interface, and wherein the first interface is an active interface and the second interface is a powered off interface. Also included is an apparatus comprising at least one processor configured to implement a method comprising setting an interface between a MN and a network in a powered off mode, tracking the mobility of the MN on behalf of the network when the interface is powered off, and waking up the interface when a call arrives in the network for the interface. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157867 | Pausing Keep-Alive Messages and Roaming for Virtual Private Networks on Handheld Devices to Save Battery Power - Provided is a method, system and programming product for maintaining a connection between a mobile device and a server over a wireless network in a manner that conserves the power supply of the mobile device. The claimed subject matter addresses the transmission of regular “keep-alive” packets to refresh a network address translation (NAT) server and the scanning for and connecting to faster, higher priority network connections. A configurable parameter, or power timeout, specifies an idle time. When a period of time equal to the parameter has passed with no traffic between the mobile device and the server, in either direction, periodic roaming scans and keep-alive messages are halted. As soon as traffic is resumed through the tunnel, the mobile device roams to the highest priority connection and roaming scans and keep-alive messages are resumed. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157868 | WIRELESS INTELLIGENT SWITCH ENGINE - A wireless intelligent switch engine (WISE) is described. The wireless intelligent switch engine provides for automatic switching between different physical wireless interfaces in mobile devices while roaming to maintain a wireless network connection. WISE functions as a bridge between a mobile device and multiple wireless network interfaces to provide automatic and seamless switching among networks while roaming. The mobile device sees WISE as a LAN interface and communicates with WISE using the TCP/IP protocol stack, thus providing a PPP-less configuration that uses the TCP/IP protocol stack regardless of the wireless interface. | 06-24-2010 |
20100165896 | Power saving in peer-to-peer communication devices - Apparatuses, systems, methods, and computer program products to save power in peer-to-peer communication devices associated with wireless communication networks are disclosed. Embodiments generally comprise wireless communications devices. A device may associate or connect with an access point and communicate with another device also connected to the access point. The devices may establish a direct link as part of a tunneled direct link system (TDLS) network. After establishing the direct link, the devices may negotiate a wakeup schedule, enabling both devices to enter power saving modes to conserve power. The devices may maintain the direct link while in power saving modes, enabling the devices to periodically exit the power saving modes and transfer buffered data. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165897 | Reduced Power State Network Processing - A network interface controller of a computing device is disclosed that processes network packets without waking the computing device. The network interface controller may detect that a secured connection with an access point has been disconnected and may reconnect to the access point without waking the computing device. The network interface controller may support roaming between access points without waking the computing device. The network interface controller may also support establishing, re-establishing and maintaining a secured session with another computing device while a computing device is in a sleep state. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165898 | Method and Apparatus of Awaking a Communication Device - A method of awaking a communication device operating in a sleep mode for a wireless network interface card includes continuously sending a plurality of coupling packets to maintain coupling between the communication device and a remote communication device, receiving a wireless packet from the remote communication device, determining a packet type of the wireless packet according to a packet format corresponding to a wake-up packet, and controlling the communication device to leave the sleep mode when the wireless packet is determined to be the wake-up packet. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165899 | Controlling the Power in a Wireless Client Device - A system and method in a client device ( | 07-01-2010 |
20100165900 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ENHANCING WIFI REAL-TIME COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methods of enhanced real-time communications between WiFi devices. In one embodiment of the present invention a method for enhanced payload protection in a WiFi system includes transmitting multiple copies of data packets in successive frame body transmissions. In another embodiment, a method for enhanced communications over a WiFi link includes examining a unit ID packet to determine a destination of a data payload when errors are detected in IP and/or MAC headers. If a destination is determined, the packet is corrected and forwarded to the device based on the unit ID determination. In another embodiment, a method for enhanced real-time communications in a WiFi network includes establishing a communications frame that includes an active timeslot, preferably based on U-APSD, for a WiFi device to use for transmission of successive audio data packets transmitted between the WiFi handset and AP. | 07-01-2010 |
20100172274 | Energy saving using cellular footprint for mobile device Wi-Fi access point discovery - Described is a technology in which a Wi-Fi enabled mobile computing device conserves power by only selectively scanning to discover a potential access point for connecting. In one aspect, a cellular footprint, comprising the cellular tower identifier(s) and corresponding signal strength information, determines whether to perform or delay the Wi-Fi scan. The footprint may be used to detect mobile user location changes and compare with history, so as to delay scanning when the device has not sufficiently moved, or delay scanning when the history indicates little chance of a successful discovery/connection at the current location. | 07-08-2010 |
20100172275 | Energy Efficient Device Discovery with Short-Range Radios - Described is a technology in which a Wi-Fi enabled mobile computing device conserves power by only attempting peer discovery at certain times, according to a wakeup pattern. A device time clock is synchronized, such as via a cellular service, a GPS system, or a network to establish the time to awaken. Imprecise synchronization between the devices within a maximum difference is acceptable because the pattern ensures that any two devices are concurrently awake for at least a sufficient time to perform discovery. The awake time may be divided into active and inactive slots, arranged such that an active slot of each device will overlap regardless of when the awake time begins on each device. Also described is using a previously agreed-upon communications channel for subsequent discovery, which may be based upon pseudo-random number generation. | 07-08-2010 |
20100172276 | ACCESS POINT AGITATION - A technique for controlling the amount of power consumed by access points (APs) of a wireless network involves implementing power-saving APs (PSAPs). It would be desirable for the PSAPs to be in sleep mode during periods of low activity, and at full power during periods of high activity. To that end, a PSAP agitation (PSAPA) engine can be implemented to agitate PSAPs in response to increases in wireless activity, and put PSAPs to sleep in response to decreases in wireless activity. | 07-08-2010 |
20100172277 | BASE STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station is provided with an assignment unit | 07-08-2010 |
20100177672 | SPECIAL MANAGEMENT CONNECTION BETWEEN BASE STATION AND RELAY STATIONS IN MULTIHOP RELAY SYSTEMS - The present disclosure proposes different methods of utilizing dedicated control channels in a multi-hop relay system. For one embodiment of the present disclosure, dedicated control channels may be used to power control communication entities in the multi-hop relay system. For another embodiment of the present disclosure, bandwidth resources of dedicated control channels may be employed to control a sleep mode at a subscriber station. For yet another embodiment of the present disclosure, dedicated control channels of the multi-hop relay system may be exploited for sending multicast and broadcast service messages. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177673 | Power saving method of portable terminal and portable terminal supporting the same - A Wi-Fi module provided in the portable terminal is controlled in such a manner that it is turned on or turned off according to a type setting information item including a setup value defining at least one of: a turn-on time interval of the Wi-Fi module, a turn-off time interval of the Wi-Fi module, and a frequency scanning period of the Wi-Fi module in the turn-on status, and scanning is executed according to the set frequency scanning period in the turn-on status. | 07-15-2010 |
20100182940 | User Terminal Power Shortage Indication - The present invention relates to methods, a user equipment and a communication network node for efficiently utilizing radio resources in a communication system comprising said communication network node ( | 07-22-2010 |
20100182941 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTING DATA TO A MOBILE DEVICE USING PLURAL ACCESS POINTS - A system and method for providing connectivity between mobile devices and access points of a network without redundant solicitation of communication by the mobile device at each access point is described. The method involves receiving a data packet at a first access point in a control group; transmitting the data packet from the first access point to the mobile device; determining if the mobile device acknowledges receipt of the data packet; responsive to determining that the mobile device failed to acknowledge receipt of the data packet, forwarding the data packet to a second access point; and transmitting the data packet from the second access point to the mobile device. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182942 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION OPERATION FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packets for low-power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system for packet transmission. The present research provides a method and apparatus that can perform a low-power consuming operation when a terminal is in active state in a cellular system. The method for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packet data to reduce power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system, including a) establishing discontinuous reception/transmission (DRX/DTX) parameters including discontinuous DRX/DTX cycle information for terminals operating in a transmission suspension mode, which is a sub-state of an active state; and b) performing DRX/DTX based on the DRX/DTX parameters in the terminals operating in the transmission suspension mode. | 07-22-2010 |
20100189020 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS USING FAST CONNECTION SETUP PROCEDURE FOR WIMAX NETWORKS - Techniques for an MS to establish one or more default service flows, after entering a WiMAX network are provided. The techniques presented herein may enable the MS to maintain said one or more default service flows during the sleep mode. The one or more default service flow may be utilized in quickly establishing a connection between a WiMAX BS and the MS following the sleep mode. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189021 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER MANAGEMENT IN WLAN - A method and apparatus for improving power performance of a wireless adapter which adopts a time slicing scheme by dividing a beacon interval into multiple slices, and assigning these slices to the stations through the beacon frame. The stations wakeup at the appointed slices to receive their buffered frames from an access point, and may enter into sleep state once the transactions conclude. A further embodiment including formatting data into a control frame for use in a wireless local area network, the frame including an indication, for each station associated with the wireless local area network, whether frames are buffered awaiting transmission to each respective station, a number of time intervals between control frames, and at which time interval the transmission of the buffered frames will begin for each station having buffered frames awaiting transmission. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189022 | Method and Device for Saving Power in a Wireless User Terminal | 07-29-2010 |
20100189023 | Method for Power Saving in a Base Station - A signal having a frame structure is transmitted and received in a cell by a first base station, the structure of the frame having a downlink frame part and an uplink frame part. Each frame part has the ability of carrying at least one data region allocated to at least one user or broadcasted for the traffic flow between the telecommunication network and the user terminal via the first base station. The downlink frame part has an overhead part with at least synchronization or system information. The frame structured signal is transmitted periodically Frame N, Frame N+1, Frame N+2, Frame N+3 with a normal interval defined by the system. The system during, a power saving mode, increases the interval between at least a first and the next following second frame structured signal to a power saving interval. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189024 | PS-Poll Transmission Opportunity in WLAN - Embodiments of the invention provide a dynamic priority adjustment algorithm for PS-Poll packets in WLAN and dynamic CW (contention window) management algorithm for PS-Poll packets in WLAN. These improve the performance of traffic flows associated with STAs in power save mode. Maintain the QoS requirements of the traffic flows. When PS-Poll packets are not able to be sent, the QoS STA will experience a long delay of the downlink data, even if the downlink data has been assigned a higher AC. The delay may potentially violate the QoS bound required by the data flow. Using the embodiments can significantly decrease the probability of this event. | 07-29-2010 |
20100195547 | POWER DETECOR FOR MULTI-BAND NETWORK ACCESS - A device for interfacing with multiple different types of network access points includes multiple power amplifiers, a switch and a power detecting circuit. The power amplifiers are configured to provide corresponding signals associated with the different types of network access points, each signal having at least one parameter different than a corresponding parameter in another signal. The switch is configured to select one of the signals to provide an output signal. The power detecting circuit is configured to detect power of the output signal, and includes multiple states corresponding to the multiple different types of network access points. The power detecting circuit outputs a voltage level within the same voltage range for the signals in response to the multiple states corresponding to the different types of network access points with which the signals are associated. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195548 | NETWORK ASSISTED POWER MANAGEMENT - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide an approach to managing the power state of wireless network devices in a wireless network. Embodiments include a process for modifying the scheduling of data distribution device by referencing the data buffer in an access point for data intended for a wireless network client operating under a power-saving mode, and re-arranging the distribution queue of the access point to be granted priority for a time which coincides with the delivery of a polling beacon to the power-saving wireless client. Other embodiments include a method to create virtual access points for a particular usage, and to leverage access points in a wireless network for particular usages of devices in range. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195549 | THROTTLING ACCESS POINTS - A technique for controlling the amount of power consumed by access points (APs) of a wireless network involves implementing throttleable APs (TAPs). It would be desirable for the TAPs to be in a relatively low power mode during periods of low activity, and switch to a high power mode in response to increased wireless activity. To that end, a throttling engine can be implemented to throttle TAPs up in power in response to increases in wireless activity, and throttle TAPs down in power in response to decreases in wireless activity. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195550 | INTEGRATED ANTENNA DEVICE, INTEGRATED DEMODULATING DEVICE, AND INTEGRATED RECEIVING DEVICE - An integrated antenna device includes: a multiplexing processing portion for multiplexing received signals received at antennas of mutually different signal systems; a serial communication portion for outputting a multiplex signal to the outside and for receiving a control signal from the outside; a power-feeding switch for individually controlling power feeding of tuner units on the basis of the received control signal; and a pseudo-signal generating portion for generating a pseudo-signal that simulates a signal input to the multiplexing processing portion. The multiplexing processing portion uses the pseudo-signal generated at the pseudo-signal generating portion instead of a received signal corresponding to a tuner unit that is stopped from being fed power by the power-feeding switch. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195551 | NETWORK SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, DEPENDENT WIRELESS APPARATUS, AND CONTROL WIRELESS APPARATUS - A control wireless apparatus transmits a sleep command for causing a plurality of dependent wireless apparatuses to enter a sleep mode in which an intermittent receiving operation is performed. The dependent wireless apparatuses enter a sleep mode in which reception is intermittently performed, on receipt of the sleep command from the control wireless apparatus or via another dependent wireless apparatus. The dependent wireless apparatuses each relay the received sleep command to another dependent wireless apparatus. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195552 | Access and Power Management for Centralized Networks - A system and method for managing power in a subnet having a hub in communication with one or more nodes is disclosed. The hub and nodes communicate using one or more non-contention access methods, such as scheduled, polled or posted access. The node may enter a sleep or hibernation state while no scheduled, polled or posted allocation interval is pending. The hibernation state allows the node to hibernate through one or more entire beacon periods. In the sleep state, the node may be asleep between any scheduled, polled and posted allocation intervals for the node or during another node's scheduled allocation interval in a current beacon period. By selecting which access scheme is in use, the node and hub can increase the node's chances to be in hibernation or sleep state and minimize power consumption. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195553 | CONTROLLING POWER IN A SPREAD SPECTRUM SYSTEM - A technique and system is disclosed for controlling power in a spread spectrum system. A fast slot of a frame is received where the frame is divided into a number of fast slots. The received power is measured on the fast slot. A second fast slot is transmitted at a second time with a transmit power setting and a variable spreading factor. The transmit power setting and the variable spreading factor is adjusted based on the received power. The variable spreading factor affects the total number of fast slots that are transmitted. | 08-05-2010 |
20100202332 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD USED FOR THEM - A base station ( | 08-12-2010 |
20100202333 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING DURING SLEEP MODE IN WIMAX NETWORKS - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure allow data for a second connection to be exchanged while the second connection is in a low power state that overlaps with a listening interval of a first connection. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202334 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION USING A VARIABLE CONSTRAINT LENGTH CONVOLUTIONAL ENCODER - Systems and methods are provided for selecting transmission parameters used in the transmission of a communication signal in a wireless communications device. In one embodiment, a computer-implemented method for determining a convolutional code constraint length and/or a modulation type is provided. The method includes obtaining a channel condition for a channel associated with transmission of the communication signal. Based at least in part on the channel condition, the method includes selecting a convolutional code constraint length and/or a modulation type for transmitting the communications signal. In some embodiments, the method also includes selecting a data rate for transmitting the communications signal. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202335 | METHOD FOR MANAGING THE TRANSFER OF INFORMATION PACKETS ACROSS A WIRELESS AND ROUTING NODES IMPLEMENTING IT - A wireless network includes permanently powered routing nodes and intermittently operating routing nodes. A polling procedure is used for transferring routing and data information packets from a permanently powered routing node to an intermittently operating routing node. In particular, when the permanently powered routing node has to transmit an information packet to the intermittently operating routing node, it stores the information packet in a memory; it waits until the intermittently operating routing node is able to receive information packets; and then it transmits the information packet to the intermittently operating routing node, and when the intermittently operating routing node has to transmit an information packet to the permanently powered routing node, it transmits immediately the information packet to the permanently powered routing node. | 08-12-2010 |
20100208636 | Scheduled Power-Saving Method in IEEE 802.16e System - A method for improving power saving performance of a mobile station in an IEEE 802.16e system is provided. The method includes a first process for determining whether a synchronization condition is satisfied, the synchronization condition being that a service connection newly requested to switch to a sleep mode is low QoS insensitive to delay and there are one or fewer service connection that is in a sleep mode and whose connection type is high QoS sensitive to delay among other service connections; a second process of transmitting to a base station a sleep request message for equalizing a start time of a sleep mode of the service connection to a start time of a next sleep interval of a service connection already in the sleep mode, matching a minimum sleep interval of the service connection to the next sleep interval of the service connection already in the sleep mode, and matching a maximum sleep interval of the service connection to a maximum sleep interval of the service connection already in the sleep mode, for sleep-mode synchronization among a plurality of service connections in a mobile station when the synchronization condition is satisfied; and a third process for switching the service connection to a sleep mode indicated by the sleep request message upon receipt of a sleep response message from a base station in response to the sleep request message. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208637 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK AND SENSOR NODE - A method of transmitting and receiving data for a wireless sensor network system is disclosed. Transmission and reception intervals for a small amount of data and for a large amount of data are set. A sensor node checks data requested to be transmitted. If the data is a small amount of data, the sensor node transmits the data to a higher or lower communication node during the transmission interval for a small amount of data. If the data is a large amount of data, the sensor node divides the large amount of data and then transmitting resulting data to the higher or lower communication node during the transmission interval for a large amount of data. The sensor node receives the small amount of data during the reception interval for a small amount of data and the large amount of data during the reception interval for a large amount of data. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208638 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A wireless communication apparatus for transmitting a multi-carrier modulated signal is provided with at least two amplification paths A | 08-19-2010 |
20100208639 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMIT POWER SAVINGS - An apparatus and method for transmit power savings comprising determining a rate of a previous frame; determining if a current frame is an ALWAYS-ON frame, wherein the current frame temporally succeeds the previous frame; and either ignoring every other reverse link power control (RLPC) bits received on a forward power control subchannel (F-PCSCH) or applying every RLPC bits received on the F-PCSCH. In one aspect, the apparatus and method for transmit power savings comprising using a rate determination algorithm (RDA) to determine a rate of a previous frame; detecting a pilot gating pattern at the end of the previous frame; comparing the rate of the previous frame to a threshold; determining if a current frame is an ALWAYS-ON frame; and declaring the current frame to be a 0 bps frame and puncturing the F-PCSCH to a predetermined frequency. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208640 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR BROADCASTING ALERT AND SYNCHRONIZATION - Methods and apparatus for waking a mobile station (MS) from a power saving mode to receive a media access control (MAC) management message (e.g., DCD/UCD, MOB_NBR-ADV, and SII-ADV) the MS has not yet received. The MS may wake from the power saving mode after detecting a mismatch between a set of media access control (MAC) management message parameters last received by the MS and the information found in an enhanced broadcast control pointer information element (BCP-IE) transmitted in a downlink map (DL-MAP). In this manner, the MS may be prevented from waking up unnecessarily, thereby providing high power efficiency. | 08-19-2010 |
20100214966 | Method For Setting Power Levels For User Equipments - The present invention relates to a base station and a method in a mobile communication network comprising means for transmitting information to User Equipments (UEs), on a first channel and means for transmitting data packets to said UEs on a second channel. The timing of the first channel and second channel is overlapping, and the base station comprises means for setting individual power levels of the first channel for each scheduled UE. The base station according to the present invention comprises means for setting the power level of the second channel for a first scheduled UE based on the power level setting for the first channel for at least a subsequently scheduled second UE based on an early UE scheduling decision. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214967 | Method and System for Adding a New Connection Identifier to an Existing Power Save Class | 08-26-2010 |
20100214968 | Idle mode power consumption reduction in wireless communications - Idle mode power consumption reduction in wireless communications. Within a wireless communication device that is operative to communicate with any one of a number of servicing cells, paging broadcasts from more than one of these servicing cells are received and undergo only a limited amount of processing before being stored for use in subsequent processing that may be performed later. This partitioned processing allows the turning off of certain components that are not needed and/or no longer needed for determining the system frame numbers associated with various servicing cells to effectuate timing synchronization. Certain modules within such a wireless communication device may perform processing using the full capabilities of the wireless communication device to generate initially processed signal, and then after such signals are stored, then only partial processing capability of the wireless communication device may be employed, even though perhaps being slower, to complete the processing. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214969 | Base Station, A Mobile Terminal And A Method For WiMAX System - A base station for use in a WiMAX system comprise means for sending a wake-up signal to an idle terminal to indicate to the terminal that a paging signal is about to be sent to the terminal. The terminal receives and interprets the wake-up signal and prepares itself for receiving the paging signal. This saves battery power in the terminal since the wake-up signal can be detected more easily than the paging signal. The base station, in the mean time, can reduce its paging message traffic and saves overhead in downlink transmission. | 08-26-2010 |
20100220640 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR BATTERY RESOURCE MANAGEMENT VIA TRAFFIC STEERING - Battery resources in a wireless device are managed in the present specification by traffic steering. A wireless device is configured to request content from an intermediation server, which is configured to analyze the requested content and send an indication to the wireless device as to which bearer path is to be selected based on which bearer path is battery-life optimized | 09-02-2010 |
20100220641 | METHOD FOR OPERATING CONTROL SLEEP MODE IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for controlling a sleep mode operation by a Mobile Station (MS) in a communication system. The MS includes transitioning to an awake state in a listening interval of the sleep mode; performing any one of a first operation, a second operation and a third operation in the awake state; and after any one operation is performed, transitioning to a sleep state upon detecting that there is no data to transmit to the BS and there is no data to be received from the BS. The first operation is a process of receiving data from the BS, the second operation is a process of transmitting data to the BS, and the third operation is a process of receiving data from the BS and receiving data from the BS. | 09-02-2010 |
20100226297 | POWER MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the present invention are directed to the invocation of active states and power conservation states in accordance with the standard or diluted beacon periods defined in beacon frames. Active periods, or “awake windows,” may be defined by additional information (e.g., information elements) that is included in the beacon. Awake windows may establish periods of time during which apparatuses may contend for access to a wireless communication medium. A methodology may further be employed to help determine which apparatuses will have priority when accessing the communication medium. This criteria may be used alone or in combination with the corresponding standard channel access rules (e.g., contention) that govern operation of the particular wireless communication medium in order to control how apparatuses communicate and interact in the wireless network. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226298 | System and Method of Power Management for a Device with Multiple Network Interfaces - An embodiment method for managing power of user device having a plurality of interfaces includes mapping centralized reachability states to physical power states of the interface and controlling the physical power states based on the mapping. Controlling includes transmitting a signal to the user device. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226299 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS TERMINAL - In a wireless communication method of a wireless communication device to which a power management mode of a wireless LAN is applied and to which a parent device communicates, the method includes updating a listen interval of receiving a beacon signal from a parent device to be shorter than a current listen interval in response to a data transmission to the parent device; and periodically increasing the updated listen interval between the time span from the data transmission to a next data transmission, wherein reception of the beacon signal is carried out after switching from a doze state to an awake state. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226300 | Beacon Frame - A beacon frame ( | 09-09-2010 |
20100232327 | METHOD FOR HANDOVER PROCEDURE OF USER TERMINAL DURING POWER SAVING OPERATION IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - Provided is a handover method for user terminals operating in a power-saving mode while minimizing time delay in a packet-based cellular system. The handover method includes the steps of: deciding whether to perform handover based on information transmitted from a source base station; transmitting an uplink synchronization acquisition request to a target base station selected according to a decision for performing handover and requesting the target base station for uplink radio resources; and transmitting a handover request message to the target base station based on uplink radio resources allocated by the target base station by performing control according to a radio link control command transmitted from the target base station. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232328 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MOB_HO-IND MESSAGE ENHANCEMENT - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method and apparatus for efficient reactivation of a previously exited sleep mode. The proposed method may send a request for reactivation of the sleep mode along with the handover cancellation message to the serving base station. For certain embodiments, the request may include a set of sleep mode parameters used in the previously exited sleep mode. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232329 | METHOD OF OPERATING A SLEEP MODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A sleep mode operating method in a wireless communication system is disclosed. In a sleep mode operating method in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention, a user equipment receives a sleep response (MOB_SLP-RSP) message including a sleep cycle and a listening window from a base station. For the listening window, the user equipment receives a last PDU indication indicating whether a PDU (protocol data unit) transmitted from the base station is a last PDU. The user equipment terminates the listening window according to the last PDU indication. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232330 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SPLIT TIMER L3 P2P COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatus for reducing power consumption of a mobile station (MS) during layer 3 (L3) peer-to-peer (P2P) communications employing a request/response message pair are provided. To save power, the MS may enter a power saving mode after transmitting a request message and initiating a timeout timer for the message pair, wherein the power saving mode may have an interval available for receiving the response message and an unavailable interval. The timeout timer may be suspended during the unavailable interval and resumed during the available interval such that the timeout timer is effectively lengthened. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232331 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING SLEEP MODE OPERATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling a sleep mode operation of a Mobile Station (MS) in a communication system, in which the sleep mode operates according to a sleep cycle including a listening window corresponding to an awake mode and a sleep window corresponding to a sleep state. The method includes starting a preset timer if there is a transmission of data between the MS and a Base Station (BS) during the listening window, restarting the timer upon receiving at least one of UpLink (UL) data, DownLink (DL) data and MAP Information Element (IE) indicating resource allocation from the BS during the listening window, maintaining the listening window until the timer expires, and transitioning to the sleep window if the timer expires. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232332 | Methods And Apparatus For Reducing Power Consumption During Network Scanning Operations With Adverse Battery Conditions - In a mobile communication device, a scanning operation is performed with use of a wireless transceiver to identify one or more available wireless communication networks in a given geographic area. Each time the scanning operation fails to result in identifying a wireless network to be available for connection with the communication device, the scanning operation is repeated after delaying for a next scanning delay period of a plurality of consecutively-increasing scanning delay periods n=n | 09-16-2010 |
20100246459 | Method and System for Reducing Power Consumption in a Wireless Transmitter - A system and method for reducing power consumption in a wireless transmitter is useful for conserving battery power in wireless communication devices. The method includes storing a voice data packet in a buffer operatively coupled to the wireless transmitter (step | 09-30-2010 |
20100246460 | Wireless Access Point Methods And Apparatus Using Dynamically-Activated Service Intervals - Methods and apparatus for controlling a wireless access point (AP) (e.g. a battery-powered wireless AP) for reduced power consumption are provided. In one illustrative example, the AP is adapted to provide communication access for end stations in one or more activated service intervals of each superframe. During operation, the AP changes the number of activated service intervals that are available to end stations for the communication access, as well as the durations of their active subinterval durations, in accordance with a change in traffic requirements. The AP regularly broadcasts data which indicates the activated service intervals that are made available to the mobile devices. A wireless transceiver of the AP is enabled during each activated service interval made available to the mobile devices, but the AP is placed in a power conservation mode during each deactivated service interval provided in between the activated service intervals. The AP may also be placed in the power conservation mode during inactive subintervals of each activated service interval. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246461 | POWER SAVING METHOD FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINT - A power saving method for a wireless access point comprises the steps of detecting whether all wireless communication devices connected to the wireless access point are legacy apparatuses; and if affirmative, retaining one antenna for operation and disabling all other antennas. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246462 | Method For Energy Saving In A Telecommunication System - The present invention relates to a method for energy saving in a telecommunication system with at least one first base station | 09-30-2010 |
20100246463 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL IN MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In a communication system wherein a User Equipment (UE) transmits at least two data channels in at least two respective component carriers, a method and apparatus for reducing a transmission power allocated to each of the least two data channels relative to each of a respective nominal transmission power, when a total nominal transmission power for the at least two data channels exceeds a predetermined value are provided. The method includes reducing a transmission power of the first data channel by a first amount; and reducing a transmission power of the second data channel by a second amount, wherein the first amount and the second amount have different values. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246464 | POWER CONSERVATION THROUGH BI-DIRECTIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MULTIPLE DEVICES - A system comprises radio circuitry, an access point (AP) feature, and a station (STA) feature. The AP feature causes the radio circuitry to transmit data to a hardware device during a beacon interval. The AP feature is not used to receive data from the hardware device during the beacon interval except to receive data request signals. The STA feature causes the radio circuitry to receive data from the hardware device during the beacon interval. The STA feature is not used to transmit data to the hardware device during the beacon interval except to transmit data request signals. The radio circuitry is in a de-powered state during the beacon interval when the radio circuitry does not transmit or receive data or data request signals. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246465 | User Equipment Component Carrier Allocation - A method for configuring at least one component carrier (CC) for a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). The method includes receiving a CC configuration using a signaling protocol, wherein the CC is assigned using a semi-static configuration. Also included is a user equipment (UE) comprising a processor configured to receive a CC configuration for at least one CC for a PDSCH using a signaling protocol, wherein the CC is assigned using a semi-static configuration. Also included is an access node comprising a processor configured to transmit a CC configuration for at least one CC for a PDSCH using a signaling protocol, wherein the CC is assigned using a semi-static configuration. | 09-30-2010 |
20100254290 | Device power management in a wireless network - In various embodiments of the invention, a device in a wireless communications network may negotiate with a network controller to determine when the device may enter a power save mode. The power save mode may include period(s) in which the device is in a low power state in which it cannot transmit or receive, and period(s) in which it is in an operational state in which it can transmit and/or receive. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254291 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL QUALITY IDENTIFIER FOR SLEEP MODE MOBILE STATION - A method of transmitting and receiving a channel quality indicator (CQI) for a sleep-mode mobile station is disclosed. When data to be transmitted to the mobile station is present, the mobile station which is in a sleep mode is directed to transition to a normal mode and simultaneously a temporary CQI channel is allocated thereto. Thus the mobile station which has transitioned to the normal mode from the sleep mode efficiently transmits the CQI, and data applying a proper modulation and coding scheme can be transmitted. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254292 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER CONTROL CONSIDERING MULTIPLEXING RATE/RATIO - A method for maintaining system interference at a low level when two or more users use one resource region in a wireless mobile communication system is provided. To control an uplink transmission power in a broadband wireless mobile communication system in multi-cell environments, information regarding the number of users who share an uplink time-frequency resource region is received from a base station, a power adjustment value is calculated based on the received number of users, and the uplink transmission power is determined by reflecting the calculated power adjustment value in a reference transmission power. Here, when only one mobile station uses the uplink time-frequency resource region, the reference transmission power is equal to a transmission power of the mobile station. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254293 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SLEEP CYCLE SYNCHRONIZATION OF SLEEP MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for controlling sleep cycle synchronization of a sleep mode in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of operating a Mobile Station (MS) in a sleep mode state includes, if a traffic indication message and unicast data are not received during a listening window, transmitting one of a request message and a header to a Base Station (BS) to request a location of a next-scheduled listening window, and if a response for the one of the request message and the header is received, performing synchronization for a next sleep cycle. | 10-07-2010 |
20100260084 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL, SYSTEM, PROGRAM - Provided is a compact and low power consumption wireless communication system, including a base station and communication terminals, in which power consumption of the communication terminal is reduced. The base station alternately sets an active interval during which predetermined data communication is performed, and an inactive interval during which the predetermined data communication is not performed. During the active interval, a beacon including information indicating a start timing of a subsequent active interval is transmitted and received. During the inactive interval, a sub-beacon including information providing notice of a transmission timing of a subsequent beacon is transmitted and received. When receiving the sub-beacon, the communication terminal obtains the transmission timing of the subsequent beacon and stops a supply of power to an unit related to a wireless communication function until the transmission timing. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260085 | FLEXIBLE MAC SUPERFRAME STRUCTURE AND BEACONING METHOD - A flexible wireless system and method that support both centralized and distributed modes of MAC protocols, use a new recurring MAC superframe (m) comprising: a beacon period (BP), a data/sense/sleep period (DSSP) for data selective communication, sleep and channel sensing for detecting primary users in cognitive systems; and a signaling window (SW) used for exchanging network entry messages and channel reservation requests, the system including beacon operation, a peer beacon device in distributed mode and a master beacon device in centralized mode which are used to selectively participate in the beacon operation, as well as a slave beacon device associated with the master device. The system may employ controlled channel access for the beacon period, the channel access being reservation based. The invention provides a unified MAC protocol that can be adopted in the standards, and supports flexible operation in distributed mode or centralized mode, and seamless transfer from one to the other. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260086 | MANAGING A REVERSE LINK TRANSMISSION POWER LEVEL SETPOINT DURING PERIODS OF INACTIVITY ON THE REVERSE LINK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Embodiments include managing a reverse link transmission power level setpoint during periods of data inactivity on a reverse link traffic channel in a wireless communications system. At an access terminal, upon detecting reverse link data inactivity above a time threshold, a message is generated and transmitted on the reverse link traffic channel at a power level sufficient for the access network to measure transmission statistics to determine whether to adjust the current transmission power level setpoint of the access terminal. Alternatively, the access terminal notifies the access network of an upcoming reverse link data inactivity period, and then lowers its transmission power level setpoint to reduce power consumption during the reverse link data inactivity period. Then, upon detection of a potential reverse link data transmission, the access terminal may then send one or more messages to prompt the access network to modify the access terminal's transmission power level setpoint. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260087 | LPRF DEVICE WAKE UP USING WIRELESS TAG - A wireless transceiver includes: (a) a low power radio frequency (LPRF) communications component capable of powering down to conserve energy and capable of powering up in response to an electronic signal, the LPRF communications component including a transmitter and a first receiver; and (b) a second receiver that is configured to screen a radio frequency broadcast and provide, on the basis of specific data identified therein, the electronic signal to the LPRF communications component in order to power up the LPRF communications component. The second receiver is adapted to draw less current than the LPRF communications component while awaiting receipt of and listening for a radio frequency broadcast. | 10-14-2010 |
20100265861 | Apparatus and Method for Improving WLAN Spectrum Efficiency and Reducing Interference by Flow Control - An apparatus and method for improving WLAN spectrum efficiency and reducing interference by flow control comprising determining if at least one data packet is entering a receive buffer; determining if the utilization of the receive buffer is greater than an overflow threshold; determining if a wireless device is in power save mode, wherein the wireless device comprises the receive buffer, a WLAN transceiver and a send buffer for storing packets from an interface module to the WLAN transceiver; determining if the send buffer is empty; setting a power management bit to “1” in either a top-most packet in the send buffer or a NULL packet; and using the WLAN transceiver for transmitting either the top-most packet or the NULL packet to an access point. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265862 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method of controlling power of a downlink channel in a wireless communication system, the method including: transmitting at least one data to a user equipment; receiving feedback information for the data from the user equipment; and controlling downlink transmission power using the feedback information. It is possible to control the power without time delay and additional use of radio resources in a VoIP service which is responsible for satisfying a fixed transmission rate in real time. Moreover, it is possible to control the power without waste of control channels to perform PDCCH link adaptation. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265863 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTI-RESOLUTION PACKET TRANSMISSION FOR ULTRA-LOW POWER WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system and method for multi-resolution packet (MRP) transmission for ultra-low power wireless networks is disclosed. In one embodiment, a method of transmitting a MRP for ultra-low power wireless networks and wherein each ultra-low power wireless network includes a transmitting unit and one or more communication units that communicate via wireless links, includes transmitting destination identifier data during a preamble period by the transmitting unit, not transmitting data during a midamble period that substantially follows the preamble period for processing the received destination identifier data to determine a destination identifier by the one or more communication units, and transmitting payload data during a payload period substantially following the midamble period for processing payload data received during the payload period based on the determined destination identifier during the midamble period. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265864 | Method and apparatus for power management in communication system - A method and apparatus for power management in the communication system, wherein the method for transmitting data from an access point to communication units comprising: assigning, by the access point, a first and a second association identifier in a message, to each of the communication units, to indicate the presence of respective buffered multicast data and unicast data respectively; setting, by the access point, the first association identifier to indicate the corresponding communication unit to receive the buffered multicast data, the second association identifier to indicate the corresponding communication unit to receive the buffered unicast data; and transmitting, by the access point, the message to awake the communication unit corresponding to the set first and/or second association identifier so as to transmit the buffered data thereto. | 10-21-2010 |
20100271993 | METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING SLEEPING NODES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A system and method of operating a wireless network having a plurality of nodes. Each node determines whether to replace the beacon node. When a node determines that the beacon node is to be replaced, the node determines whether it should nominate itself as a potential replacement beacon node. The decision whether to nominate itself as a potential replacement beacon node is a function of a random number generated by the node. If the node determines that it should nominate itself as a potential replacement beacon node, the node sends out one or more beacon signals. Beacon signals are received by potential replacement nodes and, if the potential replacement beacon node has received a beacon signal from a higher ranking potential replacement beacon node, the node removes itself as a candidate for the replacement beacon node. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271994 | Energy Reservation In Power Limited Networks - Technologies are described herein for reserving energy at network nodes within a wireless network and establishing energy threshold levels within the network nodes to suspend or maintain certain operational states as supported by time varying energy levels. Energy within the network node can be reserved for processing a critical message in response to receiving a reservation request. An energy level threshold for a network node within a wireless network can be adjusted in response to receiving a reservation request. Message transmission can be enabled in response to the monitored energy level being above the energy level threshold. Message transmission may be suspended in response to the monitored energy level being below the energy level threshold. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271995 | PROCEDURE FOR A POWER SAVE MODE IN A DIRECT LINK SETUP WIRELESS NETWORK - There is provided a protocol for a power save mode (PSM) in a direct link setup wireless network. In an aspect of the present invention, among first and second stations between which a direct link has been set up, the first station trying to enter the PSM transmits a request message, including schedule information necessary for communication with the second station, to the second station. The second station transmits a response message, including a status code indicating whether it accepts the schedule information or not, to the first station in response to the request message. If the status code indicates that the second station accepts the schedule information, the first station may transmit an MPDU whose power save bit is set to ‘1’ to the second station and then enter the PSM. However, if the status code indicates unacceptability, modified schedule information may be included in the response message. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271996 | METHOD OF AND DEVICE FOR REDUCED POWER CONSUMPTION IN SYNCHRONIZED SYSTEMS - A power reduction method for a first communication device that can communicate with a second communication device in a synchronized fashion. The first communication device has an electronic module and the method includes generating a communication device shut down signal by the electronic module in order to shut down the communication device apart from the electronic module at a first moment in time, generating a communication device wake-up signal by the electronic module in order to switch on and start booting of the communication device at a second moment in time after the first moment in time, and generating a communication device synchronization signal by the electronic module in order to allow the communication device to restart communicating with the second communication device in the synchronized fashion at a third moment in time after the second moment in time. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271997 | Apparatus for Dynamically Adjusting a Power Amplifier of a Mobile Terminal - An apparatus for dynamically adjusting a power amplifier of a mobile terminal is provided by the present invention, the apparatus includes: a controlling unit, adapted to receive a dynamically varying control signal from a base band chip and control a voltage adjusting unit according to the control signal; the voltage adjusting unit, adapted to dynamically adjust a power supply voltage and a bias voltage of a radio frequency, RF, power amplifying unit under the control of the controlling unit in the case of the mobile terminal being in a transmitting state; and the RF power amplifying unit, adapted to work under the power supply voltage and the bias voltage and to amplify the power of modulated OFDM signal With the present invention, the following problems and disadvantages of the linear power amplifier are overcome: due to the fixed bias and power supply voltage, the efficiency is low and the power consumption is high in the case of a medium or small power output and the linearity does not satisfy the requirement due to a low power supply voltage in the case of large power output. | 10-28-2010 |
20100271998 | Terminal Apparatus and Sleep Method of Wireless System - A wireless system sleep method, a terminal and a base station are disclosed herein. The method includes the following steps: determining, by a Base Station, an availability interval and an unavailability interval of a sleep mode for a terminal, where the availability interval and the unavailability interval are both in subframes; and scheduling, by the BS, the availability interval and the unavailability interval for the terminal. The present invention is applicable to the wireless communication field. | 10-28-2010 |
20100278087 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION NODE - A technique is disclosed, by which it is possible to achieve the reduction of power consumption of each wireless node and to perform efficient access control in wireless communication system. According to this technique, a given period with a beacon transmitted from a gateway (GW) | 11-04-2010 |
20100278088 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR USING POWER MANAGEMENT BITS IN ACKNOWLEDGMENT (ACK) FRAMES RECEIVED FROM WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS - Aspects of a method and system for using power management bits in acknowledgment (ACK) frames received from wireless access points (AP). A STA may exit the power save (PS) mode and transmit a trigger frame to the AP. The trigger frame may comprise an identifier that identifies the STA. The trigger frame may comprise a request that the recipient AP determine whether there is buffered data pending delivery to the STA identified in the trigger frame. In response to the received trigger frame, the AP may transmit to the STA an ACK frame which comprises power management information, the value of which may indicate to the STA that the AP has no data to transmit to the STA. Upon receipt of the ACK frame, the STA may return to the PS mode based on the indication value in the power management information. | 11-04-2010 |
20100284316 | DYNAMIC ENERGY SAVING MECHANISM FOR ACCESS POINTS - Mobile access points typically run on batteries, and therefore, can operate for a limited amount of time without an external power source. However, because the access point service model requiring the access point to always be available and the access point's limited battery capacity reduces the time that the mobile access point can be used. Functionality can be incorporated in mobile access points to implement power saving mechanisms by altering the service model that requires the access point to always be available. Configuring the access point to enter into a low powered state for a predefined period of time can conserve mobile access point power and prolong battery life. Functionality for implementing power saving mechanisms can also be incorporated on fixed access points for efficient utilization of computing resources. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284317 | System and Method for Redirecting Messages to an Active Interface of a Multiple-Interface Device - In accordance with an embodiment, a method of operating a first network configured to communicate with a first interface of a multi-interface user device is disclosed. The first network receives a first message from the user device, where the first message requests that messages for the user device be forwarded via a second network. The first network receives a second message for user device and forwards the second message to the second network. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284318 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION APPARATUS,AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus includes a recognition unit configured to recognize a transmission interval of a predetermined beacon transmitted by a base station configured to transmit data addressed to a plurality of apparatuses when the predetermined beacon is transmitted, and a control unit configured to perform control to change the transmission interval based on the recognized transmission interval. | 11-11-2010 |
20100290378 | ASYMMETRIC AND ASYNCHRONOUS ENERGY CONSERVATION PROTOCOL FOR VEHICULAR NETWORKS - An asymmetric and asynchronous energy conservation protocol for vehicular networks is provided. In one aspect, an a-quorum may be defined for one or more members for the one or more members to establish asymmetric links to contact the cluster head. An s-quorum for the cluster head to establish symmetric link between the cluster heads and relays may be defined. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290379 | METHOD FOR WIRELESS MULTI-HOP NETWORK - Technology for a wireless multi-hop network is disclosed. a plurality of nodes in the wireless multi-hop network are synchronized to a period sequentially including a first interval and a second interval and are in an active state at the start time of the first interval. a node transmits a control frame at the start time of the first interval, the control frame indicating that data will be transmitted in the second interval, and then transitions to a sleep state which is maintained until a wake-up time in response to determining that the control frame has been successfully received by a next hop node. The wake-up time is a point in time when a node transitions to an active state to transmit the data and is present in the second interval. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290380 | Wireless Communication Device, Power Saving Method Thereof, and Packet Filtering Method Therefor - A wireless communication device, a power saving method thereof, and a packet filtering method therefor are disclosed. The wireless communication device includes a modem connected to a wireless network system for receiving and transmitting packet data, and a data processor for executing an application program to access network services via the wireless network system. When the data processor is entering to hibernate mode, network information corresponding to the application program is generated, such as a communication port number or an Internet Protocol (IP) address. The modem then filters the received packet data based on the network information. Only when communication port number or IP address contained in the received packet data matches the network information, the modem will wake up the data process to process the received packet data. Therefore, the hibernation time of the data processor is extended to effectively reduce the power consumed by the wireless communication device. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290381 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR SAVING RADIO RESOURCES BY DETERMINING POWER OFFSET VALUES IN THE USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention relates to an arrangement and a method in a user equipment of saving radio resources in a communication network system comprising a communication network node ( | 11-18-2010 |
20100296426 | METHOD OF DCR OPERATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system, and more particularly, to a method for a mobile station to save power for prescribed duration without performing a paging procedure and apparatus therefor. According to one embodiment of the invention, a method of operating a DCR (deregistration with content retention) mode of a mobile station in a broadband wireless access system includes the steps of transmitting a registration request (AAI_REG-REQ) message to a base station and receiving a registration response (AAI_REG-RSP) message including an identifier for identifying the mobile station in association with connection information (AMS context) of the mobile station in a network including a base station from the base station. | 11-25-2010 |
20100302979 | POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to improve power saving in wireless communication, more particularly in the Bluetooth Low Energy protocol. Conventional Bluetooth packets include a preamble used for radio synchronization, an access address used for physical link identification, a protocol data unit (PDU) to carry the data and a cyclic redundancy code (CRC) to ensure correctness of the data in the PDU. When the sending device determines that it does not have any payload data or acknowledgment to previous data to send and yet it wants to keep the communication link alive with the receiving device, the sending device takes the following steps. The sending device uses a predefined access address in the Bluetooth packet, which is different from normal Bluetooth communication. Then the sending device omits including the PDU and the CRC in the packet. At the receiving device, the presence of the predefined access address in the Bluetooth packet indicates to the receiving device to keep the communication link alive when there is no actual payload data traffic between the devices. The predefined access address serves as an indication to the receiving device to keep the connection between the devices active/alive, but to not expect any payload data from the sending device. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302980 | System and method for preserving battery life for a mobile station - A mobile station capable of accessing a wireless communication network having a plurality of base stations is provided. The mobile station is configured to determine if a battery level of the mobile station is below a selected one of a plurality of power level thresholds. The mobile station is also configured to, upon a determination that the battery level is below the selected power level threshold, send a battery report to a first base station of the wireless communication network. The mobile station is further configured to enter a battery power preservation mode. The battery power preservation mode may include an enhanced idle mode, an enhanced sleep mode, or a persistent allocation mode. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302981 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROAMING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - An apparatus for roaming in a wireless network updates received signal strength indication (RSSI) values in accordance with all types of frames forwarded from the access point with which the apparatus associates. In addition, the apparatus actively forwards null frames to the access point with which the apparatus associates and updates RSSI values in accordance with acknowledgement frames forwarded from the access point. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302982 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING PACKETS AND APPARATUS FOR USING THE SAME - An apparatus utilizes different channels for forwarding notification packets to at least one station and an access point. The station and the access point start or stop forwarding packets to the apparatus according to the notification packets. The station and the access point also temporarily store the packets to be forwarded to the apparatus and forward the packets to the apparatus after receiving a start notification packet from the apparatus. | 12-02-2010 |
20100302983 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCING DECODING FOR CARRIER POWER CONTROL - A method for processing a control channel at a user agent (UA) to identify power control commands within a wireless communication system, the method comprising the steps of, at a user agent, monitoring for power control messages on a single carrier, decoding a message received on the single carrier to generate decoded information and using the decoded information to identify a power control command for each of at least first and second carriers. | 12-02-2010 |
20100309831 | SYSTEMS FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) TRANSMISSION AND FOR COEXISTENCE OF WLAN AND ANOTHER TYPE OF WIRELESS TRANSMISSION AND METHODS THEREOF - An embodiment of a system for the coexistence of a wireless local area network (WLAN) in power saving mode, and another type of wireless transmission is provided. A wireless transmission module is configured to transmit or receive data in two slots separated by an available window. A WLAN module is configured to obtain information regarding the available window and transmits a polling request (PS-Poll) at a supported rate higher than any basic rate in the available window in order to obtain buffered data from an access point (AP). The supported rate is encoded in a supported rate set while the basic rate is encoded in a basic rate set announced by the AP. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309832 | PARTIAL DMM RECEPTION TO REDUCE STANDBY POWER - Methods and systems to receive a multiple-carrier signal having periodic control packets, wherein each bit of a control packet is redundant on a plurality of the carrier signals, and to recover the control packet from a subset of the carrier signals in a standby mode. In an operational mode, a full bandwidth of the multiple-carrier signal digitized and processed. In a standby mode, the digitized signal may be digitally low pass filtered and decimated to obtain sample points corresponding to the subset of the carrier signals, and the samples may be processed with a reduced-bandwidth FFT and a reduced-bandwidth equalizer. Standby mode parameters corresponding to the subset of carrier signals may be selected based on signal to noise ratios (SNRs) of the signal sub-carriers. A minimum set of carrier signals needed to recover a control packet, and corresponding bit locations, may be determined from bit loading information and SNR. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309833 | INTERFERENCE ESTIMATION FOR UPLINK TDM IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A system can be implemented in a station associated with a wireless network and the station can receive uplink time division multiplexed (TDM) transmissions from a user device. The system includes a first filter to filter uplink TDM transmissions, associated with the user device, during a first period of time when the user device is transmitting on an uplink data channel (DCH) to generate a first interference estimate. The system further includes a second filter to filter uplink TDM transmissions, associated with the user device, during a second period of time when the user device is not transmitting on the uplink DCH to generate a second interference estimate. The system also includes a third filter to filter uplink TDM transmissions, associated with the user device, during the first and second periods of time, to generate a third interference estimate. The system further includes a power control unit to determine one or more power control commands for sending to the user device based on the first, second and third interference estimates. | 12-09-2010 |
20100315981 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS EMPLOYING TONE AND/OR TONE PATTERNS TO INDICATE THE MESSAGE TYPE IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - A system and method for operating a wireless network provides for sending a wakeup tone, periodically waking up from a sleep mode to listen for the wakeup tone, upon receiving the wakeup tone, listening for at least one second tone, the at least one second tone being one of (i) a tone in a frequency different from the wakeup tone and (ii) a pattern of tones including at least one frequency different from the wakeup tone, and upon receiving the at least one second tone, performing an action based on the at least one second tone. | 12-16-2010 |
20100315982 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONNECTING PORTABLE TERMINAL TO WLAN - A method and an apparatus for connecting a portable terminal to a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) are provided. The method includes when a WLAN connection event occurs, performing a WLAN connection procedure by keeping a WLAN module in an awake state, and when the WLAN connection is complete, operating the WLAN module according to a Power Save Mechanism (PSM). | 12-16-2010 |
20100315983 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING POWER OF WLAN MODULE IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for managing power of a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) module in a portable terminal are provided. In the method, the WLAN module is operated according to a Power Save Mechanism (PSM). Whether the portable terminal operates in a sleep state is determined. At least one of a beacon interval and a Delivery Traffic Indication Map (DTIM) interval of the PSM is changed depending on whether the portable terminal operates in the sleep state. | 12-16-2010 |
20100322124 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING ENERGY CONSUMPTION FOR WIRELESS CONNECTIVITY - An approach is provided for optimizing energy consumption for wireless always-on connections. A radio management module buffers non-real time data and schedules the transmission of the non-real time data by a wireless device. The module also determines a communication type for carrying the non-real time data and initiates transmission of the non-real time data based on the schedule and the determined communication type. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322125 | REMOTE CONTROL METHOD OF SENSOR NODE FOR LOW-POWER AND SENSOR NETWORK THEREFOR - Provided are a remote control method of a sensor node for low-power and a sensor network therefor. The remote control method, including: generating an interrupt signal when a node receives a remote control signal from a corresponding micro radio frequency (RF) processor installed in a gateway; regenerating the interrupt signal when the node is not converted from a sleep mode to a wake-up mode; collecting sensing data by communicating with other nodes when the node is converted from the sleep mode to the wake-up mode; and converting from the wake-up mode into the sleep mode when the communication is completed. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322126 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR LOW POWER SENSING OF COMMUNICATION ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - Apparatus and methods for low power sensing of wireless access technologies are disclosed. In particular, a mobile wireless device, such as an access terminal, may utilize a lower power circuitry portion that operates at a lower power than active circuitry, such as a primary transceiver. The lower power circuitry portion includes a configurable searcher that is capable of sensing if signals of one or more various wireless access technologies are present. When the wireless device utilizes sleep or idle modes for power savings, use of the lower power sensing circuitry to sense the presence of wireless access technologies, rather than using an awoken higher power primary transceiver for sensing, affords increased power savings. An added ability of the lower power circuitry to be put into sleep or idles modes achieves even greater power savings. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322127 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus includes a communication control unit which communicates data via a communication network; an application control unit which executes an application; and a suspending unit which is configured to make the application control unit to be in a suspended state. The communication control unit is configured to establish a signaling connection via the communication network by a request from the application control unit, and to release the established signaling connection if the application control unit is in the suspended state. An input section may be provided to receive an input by a user. | 12-23-2010 |
20100329163 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF CONTROL THEREOF - A wireless communication apparatus, which is capable of operating in an active mode and a sleep mode, comprises an antenna control unit, which controls a half-value angle and a directivity angle of an antenna for communication, and a mode control unit, which controls a change between the active mode and the sleep mode. When the wireless communication apparatus is in the sleep mode, the antenna control unit sets the half-value angle of the antenna to be a larger half-value angle than the half-value angle with respect to the active mode, and sets the directivity angle of the antenna to a predetermined angle. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329164 | Wireless Communication System, Mobile Communication Apparatus, and Operating Method Thereof - A wireless communication system is provided. The wireless communication system comprises a control apparatus, a first mobile communication apparatus and a second mobile communication apparatus. The first and second mobile communication apparatuses are within a wireless communication coverage of the control apparatus. The first mobile communication apparatus is in a standby period under an idle mode according to a wireless communication protocol; the second mobile communication apparatus is in an active period under the idle mode according to the wireless communication protocol and establishes a communication link with the control apparatus. The first mobile communication apparatus communicates with the control apparatus through the second mobile communication apparatus via a peer-to-peer (P2P) communication mechanism. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329165 | WIRELESS LAN APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A wireless LAN base station is operated with a battery or an AC adapter, and transmits and receives communication signals to and from another wireless LAN apparatus. The wireless LAN base station includes: PA and LNA configured to amplify the communication signals; selectors configured to select amplification routes through which the communication signals go through the amplifier, or bypass routes through which the communication signals bypass the amplifier; an AC/battery detecting circuit configured to detect a battery operation state where the wireless LAN base station is operated with the battery, and a AC operation state where the wireless LAN base station is operated with the AC adapter; and a CPU configured to have the amplification routes selected if the AC operation state is detected, and to have the bypass routes selected if the battery operation state is detected. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329166 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION IN A MULTI-NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A hierarchical communication system, arranged in a spanning tree configuration, is described in which wired and wireless communication networks exhibiting substantially different characteristics are employed in an overall scheme to link portable or mobile computing devices. Copies of data, program code and processing resources are migrated from their source toward requesting destinations based on request frequency, communication link costs and available local storage and/or processing resources. Each appropriately configured network device acts as an active participant in network migration. In addition, portable two-dimensional (2-D) code reading terminals are configured to wirelessly communicate compressed 2-D images toward stationary access servers that identify the code image through decoding and through comparison with a database of images that have previously been decoded and stored. | 12-30-2010 |
20110002250 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING BATTERY CONSUMPTION IN A WTRU UPON ETWS NOTIFICATION - A method and apparatus for broadcasting and receiving an emergency indication during an emergency information broadcast. An eNB is configured to broadcast, and a wireless transmit receive unit is configured to receive, a paging signal including a first emergency indication, a set of system information blocks including emergency information and the paging signal without the first emergency indication while broadcasting the system information blocks including the emergency information. The eNB determines a time period for including the first emergency indication in the paging signal has expired. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002251 | TIME SYNCHRONIZATION AND ROUTING METHOD IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK, AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING THE METHOD - A time synchronization method in a wireless sensor network, a low power routing method using a reservation scheme, and an apparatus for performing the method are provided. The time synchronization method in the wireless sensor network may include: receiving a first synchronization request command packet from a parent node that manages time synchronization for a predetermined synchronization region; receiving, from the parent node, a second synchronization request command packet that has a transmission timestamp value of the first synchronization request command packet; and performing time synchronization for a child node based on a reception time of the first synchronization request command packet, a reception time of the second synchronization request command packet, and the transmission timestamp value of the first synchronization request command packet. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002252 | FRAME STRUCTURE FOR PICONET MASTER NODE ON/OFF SCHEDULING AND METHOD THEREOF - A frame structure for piconet master node on/off scheduling and method thereof. The frame structure includes a schedule-based data period, a contention-based active period, a schedule-based schedule notification message period directly following the contention-based active period, and an inactive sleep mode period positioned before the schedule-based data period, before or after the contention-based active period, or after the schedule-based schedule notification message period. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002253 | METHOD FOR MANAGING POWER SAVING OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICAITON SYSTEM - In a power saving operation management method in a mobile communication system, a base station receives a sleep mode entering request message from a mobile station desiring to enter the sleep mode, determines a sleep period type and a parameter by analyzing a combination of radio channels between the mobile station and the base station, and transmits a sleep mode entering response message including the sleep period type and the parameter. | 01-06-2011 |
20110007678 | HIERARCHY FOR GROUP ADDRESSED FRAMES DELIVERY - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to improve power conservation and efficiency in wireless mesh networks. An example embodiment of the invention receives at a wireless mesh device a plurality of messages from other wireless mesh devices in a wireless mesh network and determines from the messages if there is one or more wireless peer mesh device in the network that is in a power save mode. If there is no wireless peer mesh device in the network that is in a power save mode, then the example embodiment transmits group addressed frames in any order. If there is at least one wireless peer mesh device in the network that is in a power save mode, then the example embodiment arranges a transmission order of group addressed frames that have a source different from a designated wireless mesh device in the network followed by group addressed frames that have the designated wireless mesh device as a source. Then the example embodiment transmits the group addressed frames in the transmission order to at least one other wireless mesh device in the network, with the group addressed frames having the designated wireless mesh device as a source being transmitted last. The arrangement of the order of transmission enables other wireless mesh devices operating in power save mode in the network to cease listening for further group addressed frames following receipt of the group addressed frames having the designated wireless mesh device as a source. In this manner power conservation and efficiency are improved in wireless mesh networks. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007679 | MOBILE DEVICE AND POWER SAVING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention discloses a mobile device and a power saving method thereof. The mobile device comprises a modem processor and a data processor. The modem processor is electrically connected to a wireless network system for receiving/transmitting a network packet. When the data processor is in a hibernation mode, the IP packet protocol module of the modem processor unpacks the received network packets to access the packet data. If it is determined that the packet data need to be processed by the data processor, the modem processor wakes up the data processor; whereas the data processor remains in the hibernation mode. Thus, the time period in which the data processor is in the hibernation mode is extended so as to achieve power saving effect. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007680 | SLEEP MODE DESIGN FOR COEXISTENCE MANAGER - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate implementation and use of a sleep mode for a multi-radio coexistence manager. As described herein, respective radios coordinated by a coexistence manager (CxM) can be grouped into radio or sleep clusters, for which the CxM can enter a low-power mode (e.g., a sleep mode) based on respective operating states of radios in the clusters. As further described herein, a CxM can provide an acquisition sequence and/or other suitable means to enable respective radios to synchronize with the CxM. In addition, techniques are provided herein by which a CxM can indicate its present operating mode (e.g., active, wakeable sleep, non-wakeable sleep, or disabled) to respective radios, and by which a radio can wake the CxM from a sleep operating mode under predetermined circumstances. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007681 | UPDATING METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SLEEP MODE OPERATION - Disclosed herein relates to a sleep mode operation method, and the method of updating a sleep mode operation according to the present invention may include receiving a service flow configuration request (DSx-REQ) message comprising a service flow parameter for service flow configuration and a sleep cycle ID (SCID) for sleep mode change according to the service flow configuration from a base station during a sleep mode listening window; transmitting a service flow configuration response (DSx-RSP) message comprising the SCID; and configuring the service flow according to the service flow identifier, and changing a SCID to the SCID to update the sleep mode operation. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007682 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER EQUIPMENT DIRECTED RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL IN A UMTS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for improved battery performance of user equipment in a wireless network having multiple radio resource control (RRC) states, the method comprising the steps of: monitoring, at the user equipment, application data exchange; determining when no application on the user equipment is expected to exchange data; and initiating, from the user equipment, a transition to a less battery demanding radio resource control state or mode. | 01-13-2011 |
20110013548 | Power management for multi-carrier transmission - A method of power management for a mobile station in a multi-carrier wireless network is provided. A primary connection between the mobile station and a serving base station is first established by performing initial ranging over a primary radio frequency (RF) carrier. A secondary connection between the mobile station and the base station is then established by performing periodic ranging over a secondary RF carrier. To achieve efficient power management, the mobile station performs Open Loop Power Control and obtains long-term link measurement (CSI) of the primary carrier. The mobile station then adjusts carrier-specific parameters based on the primary carrier CSI. For RF carriers that convey on-going data traffic, Close Loop Power Control is updated per RF carrier. When the mobile station enters sleep mode operation, it receives traffic indication messages on the primary RF carrier and then dynamically wakes up one or more corresponding RF carriers for data reception. | 01-20-2011 |
20110019600 | MOBILE DEVICE AND DATA CONNECTION METHOD THEREOF - A mobile device with a port map maintaining a list of open ports for incoming data packets is provided. A first processor receives and demodulates inbound signals into data packets. A second processor processes at least one application bound to at least one open port. The second processor enters a sleep mode to reduce power consumption if no data packet is sent from the first processor to the second processor. When the first processor receives an inbound request signal, the first processor demodulates the inbound request signal into a first data packet targeted to a destination port, and looks up the port map to determine whether the destination port is listed in the port map. If the destination port is not listed in the port map, the first processor transmits a response signal to the sender of the inbound request signal or omits the inbound request signal without waking up the second processor. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019601 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING POWER EFFICIENCY AND LATENCY OF MOBILE DEVICES USING AN EXTERNAL TIMING SOURCE - Methods and apparatus for increasing power efficiency and decreasing latency of communication of a mobile device operating in an unlicensed spectrum using global timing data are disclosed. The method includes receiving, at the mobile device, the global timing data from an external timing source, the mobile device communicating in the unlicensed spectrum, obtaining, at the mobile device, a time from the global timing data, and determining, at the mobile device, a wake time to switch the mobile device from a sleep state to an active state based on the time obtained from the global timing data. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019602 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING SLEEP MODE - Disclosed herein relates to a sleep mode operation method, and more particularly, to a method for operating a sleep mode in a mobile communication terminal, including transmitting a sleep mode request message including a sleep cycle information for entering into the sleep mode to a base station; receiving a sleep mode response message including a sleep mode operating parameter from the base station; changing the state to the sleep mode referring to the sleep mode operating parameter; receiving a traffic indication message including a positive traffic indicator from the base station; and adjusting to a current sleep cycle according to the sleep cycle information included in the sleep mode request message; wherein the sleep cycle information is an information indicating to extend a current sleep cycle to the small value of twice the previous sleep cycle and a final sleep cycle or to reset the current sleep cycle to an initial sleep cycle or a new initialized sleep cycle. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019603 | METHOD OF EXCHANGING MESSAGES FOR TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL BETWEEN DEVICES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK, AND DEVICES FOR THE SAME - A method of exchanging messages for link recommendation in a receiving device of a wireless network comprises receiving a first data packet from a transmitting device; and transmitting link recommendation information to the transmitting device, the link recommendation information including transmit power control (TPC) information for controlling transmission power to be used for a second data packet in the transmitting device. | 01-27-2011 |
20110026449 | Method and Apparatus for PDCCH Allocation in Wireless Communication System - A method for PDCCH allocation in a network terminal of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The wireless communication system supports Carrier Aggregation, which enables a UE of the wireless communication system to perform transmission and/or reception through multiple carriers. The method includes steps of configuring a plurality of carriers to a UE via an RRC message, and including an information for each configured carrier in the RRC message to indicate a second carrier which carries the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) corresponding to a first carrier, wherein the PDCCH on the second carrier is used to transmit downlink assignment or uplink grant for the first carrier. | 02-03-2011 |
20110032857 | Wireless terminal device, Method of controlling wireless terminal device, and control program of wireless terminal device to station, station control method, and station control program - An application to be booted is selected and operation of the application is controlled according to status of a link between an access point and a station. A station (STA) which can be connected to an access point (AP) includes a link information obtaining procedure which obtains link information including an identifier of the AP to which the STA is connected while the STA is connected to the AP and an application control procedure which selects an application to be booted according to the link information by referring to an action profile in which an identifier of the link information and an application to be booted are related and registered. | 02-10-2011 |
20110038290 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF POWER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS AREA NETWORK - Device, system, and method of power management. In some demonstrative embodiments, a device may include a wireless communication unit to transmit to a control point of a wireless area network an information request frame identifying at least one other wireless communication device in the wireless area network, wherein the wireless communication unit is to receive from the control point a response including wakeup information defining a wakeup schedule including at least one wakeup period of the other wireless communication device, and wherein, based on the wakeup information, the wireless communication unit is to transmit a wireless transmission directly to the other wireless communication device during the wakeup period. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038291 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR POWER SAVE MODE IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method and apparatus of a power save mode in a wireless local area network is disclosed. A station transmits a power save mode (PSM) request frame including a wakeup schedule for the PSM to the peer station via an access point (AP) or via a Tunneled Direct link Setup (TDLS) direct link. The station receives a PSM response frame in response to to the PSM request frame from the peer station via the TDLS direct link. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038292 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONSERVING POWER FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE WHILE MAINTAINING A CONNECTION TO A NETWORK - The disclosure relates to a system and a method for reducing power consumption of a communication device. The method has a power save mode controlling a deactivated communication subsystem of the device, where: for a first period, re-activating the subsystem, executing an action relating to a data link layer connection condition for the network, and then de-activating the subsystem; and for a second period, re-activating the subsystem, generating and transmitting a frame to a host in the network, and then de-activating the subsystem. The first period is repeated on a first frequency timed to allow the device to process a beacon signal that is received at an interval of at most every third beacon signal in a succession of beacon signals from the network; and the second period relates to a frequency of transmission of an Address Resolution Protocol request for an Internet Protocol address for the device. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038293 | Timing Adjustment in Multi-Hop Communication System - A timing adjustment method for use in a multi-hop communication system is provided. The system includes a source apparatus, a destination apparatus and one or more intermediate apparatuses, said source apparatus being operable to transmit information along a series of links forming a communication path extending from the source apparatus to the destination apparatus via the or each intermediate apparatus, and the or each intermediate apparatus being operable to receive information from a previous apparatus along the path and to transmit the received information to a subsequent apparatus along the path, the system being configured to transmit information in a plurality of consecutive labelled intervals. The method includes transmitting information in a first labelled interval from a first said apparatus along a plurality of consecutive links of said path via one or more said intermediate apparatuses to a second said apparatus, said information including a reference to a particular one of said labelled intervals and the transmission of that information incurring a delay such that the transmitted information, or information derived therefrom, is received by said second apparatus in a second labelled interval a number of such intervals after the first labelled interval. The method also includes adjusting said reference to form an adjusted reference referring to a further labelled interval the or another number of such intervals before or after the particular labelled interval. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038294 | Timing Adjustment in Multi-Hop Communication System - A timing adjustment method for use in a multi-hop communication system is provided. The system includes a source apparatus, a destination apparatus and one or more intermediate apparatuses, said source apparatus being operable to transmit information along a series of links forming a communication path extending from the source apparatus to the destination apparatus via the or each intermediate apparatus, and the or each intermediate apparatus being operable to receive information from a previous apparatus along the path and to transmit the received information to a subsequent apparatus along the path, the system being configured to transmit information in a plurality of consecutive labelled intervals. The method includes transmitting information in a first labelled interval from a first said apparatus along a plurality of consecutive links of said path via one or more said intermediate apparatuses to a second said apparatus, said information including a reference to a particular one of said labelled intervals and the transmission of that information incurring a delay such that the transmitted information, or information derived therefrom, is received by said second apparatus in a second labelled interval a number of such intervals after the first labelled interval. The method also includes adjusting said reference to form an adjusted reference referring to a further labelled interval the or another number of such intervals before or after the particular labelled interval. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038295 | Method and Arrangement for Transmit Power Control of Multiple Downlink Carriers - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement for controlling downlink power in a multi-carrier communication network system. The communication network system comprises communication network nodes ( | 02-17-2011 |
20110044220 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SLEEP MODE OPERATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - Disclosed herein relates to a method and apparatus of sleep mode operation in a multi-carrier system. In a communication system of transmitting and receiving data using a multi-carrier including a primary carrier for transmitting and receiving control information and data and a secondary carrier using a radio frequency (RF) different from the primary carrier, a method of establishing a sleep mode operation through active primary and secondary carriers according to an embodiment of the present invention may include transmitting a sleep cycle ID (SCID), a listening window, and traffic indication inactive information indicating that an indication (TRF-IND) as to whether traffic is generated is not transferred to a terminal through the primary carrier, sending downlink data to the terminal through the active primary or secondary carrier during the listening window, and sending a listening window early termination indication indicating to early terminate the listening window of the primary or secondary carrier that has received the downlink data through the primary carrier to the terminal if the data sending is completed. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044221 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COORDINATION OF WIRELESS MAINTENANCE CHANNEL POWER CONTROL - In a wireless communication system, wireless channels are maintained for communication between users and the base station. Often, a wireless user may be switched on, but not actively sending or receiving data. Accordingly, wireless users may be “active,” and currently allocated a wireless traffic channel for sending or receiving, or “idle,” and not currently sending or receiving. A wireless user may be maintained in an idle state through a periodic sequence of synchronization messages. A method for controlling a power level of a wireless message includes determining the presence of data to be transmitted, and adjusting the power level of the synchronization message depending on the presence of data. The synchronization messages corresponding to the idle state employ a lower power level than the active state transmissions which employ a higher power level. The system therefore controls the power accordingly such that synchronization messages are sent at a lower power level when no data is present, thereby reducing power consumption and interference. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044222 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR DOWNLINK MULTI-CARRIER POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a radio base station and in a user equipment for controlling the downlink transmit power of the F-DPCH in a multi-carrier HSPA system, by using the concept of TPC commands (used in single-carrier systems), adapted to support different kinds of multi-carrier scenarios. The UE defines at least one TPC command for adjustment of the transmit power of the N downlink carriers' ( | 02-24-2011 |
20110051638 | METHOD FOR MANAGING THE POWER IN THE WIRELESS NETWORK - Disclosed are methods for managing a power in a wireless network communication. One of the methods provides checking whether information on a request for a mode change is received for a prescribed channel time in a manner that a device configuring a network enters a power save mode in the course of not performing data transmission/reception and that a modem enters an awake state from a sleep state for the prescribed channel time. And, the prescribed channel time is determined to correspond to a time for transmitting a beacon. According to a preferred embodiment, a modem of a device in a power save mode enters an awake state for a channel time period for broadcasting a beacon and then checks whether information on a power management mode change is received. If the information does not exist, a sleep state is reentered. If the power management mode change (PMMC) information is received, a power is managed by performing data transmission/reception in a manner of switching to a normal mode. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051639 | DYNAMIC LOW POWER RADIO MODES - A receiver in a packet based communication system includes a programmable block and a detection block that detects at least one of an operating condition of the receiver and a protocol condition of the communication system. Further, the receiver includes a control circuit coupled to the programmable block that controls the programmable block to transition to a set of radio modes according to at least one of the operating condition and the protocol condition. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051640 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMED BY A BASE STATION - The present invention provides systems and methods that enable a base station to consume less power. According to an embodiment of the invention, the base station reduces its power consumption by not continuously broadcasting control information. In such an embodiment, a mobile station that seeks access to a network to which the base station provides access does not search for broadcast control information prior to transmitting an access message to the base station, but rather simply transmits on a predetermined access channel an access request message. A base station that receives the access request message may unicast control information to the mobile station. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051641 | Low Power Consumption Wireless Sensory and Data Transmission System - A low power consumption wireless sensory and data transmission system is disclosed. The system comprises a plurality of data collection and/or storage devices (nodes) and an information collection apparatus. The devices and the apparatus are connectable through an ad hoc communication network. The devices (nodes) are at “switch-off” status until receiving a radio-frequency energy generated by and transmitted from the apparatus. A radio-frequency receiver converts the received energy into a direct-current voltage. A power supply starts to provide power for the operations of the devices if the direct-current voltage is in exceeding of a threshold value of a switch. Data collected by various sensors and/or readout from the storage of the devices are transmitted through the ad hoc network to the information collection apparatus. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051642 | Selection and Utilization of Shared Wireless Wide Area Network Modems - A device chooses to use any one of a number of nodes with wireless wide area network (WWAN) modems, depending on whether utilization of one of the nodes will mitigate the power consumption of the device. The choice might also be a function of an energy level of the nodes. The choice can also be based on a link performance indicator. The chosen node is selected as a WWAN modem for communication and utilizes the identity of the device for application data services being supported in this mode. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051643 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of transmitting data is described comprising selecting a transmission mode from at least a first and a second transmission mode, wherein according to the first transmission mode data is transmitted in at least two first time periods using first communication resources wherein the at least two first time periods are separated by a first time interval, wherein according to the second transmission mode data is transmitted in at least two second time periods using second communication resources wherein the at least two second time periods are separated by a second time interval, and wherein the first time interval is longer than the second and the first communication resources allow the transmission of a higher amount of data than the second communication resources; and transmitting data to the selected transmission mode. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051644 | POWER-EFFICIENT BACKBONE-ORIENTED WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK, METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTING THE SAME AND METHOD FOR REPAIRING THE SAME - The present invention discloses a power-efficient backbone-oriented wireless sensor network, a method for constructing the same and a method for repairing the same, wherein energy-rich nodes are used to form backbones linking to a server, and wherein regular nodes having limited energy storage link to the backbones. When one energy-rich node malfunctions, the energy-rich node, which is posterior to the malfunctioning energy-rich node, searches for and links to a linkable neighboring energy-rich node on the backbone. If there is none linkable neighboring energy-rich node, the regular nodes are used to form a temporary tunnel until the malfunctioning energy-rich node has been repaired. The present invention can relieve the influence of hot spots, increase the robustness of the wireless sensor network, and prolong the service life of the wireless sensor network. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051645 | SENSOR NETWORK SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a communication method and system for sensor network. In reporting event occurrence in a real-time sensor network application, a cycle time is divided into an event announcement period and a data transmission period to provide real-time transmission performance and energy efficiency. Each of the periods is again divided into the number of slots equal to the maximum depth of a network. Respective nodes sequentially operate according to their depths in a routing tree during the event announcement period to receive the signal transmitted from the lower node. To remove sleep delay, a slot next to the signal reception slot becomes a signal transmission slot. A node sensed an event transmits a signal informing event occurrence during its signal transmission slot, and this signal includes only the address of the transmission node. When a signal does not exist in the event announcement period, no traffic occurs in the data transmission period and the upper nodes maintain a sleep state. When a signal is transmitted during the event announcement period, nodes transmitting/receiving a corresponding signal operate during the data transmission period to transfer data packets. | 03-03-2011 |
20110058510 | Power Management Of A Radio Data Transceiver - Methods and apparatuses for operating a wireless mobile station configured to communicate with a wireless access point are described. A sleep state may be maintained in which a radio frequency (RF) radio in the wireless mobile station is in a low power state. The wireless station may use a plurality of sleep states, each with a different sleep timer period based upon recent network activity. In one embodiment, a device may have two sleep states with two sleep timers, and in another embodiment a device may have three sleep timers for three sleep states. The first sleep time may be started for a first sleep state and to determine when to awake the device to determine whether there is any network activity. The device then determines whether a first period of network inactivity has occurred and, if so, it starts a second sleep timer for a second sleep state in response to determining that the first period of network inactivity has occurred. The method can further include determining whether a second period of network inactivity has occurred and, in response to determining that a second period of network inactivity has occurred, the device starts a third sleep timer for a third sleep state | 03-10-2011 |
20110064012 | WIRELESS SUPPORT FOR PORTABLE MEDIA PLAYER DEVICES - A portable media player device is capable of operating in a wireless network. The wireless portable media player device can bootstrap and synchronize with an ad hoc network with low power consumption. Neighbor portable media player devices in an ad hoc network can be discovered by the wireless portable media player device. The portable media player device can establish and terminate connections to neighbor portable media player devices. The portable media player device can transfer data in a high speed data transfer mode or a power save data transfer mode, while concurrently permitting discovery by other devices. The portable media player device operates in a power save mode during an inactive portion of a periodic discovery interval. | 03-17-2011 |
20110069649 | ADAPTIVE POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - Embodiments of power control in a wireless device include adjusting a snooze interval as a function of communication traffic characteristics. In some embodiments, the power control considers data rate, jitter, and throughput. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069650 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR POWER SAVING BY COORDINATED WAKE-UP IN A WIRELESS MULTI-BAND NETWORK - A system and method for wireless communication over multi-rate channels are disclosed. One embodiment of the system operates on wake-up schedules for power saving. The system includes a first multi-band wireless station that is capable of using a first frequency band and a second frequency band for wireless communication; and a second multi-band wireless station that is capable of using the first frequency band and the second frequency band for wireless communication. One or more of the first and second stations is configured to maintain therein one or more wake-up schedules on the second frequency band of one or more of the first station, the second station, and an access point. The first and second stations are configured to share the one or more wake-up schedules with each other via the first frequency band. The system allows the stations to effectively associate with each other, thereby saving power. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069651 | CONSERVING POWER USING CONTENTION-FREE PERIODS THAT LACK NETWORK TRAFFIC - A method that comprises receiving, by an access point (AP), an interval value from a station (STA). The interval value corresponds to a frequency with which the STA listens to the AP. The method also comprises commanding, by the AP, the STA to refrain from transmitting data to the AP until a period expires. The commanding comprises the AP setting a duration of the period to correspond to the interval value. The method further comprises transferring, by the AP, data to the STA after the period expires. | 03-24-2011 |
20110075598 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO SHORTEN THE TIME TO CONNECT TO A NETWORK - A computer platform and computer method may, when a computer platform is in a low-power or sleep mode, operate a wireless communication interface unit to scan for a set of available networks and record the set of networks. When the platform is changed to an operating mode, the platform may use the set of available networks to connect to a network. | 03-31-2011 |
20110085481 | REDUCING ENERGY CONSUMPTION OF AN EDGE DEVICE - In one example, a resource manager for an edge device is configured to intelligently distribute streams over the RF channel interface of the edge device. As a result of this intelligent stream distribution by the resource manager, the likelihood that the edge device can power down inactive internal components is significant, especially during periods of low activity. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085482 | COMPUTER SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A computer system includes a system unit; a communication unit which performs a wireless network communication with a base station; and a controller that controls the communication unit to transmit a communication ending message if a shutdown event of the system unit occurs, and shuts down the system unit after the completion of the transmission of the message. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085483 | METHODS FOR POWER HEADROOM REPORTING, RESOURCE ALLOCATION, AND POWER CONTROL - A method and apparatus for power headroom reporting are provided. The power headroom reporting method for a mobile terminal may include determining whether a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) transmission and a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) transmission are allowed to occur in a same subframe; determining whether an event for requesting power headroom reporting is generated; and reporting a first power headroom and a second power headroom to a base station. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085484 | LOCAL AREA NETWORK HAVING MULTIPLE CHANNEL WIRELESS ACCESS - A communication network having at least one access point supports wireless communication among a plurality of wireless roaming devices via a first and a second wireless channel. The access point comprises a first and a second transceiver. The first and second transceivers operate on the first and second wireless channels, respectively. Each of the plurality of wireless roaming devices are capable of communicating on the first and second wireless channel. In one embodiment, the first wireless channel is used to exchange data, while the second channel is used to manage such exchanges as well as access to the first channel. In an alternate embodiment, both channels are used to support communication flow, however the first channel supports a protocol that is more deterministic than that of the second channel. Allocation of ones of the plurality of wireless roaming devices from one channel to the next may occur per direction from the access point. It may also result from decisions made by each of the wireless roaming devices made independent of the access point. For example, a decision may be made based on the data type being transferred or based on the current channel load. Such factors may also be used by the access point for allocation determinations. In addition, allocation may be based on the type of roaming device involved, such as allocating peripherals to a slower channel. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085485 | ESTABLISHING ADDITIONAL REVERSE LINK CARRIERS IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for reliably and quickly establishing multiple reverse links in multi-carrier wireless networks is provided. Signaling channels are established the on an existing forward link in order to transmit reverse link power control bits and the acknowledgment indications. | 04-14-2011 |
20110090829 | System and method for handsets and access points power saving - There is provided a system and a method for a GSM operated handset or access point to turn power on and off and change transmit/receive parameters via GSM device and network. A GSM device is always on while other wireless devices maybe kept power off or in inactive mode. GSM device will turn on/off other devices and instruct them to change transmit and receive parameters according to services availability and radio resource usage policies. Database sever/severs will be equipped for both GSM device and GSM network so that GSM device can aware the services availability and spectrum availability for other devices such as HSPA, 1xEVDo, WiFi, LTE, WiMax, ATSC, DVB-T, DVB-H, etc. A GSM device may turn multiple devices on and enables multiple networks to communicate with a GSM operated handset. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090830 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS INCLUDING PLURALITY OF COMMUNICATION INTERFACES AND CONTROL METHOD FOR INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - To enable an apparatus including a plurality of communication interfaces to return from a power-saving state when receiving an activation packet via any of the communication interfaces. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090831 | POWER CONSERVATION FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE - A technique includes in response to a message identifying whether a second wireless device is one of a first set of wireless devices targeted for communication during a time interval, selectively reducing power in the second wireless device during the time interval. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090832 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station wherein the power consumption can be suppressed. In a frame | 04-21-2011 |
20110096708 | WIRELESS SCHEDULING SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Methods and devices are described herein for prioritizing a plurality of packets for potential transmission and in an iterative fashion: i) determining power requirements for control channel signalling associated with a highest priority packet not yet analyzed for resource assignment; and ii) assigning resources for said highest priority packet if sufficient power for control channel signalling is available and sufficient resources for said highest priority packet are available. A further method includes assigning a plurality of users to one of a plurality of signalling groups, wherein said plurality of users within said one of a plurality of groups use a first of a plurality of HARQ interlace offsets for their first respective HARQ transmissions. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096709 | POWER MANAGEMENT FOR WIRELESS DEVICES - In some embodiments, a method to manage power in a wireless communication device, comprises in a wireless networking adaptor, changing an operational status of a wireless networking adaptor to a sleep mode and transmitting a sleep message from the wireless networking adaptor to a host driver in an electronic device coupled to the networking adaptor, in the electronic device, determining whether a sleep duration specified in the sleep message exceeds a threshold, in response to a determination that the sleep duration specified in the sleep message exceeds a threshold implementing a selective suspend operation on the electronic device, and monitoring for a wake event, and in response to a determination that the sleep duration specified in the sleep message does not exceed a threshold, flushing one or more bulk IN buffers, and monitoring for a wake event. | 04-28-2011 |
20110103279 | SLEEP-MODE WIRELESS CELL RESELECTION APPARATUS, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS - Embodiments herein may receive a ranging request message with a sleep-mode indication from a mobile node at a destination base station in a wireless packet-switched network. System paging information may be accessed to determine a base station identifier associated with an originating base station that last served the mobile node. The originating base station may be contacted to retrieve a service context associated with the mobile node and any downlink packets buffered for the mobile node by the originating base station. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103280 | Power Saving in a Communication Device - A method in a communication device for processing a received data unit includes determining whether the communication device is an intended receiver based on the received data unit, determining whether the received data unit includes an exclusive use indication, where the exclusive use indication indicates that a plurality of data units are transmitted only to the at least one intended receiver during a time period, where each of the plurality of data units has at least a respective physical layer (PHY) preamble, and determining a time interval during which the communication device need not listen for incoming data units using (i) a result of determining whether the received data unit includes an exclusive use indication and (ii) a result of determining whether the communication device is an intended receiver. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103281 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR NEGOTIATING SLEEP CYCLE SETTING BETWEEN BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for negotiating sleep cycle setting between a base station and a mobile station in a wireless communication system are provided. A method for operating a transmitter to negotiate sleep cycle setting of a mobile station in a wireless communication system includes transmitting a DSx request message including sleep cycle setting information to a receiver, and receiving a DSx response message, which includes at least one of acceptance/refusal information about DSx and acceptance/refusal information about sleep cycle setting change, from the receiver. Herein, the DSx is one of a Dynamic Service Addition (DSA), a Dynamic Service Change (DSC), and a Dynamic Service Deletion (DSD). | 05-05-2011 |
20110103282 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING HAND-OVER MESSAGE TRANSMISSION POWER IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and a device for controlling the hand-over message transmission power of a mobile station in a mobile communication system. The present invention comprises the processes of: acquiring uplink data relating to a hand-over target base station; using the uplink data to determine the maximum transmission power of a hand-over ranging message; and transmitting a hand-over ranging message having a power level below the determined maximum transmission power to the hand-over target base station. | 05-05-2011 |
20110110282 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO MANAGE WIRELESS DEVICE POWER CONSUMPTION - Example methods and apparatus to manage wireless device power consumption are disclosed. In accordance with a disclosed example method a data frame exchange is initiated with an access point of a wireless network. In response to not successfully completing the frame exchange with the access point, the access point is designated as providing the wireless terminal with fringe wireless signal coverage. | 05-12-2011 |
20110116427 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING MODE TIMERS - Controlling a probability that user equipment is in a power saving mode to adapt the user equipment to characteristics of a shared channel and packet service includes determining a class of the user equipment by comparing at least one data traffic requirement value and a power condition value of the user equipment with predetermined threshold values, and adjusting mode timers according to the determined class of the user equipment depending on the data traffic requirement values and depending on the power condition value of the user equipment. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116428 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING BLIND DECODING RESULTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate processing and pruning of blind decoding results (e.g., associated with grant signaling) within a wireless communication environment. As described herein, blind decoding results associated with grant signaling and/or other suitable signaling can be pruned in various manners, thereby reducing false alarm probabilities associated with such results. For example, techniques are provided herein for constraining respective decoding candidates to possible radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) values, performing validity checking on payload of respective decoding candidates, and selecting a most likely decoding candidate from a previously pruned set of candidates. Further, techniques are described herein for generating filler bits (e.g., padding bits, reserved bits, etc.) in a grant message according to a predefined pattern, thereby enabling checking of such bits to further reduce false alarm rates. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116429 | APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING POWER OF WIRELESS DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of controlling the power consumption of a wireless station is disclosed. The present invention includes waking-up a coordinator in a sleep state, entering an awake state and if a signal for turning on a peripheral station is received in the awake state, transmitting an awake message to the peripheral station via a beacon signal during a beacon timeslot. Accordingly, the power consumption of a coordinator in a WPAN network may be reduced, power control by a peripheral station may be facilitated, and inefficient operation and management of the network may be prevented. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116430 | METHOD OF SUPPORTING OPERATION OF SLEEP MODE IN A WIDEBAND RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM - A method of supporting operation of sleep mode in a wideband radio access system is disclosed. More specifically, a mobile subscriber station (MSS) which determines a frame offset information for synchronizing listening windows of at least one MSS that is in sleep mode, and transmits the determined framed offset information to at least one MSS. | 05-19-2011 |
20110122803 | SMALL BASE STATION AND MANAGEMENT METHOD THEREOF - A small base station to provide a service wirelessly or through wires includes an operation mode management unit to determine an operating mode of the small base station. An operation method of the small base station may determine connection statuses of terminals, and may set an operation mode of a wireless communication unit as a sleep mode or an idle mode if all terminals registered in the small base station are wirelessly connected to the small base station. If there are registered terminals not located in the small base station cell area, the operation mode may be sleep mode. If there are terminals connected wirelessly to the small base station, the operation mode may be the active mode. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122804 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EXTENDING BATTERY LIFE - According to one embodiment of the invention, a method comprises identifying that a wireless receiving device is operating in a battery saving mode where a Delivery Traffic Indicator Map (DTIM) Interval supported by the wireless device exceeds a Listening Interval supported by the wireless receiving device. Thereafter, the method further comprises converting a non-unicast message into one or more unicast messages for transmission to the wireless receiving device. | 05-26-2011 |
20110128898 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD IN SENSOR NETWORK - Provided is a data transmission method of a plurality of sending nodes in a sensor network. In the data transmission method, data is generated to be transmitted to a receiving node, respectively. Headers of the generated data are transmitted to the receiving node, respectively, in response to a Wake-up Notification Message (WNM) from the receiving node. A Grant Notification Message (GNM) for selecting one of the plurality of sending nodes is received from the receiving node. The plurality of sending nodes transmit a payload of the generated data according to the GNM, or switch into sleep mode without data transmission. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128899 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND POWER SAVING METHOD THEREOF - An electronic device and a power saving method thereof are provided. The electronic device includes a network module and a power saving module, wherein the network module connects to an access point (AP). The method includes executing an AP search operation at a predetermined time interval by the network module, and determining whether the electronic device is in a specific state by the power saving module. The method also includes disabling the network module from executing the AP search operation as long as the electronic device is still in the specific state. As a result, the unnecessary AP search operations can be avoided, and the purpose of saving power can be achieved. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128900 | METHOD OF PERFORMING POWER SAVE MULTI-POLL (PSMP) PROCEDURE WIRELESS LOCAL ACCESS NETWORK SYSTEM AND STATION SUPPORTING THE PROCEDURE - A method of performing a power save multi-poll (PSMP) procedure of a very high throughput (VHT) wireless local access network (WLAN) system using a bonding channel consisting of a plurality of subchannels is provided. Wherein the PSMP procedure comprises a PSMP frame transmission phase, a downlink phase, and an uplink phase, and wherein the PSMP frame comprises transmission time information indicating a time allocated to each station (STA) in each of the downlink phase and the uplink phase and transmission channel information corresponding to the transmission time information. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128901 | METHOD FOR SAVING POWER IN A MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for saving power in a multi-carrier wideband wireless access system is provided. A method for saving the power of a receiver in a multi-carrier wireless communication system includes acquiring multi-carrier information from a transmitter on a primary carrier, entering one or more secondary carriers satisfying a predetermined power saving mode entry condition out of one or more secondary carriers included in the multi-carrier information into a power saving mode, and receiving data during a listening interval according to the power saving mode on the one or more secondary carriers entering the power saving mode. The multi-carrier information includes at least one of information about a plurality of available carriers, information indicating the primary carrier and the one or more secondary carriers out of the plurality of available carriers, and information about the power saving mode entry condition of the one or more secondary carriers. | 06-02-2011 |
20110134817 | UNIVERSELLE SCHNITTSTELLE FUR EINEN WIRELESS ADAPTER - A universal interface for a wireless adapter, which supports a communication protocol used in automation technology, wherein associated with the wireless adapter are a first energy supply unit for energy supply of the wireless adapter and a radio module for communication with a superordinated control unit via a radio network, wherein provided on the interface are at least five connection terminals, which are so embodied that, as a function of a field installation that is to be connected, a portion of the connection terminals is connectable either with different embodiments of field devices or with a servicing device. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134818 | LOW-POWER METHOD FOR MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL IN SEMI-LINEAR SENSOR NETWORK - A low-power method for media access control on a semi-linear sensor network with multiple sensor nodes, includes: sensing a channel after waking up from a sleep mode by an arbitrary transmission sensor node that has obtained data; and generating a long preamble including a number of element preambles and sending to a destination sensor node after said channel sensing. This method further includes: sending said data to said destination sensor node after completion of transmission of said long preamble; and identifying duty cycle information of said destination sensor node after completion of transmission of said data and adjusting the number of said element preambles according to said duty cycle information. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134819 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS BELONGING TO A PLURALITY OF NETWORKS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND PROGRAM - A communication apparatus includes a participation unit, a formation unit, a management unit, and a notification unit. The participation unit participates in a first network formed by a first base station. The formation unit forms a second network as a second base station. The management unit manages a power mode of another communication apparatus participating in the second network. Moreover, when the participation unit participates in the first network and the formation unit forms the second network, the notification unit notifies the first base station of a change of a power mode of the communication apparatus according to the power mode managed by the management unit. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134820 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR POWER SAVING FOR IN-BODY AND ON-BODY COMMUNICATION - A system for power saving in communication with a plurality of sensor apparatuses that are located in-body or on-body to sense bioinformation, a management apparatus that performs synchronization by transmitting a beacon signal to the plurality of sensors at each predetermined period, and a sensor apparatus that includes a sensor receiving a first beacon signal, grasps how much time remains until the second beacon signal is received when the sensor is activated to sense the bioinformation, and determines the operation state of the sensor based on the grasped time are provided. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134821 | SCHEDULING DATA TRANSMISSIONS TO IMPROVE POWER EFFICIENCY IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Various embodiments are disclosed relating to scheduling data transmissions to improve power efficiency in a wireless network. In an example embodiment, uplink transmissions may be scheduled after the downlink transmissions within the frame sequence. One or more nodes having only scheduled downlink transmissions during the frame sequence may be scheduled for downlink transmissions at or near the start of the downlink transmissions. In another embodiment, one or more nodes having only scheduled uplink transmissions during the frame sequence may be scheduled for uplink transmissions at or near the end of the uplink transmissions. In yet another embodiment, one or more nodes having scheduled both downlink and uplink transmissions during the frame sequence may be scheduled for transmissions near a transition from downlink to uplink transmissions. | 06-09-2011 |
20110141959 | DATA PRIORITIZATION FOR A POWER-LIMITED UE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for transmitting data by a power-limited user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system are described. The UE may transmit data of different types on one or more carriers and may be power limited. In some aspects, the UE may prioritize the data to transmit based on the priorities of the different data types, the priorities of carriers on which the data is transmitted, and/or other criteria. In one design, the UE may obtain data to transmit on at least one carrier for the uplink. The UE may determine that it is power limited for transmission on the at least one carrier. The UE may prioritize the data to transmit based on at least one criterion. The UE may allocate its available transmit power to the prioritized data and may transmit the prioritized data at the allocated transmit power. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141960 | Method For Selecting an Enhanced Transport Format Combination Based on Determined Power Consumption - The present invention related to a method and an arrangement for selecting an enhanced transport format combination used for maximizing power utilization efficiency and power limitation avoidance in a communication network system comprising a communication network entity communicating with a plurality of user equipments on uplink and downlink channels over a radio interface. A power consumption for an acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement transmission and a channel quality indicator transmission is determined on an uplink channel during an enhanced dedicated channel transmission. Thereby, a transport format combination is selected based on said determined power consumption. | 06-16-2011 |
20110149818 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRIC POWER OF ELECTRIC POWER CONTROLLER, LRWPAN-ETHERNET BRIDGE AND SENSOR NODE - The network configuration technology for controlling an electric power sensor node is disclosed. The method for controlling electric power includes transmitting an an Ethernet packet type command message to at least one electric power sensor node through an LRWPAN-Ethernet bridge in accordance with profile information related to an electric power control, the profile information being set by a user; receiving LR-WPAN packet type response messages transmitted from the at least one electric power sensor node in response to the Ethernet package type command message as Ethernet packet type response messages through the LRWPAN-Ethernet bridge; and providing a control result of an electric power equipment corresponding to the at least one electric power sensor node to the user based on the Ethernet packet type response messages. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149819 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZING USB COMMUNICATION IN USB-WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - An apparatus for synchronizing with a USB host by a mobile node having a USB device in a USB-wireless LAN system while reducing power consumption includes: a power mode controller configured to control the power mode of the mobile node; a USB device configured to receive data from the USB host and transmit an ACK or a NAK to the USB host based on the power mode; and a wireless LAN transmitter configured to transmit data received by the USB device according to wireless LAN specifications. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149820 | ADAPTIVE POWER-SAVING/POWER-SAVING SUPPORT METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method for adaptively performing power saving in a station of a wireless communication system includes: receiving first power-save capability information from an AP, the first power-save capability information containing information on power-save schemes supported by a MAC layer of the AP; transmitting second power-save capability information to the AP in response to the first power-save capability information, the second power-save capability information containing information on power-save schemes supported by a MAC layer of the station; transmitting power-save policy information, into which properties of traffics used in the station are reflected, to the AP; and performing a power-save function while interworking with the MAC layer of the station, according to the power-save policy information based on a predetermined power-save scheme. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149821 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING AN INACTIVE INTERVAL OF A BASE STATION - A method and system for managing an inactive interval of a Base Station (BS) are provided, in which the BS transmits a preferred Low-Duty Mode (LDM) pattern to a coordination server that manages LDM patterns of BSs, receives an LDM pattern from the coordination server, the LDM pattern being determined for the BS by the coordination server, taking into account the preferred LDM pattern and LDM patterns of neighbor BSs, and operates in an active interval and an inactive interval according to the received LDM pattern. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149822 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT ADDRESSING AND POWER SAVINGS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for addressing groups of stations in wireless communications by assigning the stations into a number of groups. Group information may be signaled to each station and a group identifier may be indicated in a frame. The group information may be applied to a performance enhancement, for example power savings for the station, wherein the station enters a power saving mode on a condition that the station determines that it is not a member of the group. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149823 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN SECTOR PORTION AND BASE STATION THEREOF - The present invention discloses a method for processing downlink signals in different sectors, applied in processing downlink signals in sectored cell, and this method comprises: a Node B determining a sector where a mobile terminal, which has built a wireless link with the Node B, locates currently; and the Node B separately scheduling resources of each sectors in the cell, and for each mobile equipment which has built a wireless link with the Node B, the Node B transmitting downlink signals to this mobile terminal only in the sector where the mobile terminal locates currently. The present invention also discloses a Node B for processing downlink signals in different sectors. The present invention can reduce downlink transmission power and improve network coverage quality. | 06-23-2011 |
20110158142 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR POWER MANAGEMENT IN AN AD HOC NETWORK - A method and system may transmit during a traffic indication window, such as an ATIM window, a frame indicating a power management mode and may then transition to the power management mode, possibly before the end of the traffic indication window. Another method and system may receive or transmit during a beacon interval an indicator of a desire to enter a sleep state, then transmit or receive an indicator of a desire to enter the sleep state, and then enter the sleep state prior to the end of the beacon interval. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158143 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal including a user input unit configured to input information into the mobile terminal; a display unit configured to display data; a Wi-Fi module configured to provide an Access Point (AP) function such that an external terminal can access a wireless network through the Wi-Fi module providing the AP function; and a controller configured to control a state of the Wi-Fi module to be switched between 1) a power saving mode in which the Wi-Fi module is alternated between a sleep state and an awake state and 2) a power saving off mode in which the Wi-Fi module is continuously maintained in the awake state until a Wi-Fi connection request signal is received from the external device or a predetermined amount of time passes from a specific timing point. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158144 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING SLEEP MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method for controlling sleep mode of a base station and a mobile station in wireless communication networks, including: determining N of the N-ary exponential sleep mode to decide a length of sleep duration including a sleep interval; measuring downlink traffic addressed to the mobile station at the beginning of a listening interval right after the sleep interval; and when there exist downlink traffic, confirming whether the measured downlink traffic satisfies a mode transition condition. The method further includes: conducting a sleep interval of the next sleep duration of which the length is determined by multiplying the length of the current sleep duration by N unless the downlink traffic satisfies the mode transition condition; and transmitting the downlink traffic to the mobile station when m times the additional consecutive sleep duration is expired or when the measured amount of the downlink traffic satisfies the mode transition condition. | 06-30-2011 |
20110164539 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DELAY-CONSTRAINED END-TO-END ENERGY OPTIMIZATION FOR WIRELESS SERVICES - An apparatus including a processing system configured to determine an energy consumption on the mobile device during sleep and active modes of the mobile device; determine an energy consumption on the sensor during sleep and active modes of the sensor; determine energy levels of the mobile device and the sensor, and; set sleep durations of the mobile device based on the sleep duration of the sensor while meeting an end-to-end delay constraint for a service related to the sensor. A method is also disclosed. | 07-07-2011 |
20110170464 | Methods to reduce power for asynchronous internet message protocols - A method for reducing power consumption in a mobile station is provided. The method includes holding data associated with a first polling message until a first scheduled RF wake-up of the mobile station. The method also includes sending the data associated with the first polling message at substantially the same time as the first scheduled RF wake-up of the mobile station. The method further includes holding a second polling message until a second scheduled RF wake-up of the mobile station. The scheduled RF wake-ups of the mobile station are determined according to a schedule established by a service provider of the wireless communication network. In certain embodiments, the polling messages are associated with an ActiveSync® Ping command. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170465 | TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION METHODS AND APPARATUS - Various methods and apparatus are directed to achieving timing synchronization and propagating timing information pertaining to an external, e.g., non Wi-Fi, timing signal source. In some embodiments, a mobile communications device receives and processes a timing signal, e.g., a first Wi-Fi beacon, which is propagating timing information about an external timing signal from a device which directly received the external timing signal. Thus, a mobile wireless communications device achieves timing synchronization with respect to an external timing signal which it is unable to receive directly. In various embodiments, the mobile communications device may, and sometimes does, further propagate the timing information about the external timing signal, e.g., via a second Wi-Fi beacon signal which it generates and transmits. Synchronization with respect to an external signal source facilitates longer sleep states and decreased power consumption. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170466 | METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for reducing power consumption by a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting a cell activation request, by an upper base station including a base station that has cell coverage including cell coverage of lower base stations, instructing to perform a turn-on operation to lower base stations in an energy saving mode, receiving a Radio Resource Control (RRC) measurement report from a User Equipment (UE), and transmitting a cell deactivation request instructing to perform a turn-off operation for entry into the energy saving mode to at least one turn-off target base station, determined according to the RRC measurement report. The at least one turn-off target base station includes at least one of base stations performing the turn-on operation according to the cell activation request, and the lower base stations includes base stations included in the cell coverage of the upper base station. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170467 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOWING SOFT HANDOFF OF A CDMA REVERSE LINK UTILIZING AN ORTHOGONAL CHANNEL STRUCTURE - Method and apparatus for base stations and subscriber units allows soft handoff of a CDMA reverse link utilizing an orthogonal channel structure. Subscriber units transmit an orthogonally coded signal over a reverse link to the base stations. A given base station provides timing control of the timing offset of the reverse link signal. Based on at least one criterion, an alignment controller determines that the given base station should hand off timing control to another base station, and a soft handoff process ensues. In response to a command or message for soft handoff of the subscriber unit from the given base station to another base station, the subscriber unit makes a coarse timing adjustment to the timing of the coded signal. The subscriber unit may make fine timing adjustments based on feedback from the base station controlling timing. Multiple base stations may provide power control feedback to the subscriber unit. | 07-14-2011 |
20110176463 | MANAGING POWER STATES IN NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS - Controlling a power state of a communications device includes: receiving over a network at a communications device in a low-power mode from a scheduling device an assignment of a power state schedule indicating one or more intervals to enter an active state period and one or more intervals to enter a sleep state period; and during an active state period at the communications device, receiving over the network from a second communications device aware of the power state schedule a request that the communications device exit the low-power mode. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176464 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOW COST, LONG RANGE, POWER EFFICIENT, WIRELESS SYSTEM WITH ENHANCED FUNCTIONALITY - The present invention provides a method and system for establishing a highly mobile, long range secure wireless network with dynamic topologies and near full connectivity with acceptable latency using low cost, low power, compact and lightweight devices. One aspect of the system deals with a highly mobile network with dynamic network topologies and a time varying wireless medium that has neither absolute nor readily observable boundaries outside of which radio nodes are known to be unable to receive network frames, although the desirable open field boundary is 1 mile in radius from a base station node. A synchronous frequency hopping technique is used with mobile nodes that can become slave base station nodes to a master base station node to increase the effective range of the master base station without increasing the transmit power. Furthermore, the use of adjustable sleep times for the mobile nodes, as well as a novel clock calibration method, provides a substantial range increase with acceptable battery size and system latency. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176465 | ASYNCHRONOUS LOW-POWER MULTI-CHANNEL MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL - A method for wirelessly transferring data between nodes may include periodically waking a receiving node from a sleep mode to a receive mode and returning the receiving node to the sleep mode, where, in the receive mode, the receiving node samples a plurality of wake-up channels; transmitting at least one wake-up preamble packet by a transmitting node on at least one of the plurality of wake-up channels; receiving, by the receiving node while in the receive mode, the wake-up preamble packet; transmitting, by the receiving node and responsive to receiving the wake-up preamble packet, an acknowledgement; transmitting, by the transmitting node and responsive to receiving the acknowledgement, a data frame on at least one data channel; and/or receiving, by the receiving node, the data frame. Some methods may include estimating a wake-up time of the receiving node and/or performing a clear channel assessment prior to transmitting the wake-up preamble packet. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176466 | Micro-Sleep Techniques in LTE Receivers - According to various embodiments of the methods and apparatus disclosed herein, a “micro-sleep” functionality is selectively enabled in a wireless receiver, based on an evaluation of channel conditions, traffic characteristics, or both. When micro-sleep operation is appropriate, such as when an estimated signal-to-interference ratio is higher than a pre-determined threshold, one or more receiver circuits in a mobile station can be de-activated for a portion of a sub-frame (or other transmission-time interval) that generally carries traffic data but is not currently carrying data targeted to the mobile station. In this manner, significant power savings can be achieved, independently of or in addition to any power savings provided by existing discontinuous-receive (DRX) technologies. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176467 | Communication Method, System and Network Nodes in a Low Power Communication Network - The present invention provides a communication method in a low power communication network, a corresponding low power communication network system and a network node, which enables low power consumption by the data transmission node in the low power communication network while ensuring the communication efficiency of the low power communication network. In this case, the network comprises a first network node and a second network node; the first network node transmits a beacon frame, said beacon frame is used to indicate the time for data transmission by the first network node; the second network node detects said beacon frame to synchronize its data transmission with the first network node. Furthermore, the first network node transmits a dummy beacon frame before it transmits the beacon frame, said dummy beacon frame is used to indicate the time for transmitting the beacon frame; the second network node detects the dummy beacon frame before it detects the beacon frame to acquire the time for transmitting the beacon frame, and carries out data transmission with the first network node synchronously after it has detected the beacon frame. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176468 | METHOD OF SELECTING BIT RATE AND TRANSMIT POWER FOR ENERGY-EFFICIENT TRANSMISSION - A time-of-propagation distance-determining method involves sending a probe request from a handset to an AP and receiving a return ACK. The time it takes for the probe request to propagate to the AP, the turnaround time, and the time it takes the ACK to propagate back to the handset is measured on the handset. The turnaround time is subtracted from the measured time, and the result is used to make a distance determination. In order to reduce power consumption, the “lowest overall transmit energy” setting that will give acceptable reception of a probe request sent by the handset to the AP station is determined. The lowest overall transmit energy setting involves a bit rate setting and a transmit power setting. The lowest overall transmit energy setting is used to send probe requests when probe requests are sent from the handset in carrying out a time-of-propagation distance-determining transaction. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176469 | LoWMob and DLoWMob SYSTEM - A LoWMob (LoWPAN Mobility: Low power Wireless Personal Area Network) system comprises a mobile node, at least one sensor node, a border node and a gateway. The mobile node configured transmits at least one data packet within an MST (Maximum Sleep Time). The mobile node corresponds to an FFD (Full Function Device) or an RFD (Reduced Function Device). The at least one sensor node is configured to be densely to a degree that a transmission range overlaps and configured to be able to measure a moving direction of the mobile node. The boarder node is configured to be arranged at a periphery of the PAN and configured to turn off a transceiver in a quasi-sleep state. The gateway is directly connected with a first least part of the at least one sensor node. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176470 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION TO BE EMPLOYED IN THE SAME - In the communication system performing transmission with generating the vacant period in the slotted mode during data transmission in order to perform various process, such as different frequency carrier quality measurement or so forth, the control signal for maintaining a communication quality is inserted even in the vacant period. Therefor, a link quality may not be degraded even if the vacant period is long. Namely, when the pilot signal is used as the control signal, even in the vacant period, measurement of the link quality of the forward link with the pilot signal is performed in the mobile station to report the result of measurement to the base station. Therefore, transmission power control of the forward link can be performed according to the report in the base station. Therefore, degradation of the forward link can be eliminated. | 07-21-2011 |
20110182220 | USSD Transport Method and Device - An USSD transporting method ( | 07-28-2011 |
20110182221 | HYBRID COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND PROGRAM - When two networks are simultaneously connected on a side of a communication terminal by operating circuits corresponding to each of the two networks, the communication terminal requires about two times more power from a PC than a normal single terminal, resulting in a significant limitation in the number of interfaces to be used on the PC. Accordingly, in order to solve these problems, there is provided a mechanism for temporarily deactivating a major power consuming part of the circuit corresponding to the network currently connected to the communication terminal while measuring the wireless communication quality between the communication terminal and the other network, determining whether an inter-system handover is possible, and performing a handover from the current network to the other network when it is determined to be possible. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182222 | DUTY CYCLING TECHNIQUES IN MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) PROTOCOLS FOR BODY AREA NETWORKS - A medium access control (MAC) duty cycling is carried out in a body area network (BAN). The duty cycling includes sending a wake-up (WUP) message from a sender node to one or more target receiver nodes when a wireless medium of the BAN is free (S | 07-28-2011 |
20110182223 | TECHNIQUES FOR SOLVING OVERHEARING PROBLEMS OF BODY AREA NETWORK MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL PROTOCOLS - A method directed to overhearing problems of Body Area Network (BAN) medium access control protocols. The method comprises generating a preamble frame (S | 07-28-2011 |
20110182224 | USER EQUIPMENT AND DOWNLINK SYNCHRONIZATION DETERMINING METHOD IN THE USER EQUIPMENT - To determine a downlink synchronization state in a DRX state or in a state in which uplink timing synchronization is not maintained in user equipment, a mobile station configured to perform communications with a radio base station determines a downlink synchronization state by comparing RSRP measured based on a downlink reference signal transmitted from the radio base station with Qrxlevmin notified from the radio base station when the mobile station is in a connected state in which a radio link with the radio base station is established and in the discontinuous reception state. | 07-28-2011 |
20110188419 | MESH NETWORK NODE SERVICE IN A SLEEPING MESH NETWORK - A set sleep period is coordinated among a plurality of mesh network nodes to conserve power, and a temporarily reduced sleep period is coordinated among the plurality of nodes to facilitate mesh network node service or installation activity. The reduced sleep period comprises scheduling a period of time during which the sleep period is reduced, or reverting from the temporarily reduced sleep period to the original set sleep period after predetermined period of time. Temporarily reducing the sleep period includes distributing a message throughout the mesh network when the mesh network nodes are awake. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188420 | I/O DRIVEN NODE COMMISSIONING IN A SLEEPING MESH NETWORK - A set sleep period is coordinated among a plurality of mesh network nodes to conserve power. A neighbor wireless mesh network node in proximity to a second node to be added to the mesh network is actuated, causing the neighbor wireless mesh network to be woke from a sleep state. The second node is added to the wireless mesh network by exchanging data with the neighbor wireless mesh network node to join the network. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188421 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Power saving cannot be implemented in the adhoc mode by only the IEEE 802.11 standard. This is because communication partners mutually utilize the power save mode in the adhoc mode, and their states must always be managed. In the adhoc mode, the number of communication partners is not always one, and all stations which join a network are candidates, increasing the load of implementation. To solve this problem, a communication apparatus notifies a change to power save mode by an ATIM packet, RTS packet, or null packet. When the ATIM packet or RTS packet is transmitted, the communication apparatus can notify the partner of a change in mode regardless of whether the partner is in the power save mode. When the null packet is transmitted, the communication apparatus can rapidly notify the partner without waiting for any beacon. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188422 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for requesting scheduling of resources to be used for uplink communication of data in a communications system. If the repeated transmission by a user equipment of scheduling requests on an uplink control channel is determined to be unsuccessful, a random access transmission on a random access channel is initiated as a fallback procedure. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188423 | MULTI-MODE TERMINAL, SYSTEM, AND METHOD - Disclosed herein is a system and method for reducing power consumption of a multi-mode terminal, which can decrease power consumption of a multi-mode terminal that supports mobile communication and wireless local area network (LAN) functions and increase efficiency of the wireless LAN function. To this end, power is cut off or a low-power state is maintained if a wireless LAN service is not used, and power is applied to a wireless LAN modem if a user requests or a call reception message is received through a mobile communication modem. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188424 | Power Saving Features in a Communication Device - A method in a communication network includes receiving a data unit that includes a request to transmit an aggregate data unit to a communication device, and, in response to receiving the data unit, generating an aggregate data unit for transmission to the communication device, where the aggregate data unit includes a plurality of component data units, each having a respective media access channel (MAC) header, and a duration of the aggregate data unit is determined using a parameter negotiated with the communication device. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188425 | 3G/GSM and WLAN Integration of Telephony - A Dual mode mobile terminal (MT | 08-04-2011 |
20110188426 | METHOD FOR ENTERING AN IDLE MODE - A method for entering an idle mode, which is used in a Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access system, comprising: during the procedure of a terminal enter to idle mode from active mode, an paging agent of the terminal sending mobility restriction parameters of the terminal to a mobility restriction parameter storage network element; the mobility restriction parameter storage network element saving the mobility restriction parameters; the mobility restriction parameter storage network element being an anchor paging controller, or an anchor authenticator, or a function entity including a function of the anchor paging controller and a function of the anchor authenticator. to save the mobility restriction parameters of a terminal when the terminal enters an idle mode may be achieved by using the method of the present invention, so that a mobility restriction judgment is performed to the terminal in the subsequent process procedure, and the problem of erroneously allowing the terminal to quit from the idle mode and enter an active mode or to update its location when the terminal is in the non-authorized regions can be avoided. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188427 | USER TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - To set the maximum transmission power of a random access preamble suitably based on both of complexity of the mobile terminal and transmission characteristics (distance of the cell radius), the mobile terminal sets the maximum transmission power of the random access preamble at a value lower than the rated power of the mobile terminal based on the system bandwidth, a transmission frequency band of the random access preamble, and identification information of the root sequence of the random access preamble. In this case, it is possible to provide a user terminal and communication control method in a mobile communication system for enabling reductions in the uplink cell radius to be avoided, while reducing complexity of a power amplifier in the mobile terminal. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188428 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - To avoid a collision between transmission timing of a data signal by SPS and transmission timing of an uplink control signal or a sounding reference signal, the base station apparatus has a DRX On-duration setting processing section configured to set reception duration of DRX control so as to minimize the total resource usage amount in the reception duration of DRX, and a control signal resource allocation section that allocates radio resources for a first signal in uplink for user equipment to transmit during On-duration of discontinuous reception to within predetermined time duration from the beginning of the ON-duration of discontinuous reception. The control signal resource allocation section allocates radio resources for an uplink control signal of CQI, scheduling request, etc. or sounding reference signal to the time duration (4 ms) between PDCCH for SPS and SPS PUSCH from the beginning of the reception duration of DRX control. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188429 | POWER MANAGEMENT IN TUNNELED DIRECT LINK SETUP - A method and apparatus of managing power save in a wireless network is provided. A direct link with a peer station (STA) is established by exchanging a Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) setup request frame and a TDLS setup response frame through a access point (AP). The peer STA enters power save mode (PSM). Traffic data that are destined for the peer STA in the PSM are buffered and a peer traffic indication (PTI) frame is transmitted to the peer STA in the PSM. The PTI frame includes a traffic identifier (TID) field and a sequence control field. Unnecessary allocation of service period can be prevented. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188430 | INTELLIGENT DATA NETWORK WITH POWER MANAGEMENT CAPABILITIES - In one embodiment, a method for implementing two-way communication between at least first and second devices comprises steps of: (a1) during finite time periods following transmission of respective first messages from the first device to the second device, using the first device to listen for second messages transmitted from the second device to first device; and (a2) after each of the finite time periods following the transmission of the respective first messages from the first device to the second device, ceasing to use the first device to listen for second messages transmitted from the second device to the first device until after the first device transmits another first message to the second device. In another embodiment, a method for implementing two-way communication between at least first and second devices comprises steps of: (a1) during finite time periods following reception by the second device of respective first messages from the first device, using the second device to transmit second messages to the first device; and (a2) after each of the finite time periods following reception by the second device of respective first messages from the first device, ceasing to use the second device to transmit second messages to the first device until after the second device receives another first message from the first device. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188431 | Momentary Burst Protocol for Wireless Communication - A method for communicating data using a “burst protocol” includes enabling power to transmitters and receivers when needed to balance power consumption with latency and unscheduled communication. A transmitter transmits a plurality of packets indicative of substantially the same payload. Power then may be disabled to the transmitter. A first predetermined time is determined to enable a receiver. A second predetermined time is determined to disable the receiver. Power then may be enabled to the receiver based on the first predetermined time. The payload is output in response to receiving one or more of the plurality of packets. Power to the receiver is disabled based on the second predetermined time. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188432 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING POWER EFFICIENCY OF SUBSCRIBER STATIONS - Disclosed is a method for improving power efficiency of subscriber stations in a communication network. A subscriber station is uniquely identified by a base station using a connection Identifier (CID). The method includes splitting CIDs of subscriber stations to form a plurality of first parts and a plurality of second parts. The method includes generating an index including a plurality of entries and transmitting the index to a plurality of subscriber stations by the base station. One or more subscriber stations switch to a power-saving mode on absence of a match between each entry of the plurality of entries with an equivalent part of CIDs associated with the one or more subscriber stations, thereby conserving power and improving power efficiency of the subscriber station. Further, at least one information element in a sub-MAP message may be compressed to reduce overhead. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188433 | METHOD OF MANAGING RADIO RESOURCES AND NODE B APPARATUS IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - A method of managing radio resources and a Node B implementing the same are provided. If the total radio resources used in a cell exceed target radio resources signaled by an RNC, uplink rates are equally allocated to primary UEs and non-primary UEs by controlling the signal strengths of the primary and non-primary UEs. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188434 | Network Protocol - A system includes wireless network devices and a terminal device. The wireless network devices include a base station and plural repeater devices for routing data. The terminal device runs a network protocol to establish a presence in a wireless network that includes the wireless network devices. The terminal device enters a low-power mode when not communicating over the wireless network. | 08-04-2011 |
20110194471 | WAKE-UP APPARATUS AND WAKE-UP METHOD FOR LOW POWER SENSOR NODE - Provided are a wake-up apparatus and wake-up method for a low power sensor node, and more particularly, to a wake-up apparatus and wake-up method for a low power sensor node, which can extend the battery life of the sensor node and minimize the amount of power consumed by an entire sensor network power by minimizing unnecessary power consumption of the sensor node. The wake-up apparatus for a low power sensor node includes: a wake-up signal detector receiving and detecting a wake-up signal of a sensor node; a wake-up radio frequency (RF) circuit unit filtering and amplifying the wake-up signal; and a wake-up baseband transducer detecting a wake-up address from the wake-up signal and comparing and verifying the wake-up address with a wake-up address that is provided from a server managing the sensor node. The wake-up apparatus outputs an interrupt signal for transmitting a sensing event of the sensor node or outputs a wake-up address of another sensor node in an area where the interrupt signal is to be sensed if errors are not detected when the wake-up address is verified. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194472 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING A ROUTING-METRIC - The invention relates to a method and a device for which, for determining a routing-metric for a mesh-network, in particular according to standard IEEE 802.11s, routing messages sent in wireless mesh networks or mobile ad-hoc-networks, on various paths of source nodes, via the mesh nodes of the mesh networks to the target nodes, are evaluated in order to determine the best path for transferring data packets from source nodes to target nodes. Said nodes are battery-operated and mesh nodes are only used in the energy-saving mode as intermediate nodes of a path when this can not be prevented due to necessary connectivity in the mesh network or due to predetermined guidelines. Also, in each routing message sent from source nodes to target nodes via various paths, a plurality of bits, preferably two bits, are used for the number of mesh nodes operating in the path in the energy-saving mode or are battery-operated when the remaining bits of the routing-message are used for the path metric. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194473 | POWER-SAVING METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention discloses a power-saving method. The method comprises the steps of: forwarding a packet in accordance with a forwarding signal; operating in a power-saving receiving mode to enable a receiver in accordance with a receiving enable signal; and determining whether a standard receiving mode is operating in accordance with a packet detection result. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194474 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION USING PACKET FILTERRING IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method for reducing power consumption using packet filtering in a portable terminal are provided to allow a modem to filter a packet in order to prevent an Application Processor (AP) from waking up from a sleep mode due to an unnecessary packet. The portable terminal includes an AP for providing a list of packets required in the AP itself to a packet determiner, and the packet determiner for filtering a packet included in the list provided from the AP and for providing the packet included in the list to the AP. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194475 | Preamble and header bit allocation for power savings within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Preamble and header bit allocation for power savings within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Within a multi-user packet, information (e.g., partial address information) related to a recipient group of wireless communication devices (e.g., as few as one wireless communication device or any subset of a number of wireless communication devices, sometimes including all of the wireless communication devices) is emplaced within a PHY (e.g., physical layer) header of such a multi-user packet to be communicated within a multi-user (MU) environment. Such recipient indicating information can be encoded with relatively higher robustness (e.g., lower coding rates, lower ordered modulation, cyclic redundancy check (CRC), etc.) that remaining portions of the multi-user packet. Various portions of the remainder of the multi-user packet may respectively correspond to different wireless communication devices (e.g., a first field for a first wireless communication device, a second field for a second wireless communication device, etc.). | 08-11-2011 |
20110199948 | MINIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A NETWORK DEVICE - A network interface device (NID) may determine whether the received data units of the computer system are to be compressed before transmitting the data units. The NID may determine the compression energy value consumed to compress the first K | 08-18-2011 |
20110199949 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL IN HIGH SPEED PACKET ACCESS (HSPA) NETWORKS - A wireless communication device includes: an antenna for receiving inbound signals on dual receive channels and transmitting outbound signals on dual transmit channels; a transceiver coupled to the antenna to receive the inbound signals from the antenna and convey the outbound signals; a power controller coupled to the transceiver to control power levels of the outbound signals so a maximum nominal power level of the outbound signals is a first power level; and a processor coupled to the transceiver and the antenna to cause the power controller to control the power levels of the outbound signals so if a power level of a received one of the inbound signals is below a threshold value, then the maximum nominal power level of the outbound signals is a second power level lower than the first power level, wherein the second power level is lower than the first power level. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199950 | READING AND CACHING OF SYSTEM INFORMATION TO REDUCE CALL SETUP DELAY - Techniques for reading and caching system information of non-serving systems in order to shorten call setup delay are described. A user equipment (UE) may communicate with a serving system, e.g., in an idle mode or a connected mode. The UE may periodically read system information of at least one non-serving system, e.g., as a background task. The UE may cache (i.e., store) the system information of the at least one non-serving system at the UE. The UE may thereafter access a particular non-serving system among the at least one non-serving system based on access parameters in the cached system information. By caching the system information, the UE can avoid reading the system information of the particular non-serving system at the time of system access, which may then reduce call setup delay. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199951 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN MULTI-COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for performing a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) in a multi-Component Carrier (CC) system are disclosed. The method includes determining whether a condition for an application of a DRX to a first CC is satisfied and, if the condition is satisfied, performing the DRX on the first CC based on DRX configuration information common to the first CC and a reference CC. The on-duration of the DRX applied to the first CC is synchronized with the on-duration of a DRX mode of the reference CC. Although CCs enter the DRX mode at different points of time, the active or inactive times of the DRX modes are synchronized with each other such that the PDCCHs of all the CCs may be detected at the active times of the respective CCs. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199952 | POWER MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR STATION IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM AND STATION THAT SUPPORTS SAME - A power management method of a station in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system and the station supporting the method are provided. The method includes: transmitting to an access point (AP) a power save configuration (PSC) request frame for reporting that the STA intends to transition to a power save (PS) mode; receiving from the AP a PSC response frame in response to the PSC request frame; and after receiving the PSC response frame, entering the PS mode. | 08-18-2011 |
20110205946 | METHOD APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A WIRELESS DEVICE - A method, apparatus and a wireless communication system to reduce power consumption of a wireless Multicomm device by using a location-aware scanning for detecting WLAN networks. The location awareness is obtained from a base station identifier of a wireless wide area network (WWAN) and is based on a preconfigured database that associates WWAN BS IDs with potential WLAN networks. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205947 | COMMUNICATION OF REDUNDANT SACCH SLOTS DURING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION MODE FOR VAMOS - The application relates to a method for communication from a second mobile station to a base station or vice versa. In a given multiframe, a first SACCH slot associated with the second mobile station is communicated (i.e. received or transmitted or both) via the second VAMOS subchannel. In the same multiframe, a redundant second SACCH slot associated with the second mobile station is communicated. The communicating step is performed either by the second mobile station or by the base station. The second SACCH slot may be communicated via the second VAMOS subchannel, in case the second VAMOS subchannel is in DTX mode. In an alternative embodiment, the second SACCH slot may be communicated via a first VAMOS subchannel, in case the first VAMOS subchannel is in DTX mode, wherein the first and second VAMOS subchannels share a common time slot and have the same carrier frequency. Both embodiments may be combined: I.e. in case the second VAMOS subchannel is in DTX mode, the second SACCH slot is communicated via the second VAMOS subchannel, and in case the first VAMOS subchannel is in DTX mode, the second SACCH slot may be communicated via the first VAMOS subchannel. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205948 | EXTENDING AN EFFECTIVE CONTROL CHANNEL PERIODICITY VIA DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) - Discontinuous reception (DRX) operation may be utilized to maintain connection with user equipment (UE) by increasing the effective control channel transmission periodicity. UEs may be configured with a compatible control channel transmission periodicity such that multiple UEs may share a resource in a time-division-multiplexed manner using DRX offsets and periodicity, effectively extending control channel transmission periodicity through resource overloading. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205949 | Routing Mechanism for Distributed Hash Table Based Overlay Networks - A node for use within an overlay network, such as a Distributed Hash Table based overlay network, and which is configured to route packets across the overlay network. The node comprises means for making a routing decision based upon a knowledge of the power consumption levels and/or power availability of a set of peer nodes in the overlay network. | 08-25-2011 |
20110211510 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting downlink scheduling information regarding downlink radio resource allocation and uplink scheduling information regarding uplink radio resource allocation on a downlink control channel, transmitting downlink data on a downlink data channel according to the downlink scheduling information, and detecting an acknowledgement (ACK)/negative-acknowledgement (NACK) signal for the downlink data from a radio resource exclusively allocated to the ACK/NACK signal. According to the present invention, when an error occurs in a downlink control channel due to deterioration of a channel condition, the error can be promptly handled using an error detection protocol agreed between a user equipment and a base station. Therefore, data can be transmitted with higher reliability. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211511 | Reducing WLAN Power Consumption on a Mobile Device Utilizing a Cellular Radio Interface - A system and method of reducing the WLAN power consumption and limiting battery drain of a mobile communications device is provided. The mechanism continuously monitors for changes in the WLAN and cellular signal strength and modifies the WLAN profile scanning activity accordingly. By monitoring for changes, transitions can be detected which indicate the location of the mobile device (i.e., indoor or outdoor). An increase in cellular signal strength and a decrease in WLAN signal strength indicates the user is transitioning outdoors where WLAN coverage may be limited. To reduce battery power consumption, background scanning is suspended or its frequency significantly lowered. Moving indoors is indicated by a decrease in cellular signal strength and an increase in WLAN signal strength. Background/Connectivity scanning frequency is increased to provide shorter time-to-connect to WLAN Networks for the user within the WLAN coverage area. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211512 | FRAME GENERATION DEVICE, RECEPTION DEVICE, DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION SYSTEM, FRAME GENERATION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - A distribution data presence/absence information generation section generates distribution data presence/absence information indicating whether or not data is included in a frame. A synchronization information generation section generates synchronization information including the distribution data presence/absence information. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211513 | Method for Setting the Operation of a Routing Node of an Asynchronous Wireless Communication Network, Network Node and Communication Network Implementing the Method - To reduce energy consumption in a duty-cycled asynchronous wireless communication network values of operation parameters, i.e. duration of the awake interval and duration of the sleep interval, of routing nodes of the network are determined and set. The network is partitioned into clusters so that each cluster comprises one cluster-head node. The energy consumption of a cluster is a function of the probability of busy channel when nodes of the cluster attempt transmission, the probability of communication collision during transmission, the duration of the awake interval and the duration of the sleep interval of its cluster-head node. Reduction of the energy consumption is carried out under predetermined values of the probability of busy channel and of the probability of communication collision and under predetermined constraint for the probability of successful transfer of data packets within the cluster and for the average delay of transfer of data packets within the cluster. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211514 | Reducing Interference and Energy Consumption for FEMTO Base Stations - The present invention relates to methods, apparatuses, a system and a computer program product for reducing interference and energy consumption of wireless devices. An apparatus, namely a femto base station or home (e) NodeB, can include a transmitting unit, a receiving unit, a determining unit, a disabling unit, a disabling handshaking unit, and a reassigning unit. If the determining unit determines that there is no active communication between the apparatus and a user device, the disabling unit may disable the transmitting unit and the receiving unit while maintaining a connection between the apparatus and a network. A disabling handshaking can be performed by the disabling handshaking unit to achieve this, wherein the re-assigning unit may re-assign one or more user device(s) to a network apparatus, namely a macro (e) NodeB. | 09-01-2011 |
20110216681 | Systems and Methods for Operation Mode Transition In Wireless Communications - A method for a base station to instruct a mobile station to perform an operation mode transition, the method including: receiving battery level information from the mobile station, the battery level information being included in a signaling header; determining, based on the battery level information, if the mobile station can perform an operation mode transition; and instructing the mobile station to perform the operation mode transition, if it is determined that the mobile station can perform the operation mode transition. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216682 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR (CQI) ENHANCEMENTS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for reporting of channel quality indication in Long Term Evolution Advanced (LTE-A) wireless systems. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216683 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE AND SAVING ENERGY IN FEMTO/PICO CELL OF HIERARCHICAL CELL STRUCTURE - An apparatus and a method manage power of a small base station. Whether a notify message indicating that a subscribed terminal enters a macro base station that includes an off-small base station is received from the macro base station under a closed access mode is determined. When the notify message is received, whether a service is providable to the subscribed terminal is determined. When the service is providable to the subscribed terminal, the small base station is turned on. During the closed access mode or when a load of a macro cell is large during an open access mode, when a terminal that should be serviced does not exist in the neighborhood of a small base station, an interference and power consumption unnecessarily generated may be reduced by turning off the small base station. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216684 | MULTI-CARRIERS MANAGING DEVICE AND METHOD AND SLEEP MODE OPERATING METHOD OF TERMINAL - A multi-carriers management device of a communication system supporting multi-carriers requests a terminal attempting to enter a sleep window to change a primary carrier, and transmits a control message to the terminal through the changed primary carrier during the sleep window. | 09-08-2011 |
20110222449 | COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL FOR LOW-POWER NETWORK APPLICATIONS AND A NETWORK OF SENSORS USING THE SAME - A network sensor system is provided that is capable of extremely low-power operation. The network sensor system implements a communication protocol that allows the sensors to operate at most times in a sleep mode, where only a low-power time is active. In this way, each sensor's receiver, transmitter, and support circuitry are operated only when strictly necessary. The network has a defined network time frame, and each device maintains and adjusts its own clock and relationship with the network time. In this way, each sensor is aware about when it may be sent a message, and opens a short listen window only when such a message is expected. If no message is received, or if the message is addressed to another sensor, the sensor goes back to sleep. The sensor's transmitter is only activated in the case where the message 1) is received during the listen period, 2) is addressed to the sensor, and 3) requires a transmission action. Otherwise, the transmitter remains deactivated. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222450 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - In a telecommunications network including a mobile terminal configured to operate in at least one active state and an idle mode, a network element for, and method of, managing the mobile terminal's duration of operation in the least one active state, which determine a parameter relating to the mobile terminal or a user of the mobile terminal; allocate an state transition timer with a particular duration in dependence upon the parameter; and transition the mobile terminal to a lesser active state or idle mode upon expiry of the state transition timer. The active states are preferably the RRC states of CELL_DCH, CELL_FACH, URA_PCH and CELL_PCH and the parameter is preferably a Quality of Service indication such as subscriber classification. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222451 | Fast Dormancy Requests in Communication Systems - Methods and apparatus for operating a user equipment (UE) for a wireless communication system. A method includes determining, by the UE, whether the UE is in a battery-efficient state; if the UE is not in a battery-efficient state, configuring the UE to transmitting a signaling connection release indicator with a cause value; if the UE is in the battery-efficient state, determining whether the UE is in a high-mobility state; if the UE is in the high-mobility state and is in the battery-efficient state, enabling the UE to transmit the signaling connection release indicator with a cause value; and if the UE is not in the high-mobility state and is in the battery-efficient state, disabling the UE from transmitting the signaling connection release indicator with a cause value. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222452 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for transiting from one power control scheme to another power control scheme when power control schemes are used in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of a terminal for changing a power control scheme in a wireless communication system includes controlling power according to a first power control scheme based on first power control parameters received from a base station, receiving second power control parameters to use in a second power control scheme, from the base station, sending a power control transition message informing the base station of a transition of the power control scheme, to the base station, and controlling the power according to the second power control scheme using the second power control parameters. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222453 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF A TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND A RECEPTION APPARATUS - Provided is a communication method of a reception apparatus and a transmission apparatus that may decrease consumption of power by changing an operation state of a corresponding reception apparatus from an awake state to a sleep state when a stream to be transmitted is absent during all or a portion of a transmission opportunity (TXOP). | 09-15-2011 |
20110222454 | POWER EFFICIENT COMMUNICATIONS - A method, system, and device provide power-efficient communications within the context of available power. Transmission and receipt data rates are scalable in accordance with output power available from a power source. Data is transmitted at a data rate determined, at least in part, by the available output power. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222455 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING HIGH DATA RATE UPLINK OPERATIONS - A method and apparatus for enhancing uplink operations in a CDMA system is provided. The method may include receiving a rate control value and a transmit power value from a node B, wherein the rate control value is determined through uplink scheduling by the node B, and wherein the transmit power value is selected by the node B to maintain a signal to interference plus noise (SINR) metric within a threshold for a pilot channel, transmitting control channel information at a first power level determined from the transmit power value, and using a first average power tracking unit to generate the first selected transmit power and transmitting data channel information at a second power level determined from both the rate control value and the transmit power value. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222456 | DIVERSITY INDICATING METHOD IN GERAN/MUROS SYSTEMS - A diversity indication method in GERAN/MUROS system, includes the steps: after a user receives a diversity indication, it receives data from two sub-channels, and then carries out diversity combination; if the user does not receive diversity indications, users receive data from subchannel allocated to them. Using the method of this invention, we can carry out diversity indications in GERAN/MUROS system. In this way, users do not need to determine whether current frame is using diversity transmission in all sub-channels by carrying out autocorrelated operations over training sequences 26 bit long in each frame, and the users may demodulate information from another paired subchannel only when they receive diversity indications in subchannel allocated regularly to greatly reduce the user's complexity. | 09-15-2011 |
20110235560 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The wireless communication system includes a first wireless terminal ( | 09-29-2011 |
20110235561 | Method and Apparatus for Negotiating Master Station - A method and an apparatus for negotiating a master station are disclosed. The method includes receiving from a master station a management frame that carries a master identity; obtaining a maximum time interval between receiving of the management frame and receiving of a next management frame from the master station; and determining, according to a preset policy, a local station itself as a new master station if no more management frame is received after the maximum time interval. | 09-29-2011 |
20110243046 | METHODS FOR COORDINATING TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OPERATIONS OF RADIO MODULES IN A COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES UTILIZING THE SAME - A communication apparatus is provided. A first radio module communicates with a first communications device in compliance with a first protocol to provide a first wireless communications service. A second radio module communicates with a second communications device in compliance with a second protocol to provide a second wireless communications service. The first radio module further estimates time remaining for the second radio module before a next operation of the first radio module and transmits information regarding the estimated remaining time to the second radio module. The second radio module further schedules operations of the second radio module according to the information regarding the estimated remaining time received from the first radio module. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243047 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE SUPPORT FOR MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - A method includes identifying coexistence issues among radios in a User Equipment (UE). The method also includes submitting a message to a base station that requests reconfiguring of a timing schedule of a first one of the supported radios to provide for periods of inactivity of the first one of the supported radios. The inactive periods provide operating periods for at least a second one of the supported radios. The inactive periods may be measurement gaps. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243048 | Method of Handling Component Carrier Activation and Deactivation and Communication Device Thereof - A method of handling component carrier activation and deactivation for a mobile device capable of receiving and transmitting on a plurality of component carriers in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes starting a deactivation timer for a component carrier of the plurality of component carriers when the component carrier is activated, wherein the deactivation timer provides a period of time for component carrier activation, performing a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) process on the component carrier, and extending activation time of the component carrier when a retransmission of the HARQ process is not finished before deactivation of the component carrier. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243049 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION TO BE EMPLOYED IN THE SAME - In the communication system performing transmission with generating the vacant period in the slotted mode during data transmission in order to perform various process, such as different frequency carrier quality measurement or so forth, the control signal for maintaining a communication quality is inserted even in the vacant period. Therefor, a link quality may not be degraded even if the vacant period is long. Namely, when the pilot signal is used as the control signal, even in the vacant period, measurement of the link quality of the forward link with the pilot signal is performed in the mobile station to report the result of measurement to the base station. Therefore, transmission power control of the forward link can be performed according to the report in the base station. Therefore, degradation of the forward link can be eliminated. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243050 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method is provided for carrying out a power saving procedure in a wireless subscriber terminal which is operative to receive at least two different services, each of which is characterized by one or more characteristics related to traffic demands associated with that service. The method comprises the following steps: classifying each of the at least two different services based on their traffic demand related characteristics into corresponding power saving classes, where there are at least two different power saving classes associated with the at least two different services; for each of the power saving classes, determining required listening windows and required sleep windows; exchanging messages between the base station and the subscriber's device for synchronizing parameters for carrying out the power saving procedure. | 10-06-2011 |
20110249603 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MULTIPLE WIRELESS SERVICE COEXISTENCE - An apparatus and method for multiple wireless service coexistence comprising: engaging a first switch to connect a first service transmitter to an antenna through a first filter path and to disconnect a first service receiver from the antenna; engaging a second switch to connect a second service receiver to the antenna through a second filter path and to disconnect a second service transmitter from the antenna; enabling transmit power control on the first service transmitter; and performing one or both of the following: a) transmitting a first service transmit signal through the first filter path to the antenna with high rejection of the band of a second service; b) receiving a second service receive signal through the second filter path from the antenna with high rejection of the band of a first service. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249604 | 4C-HSDPA ACKNOWLEDGMENT SIGNALING - Techniques for signaling acknowledgment status (e.g., ACK, NACK, or DTX) for up to four detected carriers according to 4C-HSDPA. In an exemplary embodiment, an ACK slot of an HS-DPCCH channel utilizes spreading factor 128 to accommodate two 10-symbol codewords per slot. The codewords may be dual-carrier codewords, enabling the acknowledgment status of up to four carriers to be signaled in each slot. A DTX-DTX codeword may be further provided to signal no detection of two carriers assigned to the same codeword. In an alternative exemplary embodiment, a codeword signaling acknowledgment status for two carriers may be repeated twice over a single slot. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249605 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF A TERMINAL AND AN ACCESS POINT FOR POWER SAVING - Provided is a communication method of an access point and a terminal that may decrease power consumption by changing an operation state of a terminal from an awake state to a sleep state when there is no stream to be transmitted to the terminal during a transmission opportunity (TXOP). | 10-13-2011 |
20110255454 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REPACKAGING WIRELESS DATA - The present disclosure may include a method for repackaging data in a communications system. The method may include receiving low-power RF data at a wireless relay device from one or more low power wireless devices and translating the low-power RF data at the wireless relay device into one or more translated packets. The method may further include synchronizing the translated low-power RF data with one or more wireless links and transmitting the synchronized low-power RF data to a host device. The method may further include receiving wireless communications from a host device, translating the parsing the wireless packets, synchronizing the translated packets with one or more low-power RF connections, and transmitting the synchronized packets to one ore more low-power RF devices. The method may further include managing the network topology of the communications system via commands to the wireless relay device. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255455 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BAND SWITCHING IN WIRELESS LOCAL ACCESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus of switching a band in a wireless local access network (WLAN) is provided. The method includes transmitting a multi-band switch request message to request switching from a first frequency band to a second frequency band, and receiving a multi-band switch response message in response to the multi-band switch request message. The multi-band switch request message includes a multi-band switch schedule to operate in the second frequency band. Wider coverage can be supported by using multi-band. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255456 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - The present disclosure generally relates to systems and methods for reducing power consumption in communication networks. In one exemplary embodiment, a system includes a leader node in communication with a plurality of follower nodes. The leader node causes the leader and follower nodes to transition from an awake mode to a sleep mode where they consume less power. An exemplary embodiment of a method includes the steps of configuring nodes in a communication network as follower nodes and configuring a node in the communication network as a leader node. The leader node is configured to cause the leader and follower nodes to alternate between an awake mode and a sleep mode. The leader and follower nodes consume less power when in the sleep mode than when in the awake mode. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255457 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM AND LOCATION REGISTRATION METHOD - The mobile communication network system having a plurality of mobile communication systems each including a base station performing wireless communications with a mobile station, comprises a storage unit storing location information of the mobile station, an acquisition unit acquiring, when receiving a location registering request from the mobile station, a communication-enabled mobile communication system in the mobile station as a sender of the location registering request, a specifying unit specifying a base station existing within the acquired communication-enabled mobile communication system and existing in the periphery of the base station receiving the location registering request, and a control unit storing the storage unit with information of the base station receiving the location registering request and information of the specified base station as location information about the sender mobile station of the location registering request. | 10-20-2011 |
20110261738 | ADAPTIVE WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK AND METHOD OF ROUTING DATA IN A WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - A method of routing data in a wireless sensor network, a program product and a wireless sensor network. The method, includes: (a) detecting a temporal event by a source sensor node of a wireless sensor network comprising a multiplicity of sensor nodes; (b) identifying multiple paths from the source sensor node to a sink of the wireless sensor network, the multiple paths consisting of sensor node to sensor node hops; and after (b), (c) using a processor of the source sensor node, optimizing a distribution of data packets to each path of the multiple paths by simultaneously reducing (i) power consumed by sensor nodes in each path of the multiple paths and (ii) a time to transmit the data packets from the source sensor node to the sink. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261739 | POWER SAVING METHODS FOR WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Methods for saving power and facilitating transitions from power-saving states back to active states in mobile stations are provided. A base station transmits indication of a periodic interval at which system configuration information is to be transmitted, periodically transmits a current version of system configuration information and in advance of an action time of a new version of system configuration information, periodically transmits the new version of system configuration information at the periodic interval; and transmits a flag indicating whether the new version of system configuration information is available. In respect of each of at least one mobile station in a power-saving state, in which the mobile station (MS) is configured on a per-MS basis to periodically wake up and check for the presence of an information block relevant to the MS, the base station transmits an information block presence indicator indicative of whether the information block is present. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261740 | System And Method For Estimating Bandwidth Requirements Of And Allocating Bandwidth To Communication Devices Operating In A Network - A system including a base station and a plurality of stations. The base station is configured to estimate bandwidths used by the plurality of stations based on packets transmitted by the plurality of stations during a first period. The base station is further configured to selectively allocate timeslots to the plurality of stations for transmission of packets to the base station during a second period following the first period. Durations of the timeslots are based on the estimated bandwidths. The plurality of stations are configured to transmit packets to the base station in the timeslots during the second period. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261741 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND METHOD, AND RECEPTION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A transmission power control apparatus capable of reducing unnecessary transmission power that is consumed in transmission of pilot symbols. In the apparatus, a power control part establishes, based on a repetition number of a data signal, a transmission power value of a pilot signal. For example, the power control part establishes, based on an improved reception quality when data signals as replicated in accordance with the repetition number of a data signal are combined, a transmission power value of a pilot signal at a level required and sufficient for meeting a target value of the reception quality of the other end of communication. A power amplifying part amplifies the pilot signal in accordance with the established transmission power value. | 10-27-2011 |
20110268000 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR POWER MANAGEMENT ON MOBILE DEVICES - Various embodiments for providing enhanced power savings in mobile computing devices are described. In one or more embodiments, a mobile computing device may monitor the battery power level remaining. The mobile computing device may select a wireless connection type for an application based on Quality of Service (QoS) requirements of the application and the amount of battery power remaining. The mobile computing device may switch the application from a higher QoS wireless connection type to a lower QoS wireless connection type when the battery power falls below a threshold. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268001 | METHOD OF PROVIDING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FEEDBACK FOR AGGREGATED CARRIERS - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for providing acknowledgment feedback for aggregated downlink component carriers. One embodiment of the method includes determining acknowledgment bits for downlink component carriers that are aggregated to a particular user equipment. Each acknowledgment bit indicates whether a corresponding downlink component carrier was successfully received. This embodiment also includes transmitting symbol constellations representative of the acknowledgment bits in resources of one or more uplink control channels of the uplink component carrier. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268002 | SCHEDULING FOR POWER SAVINGS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In a wireless network, a wireless device may dynamically estimate how long it can remain in a sleep mode without missing out on necessary opportunities to communicate within the network. In some embodiments, this estimate may be based at least partly on an estimate of how long it will take to transmit data in a transmit queue. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268003 | Method for Enhancing User Equipment (UE) Power Saving Performance and UE - A method for enhancing power saving performance of user equipment (UE) is provided. The method includes the following steps: a UE receives the downlink data transmitted by an evolved node B (eNB); the UE starts a corresponding RTT Timer according to the received downlink data, the timing of the RTT Timer is determined based on the uplink/downlink (UL/DL) configuration and the sub-frame number of the downlink sub-frame carrying the downlink data by the UE; and the UE controls the discontinuous reception (DRX) process according to the RTT Timer. By re-defining the RTT Timer, the present invention can improve power saving performance of the UE in TDD system effectively. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268004 | ENABLING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - According to one general aspect, a method may include communicating, by a first apparatus, with at least a second apparatus via a device-to-device communication link. In various embodiments, the method may also include receiving resource allocations, from a base station. In some embodiments, the method may include determining, based at least partly on the received resource allocations, which resources are allocated to at least the second apparatus for communication with the base station. In various embodiments, the method may include based at least partly upon the resource allocations, determining when to perform direct device-to-device communication, by the first apparatus, with the second apparatus. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268005 | MOBILE WIRELESS TERMINAL AND BASE STATION SEARCH METHOD - According to one embodiment, a mobile wireless terminal, which makes a wireless communication with a base station accommodated in a network, includes a receiver, a communication module, and a controller. The receiver is configured to receive and frequency-convert a wireless signal transmitted from the base station, and to detect a beacon signal transmitted from the base station based on a reception signal obtained by the frequency conversion. The communication module is configured to receive a wireless signal transmitted from the base station, to acquire identification information of the base station by decoding a reception signal obtained from the wireless signal, and to communicate with the base station. The controller is configured to activate the communication module in accordance with a reception result of the beacon signal by the receiver, and to control the communication module to acquire identification information from the base station. | 11-03-2011 |
20110274020 | WIRELESS MESH NETWORK CONTROLLER SYNCHRONIZATION - A set sleep period is coordinated among a plurality of mesh network nodes to conserve power. A controller is synchronized with an existing wireless mesh network by sending a network synchronization signal from the controller indicating that sleep timing information is lost, and receiving a reply from one or more wireless mesh network nodes within the existing wireless mesh network comprising sleep timing information for the wireless mesh network. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274021 | DETECTING A WLAN SIGNAL USING A BLUETOOTH RECEIVER DURING BLUETOOTH SCAN ACTIVITY - A BT receiver RF front end receives RF energy in a sequence of BT scan windows. Throughout a scan window, the front end is tuned to one hop frequency. Before and after the window the front end is in a disabled state. A WLAN energy detector processes an output of the front end during the window and determines whether more than a predetermined amount of RF energy was received onto the front end during the window. A BT baseband processor attempts to demodulate the output of the front end. If the WLAN energy detector determines that the predetermined amount of RF energy was received and if a BT signal could not be demodulated, then a WLAN wake-up signal is asserted, thereby causing a WLAN transceiver to be powered up to receive WLAN signals. BT scan intervals are varied in duration to facilitate a BT scan window overlapping a WLAN beacon. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274022 | MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME ADJUSTMENT FOR UPLINK CHANNEL POWER CONTROL IN ADVANCED TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method of adjusting the modulation and coding scheme for uplink channel power control in advanced telecommunication networks includes receiving an indication of a power adjustment mode for an uplink multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) transmission. The power of the uplink MIMO transmission is adjusted according to the received power adjustment mode. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274023 | ERROR PROPAGATION PROTECTION IN NON-BINARY MULTIPLE ACK/NACKS - A scheme of error decoupling for carrier aggregation techniques to support a communication system is provided. The communication system operates with up to 2 codewords for up to 5 carriers, each codeword of each carrier having one acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) or discontinuous transmission (DTX) to enable Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) to operate in each carrier. The scheme involves the steps of: performing separation of bits related to ACK, NACK, DTX for each carrier using up to 2 codewords; determining a maximum number of bits related to ACK, NACK, DTX when decoupling is not performed after a maximum number of carriers are used; and grouping the carriers such that separation between ACK, NACK, DTX of each carrier is optimized as long as the maximum number of bits is not exceeded. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274024 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING MULTIPLE A/N INFORMATION - A method and a user equipment (UE) for transmitting multiple A/N information are provided. The method includes: determining reserved resources; determining A/N information that needs to be transmitted; and determining that the number of transmission resources is N (N is an integer greater than or equal to 2) and corresponding modulation symbols according to the number of the reserved resources and the A/N information that needs to be transmitted; and transmitting multiple A/N information by transmitting the modulation symbols by using the transmission resources. By transmitting multiple A/N information, a downlink frequency band where an error occurs can be correctly located. The A/N information includes acknowledgement (ACK) information, negative acknowledgement (NACK) information or Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) state information. | 11-10-2011 |
20110280167 | WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK COORDINATOR - Systems and methods for saving power by a personal area network (PAN) coordinator are described herein. A PAN coordinator is provided to form a wireless PAN with one or more devices. Further, the PAN coordinator enters a sleep state to save power. The wireless PAN is available when the PAN coordinator enters an active state. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280168 | METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for reducing power consumption in a wireless communication system includes: generating a descramble initial value by using at least some bits of identification information of an STA, which is known to an AP or base station and the STA; generating a first descramble sequence by using the generated descramble initial value and comparing at least some bits of the generated first descramble sequence with at least some bits of a service field of a currently-received signal; as the comparison result, when it is determined that the destination of the currently-received signal is not set to the STA, stopping the signal reception; and as the comparison result, when it is determined that the destination of the currently-received signal is set to the STA, generating a second descramble sequence by using the descramble initial value and descrambling the currently-received signal. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280169 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a radio communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a signal transmission method in which a terminal transmits a signal in a radio communication system, said method comprising the steps of determining the transmission power for both a first channel and a second channel independently from one another; reducing at least the transmission power of the first channel or the transmission power of the second channel in consideration of a channel priority when the sum of the transmission power of the first channel and the transmission power of the second channel exceeds a maximum transmission power, and transmitting signals at the same time to a base station through the first channel and the second channel. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280170 | MULTIPLE DENSITY CONFIGURATIONS AND ALGORITHMS FOR INTELLIGENT POWER SAVINGS INFRASTRUCTURE IN WIRELESS LANS - Described in example embodiments herein are techniques for implementing power savings in a wireless local area network (WLAN). In accordance with an example embodiment, a centralized controller can be employed to gather data about network activity and select access points to switch to power save mode. Optionally, the controller may designate certain access points to remain active so as to monitor for clients attempting to access the WLAN. An aspect of an example embodiment is that it allows the controller to configure and manage power consumption based on demands on the overall system. In an example embodiment, techniques for implementing power savings within individual hardware components, such as access points, are disclosed. An aspect of a technique described in an example embodiment is that it provides flexibility to balance power savings and performance. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280171 | UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSIT POWER CONTROL BASED ON RECEIVED TRANSMISSION - A method and device are configured to receive, in simultaneous communication with stations via a wireless interface power control, commands from the stations. The method and device are configured to receive from a control unit further control information associated with a transmission parameter for use by the device for one or more transmissions to one of the stations other than the station that received transmissions from the device with a best quality parameter. The method and device are also configured to control one or more transmissions from the device to the one of the stations on the basis of a power control command from the station that receives transmissions from the device with the best quality parameter, and on the basis of the further control information received from the control unit. The further control information comprises a control command selected from control commands by the control unit. | 11-17-2011 |
20110286374 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIRELESS CHARGING USING RADIO WAVE - A method and system for wireless charging using a radio wave. The method includes scanning a radio wave of an access point, determining an available charging frequency band among frequency bands, sending the access point a request for transmitting a charging radio wave at the charging frequency band, and switching power output from an antenna, to a battery circuit. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286375 | WGA STA POWER SAVING - This invention relates to switching power saving modes and rescheduling communication frames for various periods of a beacon interval (BI) defined under WGA Draft Specification 0.8 for the personal basic service set (PBSS) and infrastructure BSS to achieve further power savings and other advantages. Stations can be awake during a contention-based period (CBP) if it is in active state and can schedule frames during a service period (SP) to allow the assigned receiver to transmit to the assigned initiator. Stations in a group can schedule a group address frame to be sent during the CBP and group SP of a specific periodic BI. Stations in peer-to-peer connection may directly notify its peer stations of its power saving mode and wakeup schedule. Stations of an infrastructure basic service set (BSS) can also use the same power saving mechanism as stations of a PBSS noting a difference where each BI will be an access point's (AP's) awake BI. | 11-24-2011 |
20110292851 | Method and System for Discontinuous Reception Operation for Long Term Evolution Advanced Carrier Aggregation - A method for discontinuous reception operation for carrier aggregation comprising: receiving a first set of discontinuous reception parameters for a first carrier and a different set of discontinuous reception parameters for a second carrier; and configuring discontinuous reception parameters on the first carrier and second carrier. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292852 | Method of Optimizing Power Saving and Related Communication Device - A method for optimizing power saving for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes maintaining a battery power status of the mobile device; and sending the battery power status of the mobile device to a network when the battery power status is less than a threshold value. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292853 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REDUCING POWER DRAIN WHILE CAMPED ON A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK | 12-01-2011 |
20110292854 | RETUNING GAPS AND SCHEDULING GAPS IN DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - A method for scheduling a time when a retuning gap occurs by a wireless transmit/receive unit includes detecting a retuning triggering event; determining a period of time when a retuning gap occurs, on a condition that the triggering event is detected; and performing radio frequency front end retuning during the retuning gap. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292855 | DYNAMIC CLOCK BUFFER POWER OPTIMIZATION BASED ON MODES OF OPERATION - Circuitry configured for dynamically adjusting clock signal quality based on an operating mode for power savings is described. The circuitry includes clock generation circuitry. The circuitry also includes mode control circuitry. The mode control circuitry provides a drive signal based on an operating mode. The circuitry also includes clock buffer circuitry coupled to the clock generation circuitry and to the mode control circuitry. The clock buffer circuitry adjusts a clock signal quality based on the drive signal. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292856 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING PAGING CARRIER AND MOBILE STATION - A method of allocating a paging carrier in a multi-carrier environment is disclosed. The method of allocating the paging carrier includes receiving a first message including first allocation information of the paging carrier, transmitting a second message for requesting entry into an idle mode to a base station; and receiving a third message including second allocation information of a changed paging carrier from the base station. At this time, the paging carrier includes a paging channel out of multiple carriers including one or more carriers. | 12-01-2011 |
20110299445 | SCHEDULING METHOD WITH POWER SAVINGS - The present invention relates to a scheduling method in a multi-user communication system. Said method categorises packets from different users as urgent packets and non-urgent packets, assigns to urgent packets the transmission resources for obtaining the best link qualities by giving preference to the most urgent packets, assigns to non-urgent packets the remaining resources, and transmits each non-urgent packet with a transmission power lower than that which would be necessary for transmitting it with a maximum spectral efficiency, in view of the quality of service required on the link. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299446 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING A HANDOVER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing a handover in a wireless communication system employing a macro base station and a femto base station is provided. The method comprising: monitoring an uplink signal transmitted from a user equipment to the macro base station; transmitting a handover initiation message to the macro base station on the basis of a result of comparing the uplink signal's strength obtained by the monitoring with a reference value; and performing a handover of the user equipment from the macro base station to the femto base station. According to the present invention, there is provided a method of initiating a handover by a femto base station by fining user equipments located in a cell coverage of the femto base station. In addition, a signaling overhead is reduced by utilizing previously existing information such as uplink transmit power. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299447 | RELIABILITY DETECTION OF CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR (CQI) AND APPLICATION TO OUTER LOOP POWER CONTROL - A method for determining a channel quality in wireless communications includes receiving a high speed shared control channel (HS-SICH) transmission. An expected number of HS-SICH transmissions and a number of unsuccessful HS-SICH transmissions are counted. The number of unsuccessful HS-SICH transmissions includes a number of failed HS-SICH transmissions and a number of missed HS-SICH transmissions. The expected number of HS-SICH transmissions and the number of unsuccessful HS-SICH transmissions over a fixed time period are periodically reported, whereby the reporting is an indication of the channel quality. | 12-08-2011 |
20110305177 | FIXED MOBILE CONVERGENCE APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SEARCHING ACCESS POINT - Disclosed herein are a fixed mobile convergence (FMC) apparatus and a method for searching an access point. The FMC apparatus and method effectively search an access point using a frequency searching method of a radio access technology (RAT) service in which a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation is used to increase efficiency in power consumption of the FMC apparatus. The FMC apparatus recognizes an area available for a wireless local area network (WLAN) service and may automatically search an access point in the corresponding area so that it is possible to decrease inconvenience to a user. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305178 | Cyclic shift delay (CSD) short training field (STF) for orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) signaling within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Cyclic shift delay (CSD) short training field (STF) for use within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Appropriately designed CSD STF is applied to communications in wireless communication systems thereby ensuring a minimized power error difference between respective portions of a packet transmitted therein. A first portion of the packet may be a short training field (STF) and a second portion of the packet may be a payload (e.g., a data portion). By applying such appropriately designed CSD STF to a packet, a wireless communication device that receives a signal corresponding to that packet need not perform extra or very significant backoff (e.g., with respect to a signal subsequent to automatic gain control (AGC) processing) thereby simplifying processing of that signal and potentially also reducing a total number of effective analog to digital converter (ADC) bits needed to represent a digitally sampled version of that signal. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305179 | PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION WITH SYMMETRIC WAVEFORM FOR DOWNLINK AND UPLINK - Techniques for supporting peer-to-peer (P2P) communication are disclosed. In an aspect, P2P communication may be supported with a symmetric waveform for a P2P downlink and a P2P uplink. In one design, a first UE generates a first signal based on a particular waveform (e.g., a downlink waveform or an uplink waveform for a wireless network) and transmits the first signal to a second UE for P2P communication. The first UE also receives a second signal generated by the second UE based on the particular waveform and transmitted to the first UE for P2P communication. In another aspect, a proximity detection signal may be transmitted in a portion of a subframe instead of the entire subframe. The remaining portion of the subframe may be used to transmit control information and/or other information to support P2P communication. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305180 | Controlling Cell Activation in a Radio Communication Network - A radio communication network ( | 12-15-2011 |
20110305181 | Transmit Power Control for Base Stations using Multiple Carrier Power Amplifiers - In a method and a device for controlling the output power in a Base Transceiver Station adapted to transmit signals over an air interface using a power amplifier for multiple earners, the power of signals to be transmitted in an upcoming transmission time slot are added and compared to at least one threshold value. If the threshold is exceeded the output power is reduced. By implementing a power reduction scheme as set out above the risk for peak power effects is minimized at the same time as the dimensioning may be aggressive. This is made possible because no power will be backed off unless really needed. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305182 | Method and System for Robust MAC Signaling - A method for indicating and interpreting robust MAC signaling, the indicating method having the steps of: checking whether a MAC-PDU contains control information; and if yes, providing an indication to use a robust configuration for a HARQ feedback transmission, and the interpreting method having the steps of: receiving a MAC-PDU; checking whether an indication for robust HARQ feedback transmission is provided; and if yes, utilizing robust HARQ feedback transmission. | 12-15-2011 |
20110310781 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK DATA IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting uplink data using multiple carriers by a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes determining a first maximum transmission power indicating a maximum transmission power for each carrier and a second maximum transmission power indicating a maximum transmission power for all carriers based on information for setting transmission power, received from an evolved Node B (eNB), determining a minimum value from among a required transmission power and the first maximum transmission power as an uplink transmission power, for each carrier, scaling the determined uplink transmission powers so that a sum of the uplink transmission powers is less than or equal to the second maximum transmission power, and transmitting the uplink data based on the scaled uplink transmission powers. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310782 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION-RECEPTION OPERATION FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packets for low-power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system for packet transmission. The present research provides a method and apparatus that can perform a low-power consuming operation when a terminal is in active state in a cellular system. The method for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packet data to reduce power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system, including a) establishing discontinuous reception/transmission (DRX/DTX) parameters including discontinuous DRX/DTX cycle information for terminals operating in a transmission suspension mode, which is a sub-state of an active state; and b) performing DRX/DTX based on the DRX/DTX parameters in the terminals operating in the transmission suspension mode. | 12-22-2011 |
20110317600 | AUTOMATING RADIO ENABLEMENT TO FACILITATE POWER SAVING - In an example embodiment, there is disclosed herein an apparatus comprising a wireless transceiver and a controller coupled to the wireless transceiver and configured to receive data via the wireless transceiver. The controller operates the wireless transceiver at a first power save state where the wireless transceiver can receive a frame but other circuits are de-energized. The controller is responsive to the wireless transceiver receiving a frame while the wireless transceiver is in a first power state to determine whether the frame is a predefined wakeup frame. The controller provides additional power to the wireless transceiver responsive to determining the frame is a predefined wakeup frame. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317601 | DIGITAL SIGNAGE WITH ON-DEMAND POWER WAKE UP - A technique for on-demand power wake up for digital signage includes providing | 12-29-2011 |
20110317602 | SLEEP MODE POWER SAVING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Embodiments of methods for optimizing power savings in a wireless device by maintaining sleep in sub-frames of an extended Listen Window, in an I.E.E.E. 802.16 | 12-29-2011 |
20110317603 | Wireless Network Devices Configurable via Powerline Communications Networks - A communications device includes a wireless communications interface, a power line carrier (PLC) communications interface, and processing circuitry coupled to the wireless communications interface and to the PLC communications interface. The processing circuitry, in combination with at least one of the wireless communications interface and the PLC communications interface is operable to send a request for wireless communications interface operational parameters via the PLC communications interface, receive a response via the PLC communications interface, the response including wireless communications interface operational parameters corresponding to a wireless network, and configure wireless communications interface based upon response. In another operation, the processing circuitry is operable to listen for transmissions of at least one Wireless Access Point (WAP) of the wireless network. When transmissions of the at least one the WAP of the wireless network meets a sufficiency threshold, receive data service via the wireless communications interface and when the transmissions of the at least one the WAP of the wireless network fail to meet the sufficiency threshold, receive data service via the PLC communications interface. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317604 | NETWORK APPARATUS - A network apparatus having a plurality of call control cards, comprising: a selection unit configured to select at least one call control card from among the plurality of call control cards, when the number of connected calls controlled by the whole of the plurality of call control cards is less than a first threshold value; and a power saving control unit configured to cause the call control card selected by the selection unit to shift to a cutoff ready state in which allocation of a new call is restricted. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317605 | Signal Encoding Method and Device, Method for Encoding Joint Feedback Signal - A signal encoding method and device and a method for encoding a joint feedback signal are provided. The signal encoding method includes the following steps. When two carriers are configured with multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO), Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-ACKnowledgement (HARQ-ACK) signals of the two carriers are combined into a joint feedback signal. The joint feedback signal is mapped into a codeword according to predetermined mapping relationship between signals and codewords. Therefore, through the method for combining and encoding feedback signals of two carriers for transmission on a code channel in a dual cell (DC)-MIMO mode, bit error ratio (BER) and detection error cost are decreased, power overhead is saved, and a cubic metric (CM) value of the system is not affected, thereby enhancing the performance of the system. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317606 | Base Station and Method for Scheduler Controlled Setting of the Output Power of a Base Station Power Amplifier - The invention discloses a base station ( | 12-29-2011 |
20120002580 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A mobile station apparatus performs communication with abase station apparatus using a multiple number of component frequency bands, each being a band having a predetermined frequency bandwidth, and includes: a controller setting up a value relating to the transmission power of each component frequency band in accordance with the number of component frequency bands to which radio resources are allocated; and a transmission processor adjusting the transmission power of each component frequency band, based on the value of transmission power set at the controller and transmitting a signal using radio resources of a multiple number of component frequency bands. With this configuration, in a radio communication system using a multiple number of component frequency bands, it is possible to adjust transmission power control in accordance with the number of uplink component frequency bands used for transmission and transmit a signal of a waveform suitable for the radio communication system. | 01-05-2012 |
20120008535 | SOFT HANDOFFS IN NETWORKS - Various embodiments enable a device to maintain a plurality of connections to a plurality of wireless networks simultaneously using one radio. For instance, a device can partition in time, or “time-slice”, when it transmits and receives data such that a device can maintain a plurality of connections with a plurality of networks concurrently. With the plurality of connections, the device can receive multiple copies of data. In some embodiments, a device can compare multiple copies of data and determine which copy of data is a best representation. Once a best representation has been determined, it can be selected for further usage. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008536 | DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF KEEP-ALIVE MESSAGE INTERVALS IN A MOBILE NETWORK - Systems and methods for dynamic adjustment of keep-alive message intervals in a mobile network are disclosed. One embodiment of maintaining an IP connection between a mobile terminal and a network node over a network includes, detecting a rate with which the client-slide request are made from the mobile terminal, detecting a rate with which the client-slide request are made from the mobile terminal, sending, by the network node, keep-alive messages to the mobile terminal in an absence of network traffic through the IP connection between the mobile terminal and the network node, and/or further optimizing the time intervals between the keep-alive messages based on a cost to send the keep-alive messages in the network. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008537 | CONTROL METHOD AND SYSTEM IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A power control method by a mobile station (MS) in a communication system. In the power control method, the MS receives data while activating a first communication module for performing a wireless communication by supplying power to the first communication module, and performs data transmission/reception with an MS-assistant device interacting with the MS, if the received data is voice data. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008538 | Mobile Network Device Battery Conservation System and Methods - The battery life of a mobile device operating in a wireless network environment is extended by terminating network communication activities after a specified period of time. Network communication activities may be restored when any one of a specified number of user actions are detected. | 01-12-2012 |
20120014301 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRIGGERING DORMANT STATE IN A MOBILE STATION IN A UMTS/LTE NETWORK - A wireless communication network is provided. The network includes a plurality of mobile stations and at least one radio network controller (RNC) in communication with at least one of the mobile stations. The RNC is configured to receive a PDP context message from a first one of the mobile stations, the PDP context message having a traffic class associated with an idle connection. The RNC is also configured, in response to receiving the PDP context message, to send a connection release message to the first mobile station. The connection release message directs the first mobile station to move to a dormant state. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014302 | METHOD OF PERFORMING ACTIONS RELATED TO HANDOVER BY A MOBILE STATION THAT IS IN POWER SAVING MODE IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing actions related to handover by a mobile station (MS) in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the MS receives information from a base station (BS), wherein the information includes at least one action for performing handover and at least one condition corresponding to the at least one action. Furthermore, the MS transmits a request message to perform the at least one action based on the received information from the BS and receives a response message in response to the request message. Lastly, the MS performs the at least one action according to the received response message. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014303 | METHOD OF PERFORMING ACTIONS RELATED TO HANDOVER BY A MOBILE STATION THAT IS IN POWER SAVING MODE IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing actions related to handover by a mobile station (MS) in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the MS receives information from a base station (BS), wherein the information includes at least one action for performing handover and at least one condition corresponding to the at least one action. Furthermore, the MS transmits a request message to perform the at least one action based on the received information from the BS and receives a response message in response to the request message. Lastly, the MS performs the at least one action according to the received response message. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014304 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE CONTROL OF DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for controlling discontinuous reception on a mobile device and in particular to control a short discontinuous reception timer in response to receipt of a medium access control control element. The methods and apparatus include stopping, restarting or maintaining the short discontinuous reception timer. Methods and apparatus for limiting or stopping a retransmission timer by providing user equipment with a maximum retry value for transmissions, by providing a maximum redundant version value, or by providing a medium access control control element to stop or prevent the start of a retransmission timer. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014305 | POWER SAVE MECHANISM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to enable power save modes of operation between mobile wireless devices for direct data transfer in an infrastructure BSS. An example embodiment inserts in a message that is transmitted by the transmitting mobile wireless device, a specified time when a next active direct data transfer period will start so that the devices can remain in power save mode in a direct data transfer link until that time. Then, when the next active direct data transfer period is about to start, the receiving device sends a trigger signal based on the specified time, the trigger signal indicating that the next period is about to start. This confirms to the transmitting device that the receiving device has awakened, so that the transmitting device may start transmitting the data to the receiving device via the direct data transfer link. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014306 | Methods and Arrangements in a Telecommunication System - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a multi-carrier system. It also assumes independent DRX (Discontinuous reception) functionality on respective component carriers and the possibility for one carrier, e.g. the anchor carrier to initiate a change of DRX state for another component carrier. The basic concept of the present invention is to introduce a new “dormant” state in the DRX logic, whereby the dormant state can be used for non-anchor carrier components. The dormant DRX state implies that a carrier of a UE having this state is not required to monitor system signaling. In embodiments of the present invention this new state is introduced for a particular component carrier (e.g. non-anchor component carrier) for a UE operating in a multi-carrier system, and how to perform the transitions to and from the dormant DRX state implicitly, e.g. based on configured timer(s) for the component carrier or explicit signaling in a different (e.g. anchor) component carriers. | 01-19-2012 |
20120020263 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH REORDERING OF DATA SYMBOLS AND RELATED METHODS - A wireless communication system may include a wireless transmitter configured to transmit a message including data symbols arranged to include an attention packet and sequencing packets thereafter. The sequencing packets may include common value first portions with each data symbol having a same value, and marker second portions having a marker data symbol. The wireless communication system may include a wireless receiver configured to receive the message from the wireless transmitter based upon the attention packet and the sequencing packets by determining a time delay based upon the positions of the marker data symbol, and reordering data symbols of the message based upon the determined time delay. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020264 | HARQ ACKNOWLEDGMENT CHANNEL CODING FOR 4-CARRIER HSDPA MIMO - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is at least a method, computer program, and apparatus for operating a receiver using at least four carriers to receive transport blocks from a transmitter, to compose a first codeword to acknowledge at least one of a reception and a lack of reception of individual transport blocks in a first part of the at least four carriers, to compose a second codeword to acknowledge at least one of a reception and a lack of reception of individual transport blocks in a second part of the at least four carriers, and to transmit the first codeword and the second codeword to the transmitter during one slot. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020265 | COMPUTER SYSTEM WITH BLUE-TOOTH REMOTE POWER MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A computer system is provided and it is capable of communicating with a blue-tooth device. The computer system includes a blue-tooth chipset which stores a media access control (MAC) address of the computer system and the blue-tooth device; and a power management system electrically connected to the blue-tooth chipset. When the blue-tooth device is out of a detectable coverage and the computer system is in a power saving mode, the blue-tooth chipset outputs a first control signal to make the power management system change the power saving mode of the computer system, if the blue-tooth device is detected in the detectable coverage. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020266 | POWER STATE AND MEDIUM ACCESS COORDINATION IN COEXISTING WIRELESS NETWORKS - Apparatus and method for improving throughput in a wireless device accessing coexisting networks. In one embodiment, a wireless device includes first and second wireless transceivers, a power state controller, and an access controller. The first wireless transceiver is configured to access a first wireless network. The second wireless transceiver is configured to access a second wireless network. The power state controller is configured to switch the first wireless transceiver between an active state and a sleep state. The power consumed by the first wireless transceiver while in the sleep state is reduced relative to the active state. The access controller is configured to alternately allocate a wireless medium to the first wireless transceiver and the second wireless transceiver. The power state controller and the medium access controller are configured to coordinate power state switching of the first wireless transceiver and wireless medium access by the second wireless transceiver. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020267 | LOW POWER DIGITAL MEDIA BROADCAST RECEIVER WITH TIME DIVISION - Systems and methods for providing a low power receiver device using fine grained time division are provided. In one embodiment, the receiver device comprises a tuner, a demodulator configured to demodulate at least one sampled signal, a payload processor configured to process at least one demodulated signal into an output format, and a time division control logic configured to generate a control signal to switch at least one component within the receiver device between modes to conserve power. The at least one component may be switched between an active mode, a standby mode, a power off mode, and a low power mode. In further embodiments, the at least one component may be switched between staggered modes. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020268 | LOW POWER DIGITAL MEDIA BROADCAST RECEIVER WITH TIME DIVISION - Systems and methods for providing a low power receiver device using fine grained time division are provided. In one embodiment, the receiver device comprises a tuner, a demodulator configured to demodulate at least one sampled signal, a payload processor configured to process at least one demodulated signal into an output format, and a time division control logic configured to generate a control signal to switch at least one component within the receiver device between modes to conserve power. The at least one component may be switched between an active mode, a standby mode, a power off mode, and a low power mode. In further embodiments, the at least one component may be switched between staggered modes. | 01-26-2012 |
20120026925 | Power Savings in Access Points - Power savings in Access Points (APs). Legacy 802.11 modes such as 802.11a, b, g use one transmitter/receive chain per radio. High Throughput (HT) 802.11n modes use multiple (2, 3, or more) transmit/receive chains per radio. Power consumed by the AP may be reduced by powering off unused transmit and/or receive chains. Multiple transmit chains are only powered up when HT 802.11n transmissions requiring them are made. Using protected mode signaling, the AP powers up multiple receive chains needed for HT 802.11n reception on receiving an RTS packet indicating that an 802.11n client wishes to send 802.11n HT data. Transmit and/or receive chains may be powered up with minimum on times. Only certain elements of a chain may be powered up and down, with those elements requiring a great deal of settling time left powered on. Transmit chains may be powered p on the reception of an RTS frame indicating arrival of HT 802.11 data. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026926 | LOW POWER MODE FOR VECTORED DATA TRANSMISSION - Vectored communication devices and methods are provided for communication via a plurality of communication connections. Communication on at least some of the communication connections is switchable between a low power mode and a regular mode. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026927 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RECOVERING FROM DRX TIMING DE-SYNCHRONIZATION IN LTE_ACTIVE - A method for recovering from discontinuous reception (DRX) timing de-synchronization between the UE and the eNB in an LTE_ACTIVE state having the steps of: the eNB detecting DRX timing de-synchronization; transmitting an indicator to a User Equipment (UE) to resume continuous reception; and waiting for an indication from the UE of whether a Continuous Reception Response or Continuous Reception Notification was received. | 02-02-2012 |
20120033594 | WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH AUTONOMOUS WI-FI CONTROL BASED ON USAGE OF BATTERY IN DEVICE - A wireless mobile communication device may include a Wi-Fi data communication system, an operational condition detection system, and a Wi-Fi activation system. The operational condition detection system may include a battery use detector. The operational condition detection system may be configured to detect an operational condition of the wireless mobile communication device, other than actuation of a user-operated control, including when the battery use detector detects that the wireless mobile communication device is not operating on battery power or is operating while the battery is being charged. The Wi-Fi activation system may be configured to autonomously turn power on to the Wi-Fi data communication system upon detection of an operational condition of the wireless mobile communication device by the operational condition detection system, other than actuation of a user-operated control, including when the battery use detector detects that the wireless mobile communication device is not operating on battery power or is operating while the battery is being charged. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033595 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication terminal apparatus and wireless communication method, wherein the time necessary for implementation of handover is reduced without increasing the complexity of the configuration of the wireless communication terminal apparatus. A gap confirmation unit ( | 02-09-2012 |
20120033596 | COMMUNICATION UNIT, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SAVING POWER THEREIN - A communication unit comprises a receiver for receiving a message sent on an allocation channel, packet identifying logic, capable of identifying a data type of the received message, operably coupled to buffer logic for buffering data packets to be sent to the second communication unit. In an active mode of operation, the receiver of the communication unit is capable of intermittently receiving the message sent on the allocation channel and transition to continuously receive the message sent on the allocation channel in response to either: the buffer logic identifying that data packets are to be transferred to the second communication unit; or the packet identifying logic receiving a communication resource allocation message and identifying resource allocation data therein. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033597 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING UPLINK DATA BY DRX-MODE TERMINAL IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink data by a terminal performing a DRX operation in a mobile telecommunication system. According to the method and apparatus, when a UE transmits the uplink data, the UE variably controls given active and sleep periods in consideration of whether or not retransmission for the uplink data is performed, thereby more flexibly operating in the DRX mode. | 02-09-2012 |
20120039225 | WIRELESS ACCESS POINT AND METHOD FOR SAVING POWER CONSUMPTION OF THE WIRELESS ACCESS POINT - A wireless access point (WAP) includes a radio frequency (RF) module, an identifying module, and a controlling module. The RF module is configured for sending and receiving a wireless signal. The identifying module is configured for identifying whether or not the wireless signal matches the frame format of the PCLP sub-layer of the IEEE 802.11 standards, thereby generating an identifying result. The controlling module is configured for controlling the WAP to switch itself to a power-saving mode (PSM) or a constantly awake mode (CAM), according to the identifying result from the identifying module, wherein in the PSM, under the control of the controlling module, the WAP only receives the wireless signal. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039226 | BASE STATION SELECTION METHOD FOR HETEROGENEOUS OVERLAY NETWORKS - A base station selection method is disclosed to select between two base stations for connecting a mobile device in a wireless neighborhood to a network. The wireless neighborhood may support multiple carriers and multiple radio access technologies. The base station selection method performs mobility estimation of the mobile device, where possible, to perform cell selection, but is also capable of performing cell selection without knowing the mobility of the device. Considerations such as the battery level of the mobile device, traffic demands of the network, and load balancing of network resources are used to make optimal selections for the mobile device as it travels through the wireless neighborhood. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039227 | FEEDBACK BUNDLING FOR POWER-LIMITED DEVICES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for bundling feedback related to downlink transmissions on a plurality of component carriers (CCs). In some examples, a base station configures a multi-carrier mobile device to use different feedback bundling schemes when it determines that the mobile device is power limited. The bundling scheme configured for the mobile device may be based, in part, on one or more transmission modes of the downlink CCs. Bundling schemes may include combinations of bundling techniques and an order in which these techniques are applied. In particular, the bundling techniques may include CC bundling in combination with spatial bundling and/or feedback repetition. For efficiency and performance, a bundling scheme may require application of CC bundling before resorting to use of feedback repetition. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039228 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING MBMS RECEIVING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method of receiving a multimedia broadcast/multicast service in a user equipment of a wireless communication system based on MBSFN transmission and a method of assisting the user equipment to receive the service in the corresponding base station; wherein the user equipment receives a transport block from the base station in a predefined period; and then judges whether a notification indicator in the transport block is activated, if so, then judges whether a service identification of a multimedia broadcast/multicast service customized by the user equipment is included in a transport block including a control signaling in the transport block, if so, then receives the multimedia broadcast/multicast service. By implementing the present invention, a user terminal in IDLE mode only needs a predefined period such as a DRX period to wake up to receive the notification indicator to judge whether a new service will start without waking up at extra time. | 02-16-2012 |
20120044845 | TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD OF BASE STATION IN OFDMA-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A power control method of a base station in a wireless communication system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) is provided for reducing power consumption by turning off the bias of the power amplifier for the duration of a symbol carrying no user data. The method includes checking scheduling information of radio resources, detecting a symbol carrying no user data, based on the scheduling information, and turning off a bias of the power amplifier for a symbol duration of the symbol carrying no user data. The transmission power control method is capable of reducing power consumption of the base station by turning off the bias of the power amplifier of the base station for the symbol duration in which no user data is transmitted. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044846 | OPERATION OF A TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of operating a mobile telecommunications system having a base station, a plurality of users and a plurality of spectral resource blocks, some of which are not allocated to users. The method includes, (a) for each user, assigning a score to each resource block based on the energy efficiency with which the user can use the resource block, and determining which of the plurality of resource blocks is favored, i.e. has a score indicating that it will be the most energy efficient for the user. For each user, either (b) if the user's favored resource block is not allocated, and is not favored by any other user, that resource block is allocated to that user; or (c) in the event that the same resource block is favored by more than one user, it is allocated to the user who will use it with the greatest energy efficiency. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044847 | Method of Applying Discontinuous Reception Operation and Related Communication Device - A method of applying DRX operation for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The mobile device is configured with a primary serving cell and at least one secondary serving cell, and the DRX operation is already applied to the activated serving cell (e.g. primary serving cell), but not applied to the deactivated serving cell. The method comprises receiving a control element, wherein the control element is used for activating the at least one secondary serving cell; and applying the DRX operation to the at least one secondary serving cell when this serving cell's activation/deactivation state has just been changed from deactivation to activation state according to the control element. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044848 | System and Method for Uplink Timing Synchronization in Conjunction with Discontinuous Reception - A system and method are disclosed for providing uplink timing synchronization during DRX operation in a wireless communication system. | 02-23-2012 |
20120057513 | SLEEP MODE SELECTION EMPLOYING A SEMI-MARKOV DECISION PROCESS - The disclosed subject matter relates to energy efficiency in mobile devices associated with a wireless communications environment. Power Saving Classes (PSCs) aim to reduce the power consumption of mobile devices based on the different types of traffic. Optimizing sleep mode selection schemes so as to maximize the energy efficiency while providing a QoS guarantee can be accomplished with optimization of a theoretical framework based on the semi-Markov Decision Process along with a performance evaluation on the sleep mode operation. A novel Policy Optimization algorithm is capable of finding optimized policies for a selection of different PSCs. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057514 | Resource Allocation and Outage Control for Renewable Energy WLAN Infrastructure Mesh Node - A mesh node of an infrastructure wireless local area network ‘WLAN’ is coupled to a battery which is coupled to a device that is able to harness energy from a source of renewable energy. Energy management of the mesh node includes conducting simulations of a system comprising the mesh node, the device, and the battery in its current state of charge, determining an admissible load for the mesh node from the simulations, and withholding communication services by the mesh node for one or more periods of time a cumulative duration of which is related to power consumption of the mesh node when handling the admissible load. The simulations involve meteorological data related to the source of renewable energy in the vicinity of the mesh node. | 03-08-2012 |
20120063377 | Data Communication Scheduling - A data communication scheduling system ( | 03-15-2012 |
20120069781 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR AVOIDING COLLISIONS - A method and apparatus for avoiding collisions is provided. The method may include determining a start of an awake window, determining whether at the start of the awake window a backoff timer has had a zero value for at least one backoff slot. Additionally, the method may include invoking a backoff procedure upon a determination that the backoff timer has had a zero value for at least one backoff slot. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069782 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING DRX IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for handling discontinuous reception (DRX) configuration in a network of a wireless communication system includes configuring DRX cycles of a DRX function in a user equipment (UE) to include a first DRX cycle, a second DRX cycle having a value greater than a value of the first DRX cycle, and a third DRX cycle having a value greater than the value of the second DRX cycle for the UE to switch the DRX cycle between the first DRX cycle, the second DRX cycle and the third DRX cycle in a Radio Resource Control Connected (RRC_CONNECTED) mode. | 03-22-2012 |
20120076059 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR HANDLING MEASUREMENT LOGGING CONFIGURATION - A mobile communication device with a wireless module and a controller module is provided. The wireless module performs wireless transmissions and receptions to and from a service network. The controller module, configured to be in a connected mode, receives a measurement logging configuration message from the service network via the wireless module, and starts a periodic logging timer in response to the measurement logging configuration message. Also, the controller module keeps the periodic logging timer running when leaving the connected mode. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076060 | Channel Quality Indicator Transmission Timing with Discontinuous Reception - A user equipment (UE) is disclosed. The UE includes a processor configured to begin channel quality indicator (CQI) transmissions using an assigned periodic CQI reporting resource before the start of the on-duration of a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation mode. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076061 | Collaborative coexistence of co-located mobile WiMAX, wireless LAN, and/or Bluetooth radios - Collaborative coexistence of co-located mobile WiMAX, wireless LAN, and/or Bluetooth radios. Within a communication device that includes multi-protocol communication capability, the various radio modules included within such a communication device operate cooperatively such that collisions are avoided between those various radios. When a first of the radio modules operates as governed by a relatively rigid frame structure, a second of the radio modules capitalizes upon that predetermined nature (of the relatively rigid frame structure) to support communication during times in which that first radio module has a lower level of activity (e.g., turned off completely, within a power savings mode, in a sleep mode, etc.). The radio module operation is performed within a time-orthogonal manner, such that multiple radio modules are not attempting to transmit or receive simultaneously. Moreover, CTS2SELF operation can be employed alone or in conjunction with power savings operation of co-located radios within a communication device. | 03-29-2012 |
20120082077 | APPARATUS AND METHODS OF TIME DOMAIN MULTIPLEXING SOLUTIONS FOR IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE - Embodiments of systems and methods for time domain multiplexing solutions for in-device coexistence are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082078 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING SAME - If periodic processing in a higher-layer protocol control unit occurs in a case where a wireless LAN control unit is in a power saving mode, there is a high probability that the higher-layer protocol control unit will time out and that communication will be severed. Accordingly, the present invention arranges it so that respective timer values are changed dynamically in such a manner that periodic processing in the higher-layer protocol control unit and a sleep state in the power saving mode will not conflict with each other. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082079 | DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION (DTX) SIGNALING IN UPLINK DATA CHANNEL - A method for discontinuous transmission (DTX) signaling in a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) of a wireless communication system includes puncturing at least a portion of a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) at a location that would collide with acknowledgement (ACK)/negative (ACK/NACK) feedback if ACK/NACK feedback is transmitted. The method also includes transmitting DTX symbols in the punctured portion of the PUSCH by a user equipment (UE). The method further includes detecting DTX symbols on the PUSCH by an evolved Node B (eNodeB), indicating the UE is operating according to a DTX signaling mode. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082080 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENSITIVITY COMPENSATION - When a radio station terminates a first service on a first radio frequency channel and selects a second radio frequency channel for engaging in a second service, a time delay is inserted after the termination of the first service and before selecting the second radio frequency channel or before engaging in the second service. The time delay is dependent on the state of the radio station and/or a characteristic of the second service. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082081 | DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF SELECTIVELY ACTIVATING A WIRELESS NETWORK CONNECTION - Device, system, and method of selectively activating a wireless network connection. In some demonstrative embodiments, a mobile device may include a wireless network communication unit capable of communicating with an access-point over a wireless network connection; a personal-area-network communication unit capable of communicating with one or more other mobile devices over one or more wireless personal-area-network connections, respectively; and a communication controller to mediate communications between the mobile devices and the access point when the wireless network connection is active, and to communicate with the access-point via at least one of the personal-area-network connections when the wireless network connection is not active. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 04-05-2012 |
20120087287 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER SAVING MODE IN GROUP COMMUNICATION - A method of controlling power saving modes of a plurality of terminals joining in a group communication by a base station is provided. The base station establishes a group call connection with the plurality of terminals, and establishes a same power saving mode pattern for the plurality of terminals. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087288 | Channel-Occupancy Efficient, Low Power Wireless Networking - An apparatus and method are provided for efficiently sharing a single wireless channel and for providing improved power saving. Automatic beacon “sliding” establishes a round-robin contention-free channel schedule among multiple IBSSs. Entering an idle state immediately following communication after a beacon saves power. Further power savings occur when presumptions of pending traffic may be made. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087289 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system transmits a paging signal from a base station to a mobile terminal, via a designated carrier among multiple carriers. The communication system includes the base station that transmits the paging signal via the designated carrier, and further transmits via a carrier that is among the carriers and not the designated carrier, information that indicates the designated carrier; and the mobile terminal that based on the information received via a carrier to which the mobile terminal is connected, connects to the designated carrier and receives the paging signal transmitted via the designated carrier. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087290 | Communicating over a Wireless Network - A first device communicates with a wireless network that includes nodes that are active for predefined activation times and that are at least partially dormant when not active. The communication method includes identifying a start of communication via a message that exceeds a maximum activation time of nodes on the wireless network by a factor N, where N is equal to at least a maximum number of frequencies on the wireless network, and exchanging information with a second device comprising a node on the wireless network that is within a transmission range of the first device, where the information is exchanged following the message and includes frequency hopping data for the second device. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087291 | METHOD OF SUPPORTING OPERATION OF SLEEP MODE IN A WIDEBAND RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM - A method of indicating downlink traffic to a mobile subscriber station that is in a sleep mode includes transmitting a sleep request message to a base station (BS); entering the sleep mode in response to a sleep response message received from the BS, wherein the sleep response message includes a first SLPID; receiving a traffic indication message including a FMT field indicating formats for the traffic indication message from the BS during a listening interval of the sleep mode, wherein the FMT field indicates one of an SLPID bitmap based format and an SLPID based format, and the traffic indication message further includes a second SLPID when the SLPID based format is used; and terminating the sleep mode to receive the downlink traffic when the second SLPID in the traffic indication message is same as the first SLPID included in the sleep response message. | 04-12-2012 |
20120093050 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MINIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for regulating power in a front-end circuit, the method includes determining, along a first communication path, an envelope of a baseband signal; generating at least one voltage control signal based on the determined envelope of the baseband signal; and adjusting one or both of power and/or gain of the front-end circuit using the generated at least one voltage control signal. The baseband signal is communicated to the front-end circuit using a second communication path. Signal delay along the second communication path is matched with signal delay along the first communication path. The at least one voltage control signal comprises a supply voltage signal and a bias voltage signal. The power of the front-end circuit may be adjusted using the supply voltage signal. The gain of the front-end circuit may be adjusted using the bias voltage signal. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093051 | Notification method and system for information change of multimedia broadcast multicast service control channel - A notification method for an information change of a Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service Control Channel (MCCH) comprises: a base station side indicates with a Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service Radio Network Temporary Identity (M-RNTI) that information of an MCCH has a change, and notifies a User Equipment (UE) side; after detecting the M-RNTI, the UE continues reading the information of the MCCH or determines whether to continue reading the changed information of the MCCH according to service requirements of itself. A notification system for an information change of an MCCH comprises a notification unit on a base station side. When the base station side indicates with an M-RNTI that the information of the MCCH has a change, the notification unit on the base station side notifies the UE side. The notification mechanism for an information change of an MCCH is implemented by the method and the system. The UE monitors an information change of an MCCH, and the power consumption of the UE is reduced accordingly. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093052 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING ACCESS OVERHEAD FROM PAGED DEVICE IN MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for an idle mode terminal is configured to perform a method for operating the idle mode terminal in a Machine to Machine (M2M) communication system. A paging message is received from the base station during a paging listening interval. The Apparatus determines whether an indicator indicating receipt of multicast group data is included in the paging message. When the indicator indicating the receiving of multicast group data is included, data transmitted via a downlink resource that uses an identifier mask of a multicast group to which a terminal belongs is received. Thereafter, a paging non-listening interval is entered. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093053 | POWER SAVING METHOD AT AN ACCESS POINT - The present invention concerns a method at a wireless access point comprising a wireless interface, the method comprising the steps of enabling the wireless interface during a first period of time, checking if a wireless station associates during that first period of time, if a wireless station has been associated, keeping the wireless interface enabled, while a wireless station is attempting to associate, enabling the wireless interface during an extending period of time and if no wireless station is associated or is trying to associate, disabling the wireless interface for a second period of time. | 04-19-2012 |
20120099495 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONSERVING ACCESS POINT POWER USAGE DURING LOW NETWORK USAGE INTERVALS - A method for conserving the power usage of access points in a WLAN is disclosed. The method includes detecting, by a peripheral access point during periods of low network usage, that a mobile device has entered a wireless network coverage area. The method also includes providing, by the peripheral access point, initial services to the mobile device and monitoring movements of the mobile device in the network coverage area. Upon determining that the mobile device is in a vicinity of a powered-off non-peripheral access point, powering on a first non-peripheral access point which is determined to be closest to the mobile device and a set of first concentric access points to provide a coverage buffer around the first access point and using the first non-peripheral access point and the set of first concentric access points as serving access points for the mobile device. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099496 | Methods circuits devices and systems for collocating a digital video receiver with a digital data transceiver - Disclosed are methods, circuits, devices and systems for collocating a digital video receiver and a digital data transceiver. According to embodiments, a mobile digital video receiver may include a wireless receiver controller adapted to generate and transmit to a functionally associated wireless data transceiver an indication of an expected arrival of a digital video frame. The indication may be adapted to cause the functionally associated wireless data transceiver to generate and transmit to one or more wireless data transmitters an indicator signal or packet indicating that the wireless data transceiver is entering a low-power or standby mode/state for some predefined period of time. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099497 | TRANSITIONING FROM MIMO TO SISO TO SAVE POWER - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to an example embodiment, an apparatus may include at least one processor and at least one memory. The at least one memory may include computer-executable code that, when executed by the processor, is configured to cause the apparatus to send a message to a node in wireless communication with the apparatus, the message indicating a transition by the apparatus from multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) to single-input single-output (SISO), and transition from wireless MIMO communication with the node to wireless SISO communication with the node after sending the message to the node. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099498 | SUBSCRIBER STATION AND POWER SAVING METHOD - A subscriber station is connected between a calling client and a base station. The subscriber station provides voice over Internet protocol (VoIP) service for the calling client and a called client via a plurality of service flows that are in a normal working mode. The subscriber station receives at least one silence event from the calling client, and requests the base station to make at least one service flow corresponding to the at least one silence event enter a sleep mode. The subscriber station further receives at least one voice event from the calling client, and requests the base station to make the at least one service flow corresponding to the at least one voice event enter the normal working mode. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099499 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING MULTICAST DATA IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of operating a base station and an apparatus for transmitting multicast data in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving multicast data including a multicast Internet Protocol (IP) address from a source terminal, the multicast IP address being an address used in a network layer, and transmitting the multicast data to at least one terminal by including the multicast IP address to a control message of a Media Access Control (MAC) layer. The sending of the MAC layer control message including the multicast IP address includes, when a corresponding terminal is in an idle mode, sending a paging message including at least part of the multicast IP address, after sending the paging message, sending a resource allocation MAP message for multicast transmission including at least part of the multicast IP address, and transmitting the multicast data based on the resource allocation MAP message. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099500 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR UPDATING SLPID OF A TERMINAL OPERATING IN SLEEP MODE IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to an operation method of a base station for supporting a sleep mode in a broadband mobile communication system, and the method may include transmitting a sleep response message containing sleep identification information to the terminal during a sleep mode entry process; transmitting a traffic indication message containing updated sleep identification information to the terminal during a listening window when the sleep identification information is updated; receiving a traffic indication request message from the terminal subsequent to the listening window; and transmitting a traffic indication response message containing the updated sleep identification information to the terminal. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099501 | Pausing Keep-Alive Messages and Roaming for Virtual Private Networks on Mobile Computing Devices to Save Battery Power - Provided is a method, system and programming product for maintaining a connection between a mobile device and a server over a wireless network in a manner that conserves the power supply of the mobile device. The claimed subject matter addresses the transmission of regular “keep-alive” packets to refresh a network address translation (NAT) server and the scanning for and connecting to faster, higher priority network connections. A configurable parameter, or power timeout, specifies an idle time. When a period of time equal to the parameter has passed with no traffic between the mobile device and the server, in either direction, periodic roaming scans and keep-alive messages are halted. As soon as traffic is resumed through the tunnel, the mobile device roams to the highest priority connection and roaming scans and keep-alive messages are resumed. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099502 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SLEEP MODE OPERATION - Disclosed herein relates to a sleep mode operation method, and the sleep mode operation method according to the present invention may include transmitting a sleep request message for requesting sleep mode switching to a base station; receiving a sleep operating parameter including a sleep cycle and a listening window from the base station; referring to the sleep operating parameter to switch to a sleep mode; receiving a traffic indication message indicating that traffic is generated from the base station; receiving traffic from the base station during the listening window while at the same time operating a timer; and early terminating the listening window to enter into a sleep window if the timer operation is expired according to the traffic reception prior to terminating the listening window. | 04-26-2012 |
20120106415 | Method for Reducing Power Consumption of WAPI Mobile Terminal and WAPI Mobile Terminal - A method for reducing power consumption of a Wireless Local Area Networks Authentication and Privacy Infrastructure (WAPI) mobile terminal and a WAPI mobile terminal are provided. Said method includes: caching received WAPI service data into a dynamic cache module, and in a process of caching WAPI service data, when data quantity of cached WAPI service data accumulates to a data quantity threshold set by said WAPI mobile terminal, a processor module of said WAPI mobile terminal processing the cached WAPI service data. Said WAPI mobile terminal includes: a WAPI communication module and a processor module connected with each other, and a storage module connected with said processor module, and a dynamic cache module connected with said WAPI communication module and said processor module respectively. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106416 | SYNCHRONIZATION RECOVERY AFTER LOSS OF SIGNALS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to an example embodiment, a technique may include determining, by a mobile station, if either a traffic indication or data has been received at the mobile station from a base station during a listening window of a current sleep cycle; and increasing the size of a next sleep cycle, up to a maximum sleep cycle size, if neither the traffic indication nor the data are received during the listening window of the current sleep cycle. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106417 | REDUCED POWER CONSUMPTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK DEVICE - Various techniques for reducing power in a wireless network device are disclosed. In some embodiments, software routines within the device are modified to minimize the time during which the analog circuitry in a radio is powered. In some embodiments, the techniques make use of knowledge of implied delays associated with a particular network protocol. For example, in a CSMA network, there is a defined minimum period before the device can attempt to gain access to the media. The radio may be powered off during this defined period. In other embodiments, modifications to a protocol are disclosed which allow additional power savings. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106418 | CLIENT' DEVICE POWER REDUCTION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS HAVING NETWORK-COMPUTED CLIENT' LOCATION - A method of reducing client power consumption in a wireless network including a network server which provides computed client' locations, at least one access point (AP), and a plurality of wireless stations (STAs) including a first wireless station (STA1). The AP periodically sends beacon frames that span a beacon period, wherein at least a first beacon frame is sent during the beacon period. The STA1 sends a location request frame to the AP requesting a STA1 location. During the beacon period the STA1 wakes up from a powersave (PS) mode or a sleep mode and sends a PSPoll frame to the AP. Responsive to the PSPoll frame, the AP replies with a priority response being a data frame including a location response packet including the STA1 location or a Null frame if the STA1 location is not available. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106419 | COOPERATIVE TRANSCEIVING BETWEEN WIRELESS INTERFACE DEVICES OF A HOST DEVICE WITH SHARED MODULES - A circuit includes a first wireless interface circuit that transceives packetized data between a host module and a first external device in accordance with a first wireless communication protocol, wherein the first wireless protocol carries wireless telephony data for communication with a wireless telephony network. A second wireless interface circuit transceives packetized data between the host module and a second external device in accordance with a second wireless communication protocol. The second wireless interface circuit includes at least one module that is shared with first wireless interface circuit. The first wireless interface circuit and the second wireless interface circuit operate in accordance with a wireless interface schedule that includes a first time interval where the first wireless interface device and the second wireless interface device contemporaneously use the at least one module. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106420 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RECOVERING FROM DRX TIMING DE-SYNCHRONIZATION IN LTE_ACTIVE - A method for recovering from discontinuous reception (DRX) timing de-synchronization between the UE and the eNB in an LTE_ACTIVE state having the steps of: the eNB detecting DRX timing de-synchronization; transmitting an indicator to a User Equipment (UE) to resume continuous reception; and waiting for an indication from the UE of whether a Continuous Reception Response or Continuous Reception Notification was received. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106421 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING COEXISTENCE CONSIDERING WHILE SUBCHANNEL ALLOCATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for supporting coexistence in a mobile station configured for supporting a coexistence mode of a primary wireless communication system and a secondary wireless communication system. The method comprises transmitting to a base station, via the mobile station, a registration request (REG-REQ) message comprising coexistence capability information, receiving a registration response (REG-RSP) message comprising information about support of the coexistence mode in response to the REG-REQ message, and transmitting to the base station, via the mobile station, a sleep mode request (MOB_SLP-REQ) message comprising first coexistence information for requesting a band adaptive modulation and coding (AMC) for adjacent subcarrier permutation. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106422 | Uplink Power Control for Dual and Multi Carrier Radio System - In a method and a device a time-varying back-off value is used whereby differences in cell load can be taken into account for a restricted time-period during which the information is believed to be valid. Also, other time-varying variables of interest for the initial DPCCH power setting of the secondary earner can be taken into account when setting the back-off value. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106423 | Energy Efficient Base Station Entering Sleep Mode - The basic idea of the present invention is to let the base station enter a low-power, low-radiation cycle, the so called “sleep mode”, when there are no UEs using it and to introduce methods to “wake up” the base station from this state when there is a UE in the vicinity which is allowed to access the base station and which may need it on short notice. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106424 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A MOBILE NETWORK IMPLEMENTING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - The present invention relates to a method for operating a network comprising a primary station communicating with a plurality of secondary stations, the method comprising the primary station communicating with a secondary station in a discontinuous mode; the secondary station transmitting to the primary station a control message based on the current status of the secondary station; the primary station changing a parameter of the discontinuous mode based on the control message. | 05-03-2012 |
20120113878 | TIME SHIFTING OF CO-CHANNEL DATA TRANSMISSIONS TO REDUCE CO-CHANNEL INTERFERENCE - A cellular communications system in which transmission of control signals for plural different remote stations is so displaced in time that the transmission of control signals for one remote station does not interfere with the transmission of control signals for another remote station, the displacement being sufficient to prevent contemporaneous reception of control signals by the remote station intended for the other remote station. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113879 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus which is configured to receive a plurality of frames continuously transmitted or a plurality of frames transmitted as one frame from a transmission apparatus, the apparatus comprising: control unit adapted to control communication processing with the transmission apparatus; switching unit adapted to switch between a power saving mode of reducing power consumption by stopping a predetermined function and a normal mode of also making the predetermined function operate; and request unit adapted to request the transmission apparatus to stop transmitting the plurality of frames continuously transmitted or the plurality of frames transmitted as the one frame, when the switching unit switches from the normal mode to the power saving mode. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113880 | MOBILE STATION AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING ULTRA POWER-SAVING MODE IN MOBILE STATION - Provided are a mobile station and a method for providing an ultra power-saving mode in a mobile station. The method for providing an ultra power-saving mode in a mobile station includes: inactivating a communication function in a standby mode of the mobile station; extracting a DRX (discontinuous reception) cycle length coefficient K of the mobile station; determining a class-specific DRX cycle length coefficient Ni of the mobile station; replacing K with Ni; and monitoring a paging signal at a paging cycle corresponding to Ni. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113881 | SYSTEM, SERVER AND DEVICE FOR BATTERY RESOURCE MANAGEMENT VIA TRAFFIC STEERING - Battery resources in a wireless device are managed in the present specification by traffic steering. A wireless device is configured to request content from an intermediation server, which is configured to analyze the requested content and send an indication to the wireless device as to which bearer path is to be selected based on which bearer path is battery-life optimized | 05-10-2012 |
20120113882 | Method And Device For Controlling Energy Saving Of Inter-Rat Base Station - The present invention discloses a method for energy savings control of an inter-radio access technology (inter-RAT) base station, including: obtaining status information of a foreign system cell, performing an energy savings control judgment according to the status information of the foreign system cell and the status information of a local system cell which covers the same or neighboring area with the foreign system cell, and waking up the foreign system cell or the local system cell or making the foreign system cell or the local system cell hibernate according to a judgment result. The present invention also discloses an apparatus for energy savings control of an inter-RAT base station, including: an obtaining unit, a judgment unit, and an execution unit. The present invention implements the energy savings of the base station as much as possible. | 05-10-2012 |
20120120857 | DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF COORDINATING AMONG MULTIPLE CO-LOCATED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNITS - Device, system, and method of coordinating among multiple collocated wireless communication units. For example, a wireless communication device may include a first wireless communication unit to communicate with an access point of a first wireless communication network; and a second wireless communication unit to communicate in a second wireless communication network, wherein the first wireless communication unit is to determine at least one contention-free period, during which the second wireless communication unit is expected not to communicate in the second wireless communication network, and wherein, during the contention-free period, the first wireless communication unit is to transmit to the access point at least one request to transmit one or more pending transmissions to the first wireless communication unit. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120858 | DATA RESUME INDICATOR FOR MOBILE DEVICE POWER CONSERVATION - A novel power conservation scheme is provided for conserving power in a wireless client terminal with an established communication session. While in a connected mode, the client terminal may receive data for the communication session via a data channel from an access point. During periods of inactivity over the data channel, the client terminal may switch to a lowered power mode, where the client terminal discontinuously monitors a control channel and does not monitor the data channel. The access point is informed of the operating mode of the client terminal. If a data resume indicator is received over the control channel, the client terminal switches back to the connected mode and resumes the communication session by receiving additional data over the data channel. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120859 | TECHNIQUES FOR WAKEUP SIGNALING FOR A VERY LOW POWER WLAN DEVICE - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method of wakeup signaling for a very low power wireless local area network device (WLAN) device, comprising transmitting by an access point operable in the WLAN of a wake-up signal that can be received using low-power techniques at a receiver associated with the device. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120860 | POWER OPTIMIZED DEMODULATOR FRONT END (DEMFRONT) RECEIVER SUBSYSTEM - In a cellular communication system, apparatus and methods relating to a power-optimized demodulator front end (demfront) receiver subsystem of a user equipment (UE) can reduce power utilization by optimizing the operation of the demfront receiver subsystem. For example, in an aspect, the apparatus and methods include enabling a first receiver of a device for receiving a control channel on a downlink from a node, determining that the control channel schedules the device to receive data on the downlink, enabling a second receiver of the device that consumes more power than the first receiver to receive the data on the downlink, and re-enabling the first receiver for receiving the control channel on the downlink subsequent to receiving the data. | 05-17-2012 |
20120127901 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING EXTENDED UPLINK TEMPORARY BLOCK FLOW AND DYNAMIC TIMESLOT REDUCTION - A system and method for data transmission protocols in mobile communication systems and, more specifically, for controlling mobile stations (MSs) configured to implement extended uplink temporary block flows (EXT_TBF) is presented. An indication that EXT_UTBF_NODATA is not enabled is received at a mobile station. The mobile station enters a power saving mode and receives a first resource allocation via an uplink state flag (USF) in accordance with a resource assignment. While in the power saving mode and when the mobile station has no radio link control (RLC) media access control (MAC) blocks ready to transmit, the mobile station operates in an EXT_UTBF_NODATA mode by not transmitting a dummy block to a network. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127902 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MAC LAYER CLOCK DRIFT COMPENSATION - A system and method allows a slave device to avoid the potential energy dissipation that might otherwise result from remaining in receive mode for long enough to account for worst-case clock drift. A master device is configured to transmit a plurality of beacons during a time interval determined according to possible clock drift between the master and slave device. When the slave device wakes, it receives a beacon of the plurality. Accordingly, the slave device can save power by minimizing the time it is required to spend in receive mode. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127903 | POWER EFFICIENT TUNNELED DIRECT LINK SETUP APPARATUS, SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Apparatus, systems, and methods disclosed herein operate to provide wireless communication between personal mobile communication (PMC) devices. An emulated wireless access point (AP) at a first PMC device (PMC | 05-24-2012 |
20120127904 | WIRELESS RECEIVING APPARATUS AND TRANSMITTING APPARATUS - According to one embodiment, a wireless receiving apparatus includes a receiving unit, a buffer, a prediction unit, a sleep control unit, an access control unit, a generation unit and a transmitting unit. The receiving unit is configured to receive data to extract a payload data. The buffer is configured to generate a buffer-full signal if a payload data size is larger than a free area size. The prediction unit is configured to generate predicted latency. The sleep control unit is configured to generate sleep information based on the predicted latency. The access control unit is configured to generate a sleep-frame parameter including the sleep information. The generation unit is configured to generate a sleep-frame. The transmitting unit is configured to transmit the sleep-frame. The sleep control unit keeps the power supply in the sleep state for indicating the sleep information after receiving an acknowledgment of receiving of the sleep-frame. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127905 | Scheduling Data Transmissions Between a Mobile Terminal and a Base Station in a Wireless Communications Network - A method of scheduling wireless data transmissions between a mobile terminal and a base station using multiple system carrier signals is disclosed. The method comprises receiving ( | 05-24-2012 |
20120134309 | ACCESS POINT AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A communication apparatus confirms a connection state with a terminal apparatus following the communication apparatus transitioning from a power saving mode to an active mode. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134310 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF COMBINED BLUETOOTH AND WLAN SIGNALING - Disclosed herein are systems and methods of combined Bluetooth and WLAN signaling. Such systems and methods may use a Bluetooth connection to signal WLAN capabilities and to exchange WLAN security keys. Once the file transfer has started, the actual data may be transmitted over the WLAN connection rather than over the Bluetooth connection. The WLAN connection may have a much higher throughput than the Bluetooth connection, and WLAN capability has increasingly become present inside Bluetooth enabled devices. The Bluetooth connection may be used as a control channel, while the WLAN connection may be used for data transfer. | 05-31-2012 |
20120140688 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NOTIFYING BACK OFFICE PRIOR TO END OF TELEMATICS UNIT STANDBY PERIOD - The described method and system provide for notification to network applications by a telematics unit in standby mode of when the telematics unit is switching away from standby mode and will be come unavailable for communication with the network applications. The network application may include mobile applications for mobile devices (such as smartphones) and web applications accessible through web pages. The telematics unit may communicate with the back office(s) of the network applications. If the vehicle is a plug-type vehicle, the telematics unit or network application may further extend the standby period of the telematics unit or vehicle when the vehicle is plugged in. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140689 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FAST ASSISTIVE TRANSMISSION OPERATION - A method for coordinating discontinuous reception (DRX) operation between a primary serving cell and a secondary serving cell includes configuring DRX parameters for the primary serving cell and the secondary serving cell, performing a radio interface synchronization procedure to align a connection frame number (CFN) in both the primary serving cell and the secondary serving cell, and coordinating DRX reception patterns for the primary serving cell and the secondary serving cell using the aligned CFN. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140690 | Synchronized Interference Mitigation Scheme for Heterogeneous Wireless Networks - In a method of synchronizing time domain multiplexing interference mitigation schemes of at least a first, second, and third wireless communication link within a first, second, and third network, respectively, a first set of parameters defining a first set of time intervals is determined. The first set of time intervals is utilized to schedule transmissions of the first wireless communication link to reduce interference with transmissions of the second wireless communication link. A second set of parameters defining a second set of time intervals is determined. The second set of time intervals is utilized to schedule transmissions of the first wireless communication link to reduce interference with transmissions of the third wireless communication link. The second set of parameters is determined based at least in part on at least one of the first set of parameters. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140691 | METHOD AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR PARAMETER RECONFIGURATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for reconfiguring parameters of a discontinuous reception operation of a medium access control layer for a mobile device of a wireless communication system includes when a radio resource control dedicated signaling for disabling a short cycle mode of the discontinuous reception operation is received during activation of the short cycle mode, switching from the short cycle mode to a long cycle mode of the discontinuous reception operation. | 06-07-2012 |
20120147800 | POWER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS NETWORK HAVING STATIONS WITH DIFFERENT POWER CAPABILITIES - In a wireless network, information regarding the power capabilities of a wireless device may be communicated to a wireless AP. The device itself may transmit such information, which may include a Max Idle Time period. The device may communicate the information within an association or re-association frame, for example as a parameter in a BSS Low Power Capability element. The AP may receive the information and set a keep-alive time period for the device based on the information. The AP may set the keep-alive time period to be equal to or greater than the Max Idle period. The AP may further communicate the keep-alive time period to the device, for example in an association or re-association response frame as a BSS Max Idle period element. In this way, the AP may apply different sets of parameters, such as different keep-alive time periods, to different classes of stations. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147801 | SPECIFIC ABSORPTION RATE BACKOFF IN POWER HEADROOM REPORT - Uplink transmission power adjustment is provided by a mobile device receiving an uplink transmission grant from a serving base station. The mobile device determines a maximum power reduction for uplink transmissions and a SAR-related power reduction. The mobile device compares these values and adjusts transmission power according to the SAR-related power reduction in response to the SAR-related power reduction exceeding the maximum power reduction. A power headroom report is generated when the determined SAR-related power reduction exceeds a previous SAR-related power reduction. This power headroom report is transmitted from the mobile device to the serving base station under various conditions. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147802 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - An energy controller ( | 06-14-2012 |
20120147803 | INACTIVITY TIMER IN A DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION CONFIGURED SYSTEM - Systems, methods and wireless devices are provided that utilize a timer to ensure a receiver of a wireless device is on to receive downlink transmissions. In the event the timer runs out without further resource allocation, the mobile device turns its radio off. If a further resource allocation occurs while the timer is running, the timer is restarted. | 06-14-2012 |
20120155347 | POWER MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS PROTOCOL CIRCUITRY BASED ON CURRENT STATE - Controlling power consumption in a wireless device. The wireless device may include first wireless protocol circuitry. The first wireless protocol circuitry may be configured to receive and process first signals according to a first wireless protocol. The wireless device may include a power controller coupled to the first wireless protocol circuitry. The power controller may be configured to control power consumption of elements of the first wireless protocol circuitry based on a current state. More specifically, in response to the first wireless protocol circuitry being in a listening state, the power controller may be configured to lower power consumption of one or more first elements of the first wireless protocol circuitry. Additionally, in response to the first wireless protocol circuitry being in a receiving state, the power controller may be configured to return power consumption of the one or more first elements to a higher power level. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155348 | ENERGY-EFFICIENT CONTENT RETRIEVAL IN CONTENT-CENTRIC NETWORKS - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system including a mobile device and a content-retrieving agent for facilitating energy-efficient content retrieval. During operation, the mobile device receives a request for a piece of content from a user. In response to the request, the mobile device forwards the request to the content-retrieving agent which is configured to obtain the requested content from a remote device on behalf of the mobile device. The system allows the mobile device's receiver to be placed in an energy-saving sleep mode when the content-retrieving agent is obtaining the requested content for the mobile device and is not transmitting the content to the mobile device. The system allows the mobile device's receiver to wake up when the content-retrieving agent is transmitting the content to the mobile device. The mobile device receives the content from the content-retrieving agent. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155349 | RFID APPLICATIONS - An RFID device is disclosed. The RFID device can include a transceiver; and a processor coupled to the transceiver. The processor can operate a Physical (PHY) layer with the transceiver, a Media Access Control (MAC) layer over the PHY layer, and an RFID application layer over the MAC layer. The MAC layer and the PHY layer can operate according to a non-RFID wireless protocol. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155350 | PROBE MESSAGING FOR DIRECT LINK CONNECTIONS - There lies a challenge to develop a technique of effectively establishing a direct communication link between client devices in a communication network. In some implementations, an associated STA is a client device which is associated with a particular access point (AP). A non-associated STA is a client device which is not associated with the AP. A tunneled probe request may be transmitted by an associated STA through the AP to be broadcast to other associated STAs. In some implementations, an active scan may be combined with a tunneled probe request in order to establish a communication link between an associated STA and a non-associated STA. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155351 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DELIVERY OF DISCARDED PACKET IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - An operation method of a terminal in a wireless access system is provided. The method includes, while keeping an idle state without confirming the existence or non-existence of downlink data, determining to transit into a wakeup state, performing signaling for the transition into the wakeup state, acquiring information on discarded downlink data transmission through the signaling, and receiving the downlink data using the information on the downlink data transmission. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155352 | WIRELESS LOCAL AREA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method of classifying and thereby providing various types of communication devices in a wireless local area communication network. More particularly, provided is a method that may provide an end device for efficient data communication. A parent device of an end device not supporting a sleep mode may transfer data without waiting for a polling operation of the end device. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155353 | INTELLIGENT DATA NETWORK WITH POWER MANAGEMENT CAPABILITIES - In one embodiment, a method for implementing two-way communication between at least first and second devices comprises steps of: (a1) during finite time periods following transmission of respective first messages from the first device to the second device, using the first device to listen for second messages transmitted from the second device to first device; and (a2) after each of the finite time periods following the transmission of the respective first messages from the first device to the second device, ceasing to use the first device to listen for second messages transmitted from the second device to the first device until after the first device transmits another first message to the second device. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155354 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RESPONSE CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus and a response control method wherein in a case of applying Persistent Allocation (PA) to MU-MIMO, the increase in the resources to be used in the feedback can be precluded. In a terminal, a response control unit causes, based on the type of downstream allocation control information, on an error detection result obtained by an error detecting unit and on a response rule table, a response signal to be transmitted by use of an upstream response resource designated in the downstream allocation control information. In the response rule table used in reception of a notification of MU-MIMO reallocation, respective different types of response signals are associated with a first case where there are no errors in the received downstream data of the designated resource designated in the downstream allocation control information received before that notification, a second case where the notification of MU-MIMO reallocation is successfully received and further there are no errors in the received downstream data of the designated resource, and a third case where the notification of MU-MIMO reallocation is not successfully received and further there are any errors in the received downstream data of the designated resource. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155355 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present specification relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, discloses a method and system for discontinuous reception for data transmission/reception in a wireless communication system. The present specification discloses a scheme in which a terminal checks a parameter for controlling the discontinuous reception (DRX) of a second component carrier, said parameter being different from the parameter for controlling the discontinuous reception (DRX) of a first component carrier used by a base station, and receives data through the discontinuous reception of the first component carrier and of the second component carrier. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155356 | METHOD FOR ENHANCING SACCH PERFORMANCE - A method for enhancing Slow Associated Control CHannel (SACCH) performance, which includes steps of: if a user that uses a half-rate Traffic CHannel (TCH) is contained in a coupled user group, a base station instructing the user on an Adaptive Multi-user channels on One Slot VAMOS sub-channel to use a half-rate sub-channel | 06-21-2012 |
20120155357 | DEVICE POWER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In various embodiments of the invention, a device in a wireless communications network may negotiate with a network controller to determine when the device may enter a power save mode. The power save mode may include period(s) in which the device is in a low power state in which it cannot transmit or receive, and period(s) in which it is in an operational state in which it can transmit and/or receive. | 06-21-2012 |
20120163259 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR SAVING POWER IN PAGING OPERATIONS - A mobile communication device is provided with a wireless module and a controller module. The wireless module performs wireless transceiving to and from a service network. The controller module receives, on a paging channel, a first predetermined number of symbols in a frame of a time slot via the wireless module, and determines whether to enter a standby mode according to the first predetermined number of symbols. Also, the controller module stops the receiving of subsequent symbols in the frame by deactivating the wireless module in response to entering the standby mode. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163260 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method minimize power consumption in a portable terminal which enters a low-power mode during connection with an access point (AP). The apparatus includes a memory for storing a Wi-Fi profile including position information of APs, a wireless LAN module for performing connection with the AP, an AP connection unit for performing connection with the AP using the wireless LAN module only when an AP exists around the portable terminal, a position determining unit for determining APs which exist around the portable terminal, and a controller. The controller is configured to determine a position of the portable terminal, determine a position of an AP which exists around the portable terminal, and operate the wireless LAN module at only a position where the AP exists. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163261 | TIMING MEASUREMENTS BETWEEN WIRELESS STATIONS WITH REDUCED POWER CONSUMPTION - A method of obtaining timing parameters between wireless station peers using reduced power. A timing measurement protocol is executed a including a plurality of Timing Measurement Action (TMA) frames between a first wireless station (STA | 06-28-2012 |
20120163262 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MONITORING BATTERY LIFESPAN OF MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for monitoring a battery lifespan of a machine type communication device, and more particularly, to an apparatus and method for preventing a disconnection in communication due to a battery being expended by verifying a battery lifespan of the machine type communication device in a network. The present invention may include detecting a residual capacity of a battery power supply, comparing the residual capacity of the battery power supply to a threshold required for a power supply, and warning against a shortage of the residual capacity of the battery power supply when the residual capacity of the battery power supply is less than or equal to the threshold required for the power supply. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163263 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A base station and a terminal for supporting a low power mode are provided. The base station transmits a first type of beacon signal for a terminal operating in a normal mode, a second type of beacon signal for a terminal operating in a low power mode, and a charging signal for a terminal in a low power mode. The terminal harvests energy from a charging signal and receives the second type of beacon signal using the harvested energy. The terminal confirms a communication request through the second type of beacon signal, enters into an active period, and communicates with the base station. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163264 | MULTIPLE MAC ADDRESSES IN A DEVICE - Multiple virtual MAC addresses may be added to WGA devices that may have different traffic streams to another device that requires different services, thus creating distinct MAC and device level implications. Beamforming training can be done at the device level for all virtual MAC addresses. Wakeup, doze, and ATIM power save can be done at the device level depending on the frames received. Authentication, deauthentication, association, and deassociation can be done variously at both levels. Further MSDUs can be aggregated for the multiple MAC addresses. | 06-28-2012 |
20120170496 | KEEP-ALIVE PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for synchronizing the keep-alive packet transmission timings of the direct push applications are provided to improve an electric current consumption characteristic. The method includes detecting a network event, synchronizing transmission timings of keep-alive packets of direct push applications with reference to an occurrence time of the network event, and transmitting the keep-alive packets of the direct push application at a synchronized transmission timing simultaneously. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170497 | METHOD FOR REPORTING SRS IN DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THEREOF - This invention relates to a method for reporting SRS in discontinuous reception and a wireless communication system thereof. The wireless communication system includes a user equipment (UE), a serving cell and a base station. The UE is for transmitting a periodic Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) and an aperiodic SRS, wherein the UE monitors a PDCCH in an active time. The serving cell has a serving range, wherein the UE is in the serving range of the serving cell. The base station is for performing connection to the UE and serving the serving cell. The UE transmits the aperiodic SRS no matter whether UE is in active time or not when the UE has been triggered to report the aperiodic SRS by a SRS request from the base station. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170498 | Using a Subframe Time Offset when Scheduling Downlink Data Transmissions - The invention relates to a method in a radio base station for scheduling data transmissions to a user equipment in a first cell. The radio base station is comprised in a telecommunications network comprising at least the first cell and a second cell wherein the radio base station serves at least the first cell. A transmission time of the first cell is divided into a first radio frame comprising a first number of subframes synchronised to a clock. A transmission time of the second cell is divided into a second radio frame comprising an equal number of subframes of equal time length as the first radio frame. The second radio frame is being synchronised to the same clock as the first radio frame. The radio base station receives a first data transmission to be transmitted the user equipment in the first cell, schedules the first data transmission to a minimum of subframes of a first radio frame of the first cell, and transmits the first radio frame offset in time in relation to a second radio frame of the second cell for minimizing simultaneously data transmissions within the cells. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170499 | Supporting Idle Stations in Wireless Distribution Systems - One embodiment described herein, a method of supporting wireless stations in a wireless distribution system having a portal and one or more access points is described. The method comprises accepting by a first access point (AP) a set of filters from a station; receiving by the first AP signaling that the station enters into an idle mode and signaling the same to a server in the wireless distribution system; forwarding by the first AP the set of filters to the server, the set of filters being applied to messages directed to the station received by the server in the wireless distribution system; receiving a buffered message for the station from the server in response to the buffered message matching at least one of the set of filters; and forwarding the buffered message to the station in response to receiving the buffered message from the server. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170500 | POINT-TO-MULTIPOINT MOBILE RADIO TRANSMISSION - A method of operating a mobile communication system-supporting data transmission between a mobile station (MS) and a network in a number of different packet data protocols (PDPs) including a point-to-multipoint-multicast (PTM-M) protocol. PDP data is formatted and unformatted by a sub-network dependent convergence protocol (SNDCP) according to the PDP of data. The PDP is identified to the SNDCP by a protocol identifier transmitted between the network and the mobile station. In order to allow a MS to receive a PTM-M in an IDLE state, a unique protocol identifier is permanently assigned to PTM-M transmissions whilst other identifiers are dynamically assigned to other PDPs by the network. | 07-05-2012 |
20120176946 | Power Management On Portable Devices - A computing apparatus receives data that corresponds to a wireless network connection established with an access point. The computing apparatus determines whether the access point corresponds to a predetermined access point type, and also determines that a device is to transition to a reduced power state. When the access point corresponds to the predetermined access point type and the determines that the device is to transition to the reduced power state, the computing apparatus transitions the device from a first power state to a reduced power state, and maintains the wireless network connection by using at least a subset of wireless functionality operatively coupled to the device. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176947 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING FEEDBACK FOR MULTI-CELL HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS OPERATIONS - A method and apparatus for sending feedback for multi-cell high speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) operations are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may generate and send hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) messages and/or channel quality indication (CQI) or precoding control indication/channel quality indication (PCI/CQI) messages for a plurality of cells via a plurality of high speed dedicated physical control channels (HS-DPCCHs) with a spreading factor of 128. Each HARQ-ACK message may be mapped to two cells and each CQI or PCI/CQI message may be mapped to one cell. The cells may be remapped to an HARQ-ACK message and a CQI or PCI/CQI message within an HS-DPCCH on a condition that any cell is activated or deactivated on that HS-DPCCH. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176948 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENHANCING TRANSMISSION IN A MULTI-USER REUSING ONE SINGLE TIMESLOT OPERATION - A method and system for enhancing transmission in a multi-user reusing one single time slot operation. The method includes detecting a mutual interference in a traffic channel (TCH) by a network. The method also includes transmitting a discontinuous transmission (DTX) start signal by the network to a first electronic device, if the mutual interference is above a predefined value. The method further includes storing a plurality of audio and video samples by the first electronic device for a time period. Further, the method includes transmitting a DTX stop signal by the network to the first electronic device at end of the time period. Moreover, the method includes transmitting the plurality of audio and video samples by the first electronic device to a receiver using the TCH. The system includes a plurality of electronic devices, a network, and a traffic channel (TCH). | 07-12-2012 |
20120176949 | STANDBY TIME IMPROVEMENTS FOR STATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method includes receiving, at a station, a first delivery traffic indication message (DTIM) assigned to a first delivery interval. The first DTIM is configured to indicate whether group-addressed traffic is scheduled for delivery during a beacon interval. The first delivery interval is larger than a second delivery interval associated with a second DTIM. The method further includes receiving the group-addressed traffic during the beacon interval. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176950 | Method and System for Discontinuous Reception (DRX) Configuration - A method for discontinuous reception (DRX) configuration is disclosed, and the method includes: configuring DRXs for a plurality of component carriers, and selecting one or more component carriers as anchor component carriers; controlling the DRXs of other non-anchor component carriers by the anchor component carrier. A system for discontinuous reception (DRX) configuration is also disclosed, and the system includes: a selection and configuration unit, which is used to configure DRXs for a plurality of component carriers and select one or more component carriers as anchor component carriers; a control unit, which is used to control the DRXs of other non-anchor component carriers by the anchor component carrier. By the method and the system, the DRX solution based on the primary carrier is clarified, and the DRX solution based on primary carriers in the stage of conception is improved and concretely implemented. | 07-12-2012 |
20120182911 | PATH SETTING APPARATUS, PATH SETTING METHOD, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND STORAGE DEVICE - A path setting apparatus sets wireless paths fixed by a wireless network formed by a wireless connection device and a plurality of wireless devices. The path setting apparatus may include an editing unit that edits and sets positions of the wireless connection device and the wireless devices and wireless paths between the wireless connection device and the wireless devices and between the wireless devices, and edits and sets communication timings of the wireless connection device and the wireless devices where the wireless paths are set, based on an input instruction, a storage unit that stores power performance information of the wireless devices, and calculating unit that calculates at least one of transmission delays between the wireless devices and the wireless connection device, transmission delays between the wireless devices, consumption power of the wireless devices, and battery life of batteries used as power supplies of the wireless devices. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182912 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS FOR LOCAL INTERNET PROTOCOL ACCESS CONNECTION HANDLING DURING CIRCUIT SWITCHED FALLBACK AND HANDOVER - A method and apparatus are described for handling local Internet protocol (IP) access (LIPA) connection during circuit switched fallback (CSFB) and handover (HO). One representative method of managing a Local Internet Protocol Access (LIPA) packet data network (PDN) connection to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU), includes performing a switching operation to switch from the LIPA PDN connection to a non-LIPA PDN connection for communication to the WTRU; and suspending the LIPA PDN connection, in response to the switching operation. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182913 | FRAME MAPPING FOR GERAN VOICE CAPACITY ENHANCEMENTS - The present document relates to radio transmission. In particular, it relates to the mapping of frames in a GSM EDGE Radio Access Network (GERAN). A GERAN base station comprising a transceiver is described. The base station is operable to communicate with a first mobile station via a first VAMOS channel; to communicate with a second mobile station via a second corresponding VAMOS channel; and to use a control channel of the second VAMOS channel which is offset by 4 or 8 TDMA frames with respect to a control channel of the corresponding first VAMOS channel. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182914 | FEEDBACK SCHEME FOR PROVIDING FEEDBACK ON PLURAL TRANSMISSIONS - The invention relates to methods and apparatuses for providing HARQ feedback in a mobile communication system using carrier aggregation. To suggest a scheme for transmitting feedback on the successful/unsuccessful decoding of transmissions that is operable in FDD mode, the invention proposes to utilize only a single one of plural radio resources available for feedback transmission for signaling feedback for multiple transmissions. A feedback sequence of ACK/NACKs for the transmissions is mapped to one feedback resource combination that is one of the radio resources available for feedback transmission and a modulation symbol of the given modulation scheme that is transmitted on said one radio resource. This scheme can also be used in cases where the number of possible feedback sequences of ACK/NACKs for the transmissions is larger than the number of feedback resource combinations available for feedback transmission. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182915 | Systems and Methods for Receiving Data at an Access Point - Stations in standby mode periodically wake up to check for buffered data at the access points. Traditionally, the information is available by checking the periodic beacon frame for a traffic indication map (TIM). Unfortunately, the length of beacons has steadily increased with the progression of the various wireless standards requiring stations to wake up for longer periods to merely check for buffered data. Several approaches are disclosed which address this shortcoming, including the broadcast of TIM frames, the partial reception of beacon frames and the use of an embedded TIM frame within a beacon frame. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182916 | Method and a Device for Saving Power in a Wireless User Terminal - A method for use in a cellular system with at least one controlling node, eNodeB, which controls user terminals, UEs, in a cell. According to the method, a UE can be in one of at least two different states, an idle state, a DRX state, and an “on duration” state. A UE can receive at least a first and a second type of traffic from its eNodeB. If the first type of traffic is received by a UE during an on duration period, the UE assumes the idle (DRX) state at the end of the on duration period, and if the second type of traffic is received by the UE during an on duration period, the UE prolongs the current on duration period by a certain amount of time. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182917 | IMPLANTABLE MEDICAL DEVICE COMMUNICATION - An implantable medical device, IMD, tags data packets transmitted to a non-implantable communication unit with notifications indicating whether the IMD has additional data that needs to be transmitted to the communication unit. The notifications are used by the communication unit to achieve a conditional generation and transmission of power down requests that urges the IMD to power down its radio equipment. The total length of the communication session can thereby be reduced as power down requests are not transmitted when the IMD has additional data to transmit. | 07-19-2012 |
20120188922 | Enhanced Power Saving Mode for a Mobile Station - It is described a method for operating a mobile station within a telecommunication network. The method includes (a) providing a first power saving procedure for the mobile station wherein the first power saving procedure includes an alternating sequence of first sleep windows and first listening windows, (b) providing a second power saving procedure for the mobile station wherein the second power saving procedure includes an alternating sequence of second sleep windows and second listening windows, (c) adjusting on the time axis the first sleep windows and the second sleep windows with respect to each other in such a manner, that a time overlap between the first sleep windows and the second sleep windows is increased, and (d) operating the mobile station in an adjusted mode, which is defined by the increased time overlap. It is further described a mobile station, and a base station, which are adapted for executing the described method. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188923 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a transmission apparatus, a reception apparatus, and a communication method thereof that may decrease power consumption of a terminal by reducing an amount of time used by the terminal to overhear a frame or a packet to be transmitted to another terminal, or an amount of time used to receive a frame or a packet to be transmitted to the terminal. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188924 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER IN WIRELESS AD-HOC NETWORK - A node in a wireless network system determines transmission power by performing transmission power control only on a plurality of data subcarriers, other than a plurality of pilot subcarriers, of a PDU slot or ACK slot to be transmitted, and then transmits the data subcarriers of the PDU slot or ACK slot at the determined transmission power and transmits the pilot subcarriers of the PDU slot or ACK slot at a fixed power level. Accordingly, neighboring nodes determine whether or not a channel of the PDU slot or ACK slot is sensed by using the pilot subcarriers of the PDU slot or ACK slot. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188925 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving data while providing power saving efficiency of a terminal, for example, a station (hereinafter, referred to as ‘STAS) in a communication system providing services to multi users in a multi-input multi-output (hereinafter, referred to as ‘MIMO’) scheme. The apparatus for transmitting data includes: a receiving unit configured to receive an uplink frame from a plurality of terminals by a multi user-multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) scheme; a generating unit configured to generate a packet including support information on a multi user-power saving scheme with the terminals; a buffering unit configured to buffer data corresponding to the terminals; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit a downlink frame including the generated packet and the buffered data to the terminals by the multi user-MIMO scheme. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188926 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDING BACK ACK/NACK INFORMATION - A method for feeding Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information by a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system includes: the UE configured to receive Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) information from a base station (BS). The UE also receives downlink data from the BS based on the PDCCH information. The UE generates an ACK/NACK feedback information corresponding to the downlink data. Thereafter, the UE determines a feedback status of the UE from among a plurality of feedback statuses according to a number of consecutive ACKs starting from a first data sub-frame in a binding window of the ACK/NACK feedback information. Further, the UE feeds back information on the determined feedback status to the BS. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188927 | ACCESS POINT MULTI-LEVEL TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL BASED ON THE EXCHANGE OF CHARACTERISTICS - A first plurality of characteristics are received from a first client device relating to transmissions received by the first client device from both an access point and a second client device. A second plurality of characteristics are received from the second client device relating to transmissions received by the second client device from both the access point and the first client device. The first plurality of characteristics and the second plurality of characteristics are both assessed. Based on the assessment, a least one of a plurality of customized power levels is selected for transmissions by the access point to the first client device and the second client device. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188928 | METHOD FOR MAINTAINING CONNECTION BETWEEN TERMINAL AND NETWORK SERVER, TERMINAL AND NETWORK SERVER - A method for maintaining the connection between a terminal and a network server is described. The terminal has a first processing unit with a first state and a second state, wherein the power consumption of the second state is less than the power consumption of the first state. When the first processing unit is in the second state, the terminal or the network server sends heartbeat data packets periodically in order to maintain the connection between said terminal and said network server. During the period that the terminal or the network server sends a periodic heartbeat data packet, a main processor of the terminal will not be woken up Thus, the terminal in a sleep state can maintain connection with the network server, and not be woken up due to the heartbeat data packets sent by the network server, which reduces the power consumption of the terminal. | 07-26-2012 |
20120195240 | Method and apparatus for discontinuously receiving packet in a mobile communication system - A method for receiving a packet by a terminal in a mobile communication system including a base station providing a packet, and a terminal that discontinuously receives a packet from the base station in Discontinuous Reception (DRX) cycles each having an active period and a sleep period. The packet reception method includes receiving, from the base station, configuration information for a DRX service, including a DRX cycle length; setting, as a starting point of the DRX cycle, a point at which a first packet is received from the base station; receiving a packet from the base station for an active period at the beginning of the starting point; and transitioning to a sleep period and waiting for a next active period. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195241 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL - In various embodiments, a system and method for providing uplink (UL) power control for a wireless mobile station (MS) includes, after transmission of an unanswered bandwidth request by the MS, incrementally boosting an UL transmit power of one or more subsequent bandwidth requests by the MS to a boosted UL power level at which UL bandwidth is allocated to the MS by the BS; selectively reporting the boosted UL power level to the BS immediately after the UL transmit power has been boosted; and selectively controlling the boosted UL power level by the BS responsive to the boosted UL power level reported to the BS. A MS is configured to carry out the UL power control method and a BS is configured to generate MS UL power control commands based, at least in part, upon the UL power level reported to the BS. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195242 | METHOD/SYSTEM FOR CONSERVING RESOURCES DURING CONVERSATION OVER WIRELESS NETWORK TRANSPORT MEDIA - A method and system are provided for conserving network resources such as battery power of a battery-powered communication device used to support a conversation over a wireless network transport media. Periods of silence are detected during conversation taking place on a network having controllable resources such as battery power. Using the periods of silence so-detected, future silence periods occurring on the network are then predicted. Allocation of at least a portion of the controllable resources is controlled based on the future silence periods so-predicted. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195243 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DATA IN MULTI-ANTENNA SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus adapted to address asymmetric conditions in a multi-antenna system. In one embodiment, the multi-antenna system comprises a wireless (e.g., 3G cellular) multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) system, and the methods and apparatus efficiently utilize transmitter and receiver resources based at least in part on a detected asymmetric condition. If an asymmetric condition is detected by the transmitter on any given data stream, the transmitter can decide to utilize only a subset of the available resources for that stream. Accordingly, the signal processing resources for that data stream are adapted to mirror the reduction in resources that are necessary for transmission. The transmitter signals the receiver that it will only be using a subset of the resources available, and the receiver adapts its operation according to the signaling data it receives. The multi-antenna system can therefore reduce power consumption as well as increasing spectral efficiency on the network. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195244 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS CLIENTS - Systems and methods for band hopping and power conservation in a wireless network are described. At least one embodiment is directed a method of hopping channels by a device within a wireless network. The method comprises hopping from a first channel to a target channel, resetting a virtual carrier sense after hopping to the target channel to enable service on the target channel, waiting for a pre-determined period of time, and setting a virtual carrier sense on the target channel after expiration of the pre-determined period of time and prior to hopping to a next target channel. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195245 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method and an arrangement for reducing power consumption of a receiver in a mobile communication network comprising a sender transmitting packet data on a downlink channel to one or more receivers over a radio interface. Inactive time instants and listening time instants are defined according to provided rules. The receiver is arranged to listen for information from the sender during the listening time instants and to sleep during the inactive time instants. Thus, less power will be consumed during the inactive time instants. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195246 | Method for Transmission of Unicast Control in Broadcast/Multicast Transmission Time Intervals - Embodiments of the invention provide methods for maximizing the bandwidth utilization in the uplink of a communication system supporting time division multiplexing between unicast and multicast/broadcast communication modes during transmission time intervals in the downlink of a communication system. This is accomplished by multiplexing at least unicast control signaling for UL scheduling assignments in TTIs supporting the multicast/broadcast communication mode. Moreover, multiplexing of unicast control signaling can also be accomplished by splitting a symbol of the multicast/broadcast TTI into two shorter symbols with the first of these two shorter symbols carrying at least unicast control signaling and the second of these shorter symbols carrying multicast/broadcast signaling. | 08-02-2012 |
20120201179 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS OF MANAGING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - Embodiments of the present disclosure include systems, methods, and devices for managing power consumption in a wireless sensor network. Such embodiments may include a remote server, a wide area network coupled to the remote server, at least one access point device coupled to the remote server through the wide area network, one or more sensors coupled to each other and to the access point and datasinks through the network. Each datasink can be a data coordinator and receive sensor information from the one or more sensors and transmit sensor information to the at least access point. Further, a first set of sensors are configured to be routing sensors and a second set of sensors are configured end point sensors based on a graph theoretic algorithm to reduce transmitting power of each sensor and reduce overall power of the wireless sensor network, and configuring a first operational wireless sensor network. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201180 | Precoding Matrix Index Feedback Interaction with Discontinuous Reception - A user equipment (UE) is provided that includes a processor configured to transmit a precoding matrix index (PMI) using one of an assigned periodic PMI reporting resource that precisely aligns with the start of an on-duration of a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation mode of the UE and a first assigned periodic PMI reporting resource after the start of an on-duration of a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation mode of the UE. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201181 | TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING OPTIMIZATION METHOD AND WIRELESS USER EQUIPMENT DEVICE - A wireless user equipment device transmits a control channel and a data channel. Each of the control channel and the data channel include a plurality of time slots. The control channel is configured to transmit control information and includes both transmission time slots and non-transmission time slots. The data channel is configured to transmit data packets. The device further includes a processor configured to schedule at least one data packet for transmission in at least one data channel time slot that is concurrent to at least one control channel transmission time slot, and a transmission module configured to transmit the at least one data packet in the at least one data channel time slot that is concurrent to the at least one control channel transmission time slot. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201182 | POWER-SAVING METHOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a power-saving method in a wireless communication system. In a power-saving method for a terminal of a wireless communication system according to one aspect of the present invention, the terminal receives configuration information relating to power-saving from a base station and operates in a power-down mode in which receive processing is not carried out in accordance with the configuration information relating to power saving; and the configuration information comprises at least one or other of information relating to a time point at which the base station is not transmitting packets to the terminal and a time point at which the base station is transmitting packets to the terminal. | 08-09-2012 |
20120207069 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) OPTIMIZATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for optimizing discontinuous reception (DRX) modes, for example, based on monitored traffic statistics. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207070 | MOBILITY ENHANCEMENTS FOR LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) OPERATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for enhancing mobility signaling for a user equipment (UE) operating in a discontinuous reception (DRX) mode. More specifically, by intelligently transitioning from a DRX connected state to an idle state before the expiration of an inactivity timer, signaling overhead may be reduced, and battery power may be conserved. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207071 | ENHANCED POWER SAVE MULTI-POLL (PSMP) PROTOCOL FOR MULTI-USER MIMO BASED WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - Wireless communication in a wireless communication system, comprises maintaining data blocks at a wireless transmitting station for transmission to multiple wireless receiving stations over a shared wireless communication medium, and simultaneously transmitting data blocks from the transmitting station over multiple spatial streams to multiple destination wireless receiving stations in a power save multi-poll (PSMP) sequence, via the wireless communication medium. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207072 | TERMINAL FOR COMMUNICATING WITH A COMMUNICATION SATELLITE - A terminal for communicating with a communication satellite includes a first transceiver for communicating with at least one device in a short range network, and a second transceiver for communicating with a geostationary communication satellite in a network deploying a plurality of forward channels for the communication satellite to transmit data to the terminal and a plurality of return channels for the terminal to transmit data to said communication satellite. The second transceiver is configured to transmit data from the at least one device in one of the plurality of return channels. The at least one device may include a plurality of utility meters and other sensors. A large system including a plurality of the terminals, a communication satellite and a data authority may provide a system for collecting utility meter readings across a geographical region. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207073 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE FOR MULTICAST AND BROADCAST SERVICE DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AN APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for receiving multicast and broadcast service (MBS) data from a base station to a mobile station comprises receiving a sub-packet from the base station in accordance with a predetermined period, the sub-packet including information associated with initial network entry and network discovery included in a secondary-super frame header (S-SFH); and receiving a first MBS MAP from the base station, the first MBS MAP including an S-SFH sub-packet update indicator indicating whether a parameter included in the sub-packet has been changed, wherein the S-SFH sub-packet update indicator indicates whether the changed sub-packet has been transmitted within an MBS scheduling interval (MSI) for which the first MBS MAP is transmitted. | 08-16-2012 |
20120213134 | REMOTE WAKEUP OF APPLICATION PROCESSOR OF MOBILE DEVICE - A system, circuit, and device for waking up an application processor (AP) of the mobile device are disclosed. The system includes a low power personal area network (PAN) module configured to communicate with an external device for establishing a connection with the external device. The system also includes a controller for the low power PAN module configured to process a connection request signal from the external device and to wake up the AP of the mobile device in response to an AP on request signal from the external device when the connection request signal from the external device is verified as valid, where the controller is supplied with quiescent current from a battery of the mobile device prior to the wake up of the AP. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213135 | REDUCTION OF LEAKAGE CURRENT IN MOBILE DEVICE WITH EMBEDDED BATTERY - Systems, circuits, and devices for reducing leakage current in a mobile device with an embedded battery are disclosed. In one embodiment, a system for reducing leakage current in a mobile device with an embedded battery comprises a power management integrated circuit (PMIC), a switch device electrically coupled to the embedded battery and the PMIC, and a low power personal area network (PAN) module coupled to the embedded battery, the PMIC, and the switch device. The low power PAN module is configured to maintain the switch device in an open state while an application processor (AP) of the mobile device is off and to close the switch device in response to a receipt of an AP ON request signal to wake up the AP, where the open state of the switch device blocks leakage current flowing from the battery to the PMIC. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213136 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING SENSOR DEVICES IN MOBILE DEVICES - Systems and methods for controlling one or more sensor devices are disclosed. In one embodiment, a system of a mobile device for controlling one or more sensor devices comprises an application processor (AP), a low power personal area network (PAN) module configured to wirelessly communicate with an external device for establishing a connection with the external device, at least one sensor device, and a controller coupled to the AP, the low power PAN module and the at least one sensor device. The controller is configured to monitor a connection request signal communicated from the external device via the low power PAN module while the AP is in a sleep mode, and generate sensor data by processing each signal from the at least one sensor device during the sleep mode, where the controller is supplied with quiescent current from a battery of the mobile device during the sleep mode. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213137 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SAVING POWER OF USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for improved power saving in a User Equipment (UE) supporting enhanced Inter-Cell Interference Coordination/Time-domain ICIC (eICIC/Time-domain ICIC) are provided. The power saving method includes receiving control information including a reference pattern for a power saving mode from a base station, determining whether the terminal is configured to operate in the power saving mode, and determining, when the terminal is configured to operate in the power saving mode, whether to decode a downlink control channel according to the reference pattern. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213138 | Wireless Access Point Methods And Apparatus Using Dynamically-Activated Service Intervals - Techniques in a mobile communication device for communicating with a wireless access point (AP) are described. The mobile device receives from the AP data which indicate a plurality of activated service intervals in the superframe that are made available to mobile devices for communication access. The mobile device attempts to access, during the indicated activated service intervals, a radio medium via the AP. The mobile device refrains from attempting to access the radio medium via the AP during each power conservation interval provided in between the indicated activated service intervals. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213139 | Methods and Arrangements for Scheduling Based on Power Consumption - The present invention relates to a network node and a method in method in a network node of a wireless communications system that allow for power efficient scheduling of transmission of application data over a radio interface. According to the method, information is received ( | 08-23-2012 |
20120213140 | Node Selection in a Communication Network - The present invention relates to a method in a user equipment ( | 08-23-2012 |
20120218926 | Delay-constrained and energy-efficient online routing for asynchronous sensor networks - The described method and system provide an efficient routing of data packets protocol in an event-driven and delay-constrained WSN (wireless sensor network) that optimizes the sleep/wake schedule of nodes to maximize the lifetime of the WSM, subject to a constraint on the source-to-sink delay. Online forwarding techniques may be used to transfer data reports from monitoring nodes to the sink. A delay-constrained and energy-efficient routing protocol (DCEER) for asynchronous WSNs may be used to maximize the lifetime of the WSN while remaining within the maximum allowable delay requirements. With DCEER, each node may maintain the historical cost of forwarding a packet from itself to the sink as its virtual coordinate, and packets are forwarded in the direction of descending coordinates. The cost-based coordinates may change dynamically with a time-varying channel or topology. Nodes may apply a relay-selection scheme to choose a next-hop relay from a set of multiple potential relay candidates, based on a tradeoff between forwarding energy consumption (FEC) and waiting costs. The optimal stopping time for the relay-selection process may be determined based on expected forwarding and waiting costs, and the nodes may operate according to an optimal sleep/wake schedule based on waiting costs and expected traffic flow. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218927 | METHOD FOR NEGOTIATING POWER MANAGEMENT MODE BETWEEN MOBILE DEVICE AND ACCESS POINT, AND MOBILE DEVICE - A method for negotiating a power management mode between a first wireless device and a second wireless device is provided. One of the first and second wireless devices is a mobile device, and the other of the first and second wireless devices is an access point. The method includes: transmitting a first information from the first wireless device to notify the second wireless device whether the first wireless device supports a power management mode; and receiving a second information transmitted from the second wireless device to the first wireless device, the second information being used for indicating whether the second wireless device supports the power management mode. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218928 | Method for superframe management and coordinator thereof - A method and a coordinator of superframe management are disclosed. The method includes receiving, by a coordinator, a GTS request from a node; determining the type of the node; allocating GTS in an active period based on GTS characteristics carried in the GTS request when the node is determined as an energy restricted device; allocating GTS in an active period and an inactive period based on GTS characteristics carried in the GTS request when the node is determined as an energy unrestricted device. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218929 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR CHANNEL ON SLEEP MODE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) channel management in a broadband wireless communication system is provided. Operations of a base station include determining a CQI channel operation mode for a CQI channel of a terminal which enters a sleep mode; transmitting at least one message which instructs to enter the sleep mode and includes information indicating the CQI channel operation mode; and managing the CQI channel of the terminal according to the CQI channel operation mode while the terminal operates in the sleep mode. Candidates of the CQI channel operation mode include at least one of a first mode which deallocates the CQI channel in the sleep mode entry, a second mode which maintains the CQI channel in the sleep mode and forbids CQI channel allocation to other terminal during a sleep window, a third mode which deallocates the CQI channel in the sleep window entry without signaling, and a fourth mode which maintains the CQI channel in the sleep mode and allows the CQI channel allocation to other terminal during the sleep window. | 08-30-2012 |
20120224518 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING TIMING UNCERTAINTY OF DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - In accordance with the present disclosure, disadvantages and problems associated with timing accuracies of higher data rate communications systems may be reduced. In accordance with one embodiment of the present disclosure a wireless communication element comprises a first controller configured to generate data transfer information indicating a trigger value. The wireless communication element further comprises a second controller communicatively coupled to the first controller. The second controller comprises a counter configured to increment a counter value and is configured to receive the data transfer information from the first controller. The second controller is further configured to generate a data transfer trigger when the counter value corresponds with the trigger value such that the wireless communication element initiates a data transfer with a second wireless communication element in response to the data transfer trigger. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224519 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF A TARGET TERMINAL AND AN ACCESS POINT FOR GROUP ID MANAGEMENT IN MU-MIMO TRANSMISSION - Provided is a communication method of a target terminal and an access point (AP) for a group identification (ID) management in a multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) transmission capable of managing a group ID of members of a group without influencing other terminals in the group by transmitting membership information and position information to each of a plurality of terminals. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224520 | Method and Device for Confirming Downlink Inner Loop Power Control Mode by Base Station - The invention provides a method and a device for confirming a downlink inner loop power control mode by a Node B in an idle mode and in a CELL_FACH state. The method includes that: when the Node B detects that there is User Equipment (UE) using an E-DCH in the idle mode or in the CELL_FACH state, confirming to use a mode 0 to receive Transmit Power Control (TPC) bit information sent on a Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) by the UE, and performing downlink inner loop power control on a Fractional Dedicated Physical Channel (F-DPCH). The method and device provided in the invention enable the inner loop power control mode for the F-DPCH made by the Node B to be consistent with the TPC bit information mode fed back by the UE, and enable the F-DPCH to use proper transmit power to transmit. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224521 | POWER SAVE METHOD, ACCESS POINT DEVICE, AND STATION DEVICE - A power save method, an AP device and an STA device are provided. According to whether power save is allowed in a current TXOP and whether a station STA is newly added in an operation object identifier of a subsequent frame of each frame of the current TXOP, the AP device respectively sets a TXOP power save indication of each frame, and when the TXOP power save indication of the current frame is power save allowed, the STA device determines whether to enter the Doze state according to a judgment result for a doze condition. The adoption of the method and the device can expand the power save application range, and enhance the power save effect. | 09-06-2012 |
20120230236 | Saving Power In A Wireless Communication Device - A terminal comprises a plurality of hardware I/O units, including a wireless transceiver having a powered-up state in which at least one of a transmit path and a receive path is enabled at the expense of higher power consumption and a powered-down state in which the at least one path is disabled in favour of lower power consumption; a processing apparatus; and a storage medium coupled to the processing apparatus and storing at least a first and a second application, an operating system, a communication protocol layer and a driver layer arranged to be executed on the processing apparatus. The operating system is arranged to arbitrate access by the plurality of applications to the hardware I/O units via the driver layer, including access to the wireless transceiver via the communication protocol layer and driver layer. The second application comprises a wireless traffic scheduler configured to coordinate traffic associated with the second application to be communicated via the wireless transceiver during a same continuous phase of the powered-up state as traffic associated with the first application. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230237 | Power Management for Wireless Networks - Embodiments provide techniques for device power management in wireless networks. For instance, an apparatus may include a power management module, and a transceiver module. The power management module determines a beacon interval and a wakeup interval. The transceiver module to send a transmission to one or more remote devices that includes the beacon interval and the wakeup interval. The beacon interval indicates a time interval between consecutive beacon transmissions of the apparatus, and the wakeup interval indicates a time interval between when the apparatus receives two consecutive beacons from a peer device. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230238 | Resource Setting Control for Transmission Using Contention Based Resources - There is proposed a mechanism for controlling a transmission of a connection quality information, like CQI, from a UE to a base transceiver station via an uplink connection. Resources of an uplink control channel for the trans-mission of the connection quality information are set for a plurality of UEs. A collision between transmissions of the connection quality information by at least two user equipments of the plurality of UEs on a same resource element is detected or predicted on the basis of input information, and a collision prevention processing is executed when such collision is detected or predicted. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230239 | TERMINAL DEVICE FOR RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING A PLURALITY OF COMPONENT CARRIERS AND METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a terminal device for receiving a signal in a wireless communication system for supporting a plurality of component carriers and a method thereof. In the terminal device for receiving the signal in the system for supporting the component carriers, a receiver receives a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) including control information of a first type component carrier from a base station or a relay. A processor performs a decoding operation or controls an operation in a slip mode on the basis of control information included in a PDCCH in a second type component carrier after a time corresponding to a particular time offset value passes from a transmission time point of the PDCCH. | 09-13-2012 |
20120236770 | PORTABLE ROUTER AND POWER SAVING CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - The invention discloses a portable router and a power saving control method thereof. The portable router is capable of routing a signal among the network end and at least one electronic device. Each of the at least one electronic device has a wireless data transmitting function. The portable router comprises a first network module, a second network module, a sensing module and a data processing module. The first network module and the second network module can be switched on or off independently, the first network module is capable of exchanging signal to the network end by the first format, the second module is capable of exchanging the signal to the at least one electronic device by the second format. The sensing module is electronically connected with the network end for generating a status signal in accordance with the pre-determined state. The data processing module is capable of determining and processing a pre-determined function in accordance with the status signal and the pre-determined order. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236771 | UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE MAPPING FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - In a multi-carrier wireless communication system, component carrier configuration and reconfiguration uses uplink control channel resource mapping with fallback configurations to maintain alignment between a user equipment and a base station during reconfiguration. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236772 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZATION OF APPLICATION COMMUNICATIONS - Systems, methods, and devices for managing application communications are described herein. In some aspects, a wireless device is configured to execute a plurality of applications and to communicate with a communication network. The wireless device includes a processor configured to receive information from an application, via an application programming interface. The information is indicative of a transmit delay tolerance. The processor is further configured to receive, via the application programming interface, a packet from the application. The wireless device further includes a network driver configured to determine when to transmit the packet based on the received transmit delay tolerance. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236773 | TRANSMISSION OF ACK/NACK BITS AND THEIR EMBEDDING IN THE CQI REFERENCE SIGNAL - A transmission within a wireless cellular network may include a first and second type of information. A subframe includes a plurality of symbols, at least one symbol is designated as a data symbol and at least one symbol is designated as a reference signal symbol that contains a pre-defined reference signal. The first type of information is embedded in the data symbols. If the second type of data is expected, then the second type of information is embedded in at least one reference symbol by quadrature amplitude modulating the pre-defined reference signal. The subframe is then transmitted from one node in the network to a second node. If it is determined that the second node is not expecting the second type of information, then a discontinuous transmission (DTX) response is embedded in the reference symbol instead of the second type of information. | 09-20-2012 |
20120243453 | Apparatus and Method for Configuring a Transmission Capability of a Mobile Communication System onto Unused Radio Bands/Channels - An apparatus, method and computer program product determine channels of a television radio-band which are free of signal transmission and channels with active signal transmission, select a group of channels immediately adjacent in the frequency domain among the channels which are free of signal transmission, allocate a downlink bandwidth to channels of the selected channel group which are not immediately adjacent in the frequency domain to a channel with active signal transmission, and allocate an uplink bandwidth to all channels of the selected channel group. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243454 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SENSOR NETWORK SUPPORTING BIDIRECTIONAL EVENT DETECTION - A communication method of a coordinator in a bidirectional event transmission sensor network comprising a sensor node and the coordinator is provided. The method includes sensing, in an uplink section, whether a signal having energy greater than or equal to a predetermined magnitude is received, the signal indicating occurrence of an uplink event detected by the sensor node, and transmitting, to the sensor node in a downlink section, a synchronization packet that is used for receiving the uplink event or for transmitting a downlink event in response to the coordinator detecting the downlink event or sensing the signal having energy greater than or equal to the predetermined magnitude in the uplink section. The bidirectional event transmission sensor network has a structure of a super frame that includes at least one standby slot (SS) including the uplink section and the | 09-27-2012 |
20120243455 | RESOURCE CONFIGURATION METHOD AND DEVICE - A resource configuration method and device are provided. The method includes: obtaining a capability of a user equipment, and obtaining multiple resource configuration manners according to the capability of the user equipment; obtaining a resource configuration manner in which data bearing capacity meets a service requirement from the multiple resource configuration manners; and when it is required to save power of the user equipment, selecting a resource configuration manner in which the least radio frequency chains are used from the resource configuration manners in which the data bearing capacity meets the service requirement, and in the resource configuration manner in which the least radio frequency chains are used, configuring, for the user equipment, a component carrier and the radio frequency chain used by each component carrier. | 09-27-2012 |
20120250595 | Power aware scheduling and power control techniques for multiuser detection enabled wireless mobile ad-hoc networks - What is provided is a system for maintaining acceptable error rates in a MUD-enabled ad-hoc network. In this system the power spread associated with all of the nodes is maintained within the dynamic range of the system, for instance 30 dB. Also, the signal-to-noise ratio at an intended receiver is maintained above a predetermined minimum SNR, for instance above 5 dB. If the dynamic range rule is not met, then the power at the transmitting node is attenuated such that the dynamic range rule is met, checking to see that the minimum SNR rule is also met, or the transmission from this node is pulled. If there is no power control solution, then power aware scheduling is applied. Alternatively, only power aware scheduling is utilized. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250596 | ENHANCING PS-POLL FOR LOW-POWER WiFi - After waking from a sleep mode, a wireless communication device may poll a network controller for any broadcast and/or multicast messages. The device and the network controller may agree to this arrangement ahead of time, so that the network controller will know to buffer such messages until the device requests them. A format for enabling this capability is described. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250597 | METHOD OF ENHANCING U-APSD FOR LOW POWER WI-FI - A device for communicating in a wireless network, such as, for example, a non-AP STA, is adapted to send a trigger frame to an AP for group-addressed frames. In addition, an AP may be adapted to be triggered for group-addressed frames to deliver the group-addressed frame to a non-AP STA. The group-addressed frames could include data frames or management frames or both. Such a device or non-AP STA can advantageously stay in a power save mode until it is ready to wake up to send a trigger frame to the AP, and does not need to wake up at regular intervals, such as at every DTIM time interval, to listen for beacons from the AP and to receive any group-addressed frames destined for it and buffered at the AP. In this way, the battery life of the device may be extended. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250598 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOW-POWER BROWSING - An approach is provided for providing a low-power browsing experience on a mobile device. A proxy platform receives a request for a webpage. The proxy platform also receives information about the mobile device. The proxy platform processes and/or facilitates a processing of the information about the mobile device and sends the webpage to the mobile device in a format that is based on the information about the mobile device. The mobile device may then operate in a low-power mode when browsing the requested website. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250599 | Discontinuous Reception with User Equipment Based Mobility - A new RRC Connected (mobility) state in which a UE utilizes a temporary identifier to monitor a downlink control channel in accordance with a discontinuous reception cycle; and maintains the new connected state, the discontinuous reception cycle and the temporary identifier while the UE re-selects to a second/serving access node which lies within a same designated reselection area as a first/source access node. The DRX cycle is maintained but re-aligned with a system frame number of the second access node; the temporary identifier is a CRNTI and the designated re-selection area is defined by all contiguous cells in which respective access nodes broadcast the CRNTI in system information; the UE re-selects to the second access node; and the UE enters the new connected mobility state automatically upon expiry of a time alignment timer or upon explicit network signaling while in a different connected state. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250600 | THROTTLING ACCESS POINTS - A technique for controlling the amount of power consumed by access points (APs) of a wireless network involves implementing throttleable APs (TAPs). It would be desirable for the TAPs to be in a relatively low power mode during periods of low activity, and switch to a high power mode in response to increased wireless activity. To that end, a throttling engine can be implemented to throttle TAPs up in power in response to increases in wireless activity, and throttle TAPs down in power in response to decreases in wireless activity. | 10-04-2012 |
20120257556 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION - A method in which a base station transmits a signal to a plurality of terminals in a machine to machine (M2M) communication system, the method including: allocating an M2M device group ID (MGID) that identifies a terminal group to at least one of the plurality of terminals; and sustaining the MGID when the terminal that belongs to the terminal group is in an idle state. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257557 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO TERMINAL - A mobile communication method, which configures a DRX cycle having an On duration in which a downlink signal transmitted from a serving base station is to be monitored and an Off duration other than the On duration in an RRC connected state where an RRC connection is established between a radio terminal and a radio base station, the mobile communication method comprising: a step A of transmitting, from the radio base station to the radio terminal, a paging signal for notifying the radio terminal of an incoming call to the radio terminal at a predetermined timing in the Off duration when the DRX cycle is configured; and a step B of monitoring, at the radio terminal, the paging signal at a predetermined timing in the Off duration when the DRX cycle is configured. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257558 | REDUCING ENERGY CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS DEVICES - Techniques are provided for reducing power consumption in wireless communication devices. During an idle listening period, the clock rate of the receiver in the device is reduced. Data packets received by the receiver are then sampled at the reduced clock rate. A determination is made as to whether the data packet is intended for the device. The clock rate is restored to the full clock rate when the data packet is intended for the device. On the other hand, the receiver continues to operate at the reduced clock rate when the data packet is not intended for the device. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257559 | BATTERY CONSUMPTION CONTROL METHOD OF USER EQUIPMENT IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling battery consumption of the User Equipment (UE) equipped with a feature such as Carrier Aggregation is provided. The battery consumption control method of a terminal operating in Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS) mode includes determining, when Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) Acknowledgement (ACK) is received, whether a suspension restriction condition is fulfilled, and stopping, when the suspension restriction condition is fulfilled, suspension to flush an HARQ buffer and not monitor a retransmission grant. The battery consumption control method may improve Discontinuous Reception (DRX) efficiency and reduce an unnecessary waste of battery power. | 10-11-2012 |
20120263084 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - After transitioning a network interface of a first wireless communication device from a low power state to an active state, transmitting a request for a second wireless communication device to transmit data for the first wireless communication device that is buffered at the second wireless communication device. An indication of whether there is data for the first wireless communication device buffered at second wireless communication device is received. When there is data for the first wireless communication device buffered at second wireless communication device, data for the first wireless communication device that was buffered at the second wireless communication device is received from the second wireless communication device. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263085 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An indication that a network interface of a wireless communication device is in a low power state is received. Prior to receiving an indication that the network interface of the wireless communication device is no longer in the low power state, a data unit is received from the wireless communication device, wherein the data unit includes a request to transmit to the wireless communication device data for the wireless communication device that has been buffered while the wireless communication device is in the low power state. Responsive to the request, an indication of whether there is buffered data for the wireless communication device is transmitted. Additionally, when it is determined that there is buffered data for the wireless communication device, buffered data is transmitted to the wireless communication device. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263086 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A network interface of an access point device is configured to transmit to one or more first client stations in a first basic service set (BSS) a first value of a first parameter that indicates a time duration during which the access point device will not dissociate a client station due to not receiving at least one frame from the client station, and transmit to one or more second client stations in a second BSS a second value of the first parameter. The first value of the first parameter is at least an order of magnitude larger than the second value of the first parameter. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263087 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a mobile communication system in which a plurality of component carriers are used, transmitting and receiving control information of HARQ effectively is realized. In a mobile communication system in which a base station apparatus ( | 10-18-2012 |
20120263088 | IMPLICIT DRX CYCLE LENGTH ADJUSTMENT CONTROL IN LTE_ACTIVE MODE - A method for controlling discontinuous reception in a wireless transmit/receive unit includes defining a plurality of DRX levels, wherein each DRX level includes a respective DRX cycle length and transitioning between DRX levels based on a set of criteria. The transitioning may be triggered by implicit rules. | 10-18-2012 |
20120269106 | IDLE STATE MANAGEMENT - Apparatus and systems, as well as methods and articles, may operate to enter an idle state of a wireless device for a selected amount of time responsive to a combined clear channel assessment indication. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269107 | LOW POWER PROTOCOL FOR WIRELESS TERMINAL PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS - A Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system based upon peer-to-peer communications. A wireless terminal for peer-to-peer communications acts either as a WLAN master or as a WLAN slave. When the wireless terminal acts a master, the wireless terminal undertakes mastering duties that include transmitting a beacon interval in the frame cycle. When the wireless terminal is not tethered to a power source, mastering duties alternate according to a round-robin WLAN mastering cycle, wherein the wireless terminal acts the WLAN master during at least one frame cycle and acts the WLAN slave during other frame cycles to conserve an untethered power source of the wireless terminal. | 10-25-2012 |
20120275359 | TELECOMMUNICATION WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM - A telecommunication wireless site control system comprising a central control board configured to receive control signals disposed at a wireless site. The central control board may be communicatively coupled with current monitor and control boards, extension boards, and a local switch to control telecommunication equipment, power devices, and controllers. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275360 | LOW POWER WIRELESS NETWORK FOR LOGISTICS AND TRANSPORTATION APPLICATIONS - Techniques are disclosed for reducing power of network devices in a low-power wireless network. Embodiments generally include, for a network device that periodically toggles between high-power and low-power modes, increasing the relative amount of time the network device operates in a low-power mode under certain conditions that may otherwise cause the network device to consume more power. Such conditions include when the network device fails to join the low-power wireless network and/or when the network device fails to communicate with the low-power wireless network with an accuracy above a certain threshold level. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275361 | ACCELERATED REJOINING IN LOW POWER WIRELESS NETWORKING FOR LOGISTICS AND TRANSPORTATION APPLICATIONS - Techniques are disclosed for enabling accelerated rejoining of network devices in a low-power wireless network after a connection to the low-power wireless network is lost. Embodiments generally include, for a network device that periodically conducts scans for beacons on the low-power wireless network, increasing the frequency, or scanning rate, at which the scans are performed. After a certain period of time, if the network device has not joined the low-power wireless network, the network device can implement a different scanning rate until it rejoins with the network. Additional techniques may be used to reduce power usage and preserve the structure of a portion of the low-power wireless network that has become disconnected with the rest of the network. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275362 | DEVICES FOR INTERFERENCE CONTROL SIGNALING - A wireless communication device configured for interference control signaling is described. The wireless communication device includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The wireless communication device mitigates interference between a User Equipment (UE) included in the wireless communication device and another communication device included in the wireless communication device based on interference control signaling. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275363 | Method and system for realizing carrier control - The present disclosure provides a method and system for realizing a carrier control. The method includes: a BBU obtains and collects on-off state information of corresponding logic carriers of all configured cells and logic physical relationships of carrier frequencies according to on-off states of physical carriers reported by RRUs and reports them to a Base Station Controller (BSC); the BSC re-determines the on-off states of the logic carriers and returns them to the BBU; and the BBU converts the obtained on-off states of the logic carriers into on-off states of the physical carriers and transmits them to corresponding RRUs, and the RRUs perform carrier controls according to the obtained on-off states of the physical carriers. By the method of the present disclosure, the BSC ensures itself to be consistent with the on-off states of the carriers of the RRU by effectively controlling the on-off states of the RRU through the BBU, so that carriers are well controlled and the target of saving energy and reducing consumption is better achieved. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275364 | MANAGING GROUP MESSAGES FOR LTE WAKEUP - In some implementations, a method for managing a receiver for user equipment in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system includes receiving, within a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) resource region of a first sub-frame, a message addressed to an Identifier (ID) associated with a group of UEs. The message contains wake-up indicators for more than one of the UEs within the group of UEs. Based on the message, at least a portion of a second sub-frame is received. The second sub-frame occurs at a different time than the first sub-frame. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275365 | RECEIVING MESSAGES IN CONNECTION WITH LTE WAKEUP - In some implementations, a method for managing a receiver for user equipment in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system includes receiving, when in a DRX state or sub-state, a message within a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) resource region of a first sub-frame. The message is associated with a PDSCH transmission in a second sub-frame different from the first sub-frame. When not in the DRX state or sub-state, a message is received within a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) resource region of a first sub-frame. The message associated with a PDSCH transmission in the first sub-frame. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275366 | SWITCHING ACTIVATION OF UE RECEVIERS - In some implementations, a method for managing a receiver for user equipment in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system includes activating the UE receiver during a control portion of a sub-frame including control information. After receiving the control portion, the UE receiver is deactivated during a data-traffic portion of the sub-frame. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275367 | Energy Control in a Mobile Communication Network - In a mobile communication network, data traffic of a certain quality of service class is forwarded in accordance with a traffic forwarding policy associated with this quality of service class, e.g. by establishing dedicated bearers ( | 11-01-2012 |
20120275368 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING CONTROL SIGNALING - A method for sending control signaling, including: a transmitter using different states of one field in the control signaling to indicate the payload size or RV; and sends the control signaling indicative of the payload size or RV in the field. It is appropriate that some states of one field indicate different payload sizes, and the remaining states of the field indicate different RVs. An apparatus for sending control signaling is disclosed. The apparatus may be integrated in a base station, and may include a control signaling generating unit and a control signaling sending unit. | 11-01-2012 |
20120281606 | LOW-POWER RADIO-FREQUENCY RECEIVER - A low-power RF receiver has a decreased current consumption. The receiver may be used in control devices, such as battery-powered motorized window treatments and two-wire dimmer switches. The receiver uses an RF sub-sampling technique to check for RF signals and then puts the receiver to sleep for a sleep time that is longer than a packet length of a transmitted packet to conserve battery power. The receiver compares detected RF energy to a threshold that may be increased to decrease the sensitivity of the receiver and increase the battery lifetime. After detecting an RF signal, the receiver is put to sleep for a snooze time that is longer than the sleep time and just slightly shorter than the time between two consecutive transmitted packets. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281607 | Method and Arrangement for a Terminal of a Wireless Communication Network - A method of operating a terminal of a wireless communication network is disclosed, wherein the terminal operates according to a discontinuous reception mode. The wireless communication network comprises one or more wireless network nodes having at least first and second downlink transmission modes, the first downlink transmission mode comprising normal operation of a particular network node and the second downlink transmission mode comprising restricted downlink transmission of the particular network node and being applicable when the number of active terminals in the cell associated with the particular network node is less than or equal to a second mode threshold value. The method comprises detecting a cell identity for a cell associated with a wireless network node of the wireless communication system, determining a current downlink transmission mode of the wireless network node as the first or second downlink transmission mode, and adapting a time pattern based on the determined current downlink transmission mode, wherein the time pattern specifies when a receiver of the terminal is turned on. Corresponding computer program product and arrangement are also disclosed. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281608 | POWER MANAGEMENT OF PERIODIC TRANSMISSIONS FROM NETWORKING APPLICATIONS - Methods and apparatus relating to power management of periodic transmissions from networking applications are described. In one embodiment, a periodic transmission manager logic coupled between one or more network applications and one or more network interfaces may control the flow of periodic transmissions from the one or more network applications to the one or more network interfaces. Other embodiments are also disclosed. | 11-08-2012 |
20120287831 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN MULTI-THREADED PROCESSOR MOBILE DEVICES - In a multi-threaded processor mobile device, power consumption is reduced by matching a number of active processing resources with the data rate capability of a serving base station. The number of active resources may be adjusted to increase the amount of time the mobile device is in an all-waits period, where its processors are all idle at the same time. Increasing the all-waits time increases power savings. The mobile device may reduce the number of active resources to reduce power consumption or may increase the number of active resources temporarily in order to increase an all-waits period. The mobile device may also operate in a low power state by adjusting its active resources and operating at a reduced data rate, which is communicated to a base station. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287832 | ACCESS CONTROL FOR A SERVICE SUBSCRIPTION - A subscription to a service provided in a communication network is managed by a first terminal. The communication network includes a second terminal, and the service includes transmission of digital information. An access entity is capable of obtaining a maximum rising throughput value allocated to the first terminal and a descending throughput value allocated to the second terminal. On the access entity of the network, an access request is received for subscribing the second terminal to the service provided by the first terminal. Then, a decision about access to or refusal of subscription of the second terminal is made on the basis of the maximum rising throughput value allocated to the first terminal and on the basis of the descending throughput value allocated to the second terminal. And finally, a response indicating the decision is sent. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287833 | Using a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) Channel to Save Power for Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) That Use User Datagram Protocol (UDP) - Provided is a method for maintaining a Virtual Private Network (VPN) connection between a mobile device and a server over a wireless network in a manner that conserves the power supply of the mobile device and is suitable for connections that employ server-initiated traffic. After a successful login to a VPN server, a VPN client establishes a Transport Control Protocol (TCP) connection and a UDP connection with the server. After a power timeout, the server calculates the elapsed time between the current transmission and the last tunnel traffic. If the elapsed time exceeds a power timeout value, the VPN server transmits a simple control message to the client via the TCP channel. The client then reestablishes the UDP connection to the client and the server resumes transmission on the reestablished UDP channel. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287834 | REDUCING HANDOFF LATENCY IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK THROUGH AN ACTIVATION ALERT THAT AFFECTS A POWER STATE OF A RECEIVING MESH ACCESS POINT - If a handoff by a mobile station currently associated with a particular access point is probable, then the particular access point sends an activation alert to one or more other access points. An access point receiving the activation alert that is in a low-power state enters a higher-power state. An access point receiving the activation alert that is in a higher-power state, remains in that higher-power state. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287835 | METHOD FOR MANAGING THE POWER IN THE WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless network system includes a coordinator, a first device, and a second device. The coordinator transmits a first response to the first device to approve a first request message received from the first device; broadcast a first beacon, indicating that the first device is in a power saving mode, after transmitting the first response; transmit a second response to the second device to approve a second request message received from the second device; broadcast a second beacon, indicating that the first device needs to change a power management mode from the power saving mode to a normal mode, after transmitting the second response; transmit a third response to the first device to approve a third request message received from the first device; and broadcast a third beacon, indicating that the first device is in the normal mode, after transmitting the third response. | 11-15-2012 |
20120294212 | Method and Apparatus for Calibrating Sleep Clocks - Apparatus for use in a wireless network has a fast clock for operation in an active wakeup mode and a sleep clock for operation in a sleep mode. A calibration for the sleep clock is calculated based on the fast clock. A quality value for that new calibration is determined. If the quality value of the new calibration is higher than a quality value of an old calibration, the new calibration is used, and, if not, the new calibration is discarded and the old calibration is used. Alternatively or in addition, the length of time until the next calibration is estimated. It is then determined whether the new calibration is of sufficient quality to last for the estimated time until next calibration, and, if not, the calibration measurement period is extended. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294213 | Optimized method and system for activating and deactivating component carrier in multi-carrier system - The present disclosure provides an optimized method and system for activating and deactivating a component carrier in a multi-carrier system, the method comprises: when activating a Component Carrier (CC), a base station sends an activation command to a User Equipment (UE) through Downlink Control Information (DCI) to indicate the UE to activate the CC; if receiving the activation command successfully, the UE activates the CC and sends an acknowledgement of the activation command to the base station; when deactivating the CC, the base station sends a deactivation command to the UE through the DCI to indicate the UE to deactivate the CC; if receiving the deactivation command successfully, the UE deactivates the CC and sends an acknowledgement of the deactivation command to the base station. The present disclosure can improve the reliability of activation and deactivation of the carrier aggregation technology in an LTE-A system, and has the advantages such as simple configuration and operation, and keeping the status of CC in the base station and the status of CC in the UE consistent. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294214 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING A FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for switching a Frequency Assignment (FA) by a base station in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes, upon detecting movement of the base station, communicating with a mobile terminal using a first FA via a first FA-transceiver among a plurality of FA-transceivers which process signals transceived via each of the plurality of FAs, and selecting, upon detecting a change in a wireless environment caused by the movement, a second FA from among the plurality of FAs, operating a second FA-transceiver which processes signals transceived via the second FA, transmitting, to the mobile terminal, a scanning-instructing message for instructing the reference signal transmitted via the second FA to be scanned, and switching the first FA to the second FA in accordance with the result of the scanning received from the mobile terminal in response to the scanning-instructing message. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294215 | Methods And Apparatus For Use In Controlling Wireless Transceiver Operation In A Mobile Communication Device - A mobile device operates for communications via a first wireless network with use of a first transceiver. The device performs scanning operations with use of a second transceiver for identifying a set of cell IDs corresponding to a plurality of stations of one or more second wireless networks. The device stores the set of cell IDs in association with an ID of the first wireless network. While operating for communications with use of the second transceiver, the device maintains the first transceiver in a low power state. The device performs scanning operations with use of the second transceiver for identifying a current set of cell IDs, and compares the cell IDs of the current set with cell IDs of the stored set. The device maintains the first transceiver in the low power state or enables its operation based on the comparison. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294216 | Method and a Device for Saving Power in a Wireless User Terminal - A method for use in a cellular system with a controlling node and user terminals, UEs. In the system, UEs can assume one of at least two states, a non-listening state, i.e. a state during which a UE does not listen for data from its controlling node, and a listening state, an “on duration” state. According to the method a UE in the system is able to alternate between said two states according to a certain scheme, the scheme according to which a UE in the system alternates between said two states being dependent on whether or not data units which are transmitted between the UE and its controlling node are received entirely and correctly within an initially allocated resource for each data unit. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294217 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING TRANSMIT POWER - A method and an apparatus for determining transmission power are disclosed. A gain factor of an E-DPDCH in a compressed mode is determined according to the number of E-DPDCHs used for initial transmission of data; and the transmission power of the E-DPDCH is determined according to the gain factor of the E-DPDCH in compressed mode. As the gain factor of E-DPDCH in compressed mode is determined according to the number of the E-DPDCHs for initial transmission of data, the gain factor of the E-DPDCH in compressed mode can be determined accurately, and thus the transmit power of the E-DPDCH can be determined accurately according to the gain factor of the E-DPDCH. Therefore, the waste of transmit power of the E-DPDCH is reduced, and thus the system capacity is improved. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294218 | METHOD OF DCR OPERATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system, and more particularly, to a method for a mobile station to save power for prescribed duration without performing a paging procedure and apparatus therefor. According to one embodiment of the invention, a method of operating a DCR (deregistration with content retention) mode of a mobile station in a broadband wireless access system includes the steps of transmitting a registration request (AAI_REG-REQ) message to a base station and receiving a registration response (AAI_REG-RSP) message including an identifier for identifying the mobile station in association with connection information (AMS context) of the mobile station in a network including a base station from the base station. | 11-22-2012 |
20120300684 | PHYSICAL LAYER POWER SAVE FACILITY WITH RANDOM OFFSET - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for using a random offset to achieve power savings. For certain aspects, a Basic Service Set (BSS)-specific offset may be added to the (partial) association identifier (AID) prior to entering the partial AID into a 9-bit field of the physical layer (PHY) header (e.g., bits | 11-29-2012 |
20120300685 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION OPERATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for supporting a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation in a Node B in a mobile communication system are provided. The method includes defining a second System Frame Number (SFN) where one cycle of a first SFN corresponds to one bit, transmitting information on the second SFN to a User Equipment (UE), determining a second SFN which is used to transmit a paging signal to the UE, determining a first SFN which is used to transmit the paging signal in the determined second SFN, and transmitting the paging signal to the UE at the determined first SFN. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300686 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system capable of reducing energy consumption of a network node in a local area range. When judging that there is a shift trigger, a local eNB shifts from a normal operation to an energy saving operation. In the energy saving operation, the local eNB stops the operation of transmitting at least a part of downlink transmission signals to be transmitted to a user equipment (UE) and performs the operation of receiving an uplink transmission signal transmitted from the UE. When judging that it has received the uplink transmission signal (RACH) in the energy saving operation, the local eNB shifts to the normal operation. | 11-29-2012 |
20120307697 | SELF-ORGANIZING COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A self-organizing network (SON) capability is provided. A SON may be configured by building intelligence and automation into the network to enable network operators to address various challenges associated with operation of the network. A SON may include one or more of a self-configuration function, a physical cell identifier (PCI) configuration function, a neighbor relationship management function, an energy savings function, a cell outage function, a cellular coverage function, a handoff function, a load-balancing function, an Inter-Cell Interference Coordination (ICIC) function, a Random Access Channel (RACH) function, a capacity function, or the like. A SON provides a network operator with a path to increase network performance with less effort, enables reductions in Operating Expenditure (OPEX), enables relatively rapid adaptation to network conditions, enables increases in network quality, and so forth. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307698 | TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION METHODS AND APPARATUS - Various methods and apparatus are directed to achieving timing synchronization and propagating timing information pertaining to an external, e.g., non Wi-Fi, timing signal source. In some embodiments, a mobile communications device receives and processes a timing signal, e.g., a first Wi-Fi beacon, which is propagating timing information about an external timing signal from a device which directly received the external timing signal. Thus, a mobile wireless communications device achieves timing synchronization with respect to an external timing signal which it is unable to receive directly. In various embodiments, the mobile communications device may, and sometimes does, further propagate the timing information about the external timing signal, e.g., via a second Wi-Fi beacon signal which it generates and transmits. Synchronization with respect to an external signal source facilitates longer sleep states and decreased power consumption. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307699 | Method and Arrangement for a Terminal of a Wireless Communication Network - A method of operating a terminal of a wireless communication network is disclosed. The wireless communication network comprises one or more wireless network nodes having at least first and second downlink transmission modes, the first downlink transmission mode comprising normal operation of a particular network node and being applicable when a number of active terminals in a cell associated with the particular network node is greater than a first mode threshold value, and the second downlink transmission mode comprising restricted downlink transmission of the particular network node and being applicable when the number of active terminals in the cell associated with the particular network node is less than or equal to a second mode threshold value. The method comprises detecting a cell identity for a cell associated with a wireless network node of the wireless communication system, detecting a current downlink transmission mode of the wireless network node as the first or second downlink transmission mode, and adapting a further operation of the terminal based on the detected current downlink transmission mode. Corresponding computer program product and arrangement are also disclosed. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307700 | Prioritization of Energy Over System Throughput in a Wireless Communications System - The present invention relates to a user equipment and a radio base station, and to related methods of enabling the radio base station to affect an energy saving in the system during a connection between the user equipment and the radio base station according to a priority level of the energy saving. The method comprises the step of detecting ( | 12-06-2012 |
20120307701 | Power Saving Method and Device for a Cellular Radio System - In a method and a device of a cellular radio system the resulting energy consumption if one or many cells are allowed to go to a sleep mode is compared with the current energy consumption. Hereby, a system that continuously can optimize the energy consumption in a cellular radio system can be obtained. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307702 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a communication apparatus which allows multi-rate control causing less waste of communication band as compared to conventional, the communication apparatus according to the present invention includes: the wireless communication unit for performing wireless communication with the terminal apparatus; a transfer rate setting unit for setting a transfer rate; a beacon generation unit for generating a beacon which is a first control signal; and a control unit for causing the wireless communication unit to wirelessly transmit, for every predetermined period, the beacon, and, to cause the wireless communication unit to wirelessly transmit the beacon, the control unit causes the transfer rate setting unit to set a transfer rate different from the transfer rate previously used for the wireless transmission of the beacon, and causes the wireless communication unit to transmit the beacon to the terminal apparatus. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307703 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A method and network element to control use of a transition indication message by a user equipment, the method including an inhibit transition indication in a configuration message; and sending the configuration message with the inhibit transition indication to the user equipment. Also, a method and user equipment for sending a transition indication, the method setting a timer according to an inhibit transition indication received from a network element; detecting that a data transfer is complete; and sending the transition indication upon detecting that the timer is not running. | 12-06-2012 |
20120314634 | CLIENT BRIDGE BETWEEN WIRED AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method and client bridge for bridging clients between a wired and wireless communication network includes a radio transceiver with a register and a controller for indicating to the wireless network that all wired client devices of the wired network are in Power Save Polling (PSP) mode, selecting the next wired client to be indicated as being in Continuously Awake Mode (CAM) mode, storing a Media Access Control (MAC) address of that selected client in the register, indicating to the wireless network that the selected client is in CAM mode, receiving any packets from the wireless network, which are acknowledged using the register, indicating to the wireless network that the selected client is back in PSP mode, and repeating these operations until all wired client communications are serviced. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314635 | METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF TERMINAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTI-CARRIER STRUCTURE - A method for reducing power consumption of a terminal that communicates with a base station in a mobile communication system using a multi-carrier structure composed of a primary component carrier and at least one secondary component carrier comprises: receiving a discontinuous reception (DRX) parameter group for multi carriers from the base station; and setting the multi carriers to the same parameter value, by using the received parameter group. The method for reducing power consumption of the terminal further comprises: performing a downlink control channel receive operation on each carrier according to a DRX cycle. As the base station in the mobile communication system using the multi-carrier structure simplifies the DRX process for reducing power consumption of a terminal by reducing signaling load for the multi-carrier control of the terminal, it becomes possible to reduce power consumption of the terminal. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314636 | Efficient Transmission for Low Data Rate WLAN - In a method for facilitating power saving in a wireless network, a PHY header is generated to include an indication of a duration of a PHY data unit. A preamble is also generated. The PHY data unit is generated to include the preamble and the PHY header, and the PHY data unit is transmitted. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314637 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISCONTINUOUS DATA RECEPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed in a method of discontinuous data reception in a mobile communication system. The method includes: receiving downlink data and decoding the received downlink data by the UE; when the decoding is not successful, starting a timer for receiving retransmitted data; when the downlink data has been received by a configured downlink assignment, operating a downlink carrier, through which the downlink data has been received, in an active time; and when the downlink data has been received by a dynamic transmission resource and the downlink carrier, through which the downlink data has been received, is different from a downlink carrier, through which a scheduling command for the downlink data has been received, operating the downlink carrier, through which the scheduling command for the downlink data has been received, and the downlink carrier, through which the downlink data has been received, in an active time. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314638 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF OPERATING IN IDLE MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of monitoring a paging message in a wireless communication system, which is performed by a mobile station operating in an idle mode including a paging listening interval and a paging unavailable interval, includes receiving a segment of the paging message comprising a plurality of segments during the paging listening interval, the received segment of the paging message including an extension flag indicating whether a remaining segment of the paging message exists; monitoring at least one subsequent subframe or frame to receive the remaining segment of the paging message while the mobile station remains awake if the extension flag indicates that the remaining segment of the paging message exists; and entering the paging unavailable interval if the mobile station is not paged after receiving all segments of the paging message. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314639 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication device includes: a beacon cycle determination unit configured to determine a beacon cycle for transmitting a beacon based on a sum of a number of time slots that is included in a beacon transmitted by another radio communication device and that the other radio communication device requests for transmitting data and a number of time slots to be requested by the radio communication device for transmitting data; and a packet transmit and receive control unit configured to control the radio communication device, according to the beacon cycle determined by the beacon cycle determination unit, to transmit a packet at a time slot and to receive a packet from another radio communication device at a time slot different from the time slot for transmission. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314640 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POWER HEADROOM INFORMATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a power headroom (PH) by a user equipment (UE) in a multi-carrier system is provided. The method includes: receiving power determination information from a base station (BS); determining a plurality of maximum transmission power values for a plurality of serving cells by using the power determination information and a UE specific parameter; determining a plurality of PHs on the basis of the plurality of maximum power transmission values; and transmitting the plurality of maximum transmission power values and the plurality of PHs to the BS. Accordingly, since the maximum transmission power value and the power headroom information are provided to the BS, reliable carrier aggregation scheduling can be induced, thereby being able to improve uplink transmission capability. | 12-13-2012 |
20120320808 | STORAGE MEDIUM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A game apparatus repeatedly switches between a doze state in which a wireless communication function is restricted, and an awake state. The game apparatus stores unicast data and broadcast data acquired in the awake state, in a normal queue, and transmits the pieces of data to air in acquisition order. On the other hand, in the doze state, the game apparatus stores acquired broadcast data in a preferential transmission queue, and stores acquired unicast data in the normal queue. Thereafter, when the game apparatus becomes the awake state again, the game apparatus transmits the broadcast data stored in the preferential transmission queue in preference to the unicast data stored in the normal queue. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320809 | DATA TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND A METHOD FOR ACTIVATING A DATA TRANSMISSION - A data transmission device has a data transmitter and a wake-up receiver. The data transmitter is activable to change from an idle state into an operating state and to execute a data transmission with a communication partner in the operating state. The wake-up receiver is implemented to be ready to receive an initiation signal during the idle state of the data transmitter and to activate the data transmitter in response to the initiation signal. The wake-up receiver is further implemented to extract data transmission information from the initiation signal to determine a time for activating the data transmitter depending on the data transmission information or to activate the data transmitter such that the data transmitter executes the data transmission depending on the data transmission information. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320810 | Technique of Controlling Discontinuous Transceiving Operations - A technique for controlling transceiving operations of a transceiver device in a wireless communication network is described. A method implementation of this technique comprises the following steps performed by the transceiver device: determining a temporal mismatch between DTX characteristics and DRX characteristics of the transceiver device; and adjusting at least one of the DTX characteristics and the DRX characteristics such that DTX pauses become essentially aligned with DRX pauses. During the overlapping inactivity periods of the DTX pauses and the DRX pauses power management measures may be initiated by the transceiver device. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320811 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A method and apparatus for transitioning states or modes on a user equipment, the method having the steps of receiving, at a network element, a transition indication; checking a radio resource profile for the user equipment; and making a transitioning decision at the network element based on the received transition indication and the radio resource profile. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320812 | Method for Associating Time Slots with Links Between Network Nodes of a Wireless Interconnected Network - A method for associating time slots with links between network nodes of a wireless interconnected network, the data in the network being transmittable from a source node to a destination node on a time slot basis by association via hops or corresponding hop levels, wherein a main path having one network node per hop level and the corresponding links between the network nodes of adjacent hop levels is set from the source node to the destination node, and alternative network nodes having corresponding alternative links, which can be used in place of the main path for data transmission, are also set. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320813 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting acknowledgement/negative ACK (ACK/NACK) in a wireless communication system which supports carrier aggregation, and to an apparatus for the method, wherein the method comprises the following steps: detecting one or more control channels from a plurality of component carrier; receiving one or more data indicated by the downlink control information loaded onto said one or more control channels; and transmitting ACK/NACK information relating to said one or more data via a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), wherein each of the pieces of downlink control information includes count information which is set in connection with the entire control channel actually allocated to a terminal. | 12-20-2012 |
20120327829 | Method and System for Allocating Bandwidth for Data Transmissions Between High-Speed Wireless Devices - According to one disclosed embodiment, a method for allocating bandwidth for data transmission time between high-speed wireless devices includes providing beacon intervals to accommodate allocation of data transmissions, each beacon interval including a data transmission time (DTT) interval, dividing all DTT intervals into timeslots of substantially uniform duration, and allocating an integer multiple of the timeslots to each of a plurality of service periods for timed data transmission. Such a method may further include allocating each service period of an isochronous traffic stream to begin the same number of timeslots from the beginning of its beacon interval, dividing the allocation of an asynchronous traffic stream over its allocation period by allocating an equal number of timeslots to a service period in each beacon interval within the allocation period, and de-allocating one or more service periods by marking as unallocated timeslots previously allocated to those service periods. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327830 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes: wireless transmission devices; and a wireless reception device. Each of the wireless transmission devices is configured to transmit data by transforming a time domain signal into frequency domain signals to obtain first frequency signals, clipping a part of the first frequency signals to generate second frequency signals, and allocating the second frequency signals onto subcarriers. The wireless reception device is configured to demodulate, from signals received, time domain data transmitted. Communication is performed using a clipping rate set for each of the wireless transmission devices, the clipping rate being the number of the second frequency signals divided by the number of the first frequency signals. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327831 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - Wireless sensor networks includes nodes configured to operate according to an 802.11-compliant communication protocol in an ad hoc mode in a multi hop network. The nodes include a power management unit configured to control operating states of a sensor control unit, a computing and storage unit and a communication unit of the node so that sensor measurements and inter-node communications occur at designated, coordinated times. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327832 | DYNAMIC TRANSMISSION PROTECTION IN THE PRESENCE OF MULTIPLE MODULATION SCHEMES - A technique is disclosed for re-enabling transmission protection at enhanced stations while in the presence of high, enhanced modulation traffic conditions once protection has been disabled. Transmission protection allows enhanced modulation stations to co-exist with legacy modulation stations on a shared-communications channel. The problem being solved is when transmission protection is set to inactive and the Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (i.e., enhanced modulation) traffic load is high, legacy traffic is likely to collide repeatedly with Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing transmissions, with the result that the access point does not notice that a legacy station has become active again. Consequently, the access point does not activate transmission protection. The present invention addresses the problem by defining access point mechanisms that are capable of re-enabling transmission protection, once protection has been disabled, in the presence of high, enhanced modulation traffic conditions. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327833 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION OF CONNECTED TERMINAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling an active time period during a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) operation in a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system. The method includes starting, in the UE, a first timer to monitor control data via a shared control channel, the control data being associated with user data to be transmitted; and starting, in the UE, a second timer, when the control data indicating a new transmission of associated user data is received via the shared control channel while the first timer is running, or restarting, in the UE, the second timer, when the control data indicating a new transmission of associated user data is received via the shared control channel while the second timer is running. | 12-27-2012 |
20130003626 | OSCILLATOR SETTLING TIME ALLOWANCE - Techniques are disclosed relating to oscillator settling time allowance. In one embodiment, an apparatus may include an oscillator and oscillation detection and control circuitry. The oscillation detection and control circuitry may be configured to awaken an oscillator at a predetermined time and detect an edge transition of oscillations. The oscillation detection and control circuitry may further be configured to measure the time from the power-on indication to edge transition detection. In one embodiment, the oscillation detection and control circuitry may be configured to store the measured time and use the measured time instead of the predetermined time for subsequent oscillator awakenings. In some embodiments, the apparatus may further include circuitry configured to compensate for an expected oscillator settling behavior. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003627 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF IMPROVING POWER EFFICIENCY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus may comprise a signal mapper to map a pre-emphasized signal to sub-carriers symmetrically about DC, and a peak-to-average-power reduction (PAPR) module arranged to receive a pre-emphasized signal and treat the pre-emphasized signal so as to reduce PAPR in a transmit signal sent from the transmitter. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003628 | METHOD FOR DEACTIVATING AT LEAST ONE COMPONENT OF AN ENTITY OF A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK, CORRESPONDING DEVICE AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A method and apparatus are provided for deactivating at least one component of an entity of a wireless communication network including a plurality of entities. The communication network is organized into a plurality of communication layers, including a physical layer. The method includes, in the physical layer: a step of receiving a header of a frame of data extracted from a physical signal during reception; a step of decoding the header outputting at least one piece of information showing at least one addressee entity of the frame; a step of deactivating at least one component of the recipient entity of the header when the information representing the addressee entity designates an entity other than the recipient entity. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003629 | PAGING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION OF M2M/MTC DEVICE OPERATING IN HIGH POWER SAVING RECEPTION MODE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND SYSTEM THEREOF - method is provided for communicating with a User Equipment (UE) supporting a High Power Saving Reception Mode (HPSRM) mode by an evolved Node B (eNB) in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving Discontinuous Reception (DRX) cycle information from a network entity performing mobility management for the UE by the eNB communicating with the UE over a wireless link; and broadcasting system information including the DRX cycle information. The DRX cycle information is set longer than DRX cycle information of a UE non-supporting the HPSRM mode. By doing so, an efficient paging method for an UE operating in the HPSRM mode may be provided. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003630 | CONNECTION SETUP FOR LOW ENERGY WIRELESS NETWORKS BASED ON SCAN WINDOW AND SCAN INTERVAL ESTIMATION - Various techniques for connection setup for Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) devices are disclosed. The various embodiments save power. In one example, an apparatus (such as a BLE slave) includes a controller configured to transmit advertising packets and, based on responses to the packets, and lack thereof, the controller estimates the length of the scan window and scan interval. In another embodiment, an apparatus such as a master device is configured to generate a scan update packet that specifies the scan window length, scan interval, and start and end times for that master. The controller is configured to transmit the packet to one or more slave devices. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003631 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS BEARER COMMUNICATIONS - Systems, devices, and methods for managing multiple radio access bearer communications are provided. In one aspect, a device configured to communicate a voice and data communication via a wireless communication link is provided. The device includes a receiver configured to receive information selection criteria associated with a power limited condition. The device further includes a processor configured to detect the power limited condition. The processor is further configured to select information for transmission on a data channel, independent of the received information selection criteria. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003632 | Methods And Apparatus For Reducing Power Consumption For Mobile Devices Using Broadcast-To-Unicast Message Conversion - A mobile device sends to a message a wireless network. The message indicates a plurality of different protocol types of broadcast messages to be processed as broadcast-to-unicast messages during a low power mode of operation of the mobile device. The protocol type of a given broadcast message is identifiable in a protocol identifier field of the broadcast message. The mobile device maintains its wireless receiver in a powered down state during the low power mode of operation while broadcast messages are broadcasted from the wireless network. For each broadcast message of each said indicated protocol type provided in the message sent to the wireless network, the mobile device monitors to receive via the wireless receiver a unicast message from the wireless network. The mobile device identifies broadcast message information of the broadcast message within the unicast message. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003633 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION OPERATION FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packets for low-power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system for packet transmission. The present research provides a method and apparatus that can perform a low-power consuming operation when a terminal is in active state in a cellular system. The method for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packet data to reduce power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system, including the steps of: a) establishing discontinuous reception/transmission (DRX/DTX) parameters including discontinuous DRX/DTX cycle information for terminals operating in a transmission suspension mode, which is a sub-state of an active state; and b) performing DRX/DTX based on the DRX/DTX parameters in the terminals operating in the transmission suspension mode. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003634 | MAINTAINING AN IP CONNECTION IN A MOBILE NETWORK - A method for IP [=Internet Protocol] communication between a mobile terminal and its correspondent node in a mobile radio network. The method comprises establishing ( | 01-03-2013 |
20130003635 | Method of Managing Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service Reception and Related Communication Device - A method of managing MBMS reception for a communication device in a wireless communication system includes the step of performing discontinuous reception with off durations and receiving data of a MBMS subframe when the communication device has subscribed a MBMS service and the MBMS subframe is in one of the off durations. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003636 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COORDINATION OF WIRELESS MAINTENANCE CHANNEL POWER CONTROL - In a wireless communication system, there are several wireless channels used for communication between users and a base station. Channel characteristics may be defined by whether a channel is carrying traffic data and the timing of the channel transmissions with respect to channels not carrying traffic data. Different power levels between channels carrying traffic data or not may be defined and individual power levels of each channel may be amended based on individual power level command responses. | 01-03-2013 |
20130010662 | Filtering Group-Addressed Frames in Wi-Fi Devices - A method according to one embodiment includes the operations of buffering group-addressed frames; generating a first signal field comprising a first rate code selected from a plurality of invalid rate codes; receiving a trigger frame from a wireless station; and transmitting the first signal field in combination with the buffered group-addressed frames in response to the trigger frame. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010663 | HANDOVER FOR A MULTI-MODE MOBILE TERMINAL TO OPERATE IN CDMA 1X AND WiMAX OVERLAID NETWORKS - Aspects of the present disclosure allow a mobile station (MS) to maintain data activity while performing handover operations within the WiMAX network and listening to a CDMA 1x paging cycle. According to aspects, the MS maintains timing of a base station (BS) in a first radio access technology (RAT) and a BS in a second RAT. The MS may determine an expected timing of a paging cycle in the second RAT and send a sleep request to the BS in the first RAT such that the sleep interval coincides with the timing of the paging cycle in the second RAT. The MS may perform operations to ensure a sleep interval, after performing handover operations, coincides with the timing of the paging cycle in the second RAT. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010664 | METHOD FOR POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method of power saving in a wireless local area network is provided. The method, performed by a wireless device, includes acquiring TXOP (transmission opportunity) from access point (AP), the TXOP indicating an interval of time when the AP has the right to transmit at least one data block for multi user-multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) transmission, receiving a power saving indicator from the AP, the power saving indicator indicating whether the AP allows to enter doze state during the TXOP, and entering the doze state until the end of the TXOP if the power saving indicator indicates an allowance of entering the doze state. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010665 | AD-HOC NETWORK POWER SAVE SYSTEM AND METHOD - Symmetrical and asymmetrical ad-hoc, wireless networks and a method for saving power in the same may include causing a first station to determine whether a second station has a master capability to buffer data traffic for the first station. A first station requests the second station to buffer the data traffic intended for the first station for a first predetermined period. The first station enters a first power save mode, and the second station buffers the data traffic for the first station for the first predetermined period. The first station exits the first power save mode after the first predetermined period and the second station sends the buffered data traffic to the first station. Both the first and second stations may have master capabilities, or only one of the first and second stations may have a master capability. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010666 | MOBILE DEVICE WITH INDEPENDENT BATTERY AND RADIOFREQUENCY COMMUNICATION INTERFACE - The invention is aimed at optimising the life of the power supply of mobile equipment with a radiofrequency communication interface by switching off the power to it when it reaches a given state. A mobile device ( | 01-10-2013 |
20130016637 | VEHICLE BATTERY POWER SAVE TIMERAANM Yi; Ki HakAACI WindsorAACO CAAAGP Yi; Ki Hak Windsor CAAANM Shamoun; Christopher N.AACI Commerce TownshipAAST MIAACO USAAGP Shamoun; Christopher N. Commerce Township MI US - The described method and system provide for processing telematics service-related calls on a telematics-equipped vehicle when the vehicle ignition is off. By utilizing one or more call timers, the described invention is able to prevent excessive drain to the vehicle battery while still providing broad access to telematics services when the vehicle ignition is off. Certain types of calls may be excepted from the call timers, and different types of calls may use different call timers. A call center may also intervene and modify the process by changing the values of the timers. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016638 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICEAANM LEE; KyounghoAACI Hwaseong-siAACO KRAAGP LEE; Kyoungho Hwaseong-si KRAANM CHUNG; JaepilAACI SeoulAACO KRAAGP CHUNG; Jaepil Seoul KRAANM KANG; ChinkyuAACI Hwaseong-siAACO KRAAGP KANG; Chinkyu Hwaseong-si KRAANM YOON; JaeseungAACI Yongin-siAACO KRAAGP YOON; Jaeseung Yongin-si KRAANM LEE; SangbongAACI Suwon-siAACO KRAAGP LEE; Sangbong Suwon-si KR - A method for controlling a discontinuous reception (DRX) in a mobile communication device is provided. According to the method, when a specific application is selected, the device activates a DRX setting timer having a long DRX period for a direct long DRX mode, and enters into the DRX mode. When the setting timer expires in the DRX mode, the device activates the setting timer again and receives control information from a base station in an on-duration zone. The device enters into the DRX mode in response to no reception of valid control information in the on-duration zone, or enters into a continuous mode for executing the specific application in response to reception of valid control information. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016639 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING CARRIER MANAGEMENT IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A method and device for carrier management in a carrier aggregation system, includes signaling which carries an additional carrier measurement indication sent to a User Equipment (UE); a measurement report received from the UE; when the downlink traffic of the UE increases, if the recorded carriers in the current downlink carrier set of the UE can not meet the requirement of the downlink traffic data rate, according to the additional carrier measurement report, at least one additional carrier is configured and activated, and the UE is notified to perform the corresponding configuration operation. In addition, according to the measurement result and the change in the downlink traffic of the UE, the base station can also perform the deactivation, activation replacement and removal of the additional carrier for the user, and notify the UE to perform the corresponding configuration operations. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016640 | ENHANCEMENT OF SLOTTED MODE OPERATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONAANM Fang; YonggangAACI San DiegoAAST CAAACO USAAGP Fang; Yonggang San Diego CA USAANM Yu; YuanFangAACI ShenzhenAACO CNAAGP Yu; YuanFang Shenzhen CNAANM Lu; TingAACI BeijingAACO CNAAGP Lu; Ting Beijing CNAANM Zhao; XiaowuAACI ShenzhenAACO CNAAGP Zhao; Xiaowu Shenzhen CN - Methods, apparatus and systems for enhanced slotted mode operation for wireless communication are disclosed. A first control message indicative of a first sleep cycle duration is received. When the first control message includes a first message field, a second control message that includes a second field indicative of a second sleep cycle duration that is greater than the first sleep cycle duration is transmitted. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016641 | MESH NETWORK CONTROL USING COMMON DESIGNATION WAKE-UP - Each of a plurality of network nodes in an ad hoc mesh network utilizes a data communication device that includes a two-way communications component, comprising a first receiver and transmitter, and a second receiver. The second receiver activates the communications component from a dormant state when it receives a broadcast including a wake-up identifier of the communication device. A method of activating and deactivating a mesh network includes, first, transmitting a broadcast that includes a wake-up identifier such that each second receiver of each communication device identified by the wake-up identifier, upon receipt, activates the communications component of the communication device, which then engages in mesh networking communications, and, second, transmitting a second broadcast including a second identifier such that the communications component of each communication device identified by the second identifier, upon receipt, will cease its mesh networking communications and will return to the dormant state. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016642 | COEXISTENCE OF A NORMAL-RATE PHYSICAL LAYER AND A LOW-RATE PHYSICAL LAYER IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A system including a midamble detection module and a processing module. The midamble detection module is configured to detect a midamble of a packet transmitted via a channel, where the packet includes (i) a preamble, (ii) the midamble, and (iii) a plurality of data fields, where the preamble includes (i) a first short training field, (ii) a first long training field, and (iii) a signal field, where the midamble includes (i) a second short training field and (ii) a second long training field, and where the midamble follows the preamble and is between two or more of the data fields. The processing module is configured to determine that the channel is busy in response to detecting the midamble in the packet. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016643 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING MULTI-CARRIER FREQUENCY POWER AMPLIFIER RESOURCES - A control method and device for multi-carrier frequency power amplifier resources includes service data which is first distributed to a primary carrier frequency board; if it is determined that channel resource blocks of the primary carrier frequency board are all distributed with the service data, the rest service data is distributed to a secondary carrier frequency board according to a sequence of time slots, and if the primary carrier frequency board is not completely distributed with the service data, skip this step; after the service data is scheduled, an energy-saving operation may be started for the primary carrier frequency board in the time slot in which a carrier frequency can be turned off and for the secondary carrier frequency board, so as to eliminate static power consumption of the power amplifier. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016644 | WIRELESS INTELLIGENT SWITCH ENGINE - A wireless intelligent switch engine (WISE) is described. The wireless intelligent switch engine provides for automatic switching between different physical wireless interfaces in mobile devices while roaming to maintain a wireless network connection. WISE functions as a bridge between a mobile device and multiple wireless network interfaces to provide automatic and seamless switching among networks while roaming. The mobile device sees WISE as a LAN interface and communicates with WISE using the TCP/IP protocol stack, thus providing a PPP-less configuration that uses the TCP/IP protocol stack regardless of the wireless interface. | 01-17-2013 |
20130021956 | SYNCHRONIZED COMUNICATION FOR MESH CONNECTED TRANSCEIVER - A wireless mesh network, method, and processor-readable storage medium for operating a network that has a control node that communicates with a plurality of communication nodes, at least one of which comprises a battery-powered communication node, are disclosed. The battery-powered communication node is associated with an electric meter and is configured to maintain time- and frequency synchronization with an electric meter or with the network, to transmit a message, and to listen for a response to the message during a polling period after the message is transmitted. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021957 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR GROUP PAGING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods, apparatus and systems for group paging of wireless devices are described. A wireless device is associated with a member identifier (MID) that is a unique identifier for the wireless device. The wireless device is associated with a group identifier (GID) that is a unique identifier for a group of which the wireless device is a member. The wireless device is woken up from a sleep mode at a wake-up time based on the GID. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021958 | Method and System for Minimizing Power Consumption in a Communication System - Certain embodiments of the invention may be found in a method and system for minimizing power consumption in a communication system. Exemplary aspects of the invention may comprise configuring a supply voltage of an amplifier to enable communication of data using a first communication protocol during a first timeslot in a TDM frame, reconfiguring the supply voltage of the amplifier to enable communication of data using a different communication protocol, and adjusting the supply voltage of the amplifier in proportion to the envelope of a baseband signal conforming to one of the communication protocols. The first and second communication protocols may conform to various communication protocols, such as WCDMA, HSDPA, HSUDPA, GSM, GPRS, EDGE, WiMAX, OFDM, UWB, ZigBee, and Bluetooth. The baseband signal may be delayed by a number of samples before being input into the amplifier. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021959 | ACCESS POINT MULTI-LEVEL TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL BASED ON THE EXCHANGE OF CHARACTERISTICS - A first plurality of characteristics are received from a first client device relating to transmissions received by the first client device from both an access point and a second client device. A second plurality of characteristics are received from the second client device relating to transmissions received by the second client device from both the access point and the first client device. The first plurality of characteristics and the second plurality of characteristics are both assessed. Based on the assessment, a least one of a plurality of customized power levels is selected for transmissions by the access point to the first client device and the second client device. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021960 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One suggested specific embodiment of the present invention relates to a communication method and device for improved performance. For example, a method for requesting information related to energy (or power) consumption of a terminal and receiving a report of related information from the terminal, and a mobile terminal may be provided. When the method and terminal are used, energy that the terminal consumes may be efficiently controlled. | 01-24-2013 |
20130028156 | ACCESS CATEGORY-BASED POWER-SAVE FOR WI-FI DIRECT GROUP OWNER - A wireless device includes a peer-to-peer group owner processor that handles peer-to-peer transactions, a memory coupled to the peer-to-peer group owner processor, and a power state controller. The power state controller determines an access category of a communication received from a peer-to-peer client and determines a quality of service constraint for the access category. The power state controller also determines a power-save mechanism for the wireless device based on the quality of service constraint and implements the determined power-save mechanism. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028157 | ACCESS POINT DEVICE WITH WAKEUP MODE - Method and apparatus for communicating over a wireless network. In accordance with some embodiments, an access point (AP) device is provided that is capable of transitioning from a low power standby mode to an operational mode responsive to receipt of a wireless communication signal from a client device coupled to the AP device. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028158 | Transmit Power Control Maximizing Coverage At A Minimum Interference - Techniques are provided to generate a transmit power plan comprising transmit powers to be used by wireless access point devices in a wireless network. A wireless network controller receives, from each of a plurality of wireless access point devices configured to provide wireless service in corresponding coverage areas to client devices, data indicating receive signal strength information with respect to signals received from others of the plurality of wireless access point devices. Overlap of coverage areas of wireless access point devices is computed from the received signal strength information. A plurality of candidate transmit power plans are generated each from a deterministic or random sequence of selections of wireless access point devices. One of the plurality of candidate transmit power plans is selected to achieve a desired amount of coverage area overlap while maximizing overall coverage by the plurality of wireless access point devices. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028159 | SILENT POWER-SAVE MODE FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - In at least some embodiments, a wireless communication device includes a transceiver having control logic with a traffic learning mode and a silent power-save mode. During the traffic learning mode, the control logic is configured to determine a minimum periodicity value and a maximum periodicity value for all traffic flows served by the transceiver. During the silent power-save mode, the control logic is configured to toggle between a dozing period set to the minimum periodicity value and an active period set to a difference between the maximum periodicity value and the minimum periodicity value. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028160 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ENHANCING ENERGY EFFICIENCY - Provided is a method and device for increasing energy efficiency by adaptively performing clipping with respect to an input signal. The method may adaptively determine a clipping ratio (CR) based on a modulation method of the communication device and perform clipping based on the determined CR. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028161 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system includes a plurality of eNBs that perform radio communication with an UE and an MCE that controls the eNBs. The MCE indicates an MBSFN subframe (MCE) serving as radio resources that transmit a reference signal for power measurement to the UE less frequently than normal to the eNB, the eNB, in addition to the MBSFN subframe (MCE) indicated by the MCE, designates the MBSFN subframe (eNB) serving as the radio resources that transmit a reference signal to the UE less frequently than normal, and in the MBSFN subframe (MCE) and the MBSFN subframe (eNB) the reference signal is transmitted to the UE. In this manner, the reference signal for measuring a power can be transmitted less frequently than normal, and a power consumption of the infrastructure can be reduced. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028162 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE BLUETOOTH LOW POWER DISCOVERY AND WAKE UP - A method of low power discovery (LPD) that extends the battery life of a portable Wi Fi device or portable media player (PMP) using IEEE 802.11 interface by ensuring that PMP host processor is only on when in designated 802.11 coverage or when needed by a user, by employing probabilistic channel scanning-comprising: | 01-31-2013 |
20130034033 | METHOD FOR SENDING/ACQUIRING A SIR TARGET VALUES AND A SERVING RADIO NETWORK CONTROL - The present invention discloses a method for sending/acquiring a SIR target value and a Serving Radio Network Control. The above sending method comprises: a Serving Radio Network Control (SRNC) sending an outer loop power control frame to a Node B, wherein the outer loop power control frame carries carrier identification information and a SIR Target value of a carrier corresponding to the carrier identification information. The above acquiring method comprises: a Node B receiving an outer loop power control frame sent by a Serving Radio Network Control (SRNC) and acquiring carrier identification information and a SIR Target value of a carrier corresponding to the carrier identification information from the outer loop power control frame; and the Node B updating a SIR Target value of the carrier corresponding to the carrier identification information to be the SIR Target value. By means of the present invention, uplink N carrier HSUPA functions can be ensured to be performed correctly and reasonably, and the Node B is enabled to perform power control to independent uplink transmission in an N carrier system. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034034 | POWER CONTROL DEVICE FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION AND METHOD THEREOF - A power control method and device for mobile communication are disclosed. The power control method, performed by a mobile communication device including a controller, a radio frequency (RF) circuit and a baseband circuit, includes receiving, by the RF circuit, a first signal; determining, by the controller, when a second signal is come; turning off, by the controller, the RF circuit when the first signal is received and the second signal has not yet arrived; and processing, by the baseband circuit, the received first signal. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034035 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR AD-HOC WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method, User Equipment (UE), and network node in an ad-hoc network. The UE determines a node in the ad-hoc network that is able to provide a reference signal comprising a pattern that can be used for synchronization purposes when the UE is in DRX mode in the ad-hoc network. The node is determined by requesting the node to indicate whether the node is able to provide the reference signal, and receiving an accept signal or message from the node. The UE then receives the reference signal from the determined node, enters DRX mode, and uses the received reference signal to maintain synchronization while in the DRX mode. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034036 | POWER EFFICIENT COMMUNICATIONS - A method, system, and device provide power-efficient communications within the context of available power. Transmission and receipt data rates are scalable in accordance with output power available from a power source. Data is transmitted at a data rate determined, at least in part, by the available output power. | 02-07-2013 |
20130039237 | Method and Apparatus for Transmission Protocol Uplink Channel Selection - First and second wireless transmission protocol uplink channels are available for use by a wireless device in transmitting data to a network. In various examples, the device selects between the first and second wireless transmission protocol uplink channels according to various different criteria. Examples include selecting between the first and second wireless transmission protocol uplink channels according to the type of data to be transmitted and according to the identity of the device, and various combinations of these. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039238 | Method Of Operating A Wireless Device And Processor For A Wireless Device - A wireless device operates such that at least a part of a radio system of the wireless device is temporarily shut down so as to be unable to receive downlink frames and is powered up so as to be capable of receiving downlink frames. The wireless device schedules the transmission time of an uplink frame to occur when the radio system of the wireless device has been powered up so that the wireless device is capable of receiving a downlink frame. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039239 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD WITH LOW POWER CONSUMPTION - A wireless communication device includes a Wi-Fi module for operating in WLAN system and a Bluetooth module for operating in Bluetooth system. After entering a power-saving mode, the wireless communication device is configured to turn off the Wi-Fi module and periodically scan an operational frequency band of a network using the Bluetooth module. When detecting a radio frequency signal having the same bandwidth as the network in the operational frequency band, the wireless communication device is configured to enter a normal mode. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039240 | REALIZATION OF SLEEP AND RECONNECTING FUNCTIONS ON NETWORK SYSTEM AND THE METHOD - Realization of sleep and reconnecting functions is developed for network systems which comprise a number of end devices, network path sharing devices and coordinators. End devices and, even, network path sharing devices can be enforced to enter a sleep state at the first preset times and wake up at the second preset times. The two preset times are either assigned offline or adjustable at run time, according to the actual traffic load in the network. When a node wakes up, it checks whether the corresponding parent node is in the active state or not. If the corresponding parent node is not in the active state, the node will find a new parent node to establish a new transmission path. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039241 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER MANAGEMENT OF UICC - The present disclosure describes a method for saving power in a user equipment (UE), which includes discovering at least one available access technology radio access network (RAN) having at least one access technology type, switching off power to a removable Universal Integrated Circuit Card (UICC) having subscription information for a second technology type different from a first technology type when a first technology type RAN is the only access technology RAN available, and establishing access to first technology type RAN user subscription information in a nonvolatile memory (NV) on the UE when a first technology type RAN is the only access technology RAN available. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039242 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION UPDATE CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving system information update control information in a sleep mode in a wireless communication system. According to one aspect of the present invention, a method in which a terminal in a sleep mode receives system information update control information in a wireless communication system comprises: receiving, by the terminal from a base station, system information update control information including information on whether or not each of a plurality of secondary super frame header subpacket information elements (hereinafter, referred to as “S-SFH SP IEs”) is changed during a listening window; and receiving a changed S-SFH SP IE using the system information update control information. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039243 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OPERATING IN IDLE MODE - A method and device for operating in an idle mode for Machine To Machine (M2M) communication are provided. A M2M device receives a paging message from a base station. The paging message includes a M2M group identifier that identifies a M2M group to which the M2M device belongs. The M2M device monitors an uplink resource allocation beginning from an offset during a monitoring duration. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039244 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA ASSOCIATED WITH IDLE MODE SIGNALING REDUCTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The technical features of this document provide a method and wireless apparatus for controlling a number of timers associated with ISR function. The method is applicable to a user equipment moving between different networks, i.e., different radio access networks such as 2G/3G and LTE. The method is associated with a deactivate timer which can be initiated following a periodic tracking area updating timer. The method comprises starting the deactivate ISR timer when the periodic tracking area updating timer expires and the mobility management back-off timer is running while the UE is in the coverage of LTE. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039245 | METHOD AND DEVICE OF MANAGING MTC DEVICES IN AN MTC NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method and system for managing Machine-to-Machine type Communication (MTC) devices in a MTC network environment are provided. The method includes receiving a notification message including a timer value from an MTC network; entering, upon receiving the notification message including the timer value for a duration equal to the timer value, an inactive mode; entering, upon an expiration of the timer value, an active mode from the inactive mode; and transmitting MTC data to an MTC server associated with the MTC device via the MTC network during the active mode of the MTC device. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039246 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating resources in a wireless communication system is provided. A wireless device which makes a transition between Low Power Consumption (LPC) mode and active mode receives, from a base station, an allocation message for allocating persistent scheduling resources used in persistent scheduling. The wireless device communicates with the base station using the persistent scheduling resources, for active duration in which the wireless device operates in the active mode. The wireless device deallocates the persistent scheduling resources automatically when the active duration is finished. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039247 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF POWER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS AREA NETWORK - Device, system, and method of power management. In some demonstrative embodiments, a device may include a wireless communication unit to transmit to a control point of a wireless area network an information request frame identifying at least one other wireless communication device in the wireless area network, wherein the wireless communication unit is to receive from the control point a response including wakeup information defining a wakeup schedule including at least one wakeup period of the other wireless communication device, and wherein, based on the wakeup information, the wireless communication unit is to transmit a wireless transmission directly to the other wireless communication device during the wakeup period. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 02-14-2013 |
20130044658 | Beacon synchronization in wifi based systems - A wireless device comprises a transceiver and a scheduling system. The transceiver transmits and receives messages to and from an access point, and has a sleep mode from which it occasionally wakes at wakeup times to listen for beacons from the access point. The scheduling system schedules wakeup times according to historical beacon synchronization data. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044659 | Wireless Devices and Base Stations and Methods of Operating - In one aspect, a wireless device sends a synchronisation group identifier to a network control apparatus identifying a synchronisation group of wireless devices. If the wireless device is notified that no other devices of the synchronisation group are connected to the control apparatus, the wireless device transmits a timing reference to and agrees an extended discontinuous reception time period with the control apparatus. Otherwise, the wireless device receives a timing reference and an extended discontinuous reception time period from the control apparatus. The wireless device periodically enters an idle state and powers up for reception in accordance with at least the timing reference and the extended discontinuous reception time period. In another aspect, plural base stations each use a common timing reference and a common extended discontinuous reception time period in controlling the operation of extended discontinuous reception by a synchronisation group of wireless devices. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044660 | HOME OR HIGHER PRIORITY PLMN SCAN IN 4G CONNECTED MODE - Methods and systems facilitating a preferred network scan in a 4G communications system are disclosed. A user device identifies a new search event when operating in connected state. The user device transitions to idle state, performs a preferred network scan, and returns to connected state. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044661 | Wireless Device and Base Stations and Methods of Operating - In one aspect, a wireless device sends a synchronisation group identifier to a network control apparatus identifying a synchronisation group of wireless devices. If the wireless device is notified that no other devices of the synchronisation group are connected to the control apparatus, the wireless device transmits a timing reference to and agrees an extended discontinuous reception time period with the control apparatus. Otherwise, the wireless device receives a timing reference and an extended discontinuous reception time period from the control apparatus. The wireless device periodically enters an idle state and powers up for reception in accordance with at least the timing reference and the extended discontinuous reception time period. In another aspect, plural base stations each use a common timing reference and a common extended discontinuous reception time period in controlling the operation of extended discontinuous reception by a synchronisation group of wireless devices. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044662 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING POWER CONTROL BY TERMINAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a terminal in a wireless communication system that supports multiple carriers, the terminal comprising: a receiving module that receives, from a base station, control information which indicates whether to operate hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process-based multiple carriers; and a process that controls to allow the multiple carriers to be received in a section at which a particular HARQ process indicated in the control information is activated. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044663 | Supporting DL Triggered HS-DPCCH in a cell in CELL_FACH - Apparatus and methods are described for initiating an operating a high speed uplink channel. A user equipment may receive an order from a Node B triggering a feedback response. The user equipment may perform a physical random access channel (PRACH) procedure in response to receiving the order, and may also initiate a collision resolution procedure The user equipment may transmit a current channel quality indicator (CQI) of the user equipment on a high speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH) prior to achieving collision resolution. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044664 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - A communication system is provided wherein a user equipment (UE) receives control information from a wireless network. The UE monitors control channel candidates using common reference signals (CRS) and monitors enhanced control channel candidates using demodulation reference signals (DMRS) when the UE is configured in a first transmission mode, such as transmission mode 9, for receiving a downlink shared traffic channel based on DMRS. The UE monitors control channel candidates only using CRS when the UE is configured in a second transmission mode, such as any of transmission modes 1-6, for receiving a downlink shared traffic channel based on CRS. The UE then receives downlink control information (DCI) in a subframe in one of the monitored control channel candidates or enhanced control channel candidates in the subframe. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044665 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DYNAMIC SWITCHING, UPLINK POWER CONTROL AND SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Dynamic switching of uplink power control and synchronization in wireless networks involves switching a user equipment (UE) from a transmission point common (TP-common) mode to a transmission point specific (TP-specific) mode in a wireless network. The UE transmits at a high power level in a TP-common mode to compensate for a larger path loss between the UE and the TPs and at a low power level in a TP-specific mode to save battery power based on a smaller path loss between the UE and a specific, nearby TP. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044666 | Method and System for Discontinuous Reception De-Synchronization Detection - A method and apparatus for discontinuous reception desynchronization detection between an enhanced Node B and a user equipment, the method having the steps of: waiting for a predefined event to occur; and upon the predefined event occurring, sending a message from one of the enhanced Node B and the user equipment to the other of the enhanced Node B and user equipment, wherein the message contains one of a request for discontinuous reception period information or discontinuous reception period information, the discontinuous reception period information or discontinuous reception period information being utilized to detect desynchronization. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044667 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method in which a terminal transmits control information in a wireless communication system, comprising the following steps: selecting a PUCCH resource for control information from among a plurality of PUCCH resources; transmitting, through the selected PUCCH resources, a PUCCH signal carrying the modulation value corresponding to the control information; and transmitting a reference signal for the demodulation of the PUCCH signal, wherein the control information is identified by a combination of the PUCCH resource and resources for the modulation value and the reference signal. | 02-21-2013 |
20130058267 | HARDWARE-BASED BEACON PROCESSING - A battery-powered WLAN communication device has an activity sensor operable to identify an available packet. A PHY module is awakened to begin receiving the packet. The PHY module decodes a full MAC address from a MAC portion of a header of the packet. A MAC address parser receives the MAC address and determines whether the packet is to be received by comparing the full MAC address to a MAC address of the WLAN communication device. The MAC address parser is awakened to perform the comparing and shutdown after. Packets to be received include beacon packets. A hardware centric MAC separate from the MAC address parser has a beacon processor capable of being awakened from a shutdown state to process a beacon packet. The PHY module, the MAC address parser, and the beacon processor module are operable to be awakened and shutdown independently of each other and of a microprocessor. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058268 | SCHEDULING AND POWER SAVING WITH UNSCHEDULED SERVICE PERIODS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A wireless client device associated with an access point records at which time T after a transmission time of a most recent beacon frame it gained access to the wireless medium for transmission of an uplink packet to the access point. The wireless client device self-schedules target transmission times for one or more future uplink packets, where each of the target transmission times is T after a respective expected transmission time of a beacon frame. Rather than immediately attempting to gain access to the wireless medium when it determines that another uplink packet is ready for transmission, the wireless client device waits until shortly before its next upcoming target transmission time to make the attempt. Implementation in wireless client devices that are attempting to transmit uplink packets to the same access point may prolong the amount of time they can remain in a doze state, potentially reducing their power consumption. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058269 | Method, Apparatus, and System for Energy Saving Management in Network Management System - A method, an apparatus, and a system for energy saving management in a network management system are disclosed. The method for energy saving management includes: configuring, by an integrated reference point manager IRPManager, an energy saving policy, where the energy saving policy includes an identifier of a coverage backup entity for energy saving and further includes policy information of energy saving activation and/or policy information of energy saving deactivation; and sending, by the IRPManager, the energy saving policy to an integrated reference point agent IRPAgent, where the energy saving policy is used to perform energy saving management on a base station. | 03-07-2013 |
20130064151 | ADAPTIVE RECEIVE DIVERSITY DURING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - A mobile wireless device adapts receive diversity during discontinuous reception based on downlink signal quality, page indicators and page messages. When the downlink signal quality exceeds a pre-determined threshold, the mobile wireless device decodes a page indicator channel through an initial antenna, and otherwise, decodes a paging channel through the initial antenna without decoding the page indicator channel. The mobile wireless device switches to decoding the paging channel through an alternate antenna when a page indicator decodes as an erasure. When a paging message received through a single antenna decodes with an incorrect error checking code, the mobile wireless devices enables receive diversity through multiple antennas for subsequent decoding. The mobile wireless device switches between single antenna reception and multiple antenna reception based on tracking multiple consecutive error checking code failures and successes. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064152 | POWER MANAGEMENT IN TUNNELED DIRECT LINK SETUP - A method and apparatus of managing power save in a wireless network is provided. A direct link with a peer station (STA) is established by exchanging a Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) setup request frame and a TDLS setup response frame through an access point (AP). The peer STA enters power save mode (PSM). Traffic data that are destined for the peer STA in the PSM are buffered and a peer traffic indication (PTI) frame is transmitted to the peer STA in the PSM. The PTI frame includes a traffic identifier (TID) field and a sequence control field. Unnecessary allocation of service period can be prevented. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064153 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO REDUCE POWER CONSUMPTION FOR HARQ DECODING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure may help reduce power consumption by allowing a UE to remain in a low power state by not attempting to decode ACK/NACK transmissions after receiving a positive acknowledgement (ACK). | 03-14-2013 |
20130064154 | Efficient Location Updates, Paging and Short Bursts - A mobile terminal in a wireless communication network may be one of several modes of operation. When in an idle mode, the mobile terminal may avoid a lengthy random access procedure normally associated with responding to a page from a base station, if the base station includes in the page an indication of a resource that the mobile terminal may utilize when responding to the page. Additionally, the mobile terminal may transmit an efficient location update MAC header to a base station, whether prompted to by a page from the base station or not. Furthermore, without leaving the idle mode or a sleep mode, the mobile terminal may exchange short data burst messages with a base station. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064155 | TIME MULTIPLEXING FOR COEXISTENCE WITHIN MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus permitting the coexistence of multiple communication links to distinct wireless systems in a client device are disclosed. A wireless device can interface with both a primary communications system and at least one distinct communications system by managing the coexistence of active communications with the multiple communication systems. The wireless device can initially configure communications with the primary communications system for dynamically reconfigurable time multiplexed operation having scheduled periods of inactivity. The wireless device can determine timing and scheduling of communications with the distinct communications systems and can schedule the communications with the distinct communications systems during periods of inactivity in the primary communications system. The periods of inactivity may be limited to the scheduled periods of inactivity or can include unscheduled periods of inactivity occurring during active periods of the time multiplexed operation. The device may also use data priorities of communications to override overlapping communication activity. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064156 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SLEEP MODE OPERATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of sleep mode operation in a multi-carrier system are discussed. The method of establishing a sleep mode operation through active primary and secondary carriers according to an embodiment of the present invention may include transmitting a sleep cycle ID, a listening window, and traffic indication inactive information indicating that an indication as to whether traffic is generated is not transferred to a terminal through the primary carrier, sending downlink data to the terminal through the active primary or secondary carrier during the listening window, and sending a listening window early termination indication indicating to early terminate the listening window of the primary or secondary carrier that has received the downlink data through the primary carrier to the terminal if the data sending is completed. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064157 | ENERGY-SAVING BASE STATION IN A CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - An energy-saving base station in a telecommunication system. The base station includes a transceiver, a control processor, and a non-transitory computer-readable memory for storing an algorithm for controlling an energy-saving mode. The transceiver is configured to transmit a series of frame-structured signals in a cell served by the base station, each signal having a frame structure comprising a data region and an overhead part carrying at least synchronization or system information. In a normal mode, the signals are separated by a normal interval. When the base station enters the energy-saving mode, an interval between a first frame-structured signal and a next second frame-structured signal is increased from the normal interval to a longer energy-saving interval. The base station interrupts transmission of one or more third frame-structured signals during the energy-saving interval, and then includes the data regions of the interrupted signals in the frame of the second frame-structured signal. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064158 | Connection States for a User Entity in a Serving Gateway of an Evolved Packet Core System - A serving gateway node (SGW) and a method therefore is being provided being adapted for operating in a network in which a control-plane tunnel between a mobility manage-men! entity (MME) and a serving gateway node (SGW), a control plane tunnel between the serving gateway node (SGW) and a packet gateway node (PGW), and one or more user plane tunnels between the serving gateway node (SGW) and the packet gateway node (PGW), may be set up, the serving gateway (SGW) comprising an application layer control mechanism (APL LR CTRL), interface means, (!F) and a data base (DB). The serving gateway (SGW) is adapted for entering a state of ECM-IDLE ( | 03-14-2013 |
20130070656 | Method and Apparatus for the Multimode Terminal in Idle Mode Operation in CDMA 1XRTT and Frame Asynchronous TD-SCDMA Networks - Method and apparatus for the multimode terminal (MMT) in idle mode operation in CDMA 1xRTT and frame asynchronous TD-SCDMA networks techniques for scheduling paging intervals in the multimode terminal to reduce paging interval conflicts. The method generally includes determining a circuit-switched (CS) discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle length of the first network ( | 03-21-2013 |
20130070657 | RECEIVER STATE ESTIMATION IN A DUTY CYCLED RADIO - A method for receiver state estimation includes communicating, from a first communications device to a second communications device, a first plurality of wake-up frames; receiving, at the first communications device from the second communications device, an indication of a received wake-up frame of the communicated first plurality of wake-up frames; determining, by the first communications device, a time at which the second communications device is in a ready state based on the received indication; subsequently communicating, from the first communications device to the second communications device, a second plurality of wake-up frames. The first plurality is greater than the second plurality, the reduction in number from the first plurality to the second plurality being based on the determined time at which the second communications device is in a ready state. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070658 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING A POWER SAVE MODE IN A WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for operating a power save mode in a wireless LAN system. The method involves transmitting a power save multi-poll (PSMP) frame containing a power save mode (PSM) of a non-access point (AP) station (STA) to a first station and to a second station which are paired with an AP on the basis of multiple input multiple output (MIMO) technology. Information on the PSM contains downlink transmission start offset which indicates the point in time of starting a downlink transmission period, a downlink transmission duration which indicates the duration of the downlink transmission period, and transmission object station identification information. The method further involves transmitting a data frame to the first station and to the second station on the basis of the MIMO technology during the downlink transmission period. The transmission object station identification information indicates a group identifier (group ID) for indicating an object station group including the first station and the second station, which are object stations to which the AP transmits the data frame on the basis of the MIMO technology. | 03-21-2013 |
20130077545 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING RADIO RESOURCES IN SLEEP MODE - Methods and apparatuses are provided for configuring resources at a device operating in a sleep mode of a wireless network. The device can use at least some of the resources for other purposes, such as scanning neighbor base stations, acquiring system parameters of the wireless network or other networks, etc., based in part on requirements of a current interval of the sleep mode. In an available interval, a serving base station may attempt to communicate with the device, and thus, the device can keep at least one receiver chain tuned to the serving base station while assigning other resources to communicate with other base stations. In an unavailable interval, the device can assign all resources for communicating with the other base stations. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077546 | Wireless Beacon Reception - This disclosure describes techniques operating a client device to communicate with a wireless access point. The client device may awake from a low power mode of operation receive a first portion of a beacon from the access point that includes a delivery traffic identification (DTIM) message. According to the techniques described herein, the client device may determine, based on the DTIM message, whether or not one or more packets of data are forthcoming from the access point. If one or more packets of data are forthcoming from the access point, the client device may remain in an active mode of operation to receive the forthcoming packets (and/or a second portion of the beacon). However, if no packets of data are forthcoming from the access point, the client device may return to the low power mode of operation, before receiving and/or processing the second portion of the beacon. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077547 | MOBILE STATION, CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile station includes a communication section that enters an active state at call timings for calls from a base station, receives a communication parameter transmitted at transmission timings from the base station, and uses the received communication parameter to conduct data communication with the base station, a judging section that judges, when an update of the communication parameter is detected, whether the communication parameter is able to be received in the active state at a next call timing for a next call from the base station based on the transmission timings, and a controller that, when the judging section judges that the communication parameter is able to be received, causes the communication section to enter an idle state until the next call timing. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077548 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING GATEWAY CONSIDERING LOW POWER - An apparatus and a method for determining a gateway using lower power are provided. The method includes setting probing transmission power for setting the gateway, transmitting a probing request message to another mobile station existing in a cluster with the set probing transmission power, when a probing response message is received from the other mobile station, generating a probing response list for the mobile station having transmitted the probing response message, determining whether a cluster list for mobile stations existing in the cluster corresponds to the probing response list, and determining a gateway mobile station according to a result of the determination as to whether the cluster list for mobile stations existing in the cluster corresponds to the probing response list. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077549 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND METHOD WITH PRE-BEACON ACTIVATION TIME ADJUSTMENT - An integrated circuit including a transceiver module that receives beacons from an access point (AP), and transition a wireless network device to an active mode based on: a predetermined beacon interval; and a first predetermined period prior to one of multiple beacons. A timestamp module calculates a first correction value based on a first timestamp received from the AP. An adjustment module adjusts the first predetermined period based on the first correction value. A beacon module detects a beacon missed during an inactive mode by the transceiver module. The timestamp module transmits a probe request signal to the AP a second predetermined period after detection of the missed beacon, receives a second timestamp from the AP in response to the probe request signal, and recalculates the first correction value based on the second timestamp. The adjustment module adjusts the first predetermined period based on the recalculated first correction value. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077550 | INFRASTRUCTURE OFFLOAD WAKE ON WIRELESS LAN (WOWL) - Aspects of an infrastructure offload wake on wireless LAN (WOWL) are described. An aspect of the system may include a networked device, or station, which may communicate one or more filters to an infrastructure networking device. The infrastructure networking device may utilize the filters to perform pattern matching operations on frames or packets received from the network for delivery to at least the station while the station is in an inactive, or low-power, state. When pattern matching operations performed at the infrastructure networking device indicate receipt of a frame or packet on behalf of the inactive station, which matches at least one of the filters, the infrastructure networking device may store an indication value. The indication value may denote receipt of at least one frame or packet that matched at least one of the filters, which were communicated to the infrastructure networking device by the station. | 03-28-2013 |
20130083712 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) BASED MECHANISMS FOR CONNECTION SETUP - A user equipment (UE) may detect a potential collision between a discontinuous reception (DRX) pattern of a first radio access technology (RAT) and a reception time of a message from a second RAT of a remote device. The reception time may be unknown. The UE may dynamically reconfigure the DRX pattern to reduce a likelihood of the potential collision. The UE may also configure transmission of a different message by the second RAT during a DRX off-period to reduce a likelihood of the potential collision. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083713 | Enhancement for Scheduling Request Triggering Based on Traffic Condition - A method for scheduling request triggering based on traffic condition is provided. The method supports detecting a traffic condition, determining a modified scheduling request (SR) trigger based on the traffic condition and transmitting a scheduling request to a base station based on the modified SR trigger. In one embodiment, the modified SR trigger is a data buffer or a data generation rate exceeding a threshold. In one embodiment, the threshold is related to a prioritized Bit Rate (PBR) or a bucket Size Duration (BSD) or both. In another embodiment, the threshold is configured by the base station based on a size of the smallest grant under the traffic condition. In one embodiment, the threshold is updated when DRX state changes. In another embodiment, during DRX sleep state, the SR period is longer or SR is stopped. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083714 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - After the radio base station eNB# | 04-04-2013 |
20130089015 | METHOD FOR EXTENDING BATTERY LIFE IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - A method to extend battery life of a mobile device in a wireless network by means of specifying the wake-up condition at user level. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089016 | REMOTE SITE TELECOM EQUIPMENT COMMUNICATION - The present invention provides for a system, method and apparatus for monitoring telecommunication components. The invention provides a switch placed at a remote location, wherein the switch includes a converter that converts power from a first voltage to a second voltage, a plurality of communication lines for a connection to a plurality of end users; and an interface that establishes a communication link with a central office. A transmitter is associated with the converter or other switch component; the transmitter transmits a wireless signal relating to a converter or other switch component operating condition. A receiving device receives wireless signals from the transmitter and provides the signals to a serving area interface for processing and/or transmission of the signals to a Central Office for monitoring. A transmitter may initiate transmission upon the occurrence of a change in operating condition. | 04-11-2013 |
20130094413 | ADAPTIVE AWAKE WINDOW - A system for facilitating communal apparatus interaction. In accordance with at least one embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus configured to communicate on a wireless channel may receive first information pertaining to wireless traffic expected from other networks also utilizing the wireless channel. The apparatus may then determine whether the received information satisfies a first criterion, and if it is determined that the first information satisfies the first criterion, the apparatus may shorten an awake window duration for communicating on the wireless channel. Alternatively, if it is determined that the information does not satisfy the first criterion, the apparatus may proceed to further determine whether second information pertaining to wireless traffic on the wireless channel that is expected from a network satisfies a second criterion. If it is determined that the second information satisfies the second criterion, the apparatus may proceed to lengthen the awake window duration. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094414 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OPERATIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for controlling transmission and reception control in a wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes at least one voltage regulator, a power source consumer, at least one capacitor, and a controller. The at least one voltage regulator provides a power source that is a regulated voltage. The power source consumer processes a Radio Frequency (RF) signal using the power source that is the regulated voltage. The at least one capacitor is connected to an output port of the at least one voltage regulator and a power source input port of the power source consumer. The controller turns off the at least one voltage regulator during a deactivation period of the communication apparatus and turns on the at least one voltage regulator during an activation period of the communication apparatus. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094415 | Method and System for Server-Side Handling of a Low-Power Client in a Wide Area Network - A CMTS may receive a request that a network device be permitted to enter a power-saving mode of operation. In response, the CMTS may enter a power-saving mode of operation wherein MAC management messages, transmission opportunities for the sleeping network device, and/or contention periods on one or more channels occur at independently determinable intervals. The CMTS may then transmit a message granting the network device permission to enter the power-saving mode of operation. The CMTS may start a sleep timer upon transmitting the MAC management message and may deregister the network device if no communication is received from the network device prior to expiration of the sleep timer. The CMTs may buffer traffic destined for the network device in a buffer of the CMTS while the network device is in the power-saving mode of operation, and may wake the network device upon the amount of buffered traffic reaching a threshold. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094416 | Method and System for Client-Side Message Handling in a Low-Power Wide Area Network - A network device (e.g., a cable modem) may support a normal mode of operation and a sleep mode of operation. While in the normal mode, a PHY of the network device may process a received signal to recover MPEG-TS packets, and convey the MPEG-TS packets to other components of the network device for further processing. While in the sleep mode, the PHY may process received MPEG-TS packets having a particular packet identifier and drop received MPEG-TS packets not having the particular packet identifier. The PHY may control transitions between the normal mode and the sleep mode in response to received signals having particular physical layer characteristics. The PHY may demodulate a received signal to recover an MPEG-TS packet; descramble portions of the MPEG-TS packet; inspect portions of the MPEG-TS packet; and control a mode of operation of the network device based on the contents of the MPEG transport stream. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094417 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A wireless communication apparatus includes a transmitter circuit whose transmission power is set variably, a wireless communication section having a receiver circuit, and a processing section that executes a control of the wireless communication section. The processing section sets the transmission power of the transmitter circuit to a first transmission power when it executes normal data communication and sets the transmission power of the transmitter circuit to a second transmission power smaller than the first transmission power when it executes a pairing process. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094418 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MONITORING PAGING MESSAGE - A method and device for monitoring a paging message in Machine To Machine (M2M) communication are provided. A M2M device receives a segment of the paging message that includes an extension flag and a M2M extension flag. The extension flag indicates that the M2M device checks the M2M extension flag and the M2M extension flag indicates whether a remaining segment of the paging message exists. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094419 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - The transmission of a reference signal, such as a CSI-RS, is enabled while maintaining a power saving effect when performing inter-cell cooperative transmission/reception or the like in a plurality of cells. In order to realize inter-cell cooperative transmission/reception, a CSI-RS which is used for estimating the state of a spatial propagation path of a communication line is generated by a CSI-RS generation unit, and the CSI-RS is disposed in a predetermined subframe by a disposition unit and transmitted. At this time, when a frame has ten subframes # | 04-18-2013 |
20130094420 | MOMETARY BURST PROTOCOL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method for communicating data using a “burst protocol” includes enabling power to transmitters and receivers when needed to balance power consumption with latency and unscheduled communication. A transmitter transmits a plurality of packets indicative of substantially the same payload. Power then may be disabled to the transmitter. A first predetermined time is determined to enable a receiver. A second predetermined time is determined to disable the receiver. Power then may be enabled to the receiver based on the first predetermined time. The payload is output in response to receiving one or more of the plurality of packets. Power to the receiver is disabled based on the second predetermined time. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094421 | POWER SAVING VIA VARIABLE LISTEN INTERVALS IN A WLAN - A wireless client device is associated with an access point in an association having a value for a listen interval parameter. The wireless client device determines, according to predefined considerations, a different value for the listen interval parameter, and declares the different value for the listen interval parameter in a wireless transmission to the access point. The listen interval parameter specifies a number of beacon intervals that can pass from a time the wireless client device listens for a beacon frame from the access point before the wireless client device listens for a next beacon frame from the access point. | 04-18-2013 |
20130100871 | SELECTIVE DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION METHOD AND RELATED SYSTEM AND DEVICE - Selective DRX method on multiple CCs for a UE ( | 04-25-2013 |
20130107772 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TIME-BASED HAILING OF RADIO FREQUENCY DEVICES | 05-02-2013 |
20130107773 | MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST MULTICAST SERVICE (MBMS) COUNTING PROCEDURES | 05-02-2013 |
20130107774 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING AND ENTERING POWER SAVING MODE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK | 05-02-2013 |
20130107775 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL HAVING RF DIRECT WAKEUP FUNCTION AND WAKEUP METHOD THEREOF | 05-02-2013 |
20130107776 | OPTIMIZED PAGE MATCHING | 05-02-2013 |
20130107777 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCANNING ACCESS POINTS IN A PORTABLE TERMINAL | 05-02-2013 |
20130107778 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING EXTENDED ACCESS BARRING INFORMATION | 05-02-2013 |
20130107779 | WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM | 05-02-2013 |
20130107780 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVELY ENABLING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION (DTX) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130107781 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL UNDER DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION MODE | 05-02-2013 |
20130107782 | Scheduling of User Terminals in Communication Network | 05-02-2013 |
20130114483 | Paging in Heterogeneous Networks Using Restricted Subframe Patterns - A method for operating a UE in a wireless communications network is provided. The method comprises using, by the UE, a frequency parameter of paging frames and a restricted subframe pattern to determine one or more paging frames and occasions to monitor. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114484 | Paging in Heterogeneous Networks with Discontinuous Reception - A method for operating a UE in a wireless communications network is provided. The method comprises attempting, by a UE configured to operate in a DRX mode and with time domain measurement resource restrictions, to read a paging message in a paging occasion in a restricted subframe during DRX active time. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114485 | REDUCING WIRELESS POWER CONSUMPTION AND SIGNALING OVERHEAD FOR INTERNET APPLICATION BACKGROUND MESSAGES - Technology is discussed for reducing the frequency of signaling overhead and power consumption on wireless mobile devices employed to support internet applications in a Wireless Wide Area Network (WWAN). Demands for battery power and signaling overhead frequently arise to support background messages of little significance and/or urgency when internet applications are unattended on wireless mobile device attempting to conserve power. An identification module can be triggered to identify such background messages, based on a variety of factors. The identification module can also determine whether to buffer and/or drop such messages with information local to the wireless mobile devices and/or in such background messages. Such buffering and dropping measures can reduce the frequency with which wireless mobile devices consume large amounts of power and/or require signaling overhead to send and receive these background messages. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114486 | VIRTUALIZED WIRELESS NETWORK WITH PILOT BEACONS - A virtualized DAS network includes one or more digital access units (DAUs) and one or more digital remote units (DRUs) coupled to the one or more DAUs. The virtualized DS network also includes a routing table associated with the one or more DAUs. A signal provided by the one or more DRUs includes one or more carriers and one or more pilot beacons. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114487 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING UPLINK PACKET DATA SERVICE - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving downlink control information in a mobile communication system supporting an uplink packet data service are provided. To transmit packet data in an HARQ mobile communication system, a second transceiver receives an RG as rate control information from a first transceiver. The second transceiver sets the allowed maximum data rate of an HARQ process to which the RG is applied to the allowed maximum data rate of an HARQ process previous to the HARQ process, if the RG indicates hold. The second transceiver transmits packet data within the set allowed maximum data rate to the first transceiver. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114488 | METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING POWER SAVING OF ACCESS POINT AND ACCESS POINT ON WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for implementing power saving of an access point on a wireless communication network includes: when detecting that no mobile terminal is associated, switching, by the access point, from a normal working mode to a power saving working mode; and periodically broadcasting, by the access point, a simplified beacon frame in the power saving working mode, where the simplified frame includes only a service set identity. An embodiment of the present invention further provides an access point on a wireless communication network. The access point broadcasts the simplified beacon frame in the power saving working mode. Therefore, the length of the beacon frame is shortened, thereby shortening the sending time to achieve the objective of reducing power consumption. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114489 | WIRELESS MESH NETWORK CONTROLLER SYNCHRONIZATION - A set sleep period is coordinated among a plurality of mesh network nodes to conserve power. A controller is synchronized with an existing wireless mesh network by sending a network synchronization signal from the controller indicating that sleep timing information is lost, and receiving a reply from one or more wireless mesh network nodes within the existing wireless mesh network comprising sleep timing information for the wireless mesh network. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114490 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WAKING UP NODE B CELL - The disclosure provides a method and a system for waking up a Node B (NB) cell. When a User Equipment (UE) in an idle state arrives in an area of a Home NB cell in which the UE ever resided, but does not search out signals of the Home cell, or when the UE in an idle state finds that signals of a cell in which the UE currently resides get worse, and does not find other better cells, the UE reports Proximity Indication (PI) information to a network side through a specific Tracking Area Update (TAU) process; when determining that there is need to wake up the NB cell according to footprint information which is reported by the UE and obtained in the specific TAU process, the network side wakes up the NB cell. By means of the specific TAU process of the disclosure, it is ensured that the UE in an idle state wakes up the sleeping Home NB cell (or macro cell) in time, so that the UE can get service from the Home NB cell (or macro cell) in time and thus a network coverage problem caused by cell sleeping for saving energy is avoided. | 05-09-2013 |
20130121220 | SELF-ADJUSTING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION PATTERN - Radio access networks and particularly enhancements for diverse data applications may benefit from a self-adjusting discontinuous reception (DRX) pattern. According to certain embodiments, for example, a method may include configuring a discontinuous reception pattern of a user equipment and adjusting the discontinuous reception pattern at the user equipment autonomously with respect to a base station. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121221 | Reducing Power Consumption In Wireless Network Stations By Optimizing Contention Period Overhead With Station Grouping, Proxy CSMA, And TIM Monitoring - A method of saving power in a wireless network can include determining a plurality of stations associated with an AP. The AP can create station groups using group selection logic. Notably, the group selection logic is transparent to the plurality of stations. A plurality of TIMs can then be sent, each TIM allowing only one station group access to a channel during a predetermined time interval, such as a beacon interval. In another method, a station can determine its sleep duration based on at least one of first information from the TIM to generate random sleep duration, second information regarding previous operation of the station, and third information regarding a status of the station. The first, second, and third information can include the number of stations associated with the AP and having buffered data based on the TIM, historical collisions, and power status. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121222 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING NETWORK LOADING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods, apparatus, and computer-program products for improving network loading (e.g., by enabling inter-frequency handover and/or traffic offloading between neighboring base stations). In aspects, the proposed methods may include transmitting a beacon signal on a frequency (e.g., carrier frequency) other than the frequency currently used by a base station. The base station may select a cell identity (ID) and transmit one or more beacon signals on the frequency using the selected cell ID. The beacon signal may be used to decide whether or not to perform an inter-frequency handover. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121223 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication apparatus operates in tributary to a control station that performs a time division multiplex communication. The wireless communication apparatus includes a switch unit that switches on/off a power supplied from a battery; a power supply control unit that controls the switch unit; a RAM to which a power is constantly supplied from the battery; a control unit that receives the power supplied through the switch unit. The control unit writes information for determining an operating state in the RAM when being shifted to a standby state. The power supply control unit turns off the switch unit upon receiving a signal of a power supply off. When the control unit is re-supplied with the power through the switch unit, the control unit determines an operation based on the information for determining the operating state stored in the RAM. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121224 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus operates as a tributary. station in a wireless communication system including a control station and the tributary station that perform a time division multiplex communication. The wireless communication apparatus includes a wireless unit that performs a wireless communication with the control station; an event processing unit that notifies of an event occurrence based on an occurrence of an event; and a control unit that controls a communication in synchronization with the control station by detecting a control signal from the control station. When received a notification of the event occurrence, the control unit starts a search operation to acquire the control signal transmitted by the control station. When received the control signal, the control unit transmits a message according to the event occurrence using a slot that has a predetermined position relationship with the slot in which the control signal is received. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121225 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING SIGNALS USED FOR EXTENDED ACCESS CLASS BARRING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus for extended access barring (EAB) in a wireless communication system. In detail, the present description proposes EAB indication information, which is included in the paging message. The EAB indication information is included in the paging message only when as least one access class (AC) is barred by EAB operation of the network. Alternatively, the EAB indication information can be included in the paging message when EAB information in a system information block (SIB) has been changed or updated. Further, the present description proposes a timer associated with the EAB indication information. The timer is used to ensure the validity of the EAB indication information to the UE while the timer is running by a user equipment (UE). While the timer is running, a specific value or information indicated by the EAB indication information in a paging message is assumed to be valid/correct by the UE. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121226 | GROUP COMMUNICATIONS OVER EVOLVED MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST/MULTICAST SERVICES - The disclosure is directed to group communications over evolved multimedia broadcast/multicast services (E-MBMS). An embodiment identifies a schedule for an indicator on a broadcast/multicast medium of a first multicast media on a multicast flow, wherein the indicator is configured to identify a location of data on the broadcast/multicast medium and to identify a presence of the data on the multicast flow, binds application layer paging, an application layer wake up mechanism, or a power saving mechanism to the schedule for the indicator on the multicast flow, wakes from a sleep mode to monitor the indicator to determine availability of the first multicast media based on the indicator, tunes to the first multicast media if the first multicast media is available, and returns to the sleep mode, if the first multicast media is not available. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121227 | ACCESS POINT SCHEDULED PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for scheduling multiple peer-to-peer communications in a wireless network using an access point (AP). The existing power management framework for AP-based communications is utilized to achieve AP-based scheduling of peer-to-peer communications. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121228 | METHOD FOR MANAGING ENERGY CONSUMPTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK AND CORRESPONDING WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM - A method for managing energy consumption in a wireless network, in particular a mobile radio network, wherein the wireless network includes radio access points that provide uplink and downlink connections to the wireless network for mobile stations, and wherein the uplink and the downlink connection of at least one mobile station being connected to the wireless network are physically served by different radio access points is characterized in that, at least temporarily, one or more of the radio access points function as unidirectional radio access points that provide either uplink connections or downlink connections—radio resource access—for the at least one mobile station. Furthermore, a corresponding wireless network system is disclosed. | 05-16-2013 |
20130128785 | ENERGY EFFICIENT OPERATION FOR DENSE DEPLOYMENT OF WIRELESS ACCESS NODES - Systems and methods are disclosed for providing energy efficient operation for wireless access nodes in a dense deployment of wireless access nodes in a cellular communication network. In one particular embodiment, wireless access nodes form a super dense network. In one embodiment, a wireless access node in a dense deployment of wireless access nodes in a cellular communication network includes a transmitter and a receiver that are operated according to a discontinuous transmit and a discontinuous receive mode of operation. The wireless access node controls one or more duty cycles for the discontinuous transmit and discontinuous receive mode of operation based on an alertness state of the wireless access node. In one embodiment, the one or more duty cycles increase as the alertness state of the wireless access node increases. In this manner, the wireless access node is operated in an energy efficient manner. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128786 | WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK WITH ENERGY EFFICIENT PROTOCOLS - The wireless sensor network with energy efficient protocols includes a network of external sensors in communication with a data sink. The network utilizes an algorithm integrating a modified S-MAC (an algorithm for medium access control) protocol for decreasing energy usage in operating the node and associated sensors. A routing protocol is further integrated into the algorithm, the routing protocol being based upon cluster head rotation. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128787 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A method and network element to control use of a transition indication message by a user equipment, the method including an inhibit transition indication in a configuration message; and sending the configuration message with the inhibit transition indication to the user equipment. Also, a method and user equipment for sending a transition indication, the method setting a timer according to an inhibit transition indication received from a network element; detecting that a data transfer is complete; and sending the transition indication upon detecting that the timer is not running. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128788 | ENERGY EFFICIENT OPERATION FOR WIRELESS ACCESS NODES IN A LOW-LOAD SERVICE AREA WITHIN A DENSE DEPLOYMENT OF WIRELESS ACCESS NODES - Systems and methods are disclosed for efficient operation of wireless access nodes in a dense deployment of wireless access nodes in a cellular communication network. In general, the dense deployment of wireless access nodes includes multiple wireless access nodes in a service area. The service area is preferably, but not necessarily, a low-load service area. As used herein, a low-load service area is an area within an overall service area of the dense deployment of wireless access nodes in which all wireless access nodes are not needed to provide a desired data capacity. Overlapping radio coverage areas of the wireless access nodes in, or serving, the service area are leveraged to enable efficient operation of the wireless access nodes in the service area. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128789 | INTER BASE STATION HANDOVER METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DRX CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - The present invention provides a DRX control method and system in which power consumption of a mobile station can be reduced and an increase in the load of a network can be suppressed. A source base station forwards Dormancy Context, which is information for controlling the activity level of a mobile station that performs inter base station handover, to a target base station and, immediately after the mobile station completes handover, the target base station performs DRX control of the mobile station using the Dormancy Context. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128790 | INTER BASE STATION HANDOVER METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DRX CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - The present invention provides a DRX control method and system in which power consumption of a mobile station can be reduced and an increase in the load of a network can be suppressed. A source base station forwards Dormancy Context, which is information for controlling the activity level of a mobile station that performs inter base station handover, to a target base station and, immediately after the mobile station completes handover, the target base station performs DRX control of the mobile station using the Dormancy Context. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128791 | INTER BASE STATION HANDOVER METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DRX CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - The present invention provides a DRX control method and system in which power consumption of a mobile station can be reduced and an increase in the load of a network can be suppressed. A source base station forwards Dormancy Context, which is information for controlling the activity level of a mobile station that performs inter base station handover, to a target base station and, immediately after the mobile station completes handover, the target base station performs DRX control of the mobile station using the Dormancy Context. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128792 | NETWORK-ASSISTED CELL ACCESS - Providing for access point assisted signal acquisition for heterogeneous access point wireless networks is described herein. By way of example, a closed subscriber group (CSG) base station, such as a home NodeB (HNB) can be configured to provide temporary, limited access to a UE that is not authorized to access the HNB. Upon receiving and rejecting an access probe, the HNB can negotiate with a surrounding macro network to provide service for the UE. Further, the HNB can forward signal acquisition data, to assist in proper decoding of pilot or synchronization signals of the macro network. In particular aspects, the HNB can reduce power or blank transmissions on reserved access resources to reduce interference for the UE. By these and other disclosed mechanisms, the HNB can assist a non-CSG subscriber to obtain network service, and mitigate interference effects due to proximity to the UE. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128793 | SIGNALING OVER CELLULAR NETWORKS TO REDUCE THE WI-FI ENERGY CONSUMPTION OF MOBILE DEVICES - Techniques for increasing the battery life on a mobile device by decreasing the energy consumption of the mobile device's wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) interface are described. In one embodiment, the mobile device's Wi-Fi interface is automatically disabled when the device is not engaged. When the device receives a wake up call from a server via its Cellular interface, the Wi-Fi interface is enabled if the device answers the wake up call and the Wi-Fi interface is available. Using its Wi-Fi interface, the mobile device then connects to an IP-based network via a Wi-Fi access point. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128794 | PROCESSING OF A MOBILE TERMINATED DATA OVER SIGNALING MESSAGE - Systems and methods for processing a data over signaling (DoS) message at an access terminal are disclosed. A message is received at an access terminal. The message is decoded to determine if it is a DoS message. Upon detecting the DoS message a sleep delay timer is set to prevent the access terminal from entering a sleep state for a predetermined time. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128795 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ENERGY SAVING CONTROL IN HOME BASE STATION ENVIRONMENT - A method and a device for energy saving control in the home base station environment are provided to solve the problem of energy saving control in the home base station environment. In the present invention, a source base station sends an energy saving control request to a target home base station, wherein the energy saving control request comprises the information of the target base station, the information of the source base station, and the type of the energy saving control request. After receiving the energy saving control request, the target home base station performs an energy saving control processing operation, and sends a result of the energy saving control processing to the source base station through an energy saving control response. If the energy saving control processing fails, the energy saving control response further comprises a reason for the failure and/or a wait time. In the present invention, by exchanging energy saving control related messages between the source base station and the target home base station, energy saving control can be implemented on a home base station in time, and the home base station can sleep or be awakened, and thereby effective energy saving of a network in the home base station environment is achieved. | 05-23-2013 |
20130136045 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR FACILITATING OPTIMIZED GENERAL PAGE MESSAGE MONITORING - Access terminals are adapted to receive a non-empty general page message (GPM) which includes a number of page records that is less than a predefined maximum number of page records. In response to receiving the non-empty general page message (GPM), the access terminal can enter into a sleep state of a slotted idle mode. A method operational on an access terminal includes receiving a general page message (GPM) with at least one page record. A number of page records included in the general page message (GPM) may be determined to be less than a maximum number of page records allowed in the general page message (GPM). The access terminal may enter a sleep state in response to determining the number of page records in the received general page message (GPM) is less than the maximum allowed number of page records. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136046 | ESTABLISHMENT OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Wireless communication protocols are provided for wireless device discovery, preferably (but not necessarily) with low power consumption. Some protocols are suitable for wireless locks and keys (e.g. smart cards and card readers). | 05-30-2013 |
20130136047 | SLEEPING EPC FOR ENERGY SAVING IN LTE - In order to save energy in EPS network, some of the MMEs and/or S-GWs are allowed to sleep (power down), when network's traffic load is decreased. When the traffic load becomes heavier, the network can power up some of the formerly sleeping MMEs and/or S-GWs. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136048 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA FOR NO-MOBILITY MOBILE STATION IN IDLE STATE - Disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting and receiving downlink data for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state. A terminal device for receiving downlink data for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state of the present invention comprises a receiver for receiving from a base station a first information including information on whether a downlink area has been allocated for a no-mobility mobile station in an idle state just for a terminal in an idle state without mobility. The receiver is configured to additionally receive a second information including information on the allocated downlink area, and the first information can be one of the following a super-frame header (SFH), a broadcast control channel (BCCH), a non-user specific A-MAP, an extended non-user specific A-MAP, and a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). | 05-30-2013 |
20130142094 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FRAME FILTERING AND FOR ENABLING FRAME FILTERING - The disclosure provides systems, methods, and apparatus for early receive chain shutoff using a typified CRC and/or content change indicator signals. In one aspect, a method for low power frame filtering is provided. The method comprises generating a typified checksum based on a transaction identifier and at least a portion of a packet. The method further comprises transmitting, to at least one receiver, the packet comprising the typified checksum. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142095 | System and Method for Traffic Signaling and Control in a Wireless Network - A system and method are provided for traffic signaling in wireless or sensor networks. The system and method use information or bits in a Signal Field (SIG) of Physical Layer (PHY) preamble in a packet to provide traffic control information. An embodiment method implemented by a network component comprises indicating a traffic direction and a traffic type for traffic control in a SIG in a frame and transmitting the frame including the SIG. Another method comprises receiving in a frame a SIG for traffic control that indicates a transmission type and decoding the SIG field to determine whether to process remaining information in the frame if the frame comprises data payload or a Media Access Control (MAC) header. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142096 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - The present disclosure relates to a method of radio resource management for a communication network including an Access Controller and a plurality of Access Points. The Access Controller manages the plurality of Access Points, each of which provides a radio for accessing the network. The Access Controller joins into a high-density group a present radio and, with respect to the present radio, radios which have signal strengths higher than a power-adjustment threshold, when it determines that the transmission power of the present radio is less than or equal to a minimum transmission power threshold, and that a predetermined condition to down-adjust the transmission power of the present radio is satisfied. A channel from amongst a plurality of available channels is assigned to each of the radios in the high-density group including the present radio. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142097 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SCHEDULING COMMUNICATIONS WITH A GROUP OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNITS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of scheduling communications with a group of wireless communication devices. For example, a wireless communication unit may transmit at least one scheduling frame including an indication of a downlink period allocated for simultaneous transmission from the wireless communication unit to at least one group of a plurality of wireless communication devices, wherein the wireless communication unit is to simultaneously transmit a plurality of different wireless communication transmissions to the plurality of wireless communication devices of the group during the downlink period. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142098 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION REGARDING POWER COORDINATION IN MULTI-COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting information regarding power coordination by a mobile station (MS) in a multi-component carrier system are provided. The method includes: generating information regarding power coordination (PC) indicating an amount or a range by which uplink maximum transmission power of the MS is to be adjusted; and transmitting the information regarding PC to a base station (BS). Accordingly, a scheduling error in the BS due to ambiguity of power coordination can be reduced and scheduling can be performed adaptively to maximum transmission power of a provided mobile station (MS) or a component carrier. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142099 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICE - A transmission power controller turns on a power supply to a transmitter at a given time taking a power rise time into account before a start time of transmission processing in the transmitter, and turns off the power supply to the transmitter when the transmission processing is finished. A reception power controller turns on a power supply to a receiver at a given time taking a power rise time into account before a time at which an ACK is assumed to be arrival from a wireless communication device on a receiver side responsive to data transmitted from the transmitter, and turns off the power supply to the receiver when the reception processing of the ACK in the receiver is finished. | 06-06-2013 |
20130148556 | System And Method For Access Point Power Save - A power-save mode for a wireless access point is provided. The wireless access point can determine if other wireless stations are associated with the wireless access point. If there are no associations, then the wireless access point may enter a power-save mode. Associations may be determined by recent associations with the wireless access point or by media access control address activity. In the power-save mode, power may be reduced to at least one area of the wireless access point. In the power-save mode, the wireless access point may stop sending beacon signals. If the wireless access point receives a trigger signal, the wireless access point may leave the power-save mode. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148557 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED DISCOVERY IN PEER-TO-PEER NETWORKS BY SYNCHRONIZED DISCOVERY WAKE UP - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for enhanced discovery in peer-to-peer (P2P) wireless network by synchronized discovery wake up. A wireless node can first obtain information about one or more time instants. Then, the wireless node can wake up to discover one or more other wireless nodes for communication, wherein the wake up occurs at the one or more time instants synchronized with the one or more other wireless nodes. The one or more time instants can be updated according to location information of the wireless node. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148558 | LOW POWER NODE DORMANT STATE - The state of an access link and backhaul link of a low power node may be determined and controlled after a low power node is initialized. The overhead signaling on the access link of a relay is controlled based on detecting a user equipment (UE). The connection on the backhaul link of the relay is managed in response to the overhead signaling on the access link. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148559 | Power Management and Distributed Scheduling for Uplink Transmissions in Wireless Systems - To schedule uplink transmission time slots for a collection of mobile communication devices, a set of base station target interference patterns is associated with base stations. A time slot target interference pattern is assigned for each time slot and it repeats after several time slots. The time slot target interference pattern in a given time slot specifies the interference allowed by each time slot to a given base station by any single mobile. A priority index may be determined for each time slot for each mobile associated with the particular base station. The priority index may be based, in part, on a determined correlation between the time-slot target interference patterns and a potential interference profile of a mobile to which a time slot is to be allocated. A mobile's throughput requirement, the throughput already received over a specified past duration, the system fairness requirement, as well as the amount of data available for transmission are also used for evaluating the priority index. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148560 | COMPONENT CARRIER UPLINK MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION POWER REPORTING SCHEME FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe method, apparatus, and system configurations for reporting uplink maximum transmission power for each component carrier of a carrier aggregation scheme. A method includes establishing, by a user equipment (UE), a communication link with an enhanced node B (eNB) station of an Internet Protocol (IP) based wireless communication network, and sending, by the UE to the eNB station, a message that includes information for a Power Headroom Report (PHR) and a value that indicates an uplink maximum transmission power P | 06-13-2013 |
20130155924 | CODED-DOMAIN ECHO CONTROL - A system, apparatus, method, and computer-readable medium for coded-domain echo cancellation. The method includes receiving a signal including at least one packet, and replacing the at least one packet with a replacement packet. In one example, the replacement packet is a comfort noise packet (such as a SID_UPDATE packet) or a NO_DATA packet. In an example embodiment, the at least one packet included in the signal includes one or more comfort noise packets, and, prior to the replacing, the one or more comfort noise packet(s) are stored in a buffer. In another example, prior to the replacing, the at least one packet is compared to a reference packet to determine whether the at least one packet is an echo packet. The packet, in one example, is encoded based on an adaptive multi-rate (AMR) (e.g., AMR-NB or AMR-WB) codec. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155925 | Mobile Node Group Formation And Management - The subject disclosure is directed towards mobile network management by reducing energy consumption and increasing a lifetime of one or more nodes. By determining a beacon listening duration and a beacon listening period in response to an energy budget, each node may minimize or reduce latencies associated with node discovery and/or node group maintenance. The beacon listening duration and the beacon listening period is used to compute a beacon broadcasting duration and a beacon broadcasting period such that advertising beacon transmissions and advertising beacon receptions occur at substantially concurrent time slots between low power states. These advertising beacons are used to propagate and maintain group membership information amongst the one or more nodes. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155926 | VOICE ACTIVITY DETECTION IN COMMUNICATION DEVICES FOR POWER SAVING - A mechanism can be implemented in a communication unit of a network device to utilize periods of silence encountered in voice communication to conserve power at the network device. In some embodiments, it can be determined that one or more packets of a received RF signal comprise audio data. The communication unit of the network device can determine whether the audio data associated with the one or more packets comprises voice information. The network device can switch to a power save mode based, at least in part, on determining that the audio data associated with the one or more packets does not comprise voice information. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155927 | LOW POWER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES AND METHOD THEREOF - Provided are low-power wireless communication apparatuses and a method thereof. A hub may receive a beacon signal from a neighboring hub that is within a predetermined area from the hub, and control an operation of a node served by the hub based on information received from the neighboring hub. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155928 | POWER MANAGEMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A device in a base station of a mobile communication system for power management can include a storage device to store a group of parameter sets associated with a user equipment (UE) of the mobile communication system. The device can include a processor to calculate a corresponding objective function associated with each entity of the group of parameter sets. The processor can be configured to select an entity of the group of parameter sets based on the corresponding objective function, and the selected entity of the group of parameter sets facilitates the power management for the UE. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155929 | System and Method for Communicating Using Short-Header Frames - A method for communicating information from a power-constrained device includes configuring, by the power-constrained device, a short media access control (MAC) frame having fewer fields than a full-length MAC frame. The method also includes transmitting, by the power-constrained device, the short MAC frame. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155930 | SUB-1GHZ GROUP POWER SAVE - Methods and systems are disclosed for reduced power consumption in communication networks, including sensor networks implemented according to IEEE 802.11ah, by organizing stations into groups having long sleep periods. By organizing the stations of the network into groups, the access point can match each group's traffic identification map with its target beacon transmit time. One embodiment organizes the stations sequentially by AID numbers. Other embodiments organize the stations by similar power save requirements and/or nearby geographical location. Forms of an Extended Traffic Identification Map are matched with an awaken Target Beacon Transmit Time of the group. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155931 | TIME DOMAIN COEXISTENCE OF RF SIGNALS - Various methods and systems are provided for time domain coexistence of RF signals. In one example, among others, a method includes obtaining access to a WLAN channel during a free period of a coexisting cellular connection, providing a RDG to allow another device to transmit for a duration corresponding to at least a portion of a TXOP, and receiving a transmission during the duration. In another example, a method includes obtaining access to a WLAN channel during a transmission period of a coexisting cellular connection and providing a protection frame to defer transmissions from another device for a duration corresponding to at least a portion of a TXOP. In another example, a method includes determining a shift of a BT transaction based at least in part upon a schedule of cellular communications and shifting at least a portion of the BT transaction based upon the determined shift. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155932 | Power saving in a device compatible with cellular and WLAN networks - A mobile communication device is able to communicate with wireless local area network and with a cellular network. A communication system is able to route a communication session between the mobile communication device and another communication device either by way of the wireless local area network or the cellular network. The communication system is able to trigger the mobile communication device via the cellular network to search for and attempt to connect to the wireless local area network. The mobile communication device, in response to reception of signaling via the cellular network, is able to activate a wireless local area network interface of the mobile communication device and to establish a connection to the wireless local area network. | 06-20-2013 |
20130163491 | OPERATION METHOD IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS AND GATEWAY AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING THE SAME - An operation method in heterogeneous networks, and a gateway and a wireless communication device using the same are disclosed. The operation method in heterogeneous networks includes followings. When a gateway, connecting a first communication network and a second communication network, operates in a beacon mode, the gateway determines whether the first communication network is in an allowed period or a forbidden period, and generates a determination result. Then, the gateway adaptively adjusts a ratio of a superframe duration to a beacon interval of a periodic beacon of the second communication network according to the determination result. In addition, the gateway is connected to a M2M communication server via the first communication network, and the gateway is connected to at least one M2M communication device via the second communication network. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163492 | POWER SAVING - A method and network node operable to perform a method of controlling a carrier configuration of a network node in a multi-carrier wireless telecommunication network. The multi-carrier wireless telecommunications network comprises a plurality of network nodes operable to simultaneously transmit and receive signals on more than one radio frequency carrier within a sector of the telecommunications network. The method comprises the steps of: monitoring an indication data traffic received over a predetermined time period on each carrier to determine whether the data traffic received over the time period meets a predetermined set of conditions, transmitting a request to deactivate each carrier determined to meet the conditions; monitoring for receipt of a positive response to the request and implementing deactivation for each carrier for which a positive response is received. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163493 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN LTE USER EQUIPMENT - Methods are provided for reducing power consumption in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) User Equipment (UE) by transferring the UE into a power saving mode. The UE determines a data status for applications running on the UE. A Medium Access Control (MAC) indication of the data status of the UE is sent from the UE to at least one network module. The indication is identified at the network module upon receiving the indication. The network module performs an action for the UE that reduces power consumption at the UE. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163494 | Semi-Persistent Scheduling And Discontinuous Reception Alignment - A method is provided for detection of an uplink grant for a user agent (UA). The method comprises detecting a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) activation/reconfiguration signaling over a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) only during an SPS activation window, wherein the SPS activation window precedes a discontinuous reception (DRX) on-duration by a predetermined amount of time. Also included is a UA comprising a component configured to detect an SPS activation/reconfiguration signaling over a PDCCH only during an SPS activation window, wherein the SPS activation window precedes a DRX on-duration by a predetermined amount of time. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163495 | SCHEDULING METHOD FOR MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATION - One embodiment of the present invention provides a scheduling method for machine-to-machine (M2M) communication. The method comprises the steps of: receiving a connection request message from each of a plurality of machines; grouping the plurality of machines into one or more groups; transmitting information on the group to which each machine belongs, to the machine; transmitting information on the machines belonging to each group, and control information including information on a time interval allocated to each group, to machines belonging to each group; and communicating with machines belonging to each group in a time interval allocated to each group. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163496 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of wireless communication. For example, a wireless communication unit may include a Multi Media-Access-Control (MAC) Address Station-Management-Entity (MM-SME) managing a plurality of MAC entities having a respective plurality of MAC addresses. The wireless communication unit may transmit a frame including a Multi-MAC-Addresses-Element (MMAE), which includes two or more MAC addresses of the plurality of MAC addresses and a control field defining at least one common communication attribute to be applied to the two or more MAC addresses. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163497 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A discontinuous reception method in a wireless communication system includes the following steps: in case of a continuous carrier aggregation, setting a common On Duration timer and/or a common Discontinuous Reception inactivity timer for a primary cell and each secondary cell; and in case of a discontinuous carrier aggregation, setting an independent On Duration timers and/or an independent Discontinuous Reception inactivity timers for the primary cell and each secondary cells. The discontinuous reception method realizes discontinuous reception of the carrier aggregation, thus saving power consumption of a mobile station. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163498 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DATA TRANSMITTER APPARATUS, DATA WIRELESS RECEIVER APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A transport header analyzing unit ( | 06-27-2013 |
20130170413 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR POWER SAVING CONTROLS IN MOBILE BROADCAST RECEIVER - In a broadcast receiver for receiving a digital broadcast signal that carries time division multiplexed content programs or channels configured for power saving modes, the tuner, the ADC, the sub-modules within demodulator core, and the decoder are partitioned into multiple power domains forming a signal data processing pipeline with stages that are corresponding to the power domains and according to the boundaries of the data processing steps. During burst timeslot, only the power domain that is processing the signal data is turned on. Once the processing is completed the power domain is turned off. The power domains are turned off during non-burst timeslot. The ADCs and the first power domain are turned on one timeslot prior the beginning of the next burst timeslot. Therefore, the receiver can simply disregard any residual data in the processing pipeline from the last burst cycle and data flushing is not necessary. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170414 | System and Method for Device-to-Device Communication Overlaid on a Cellular Network - An embodiment of a system that operates a user equipment as a serving user equipment in a personal cell. The user equipment is configured to receive a communication resource from a base station to operate as a serving user equipment in a personal cell, the communication resource including a personal cell ID, and transmit in a cellular downlink the personal cell ID and control channel information included in the communication resource to a second user equipment. The communication resource can comprise a downlink of a cellular network for data transmission by the user equipment to the second user equipment. The user equipment retains a cellular communication link to a base station. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170415 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO TERMINAL - A mobile communication method, which configures a DRX cycle having an On duration in which a downlink signal transmitted from a serving base station is to be monitored and an Off duration other than the On duration in an RRC connected state where an RRC connection is established between a radio terminal and a radio base station, the mobile communication method comprising: a step A of transmitting, from the radio terminal to the radio base station, a timing adjustment request uplink signal through an uplink control channel, even when a radio resource of an uplink data channel has not been assigned in a case where the DRX cycle is configured; and a step B of transmitting, from the radio base station to the radio terminal, transmission timing correction information of an uplink signal, in response to the timing adjustment request uplink signal. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170416 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER AWARE RECEIVE DIVERSITY CONTROL - While a user equipment (UE) is in a connected mode, the UE may receive only a limited quantity of data. During this phase, a receive diversity configuration may not be enabled, in an effort to conserve power on the UE side. However, in marginal signal conditions and a poor radio environment, downlink performance at the UE side may be enhanced by enabling receive diversity, irrespective of the limited data received by the UE. However, while receive diversity may improve the signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) at the UE end in marginal signal conditions, the UE may also incur a penalty on power consumption. Therefore, certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for dynamically controlling the receive diversity of a wireless device to improve the downlink procedure performance, while minimizing power consumption due to the usage of a second receive chain when in connected mode. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170417 | Distributed low-power monitoring system - A distributed wireless monitoring system with low-power remote sensors includes data encoding/compression at sensors to reduce power use from transmission and storage (where the compact data representation is decoded after upload), event activated operation/data logging, remote configuration of event triggering thresholds and correlation templates, distributed processing capabilities, and sensor clock synchronization from a network time service. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170418 | Wireless Communication Device Capable of Scanning for Available Base Stations Using Reduced Bandwidth - A wireless communication device is disclosed that includes multiple antennas capable of being used for carrier aggregation, and that uses its additional antennas to scan for available base stations without interfering with connectivity to a current base station and/or while maximizing useable bandwidth. The wireless communication device may scan using multiple of the antennas to maximize scanning results and reduce scan time, and may scan for available base stations using some of its antennas while maintaining its connection to the current base station with its other antennas. The device can also analyze control channel portions of received signals to utilize periods of signal inactivity to scan for available base stations, such as DRX or SPS modes of operation. In addition, the device can measure various parameters to optimize its scanning capabilities. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170419 | Reducing WLAN Power Consumption on a Mobile Device Utilizing a Cellular Radio Interface - A system and method of reducing the WLAN power consumption and limiting battery drain of a mobile communications device is provided. The mechanism continuously monitors for changes in the WLAN and cellular signal strength and modifies the WLAN profile scanning activity accordingly. By monitoring for changes, transitions can be detected which indicate the location of the mobile device (i.e., indoor or outdoor). An increase in cellular signal strength and a decrease in WLAN signal strength indicates the user is transitioning outdoors where WLAN coverage may be limited. To reduce battery power consumption, background scanning is suspended or its frequency significantly lowered. Moving indoors is indicated by a decrease in cellular signal strength and an increase in WLAN signal strength. Background/Connectivity scanning frequency is increased to provide shorter time-to-connect to WLAN Networks for the user within the WLAN coverage area. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170420 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROCESSING CIRCUIT - Provided is a wireless communication device capable of setting an appropriate transmission power flexibly in accordance with the surrounding environment when returning to a normal power mode from a low power mode. In the wireless communication device ( | 07-04-2013 |
20130176921 | VHT TXOP POWER SAVE - A wireless, specifically VHT, system that includes APs and STAs can power save during the TXOP. The AP in the system announces whether STAs in the system do SU or MU TXOP power save in a Beacon/Probe Response, and the STAs in the system transmit to the AP whether the STA is capable and willing to save power during a SU, MU, or SU+MU TXOP. For the AP, the process further involves buffering data frames for STAs that have entered doze mode until the end of TXOP. The AP further transmits to STAs a duration of TXOP in the Duration field of a RTS frame. The STA can inform the AP to enter TXOP PM mode in a bit in the HT Control field. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176922 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOW-OVERHEAD WIRELESS BEACONS HAVING NEXT FULL BEACON INDICATIONS - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating a compressed beacon are described herein. In some aspects, a method of communicating in a wireless network. includes generating a compressed beacon. The compressed beacon includes a next full beacon time indication (NFBTI). The method further includes transmitting, at an access point, the compressed beacon. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176923 | Methods for Requesting and Responding to Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) Counting - Disclosed is a method for requesting and feeding back a multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS) state, the method being used for allowing a network side to inform a related user equipment (UE) to feed back MBMS state information and allowing the informed UE to feed back the MBMS state information. The request method comprises: when necessary to acquire the receiving state of an MBMS, a base station transmits, through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) scrambled by a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) belonging specially to an MBMS service, or through a system message, a multicast control channel (MCCH) change notification to the UE; and the base station transmits an MBMS state report request to the UE through the changed MCCH. The present invention also discloses a device for implementing the method. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176924 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a mobile terminal apparatus and radio communication method for enabling feedback control information to be efficiently transmitted on a physical uplink control channel, a mobile terminal apparatus of the invention receives downlink shared data channels parallel in a plurality of CCs, makes determinations on the downlink shared data channels about ACK/NACK/DTX, collectively codes determination results (states) of the plurality of CCs after reducing the number of states allowed to be notified individually, and performs signal processing on the coded data to be orthogonalized between users to transmit. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176925 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO TRANSMIT CONFIGURATION CHANGE MESSAGES BETWEEN AN ACCESS POINT AND A STATION - A particular method includes transmitting a frame from a station to an access point. The frame includes a beacon sequence number related to a configuration of the access point. The method also includes, in response to transmitting the frame, receiving an update frame from the access point. The update frame indicates at least one change in the configuration of the access point. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176926 | POWER SAVING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of accessing a channel in a wireless local area network is provided. A destination station receives a request to send (RTS) frame to allocate a network allocation vector from a source station over a first bandwidth and transmits a clear to send (CTS) frame over a second bandwidth to the source station in response to the RTS frame. The second bandwidth is dynamically determined when a first parameter has a predetermined value. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176927 | Simultaneously Multi-Networked Handheld Multimedia Gateways - A user may simultaneously access sources of multimedia information via multiple wireless networks using a handheld multimedia gateway. A user interface may support the selection of information services that are each provided separate, but possibly overlapping, viewing spaces. Circuitry in the multimedia gateway manages the operation of the multiple wireless communication paths, and enables the display of visual information through two or more display devices. The user may customize the display, the size, and the location within a display of regions in which the information is presented. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176928 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is directed to efficiently transmitting feedback control information in a physical uplink control channel in a communication system having a system band formed with a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks. The present invention has a demodulation section that demodulates downlink shared channel signals for each of a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks, a detection section that detects the state of a retransmission acknowledgement signal of each of the plurality of fundamental frequency blocks based on the demodulated downlink shared channel signals, and an uplink control channel processing section that maps the retransmission acknowledgement signals of the plurality of fundamental frequency blocks to an uplink control channel of a specific fundamental frequency block that is selected from the plurality of fundamental frequency blocks, and the uplink control channel processing section selects a plurality of allocated resources from the uplink control channel, and defines the states of the retransmission acknowledgement signals of the plurality of fundamental frequency blocks by bit information by phase shift modulation and channel selection information. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176929 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information. The method for transmitting uplink control information comprises: a step of selecting one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs from among a plurality of uplink control channel resources, and a step of transmitting complex values corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs using the selected uplink control channel resource. | 07-11-2013 |
20130182622 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE POWER CONSERVATION BASED ON TRAFFIC PROFILES - A system and method for conserving power for wireless communications. Packet communication information to and from a wireless device is determined. A traffic profile is selected from a light traffic profile, a periodic traffic profile, and a heavy traffic profile in response to the determined packet communication information. Packets are communicated with a wireless access point utilizing a power mode determined in response to the selected traffic profile. The power mode is utilized by the wireless device independent of the wireless access point. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182623 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING AN UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSION - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided to schedule the uplink grant in a manner that efficiently utilizes uplink resources. In the context of a method from the perspective of the user equipment, an indication regarding data to be transmitted is received and a scheduling request is caused to be provided via a control channel. The scheduling request is configured to indicate a size of the data to be transmitted. In response to a grant, data may be caused to be transmitted via allocated uplink resource blocks. In the context of a method from the perspective of a base station, a scheduling request including an indication of the requested size of the uplink grant is received via a control channel. The method may cause the grant to be provided to a user equipment and, in response, may receive data from the user equipment via allocated uplink resource blocks. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182624 | TERMINAL BATTERY AWARE SCHEDULING - The present invention relates to a method and device ( | 07-18-2013 |
20130182625 | MECHANISM FOR CONNECTING A MOBILE DEVICE TO A NETWORK - A system and method are disclosed for offloading control of services in a mobile device to a non-cellular wireless network, such as Wi-Fi. The described system and method allow the overall connection management to be performed by an application processor, while services are handled in a modem using Wi-Fi connectivity. The Wi-Fi subsystem can be fully driven by the modem for time critical operations allowing the application processor to be off (or in low-power mode) when it is not involved in the delivery of services. Battery power is saved by being able to substantially power down the application processor. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182626 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING USER EQUIPMENT (UE) POWER CONSUMPTION IN THE RRC (RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL) CONNECTED MODE - A method and apparatus are disclosed for reducing UE power consumption in the RRC connected mode. The method includes the UE entering a dormant state in which the UE does not monitor PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) scheduling during On_Durations. The method also includes the UE leaving the dormant state upon reception of a paging message with a specific indication, such as downlink data arrival or transmission. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182627 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - In a wireless communication system, a method of transmitting control information, which is transmitted to a base station by a user equipment, includes the steps of receiving at least one of PDCCH and PDSCH from the base station via at least one serving cell configured in the user equipment and transmitting a 2nd control information to the base station together with a 1st control information resulting from performing a bundling on at least one portion of the control information on a reception of the PDCCH or a reception of the PDSCH indicated by the PDCCH, wherein the bundling is performed on each of the at least one serving cell configured in the user equipment by a prescribed time unit and wherein the 2nd control information includes information related to the PDCCH last detected by the user equipment from the received at least one PDCCH. | 07-18-2013 |
20130188540 | CONTROLLING A POWER LEVEL OF AN UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A technique includes, in mobile station that is part of a coordinated multi-point reception transmission/reception (CoMP) system, receiving a message from a base station identifying at least one parameter specific to the mobile station or specific to a reception set used by the mobile station; and regulating power in communications by the mobile station based at least in part on the parameter(s). | 07-25-2013 |
20130188541 | Target wake time (TWT) within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Target wake time (TWT) within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Within communication systems including different respective devices therein (e.g., wireless stations (STAs), smart meter stations (SMSTAs), etc.), coordination is made with respect to those devices awakening from less than full power state (e.g., from sleep, reduce functionality, power saving state, etc.). A TWT information element (IE) may be included within a frame or a signal corresponding to or based on that frame that is transmitted from one device to other device(s). One or more respective future targeted times (e.g., which may be based on a timing synchronization function (TSF) reference time) at which device(s) may awaken from less than full power state may be included within the TWT IE. Over time, different respective TWT IEs may be provided from various devices, such that respective targeted awake times may be modified dynamically for any given device. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188542 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF RELAY SELECTION AND SETUP - A particular method includes receiving, at an access point, one or more request messages from one or more relay nodes, each of the one or more request messages is a probe request message or an association request message related to a station. The method includes selecting a communication path between the access point and the station based on the one or more request messages and sending a response message indicating the selected communication path. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188543 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A user equipment implements a method of processing indication messages, such as SCRI (signaling connection release indication) messages. For at least one RRC (radio resource control) state, if the current RRC state of the UE is a result of a previously sent indication, the UE inhibits itself from sending a further indication message. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188544 | Low-Power, Low-Latency, End-To-End Communication Messaging Over Multi-Hop, Heterogenous Communication Networks - A system is provided and includes a server, a wireless access point disposed in signal communication with the server, an end device and a wireless end point communicative with the wireless access point and configured to interface with the end device, the server and the end device being configured to send information packets back and forth via the wireless end point, each information packet including additional information instructing the wireless end point to take subsequent action following initial action by the wireless end point relative to the information packet. | 07-25-2013 |
20130194985 | Methods and Apparatus for In-Device Coexistence - Systems and techniques for improved in-device coexistence. A base station defines a DRX cycle for a user equipment including defining at least one scheduling timer, such that a downlink HARQ process can be initiated only when the scheduling timer is active and an uplink HARQ process can be initiated only while the at least one scheduling timer is active. Alternatively, a DRX cycle is defined so as to include a measurement gap during which HARQ retransmissions are skipped during the measurement gap. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194986 | Interference Avoidance in Low Power Nodes - The specification and drawings present a new method, apparatus and software related product for avoiding UL interference in a victim LPN such as femtocell using DRX by the LPN coordinated with the UL DTX of UEs to the LPN and to one or more HPNs such as NBs (or Home NB), e.g., in HSPA systems. The victim LPN may start DRX having ON and OFF periods. Then the LPN sends information about DRX to its UEs (LUEs) communicating with the LPN, and to one or more network elements such as aggressor HPNs' RNCs. The network element(s) are adapted to identify and configure aggressor UEs (HUEs) communicating with one or more HPNs of the network for coordinating ON and OFF periods of the DRX by the LPN with transmissions of the LUEs and the HUEs to avoid interference during the OFF periods of the DRX in the LPN. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194987 | Power Control for Inter-Band Multi-Carrier Capable Devices - There are provided measures for enabling power control for inter-band multi-carrier capable devices, such as e.g. inter-band carrier aggregation capable devices. Such measures may exemplarily include calculating at least one output power restriction value for a cumulative output power for a combination of at least two uplink carriers of a terminal device, said two uplink carriers operating on different bands, signaling the calculated at least one output power restriction value to the terminal device, and performing power control for the at least two uplink carriers using the acquired at least one output power restriction value at the terminal device. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194988 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACTIVATION AND DEACTIVATION OF A TRANSMISSION MODE - In a wireless communications network, a user equipment is capable of operating in a first mode in which uplink signals are transmitted using a single antenna and in at least a second mode in which uplink signals are transmitted using two or more antennas. It is determined at the user equipment whether to request activation of the first or second mode and a first message is sent to a network node requesting activation of the first or second mode together with Medium Access Control (MAC) Scheduling Information (SI). Alternatively, the user equipment sends, to the network node, an indication of a threshold for use in determining whether to activate the first or second mode together with user equipment capability information. A second message is received at the user equipment from the network node indicating whether the first or second mode should be activated. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194989 | Method and Apparatus for Dynamic and Adjustable Energy Savings in a Communication Network - In one aspect, the present invention comprises an apparatus and method for improving energy saving procedures in a wireless communication network, wherein one or more cells in the network are selectively inactivated for energy savings and reactivated as needed. More particularly, the present invention provides improved control for transitioning a cell to or from a power savings mode, including dynamic, adjustable power control and handover parameter control, based on the involved cells exchanging status and/or control information. The dynamic control results in gradual rather than abrupt changes to cell coverage area, as a cell is transitioned to or from the power savings mode. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194990 | OPTIMIZING UE WAKEUP TIMELINE IN CONNECTED MODE DRX BASED ON CQI REPORTING SCHEDULE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which channel quality indicator (CQI) requirements for reporting a CQI are received, whether the CQI is to be reported periodically is determined based on the CQI requirements, and a wake-up time based on the determination is scheduled. CQI reporting requirements, such as CQI scheduling information may be used to plan a UE discontinuous reception (DRX) wake-up time and adaptively shorten a duration the UE is awake when transmission of a CQI report is not required at a first subframe of a DRX on-duration. The shorter UE awake duration results in reduced power consumption. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194991 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Embodiments of user equipment (UE) and method for discontinuous reception (DRX) mode in wireless communication are generally described herein. In some of these embodiments, the UE may operate to determine a value for a DRX parameter based at least in part on information associated with an application running on the UE. The UE may send a message to an enhanced node-B (eNB). The message may include at least one of the value for the DRX parameter and the information associated with the application. The eNB may determine values for DRX parameters that the UE may use in DRX mode. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194992 | Backoff snooze wake power consumption within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Backoff snooze wake power consumption within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. If a communication (e.g., transmission) attempt fails (e.g., by a wireless station (STA), smart meter station (SMSTA), etc.), then a backoff snooze countdown may be performed before a subsequent communication is attempted. Also, if communication activity is detected on the communication medium, then such a backoff snooze countdown may be performed before monitoring the communication medium or a subsequent communication attempt is made. Such a backoff snooze countdown may be based on a codeword value (e.g., such as provided within a beacon received from an access point (AP)), and different respective backoff snooze countdowns may be made based on different respective codeword values. Such backoff snooze countdowns are performed outside of a restricted access window (RAW) in which only devices of a particular class (e.g., low-power, Z, etc.) have access to the communication medium. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194993 | PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a packet used in establishing or maintaining a connection with a server are provided. The method includes determining, when a current time is a packet transmission of at least one network service application of the mobile terminal, whether at least one other network service application having an adjustable packet transmission schedule with a packet transmission after the current time exists, adjusting, when the at least one other network service application exists, the adjustable packet transmission schedule to synchronize the packet transmission occasions of the at least one network service application with the at least one other network service application, and simultaneously transmitting a packet of the network service application having the packet transmission occasion at the current time and a packet of the at least one other network service application of which packet transmission schedule is adjusted. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194994 | MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - A user equipment (UE) may manage coexistence between multiple radio access technologies (RATs) utilized by the UE to allow a first RAT to be active during times when communications of a second RAT of the UE are inactive. In some instances, the UE may indicate discontinuous reception (DRX) operation of the UE to allow for time-division multiplexed (TDM) operation between the first RAT and the second RAT. The UE may set a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) configuration to allow for a HARQ retransmission of a packet of the first RAT, originally received in a first DRX cycle, during a second DRX cycle. | 08-01-2013 |
20130194995 | Micro Sleep Mode Control For a Receiver - A technique for controlling a receiver to enter a micro sleep mode during which at least one receiver component is temporarily switched off is described. The receiver is configured to process sub-frames each having a first sub-frame portion followed by a second sub-frame portion, the first sub-frame portion carrying information indicative of whether or not the second sub-frame portion needs to be decoded. A method implementation of this technique comprises the steps of providing a regular micro sleep mode in which the receiver component is switched off after the first sub-frame portion has been decoded in case the decoding indicates that the second sub-frame portion does not need to be decoded, providing an extended micro sleep mode in which the receiver component is switched off immediately after the first sub-frame portion has been received, evaluating a mode setting criterion, and controlling the receiver to enter the regular micro sleep mode or the extended micro sleep mode depending on the mode setting criterion. | 08-01-2013 |
20130201887 | WIRELESS TERMINAL - A wireless terminal that includes a control unit that controls a wireless communication section of the wireless terminal to not perform uploading data to, or downloading data from, an external storage when a wireless connection is established with a wireless access point other than a wireless access point specified in advance; and controls the wireless communication section to perform the uploading or downloading via the wireless access point specified in advance when a wireless connection is established with the wireless access point specified in advance. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201888 | MULTICAST GROUP MANAGEMENT METHOD AND WIRELESS NETWORK APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A wireless network apparatus provides a wireless communication service for wireless devices through a first virtual access unit. The wireless network apparatus includes a determining module for outputting a first determination result when a wireless device enables the power saving mode and joins to a multicast group; a virtual access unit creating module for creating a second virtual access unit based on the first determination result outputted by the determining module; and a control module for controlling the second virtual access unit to provide a wireless communication service for the wireless device based on the first determination result outputted by the determining module. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201889 | CONNECTION CLOSE PACKET TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A connection close-related packet transmission method and apparatus is provided for improving power saving efficiency of a power-constrained mobile terminal. The connection close-related packet transmission method includes establishing a radio connection with a server; determining whether a preconfigured connection close timeout elapses without connection activity after the connection establishment; buffering, when the connection close timeout elapses, a connection close-related packet; and transmitting, when another packet transmission is predicted, the connection-related packet to the server. The connection close-related packet transmission method and apparatus is advantageous in power saving efficiency of a power-constrained mobile terminal. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201890 | Dual Domain Camping With a Single Radio UE - A method for 1x/LTE dual domain camping with a single radio UE is described. The method includes adaptively sharing a first receive chain and a second receive chain between a first radio access technology (RAT) modem and a second RAT modem of the single radio UE. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201891 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR POWER SAVING IN AN AD HOC NETWORK - An example apparatus, such as a quorum server of a quorum system, is caused to receive a route information message or duplication thereof from a node of an ad hoc network including a plurality of nodes, with the node having sent or received the route information message during implementation of a routing protocol to determine a route between the nodes, such as according to a gossip algorithm. The apparatus is caused to identify, based on the route information message, nodes intended to also receive the route information message or intended to be part of the determined route. And the apparatus is caused to prepare an instruction message for transmission to one or more of the nodes such that the identified one or more nodes enter or remain in an active mode, and nodes other than the identified one or more of the nodes enter or remain in a power-saving mode. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201892 | Discontinuous Reception Across Transmissions on Different Radio Access Technologies - In an embodiment there is established for a user equipment UE a first discontinuous reception DRX period of a first radio access technology RAT using at least one parameter that is common with a second DRX period of a second RAT for the UE. From the perspective of the network, transmission opportunities to the UE using the first RAT are arranged according to the established first DRX period. From the perspective of the UE, reception opportunities at the UE using the first radio access technology are arranged according to the established first DRX period. There may be one access node or two cooperating access nodes serving the UE with the different RATs. In different embodiments the DRX active periods may be purposefully aligned or misaligned. Examples of such a common DRX parameter include DRX cycle, DRX inactivity timer, and DRX on-duration time. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201893 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR MANAGING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION AT A WIRELESS ACCESS TERMINAL - Access terminals are adapted to facilitate discontinuous transmission (DTX). According to one example, an access terminal determines to disable DTX, such that a continuous reverse link transmission may occur, in a fashion such as not to interfere with the operation of a Frame Early Termination operation utilized in CDMA 1x technology. As one example, the access terminal may cease the utilization of DTX in accordance with a performance metric of a wireless communication network. The performance metric may be a forward link power control setpoint of a base station, a number of quasi-orthogonal function sets being utilized at the base station, a number of frame erasures corresponding to a forward link transmission from the base station, or any other suitable measurable parameter of the network performance. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 08-08-2013 |
20130208637 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ACCESS POINT TRIGGERED TRANSMISSIONS AFTER TRAFFIC INDICATION MAP PAGING - Systems, methods, and devices for reducing collisions in a wireless communications network are described herein. In one aspect an apparatus for wireless communication is provided. The apparatus includes a transmitter configured to transmit a first message over a communication medium to a plurality of nodes configured to be selectively at least partially powered down during time periods in which the first message is not expected to be transmitted. The first message indicates a subset of the plurality of nodes for which data is available for transmission. The apparatus further includes a controller configured to initiate a process for transmitting the data available to the subset of the plurality of nodes after the first message is transmitted. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208638 | CONNECTION DORMANCY METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICAITON DEVICE AND COMPUTER READALBE RECORDING MEDIUM - A connection dormancy method for a wireless communication device, the wireless communication device and computer readable recording medium using the same are provided. The method includes recording connection information between the wireless communication device and at least one target device, and generating at least one connection establishing time according to the connection information. The method also includes determining using either a first dormancy waiting time or a second dormancy waiting time as a default dormancy waiting time according to the at least one connection establishing time, and disconnecting a connection between the wireless communication device and the at least one target device after the connection is idled for the default dormancy waiting time. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208639 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION BY EARLY TERMINATION OF CELL BROADCAST DATA DECODING - The present disclosure presents example methods and apparatuses for conserving battery power in a mobile station. Some example methods may include receiving scheduling information from a network entity at the mobile station. In such examples, the scheduling information may include a scheduled final data frame. Furthermore, example methods may include receiving a final protocol data unit (PDU) of a service data unit (SDU) in an actual final data frame and comparing the scheduled final data frame to the actual final data frame. Moreover, in some examples, such methods may include initiating a sleep mode from the actual final data frame to the scheduled final data frame where the comparing indicates that the actual final data frame is earlier than the scheduled final data frame. As such, battery power at the mobile station may be conserved. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208640 | UPDATING METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SLEEP MODE OPERATION - Disclosed herein relates to a sleep mode operation method, and the method of updating a sleep mode operation according to the present invention may include receiving a service flow configuration request (DSx-REQ) message including a service flow parameter for service flow configuration and a sleep cycle ID (SCID) for changing a sleep mode according to the service flow configuration from a base station during a sleep mode listening window; transmitting a service flow configuration response (DSx-RSP) message including the SCID; configuring the service flow according to the service flow identifier; and changing an SCID to the SCID for updating the sleep mode operation. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208641 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING IN-DEVICE CO-EXISTENCE INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - The present invention provides a method and apparatus of handling in-device co-existence interference in a wireless communication environment. In one embodiment, a method includes detecting in-device co-existence interference between a LTE module and an ISM module in user equipment. The method further includes identifying subframes and corresponding HARQ processes in a set of subframes allocated to the LTE module which are affected by the ISM module operation. Additionally, the method includes reserving the remaining subframes and corresponding HARQ processes in the set of subframes for the LTE module operation. Furthermore, the method includes indicating to a base station that the remaining subframes and the corresponding HARQ processes are reserved for the LTE module operation to resolve the in-device co-existence interference. Moreover, the method includes receiving scheduling pattern indicating subframes and corresponding HARQ processes reserved for the LTE operation or derived DRX parameters from the base station based on the indication. | 08-15-2013 |
20130215809 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS TO IMPLEMENT COMMUNICATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method and a user equipment for controlling multiple communication systems to implement communication are disclosed. The method includes: when a long term evolution LTE system module in a UE is about to enter a discontinuous reception DRX sleep state or to temporarily stop data transmission, sending, by the LTE system module, first indication information to another system module in the UE, where the first indication information is used for indicating, to the other system module, that the LTE system module enters the DRX sleep state and at least part of time during which the LTE system module is in the DRX sleep state, or the first indication information is used for indicating that the other system module is capable of performing data transmission and time during which the other system module is capable of performing data transmission. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215810 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AN IPV6 OVER LOW POWER WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK DATA PACKET - In one embodiment, a first node as a source node obtains personal area network identifiers of the first node and a second node respectively; and then fills the personal area network identifiers of the first node and the second node and 6LoWPAN-message-type information in a 6LoWPAN data packet and sends them to the edge router. After receiving the 6LoWPAN data packet, the edge router judges 6LoWPAN-message-type information of the data packet. When the 6LoWPAN-message-type information indicates that the data packet is sent to another 6LoWPAN subnet, the 6LoWPAN data packet is encapsulated in an IP data packet and sent to a backbone network router. The backbone network router and the edge router of the subnet in which the destination node is located, respectively route the data packet according to the personal area network identifier of the destination address. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215811 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND POWER ALLOCATION METHOD - Provided are a wireless communication terminal device and a power allocation method, wherein transmission channel quality information, regarding a Pcell having a high probability that UCI is multiplied therein, can be accurately estimated by an SRS having high priority in power allocation, and an eNB can instruct appropriate transmission power to an UL channel which transmits the subsequent UCI. A power scaling detection unit ( | 08-22-2013 |
20130223305 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are. An example embodiment comprises: transmitting by a first wireless device to a second wireless device, a first message indicating an awake state with availability to receive wireless messages from the second wireless device; receiving by the first wireless device, an acknowledgement message from the second wireless device, including control information indicating a duration until a service period starts; and resuming a non-awake state by the first device when the control information indicates the duration satisfies a transition criterion. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223306 | Buffered Frames Indication Enhancement To Enable Power Savings - A method includes receiving, by an apparatus, a signaling element containing an indication whether there are buffered individually addressed frames for at least one device within a group of devices; determining, by the apparatus, whether the apparatus belongs to a group for which there are no buffered individually addressed frames, based on the indication; and if the apparatus belongs to a group for which there are no buffered individually addressed frames, entering a lower power state without waiting to receive a next signaling element. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223307 | COMBATING DRX DEADLOCK IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS - A method of operating a base station node ( | 08-29-2013 |
20130223308 | ENGERY EFFICIENT MAXIMIZATION OF NETWORK CONNECTIVITY - The minimization of the amount of power consumed by an electronic device in acquiring or maintaining network connectivity with a network may extend the battery life of the electronic device. When the electronic device has established a communication connection with a wireless access point, the electronic device cycles a network interface controller of the electronic device between a power on state and a power off state without terminating the communication connection. Accordingly, the electronic device powers on a main processor of the electronic device when the network interface controller detects a beacon during the power on state that indicates the wireless access point has a buffered data frame for the electronic device. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223309 | MOBILE STATION AND POWER SAVING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile station and a power saving method thereof for a wireless communication system are provided. The wireless communication system comprises a base station and the mobile station. The mobile station stays in a sleep mode. The mobile station comprises a buffer, a transceiver, and a processor. The buffer is configured to temporarily store an uplink data packet. The transceiver is configured to receive a downlink traffic indication message during at least one listening interval. The processor, electrically connected to the transceiver and the buffer, is configured to determine that the downlink traffic indication message carries a non-having downlink data packet information to make the buffer continue to temporarily store the uplink data packet so that the mobile station continuously stays in the sleep mode. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223310 | OPERATING METHOD OF LOW-POWER-CONSUMPTION WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK SYSTEM - The invention provides an operating method of low-power-consumption wireless sensor network system, which comprises a plurality of nodes. Wherein, the nodes can be enforced to enter a sleep state at a preset times and enter an awake state by a first light. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223311 | COORDINATED UPLINK TRANSMISSION IN LTE DRX OPERATIONS FOR A WIRELESS TRANSMIT RECEIVE UNIT - A method and apparatus for discontinuous reception (DRX) operation in a wireless transmit receive unit aligns uplink and downlink transmissions with a DRX cycle. The transmission may be a channel quality indicator report, a sounding reference signal, or a silence descriptor among other downlink and uplink transmissions. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223312 | METHOD AND NETWORK-SIDE DEVICE FOR OPTIMIZING ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION OF ISR - The present application relates to mobile communication technical field, and a method for optimizing activation/deactivation Idle State signaling Reduction (ISR) and a network side device are disclosed. The method includes: during a process of updating User Element (UE) area, a first network entity, when receiving a context request message transmitted from a second entity, determines to activate or deactivate ISR, according to a mobile-reachable timer or an implicit detach timer corresponding to said UE, or operation states of the mobile-reachable timer and the implicit detach timer; and the first network entity transmits the determination result to the second network entity, said second network entity determines to instruct the UE to activate or deactivate the ISR according to the received determination result. The application optimizes the existing procedure for the activating/deactivating of the ISR, enables the ISR processing at the network side and the UE side to be consistent in height, and thus avoiding unnecessary signaling expense. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223313 | System and Method for Scheduling Communications - A method for operating a station includes scheduling a first appointment at a first time with an access point to communicate with the access point in response to a first message from the access point, wherein the first message indicates that the station has ownership of a communications medium used by the station at the first time. The method also includes transmitting a second message to the access point in accordance with the first appointment. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223314 | HANDHELD DEVICE AND POWER SAVING CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A handheld device and a power saving method are provided. The handheld device comprises a transceiver and a processor electrically connected to the transceiver. The processor executes a sync procedure every a sync period to enable the transceiver to establish an internet connection with a mail server to receive a mail data, determine that the handheld device works in an idle mode, and automatically adjust the sync period by extending the sync period gradually. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223315 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD, AND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT DEVICE - A wireless communication system in which wireless communication can be performed via a wireless communication network, the wireless communication system comprising: a wireless access point device configured to operate by using power supplied via a two-wire cable, to perform wireless communication with wireless field devices via the wireless communication network, and to perform communication via the two-wire cable; and a conversion device connected to the two-wire cable and to a control unit configured to control the wireless field devices, the conversion device being configured to supply power to the wireless access point device via the two-wire cable, and to perform conversions between signals, which are input and output from the control unit, and signals, which are transmitted and received via the two-wire cable. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223316 | RELIABILITY DETECTION OF CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR (CQI) AND APPLICATION TO OUTER LOOP POWER CONTROL - A method for performing outer loop power control in wireless communications includes initializing a time interval clock to count down a predetermined time interval; receiving and decoding a channel quality indicator (CQI) message; computing a decision metric value for each symbol in the decoded CQI message; determining whether the CQI message is erroneous; counting a number of erroneous CQI messages; and signaling a wireless/transmit receive unit to adjust an uplink transmission power on a condition that the time interval clock has expired and the number of erroneous CQI messages exceeds a threshold. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223317 | BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A micro base station eNB-B, which is adjacent to a macro base station eNB-A and used in a cellular mobile communication system, comprises: a radio communication unit | 08-29-2013 |
20130229959 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GROUP SYNCHRONIZED CHANNEL ACCESS WITH TIM SEGMENTATION - A method includes receiving indications of a wake-up interval assigned to a station and a corresponding group to which the station belongs, wherein all stations assigned to the group are assigned the wake-up interval. The method includes waking the station during the wake-up interval and determining, using at least the indication of the group, whether information received by the station during the wake-up interval corresponds to the group. Another method includes assigning stations to one of multiple groups based on wake-up intervals, in which stations assigned to a group all have a same wake-up interval and each group has a different wake-up interval, sending indications of a corresponding wake-up interval and a corresponding group to each of the stations, and during a interval corresponding to the wake-up interval for a selected group, transmitting the indication of the selected group and associated information meant for the group. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229960 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR FACILITATING TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT POWER REGULATION - Access terminals are adapted to facilitate power regulation of a transmitter circuit by employing a transmitter power timer. An access terminal may identify expiration of a predetermined period of time without any data to be sent. The access terminal may subsequently power down the transmitter circuit in response to the expiration of the predetermined period of time. Methods for facilitating power regulation of a transmitter circuit include initiating a transmitter power timer after a data transmission, and powering off the transmitter circuit when the transmitter power timer expires without data to be transmitted. The transmitter power timer can be adapted to facilitate guarantee frames for smart blanking, and can operate independent of a dormancy timer. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229961 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR POSITIONING AN ACCESS TERMINAL UTILIZING A HIGHLY DETECTABLE PILOT - Apparatus and methods are disclosed for positioning an access terminal in a CDMA wireless communication network utilizing a highly detectable pilot (HDP) scheme. Here, transmissions by base stations are divided in the time dimension into a plurality of time slots, or pilot control groups (PCGs). A subset of these time slots, according to a duty cycle, are exclusively allocated to the transmission of the HDP signals, while conventional data, control, and pilot transmissions are forgone during these HDP time slots. Among the HDP time slots, in accordance with a re-use pattern, groups of the cells take turns transmitting the HDPs at full base station power. In this way, access terminals are better capable of receiving a greater set of pilot signals for utilization in trilateration of the access terminals. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229962 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement of efficiently utilizing radio resources in a communication network, comprising a communication network node transmitting information on shared control channels (SCCH) to one or more user equipments. The information is transmitted over either a narrow or a wide bandwidth depending on which mode said one or more user equipments are, either a power saving mode or an active mode. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229963 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING COLLISIONS AFTER TRAFFIC INDICATION MAP PAGING - Systems, methods, and devices for reducing collisions in a wireless communications network are described herein. In some aspects, a receiver receives a paging message. The paging message includes an ordering and a multiplier. A processor determines a first wake-up time based on the ordering and the multiplier. The wireless device wakes up at the determined wake-up time. The wireless device receives data via the receiver. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229964 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAINTAINING A POWER SAVING STATE AT A NETWORK DEVICE - The described aspects include a user equipment (UE) apparatus, network component, and corresponding methods of communicating power saving information using common uplink messages. By using a resource update message to communicate power saving information from a UE, the UE need not request and establish resources with the network for requesting a power state that uses less power than a current state. Similarly, in UE mobility, the UE can indicate previous power saving information to a target Node B to cause the target Node B to refrain from assigning resources to the UE. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229965 | PAGING DURING CONNECTED MODE DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) OPERATIONS - Aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to wireless communications and, more particularly, to techniques for paging during Long Term Evolution (LTE) discontinuous reception (DRX) operations. Aspects generally include determining whether one or more paging occasions from a base station (BS) occur while a receiver of an apparatus is in an active state based on a discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle, adjusting a period that the receiver is in the active state during the DRX cycle if at least one paging occasion does not occur while the receiver is in the active state, and monitoring for at least one paging occasion occurring while the receiver is in the active state during the adjusted period. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229966 | Method, Device, and System for Indicating Discontinuous Data Scheduling - A method for indicating discontinuous data scheduling includes receiving discontinuous reception (DRX) indication information on an Iur interface; and sending discontinuous scheduling indication information to a base station according to the DRX indication information. A communication system and a radio network control device for implementing the method are also provided. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229967 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK HANDOVER - The disclosure provides a method and a system for network handover. The method includes: during a process that equipment hands over from a current network to another network, a driver receiving a network-disconnected message, and judging whether the network-disconnected message is sent from a Connection Manager (CM); if the network-disconnected message is sent from the CM, the driver reporting, to an operating system, a first signalling which identifies that the current network is disconnected; and if the network-disconnected message is not sent from the CM, the driver reporting, to the operating system, a second signalling which identifies that the current network is connected. By the adoption of the method and the system, power consumption of the equipment can be reduced. | 09-05-2013 |
20130235770 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOW POWER MEDIUM ACCESS - One aspect of the disclosure provides a method for wireless communication by a station or wireless device. The method includes waking from a sleep state. Further, the method includes determining an availability of a transmission medium. In addition, in response to determining that the transmission medium is not available, the method can include determining a sleep time period, entering a second sleep state based on the sleep time period, and freezing a backoff counter for the duration of the second sleep state. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235771 | HETEROGENEOUS-SYSTEMS COEXISTENCE METHOD AND WIRELESS GATEWAY APPARATUS - A network management unit included in a base station of WRAN, and a heterogeneous-systems coexistence function unit included in a relay station perform communications by taking advantage of the wireless line of WRAN. In this way, the network management unit and the heterogeneous-systems coexistence function unit make the determination and management of a frequency channel to be utilized by WLAN. Concretely, the QP (Quiet Period) of WRAN and that of WLAN are synchronized with each other with respect to the above-described frequency channel. During the synchronized QPs, WRAN and WLAN make the absence confirmation of a primary user. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235772 | MULTICAST GROPU TRANSMISSION METHOD AND WIRELESS NETWORK APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A wireless network apparatus provides a communication connection for a wireless device. The wireless network apparatus comprises a determining module used for outputting a first determining result when the wireless device is joining a multicast group and enables a power-saving mode thereof; a media queue module used for transmitting media information to the wireless device by either a direct-transmission mode or a deferred-transmission mode; and a control module used for controlling the media queue module to disable the deferred-transmission mode and enable the direct-transmission mode to transmit the media information to the wireless device based on the first determining result outputted by the determining module. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235773 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVINGS IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method and apparatus for power savings in a wireless local area network (WLAN) are disclosed. A station (STA) may receive parameters that associate the STA to a specific group of STAs and perform a channel access during a period that is allowed for the group of STAs based on the parameters. The STA may receive information regarding an access slot that is allowed for the group of STAs and access a channel during the access slot. The STA may receive a schedule for wake up from a doze state and goes in and out of the doze state based on the schedule. A highest channel access priority may be provided to a sensor or meter type of STA. The STA may indicate to an access point (AP) that the STA will not listen to a traffic indication map (TIM) or a delivery TIM (DTIM) in a beacon. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235774 | ENERGY-SAVING MOBILE NODE CONTROL METHOD USING WIRELESS MULTI-INTERFACES - Provided is a node control apparatus communicating an external Internet Protocol (IP) network and managing a plurality of mobile nodes included in a local network. The node control apparatus manages information relating to the plurality of mobile nodes, each equipped with one or more wireless interfaces, configures one or more groups by classifying the plurality of mobile nodes according to the type(s) of the wireless interface(s) of each of the plurality of mobile nodes, selects a representative node for each of the groups, and allows the member nodes of each of the groups to communicate with the external IP network via their representative node. Therefore, it is possible to minimize power consumption by selectively using a wireless interface for use in connecting to the representative node of each of the groups. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235775 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MESSAGES IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USER EQUIPMENT - A method and device for transmitting a sequence of messages from a handheld telecommunications device to a telecommunications network is described, the sequence of messages comprising a plurality of messages to be transmitted at specified times. The method comprises transmitting a message of the sequence of messages and turning off at least one of the transmitter and receiver of the device after transmission of at least one of the messages in the sequence of messages. The method has particular application to messages that terminate a radio connection, such as RRC Connection Release Complete messages in a UMTS system. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235776 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DATA AT MOBILE STATION IN SLEEP MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for receiving data at a mobile station in a wireless communication system are disclosed. A method of receiving data mobile station in a wireless communication system includes receiving an Advanced Air Interface Traffic Indication (AAI_TRF-IND) message including a positive indicator during a listening window from a base station, and receiving a traffic by extending the listening window without restriction as to an extension range of the listening window from the BS if there is traffic to be transmitted to or received from the base station after the listening window. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235777 | PORTABLE TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A mobile terminal according to the present invention includes data analyzer ( | 09-12-2013 |
20130235778 | METHOD FOR SWITCHING A BASE STATION FROM AN INACTIVE OPERATIONAL MODE TO AN ACTIVE OPERATIONAL MODE IN A HIERARCHICALLY STRUCTURED MOBILE - A method and system for switching a base station from an inactive operational mode to a more active operational mode in a hierarchically structured mobile communication network preferably a WiMAX or LTE network, with at least one small cell base station and at least one macro cell base station in a radio access network includes:
| 09-12-2013 |
20130235779 | Method for a Terminal to Transmit Data in a Wireless Communication System, and a Device Therefor - The present application discloses a method for a terminal to transmit a signal in a wireless communication system. In more detail, the method includes transmitting uplink data to a base station at a data transmission period. The data transmission period includes at least one power-reduction period divided into an activation period and a deactivation period, wherein the uplink data are transmitted to the base station in the activation period. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235780 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A TERMINAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for optimizing the power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system. The method for optimizing power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system comprises: a determination step of determining whether there is a need for changing a configuration for a discontinuous reception operation of the terminal; and a transmission step of transmitting, to a base station, a request message for a change in the discontinuous reception operation, if it is determined that the change is needed. | 09-12-2013 |
20130242825 | COMMUNICATION TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - In an example embodiment, a system may include a base station configured to broadcast a group scheduling message configured to be received at a terminal group that includes a plurality of terminals. The base station may further be configured to receive group transmissions transmitted at the plurality of terminals in a scheduled sequence in response to the group scheduling message. The base station may further be configured to broadcast a group reply in response to receiving the group transmission. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242826 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN USER EQUIPMENT FOR POWER SAVINGS - Methods and apparatuses to power off a modem receiver or components of the receiver at a time prior to the end of the frame based on data in the frame being received and properly decoded before the end of the frame. In an aspect, the apparatuses and methods provide power saving in a wireless device, and include receiving data within a frame at a user equipment, determining whether all payload packet data has been correctly decoded prior to an end of the frame, and powering down a receiver component for a portion of a remainder of the frame in response to determining that all payload packet data has been correctly decoded and where a first time period to a next scheduled overhead hit transmission period of a slot in the frame is greater than a second time period corresponding to a warm-up period for the receiver component. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242827 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR FACILITATING UPLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SIGNALING - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for detecting multiple input multiple output communications. A method and apparatus may enable transmission of a first control signal to a communication device. The first control signal may indicate at least one number of data streams that the communication device is allowed to utilize to transmit data. The method and apparatus may perform detection of discontinuous transmission on one or more control channels indicated by the first control signal. The method and apparatus may determine whether the communication device currently communicates on the control channels in response to performing the detection of the discontinuous transmission. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242828 | OPTIMIZED WAKEUP FOR COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Devices, systems, articles of manufacture, and methods for optimized wake-up are described. According to some embodiments, page messages are received at a page message receiving sub-slot. The page messages can be received by a communication device's communication interface, processes by a communication device's processor, and stored in a communication device's memory. Upon receiving page messages, a wake-up record is updated. A communication device can enter sleep mode based in part on reception of the page messages. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242829 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALIGNING DOWNLINK DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION PATTERNS IN MULTIFLOW HSDPA - Aspects of this disclosure relate to methods and apparatuses for aligning downlink discontinuous reception patterns in multiflow High-Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA). One aspect of the disclosure provides a method for wireless communications. The method includes: communicatively connecting with a user equipment (UE), a first cell, and a second cell; determining a sub-frame pairing between the first cell and the second cell; and selectively updating the sub-frame pairing based on a timing offset representative of a sub-frame delay between the first cell and the second cell. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242830 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LIMITING TRANSMISSION OF IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE INDICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of communicating in a mobile communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) receives an configuration message including information on an in-device coexistence (IDC) indication from the base station. The UE determines whether or not to transmit an IDC indication message based on the received information on the IDC indication, and transmits the IDC indication message to the base station if it is determined to transmit the IDC indication message based on the received information on the IDC indication. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242831 | Client Initiated Idle Mode Transition - In accordance with some embodiments, a user equipment can initiate connected-to-idle mode transitions. A three way handshake is undertaken before allowing network disconnection. The transition can be made with a reasonable amount of signaling overhead. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242832 | Providing Assistance to a Base Station from User Equipment - In accordance with some embodiments, a user equipment or mobile station may provide assistance to the eNB or base station so that eNB or base station can more effectively provide settings to the user equipment. Because the user equipment may have more in depth knowledge about the conditions that exist at the user equipment, efficiencies may be achieved by providing information to the eNB from which the eNB can better set various settings on the user equipment, including those related to power saving and latency. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242833 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for controlling in-device coexistence interference (IDC) in a wireless communication system are provided. The present invention comprises transmitting IDC indication information including an unusable frequency band that is a frequency band in which performing communication is difficult because of IDC interference to a evolved NodeB (eNB), receiving Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection reconfiguration including IDC Discontinous Reception (DRX) configuration reconfiguring DRX relating the unusable frequency band based on the IDC indication information from the eNB and performing autonomously denial of Industrial Scientific Medical (ISM) transmission in the unusable frequency band by reconfiguring DRX based on the IDC DRX configuration. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242834 | Methods for selecting modules for a wireless communication device to achieve optimal performance - The present invention relates to a method and system for adapting a wireless communication system to support a desired functionality of the wireless communication system at an optimized performance and economic benefit. The desired functionality can be determined by defined criteria such as a maximum range of communication with the wireless communication system, quality of a transmission link in the wireless communication system, capacity of the wireless communication system, power consumption of the wireless communication system, protocols supported in the wireless communication system, modulation techniques used in the wireless communication system and processing techniques for combining signals in the wireless communication system. The system can be adapted by varying one or more of the number of components or processing techniques used in the wireless communication system. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242835 | POWER MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR STATION IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM AND STATION THAT SUPPORTS SAME - A power management method of a station in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system and the station supporting the method are provided. The method includes: transmitting to an access point (AP) a power save configuration (PSC) request frame for reporting that the STA intends to transition to a power save (PS) mode; receiving from the AP a PSC response frame in response to the PSC request frame; and after receiving the PSC response frame, entering the PS mode. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242836 | TRANSITIONING FROM MIMO TO SISO TO SAVE POWER - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to an example embodiment, an apparatus may include at least one processor and at least one memory. The at least one memory may include computer-executable code that, when executed by the processor, is configured to cause the apparatus to send a message to a node in wireless communication with the apparatus, the message indicating a transition by the apparatus from multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) to single-input single-output (SISO), and transition from wireless MIMO communication with the node to wireless SISO communication with the node after sending the message to the node. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242837 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST PROCESS - Embodiments of the present invention provide an improved method and apparatus for processing an uplink component carrier hybrid automatic repeat request process. The method comprises: receiving an indication that a downlink component carrier is de-activated; stopping receiving a physical hybrid retransmission indicator channel from the de-activated downlink component carrier; and stopping processing an uplink component carrier hybrid automatic repeat request process scheduled by the de-activated downlink component carrier. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242838 | WLAN SCANNING ACCORDING TO CHANNEL ORDER REPRESENTING DECREASING RELATIVE PREVALENCE OF ACCESS POINT DEPLOYMENT - A channel order that is specific to a population of access points is stored in a wireless local area network client device. The order of channels in the channel order represents the decreasing relative prevalence of access point deployment in the population. The wireless local area network client device scans for wireless local area networks according to the channel order. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242839 | Method and Apparatus for Controlling Channel Transmission Status - A method and an apparatus for controlling a channel transmission status, can be used in the communication field. The method includes receiving a command for controlling activation of a secondary carrier. Within a preset delay time after the secondary carrier is activated, a channel transmission status corresponding to the secondary carrier to a continuous transmission status can be set. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242840 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING AN OPERATIONAL CHANNEL IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK, ENERGY-RESTRICTED DEVICE AND PROXY DEVICE - The present invention relates to a method for determining an operational channel c_op of a communication network comprising at least two potential proxies for an energy-restricted device to join the network, and a set C of radio channels, wherein an energy-restricted device is to join the network, the method comprising the following steps: —the energy-restricted device transmitting a first beacon message on a first channel succ | 09-19-2013 |
20130250825 | Methods And Apparatus For Controlling Power Consumption In An Electronic Device With A Communication Subsystem - An electronic device has a communication subsystem with a power saving mode and an active mode. The communication subsystem is set to switch between the power saving mode and the active mode depending on thresholds of communication traffic. The settings for the thresholds depend on the activity detected on the electronic device. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250826 | COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An activation instructing portion to instruct an activation instruction to a communications module and a core module, when a receiver portion receives a activation signal, wherein upon reception of an activation instruction while in a halt mode, the core module switches from the halt mode to an operational mode, upon reception of the activation instruction while in a halt mode, the communications module switches from the halt mode to an operational mode, and sends a reception completion signal after switching to the operational mode, and a period of time needed for the communications module to switch to the operational mode after receiving the activation signal is shorter than that of the core module. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250827 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR MODIFYING PERFORMANCE ATTRIBUTES BASED ON DEVICE CAPABILITIES - Access terminals are adapted to identify one or more capabilities (e.g., characteristics, features). Such an access terminal can send a capability indication message to a network node. The capability indication message is adapted to identify at least one capability associated with the access terminal. The network node can receive the capability indication message and can identify one or more performance attributes associated with each identified capability of the access terminal, which performance attributes can be beneficially altered or optimized in light of the identified capabilities. The network node and the access terminal can then employ one or more adjusted performance attributes associated with each identified capability. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250828 | Method and Apparatus of Allocating Scheduling Request Resources In Mobile Communication Networks - Various schemes are provided to improve SR resource utilization by adapting SR resource allocation to traffic pattern. In a first Scheme, SR resource allocation is configured more accurately. In one example, UE provides assistant information for eNB to determine or adjust SR configuration based on the received assistant information. In a second Scheme, multiple SR periods are configured and adapted to traffic pattern. In one example, eNB configures a set of SR resources with multiple SR periods, and UE applies different SR periods based on predefined events. Unused SR resources could be recycled by eNB for PUSCH data transmission. In a third Scheme, multiple SR allocations are configured and adapted to concerned applications. In one example, eNB configures multiple sets of SR resources adapted to predefined applications, and UE applies SR configurations based on corresponding applications. The additional SR configurations could be activated and/or deactivated. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250829 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A first network switching apparatus | 09-26-2013 |
20130250830 | TELEPHONE WITH AUTOMATIC SWITCHING BETWEEN CELLULAR AND VOIP NETWORKS - A mobile communication device includes, in part, a cellular communication module, a first antenna adapted to receive and transmit data between the mobile communication module and a cellular network, a Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) communication module, a second antenna adapted to receive and transmit data between the Wi-Fi communication module and a VoIP network, a signal monitoring circuit, and a switching circuit adapted to switch an existing communication from the cellular communication module to the Wi-Fi communication module or vice versa. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250831 | METHOD FOR OPERATION IN IDLE MODE FOR M2M COMMUNICATION, AND DEVICE USING SAME - Provided are an operation method for M2M (machine to machine) communication and a device using same. M2M equipment receives a paging message including a resource offset for indicating an offset for uplink allocation. The M2M equipment transmits a ranging request message using the uplink allocation. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250832 | METHOD FOR MANAGING POWER SAVE MODE IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a method for operating a power save mode performed by an access point in a WLAN system. The method includes: transmitting, by an access point (AP), a first traffic indication map (TIM) broadcast indication frame to a first station (STA); transmitting, by the AP, a second TIM broadcast indication frame to a second STA; transmitting, by the AP, a first TIM frame indicating that buffered traffic to the first STA is present; and transmitting, by the AP, a second TIM frame indicating that buffered traffic to the second STA is present. The first TIM broadcast indication frame includes a first TIM offset field indicating a transmission time of the first TIM frame, and the second TIM broadcast indication frame includes a second TIM offset field indicating a transmission time of the second TIM frame. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250833 | METHOD FOR POWER SAVE MODE OPERATION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for a power save mode operation in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system is provided. The method comprising determining a type of a receiving station (STA) indicator on the basis of the number of STAs which are associated with the AP and which intend to transmit buffered traffic; generating a traffic indicator map (TIM) element including information which indicates the receiving STA indicator and the type of the receiving STA indicator, transmitting the TIM element, receiving a poll frame for requesting data frame transmission from one STA among the STAs and transmitting the data frame to the STA. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250834 | COMMUNICATION METHOD IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - Provided is a communication method by a management station in a wireless communication system. The method includes: receiving, from one or more stations (STAs), at least one advertising message including information on each STA; transmitting an invitation message to a specific STA among one or more STAs; establishing a link with the specific STA; and exchanging a frame with the specific STA. The link establishment includes performing association with the specific STA in order to exchange the frame with the specific STA. | 09-26-2013 |
20130258919 | FLEXIBLE DTX AND DRX IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data traffic responsive battery-saving approach for a wireless user equipment (UE) device such as an data packet capable cellphone incorporates flexible discontinuous transmission and reception (DTX-DRX) when in Long Term Evolution (LTE) active mode as dictated by an evolved radio access network (RAN) such as an evolved base node (eNode B). A UE device requests are made on unsynchronized random access channel (RACH). Lengthening a duration of DRX and reducing requirements for synchronization uplink transmissions results in power savings of up to 75%, as well as creating opportunities for reducing interference and for allocating additional time slots for data. This power savings is compatible with other downlink scheduling proposals, with control channel-less Voice-over-IP (VoIP), and need not target those UE devices in had radio conditions. Legacy UE devices that can interact with the eNode B by being capable of radio resource control (RRC) signaling continue to be compatible. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258920 | METHOD OF REDUCING ENERGY CONSUMPTION OF A WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - A method of reducing energy consumption is to be performed by a network node, and includes configuring the network node to perform the consecutive steps of: b1) setting an initial value for each of first and second parameters; b2) skipping to step b5) if the second parameter is smaller than a random value; b3) estimating an amount of energy required for, and computing a probability of, data transmission therefrom; b4) selecting one of other network nodes corresponding to a greatest value of the first parameter for serving as a transmission route; b5) determining whether data transmitted thereby has reached a destination network node, and skipping to step b7) if affirmative; b6) updating the first parameters of the other network nodes, and returning to step b2); and b7) updating the first parameters of the network nodes belonging to an optimal route. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258921 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SCHEDULING COMMUNICATIONS BY MULTIPLE MEDIUM-ACCESS-CONTROL (MAC) MODULES - Some demonstrative embodiments relate to scheduling communications by multiple medium-access-control (MAC) modules. For example, a wireless communication unit may be configured to receive binding information from a host, the binding information defining a plurality of bindings between a plurality of MACs and a plurality of different Physical layer (PHY) communication channels sharing a common PHY module, wherein a binding of the bindings binds between a PHY channel of the PHY channels and one or more MACs of the plurality of MACs, and wherein, based on the binding information, the wireless communication unit is to schedule communication of the plurality of MACs over the plurality of PHY channels. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258922 | PORTABLE ROUTER WITH VARIABLE WI-FI TRANSMISSION POWER, AND METHOD OF REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION THEREOF - There are provided a portable router with variable Wi-Fi transmission power and a method of reducing power consumption thereof. The portable router includes: a cellular modulation and demodulation unit converting cellular signals into cellular data packet signals; a gateway unit converting the cellular data packet signals into Wi-Fi data packet signals; a Wi-Fi modulation and demodulation unit converting the Wi-Fi data packet signals into Wi-Fi signals based on preset communication protocols; a power amplification unit amplifying transmission power of the Wi-Fi signals; and a transmission power control unit controlling a gain of the power amplification unit, depending on cellular throughput based on the cellular signals and Wi-Fi throughput based on the Wi-Fi signals. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258923 | TECHNIQUES FOR IMPROVED ENERGY-SAVINGS MANAGEMENT - Techniques for improved energy-savings management are described. In various embodiments, for example, a network management node includes a processor circuit, a communication component arranged for execution by the processor circuit to receive device tracking information from a device tracking node, and a determination component arranged for execution by the processor circuit to determine whether an eNodeB is to enter an energy-saving mode based on the device tracking information. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258924 | INTERMITTENT RECEPTION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM, AND INTERMITTENT RECEPTION CONTROL METHOD - An intermittent reception control apparatus controls intermittent reception in communication between a base station apparatus and mobile station apparatuses. Further, in the intermittent reception control apparatus, a control unit generates DRX parameters, which are intermittent reception parameters, and transmits the generated DRX parameters to the mobile station apparatuses. Further, the DRX parameters include information on the timing at which to cause the mobile station apparatuses to enter an active state and are common to all of the mobile station apparatuses, where the active state is a state where reception of signals transmitted from the base station apparatus is enabled. Further, the scheduler transmits to the mobile station apparatuses a DRX command that operates to force these apparatuses to enter an inactive state. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258925 | HIGH-SPEED DATA CHANNEL AVAILABILITY - Apparatus and methods for optimizing data transmission include receiving an indicator indicating the availability of a first communication channel, the first communication channel having a higher data rate than a second communication channel. Aspects can include determining whether the first communication channel is available to transmit data based on the indicator, and transmitting the data via the first communication channel, upon determining that the first communication channel is available. Additionally, aspects include entering a sleep state, upon determining that the first communication channel is not available, and determining whether the first communication channel has become available during a subsequent awake period. Entering a sleep state and determining whether the first communication channel has become available during a subsequent awake period may occur until the first communication channel becomes available or until an expiration of a timer. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258926 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING TRANSMISSION POWER OF A TERMINAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base-station receives, from the terminal, a data-amount value of transmission-data held in the terminal, and obtains a predicted division-count indicating a predicted number of frames to be used for transmitting the transmission-data, based on the data-amount value and the amount of bandwidth allocatable to the terminal. The base-station obtains a difference between target and measured reception qualities of data from the terminal, calculates an adjustment-count value indicating a number of times the terminal is to be requested to adjust transmission-power until the difference falls to or below a threshold, reduces the amount of bandwidth to be actually allocated to the terminal when the predicted division-count is smaller than the adjustment-count value, so that the transmission-data is transmitted using as many frames as the adjustment-count value, and transmits, to the terminal, an adjustment request indicating the reduced amount of bandwidth, before the terminal transmits each frame. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258927 | Energy Saving in a Mobile Communications Network - In an apparatus of a mobile communications network, time domain fractions of a transmission time interval, which are to be used for transmission of information relating to network operation, are determined as first symbols and the rest of the time domain fractions of the transmission time interval are determined as second symbols, and specific symbols of the second symbols are determined for non-transmission of data. User data is transmitted to a user equipment using respective ones of the first symbols in sub-carriers of a physical resource block scheduled for the user equipment which sub-carriers do not transmit the information relating to network operation in the respective ones of the first symbols, and using the second symbols other than the specific symbols in each of the sub-carriers, and transmission on the specific symbols is inhibited in each of the sub-carriers. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258928 | Session recovery after network coordinator or AP restart for single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Session recovery after network coordinator or AP restart for single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Restart or reset of a network coordinator (e.g., an access point (AP) or other network coordinator type device) may occur for various reasons (e.g., a power cycle or power failure, inadequate failover protection, scheduled or planned power outages such as for including network maintenance, software upgrades, etc.). Upon determination of network coordinator restarted or reset, a singular bit within a communication from the network coordinator indicates synchronization or not of the its timing synchronization function (TSF) (e.g., with other devices in the communication system, such as wireless stations (STAs), smart meter stations (SMSTAs), etc.). A given device (e.g., STA, SMSTA, etc.) can provide its current TSF to the network coordinator so that it can resynchronize, re-establish its scheduled for wake times of those devices (e.g., target wake times (TWTs)), etc. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258929 | Rule-Based Application Controller for Signaling Reduction - An application controller of a telecommunication device to receive a packet from an application of the telecommunication device and determine a signaling reduction rule associated with the application is described herein. Based at least in part on the signaling reduction rule, the application controller performs a signaling reduction action associated with transmission of the packet. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258930 | SYSTEM WAKEUP ON WIRELESS NETWORK MESSAGES - While an information handling device is in a reduced power state, the information handling device transitions from the reduced power state to a higher power state in response to receiving a message over an established wireless network connection that maintains a presence on a wireless network. In turn, the information handling device processes the message accordingly in the higher power state. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258931 | COOPERATIVE TRANSCEIVING BETWEEN WIRELESS INTERFACE DEVICES OF A HOST DEVICE WITH SHARED MODULES - A circuit includes a first wireless interface circuit that transceives packetized data between a host module and a first external device in accordance with a first wireless communication protocol, wherein the first wireless protocol carries wireless telephony data for communication with a wireless telephony network. A second wireless interface circuit transceives packetized data between the host module and a second external device in accordance with a second wireless communication protocol. The second wireless interface circuit includes at least one module that is shared with first wireless interface circuit. The first wireless interface circuit and the second wireless interface circuit operate in accordance with a wireless interface schedule that includes a first time interval where the first wireless interface device and the second wireless interface device contemporaneously use the at least one module. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258932 | METHOD FOR POWER SAVE MODE OPERATION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for a power save mode operation in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system is provided. The method includes transmitting, by an access point (AP), a traffic indication map (TIM) element that announces existence of buffered traffic, wherein the TIM element includes an association ID (AID) assigned to a buffered STA having the buffered traffic when the buffered station (STA) is associated with the AP; receiving, by the AP, a poll frame for requesting data frame transmission from a candidate STA, wherein the poll frame contains an AID of the candidate STA and a medium access control (MAC) address which is a unique identifying information of the candidate STA; and determining, by the AP, whether the candidate STA is the buffered STA on the basis of the AID and the MAC address of the candidate STA. | 10-03-2013 |
20130265922 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF MANAGING A POWER SAVING REQUEST - Apparatus and method for wireless communication in a wireless communication network includes receiving a power saving request from an application on a wireless device and determining whether the wireless device has data waiting for transmission in response to the received power saving request. The apparatus and method also includes starting a buffer timer when the data waiting for transmission is determined to exist, buffering the power saving request until expiration of the buffer timer, and triggering transmission of a dormancy request to a network component based on whether the data waiting for transmission is determined to exist. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265923 | BEHAVIOR FOR WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNIT AND MAC CONTROL ELEMENTS FOR LTE DRX OPERATIONS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) stops discontinuous reception (DRX) timers that are running and that are related to uplink and/or downlink transmissions during a DRX time period. The WTRU stops the DRX timers in response to receiving a medium access control (MAC) control element signal from an eNode-B. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265924 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION OF CONNECTED TERMINAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling an active time period during a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) operation in a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system. The method includes awaking, by the UE, at a start position of the active time period; receiving a control signal indicating that the active time period should be terminated; terminating the active time period in response to the control signal; and entering a sleep state. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265925 | MOBILE PHONE TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION STATE TRANSITION METHOD THEREOF - A mobile phone terminal has a transition request function in which the mobile phone terminal transmits to a network a state transition request that the state of communication with the network be set to a pocket idle state if a packet communication idle state continues for a predetermined time in a state in which the mobile phone terminal is connected to the network in an RRC (Radio Resource Control) state. The mobile phone terminal includes a control section that controls the transition request function based on a communication history of the mobile phone terminal, based on a transmission power value of the mobile phone terminal, or based on a reception electric field value of the mobile phone terminal. | 10-10-2013 |
20130272180 | CORRECTION OF CLOCK ERRORS IN A WIRELESS STATION TO ENABLE REDUCTION OF POWER CONSUMPTION - According to an aspect, a wireless station uses a low-frequency clock during sleep intervals and a high-frequency clock during awake intervals. Drift between the low-frequency clock and the high-frequency clock are corrected to enable aligning a wake time instant of the wireless receiver with start of beacon transmissions from an access point, and thereby to reduce power wastage. According to another aspect, errors between the clock of an access point and that of a wireless station are corrected. The wireless station computes an error between the clocks, and extrapolates the error for a sleep interval to compute a wake-up time instant. The correction and extrapolation are performed in every awake interval. Again, undesired power consumption in the wireless station is thereby reduced. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272181 | EXCHANGING CONFIGURATION DATA - Embodiments of apparatus, computer-implemented methods, systems, devices, and computer-readable media are described herein for a user equipment (“UE”) to generate, for transmission to a remote entity executing on a remote computing device in communication with the UE over an air interface of an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (“EUTRAN”), a container that includes UE or base station (e.g., Evolved Node B, or “eNB”) configuration data (e.g., an inactivity time interval), or over-the-top (“OTT”) application configuration data. In embodiments, the UE may transmit the container through a logical tunnel passing through the air interface between a local processing entity executing on the computing device and the remote entity. A base station such as an eNB may be similarly configured to generate and/or transmit, to a UE, a container with UE, base station, or OTT application configuration data, through a logical tunnel passing through the air interface. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272182 | D2D CONNECTION RECOVERY SCHEMES - Schemes for recovering D2D connections between terminals (UEs) in an LTE network are described. The schemes may be applied in situations where a D2D connection is established between two UEs but is lost by, for example, one of the UEs entering a sleep state. The schemes may be applied to either centralized or distributed D2D systems. Some of the schemes are eNB-assisted while others are performed solely by the UEs. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272183 | Power Management for Multi-Carrier Transmission - A method of power management for a mobile station in a multi-carrier wireless network is provided. A primary connection between the mobile station and a serving base station is first established by performing initial ranging over a primary radio frequency (RF) carrier. A secondary connection between the mobile station and the base station is then established by performing periodic ranging over a secondary RF carrier. To achieve efficient power management, the mobile station performs Open Loop Power Control and obtains long-term link measurement (CSI) of the primary carrier. The mobile station then adjusts carrier-specific parameters based on the primary carrier CSI. For RF carriers that convey on-going data traffic, Close Loop Power Control is updated per RF carrier. When the mobile station enters sleep mode operation, it receives traffic indication messages on the primary RF carrier and then dynamically wakes up one or more corresponding RF carriers for data reception. | 10-17-2013 |
20130279381 | BEACONS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A system and method for wireless devices to efficiently receive communications by transmitting and receiving specialized beacon messages. Particularly, a wireless device may await reception of a synchronizing beacon message from a transmitting device. A relative position identifier within the synchronizing beacon message may then allow the wireless device to anticipate future beacon message transmissions and to synchronize its reception pattern with the transmitter. In this manner the wireless device need only receive and decode beacon messages germane to its operation. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279382 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS TO COORDINATE COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Logic to coordinate communications of wireless communications devices to attenuate collisions, such as through coordination of communications by implementing slot logic in an access point. The slot logic may determine a time slot schedule for beacon intervals and may further transmit a synch frame at the time slot boundaries. If the channel is busy, the slot logic may not send the synch frame. The slot logic may also comprise distribution logic to determine a probability of collisions and to instruct one or more of the devices to spread out their channel accesses across beacons intervals to reduce the chance of collisions. A station associated with the access point may comprise synch logic to wake up at a slot boundary and wait for a synch frame or any other packets to synch to the medium. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279383 | Method of Managing Discontinuous Reception Functionality - A method of managing discontinuous reception (DRX) functionality for a network of a wireless communication system includes receiving information associated to a setting change from a mobile device of the wireless communication system, and configuring the DRX functionality for the mobile device according to the information. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279384 | Method of Handling Transferring from Energy-Consuming Mode to Energy-Saving Mode and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a transferring from an energy-consuming mode to an energy-saving mode for a communication device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises transmitting or receiving a first message of an upper protocol layer; deferring the transferring, if the communication device determines that a second message of the upper protocol layer corresponding to the first message is going to be transmitted or received; and advancing the transferring, if the communication device determines that no message corresponding to the first message is going to be transmitted or received. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279385 | EARLY INITIATION OF DORMANCY OF A RADIO CONNECTION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for managing a radio connection between a mobile device and a base station of a radio access network. A determination is made that the mobile device is in a standby state. The radio connection transitions to a high power state while the mobile device is in the standby state. A net number of transport layer connections for the mobile device are identified. The transport layer connections are Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) or User Datagram Protocol (UDP) sockets. A net count of transport layer connections opened and closed while the radio connection is in the high power state is calculated. Dormancy of the radio connection is initiated when the mobile device is in the standby state, based at least in part on the calculated net count of transport layer connections. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279386 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PRESERVING THE LIFE OF A POWER SOURCE OF A WIRELESS END NODE IN A TRANSPORT REFRIGERATION SYSTEM - Methods and systems for preserving the life of a power source of a wireless end node of a wireless communication system for use in a mobile environment are provided. In one embodiment, a method is provided that includes wirelessly transmitting a wireless end node acknowledgment message to a network coordinator during a normal operation mode of the wireless end node. The method also includes the wireless end node monitoring for a network coordinator acknowledgment message from a network coordinator in response to the wireless end node acknowledgement message during the normal operation mode of the wireless end node. Also, the method includes incrementing a missed acknowledgment counter value stored in a memory storage of the wireless end node when the network coordinator acknowledgment message is not received. Further, the method includes increasing a time period of a sleep timer of the wireless end node when the missed acknowledgment counter value equals a missed acknowledgment threshold. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279387 | Method and Arrangement for Transmit Power Control of Multiple Downlink Carriers - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement for controlling downlink power in a multi-carrier communication network system. The communication network system comprises communication network nodes ( | 10-24-2013 |
20130279388 | ACCESS POINT ROTATION FOR SHARING POWER LOAD - Aspects of the disclosure provide a method for sharing power load in a network. The method includes identifying a first device to serve as an AP of the network in a next time interval, providing network information from a second device that presently serves as the AP to the first device. When the first device starts to serve as the AP of the network, the second device can be configured to enter into a power save state in order to reduce power consumption by the second device in the next time interval. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279389 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR POWER SAVINGS USING A MESSAGE INDICATION HEADER - Techniques for signaling a mobile communications device in a special operating state that data bursts contain messages relevant to the special operating state. The signaling may be implemented using one or more bits in a frame control header (FCH). As a result, the mobile communication device may be decode the FCH first and decode data bursts only if there is an indication the data bursts contain a relevant message. Power savings may be achieved at the mobile communications device by avoiding decoding data bursts with no relevant messages. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279390 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station that performs wireless communication by using a plurality of wireless carriers, the mobile station includes a transmission managing unit that detects a transmission timing of communication data of a predetermined wireless carrier, and a state managing unit that makes the predetermined wireless carrier an activated state when the transmission managing unit detects the transmission timing of the communication data, and makes the predetermined wireless carrier a deactivated state after the communication data is transmitted and received. | 10-24-2013 |
20130286909 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system an access point and a station in association with the access point, the station is configured to transmit keep alive information to the access point regarding a period of time during which the station will be in a low power mode. The access point is configured to maintain the association with the station for the period of time even when no communications are received from the station during the period of time. The keep alive information is configured to allow designation of a period of time greater than | 10-31-2013 |
20130286910 | POWER SAVING SYSTEM FOR SMART MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE IN INTERNET COMMUNICATION - The present invention provides a power saving system for smart mobile communication device in Internet communication. The power saving system comprises two smart mobile communication devices with Internet connection capability, an Internet, a server, a gateway and a mobile communication network. The two smart mobile communication devices cut off the Internet connection usually. When a smart mobile communication device performs a call through the Internet to the other smart mobile communication device, the server, the gateway and the mobile communication network are used to inform the other smart mobile communication device for Internet connection. After both sides stop the Internet communication, the two smart mobile communication devices cut off the Internet connection. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286911 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER SCHEDULING IN MULTI-USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MIMO) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for user scheduling in a multi-user multiple input multiple output (MIMO) communication system are provided. The method includes identifying a user group comprising user terminals. The method further includes comparing power consumptions based on the user group. The method further includes scheduling the user terminals based on the comparing. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286912 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING IN DENSE NETWORK OPERATIONS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus identifies a UE relay and transmits a very low duty cycle signal (LDCS) configuration of the UE relay. The apparatus may comprise, e.g., an LPN that is not in a dormant state or a macrocell. The apparatus may receive LDCS information for the UE relay. The apparatus may determine the LDCS configuration and transmit the LDCS configuration to the UE relay. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286913 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR POWER-AWARE DATA SYNCHORONIZATION IN WIRELESS DEVICES - Disclosed are devices and methods of a communication device including initiating an initial communication via a modem in response to a data pull communication event or a data push communication event and determining by the controller a measured network condition associated with transmitting the initial communication as well as determining by the controller the power consumption of the initial communication based on a measured network condition value processed by monitoring the modem. Methods of a communication device further include comparing the power consumption value with a predetermined power consumption value stored in the memory related to a predetermined acceptable measured network condition value for this type of communication event, and terminating by the controller, the communication when the power consumption value exceeds the predetermined power consumption value based upon the acceptable measured network condition value for this type of communication event. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286914 | LOW POWER PROTOCOL FOR WIRELESS TERMINAL PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS - A Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system based upon peer-to-peer communications. A wireless terminal for peer-to-peer communications acts either as a WLAN master or as a WLAN slave. When the wireless terminal acts a master, the wireless terminal undertakes mastering duties that include transmitting a beacon interval in the frame cycle. When the wireless terminal is not tethered to a power source, mastering duties alternate according to a round-robin WLAN mastering cycle, wherein the wireless terminal acts the WLAN master during at least one frame cycle and acts the WLAN slave during other frame cycles to conserve an untethered power source of the wireless terminal. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286915 | WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) TIME DIVISION MULTIPLEXED (TDM) INTERFRAME SPACE (IFS) TIME SELECTION PROTOCOL - A wireless network device in a wireless network that includes a plurality of wireless network devices comprises an RF transceiver that transmits and receives data packets and that periodically transmits or receives a beacon. A control module communicates with the RF transceiver, determines a group identifier and a station identifier based on the beacon, and selects one of a default IFS time and a second IFS time based on a data packet received. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286916 | Rate Optimized Power Consumption in Micro Wave Radio Links - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a near end radio link node ( | 10-31-2013 |
20130286917 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMPENSATION AND RESTORING OF COVERAGE AREA - Disclosed is a method for compensation and restoring of a coverage area, for realizing energy saving and compensation between nodes. The coverage compensation method includes: judging whether or not the trigger condition for starting an energy saving and compensation process is satisfied according to a preset energy saving and compensation strategy; when the trigger condition for starting the energy saving and compensation process is satisfied, one of a first node and a second node carries out an energy saving operation in the energy saving and compensation process while the other node carries out a compensation operation in the energy saving and compensation process; wherein the first node is a compensation node and the second node is an energy saving node, or the first node is an energy saving node and the second node is a compensation node. Further disclosed is a device for implementing the method. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286918 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and a device for transmitting a downlink control signal in a wireless communication system. A base station sets a transmission/reception (Tx/Rx) period (T | 10-31-2013 |
20130286919 | BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A base station according to an embodiment comprises: a network communication unit | 10-31-2013 |
20130286920 | WIRELESS RELAY DEVICE, WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM, WIRELESS RELAY METHOD AND PROGRAM - A wireless relay device emits a beacon and makes a wireless connection with a terminal responding to the beacon, which includes a selecting section capable of alternatively selecting a normal mode in which the beacon is emitted in a first cycle and a power saving mode in which the beacon is emitted in a second cycle longer than the first cycle. | 10-31-2013 |
20130294303 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A DEVICE OPERATING AS AN ACCESS POINT OF A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - An access point communicates with a wireless station based on a point-to-point channel, to determine time instances of future communication to be received from the wireless station. In intervals between such future communications, the access point powers down at least some portions of a circuit contained within the access point for at least a partial duration between such future communications. In an embodiment, the powered-down portions include the receiver portions of the access point. The access point may be battery-powered, and the powering-down of the receiver portions enables reduction of power consumption in the access point. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294304 | POWER SAVING MODE FOR MULTI-CARRIER TRANSMISSION - Methods and communication devices are described where in a first transmission mode a set of carriers having different carrier frequencies is used for payload data transmission, and in a second transmission mode at least some of the carriers of the set of carriers are refrained from being used, and the transmission power is reduced. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294305 | LOW POWER WIRELESS NETWORK FOR LOGISTICS AND TRANSPORTATION APPLICATIONS - Techniques are disclosed for reducing power of network devices in a low-power wireless network. Embodiments generally include, for a network device that periodically toggles between high-power and low-power modes, increasing the relative amount of time the network device operates in a low-power mode under certain conditions that may otherwise cause the network device to consume more power. Such conditions include when the network device fails to join the low-power wireless network and/or when the network device fails to communicate with the low-power wireless network with an accuracy above a certain threshold level. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294306 | NETWORK ACCESS USING SHORT-RANGE CONNECTABILITY - A device accesses a remote network using short-range connectability with another device providing shared access to the remote network. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294307 | User Equipment Enhancement for Diverse Data Application - Methods for UE enhancements for diverse data application are disclosed. In one embodiment of the invention, the UE applies a discontinuous reception (DRX) or discontinuous transmission (DTX) operation in a wireless network. The UE detects one or more predefined traffic conditions. Based on the detected traffic conditions, the UE either stays in the long DRX state longer or extends the short DRX cycle timer. In other embodiments of the invention, the UE configures an idle mode trigger condition. The UE detects one or more predefined traffic condition. Based on the detected traffic conditions, the UE may restart the inactivity timer. In other embodiments of the invention, the UE detects one or more predefined traffic conditions. The UE adaptively adjusts RLF triggering parameters based on the detected traffic conditions. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294308 | ENERGY EFFICIENT STAGGERED SHORT TRANSMISSIONS (SST) PROTOCOL FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS (WSN) - An embodiment of wireless communication in a wireless sensor network (WSN) comprises selecting amount of information transmission from a sensor node utilizing a transmission parameter, wherein the transmission parameter indicates the amount of sensed information to discard from a transmission. Sensed information from a sensor node is transmitted based on the transmission parameter. Discarded sensor information is reconstructed at a receiver based on received sensor information and utilizing information correlation. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294309 | SCHEDULING SCHEMES FOR USER EQUIPMENT POWER SAVING IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - In a method of allocating wireless medium resources in a communication system, the communication system including a base station and a plurality of client stations sharing a channel bandwidth, a frequency sub-band of the channel bandwidth is selected for allocating wireless medium resources to a client station. Wireless medium resources are allocated at the base station to the client station. The base station is constrained to allocate wireless medium resources to the client station within the selected frequency sub-band. A subframe is generated for transmission to the client station. The subframe includes at least a data region that contains data for the client station. The data for the client station is confined to be within the selected frequency sub-band. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294310 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES AND TERMINAL THEREOF - A random access procedure between a mobile terminal and a network is performed based upon the characteristics of a RACH preamble. If the RACH preamble was explicitly signaled by the network, a downlink channel is monitored until a new transmission is indicated according to radio resource allocation information received from the network. If the RACH preamble was not explicitly signaled by the network, a contention resolution timer is started and the downlink channel is monitored until the contention resolution timer expires. Such monitoring of downlink channels in a more efficient manner, results in effective reduction in power consumption. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294311 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DRX CONTROL AND NACK/ACK - Methods of combining semi-persistent resource allocation and dynamic resource allocation are provided. Packets, such as VoIP packets, are transmitted on the uplink and downlink using respective semi-persistent resources. For each mobile device, awake periods and sleep periods are defined. The semi-persistent resources are aligned with the awake periods so that most of the time the mobile device can turn off its wireless access radio during the sleep periods. In addition, signalling to request, and to allocate, resources for additional packets are transmitted during the awake periods, and the resources allocated for the additional packets are within the awake windows. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294312 | Power Management for Multi-Carrier Transmission - A method of power management for a mobile station in a multi-carrier wireless network is provided. A primary connection between the mobile station and a serving base station is first established by performing initial ranging over a primary radio frequency (RF) carrier. A secondary connection between the mobile station and the base station is then established by performing periodic ranging over a secondary RF carrier. To achieve efficient power management, the mobile station performs Open Loop Power Control and obtains long-term link measurement (CSI) of the primary carrier. The mobile station then adjusts carrier-specific parameters based on the primary carrier CSI. For RF carriers that convey on-going data traffic, Close Loop Power Control is updated per RF carrier. When the mobile station enters sleep mode operation, it receives traffic indication messages on the primary RF carrier and then dynamically wakes up one or more corresponding RF carriers for data reception. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294313 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - A method and a device for discontinuous reception is disclosed. The method includes: configuring at least two on duration time lengths of a discontinuous reception; performing the discontinuous reception according to a first on duration time length in the at least two on duration time lengths; switching the first on duration time length of the discontinuous reception to a second on duration time length according to the configured at least two on duration time lengths when a set condition is satisfied; and performing the discontinuous reception according to the second on duration time length. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294314 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA IN A RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTI-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY - In the specification, a method for a terminal to transceive data to/from a first base station supporting a first RAT and a second base station supporting a second RAT in a radio access system supporting multi-Radio Access Technology (RAT) includes: performing a data communication on a first service flow with the first base station; receiving a first message, which instructs an access of the terminal by the second base station, from the first base station in order for the terminal to perform a data communication on a second service flow with the second base station; performing a procedure of accessing the second base station; and performing a data communication on the second service flow with the second base station according to the run-time information. | 11-07-2013 |
20130301496 | COMMUNICATING LATENCY-SENSITIVE DATA OVER A WIRELESS DATA LINK - A method and apparatus are described for communicating data frames over a wireless data link between an access point and a transceiver in an electronic device. In the described embodiments, a processing subsystem in the electronic device is configured to determine a frame interval based on a codec used to generate data contained in data frames. The transceiver is configured to use the frame interval as a timing reference for transitioning the transceiver between a constant awake mode and a power save mode so that during each of one or more frame intervals, the transceiver: transmits a data frame to the access point that indicates that the power save mode is disabled, enters the constant awake mode, receives one or more frames from the access point, transmits a frame to the access point that indicates that the power save mode is enabled, and enters the power save mode. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301497 | Wi-Fi proximity considerations within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Wi-Fi proximity considerations within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Communications between a 1 | 11-14-2013 |
20130301498 | SCHEME AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIRAB ENHANCEMENTS WITH KEEPING BOTH CIRCUIT-SWITCHED VOICE CALL AND PACKET-SWITCHED DATA SESSION ALIVE - Apparatus and methods are described herein for maintaining both a circuit-switched voice call and a packet-switched data session alive during a multi-RAB call. A determination is made as to whether a user equipment (UE) is in a power-limited situation. If it is determined that the UE is in a power-limited situation, one or more operating conditions are adjusted to maintain the multi-RAB call while in the power-limited situation. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301499 | USER EQUIPMENT POWER SAVINGS FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - Embodiments of user equipment (UE) and base stations (eNodeB) and method for reducing power consumption in UE in a wireless network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, characteristics of UE including mobility, communication data load, and communication type are used by base stations, MME or other controlling entities to configure power saving features of the UE. Power saving features can include a new Radio Resource Control (RRC) layer state where circuitry is powered off for extended periods of time, extended Discontinuous Reception (DRX) cycles, reduced workloads in existing RRC, EPC Connection Management (ECM) and/or EPS Mobility Management (EMM) states or combinations thereof. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301500 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ENHANCED USER EQUIPMENT ASSISTANCE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methods are disclosed for communicating enhanced user equipment (UE) assistance information between nodes in wireless communication systems. The UE achieves power savings and latency requirements more effectively by communicating its preferences, constraints and/or requirements to an evolved Node B (eNodeB) in the form of UE assistance information. The UE assistance information may include, for example, an indication of a preferred set of discontinuous reception (DRX) settings, current data traffic conditions, expected data traffic conditions, power or performance preferences, and/or an indication of the UE's mobility between cells. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301501 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING MTC LONG DRX CYCLE/SLEEP LENGTHS - Current wireless networks do not allow machine type communication (MTC) devices to have long discontinuous reception (DRX) cycles or sleep lengths. A long DRX cycle may allow MTC systems and devices to operate with much longer DRX/Sleep cycles/periods. This may facilitate the MTC operations for infrequent system access or infrequent system reaching (e.g. paged once in a week) with no or low mobility and may allow MTC devices to sleep for a long time with low power consumption. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301502 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In a wireless local access network (WLAN), an access point (AP) broadcasts a beacon frame to a plurality of stations. The AP receives an indication frame from a station of the plurality of stations. The indication frame indicates that the station is available to receive a data packet for the station buffered at the AP. The AP indicates to the station a wakeup time for the station to wake up, and sends the data packet to the station at or after the wakeup time. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301503 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING HYBRID AUTOMATIC RETRANSMIT REQUEST-ACKNOWLEDGMENT (HARQ-ACK) INDEX MAPPING AND UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR CHANNEL SELECTION TRANSMISSION IN INTER-BAND TIME DIVISION DUPLEX MODE, USER EQUIPMENT TO TRANSMIT HARQ-ACK, AND eNODE-B TO RECEIVE HARQ-ACK - Hybrid Automatic Retransmit ReQuest-Acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) index mapping and uplink resource allocation is performed and controlled for channel selection transmission. A method for transmitting HARQ-ACK information to an eNode-B (eNB) by a User Equipment (UE) includes identifying KPCell as a number of downlink subframe(s) of a Pcell associated with an uplink subframe and identifying KSCell as a number of downlink subframe(s) of an Scell associated with the uplink subframe; generating Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) response information for a cell having a smaller number of downlink subframes between the Pcell and the Scell; generating HARQ-ACK information including the generated DTX response information and response information on data received by the UE from the eNB; and transmitting the generated HARQ-ACK information to the eNB through the uplink subframe. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301504 | METHOD AND DEVICE WITH DYNAMIC DORMANCY | 11-14-2013 |
20130301505 | Battery Charge Reservation for Emergency Communications - A wireless communications device and method for establishing a voltage threshold at which to turn off electronics of a wireless communications device includes determining a power threshold level at which a device is to be shut off when a battery of the device reaches or drops below the power threshold level. The determined power threshold level may be offset. The amount of power remaining for the battery in the communications device may be measured. The communication device may be shut off based on the offset power threshold level so as to preserve enough power for an emergency message to be generated and sent in the case of an emergency. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301506 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND POWER-SAVING TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHOD USED IN THEM - Provided is a mobile station which communicates with abase station using a radio channel, the mobile station comprising: a switching unit configured to switch from a packet reception period, during which packet reception can be executed, to a packet reception halt period, during which packet reception is halted; a transmission unit configured to transmit, to the base station, a result of receiving a packet sent from the base station, as a reception result notification signal; a packet reception determination unit configured to determine a packet reception fault; and a reception period determination unit configured to extend the packet reception period if the packet reception fault is determined by the packet reception determination unit. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301507 | Idle mode power consumption reduction in wireless communications - Idle mode power consumption reduction in wireless communications. Within a wireless communication device that is operative to communicate with any one of a number of servicing cells, paging broadcasts from more than one of these servicing cells are received and undergo only a limited amount of processing before being stored for use in subsequent processing that may be performed later. This partitioned processing allows the turning off of certain components that are not needed and/or no longer needed for determining the system frame numbers associated with various servicing cells to effectuate timing synchronization. Certain modules within such a wireless communication device may perform processing using the full capabilities of the wireless communication device to generate initially processed signal, and then after such signals are stored, then only partial processing capability of the wireless communication device may be employed, even though perhaps being slower, to complete the processing. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301508 | Intermittent Shutoff of RF Circuitry in Wireless Communication Terminals - A method for communication in a receiver ( | 11-14-2013 |
20130308507 | Adaptation of DRX Cycle based on Knowledge of Scheduling Information and System Load - Methods and arrangements for enabling reduced battery consumption in a mobile terminal. A method involves determining a scheduling priority associated with the mobile terminal and/or a load level in a cell associated with the mobile terminal. The method further involves determining whether a criterion is fulfilled based on the determined scheduling priority and/or load level, where the criterion is associated with an anticipated waiting time until being scheduled. If the criterion is fulfilled the DRX settings of the mobile terminal are adjusted, such that said settings are in accordance with the anticipated waiting time associated with the criterion. Thereby, reduced battery consumption in the mobile terminal is enabled. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308508 | Power-Efficient Adaptive Channel State Feedback in Discontinuous Reception Scenarios - Providing adaptive channel state feedback (CSF) reports in discontinuous reception (DRX) scenarios in a power-efficient manner. The described algorithm may be able to make adaptive decisions to carry over the CSF from previous DRX cycles based on channel conditions, DRX cycle length, and/or the requirements of CSF reporting for current DRX cycle. The proposed approach can allow for more efficient power consumption related to CSF reports in DRX scenarios where new CSF reports have little or no impact to throughput. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308509 | ADAPTIVE CHANNEL STATE FEEDBACK IN DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION SCENARIOS BASED ON CONNECTION CHARACTERISTICS - Providing adaptive channel state feedback (CSF) reports in discontinuous reception (DRX) scenarios in a power-efficient manner. The described algorithm may be able to make adaptive decisions to carry over the CSF from previous DRX cycles based on channel conditions, DRX cycle length, and/or the requirements of CSF reporting for current DRX cycle. The proposed approach can allow for more efficient power consumption related to CSF reports in DRX scenarios where new CSF reports have little or no impact to throughput. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308510 | Adaptive Channel State Feedback Based on Channel Estimation Characteristics and Reporting Requirements - Providing adaptive channel state feedback (CSF) reports in discontinuous reception (DRX) scenarios in a power-efficient manner. The described algorithm may be able to make adaptive decisions to carry over the CSF from previous DRX cycles based on a comparison between an offset at which CSF values are stable and an offset at which a CSF report is to be sent to a base station. If the CSF values are not stable by the time the CSF report is to be sent, a CSF report from a prior DRX cycle may be used. Alternatively, if the CSF value are stable by the time the CSF report is to be sent, a determination may be made to either generate a new CSF report or use a prior CSF report. The latter determination may be made based on various criteria, including channel conditions and DRX cycle length. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308511 | DISCONTINUOUS TRAFFIC IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK USING TERMINAL SUGGESTED DRX/DTX PATTERN - Mobile telecommunication device includes an application module to execute applications, radio module to communicate radio signals to and from a remote network node, and base band module to communicate data to and from the radio module, and to code and decode the data using a communication protocol. The base band module includes modem usage analysing submodule to receive modem requests from applications, and to analyze all modem requests received during predefined time period. The base band module includes pattern suggestion submodule to receive information on the modem requests from the modem usage analyzing submodule, and to select reception and transmission pattern using information on the modem requests. The base band module includes Radio Resource Control protocol handler configured to send one or more parameters defining the selected reception and transmission pattern to the network node. The utilized DRX/DTX parameters can be optimized to save battery in the device. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308512 | PORTABLE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR SCANNING ACCESS POINTS - A portable terminal and a method for scanning Access Points (APs) to perform the AP scan with low power consumption in a sleep mode are provided. The method includes checking whether a sleep mode entry request is detected in a state that a short range radio communication function is activated, transmitting, when the sleep mode entry request is detected, an access point list and a setup command for handing over an access point scan control from a control unit to a short range radio communication module, adjusting a scan period according to a motion of the portable terminal based on the access point list and the setup command, and scanning, at the short range radio communication module, access points at the adjusted scan period. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308513 | Enhanced UE Data Transmission for Power Consumption Optimization - Methods for enhanced UE data transmission for power consumption optimization are disclosed. A UE detects UE conditions and determines a UE traffic characteristic. The UE performs power consumption optimization based on the traffic characteristic. In one novel aspect, based on the UE condition, the UE determines that the traffic characteristic is low priority traffic or mobile originated only traffic. In one embodiment, the UE aligns prescheduled low priority data transmission with mobility management messages, or group multiple low priority prescheduled data transmission together. In another embodiment, the UE reduces NAS retry process upon detecting application triggered low priority traffic. In another embodiment, the UE turns off RF module until next data transmission for MO only traffic. In another novel aspect, the UE detects and sends UE conditions to the network. The network determines a UE traffic characteristic and performs power consumption optimization accordingly. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308514 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE TERMINAL, DEVICE, AND BASE STATION - A communication system includes a base station and a mobile terminal device. The base station includes a detection information notifying unit. The detection information notifying unit notifies, using a predetermined control channel, the mobile terminal device of detection information that includes a power-saving time that indicates a time that elapses before the base station enters a power-saving state. The mobile terminal device includes a detecting unit and a region information notifying unit. The detecting unit, when being notified of the detection information by the detection information notifying unit, detects a region in which a mobile terminal device is not capable of communicating with any base station based on the power-saving time included in the detection information. The region information notifying unit notifies a given base station of information on the region detected by the detecting unit. | 11-21-2013 |
20130315119 | TUNE BACK COORDINATION WITH CONNECTED MODE DISCONTINUOUS RECEIVE - A method is disclosed for coordinating a user equipment's communication with a network during tune back with C-DRX (connected mode discontinuous receive). When a user equipment tunes back to a network after a tune away or a signal fade, a scheduling request is sent to the network to indicate the tune back as quickly as possible. The user equipment waits for a downlink transmission from the network. When the user equipment does not receive the downlink transmission, the method determines if the connection between the user equipment and the network has been released. The sending of the first scheduling request and any additional scheduling requests is coordinated with the C-DRX configuration so as to maximize the battery savings of C-DRX and minimize the latency of the tune back process in case the user equipment has uplink data to send. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315120 | CQI REPORTING METHOD, CQI ACQUISTION METHOD, SYSTEM, TERMINAL AND BASE STATION - A CQI reporting method, a CQI acquisition method, a system, a terminal and a base station are provided in the embodiments of the present invention. The CQI reporting method comprises the following steps of: after completing downlink synchronization, a terminal reporting a CQI to a base station according to a CQI reporting cycle within a preset time; determining whether the difference between the CQI within the current CQI reporting cycle and a CQI reported last time is less than a preset threshold when the preset time is exceeded, and if yes, stopping sending the CQI within the current CQI reporting cycle to the base station. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315121 | DYNAMIC ENERGY SAVING MECHANISM FOR ACCESS POINTS - Mobile access points typically run on batteries, and therefore, can operate for a limited amount of time without an external power source. However, because the access point service model requiring the access point to always be available and the access point's limited battery capacity reduces the time that the mobile access point can be used. Functionality can be incorporated in mobile access points to implement power saving mechanisms by altering the service model that requires the access point to always be available. Configuring the access point to enter into a low powered state for a predefined period of time can conserve mobile access point power and prolong battery life. Functionality for implementing power saving mechanisms can also be incorporated on fixed access points for efficient utilization of computing resources. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315122 | Extended Discontinuous Reception Cycle for Wireless Devices - A Machine Type Communication (MTC) device may establish a perpetual connected mode and an extended discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle with a base station. The perpetual connected mode may reduce the amount of signaling overhead required by the MTC device. The extended DRX cycle may enable the MTC device to reduce energy consumption while maintaining the perpetual connected mode. In addition, network overhead may be reduced by decreasing the frequency of scheduled measurements and/or transmissions performed by the MTC device. | 11-28-2013 |
20130322313 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR REGULATING POWER IN WIRELESS RECEIVER CIRCUITS - Access terminals are adapted to regulate power in wireless receiver circuits. In one example, access terminals include a communications interface with at least one wireless receiver circuit. A processing circuit coupled with the communications interface can receive a transmission during a Frequency Correction Channel (FCCH) frame. Following the received transmission, at least a portion of the receiver circuit may be powered down. A determination may also be made whether the received transmission was reliable. The receiver circuit can subsequently be powered up, and another transmission can be received on a subsequent channel. When the received transmission was sufficiently reliable, the other transmission may be a transmission during a Synchronization Channel (SCH) frame. When the received transmission is not sufficiently reliable, the other transmission may be another transmission received during a subsequent Frequency Correction Channel (FCCH) frame. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322314 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - An operating state of a communication unit of a communication apparatus is kept for a keep period in accordance with a transmission cycle of control information transmitted by another communication apparatus. The communication apparatus wirelessly communicates with the other communication apparatus in the operating state. If the keep period elapses, the communication unit is switched from the operating state to a hibernation state. The communication apparatus does not communicate with the other communication apparatus in the hibernation state. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322315 | Coexistence of Interfering Wireless Signals - A system and method of permitting coexistence of WiFi and Bluetooth® data transfer on a single chip in UE including a transceiver includes using CTS data packets to protect Bluetooth® signals for SCO communication links; using only WiFi circuitry in the chip to determine when Bluetooth® data transfer is required by the UE; establishing a specified period of the Bluetooth® data transfer; and starting WiFi medium contention only upon an end of the specified period of the Bluetooth® data transfer on the single chip. The power save mode of the WiFi circuitry may be used with Bluetooth® ACL data packets in WiFi periodic data transfer gaps. The WiFi data transfer has no timing constraints, whereas the Bluetooth® data transfer has timing constraints and can only occur during the specified period. The WiFi data transfer does not occur when the Bluetooth® data transfer is occurring. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322316 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus has a wireless communication unit and a control unit. The wireless communication unit is connected to a wireless communication network to perform wireless communication. The control unit waits for a stand-by state to be released, and executes stop processing of the wireless communication unit when movement from a service area to an out-of-service area in the wireless communication network has been detected during the stand-by state. Alternatively, the control unit waits for the stand-by state to be released, and executes stop processing of the wireless communication unit when a certain time period has elapsed after the transition to the stand-by state. For example, power supply to the wireless communication unit is stopped. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322317 | METHOD, DEVICE AND TERMINAL EQUIPMENT FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE AMONG COMMUNICATION MODULES IN TERMINAL EQUIPMENT - A method, device and terminal equipment for reducing interference among communication modules in the terminal equipment are provided in the present invention. Wherein, said communication modules comprise communication system modules in the terminal equipment and coexistence system modules coexisting with said communication system modules. Said method for reducing interference among communication modules in the terminal equipment comprises: the information related to work time of said coexistence system modules is transmitted to a base station which the communication system modules belong to as assistant information; said base station configures time division multiplexing configuration information according to said assistant information; and the time division multiplexing is performed among each of the communication modules according to said time division multiplexing configuration information. By the present invention, the interference among each of the communication modules in the terminal equipment can be reduced. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322318 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS OF MANAGING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - Embodiments of the present disclosure include systems, methods, and devices for managing power consumption in a wireless sensor network. Such embodiments may include a remote server, a wide area network coupled to the remote server, at least one access point device coupled to the remote server through the wide area network, one or more sensors coupled to each other and to the access point and datasinks through the network. Each datasink can be a data coordinator and receive sensor information from the one or more sensors and transmit sensor information to the at least access point. Further, a first set of sensors are configured to be routing sensors and a second set of sensors are configured end point sensors based on a graph theoretic algorithm to reduce transmitting power of each sensor and reduce overall power of the wireless sensor network, and configuring a first operational wireless sensor network. | 12-05-2013 |
20130329614 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTELLIGENT POWER SAVE NOTIFICATION - Systems and methods are disclosed to coordinate a power save delay between a station (STA) and an access point (AP.) The STA may be configured to transmit information regarding a power save delay duration to the AP. The STA may then inform the AP that it will be entering power save mode and delay entering the power save mode for a specified period of time corresponding to the power save delay duration, thus providing a buffer period to allow the AP to complete the delivery of any frames that may already be in the hardware queue. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329615 | ADJUSTING RADIO DORMANCIES IN ELECTRONIC DEVICES BASED ON RECEIPT OF UNSOLICITED INCOMING PACKETS - The disclosed embodiments provide a system that processes incoming network packets to an electronic device. The system includes an analysis apparatus that maintains a list of accepted incoming packet attributes for the electronic device based on outgoing packets from the electronic device. The system also includes a management apparatus that uses the list to classify an incoming packet to the electronic device as a solicited incoming packet or an unsolicited incoming packet. If the incoming packet is classified as the solicited incoming packet, the management apparatus enables subsequent processing of the incoming packet on the electronic device. If the incoming packet is classified as the unsolicited incoming packet, the management apparatus adjusts a triggering of radio dormancy in the electronic device based on the incoming packet. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329616 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR MITIGATING POWER CONSUMPTION IN SLOTTED MODE COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS - Methods and devices for mitigating power consumption in CDMA slotted mode are aspects of the present disclosure. A method for controlling an access terminal includes entering an awake state of a slotted idle mode, adjusting a reacquisition time for acquiring a pilot signal from a first cell in accordance with a pilot signal quality from the first cell recorded in a prior awake state, and acquiring the pilot signal. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329617 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR CONTROL OF SLEEP MODES IN A TRANSCEIVER - Disclosed are apparatus and methods for control of sleep modes in a transceiver or receiver. In particular, a transceiver is disclosed including a processor configured to determine timing information concerning sleep periods for at least a portion of components within the transceiver. The transceiver also includes a sleep control logic coupled to the processor to receive information concerning sleep periods from the processor and configured to effect shutting down of the at least a portion of the components of the transceiver during power reduction periods independent of the processor. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329618 | DYNAMIC POWER MODE SWITCH IN A WIRELESS AD-HOC SYSTEM - In ad-hoc wireless networks, functionality can be implemented to dynamically enable/disable an ad-hoc power save mode depending on whether or not the WLAN device is in a continuous traffic environment. The WLAN devices in the ad-hoc wireless network can use beacon frames to transmit a power mode switch request, to respond to a received power mode switch request (to indicate acceptance or rejection of the received power mode switch request), and to indicate a power mode switch status. The WLAN devices switch the power mode if all the WLAN devices in the ad-hoc wireless network accept the power mode switch request. Changing the power mode depending on the environment can improve power savings, data throughput, and reliability. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329619 | MULTIPLE DENSITY CONFIGURATIONS AND ALGORITHMS FOR INTELLIGENT POWER SAVINGS INFRASTRUCTURE IN WIRELESS LANS - Described in example embodiments herein are techniques for implementing power savings in a wireless local area network (WLAN). In accordance with an example embodiment, a centralized controller can be employed to gather data about network activity and select access points to switch to power save mode. Optionally, the controller may designate certain access points to remain active so as to monitor for clients attempting to access the WLAN. An aspect of an example embodiment is that it allows the controller to configure and manage power consumption based on demands on the overall system. In an example embodiment, techniques for implementing power savings within individual hardware components, such as access points, are disclosed. An aspect of a technique described in an example embodiment is that it provides flexibility to balance power savings and performance. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329620 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION BASED ON IDENTIFYING INFORMATION ASSIGNMENT AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A communication method based on identifying information assignment in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system, performed by a station (STA), is provided. The method includes receiving an identifier assignment message from an access point (AP), wherein the identifier assignment message comprises identifying information for the STA, and TIM offset information for a time point at which at least one traffic indication map (TIM) element for the STA starts to be transmitted; receiving a first TIM element from the AP at a time point indicated by the TIM offset information; determining whether the first TIM element comprises the identifying information; and receiving a first data frame from the AP if the first TIM element contains the identifying information. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329621 | TERMINAL DEVICE, WIRELESS BASE STATION WIRELESSLY COMMUNICATING WITH THE SAME, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING TERMINAL DEVICE AND WIRELESS BASE STATION - A terminal device | 12-12-2013 |
20130336183 | POWER SAVINGS FOR INTER-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY MEASUREMENT - A user equipment may save power and improve performance by dynamically switching between a higher and lower clock speed based on the timing of inter-RAT measurement. When a user equipment (UE) is not performing an inter-RAT measurement, the UE uses a clock speed lower than the clock speed associated with inter-RAT measurements. This power saving mode associated with the lower clock speed implementation may be maintained as a default mode when the UE is not performing inter-RAT measurements. The UE may use the higher clock speed when a particular processor power is specified for inter-RAT measurement. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336184 | System and Method for Indicating Packet Transmission Time - A method for exchanging data includes generating a usage indicator for an access window, the usage indicator including a first indication of if an allowed station in a list of allowed stations needs to receive information about its resource allocation and at least one of a second indication of a start time of the access window, and a third indication of the list of allowed stations, and broadcasting the usage indicator. The method also includes exchanging data with at least one of the allowed stations within the access window in accordance with the usage indicator. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336185 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECHARGE-TRIGGERED WAKE-UP FOR POWER MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - Disclosed is a wireless sensor network that includes a plurality of wireless sensor nodes having a sensor, a sensor activation switch, a memory having a data buffer, an energy harvester, a capacitor switching bank having more than one switch, a capacitor bank having a corresponding number of capacitors, a wireless interface, and a controller. The capacitor switching bank is provided between the capacitor bank and the energy harvester, and the energy harvester provides power to charge capacitors of the plurality of capacitors connected by the capacitor switching bank. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336186 | USING DTX AND DRX IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems, methodologies, and devices are described that can facilitate reducing power consumption associated with mobile devices. A mobile device can utilize a sleep mode controller that can facilitate selecting and/or switching to a desired sleep mode based in part on predefined sleep mode criteria. The sleep modes can include a non-sleep mode, light sleep mode, and/or deep sleep mode. The mobile device can employ an analyzer to evaluate information related to explicit signals, implicit signals, and/or the current sleep mode to determine whether a condition is met based in part on the predefined sleep mode criteria such that a transition to a different sleep mode is to be performed. If such a condition is met, the sleep mode controller can facilitate transitioning from the current sleep mode to a different sleep mode to facilitate reducing power consumption by the mobile device. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336187 | POWER SAVING METHOD OF PORTABLE TERMINAL AND PORTABLE TERMINAL SUPPORTING THE SAME - A Wi-Fi module provided in the portable terminal is controlled in such a manner that it is turned on or turned off according to a type setting information item including a setup value defining at least one of: a turn-on time interval of the Wi-Fi module, a turn-off time interval of the Wi-Fi module, and a frequency scanning period of the Wi-Fi module in the turn-on status, and scanning is executed according to the set frequency scanning period in the turn-on status. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336188 | WIRELESS BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A wireless base station ( | 12-19-2013 |
20130343247 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ASSOCIATION BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of wireless communication. For example, a device may include a wireless communication unit to operate as a first station type selected from the group consisting of a network controller station and a non-network controller station, to associate with a wireless communication device operating as a second station type, different from the first station type, selected from the group consisting of the network controller station and the non-network controller station, and upon performing the association, to switch to operate as the second station type for communicating with the wireless communication device as the first station type. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343248 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL FOR LOW POWER RECEIVERS - A wireless protocol for a communication system is set forth herein which may be utilized for communication between a transmitter and a receiver over any type of communication channel. The wireless communication protocol provides for the reduction of receiver active or on time which in turn lowers power consumption. The wireless communication protocol enables the complexity and receiver size to be reduced. The methodology employed in the protocol utilizes a unique message frame in conjunction with repeated transmission and periodic receiver searching. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343249 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MEMORY-EFFICIENT STORAGE AND EXTRACTION OF MAXIMUM POWER REDUCTION (MPR) VALUES IN TWO-CARRIER WIRELESS DATA SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for memory-efficient storage and extraction of maximum power reduction (MPR) values in two-carrier wireless data systems are presented. A wireless broadband device can operate under the HSUPA Category 9 standard, in which two carriers can be employed for data uplinks. Due to power saturation, interference, and other factors, transmission output power is limited to various levels depending on channel configuration. Under previous standards using one carrier, the maximum power reduction (MPR) needed to address those issues could be stored on the device, since the total number of MPR values was limited. With the introduction of dual carriers in HSUPA-9, storing all possible MPR values is no longer feasible. Platforms and techniques are disclosed which allow accurate generation of MPR values in a two-carrier system, utilizing the 2nd, 4th, and 6th moments of the complex signals to derive MPR values without attempting to store all possible carrier combinations. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343250 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication device having a root complex, a WLAN module, a power module and an interface linking the root complex and the WLAN module, wherein the root complex is configured to implement a power management policy based upon a latency tolerance value for the WLAN module and wherein the power module is configured to adjust the latency tolerance value based upon receive and transmit parameters of the WLAN module. The power module may be configured to adjust the latency tolerance value on a per-frame basis. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343251 | METHOD AND WI-FI DEVICE FOR SETTING COMMUNICATIONS MODE - An embodiment of the present invention discloses a Wi-Fi device, including a radio frequency circuit, a signal processor, an application processor, and a Wi-Fi chip. The application processor is configured to preset the work mode of the Wi-Fi chip to a single input single output SISO mode, and is further configured to acquire a value of a parameter of an uplink wireless network, and when the value of the parameter of the uplink wireless network is determined to be greater than or equal to a preset value, set the work mode of the Wi-Fi chip to a multiple-input multiple-output MIMO mode. An embodiment of the present invention further discloses a method for setting a communications mode. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343252 | Power Saving for Mobile Terminals - Embodiments provide power saving schemes for a user equipments (UE) in low power supply state. The power saving schemes include network-assisted power saving schemes and UE-triggered power saving schemes. Network-assisted power saving schemes require network awareness of the low power supply state of the UR Thus, embodiments provide the UE the ability to communicate its power supply state to the network. UE-triggered power saving schemes may or may not require network awareness of the UE s power supply state andd/or of the execution of the HE-triggered power saving scheme at the UE. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343253 | METHOD FOR REGULATING TRANSMIT POWER AND WIRELESS ROUTING DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for regulating transmit power and a wireless routing device, which relate to the field of wireless communications technologies, and can adjust transmit power according to a current work category of a wireless routing device in a wireless local area network, thereby ensuring transmission strength of a radio wave or saving electrical energy, and improving user experience. The method in the present invention includes: determining, by a wireless routing device, a data type of to-be-transmitted data; when the data type of the to-be-transmitted data is uplink data, selecting, by the wireless routing device, first transmit power to send the to-be-transmitted data on a preset channel Channel; and when the data type of the to-be-transmitted data is downlink data, selecting, by the wireless routing device, second transmit power to send the to-be-transmitted data on the preset channel Channel. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343254 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device includes a receiver, a transmitter and an interruption module. The receiver receives an allocation signal indicating a first period usable by the communication device and a second period usable by a plurality of communication devices including the communication device. The transmitter transmits a transmission signal in the first period. If the transmission of the transmission signal is completed within the first period, the interruption module interrupts at least a part of power supply to the receiver in the second period. If the transmission of the transmission signal is not completed within the first period and directivity of radio waves used by a second communication device includes a direction of the communication device in a communication period allocated before the second period, the transmitter transmits the transmission signal in the second period. | 12-26-2013 |
20140003310 | METHOD FOR RANGING TO A STATION IN POWER SAVING MODE | 01-02-2014 |
20140003311 | USER PRESENCE DRIVEN POWER SAVING IN TIME DIVISION SYNCHRONOUS CODE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS | 01-02-2014 |
20140003312 | WAKE-UP FUNCTIONALITY FOR AN LTE ENODEB | 01-02-2014 |
20140003313 | APPARATUS AND METHOD TO EFFICIENTLY SEND DEVICE TRIGGER MESSAGES | 01-02-2014 |
20140003314 | METHOD FOR NOTIFYING CHANNEL USE TIME FOR SENDING UPLINK DATA, AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING UPLINK DATA | 01-02-2014 |
20140003315 | UNIFIED BEACON FORMAT | 01-02-2014 |
20140003316 | Method for Configuring Parameters, Base Station and User Equipment | 01-02-2014 |
20140003317 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE ACTIVITY OF A BASE STATION ENTITY IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 01-02-2014 |
20140003318 | Collaborative coexistence of co-located mobile WiMAX, wireless LAN, and/or Bluetooth radios | 01-02-2014 |
20140010131 | APPARATUS AND METHODS OF ENERGY EFFICIENT COMMUNICATION - A method of energy efficient wireless communication, including obtaining a signal pattern defining resources for use in transmitting or receiving signals with variable signal density over time, the signals including a plurality of signals defining a signal burst, configuring the resources based on the signal pattern, including aligning a discontinuous reception (DRX) period with the signal burst, and transmitting or receiving the signals, including the signal burst aligned with the DRX period, according to the signal pattern to achieve variable density signal transmission or reception over time. Additionally, a method may include obtaining a signal pattern that defines a first set of signals with a first density and a first periodicity and a second set of signals with a second density different than the first density and a second periodicity different than the first periodicity, and communicating reference signals among the plurality of communications devices based on the signal pattern. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010132 | METHOD FOR SETTING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION PERIOD AND MOBILE TERMINAL - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for setting a discontinuous reception period and a mobile terminal, which belong to the field of communications technologies, so as to save power of a battery of a mobile terminal device and prolong standby time. The method includes: determining a working state of a mobile terminal in a current network, where the working state refers to a network state when the mobile terminal works and the working state includes a stable state, a hold state, and an unstable state; and if the mobile terminal is in a stable state, adjusting a discontinuous reception DRX period of the mobile terminal from a current period T0 to a first period T1, where T1=K*T0, and K>1. The embodiments of the present invention are applied to radio communications. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010133 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE ACTIVITY OF A BASE STATION ENTITY OF A FIRST TYPE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK, BASE STATION ENTITY, MOBILE DEVICE, MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND PROGRAM COMPRISING A COMPUTER READABLE PROGRAM CODE - A method for controlling the activity of a base station entity of a first type in a mobile communication network is a mobile device having a communication link in a base station entity of a second type includes: sending, by the mobile device, a connection request to the base station entity of the second type, the connection request being related to a request of the mobile device to have a communication link with the base station entity of the first type while the base station entity of the first type is in its second operational mode; and activating the first operational mode of the base station entity of the first type and establishing the communication link between the mobile device and the base station entity of the first type established. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010136 | SYSTEM LEVEL INFORMATION FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION, CELL RESELECTION AND RACH - A wireless transmit/receive unit is configured to receive system level information, including discontinuous reception (DRX) information, cell selection information, and RACH information. The system level information is received as defined parameters assigned to system information blocks or signaled through dedicated RRC signaling. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010137 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR RE-CONNECTING TO A ZIGBEE NETWORK - An end device on a Zigbee network exits a power saving mode and transmits a wake notification message to the network. The network retrieves a cached status flag indicating whether the end device is defined on the Zigbee network and transmits the status flag to the end device. If the end device is undefined on the Zigbee network, the end device attempts to re-join the network. During the power saving mode, the network can cache messages intended for the end device and transmit the messages to the end device when the device exits the power saving mode. | 01-09-2014 |
20140022969 | APPLICATION AND METHOD OF INTER-FRAME GAP REDUCTION IN LOW-POWER TIME-SYNCHRONIZED NETWORKS - Techniques are disclosed for reducing the amount of overhead transmitted in ad-hoc low-power wireless networks. Embodiments generally include aggregating a plurality of data packets and prepending and appending each with associated data. The plurality of data packets then can be inserted into a single data frame, or packet for transmission. Gaps may be inserted between the data packets for timing synchronization and/or other purposes. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022970 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND MEDIA FOR PARTIAL DOWNLOADING IN WIRELESS DISTRIBUTED NETWORKS - Methods, systems, and media for partial downloading in wireless distributed networks are provided. In some embodiments, methods for selecting numbers of symbols to be transmitted on a plurality of channels are provided, the methods comprising: for each of the plurality of channels, calculating using a hardware processor an increase in power that will be used by that channel if it transmits a symbol; selecting one of the plurality of channels with the smallest increase in power using the hardware processor; and allocating the symbol to the one of the plurality of channels using the hardware processor. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022971 | METHOD AND DEVICE OF SUPPORTING ARBITRARY REPLACEMENT OF MULTIPLE DATA UNITS - The disclosure discloses a method of supporting arbitrary replacement of multiple data units, which includes: configuring patterns for arbitrary position replacement of N data units; and during a process of data unit replacement, performing a replacement operation on the N data units according to the configured patterns. The disclosure further discloses a device of supporting arbitrary replacement of multiple data units. By means of the method and device, an occupied area of a data unit replacement circuit in a chip can be decreased, and power consumption can be reduced. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022972 | HANDOVER APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AVOIDING IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE INTERFERENCE - The present disclosure relates to a handover apparatus and method capable of avoiding in-device coexistence interference. In order to prevent handover failure due to in-device coexistence interference, an SeNB provides TDM information (including TDM pattern information or TDM activation information) to a UE during a handover procedure, and the UE performs the handover with a TeNB according to the provided TDM information. By the disclosure, the UE can perform ISM signal transmission/reception and LTE signal transmission/reception with the TeNB in a discriminated manner according to a particular TDM pattern, so as to prevent handover failure due to the in-UE coexistence interference. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022973 | POWER SAVE MODE FOR ACCESS POINTS - A first network device including a control module to operate the first network device, prior to beginning discovery of a second network device, initially in a power save mode and subsequently in a normal mode after receiving an input from a user of the first network device while operating in the power save mode; and prior to beginning the discovery and subsequent to the first network device switching from operating in the power save mode to the normal mode, to alternately operate the first network device as a client station and an access point. A device detection module begins, subsequent to the first network device switching from operating in the power save mode to the normal mode, the discovery by scanning a network or by transmitting a beacon over the network when the first network device operates as a client station or an the access point, respectively. | 01-23-2014 |
20140022974 | Methods and Network Nodes for Setting a Timeout Value - A method in a user equipment ( | 01-23-2014 |
20140029494 | POWER SAVING FOR A MOBILE DEVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for power saving for a mobile device in a wireless communication network includes a transceiver operable within an allocated spectrum of the wireless communication network. A detector is operable to detect a signal outside of the allocated spectrum of the wireless communication network transmitted from a network device. A processor is operable to configure the mobile device to be in a sleep mode wherein the transceiver is not operable and the detector is operable, and awaken the transceiver from sleep mode upon detecting the signal in order for the transceiver to communicate between an access point of the wireless communication network and the mobile device within the allocated spectrum of the wireless communication network. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029495 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - There is provided a communication terminal, including: a communication device, a communication managing unit and a device power managing unit. The communication device forms an association with communication equipment and communicates with the communication equipment based on the association. The communication managing unit decides an operational mode of the communication device. The device power managing unit controls power state of the communication device in accordance with an operational mode decided by the communication managing unit. The device power managing unit sets, when a first operational mode is decided by the communication managing unit, the communication device in a first power state where transmission is not allowed and then transitions a power state of the communication device from the first power state to a second power state at a first cycle temporarily where transmission is allowed. The communication device transmits a presence notification frame when set in the second power state. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029496 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - According to some embodiments, there is provided a communication terminal, including: a communication device, a connection processing unit, a device power managing unit and a device power managing unit. The communication device communicates with a network. The connection processing unit establishes a connection with a first communication terminal on the network. The communication managing unit detects a start and an end of a session on the connection. The device power managing unit controls feeding of power to the communication device in accordance with a detected result by the communication managing unit. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029497 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A telecommunications system including a plurality of repeater nodes, each repeater node having a transceiver unit operable to transmit and receive data to or from one or more other of the repeater nodes or a control node or a mobile device within a predetermined range. The control node operable to transmit data to and receive data from the mobile device via the repeater nodes using a time frame divided into a plurality of time slots. The time slots of the time frame are allocated to the repeater nodes to the effect that each repeater node transmits to another repeater node in one of the upstream or the downstream directions in a time slot which is a minimal time from the time slot in which the other repeater node transmits in the upstream or downstream direction. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029498 | BATTERY POWER SAVING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A MOBILE DEVICE - A method and apparatus for reducing battery power consumption are provided when a mobile device executes a navigation application. To this end, the apparatus calculates and compares a usable time on a battery and an estimate time for arrival at a selected destination during a navigation mode, then if the usable time is less than the estimated time for arrival, the apparatus performs at least one power saving mode to conserve battery life. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029499 | SLOT-BASED POWER SAVE IMPROVEMENT - An access point (AP) associated with a several mobile stations (STAs) implements a slot-based power save poll (PS-Poll) method. The AP divides a slot-based access period into multiple time slots and allocates each time slot to either a STA determined to have slot-based PS-Poll capabilities or a STA determined to have buffered data present at the AP. The AP creates a traffic indication map (TIM) having a number of bits equal to the number of stations associated with the AP, and then transmits a beacon including the TIM. The TIM indicates to a slot-based PS-Poll capable STA which time slots are assigned to a selected set of associated stations. After receiving the beacon from the AP, the STA refrains from attempting to communicate with the AP outside the time slot assigned to the STA, yet transmits information to the AP during the time slot assigned to the STA. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029500 | SHAPING DATA PACKET TRAFFIC - According to some embodiments, a communication module | 01-30-2014 |
20140036745 | HANDLING IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE INTERFERENCE - A wireless access node sends an information element to user equipment, where the information element settable to corresponding values indicating support for multiple different solutions to address in-device coexistence (IDC) interference at the user equipment. The multiple different solutions cause respective modifications of wireless communication behavior at the user equipment. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036746 | LISTEN INTERVAL (LI) SELECTION FOR WLAN CLIENT - The listen interval of a WLAN client is selected to have one of a plurality of values, including a start listen interval (SLI) and one or more longer listen intervals (e.g., transient listen interval (TLI), maximum listen interval (MLI)). The listen interval is set to SLI in response to (1) detecting that an applications processor of the WLAN client is in an awake state, (2) detecting transmit/receive activity on the wireless link, and (3) failing to detect an expected beacon signal on the wireless link. If the listen interval is set to MLI (or TLI) and the WLAN client fails to detect an expected beacon signal (beacon miss), the listen interval is temporarily set to SLI. If the WLAN client then detects an expected beacon signal before detecting a predetermined number of consecutive beacon misses, the listen interval is immediately returned to the original listen interval MLI (or TLI). | 02-06-2014 |
20140036747 | Method and Apparatus For Receiving A Control Channel - Various methods and apparatuses for receiving a control channel involve a communication device monitoring a first control and receiving information from a network regarding the configuration of a second control channel. The communication device receives an uplink grant from the network; transmits a message to the network, in which the message indicates to the network that the communication device is capable of monitoring the second control channel. The communication device monitors the second control channel based on the configuration information receiving via the first control channel. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036748 | UE INDICATIONS OF POWER MODE PREFERENCES - The present disclosure relates generally to low traffic or power modes for a User Equipment (UE) or mobile or wireless device in wireless communications systems, and more particularly to indications provided by a UE to a communications network relating to state transitions of the UE in a power mode. A method in a UE is provided comprising: generating a power mode state preference to extend or change the current power mode state of the UE; and indicating to a network element the power mode state preference. The power mode state transition of the UE can involve turning a reception capability of the UE from an On state to an Off state and vice versa. The UE preference can be based on information within the UE, including on information from one or more applications on the UE. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036749 | CARRIER AGGREGATION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BITS - Systems, methods, and user equipment can involve transmitting Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) bits for carrier aggregation between a first cell and a second cell in a User Equipment (UE). With the UE, for a sub-frame, a first number of ACK/NACK bits for the first cell can be compared with a second number of ACK/NACK bits for the second cell. If a first number of ACK/NACK bits for the first cell is less than a second number of ACK/NACK bits for the second cell, an ACK/NACK bit position from the first cell can be used to transmit an ACK/NACK bit for the second cell. In some implementations, one or more DTX bits can be used to set the number of ACK/NACK bits in the first cell equal to the number of ACK/NACK bits in the second cell. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036750 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR BLOCKING EXCESSIVE TRANSMITTER MESSAGE SIGNALING - The present disclosure relates to transmitting assistance information from a first node to a second node. In one embodiment, a first node includes a wireless transmitter and a wireless receiver. In response to transmitting a preference indicator for a first configuration to a second node via the wireless transmitter or receiving a reconfiguration request associated with the preference indicator for the first configuration, the first node starts a timer set to a value that defines an amount of time before the first node is permitted to transmit a preference indicator for a second configuration to the second node. The first node then blocks transmission of the preference indicator for the second configuration to the second node until the timer has expired. In this manner, excessive signaling of preference indicators from the first node to the second node is avoided. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036751 | BEACON SCHEDULING FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system and method for reducing energy consumption in a wireless network. In one embodiment, a system includes a network coordinator configured to manage access to a wireless network. The network coordinator includes a controller. The controller is configured to define a channel hopping list that specifies on which channel a beacon signal is transmitted in each slot frame of the wireless network. The controller is also configured to set a number of time slots in each slot frame based on a length of the channel hopping list. The controller is further configured to transmit a first beacon signal in each slot frame on a channel specified by the channel hopping list. The number of slots in each slot frame causes the first beacon signal to be transmitted on a same channel in each slot frame. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036752 | METHOD FOR TRANSITIONING BETWEEN MULTIPLE RECEPTION LEVELS - There is provided a method for enabling a user equipment (UE) to transition between a non-discontinuous reception (Non-DRX) level and at least one discontinuous reception (DRX) level. The LIE in a DRX level wakes up periodically to monitor a scheduling channel. The method includes receiving a DRX indicator in a Non-DRX level with continuously monitoring the scheduling channel and transitioning from the Non-DRX level to a DRX level indicated by the DRX indicator. The UE can transition between multiple DRX levels by an explicit command/signaling. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036753 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In an ad hoc mode based on IEEE802.11 standard, when a wireless terminal performs a power save operation to create a network, and a network identifier identical to that of the network to be created is present, the wireless terminal does not join the network. When the wireless terminal is to join the network, and the network identifier identical to that of the network which the wireless terminal is to join is not present, the wireless terminal does not join any network. In this method, reliable connectivity can be obtained in the ad hoc mode which is not defined in the IEEE802.11 standard in detail. | 02-06-2014 |
20140044027 | Method and Apparatus for a Wireless Communication Unit Operating on a Virtual Carrier - A method for a low bandwidth wireless communication unit to re-synchronize to a wireless communication system employing one or more virtual carrier(s) after the wireless communication unit has lost synchronization is described. The method comprises, at the wireless communication unit: entering a sleep mode of operation following communication on a first virtual carrier; waking up from the sleep mode of operation on a default virtual carrier that is not the first virtual carrier; and acquiring synchronization information using synchronization signals that occupy subcarrier resources that overlap with the subcarrier resources occupied by the default virtual carrier to re-synchronize with the wireless communication system. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044028 | RETRANSMISSION METHODS INCLUDING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION AND RELATED DEVICES - A method of operating a node of a radio access network may include transmitting first and second data blocks from the radio access network over respective first and second MIMO layers of a MIMO wireless channel to a wireless terminal during a first TTI. Responsive to receiving a NACK message for the second data block, downlink signaling for a second TTI may be transmitted from the radio access network to the wireless terminal with the downlink signaling including a DTX indicator for the first MIMO layer and a retransmission data indicator for the second MIMO layer. Responsive to receiving the NACK message for the second data block, the second data block may be retransmitted from the radio access network over the second MIMO layer to the wireless terminal during a second TTI. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044029 | UE Preference Indication and Assistance Information in Mobile Communication Networks - A method and apparatus for UE to report preference indication and other UE assistance information to the network is proposed. In a first embodiment, the UE transmits a power preference indication to the network with a prohibition mechanism for optimal DRX configuration. A first level of prohibition is applied if the UE indicates preferring power-saving mode, and a second level of prohibition is applied if the UE indicates preferring normal mode. In a second embodiment, the UE transmits two-level speed information to the network. The two-level speed information is mapped from MSE mobility states based on a mapping rule. In a third example, the UE transmits RRC release assistance information to the network. The assistance information is based on both cell change count and RRC state transition count so that RRC inactivity time can be determined to reduce signaling overhead. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044030 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF IMPROVING STANDBY TIME IN M2M DEVICES - A method for wireless communication includes receiving a signaling message from a wireless communication network. The signaling message includes a session interval and a device connection state indicator. The method also includes determining a device connection state based on the device connection state indicator. The method further includes transitioning to the device connection state for a time period corresponding to the session interval. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044031 | Channel-Occupancy Efficient, Low Power Wireless Networking - An apparatus and method are provided for efficiently sharing a single wireless channel and for providing improved power saving. Automatic beacon “sliding” establishes a round-robin contention-free channel schedule among multiple IBSSs. Entering an idle state immediately following communication after a beacon saves power. Further power savings occur when presumptions of pending traffic may be made. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044032 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method and system for wireless communication are disclosed. The method comprises: the master device generates a sequence code through a specific encoder and transmits the sequence code to each slave device continuously within a preset period according to the communication demand, wherein the specific encoder is a feedback shift register constructed by a specific polynomial, of which the coefficients and the order are in correlation with the communication demand while all of the coefficients and initial values are not equal to 0 at the same time; the preset period is greater than or equal to the sum of a sleeping period and a detecting period of the slave device, which constitutes a sleeping-and-waking cycle; the slave device receives a continuous section of the sequence code in the detecting period, decodes the sequence code through a decoder corresponding to the encoder, and performs corresponding operation according to the decoding result. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044033 | Apparatus and Method for Communication with a Number of User Equipments Using OFDMA - Apparatus and method for communication are provided. The apparatus means for communicating with a number of user equipment using Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access connections on given data regions; means for selecting one or more data regions for each connection; and means for selecting the transmission power to be used on each connection, wherein the selection of data regions and powers is performed by minimising the total transmission power used on all connections while fulfilling the performance criteria of each connection. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044034 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR M2M COMMUNICATION - Provided are a method and device for M2M (Machine To Machine) communication. A M2M device receives a DSA (dynamic service addition) message from a base station, and the DSA message includes an MGID (M2M Group identifier) related to an M2M multicast service. The M2M device receives a paging advertisement (PAG-ADV) message from the base station in an idle mode, and the PAG-ADV message includes the MGID and an action code directing a location update performance. The M2M device transmits a ranging request (RNG-REQ) from the base station to perform a location update. | 02-13-2014 |
20140050133 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOW POWER WAKE UP SIGNAL AND OPERATIONS FOR WLAN - Systems, methods, and devices for wireless communication. In one aspect an apparatus for wirelessly communicating with a wireless station is provided. The apparatus comprises a first transceiver configured to receive a backoff signal from the wireless station during a first time period, the backoff signal configured to indicate a second time period. The apparatus further comprises a processor operationally coupled to the first transceiver and configured to refrain the first transceiver from transmitting a wireless signal during the second time period. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050134 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and a apparatus for transmitting control information in a wireless communication system. The present invention includes detecting In Device Coexistence (IDC) interference, and transmitting an IDC indication message to an eNB if there is at least one frequency influenced by the IDC interference, wherein the IDC indication message is configured to include a frequency list containing frequencies influenced by the IDC interference, and the frequency list is configured to include an IDC interference direction indicating a direction of an influence of the detected IDC interference. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050135 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR ENERGY SAVING COMPENSATION - The present invention relates to the technical field of wireless communications, is used for optimizing an energy saving mechanism, and provides a method for energy saving compensation, which method comprises: expanding, by a base station, a signal coverage area to form a new cell, when the energy saving activation requirements are met, so as to allow an energy-saving cell managed by the base station to switch users to the new cell and to activate the energy saving state; and when energy saving deactivation requirements are met, and if the energy-saving cell managed by the base station deactivates the energy saving state, then switching, by the base station, the users to the energy-saving cell and reducing the signal coverage area. The present invention optimizes currently available energy saving mechanisms and provides a solution capable of compensating the service loss of energy-saving cells. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050136 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS DEVICES - A system including a controller and a transmitter. The controller is configured to generate a communication schedule based on a profile. The profile indicates (i) a start time, (ii) a duration, and (iii) a periodicity of communication between a first device and a second device. Consistent with (i) the start time, (ii) the duration, and (iii) the periodicity indicated in the profile, the communication schedule specifies (i) a first duration to transfer data between the first device and the second device, and (ii) a second duration in which not to transfer data between the first device and the second device. The transmitter is configured to transmit the communication schedule in a message from the first device to the second device. The message includes information about interference present in an operating environment of the first device and the second device. | 02-20-2014 |
20140056191 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR PROCESSING A GENERAL PAGE MESSAGE IN SLOTTED IDLE MODE - Access terminals are adapted to facilitate power conservation by selectively powering down one or more hardware block when processing a general page message (GPM) received in slotted idle mode. An access terminal may include a processor core, a de-interleaver, a decoder and a firmware block. The firmware block may be adapted to enable the processor core to sleep while the firmware block collects samples of a received transmission and extracts symbols from the collected samples. The firmware block may further power ON the de-interleaver to de-interleave the extracted symbols, and the decoder to decode the de-interleaved symbols. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056192 | WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK DISCOVERY USING NON-WLAN TIMING REFERENCE - Methods, systems, and devices are described for assisting discovery of a wireless local area network (WLAN). A timing reference originating from a first radio technology is identified by a user equipment (UE). A WLAN receiver of the UE is woken up according to a beacon transmission schedule to listen for a beacon on the WLAN. The first radio technology is a non-WLAN radio technology, and the beacon transmission schedule is based at least in part on the timing reference. The timing reference originating from the first radio technology is identified by a Wireless Access Point (WAP). The WAP broadcasts a beacon on the WLAN according to the beacon transmission schedule. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056193 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION - An apparatus may include a processor circuit, a radio-frequency (RF) transceiver coupled to the processor circuit, the RF transceiver operable to transmit a wireless data message. The apparatus may also include a communication scheduling module operable on the processor circuit to monitor transmission of the wireless data message to a network, and to transmit to the network a deregistration request to release a connected state when transmission of the wireless data message is complete. Other embodiments are disclosed and claimed. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056194 | Method and a Communication Device for Reducing Power Consumption in Chip-to-Chip Signaling - A method in a communication device ( | 02-27-2014 |
20140056195 | Method and Communication Device for Power Savings in Chip-to-Chip Signalling - A method in a communication device and a communication device ( | 02-27-2014 |
20140056196 | METHOD FOR SETTING, IN A WIRELESS CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK, THE POWER OF THE RADIO SIGNALS TRANSFERRED IN CELLS - A method for setting power of radio signals transferred by a node and/or of the radio signals transferred by mobile terminals served by the node. The node: receives, from at least one neighbouring node, at least one parameter value used by the neighbouring node for setting the power of the radio signals transferred by the neighbouring node and/or of the radio signals transferred by mobile terminals served by the neighbouring node, determines, at least from the parameter value, a parameter value to be used by the node, sets the power of the radio signals transferred by the node and/or the power correction of the radio signals transferred by mobile terminals served by the node according to the determined parameter value, and transfers at least the determined parameter value to the at least one neighbouring node. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056197 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING WAKE-UP PERIOD OF A TERMINAL IN A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for adjusting a wake-up period of a terminal in a communications system. In at least one embodiment, the method includes: determining whether a network-side device retransmits a paging message in an area in which the terminal is located; and if a paging message is retransmitted, acquiring a time interval at which the paging message is retransmitted and the number R of times that the paging message is retransmitted, and adjusting the wake-up period of the terminal to a value equal to N times the time interval at which the paging message is retransmitted, wherein N is an integer and 2≦N≦R. Consequently, when a network-side device has the performance of retransmitting a paging message in the current location area, the terminal does not need to wake up according to a DRX period set by the network side, thereby reducing electric energy consumption of the terminal and extending the standby time. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056198 | STATE SWITCHING METHOD, INACTIVITY TIMER STARTING METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention provides a state switching method, an inactivity timer starting method, and a user equipment. The state switching method includes: sending, by a user equipment, a scheduling request to a network side, and receiving a newly transmitted data uplink grant that is delivered by the network side according to the scheduling request; setting the user equipment to an inactive state after the user equipment sending data according to the uplink grant; and switching the user equipment to an active state after a set period arrives and/or after it is determined that the data is sent successfully. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056199 | Power Saving Mode for access point - An access point including a beacon module that determines a beacon interval and that defines a first portion and a second portion of the beacon interval during which the access point operates in a normal mode and a power save mode, respectively. On receiving a communication from a client station during the first portion, a control module does not transition the access point from the normal mode to the power save mode at an end of the first portion. If the communication is not received during the first portion, the control module transitions the access point from the normal mode to the power save mode at the end of the first portion and from the power save mode to the normal mode at an end of the second portion. A duration of the second portion is less than a scan time of the client station. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056200 | PROVIDING ASSISTANCE TO A BASE STATION FROM USER EQUIPMENT - In accordance with some embodiments, a user equipment or mobile station may provide assistance to the eNB or base station so that eNB or base station can more effectively provide settings to the user equipment. Because the user equipment may have more in depth knowledge about the conditions that exist at the user equipment, efficiencies may be achieved by providing information to the eNB from which the eNB can better set various settings on the user equipment, including those related to power saving and latency. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056201 | DATA COMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In a communications system including a base station capable of altering a frequency bandwidth which is used for transmitting broadcast data for providing point-to-multipoint broadcasting communications service and which is used for transmitting individual communications data for providing point-to-point individual communications service, and a mobile terminal capable of altering a receivable bandwidth which is used for receiving at least the broadcast data and the individual communications data transmitted from the base station, decision processing of making a decision as to whether the mobile terminal can receive reception-desired content it desires to receive among contents provided by the broadcasting communications service is executed in accordance with a frequency occupying bandwidth used for transmitting the reception-desired content. Thus, the mobile terminal becomes able to make a decision as to whether it can receive particular E-MBMS content considering its own UE position. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056202 | SYSTEM WAKEUP ON WIRELESS NETWORK MESSAGES - While an information handling device is in a reduced power state, the information handling device transitions from the reduced power state to a higher power state in response to receiving a message over an established wireless network connection that maintains a presence on a wireless network. In turn, the information handling device processes the message accordingly in the higher power state. | 02-27-2014 |
20140064160 | Synchronizing Uplink and Downlink Transmissions in a Wireless Device - Synchronizing uplink and downlink transmissions by a wireless user equipment (UE) device. A connection with a network may be established via a wireless link with a cell. The UE may operate in an active state during first periods of time in which uplink or downlink communications may be performed between the UE and the network. The UE may operate in a reduced-power state during second periods of time in which uplink and downlink communications are not performed. The first periods of time may alternate with the second periods of time in a repeating manner. Uplink data generated by the UE may be buffered during second periods of time and transmitted during first periods of time. Buffering uplink data in this manner may prevent the UE from immediately transitioning from the reduced-power state to the active state to transmit uplink data, which may conserve battery of the UE. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064161 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR FACILITATING EARLY HEADER DECODING IN COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES - Communications devices are adapted to receive a plurality of RF bursts of a radio block, where the plurality of RF bursts includes a number of RF bursts less than a total number of RF bursts for the radio block. A header can be decoded from the received plurality of RF burst. From the decoded header, a determination may be made whether the radio block is intended for the communications device or for another device. According to at least some examples, if the radio block is determined to be intended for another device, at least a portion of a receiver circuit of the communications device can be powered down. Also, according to at least some examples, if the radio block is determined to be intended for the receiving communications device, a data payload of the radio block may be decoded. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064162 | POWER MANAGEMENT IN A NETWORK OF STATIONARY BATTERY POWERED CONTROL, AUTOMATION, MONITORING AND PROTECTION DEVICES - A faulted circuit indicator periodically joins a network to report information and receive commands. The faulted circuit indicator optimizes the transmit power used to join the network so that an acceptable network acquisition time and/or robust routing through multiple nodes are obtained. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064163 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PAGING BASED PEER DISCOVERY - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in connection with LTE based paging for peer discovery. In one example, an eNodeB is equipped to receive a message including a D2D discovery notification for a UE, determine that the UE is in an idle mode, and transmit a paging notification to the UE including the D2D discovery notification. In another example, a UE is equipped to receive, from an eNodeB, a paging notification including a D2D discovery notification, determine, while in idle mode, that the D2D discovery notification is successfully decoded, and transmit an ACK to the eNodeB using a RACH sequence on a PRACH. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064164 | TRANSMITTING BEACON FRAMES OVER A WIRELESS DATA LINK - A method and apparatus are described for transmitting beacon frames to an electronic device over a wireless data. In the described embodiments, a processing subsystem is coupled to a transceiver and is configured to determine a beacon frame interval based on a highest common factor of a listen interval for the electronic device and a delivery traffic indication message interval, and to control the transceiver to transmit a beacon frame each beacon frame interval. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064165 | RADIO POWER SAVING TECHNIQUES FOR VIDEO CONFERENCE APPLICATIONS - In video conferencing over a radio network, the radio equipment is a major power consumer especially in cellular networks such as LTE. In order to reduce the radio power consumption in video conferencing, it is important to introduce an enough radio inactive time. Several types of data buffering and bundling can be employed within a reasonable range of latency that doesn't significantly disrupt the real-time nature of video conferencing. In addition, the data transmission can be synchronized to the data reception in a controlled manner, which can result in an even longer radio inactive time and thus take advantage of radio power saving modes such as LTE C-DRX. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064166 | DYNAMIC SELECTION OF EARLY-RX DURATION DURING NETWORK SLEEP OPERATION - Systems, methods, and devices for saving power in wireless communications devices are described herein. In some aspects, an apparatus includes a memory unit configured to store wake-up information associated with a wake-up time duration for receiving a beacon signal, and includes a processor operationally coupled to the memory unit. The wake-up time duration identifies a time for the processor to wake-up before an expected arrival time of the next beacon signal. The processor may be configured to retrieve the wake-up information from the memory, and vary, over a period of time, the wake-up time duration based on the wake-up information. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064167 | INTER-CHIP DATA COMMUNICATIONS WITH POWER-STATE TRANSITION MANAGEMENT - A method includes inter-chip data communications between a power-managed integrated circuit (IC) and a peer IC. The peer IC generates a data frame and prepends a discardable preamble of a predefined size to a payload of the data frame. The predefined size is a size not less than a size of data discarded by the power-managed IC upon the power-managed IC receiving a data frame while in a low-power state. The peer IC transmits the data frame to the power-managed IC. The power-managed IC, while in a low-power state, may receive the data frame from the peer IC and in response to receiving the data frame, begin exiting the low-power state. The power-managed IC, while exiting the low-power state, may discard a portion of the data frame such as for example, some or all of the discardable preamble, without discarding payload. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064168 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - According to an embodiment, a wireless communication device configured to perform an intermittent receiving operation during standby includes a frame detection monitoring unit and a timer unit. The frame detection monitoring unit is configured to monitor detection of a frame during a receiving operation in the intermittent receiving operation. The timer unit is configured to extend a period of the receiving operation when receiving a notice of detection of the frame from the frame detection monitoring unit, and to extend the period of the receiving operation again when receiving again the notice of detection of the frame from the frame detection monitoring unit during an extended period of the receiving operation. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064169 | DUTY CYCLED TRANSMISSIONS - Systems, methods, and devices for saving power in wireless communications devices are described herein. In some aspects, an apparatus for wireless communication includes a memory unit configured to store transmission power information, and a processor operationally coupled to the memory unit, the processor configured to retrieve the transmission power information from the memory unit and further configured to define, based at least partially on the transmission power information, a duration of the data segment and a duration of an idle time segment such that an average transmit power by a transmitter over the duration of the data segment and the duration of the idle time segment is below a threshold power value. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064170 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ADOPTING A CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNIQUE, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present application discloses a method in which a terminal transceives a signal to/from a base station in a wireless communication system adopting a carrier aggregation technique. More particularly, the method comprises: a step of receiving a wake-up message for a sub-component carrier which is in an idle state from said base station via a main component carrier; a step of starting to monitor said sub-component carrier after receiving said wake-up message; and a step of receiving a downlink signal from said base station or transmitting an uplink signal to said base station via said sub-component carrier. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064171 | METHOD FOR CONSERVING POWER ON BATTERY-POWERED COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A method limits power usage by a battery-powered communication device having high and low power states of operation. The device's WiFi driver running on a kernel level of the operating system includes a counter-based routine for placing the device in one of its low power state and high power state. A high or low priority level is established for applications maintained on the device. An identifier for each application and its priority level is stored within a module maintained at the operating system's kernel level. Network traffic passing through the kernel level is monitored to determine whether the network traffic is associated with one of the identified applications and whether the priority level associated therewith is high priority. The counter-based routine of the WiFi driver is accessed when the network traffic is associated with one of the applications and its priority level is high priority. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064172 | TIMING RE-SYNCHRONIZATION WITH REDUCED COMMUNICATION ENERGY IN FREQUENCY HOPPING COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - In one embodiment, a battery-operated communication device “quick-samples” a frequency hopping sequence at a periodic rate corresponding to a substantially low duty cycle, and is discovered by (e.g., attached to) a main-powered communication device. During a scheduled sample, the main-powered communication device transmits a control packet to be received by the battery-operated communication device, the control packet containing timing information and transmitted to account for worst-case clock drift error between the two devices. The battery-operated communication device responds to the control packet with a link-layer acknowledgment containing timing information from the battery-operated communication device. Accordingly, the two devices may re-synchronize their timing based on the timing information in the control packet and acknowledgment, respectively. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064173 | STANDBY TIME IMPROVEMENTS FOR STATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method includes receiving, at a station, a first delivery traffic indication message (DTIM) assigned to a first delivery interval. The first DTIM is configured to indicate whether group-addressed traffic is scheduled for delivery during a beacon interval. The first delivery interval is larger than a second delivery interval associated with a second DTIM. The method further includes receiving the group-addressed traffic during the beacon interval. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064174 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL AND BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a user terminal capable of discontinuous reception (DRX) and a base station communicating with the user terminal. The user terminal includes a receiving section for receiving information about DRX from the base station; a DRX cycle setting section for setting DRX cycles; a first period setting section for setting a first period among the DRX cycles to receive a downlink signal; and a receivable period setting section for setting a receivable period to receive the downlink signal within a second period outside of the first period. The base station includes a DRX cycle setting section for setting the DRX cycles; a first period setting section for setting the first period; a receivable period setting section for setting the receivable period; and a transmission section for transmitting the set information to the user terminal to be set on the user terminal. | 03-06-2014 |
20140071866 | OPTIMIZING SEMI-ACTIVE WORKLOADS - Devices and methods for optimizing semi-active workloads are described herein. A network interface device may be configured to offload data packet acknowledgment responsibilities of a host platform by transmitting, to the sender of the packets, acknowledgements of packets received throughout a time duration. Upon completion of the time duration, the network interface device may trigger the host platform to perform batch processing of the data packets received during the time duration. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071867 | PORTABLE ROUTING DEVICE AND THE POWER SAVING METHOD THEREOF - The present invention is utilized in a space having a first network terminal and a second network terminal therein. The portable routing device comprises a routing module and a controlling module. The routing module is utilized to connect to the first network terminal so as to share the first network terminal with at least one electronic device. The controlling module is utilized to determine the priority of the first and the second network terminals respectively in accordance with a predetermined factor and stop sharing the first network terminal to the electronic device once the priority of the second network terminal is higher than the first network terminal. By avoiding the unnecessary routing action, the present invention is capable of saving power without affecting the normal use of the user. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071868 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR MANAGING PENDING HARQ RETRANSMISSIONS - Methods and systems present solutions to, for example, the problem of unnecessary preparedness for suspended retransmissions in the user equipment (UE) which contributes to power drain in the device battery. One method for monitoring a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) for adaptive retransmission grants in a radio communication system includes: monitoring, by a user equipment (UE), the PDCCH for adaptive retransmission grants; receiving, by the UE, a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledge (ACK) message, and ceasing, by the UE, to monitor the PDCCH for adaptive retransmission grants after receipt of the HARQ ACK message. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071869 | DYNAMIC POWER SCALING OF DIGITAL MODEMS - A system and method dynamically scale power consumed by the circuitry of an electronic device based on channel state and/or data rate. The electronic device then operates according to the power scaling. The scaling may be in accordance with an effective data rate, a number of multiple input multiple output (MIMO) layers, receiver type, a cell scenario, or a number of carriers. A number of MIMO layers can be predicted based on at least one of channel conditions or a channel quality index (CQI). | 03-13-2014 |
20140071870 | APPARATUS AND METHODS OF POWER SAVE FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS AND MULTI-HOP RELAYS - Apparatuses and methods of power save for wireless access point and multi-hop relays are disclosed. In one innovation, an apparatus comprises a memory unit configured to store latency information received from the at least one communication device and a processor operationally coupled to the memory unit and configured to retrieve the latency information from the memory unit and determine a sleep-cycle for the apparatus based on the latency information, the sleep-cycle indicating a time period when the apparatus will not receive signals and will not send signals. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071871 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SMALL CELL ENHANCEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for small cell enhancement in a wireless communication network, wherein a UE (User Equipment) is configured with DRX and is served by a first cell that is configured with a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel). The method includes the UE receives an RRC (Radio Resource Control) message for configuring a second cell to the UE, wherein the second cell is configured with a PDCCH. The method also includes the UE maintains separate drx-InactivityTimers for the first cell and the second cell. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071872 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO INDICATE PPI (POWER PREFERENCE INDICATION) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed to indicate PPI in a wireless communication network. The method includes enabling a PPI feature. The method further includes taking a last reported PPI into account when the UE wants to indicate a current PPI for a first time on a current serving cell but not a first time since a full configuration was performed. The method further includes ignoring or not taking into account the last reported PPI when the UE wants to indicate the current PPI for a first time since a full configuration was performed. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071873 | METHOD, WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNIT (WTRU) AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSFERRING SMALL PACKETS - A method, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and a base station for transferring small packets are described. The WTRU generates a packet that has one or more of a medium access control (MAC) or a physical layer convergence protocol (PLCP) header, the one or more of the MAC or the PLCP header including a field. On a condition that the WTRU has data buffered for transmission, the WTRU includes in the field information that indicates a time or a transmission opportunity (TXOP) needed to transmit at least one packet of data that the WTRU has buffered for transmission. The WTRU transmits the packet to another WTRU in the wireless network. The WTRU receives another packet from the other WTRU with a granted TXO) based on the time needed to transmit the at least one packet of the data that the WTRU has buffered for transmission. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071874 | ERROR RECOVERY METHOD, ACCESS POINT DEVICE, STATION DEVICE, AND SYSTEM THEREOF - The embodiments of the present disclosure provide an error recovery method, an access point device, a station device, and a system thereof. The error recovery method includes: transmitting a data frame to a station allowed to enter a power save mode, where the data frame indicates the end of data transmission; and retransmitting the data frame during a current transmission opportunity period if no acknowledgement frame returned by the station in response to the data frame is received. Based on the above technical solution, the access point retransmits the data frame directly during the current transmission opportunity period and there is no need to contend for a new transmission opportunity period to perform the error recovery, thereby speeding up the error recovery and reducing the error recovery delay, thereby increasing the error recovery efficiency, saving the network resources, and improving the quality of service. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071875 | INACTIVITY TIMER IN A DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION CONFIGURED SYSTEM - Systems, methods and wireless devices are provided that utilize a timer to ensure a receiver of a wireless device is on to receive downlink transmissions. In the event the timer runs out without further resource allocation, the mobile device turns its radio off. If a further resource allocation occurs while the timer is running, the timer is restarted. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071876 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND PROGRAM - On the mobile communication terminal | 03-13-2014 |
20140071877 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A communication system includes: an access apparatus(es) accessed by communication terminals; a packet forwarding apparatus(es) forwarding packets via the access apparatus(es); a first management apparatus controlling operation modes relating to energy consumption of the access apparatus(es); and a second management apparatus controlling operation modes relating to energy consumption of the packet forwarding apparatus(es) based on a change of the operation modes relating to the energy consumption of the access apparatus(es). | 03-13-2014 |
20140078945 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING CELL BROADCAST MESSAGE - A system, method and apparatus allocating reserved space for discontinuous reception (DRX) schedule period schedule messages (SM) to accommodate scheduling information for messages already received as well as messages expected to be received prior to transmitting the SM to user equipment. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078946 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING UE'S POWER CONSUMPTION BY CONTROLLING EARLY DECODING BOUNDARY - Disclosed are methods and apparatus for reducing UE's power consumption by controlling early decoding boundary. In one aspect, a UE is configured to receive a data or voice frame from a base station. The UE selects one or more quality metrics for determining decoding boundary of the received frame and computes the selected one or more quality metrics. The UE then determines a decoding boundary for the frame based on one or more computed quality metrics. The UE then decodes the received frames at the determined decoding boundary and determines whether the decoding of the frame was successful. If the early decoding of the frame was successful, the UE may terminate reception of the frame. If the early decoding of the frame was unsuccessful, the UE may adjust the decoding boundary and decodes the frame at the adjusted boundary. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078947 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING ENERGY EFFICIENCY OF SENSOR NETWORK SYSTEM - Provided is an apparatus and method for setting an operation of a sensor node based on an amount of energy of the sensor node. A sensor node of a wireless sensor network system may include an energy identifier to identify an amount of energy of the sensor node; and a node setting unit to set the sensor node as one of a router node that relays communication with a neighbor node and a leaf node that does not relay the communication, based on the amount of energy of the sensor node. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078948 | Methods and Devices Relating to Discontinuous Reception - Methods and devices relating to Discontinuous reception (DRX) mode are disclosed. In some embodiments a radio network controller detects that a User Equipment operating in a Discontinuous reception mode has performed an uplink transmission on a Random Access Channel, RACH and sends a signal to a Node B that received the uplink transmission indicating to the Node B that the UE has performed said uplink transmission and is continuously monitoring downlink transmissions, where the signal includes information identifying the UE. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078949 | EARLY ENDING OF FRAME RECEPTION - An additional cyclic redundancy check (CRC) is inserted in IEEE 802.11 beacon or data frames prior to the end of the frame, at a location following information sufficient for the receiving station to determine whether the frame is from an overlapping basic service set or intended for a different station and to extract other necessary or useful information such as a time of the next full beacon. Upon detecting the CRC, the receiving STA can terminate reception of the frame early to conserve power, and then enter a low power operational mode to further conserve power. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078950 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING WAKE ON WLAN - A method of connecting to a network by a terminal in a communication system, the communication system including the terminal, one or more access points, and a network controller controlling the one or more access points is provided. The method includes establishing a connection with a first access point, setting and storing wake-up information, configured to selectively transceive with the first access point, in the first access point and the network controller, performing hand off to a second access point connected to the network controller, and selectively transceiving data with the second access point based on the wake-up information set and stored in the network controller. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078951 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DOWNLINK POWER IN EARLY DECODE TERMINATION MODE - Disclosed are systems and methods for controlling by the User Equipment (UE) downlink power in early decode termination mode. In one aspect, the UE may be configured to perform early decoding of a downlink (DL) transmission from a base station. The UE further configured to estimate a signal-to-interference ratio (SIRE) of the DL transmission. Based on the SIRE, the UE is configured to select a Transmission Power Control (TPC) command sequence for a low power mode of operation of the UE in which a receiver is powered down. The UE is further configured to activate the low power mode and transmit the selected TPC command sequence to the base station to adjust a DL transmission power during the low power mode. | 03-20-2014 |
20140086121 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING A WIRELESS STATION - Methods and apparatus for controlling a wireless station ( | 03-27-2014 |
20140086122 | TECHNIQUES TO CONTROL PAGING FOR FIXED DEVICES - Techniques to control paging for fixed devices are described. An apparatus may comprise a processor circuit, a device identifier component arranged for execution by the processor circuit to determine whether a device is a fixed or mobile device, and a paging component arranged for execution by the processor circuit to generate one or more control directives to modify paging parameters when the device is a fixed device. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086123 | DISABLING A LOW POWER MODE TO IMPROVE THE RECEPTION OF HIGH PRIORITY MESSAGES - Embodiments of a wireless user equipment device are disclosed that may allow for the detection of radio frequency conditions. The device may be configured to determine message priorities and control the activation of a connected mode discontinuous reception in response to the message priorities. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086124 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIRELESSLY TRANSMITTING DATA - Methods and systems for wirelessly transmitting data between Wi-Fi stations without requiring the Wi-Fi stations to be fully connected to the Wi-Fi network. A first Wi-Fi station generates the data to be transmitted. The data comprises status data and/or wake-up data. The first Wi-Fi station then inserts the data in a vendor-specific information element of a probe request frame and wirelessly transmits the probe request frame. The probe request frame is then received by a second Wi-Fi station. If the probe request frame contains wake-up data and the second Wi-Fi station is operating in a low-power mode when it receives the probe request frame, the second Wi-Fi station will wake-up from the low-power mode. If the probe request frame contains status data then the second Wi-Fi station may process the probe request frame and/or forward at least a portion of the received probe request frame to another device. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086125 | ENHANCED RATE PHYSICAL LAYER FOR BLUETOOTH.TM. LOW ENERGY - A method of communicating data in a Bluetooth™ low energy (BLE) module is provided. The method includes modulating an outbound communication signal into a modulated signal with a particular modulation scheme based on a modulation type, and transmitting the modulated signal to a remote device via a wireless communication connection associated with the modulation type. The method also includes receiving an inbound radio frequency (RF) signal, determining if the inbound RF signal is associated with a modulation type, and demodulating the inbound RF signal with a particular modulation scheme based on the modulation type if the inbound RF signal is determined to be associated with a modulation type. In some aspects, the inbound RF signal and outbound modulated signal have symbol rates of 2 Megasymbols per second. In some implementations, the method includes switching between a legacy BLE system and an enhanced rate BLE system. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086126 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING SIGNAL TRANSMISSION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station broadcasts information of an entire discontinuous signal transmission duration and information of a discontinuous signal transmission interval to a plurality of terminals, and stops transmission of a downlink control signal and data for at least some interval of the discontinuous signal transmission interval. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086127 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING A PLURALITY OF CELLS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for using a plurality of cells by an evolved NodeB (eNB) in a communication system are provided. A first eNB, which manages a first cell and is providing a communication service to a User Equipment (UE) located in the first cell, determines to provide the communication service to the UE together with a second cell of a second eNB, which neighbors the UE. A cell addition request message, making a request for aggregation of the first cell and the second cell, is transmitted to the second eNB to provide the communication service. When a cell addition response message, accepting the request for aggregation of the first cell and the second cell, is received from the second eNB, a cell activation request message, making a request for activation of the second cell, is transmitted to the second eNB. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086128 | Power savings within communication systems - A communication device is implemented to perform signal processing based on different dynamic ranges at different times. The device can operate with a first, relatively larger dynamic range during normal operations, and with a second, relatively smaller dynamic range during reduced power or sleep mode operations. The relatively smaller dynamic range may have a relatively higher noise floor than the larger dynamic range. Generally, any desired number of different dynamic ranges may be used at different times and based on different operating conditions. The communication device can include functionality associated with two or more transceivers to support communications based on two or more power modes (e.g., a full power mode, a reduced power mode or a sleep mode, etc.). The communication device may alternatively include two or more separate transceivers to support such communications. An unused transceiver or transceiver functionality may be turned off to provide power savings. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086129 | Power Management for Wireless Networks - Embodiments provide techniques for device power management in wireless networks. For instance, an apparatus may include a power management module, and a transceiver module. The power management module determines a beacon interval and a wakeup interval. The transceiver module to send a transmission to one or more remote devices that includes the beacon interval and the wakeup interval. The beacon interval indicates a time interval between consecutive beacon transmissions of the apparatus, and the wakeup interval indicates a time interval between when the apparatus receives two consecutive beacons from a peer device. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086130 | USER EQUIPMENT AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - When multicarrier transmission is performed, downlink radio quality is appropriately measured. A user equipment UE according to the present invention includes a measurement unit | 03-27-2014 |
20140086131 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PHYSICAL LAYER CONVERGENCE PROCEDURE PROTOCOL DATA UNIT IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM SUPPORTING POWER SAVE MODE OPERATION AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method of transmitting a data frame in a wireless local area network (WLAN) is provided. The method includes transmitting, by an access point (AP), a scheduling information element including information on a time period for data frame transmission to a first station (STA) and a second STA, wherein the scheduling information element includes an offset field indicating a start time point of the time period and transmitting, by the AP, the data frame to the first STA and the second STA by using a multi user-multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) transmission scheme after the start time point indicated by the offset field. | 03-27-2014 |
20140092797 | ENHANCEMENT OF LOW POWER MEDIUM ACCESS STAs - Enhanced low power medium access (LPMA) processes involve the enhanced LPMA STA indicating low power capabilities during association and being allocated an AID. The AID(s) for one or a group of enhanced LPMA STA(s) are included in one TIM sent during a different BEACON interval than the AID(s) for another or another group of enhanced LPMA STA(s). In addition, or alternatively, the AID(s) for enhanced LPMA STA(s) are located at an edge of the AID set within a TIM, a portion of the TIM that may be easily truncated and therefore not sent. The enhanced LPMA STAs and associated access point negotiate unique offset and sleepinterval periods for polling or data uplink by the enhanced LPMA STAs. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092798 | METHODS PERFORMED BY MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - An embodiment of the invention provides a method performed by a mobile communication device in a discontinuous reception (DRX) mode. First, the device dumps contemporarily received data and performs multipath search while a beginning part of a relevant sub-frame in a control channel is being transmitted. Next, the device dumps contemporarily received data and decodes dumped data with an accelerated rake while a middle part of the relevant sub-frame is being transmitted. Then, the device decodes contemporarily received data with a normal rake while an ending part of the relevant sub-frame is being transmitted. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092799 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOW POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods, systems, and devices for low power consumption in wireless communication systems are disclosed herein. An evolved node B (eNodeB) is configured to provide a connection reconfiguration message to user equipment (UE) connected to the eNodeB, the connection reconfiguration message configuring the UE to indicate a power preference. The eNodeB receives assistance information from the UE. The assistance information includes a low power preference indication and a timer length, wherein the timer length indicates a preferred duration for a low power mode. The eNodeB provides, in response to receiving the assistance information, a connection release message to the UE. The connection release message includes paging discontinuous reception (DRX) information that includes the timer length. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092800 | CONNECTION RELEASE METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CLIENT COOPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a connection release method and apparatus for client cooperation in a wireless communication system. A source device and a base station exchange a release request message and a release response message at the stage of a connection release request. The source device releases connection with a cooperative device and then transmits a release report message, which includes the results of the connection release with the cooperative device, to the base station. The base station and the cooperative device are connected through a first system, and the source device and the cooperative device are connected through a second system. | 04-03-2014 |
20140098723 | Wireless Sensor Interface with Mobile Terminal Satellite Modem and Global Location System - A system and method for implementing a low-power local-area wireless network for use with a mobile terminal satellite modem. This low-power local-area wireless network enables sensors on an asset to wirelessly transmit sensor data to a mobile terminal affixed on the asset. The mobile terminal reports the sensor data along with asset position information to a centralized facility via a communications satellite. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098724 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR FREQUENCY SELECTIVE TRANSMISSION - Logic may comprise hardware and/or code to select a narrow band from a wider channel bandwidth. Logic of communications between devices may select, e.g., a 1 or 2 MHz sub-channel from a wider channel bandwidth such as 4, 8, and 16 MHz and transmit packets on the selected 1 or 2 MHz channel. For instance, a first device may comprise an access point and a second device may comprise a station such as a low power sensor or a meter that may, e.g., operate on battery power. Logic of the devices may facilitate a frequency selective transmission scheme. Logic of the access point may transmit sounding packets or control frames across the sub-channels of the wide bandwidth channel, facilitating selection by the stations of a sub-channel and subsequent communications on the sub-channel between the access point and the station. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098725 | CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION OF PROTOCOL DATA UNITS - A method and system are disclosed that allow for the control of transmission characteristics associated with an exchange of protocol data units (PDUs) between a first wireless device and a second wireless device. The first wireless device determines a recovery time period and transmits the recovery time period to the second wireless device. The second wireless device may determine a time when the first wireless device enters the sleep state, wait for the recovery time period after the determined time, and then transmit a number of PDUs to the first wireless device after an expiration of the recovery time period. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098726 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMIT POWER WITH OPTIMUM DELAY - A method and apparatus for controlling uplink transmit power with optimum delay is described. A transmit power control command may be received. A time slot of the transmit power control command may be determined. Based on the time slot, it may be determined to decode the transmit power control command, with a delay. The transmit power control command may be decoded, after the delay, using a transmit power control command decoding graph by determining a strength of the transmit power control command and plotting the strength on the transmit power control command decoding graph. The transmit power control command decoding graph may include regions. Decoding the transmit power control command, after the delay, may be based on a region associated with plotting the strength of the transmit power control command. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098727 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK SIGNALING DURING LOW-POWER OPERATION - Methods and apparatus for signaling during a low power state. Wireless devices that are operating in “sleep” modes may be kicked off wireless local area network (WLAN) networks due to inactivity. Consequently, in one regard, a client device is disclosed that programs its firmware to periodically transmit “keep-alive” messages. In one exemplary variant, the keep-alive message is a unicast address resolution protocol (ARP) message that is addressed to the network gateway. This keep-alive ARP prevents the device from being kicked off the network, which reduces wake up times, yet still permits low power operation, thereby conserving device power and enhancing user experience. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098728 | Standby Mode for Use in a Device Having a Multiple Channel Physical Layer - The present invention provides a way of placing a physical layer device into a standby mode. After a link is established between multiple devices, a determination is made whether the device has data to transmit or whether a standby request was received from a link partner. If a standby request was received or the device has no data to transmit, standby mode is entered. In standby mode, unneeded circuitry is powered down. A transmitter in a channel and a receive path in a separate channel remain powered. While operating in standby mode, the PHY layer continuously transmits a standby code on the one or more channels that are not powered down. Standby mode is discontinued when a transceiver has data to transmit or when energy is detected on the powered down channels. Standby mode is also discontinued when no standby code is received, indicating a disconnect between devices. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098729 | BUFFERED INDICATION OF INDIVIDUALLY ADDRESSED TRAFFIC WITH REDUCED POWER CONSUMPTION - Embodiments provide a technique for enabling a wireless device to operate in a power saving mode without completely cutting off the wireless device from receiving outside communications. The technique includes, at an access point (AP), generating traffic indication map (TIM) information that indicates whether downlink data directed to the wireless device is buffered at the AP. The AP precedes a beacon frame with at least one “lightweight” traffic indication map (TIM) frame that includes the TIM information, which is a subset of the information that is included in the beacon frame. The AP can be configured to transmit the TIM broadcast frame, the beacon frame, and any other frames that include the TIM information during a single transmit opportunity to reduce the number of instances where the wireless device is required to transition from an idle state to a listen state. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098730 | SYNCHRONIZATION FOR EXTENDING BATTERY LIFE - The present invention discloses a method and system for efficiently supporting data calls to WTRUs in systems that also support telephony. Various types of data is transmitted on a known schedule which is tightly synchronized to a predetermined time frame. The WTRUs synchronize their wake-up periods to search for data at times when data may or will actually be transmitted to them. | 04-10-2014 |
20140105082 | Power Management for Data Transfers in Network Devices - Disclosed is a method of wireless communication for use by a device and the associated device. The method includes receiving a data transfer schedule and determining that the data transfer schedule includes an isochronous traffic stream for the device. After the determining, the method includes extracting an allocation period of the isochronous traffic stream from the data transfer schedule, determining a wakeup schedule for the device having a sleep interval based on the allocation period, and entering a power save mode using the wakeup schedule. The method may further include determining that the data transfer schedule does not include an isochronous traffic stream for the device. After this determining, the method may include requesting a wakeup schedule of a source device, and determining the wakeup schedule for the device having the sleep interval based on the wakeup schedule for the source device entering a power save mode using the wakeup schedule for the device. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105083 | COOPERATIVE DATA MULES - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus provides or enables dynamic cooperative wireless data delivery service based on dynamic proximate locations of mobile nodes in wireless networks. A source wireless terminal may offload data for delayed transmission by a neighboring wireless terminal. The source may attempt delayed data transmission via any cooperating neighboring node (mule), whether mobile or stationary. A utility function may be used to compare costs of communicating via direct links or through opportunistically available links provided by mules. The mule may advertise availability of indirect data delivery service including probable latency time associated with the indirect delivery service. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105084 | APPLICATION-AWARE RADIO POWER SAVING - In order to facilitate reduced power consumption of an electronic device (such as a smartphone) when communicating with another electronic device (such as an access point) in a wireless network, the electronic device may change a wake policy based on the applications executing on the electronic device. In particular, the electronic device may monitor a subset of the applications currently executed by a processor in the electronic device, where the subset can include zero or more of the applications. Based on the subset, the wake policy of an interface circuit in the electronic device may be changed. This wake policy may specify a frequency of wake ups to receive information from the other electronic device and/or monitoring of unicast or multicast bits in a Traffic Indication Map element. In this way, the time that the electronic device is in the active mode can be reduced, thereby reducing power consumption. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105085 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION ON ACCESS TERMINALS - Access terminals are adapted to facilitate discontinuous transmission (DTX). According to one example, an access terminal can employ a short timescale DTX mode and a long timescale DTX mode independent of one another. The access terminal can determine whether a first set of predetermined factors are present. When the first set of factors are determined to be present, the access terminal may enable a short timescale DTX mode, independent of whether a long timescale DTX mode is enabled or not. A determination may also be made whether a second set of predetermined factors are present. When the second set of predetermined factors are determined to be present, the access terminal may enable a long timescale DTX mode, independent of whether the short timescale DTX mode is enabled or not. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105086 | MOTION-BASED ADAPTIVE SCANNING - In order to facilitate reduced power consumption of an electronic device (such as a smartphone) when communicating with another electronic device (such as an access point) in a wireless network, the electronic device may change a frequency of network scans performed by an interface circuit in the electronic device based on a motion profile of the electronic device. In particular, the electronic device may determine the motion profile based on spatial information, such as: acceleration data, orientation data, Global Positioning System data and/or data from the wireless network. Then, the electronic device may change the frequency of the network scans performed by the interface circuit based on the motion profile. In this way, the frequency of the network scans can be reduced when the electronic device is stationary or moving rapidly (such as when a user of the electronic device is driving in a car). | 04-17-2014 |
20140105087 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR APPLICATION AGNOSTIC DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) TRIGGERING - Embodiments of user equipment (UE) and methods for application-agnostic discontinuous reception (DRX) triggering are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a UE is configured to monitor buffer status history and traffic activity history, and trigger DRX mode activation based on the buffer status and the traffic activity history. In some embodiments, the UE may determine a probability, based on the buffer status history and the traffic activity history, that a level of traffic activity that cannot be handled during DRX mode would occur. In these embodiments, the UE may trigger DRX mode activation when the probability is below a threshold. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105088 | System and Method for Transmitting and Receiving Acknowledgement Information - A system and method for transmitting and receiving acknowledgement information are provided. A method for communications device operations includes determining a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) response for each component carrier (CC) in a set of CCs configured by higher layer signaling, thereby producing a set of HARQ responses; generating an information vector from the set of HARQ responses, encoding the information vector; and transmitting the encoded information vector. The information vector comprises one or more bits respectively corresponding to a CC in the set of CCs. A bit is assigned a fixed value if HARQ response of a corresponding CC is set to DTX in response to no transmission detected over the CC. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105089 | POWER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VEHICLE LOCATING UNIT - Improved power management for a vehicle locating unit is achieved by receiving a transmission from a communication source, each transmission including at least one message frame having a data field and at least one auxiliary field; entering a wake mode upon indexing the assigned message frame of the receiver in the transmission; matching the pattern of bits of at least one auxiliary field of the indexed frame with one or more stored patterns of bits expected for that auxiliary field; and returning to the sleep mode as soon as a mismatch is determined or processing the message if no mismatch occurs. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105090 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING WITH AN ACCESS POINT VIA A COMPONENT SHARED BY MULTIPLE CLIENT MODULES - A network interface including a radio frequency system with a component configured for communication with an access point. First, second and third client modules communicate with the access point according to respective wireless communication standards. The first, second and third client modules share the component, such that during respective periods the first, second and third client modules communicate with the access point via the component. The first client module transmits a request signal to the second client module while the second client module is in an idle state and the third client module is in an active state. The request signal requests access to the component. The third client module, in response to the request signal, aborts transmitting of first data to the access point and transmits an acknowledgement signal. The first client module transmits to or receives from the access point second data based on the acknowledgement signal. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105091 | METHOD FOR POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method of power saving in a wireless local area network is provided. The method is performed by a wireless device that acquires TXOP (transmission opportunity) from an access point (AP), and the TXOP indicates an interval of time when the AP has the right to transmit at least one data block for multi user-multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) transmission. The method includes receiving a power saving indicator from the AP, the power saving indicator indicating whether the AP is allowed to enter doze state during the TXOP; and entering the wireless device into the doze state until the end of the TXOP if the power saving indicator indicates an allowance of entering the doze state. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105092 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION ON MULTI-TRANSMITTER DEVICES - In an example embodiment, there is disclosed an apparatus comprising a first transmitter, a second transmitter, and logic coupled to the first transmitter and the second transmitter. The logic is operable to limit a time period the second transmitter is able to transmit while the first transmitter is transmitting. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105093 | Data Sending Method, Device and System - The present invention discloses a data sending method, device and system. After establishing a connection between a wireless terminal and a wireless network side, it is detected whether the wireless terminal has data to be sent to the wireless network side. The data to be sent includes signaling data or user data. If a result of the detecting is that the wireless terminal does not have data to be sent, a power amplifier of the wireless terminal is confirmed to be in a non-working state. If a result of the detecting is that the wireless terminal has data to be sent, a power amplifier of the wireless terminal is confirmed to be in a working state. | 04-17-2014 |
20140112221 | Discontinuous Reception Cycle Scaling in a Wireless Device - Connected-mode discontinuous reception (C-DRX) cycle scaling by a wireless user equipment (UE) device. The UE may establish a connection with a network via a wireless link, which may operate according to LTE. The UE may communicate with the network via the wireless link using C-DRX over a plurality of C-DRX cycles. Each C-DRX cycle may include a period of time during which the UE operates in a reduced-power state and a scheduled on-duration period of time. An indication may be received to remain in the reduced-power state during the scheduled on-duration period of time of at least one C-DRX cycle. The UE may remain in the reduced-power state during the scheduled on-duration period of time of at least one C-DRX cycle in response to the indication. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112222 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR GROUP-BASED REACTIVE SERVICE DISCOVERY - Apparatus and methods for, among other things, a group-based reactive service discovery protocol are discussed. In an example, a method can include broadcasting a first group beacon at a group interval using a first station belonging to a first group of stations and broadcasting a service request to the second group during a query interval of the second group. In an example, the first group beacon can include a service update alert configured to alert other members of the first group of an anticipated service request and response event to learn services available from a second group. In an example, the service update alert can include a beginning time for the anticipated service request and response event. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112223 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION BASED ON DATA ACTIVITY SENSITIVE TIMERS - Where a source of data has a time at which it is to transmit data, if it has data to transmit, for example as determined by a timer, this time is advanced when there is an active data connection. In this manner, rather than the data connection being torn down, and then immediately set up again, the data can be transmitted before the connection is torn down. In some embodiments, a history is maintained in terms of how long data connections are maintained. Then, once data transmission on an active connection ceases, the times are advanced, or not, depending on a likelihood that the connection will stay up for some further period of time. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112224 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOW POWER OPERATIONS ON WIRELESS NETWORKS - IEEE 802.11 power saving mode (PSM) defines two different power modes under which stations operate: active mode and power save (PS) mode. This disclosure introduces devices, methods, and systems to implement an additional power save with ultra low power (PS-ULP) mode that further reduces power consumption. In one aspect, a method of communicating a power management mode of a station on a wireless network is disclosed. The method includes transmitting by a station a first message on the wireless network, the first message indicating one of at least three power management modes, wherein the indication is communicated in a power management portion of a frame control field of a media access control header. The power management portion comprises more than one bit; and operating the station in a power management state in accordance with the indicated power management mode. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112225 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOW POWER WAKE UP SIGNAL AND OPERATIONS FOR WLAN - Systems, methods, and devices for wireless communications are disclosed. In one aspect, an apparatus for wireless communications includes a transceiver configured to wirelessly transmit and receive packets. The apparatus further includes a wake up circuit configured to wirelessly receive packets. The apparatus is further configured to detect reception of a wake up signal via the receiver and execute a command based on the wake up signal. In another aspect, an apparatus is disclosed, which generates and transmits wake up signals. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112226 | NEAR PASSIVE RECEIVERS WITH REGULAR PS MODE AND NO ULP (AP IS NOT AWARE OF THE RECEIVER/CIRCUIT MODE) - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating data in a wireless communications network are described herein. In some aspects, a wireless device includes a first receiver and a second receiver. The second receiver may be configured to consume less power than the first receiver. The second receiver receives a second signal wherein the second signal comprises a wake-up signal configured in NDP format including a signal field. The wireless device includes a circuit configured to take at least one action based on the second signal. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112227 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A wireless communication terminal, in which a packet for requesting pairing in a data link layer is defined as a pairing request packet, including a wireless communication unit that performs wireless communication with another terminal, a storage device that stores information, a storage control unit that stores first identification data included in a first pairing request packet in the storage device when the wireless communication unit receives the first pairing request packet including the first identification data, a determination section that determines whether the first identification data stored in the storage device and second identification data included in a second pairing request packet satisfy a condition decided in advance when the wireless communication unit receives the second pairing request packet including the second identification data after the first pairing request packet is received. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112228 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF BASE STATION IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for reducing power consumption of a macro Base Station (BS) in a radio communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting a preamble through at least one mini BS installed within a service coverage area of the macro BS, and transmitting a power-off command to the at least one mini BS after being switched into a power-on state, upon reception of access request information through the at least one mini BS from a terminal that received the preamble. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112229 | METHOD AND APPARATUS USING AN ULTRA LOW POWER SIGNAL WITH SCHEDULED POWER SAVE MODES - Methods and stations for wireless communication are described herein. In some aspects, the station may include a processing circuit configured to process a first signal transmitted to the station, the first signal indicating a target wake up time when an activation signal is expected to be received. The station may further include a wake-up circuit configured to transition a first receiver to an awake state based on the indicated target wake up time. The first receiver is configured to receive the activation signal at the indicated target wake up time. The station may further include a second receiver configured to transition to an awake state based on the first receiver receiving the activation signal and receive a second signal while in the awake state. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112230 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus may be used in wireless communications. The apparatus may be an access point (AP), and may transmit a power save frame. The power save frame may include one or more Uplink (UL) Transmission Times (ULT)s. The apparatus may determine that a station (STA) did not transmit during its respective ULT. The AP may transmit another power save frame. The other power save frame may include a modified ULT. The modified ULT may be for a STA that did not transmit during its respective ULT. The other power save frame may include an unmodified ULT. The unmodified ULT may be for a STA that did not transmit. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112231 | Method for Controlling Wireless Network Connection and Hotspot Device - A method, where the method includes: establishing, by a hotspot device, an auxiliary wireless connection to an access device; measuring, by the hotspot device, a signal strength of the auxiliary wireless connection; and when the signal strength is greater than a preset strength threshold, enabling, by the hotspot device, the wireless network connection. The hotspot device includes: an auxiliary wireless connection establishing unit configured to establish an auxiliary wireless connection to an access device; a signal strength obtaining unit configured to measure a signal strength of the auxiliary wireless connection; and a wireless network connection enabling unit configured to enable, when the signal strength is greater than a preset strength threshold, a wireless network connection. The auxiliary wireless connection is a connection that is established by adopting a wireless connection technology with power consumption being lower than that of the wireless network connection. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112232 | APPLICATION LAYER PROTOCOL SUPPORT FOR SLEEPING NODES IN CONSTRAINED NETWORKS - Methods and systems providing application layer support for one or more sleeping nodes in constrained networks are contemplated. Embodiments contemplate inserting sleep information in a header option or payload of an application layer message. The application layer message may be conveyed in a hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) or a constrained application protocol (CoAP). Embodiments contemplate communicating the application layer message to a server, which may serve as a caching and/or buffering proxy. | 04-24-2014 |
20140119252 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR POWER SAVINGS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - This disclosure describes systems and methods for implementing power save modes of operation while maintaining a WLAN communications link. The techniques of the invention involve coordinating power save mode periods between the participating devices by through the use of a Peer Power Save Information Element (PPS IE) included in the beacon frame transmitted by one of the devices. The PPS IE may include an Enabled/disabled bit, a PPS Count value and a PPS Duration. The PPS Count may be decremented from an initial value after each beacon transmission until the count reaches zero, at which point the device may be configured to enter power save mode for the period indicated by the PPS Duration. During power save mode, the device may track the duration and awaken after the corresponding period of time to begin transmitting and receiving beacons again. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119253 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BATTERY ENERGY SAVINGS FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method at a user equipment having a scheduling carrier and at least one scheduled carrier, the method receiving, at a first subframe from the scheduling carrier, a downlink control indication containing a downlink assignment for the user equipment on the scheduled carrier; and turning on a receiver of the user equipment for the scheduled carrier at a future downlink subframe based on the downlink assignment. Further, a method, at a scheduling cell having a scheduling carrier, for scheduling downlink data reception on a scheduled carrier, the method setting a time skew for the scheduled carrier such that a data transmission start time for a subframe at the scheduled carrier is greater than a blind latency decode time on the scheduling carrier. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119254 | CELL SIZE OPTIMIZATION FOR ENERGY SAVINGS IN CELLULAR NETWORKS WITH HYBRID ENERGY SUPPLIES - Technologies are generally described for reducing the from-power-grid energy consumption of a wireless network such as a cellular network over a period of time through cell size adaptations. According to some examples, cell sizes for the base stations may be optimized by decomposing the cell size optimization into two approaches: a multi-stage energy allocation approach and an energy consumption minimization approach. By implementing an energy allocation policy based on available energy type (e.g., from-power grid or renewable) and an approximation technique for the energy consumption minimization, cell size optimization for each base station may be achieved resulting in network-wide enhancement of renewable energy usage vs. from-power-grid energy usage. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119255 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR QUALITY OF EXPERIENCE BASED DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN LTE-A NETWORKS - Embodiments of user equipment (UE) and methods for quality-of-experience (QoE) based discontinuous reception (DRX) in 3GPP LTE-A networks are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a UE is configured to select one of a plurality of DRX parameter sets based on current application requirements and send an indication to an enhanced Node B (eNB) to indicate the selected DRX parameter set. The UE may enter DRX mode in accordance with the selected DRX parameter set. Each DRX parameter set may include an on-duration time, a DRX cycle length, and a DRX inactivity timer. In some embodiments, each DRX parameter set may be associated with a DRX parameter set index, and the UE may indicate one of the DRX parameter set indices to the eNB to select an initial DRX parameter set or to request switching to a different DRX parameter set in response to changing application requirements. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119256 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION MODE IN A WIRELESS TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method for controlling a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) mode in which a Communication Processor (CP) performs a predetermined operation by switching between a sleep state and an active state in a wireless terminal having an Application Processor (AP) and the CP are provided. The method includes recording a control program configured for the active state in an internal memory of the CP, waking up from the sleep state to the active state at every predetermined interval, and performing an operation required in the active state by executing the control program recorded in the internal memory via the CP, wherein the control program is a complete control module or a part of the complete control module. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119257 | MAC PROTOCOL IN WIRELESS BODY AREA NETWORK CAPABLE OF PROCESSING EMERGENCY DATA AND WIRELESS NETWORK COMMUNICATION METHOD USING SAME - The present invention relates to a MAC protocol in a wireless body area network capable of processing emergency data and a wireless network communication method using the same. More specifically, the present invention replaces a Contention Free Period (CFP) of a WBAN MAC protocol with a Mixed Period (MP) for processing the emergency data, and sets an inactive period as an Extended Period (EP) for additional allocation due to the emergency data processing and re-allocation of a pre-guarantee Guaranteed Time Slot (GTS). As described above, the present invention can efficiently process the emergency data and enables emergency data processing which can guarantee low delay and high reliability of the emergency data | 05-01-2014 |
20140119258 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION - A communication device, system and method cooperate to transmit a signal from a base station, where the signal includes a current frame and a target frame. A counting unit counts a frame period and a reception control unit causes the receiving unit to transition to a sleep state. A reception control unit causes the receiving unit to return from the sleep state before a counting result of the counting unit reaches the target frame. The reception control unit also causes the receiving unit to return to the sleep state over a time period based on a difference between a current frame and the target frame. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119259 | Adaptive Filtering Architecture - The invention provides a node for use in a wireless communication system comprising at least two Tx-chains and at least two Rx-chains. A first means for a switch and filter network function MSN is arranged across all Tx-chains. The first MSN is arranged to output one antenna sector signal comprising: a radio sector signal, or a split radio sector signal, the splitting of a radio sector signal allowing one radio sector signal to feed sector antennas in more than one sector, each sector having at least one sector antenna. The first or a second MSN can also be arranged across Rx-chains. The invention also provides a method to reduce power consumption in a node and a wireless communication system comprising the node. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119260 | Methods, Apparatus and Computer Programs for Base Station Initiated Energy Savings Within an Associated User Equipment - The invention relates to a method | 05-01-2014 |
20140126438 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for energy saving in heterogeneous wireless communication networks are provided. The small cell (e.g., pico cell, relay cell, femto cell) may adjust its transmit power based on the requirement of user equipments (UEs) in the cell's coverage. The small cell may detect a UE entering its coverage with or without assistance from the macro cell. An appropriate small cell may be selected to serve the UE based on its traffic load when the UE is located in the coverage of multiple small cells. The small cell may also transmit auxiliary synchronization signals to reduce the association time for the UE. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126439 | POWER SAVING IN SOFT ACCESS POINT DEVICES - A method and apparatus to save power in a soft access point for a network. If no network traffic is detected for an integral number of TBTT (Target Beacon Transmission Time) intervals immediately prior to a current TBTT interval, and if no network traffic is detected for a first time slot in the current TBTT interval, then the soft access point sends a CTS (Clear-to-Send) packet addressed to itself to quiet the network for a second time slot and enters a low power mode for the second time slot. At the beginning of a third time slot, the soft access point puts itself into an active mode and monitors network traffic. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126440 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING TRANSMIT POWER ON A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present disclosure sets forth multiple embodiments of the invention. Among those embodiments is a method for determining a maximum power reduction of an uplink signal. The uplink signal is transmitted on a carrier that has a range of frequencies. Frequencies outside of the carrier frequency range include adjacent channel regions. Resource blocks of the carrier that have been allocated for use by to transmit the uplink signal are identified. A power spectral density is determined based on the identified resource blocks. A metric that is based on a third order convolution of the power spectral density function is determined. A maximum power reduction for the adjacent channel regions is also determined based on the metric. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126441 | COLLABORATIVE POWER CONSCIOUS UTILIZATION OF EQUIPMENT IN A NETWORK - A communications device and network may collaborate to conserve battery life. The communications device may provide battery life status when attaching to a network. And the network may adjust treatment of the communications device depending upon the status. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126442 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOW POWER WAKE-UP SIGNAL IMPLEMENTATION AND OPERATIONS FOR WLAN - Systems, methods, and devices for wireless communication are disclosed. In one implementation an apparatus for wireless communications is provided. The apparatus includes a receiver configured to receive a wake-up message that is a portion of a wake-up sequence. In certain implementations, the apparatus further includes a processing system operably coupled to the receiver and configured to wake the receiver for a period of time. The period of time can exceed at least a transmission period of the wake-up sequence plus a transmission period of the wake-up message. The apparatus can further include a transmitter configured to transmit a message acknowledging receipt of the wake-up message. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126443 | VOICE STATE ASSISTED FRAME EARLY TERMINATION - The present disclosure presents a method and apparatus for reducing power consumption during a voice communication in a user equipment (UE). For example, the method may include receiving a plurality of frames associated with the voice communication. Further, such an example method may include determining whether a frame pattern based at least on the received plurality of frames corresponds to a transition from a speech burst period to a non-speech period, and disabling a portion of a receiver subsystem at the UE for at least a portion of a frame associated with the non-speech period. As such, the power consumption in a UE may be reduced. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126444 | Energy efficient network communication device and method - The present invention discloses an energy efficient network communication device comprising: a media-access-controller for outputting a transmission-end low power idle (LPI) indication and receiving a reception-end LPI indication; a media-independent-interface for generating a transmission-end LPI signal according to the transmission-end LPI indication, and generating the reception-end LPI indication according to a reception-end LPI signal; and a physical-layer-circuit, coupled to several pairs of transmission lines, for converting the transmission-end LPI signal into a transmission signal to send it to a reception end for requesting an LPI mode and receiving a reception signal from the reception end to convert it into the reception-end LPI signal. Said physical-layer-circuit uses some of the several pairs of transmission lines for transmission and reception when keeping the other pairs of transmission lines unused to save power; furthermore, the physical-layer-circuit can enter the LPI mode from an idle mode for additional power saving. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126445 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DCCH-ALIGNED RECEIVE DIVERSITY - One or more aspects of the present disclosure aim to enable a reduced call drop rate and/or improved call performance in calls using 3GPP Release 99 Dedicated Physical Channel (DPCH) signaling, while reducing, or at least not causing a substantially large rise in power consumption at a wireless device, by utilizing selection diversity at a receiver. According to an aspect of the disclosure, a UE invokes a measurement period for detecting a downlink dedicated control channel (DCCH) based on a condition of a radio channel, during an initial portion of a transmission time interval (TTI). The UE samples one or more characteristics of a radio channel utilizing one or more of a plurality of receive chains. If the DCCH is detected during the measurement period, the UE selects one or more receive chains from among the plurality of receive chains in accordance with the one or more sampled characteristics. The UE receives a downlink transmission utilizing the selected one or more receive chains. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126446 | DYNAMIC CONFIGURATION OF INACTIVITY TIMEOUTS FOR DATA RADIO BEARERS - Method and apparatus for dynamic configuration of an inactivity timeout period for a data radio bearer used to transport data for a data service between a wireless communication device and a wireless network is provided. The method includes formatting a message including information related to the data service. The method further includes sending the message from the wireless communication device to the wireless network that is attendant to establishment of the data radio bearer for the data service. The method additionally includes receiving, at the wireless communication device, an assignment of the data service to the data radio bearer. The data radio bearer can have a customized inactivity timeout period defined by the wireless network based at least in part on the information in the message provided by the wireless communication device. The method also includes sending data for the data service over the data radio bearer. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126447 | Voice Group Call Service Over Multimedia Broadcast Multimedia Services Bearers - The invention relates to an apparatus including: at least one processor and at least one memory including a computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to: convey group-service-specifically group-service data targeted to at least one group of devices by using at least one broadcast-service bearer, and indicate the at least one broadcast-service bearer being active for group-service data conveyance even when the group-service data is not conveyed. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126448 | ENERGY AWARENESS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION USER EQUIPMENT AND NETWORKS, INCLUDING OPTIMIZATIONS BASED ON STATE COMPRESSION - A mobile communication system includes a core network having one or more elements that handle bearer processing and/or that store user equipment context information for at least one user equipment or device. Elements of the core network are configured to suspend some or all bearer processing and/or to compress portions of or the whole user equipment context information for the at least one user equipment or device. Elements of the core network may also be configured to transfer portions or all of the user equipment context information to other elements of the core network and/or to remove portions or all of the user equipment context information. Suspending some or all bearer processing and/or compressing portions of or the whole user equipment context information may be done for a user equipment or device in an energy saving state. Related methods and a user equipment device are also described. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126449 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for transmitting control information in a small base station of a wireless communication system are provided. In the method, when the small base station operates in a Low Duty operation Mode (LDM) in a superframe, a control signal including LDM operation information is generated. Only a subframe via which a preamble, a control signal including the LDM operation information, and a SuperFrame Header (SFH) are transmitted is transmitted during the superframe. When the small base station operates in a normal operation mode in a superframe, at least one of the control information and data is transmitted via at least one subframe of the superframe. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126450 | PREAMBLE AND HEADER BIT ALLOCATION FOR POWER SAVINGS WITHIN MULTIPLE USER, MULTIPLE ACCESS, AND/OR MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Preamble and header bit allocation for power savings within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Within a multi-user packet, information (e.g., partial address information) related to a recipient group of wireless communication devices (e.g., as few as one wireless communication device or any subset of a number of wireless communication devices, sometimes including all of the wireless communication devices) is emplaced within a PHY (e.g., physical layer) header of such a multi-user packet to be communicated within a multi-user (MU) environment. Such recipient indicating information can be encoded with relatively higher robustness (e.g., lower coding rates, lower ordered modulation, cyclic redundancy check (CRC), etc.) that remaining portions of the multi-user packet. Various portions of the remainder of the multi-user packet may respectively correspond to different wireless communication devices (e.g., a first field for a first wireless communication device, a second field for a second wireless communication device, etc.). | 05-08-2014 |
20140126451 | System and Method for Reducing Power Used for Radio Transmission and Reception - A system and method allows devices to send and receive packets while using power to do so in a manner that responds to events, such as receipt or other identification of different parameters that control how packets are sent and received. | 05-08-2014 |
20140133374 | OWNER SELECTABLE AND CONTEXT ADJUSTABLE DRX TIMING - A method is provided for user customization and context-based adjustment of a discontinuous reception (DRx) schedule for a telematics-equipped vehicle. The method includes receiving, by a telematics unit of the vehicle, user input of DRx schedule information; determining, by the telematics unit, that ignition of the vehicle has been switched off; determining, by the telematics unit, an applicable DRx schedule from a plurality of DRx schedules, wherein the plurality of DRx schedules are based on the user input DRx schedule information; and executing, by the telematics unit, the applicable DRx schedule. The method further includes adjustment of the applicable DRx schedule based on a contextual parameter. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133375 | OPTIMIZED RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN MULTI-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY DEVICES - Methods and systems are described herein for adaptively adjusting the power level of a wireless transceiver and a cellular transceiver in a telecommunications device to correspond to the usage and data throughput of the device. The device can also dynamically enter different modes of operation based at least in part on network activity data usage on a wireless data network provided by the telecommunications device. By controlling the power levels, the power usage of the device can be reduced in order to increase efficiency of battery usage. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133376 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR ASSOCIATION IDENTIFIER ADDRESSING AND IMPLICIT TARGET WAKE TIME ASSIGNMENT - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments of the invention are disclosed for association identifier addressing and target wake time assignment employable, for example, in connection with wireless networks. In an example embodiment of the invention, a method comprises: receiving, at a device, a first message from an access node, wherein said first message comprises a first association identifier and a first addressing mode indication; determining, at the device, a first target wake time correlating to the first association identifier and the first addressing mode indication; receiving, at the device, a second message from the access node, wherein said second message comprises a second association identifier and a second addressing mode indication; and determining, at the device, a second target wake time correlating to the second association identifier and the second addressing mode indication. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133377 | Apparatus and Method for Power Saving - The present invention takes advantage of a phase correlation process at a receiver, for example the plurality of different clock phases that are provided for ascertaining the most favourable phase for burst reception in a digital signalling link, and uses this phase correlation information for a different purpose. For example, the plurality of different clock phases are used to provide an indication of the quality of the received signal. The quality of the received signal can then be used to adapt one or more parameters in the digital plurality of different clock phases signalling link, to save power when desired. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133378 | POWER MANAGEMENT FOR WIRELESS DIRECT LINK - Disclosed herein are exemplary techniques for managing power in a direct wireless link between two wireless devices. The present disclosure provides at least three direct link power management techniques: Fast Resumption Mode (FRM) wherein the direct link is resumed automatically at a specified timing synchronization function (TSF); Slow Resumption Mode (SRM) wherein the direct link may be resumed by sending a Resume-Request via the access point; and Reverse Polling (RP), wherein one peer station of the direct link is continually awake and the other peer station uses reverse polling to start a service period. Thus, a method for power management of a direct wireless link between two wireless devices is disclosed. The method comprising the steps of establishing a direct wireless link between the first wireless device and the second wireless device; transmitting, from a first wireless device, a frame having a time value; receiving, at the second wireless device, the frame from the first wireless device; suspending the direct wireless link a duration determined based on the time value; and resuming the direct wireless link at a time determined based on the time value. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133379 | WIRELESS MESH POINT PORTABLE DATA TERMINAL - A portable data terminal (PDT) adapted to participate in a wireless mesh network including a plurality of peer PDTs can comprise: a PDT module including an encoded information reading (EIR) device, and a mesh point (MP) module communicatively coupled to the PDT module. The MP module can include a microcontroller and at least one wireless communication interface and can be configured to perform IEEE 802.11-conformant wireless station services including authentication, de-authentication, privacy, and MAC service data unit delivery, and IEEE 802.11-conformant wireless distribution system services including association, disassociation, distribution, integration, and re-association. The MP module can be further configured, responsive to receiving a MAC frame addressed to a recipient inside the wireless mesh network, to deliver the MAC frame using the distribution service. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133380 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT ADDRESSING AND POWER SAVINGS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus may be used for assigning groups of stations in wireless communications to one or more groups. Groups may be assigned by an access point (AP) based on information received from a station (STA). Group information may be signaled to each station and a group identifier may be indicated in a frame. The group information may be applied to a performance enhancement, for example power savings for the station, wherein the station enters a power saving mode on a condition that the station determines that it is not a member of the group. | 05-15-2014 |
20140140252 | POWER REDUCTION METHOD FOR MULTI-PATH RECEIVER INCLUDING MULTI-RECEIVERS AND THE MULTI-PATH RECEIVER - A power reduction method for a multi-path receiver including multi-receivers, includes detecting a state of the multi-receivers, and controlling clock gating or power gating of the multi-receivers based on the state. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140253 | TECHNIQUE FOR MANAGING STREAMING MEDIA TRAFFIC AT A NETWORK ENTITY - A method for managing streaming media traffic at a network entity capable of assuming a first and a second radio channel state, a transition from the first to second radio channel state requiring a first predetermined time period t | 05-22-2014 |
20140140254 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTING SENSOR DATA - Various methods for distributing a single stream of sensor data to one or more services are provided. One example method may include maintaining an association between sensor data and one or more services requesting the sensor data. The method of this example embodiment may further comprise receiving the sensor data. The example method may further comprise generating one or more copies of the sensor data. The example method may also comprise providing for distribution of the copies of the sensor data to the services requesting the sensor data, such that a copy of the sensor data is provided for distribution to each of the services requesting the sensor data. Similar and related example methods, example apparatuses, and example computer program products are also provided. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140255 | TECHNIQUE FOR MAINTAINING A RADIO TIME BASE - A technique for maintaining a radio time base used to schedule communication in a radio network ( | 05-22-2014 |
20140140256 | METHOD FOR OPERATING PORTABLE TERMINAL TO REDUCE POWER DURING SUPPORT OF COMMUNICATION SERVICE AND PORTABLE TERMINAL SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method for operating a portable terminal so as to reduce power consumption during the support of a communication service and a portable terminal supporting the same is provided. The method includes activating a Radio Frequency (RF) communication unit, downloading a part of data of predetermined contents through the RF communication unit, buffering the downloaded part of the data in a buffer so as to output the buffered downloaded part of the data, and executing an idle time for terminating or reducing a power supply of the RF communication unit when the downloading of the part of the data of the predetermined contents is completed. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140257 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR SAVING POWER IN A WIRELESS USER TERMINAL - A method for use in a cellular system with a controlling node and user terminals, UEs. In the system, UEs can assume one of at least two states, a non-listening state, i.e. a state during which a UE does not listen for data from its controlling node, and a listening state, an “on duration” state. According to the method a UE in the system is able to alternate between said two states according to a certain scheme, the scheme according to which a UE in the system alternates between said two states being dependent on whether or not data units which are transmitted between the UE and its controlling node are received entirely and correctly within an initially allocated resource for each data unit. | 05-22-2014 |
20140146722 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS TO DECODE COMMUNICATIONS - Embodiments may comprise logic such as hardware and/or code to reduce power consumption by, e.g., a device such as a station or relay by implementing prediction logic to decode and determine whether a communication affects the operation of the device. Some embodiments may comprise logic to receive at least a portion of a header of a frame from a physical layer and begin to decode the portion of the header of the frame without first checking the correctness of the value in the frame check sequence field. In many embodiments, prediction logic may determine whether the frame could have an impact on the operation of the device. For circumstances in which the prediction logic determines that the frame will not have an impact, the MAC logic may terminate processing, receipt, and decoding of the frame and enter the device into a low power consumption state. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146723 | COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS IN AN AP MODE - A communications apparatus having an RF signal processing device, a baseband signal processing device and an access control module is provided. The RF signal processing device transmits and receives an RF signal and processes the RF signal in accordance with a predetermined protocol to generate a first signal. The baseband signal processing device is coupled to the RF signal processing device and processes the first signal. The access control module controls operations of the communications apparatus in at least a station mode and an AP mode. The access control module issues a first indication signal and a second indication signal under the AP mode so that the RF signal processing device and the baseband signal processing device are switched between a first power level and a second power level in the AP mode. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146724 | NODE IN A WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK AND METHOD FOR ACTIVATING THE NODE - A method for activating a node in a Wireless Sensor Network includes detecting and amplifying pulse signals from a base station; determining whether pulses in the amplified pulse signal are valid; and counting valid pulses in three time periods. A target identifier is calculated using a predetermined formula and numbers of the valid pulses counted. Whether the target identifier matches an identifier of the communication system is determined. The communication system when the target identifier matches the identifier of the communication system is activated. The node is also provided. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146725 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SAVING POWER USING RESTRICTED ACCESS WINDOWS - Systems and methods for wireless communication are disclosed. In one aspect an access point includes a processor configured to generate a message identifying a time period in which the access point will enter a power save mode and ignore a packet sent from any wireless station, and a transmitter connected to the processor and configured to transmit the message to one or more wireless stations associated with the access point. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146726 | APPARATUS AND METHODS OF HSPA TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL - Methods and apparatus of controlling user equipment transmit power in a wireless communication system include communicating with a first base station and a second base station. Further, the methods and apparatus include establishing a high speed channel with one of the first base station or the second base station, wherein the one of the first base station or the second base station defines a high speed serving cell and a remaining one of the first base station or the second base station defines a non-high speed cell. Additionally, the methods and apparatus include ignoring a transmit power control command from the non-high speed cell when a high speed power control state applies to controlling a transmit power level. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146727 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SERVICE DISCOVERY - Systems and methods are provided for receiving an out-of-band signal and determining that a communicative connection is available based at least in part on the out-of-band signal, and connecting to the communicative connection based at least in part on determining that a communicative connection is available. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146728 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING LOW-DUTY MODE OPERATION - A method of managing a low-duty mode operation is provided by a small base station. The small base station determines a low-duty cycle pattern in which an available interval for data traffic transmission on active air interface and an unavailable interval for transmitting no data traffic are repeated, and provides a terminal with low-duty cycle pattern information. The low-duty cycle pattern information includes a length of the available interval and a start offset indicating a wireless frame at which the low-duty cycle pattern starts. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146729 | Communication Devices, Radio Switch and Method for Communication - A communication device for a remote switch has a control device designed to supply a preparatory signal for preparing a transmission process and a transmission signal for starting the transmission process. A memory device is designed to save one structural information and a parameter for different transmission protocols. A processing device is designed to supply data to be sent, read the structural information and the parameters from the memory device in response to the preparatory signal and, based on the data to be sent and the structural information, create a send packet, and output the send packet and the parameter in response to the transmission signal. A transmission device is designed to wirelessly emit a transmission signal representing the send packet with a transmission characteristic defined by the parameter. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146730 | WIRELESS TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A disclosed wireless terminal includes a determination unit that determines whether or not the wireless terminal is outside of a communication area that is connectable with a first telecommunication network by radio; and a search unit that omits search for a base station or access point that relays communication with the first telecommunication network, upon determining that the wireless terminal is outside of the communication area. The aforementioned determination unit may further identify that the wireless terminal is inside of the communication area, and the search unit may further search for the base station or access point upon identifying that the wireless terminal is inside of the communication area. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146731 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION FOR NETWORK CONNECTED DEVICES - A method and a system for establishing communication among a plurality of network connected devices which are unaware of network and service addresses. The direct communication is facilitated by a network connected server device providing a common platform for a plurality of requesting devices to request a plurality of target devices by any means of initiation for a plurality of service attributes. The network connected server device has an intermediary function to make the system compatible with all means of initiation and wherein it is absent in service level communication of the devices. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146732 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATING BETWEEN WIRELESS WIDE AREA NETWORK RADIOS AND WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK RADIOS - A method of wireless communication includes communicating using a first radio based on a first radio technology; configuring a second radio based on a second radio technology different from the first radio technology to assist the first radio with a first-radio operation; and performing at least a portion of the first-radio operation at the second radio. The first-radio operation includes at least one of multiple subscriber identity module (SIM) page monitoring and page/data processing, higher order diversity data acquisition and processing, interference measurement and management, E-UTRAN cell global identifier (ECGI) determination and reporting, a reference signal time difference (RSTD) measurement, beacon detection for small cell identification, a minimization of drive test (MDT) measurement, and a speed estimation measurement. The first radio technology is a wireless wide area network (WWAN) technology and the second radio technology is a wireless local area network (WLAN) technology. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146733 | BASE STATION AND RELATED RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a terminal device and a retransmission control method that make it possible to minimize increases in overhead in an uplink control channel (PUCCH), even if channel selection is used as the method to transmit response signals during carrier-aggregation communication using a plurality of downlink unit bands. On the basis of the generation status of uplink data and error-detection results obtained by a CRC unit, a control unit in the provided terminal uses response signal transmission rules to control the transmission of response signals or uplink control signals that indicate the generation of uplink data. If an uplink control signal and a response signal are generated simultaneously within the same transmission time unit, the control unit changes the resources allocated to the response signal and/or the phase point of the response signal in accordance with the number and position of ACKs within the error-detection result pattern. | 05-29-2014 |
20140153456 | METHOD OF SETTING UE MODE SWITCHING FOR RPD REDUCTION - A UE communication device is provided having a transmitter architecture that transmits SRS transmissions and PUSCH transmissions. A reference mode chosen from a LPM, an MPM and an HPM is selected based on a present power mode of the SRS transmission or based on a predicted power mode that the PUSCH transmission following the present SRS transmission will likely operate in. The transmitter architecture has an exemplary extended switching point structure allowing the RPD between the SRS transmission used for pre-quarter selection and the subsequent PUSCH transmission applying the pre-quarter to be minimized. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153457 | Energy-Efficient Push/Poll Notification Service - Techniques for energy efficient notification services are described. A telecommunications device may acquire multimedia/notification service data from various upstream units, e.g., one or more multimedia/notification service servers, at least one push notification service server and/or a storage system. The telecommunications device may select a communication channel between the telecommunications device and the various upstream units for acquiring multimedia/notification service data. The telecommunications device may select the communications channel based at least in part on efficiencies, e.g., it may select the most energy efficient communications channel. The telecommunications device may, in some instances, acquire the multimedia/notification service data as pushes from one or more upstream units (e.g., a push notification service server), and may, in some instances, acquire the multimedia/notification service data as pulls from one or more upstream units (e.g., one or more multimedia/notification service servers and/or a storage system). | 06-05-2014 |
20140153458 | POWER SAVING MODES IN WIRELESS DEVICES - Various aspects of apparatus for accessing a network through a wireless access point and methods of power savings for such apparatus include scheduling a sleep state interval, entering a sleep state at the beginning of the scheduled sleep interval, and buffering data during the sleep state for transmission following the sleep state. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153459 | POWER SAVING MODES IN WIRELESS DEVICES - Various aspects of apparatus for accessing a network through a wireless access point and methods of power savings for such apparatus include autonomously alternating between a listen state and the sleep state during a time period in which no data is detected from the remote apparatus, and progressively increase the sleep state interval during the time period for at least a portion of the time period. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153460 | POWER SAVING MODES IN WIRELESS DEVICES - Various aspects of apparatus for accessing a network through a wireless access point and methods of power savings for such apparatus include operating in a sleep state, and scheduling one or more sleep state intervals for operating in the sleep state during a time period, wherein the scheduled one or more sleep state intervals are based on one or more wireless transmission parameters. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153461 | Envelope Tracker Driven Transmit Beamforming - A method and telecommunication device in which the telecommunication device is provided with multiple antennas and power amplifiers to provide a beamformed transmit stage. An envelope tracking circuit helps achieve significant power savings in the power amplifier and can be used to provide the power supply for the multiple power amplifiers. A single envelope tracking power supply may be used to produce the supply voltage to the individual power amplifiers that operate on the transmit signal and its phase shifted variant. Accordingly, the user equipment experiences the benefits of both reduced power consumption using the envelope tracker and beam formed transmission. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153462 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EARLY TERMINATION OF AN RX CHAIN - Methods and apparatus for wireless communication for improving the call performance and power consumption during the connection state of a user equipment (UE). Aspects of the methods and apparatus relate to receiving a transmit power control (TPC) command from a network entity and decoding every TPC slot of the TPC command. Aspects of the methods and apparatus include ceasing the decoding of a TPC slot set when the current decoded symbol of the TPC slot is in disagreement with the previous decoded symbol of the TPC slot. The receiver of the UE is then deactivated until the end of the TPC slot set. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153463 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Embodiments may define traffic priorities to facilitate transmissions for wireless communications devices. Many embodiments comprise MAC sublayer logic to generate and transmit management frames such as beacon frames, association response frames, reassociation response frames, and probe response frames with an access category for low power consumption stations or sensor stations comprising a parameter record defining a contention window that is the earliest contention window to open amongst contention windows defined for the access categories for traffic. In some embodiments, the MAC sublayer logic may store the parameter record sets for access categories in memory, in logic, or in another manner that facilitates transmission of the frames. Some embodiments may receive and detect communications with frames comprising the access categories and store a parameter set for one or more of the access categories in a management information base. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153464 | DELIVERING DATA TO A WIRELESS STATION - Disclosed are methods for delivering data ( | 06-05-2014 |
20140153465 | PORTABLE ROUTING DEVICE AND A ROUTING METHOD - The present invention discloses a portable routing device. One of the main features of the present invention is that the present invention utilizes a domain name signal as a switch on signal of a routing module of the portable routing device to maintain the off status of the routing module so as to saving power thereby. In another way, the present invention further capable of switching off the routing function thereof by determining if any network source having a higher priority exists so as to save the unnecessary waste of power. By avoiding the unnecessary routing action, the present invention is capable of saving power without affecting the normal use of the user. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153466 | Precoding Matrix Index Feedback Interaction with Discontinuous Reception - A user equipment (UE) is provided that includes a processor configured to transmit a precoding matrix index (PMI) using one of an assigned periodic PMI reporting resource that precisely aligns with the start of an on-duration of a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation mode of the UE and a first assigned periodic PMI reporting after the start of an on-duration of a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation mode of the UE. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153467 | PAGING OVER A HIGH-SPEED DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL - An apparatus and methods are provided for paging in a HSDPA connected mode CELL_PCH or URA_PCH state. Preferably, a WTRU is configured to select various PICH information that is broadcast by a base station. The WTRU is preferably configured to receive paging messages, based on the selected PICH information. In one embodiment, a preferred WTRU is configured to receive paging messages, based on a PICH, a HS-SCCH, and a HS-PDSCH. In another embodiment, a preferred WTRU is configured to receive paging messages, based on a PICH and a HS-PDSCH. In both embodiments, a time delay parameter is preferably used so that the WTRU may listen for either the HS-SCCH or HS-PDSCH for a period of time and return to a sleep mode if no paging message is received. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153468 | ACCESS AND POWER MANAGEMENT FOR CENTRALIZED NETWORKS - A system and method for managing power in a subnet having a hub in communication with one or more nodes is disclosed. The hub and nodes communicate using one or more non-contention access methods, such as scheduled, polled or posted access. The node may enter a sleep or hibernation state while no scheduled, polled or posted allocation interval is pending. The hibernation state allows the node to hibernate through one or more entire beacon periods. In the sleep state, the node may be asleep between any scheduled, polled and posted allocation intervals for the node or during another node's scheduled allocation interval in a current beacon period. By selecting which access scheme is in use, the node and hub can increase the node's chances to be in hibernation or sleep state and minimize power consumption. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153469 | COMMUNICATION METHOD IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A communication method performed by a target station in a WLAN system is provided. The method includes receiving a relayed TIM message from a relay station, the TIM message comprising a relayed TIM field indicating whether there is buffered traffic intended to be transmitted from an AP to the target station, determining whether there is the buffered traffic based on the relayed TIM field, receiving a data frame related to the buffered traffic, if the relayed TIM field indicates that there is the buffered traffic, and switching to a doze state, if the relayed TIM field indicates that there is no buffered traffic. The relayed TIM field is determined based on a TIM element transmitted from the AP to the relay station. The TIM element is transmitted in a first period, and the relayed TIM message is transmitted in a second period. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153470 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION PROGRAM FOR REDUCING CURRENT CONSUMPTION DURING A PERIOD OF A MASTER APPARATUS DETECTION PROCESS - To provide a communication apparatus or the like capable of reducing current consumption during a period of a master apparatus detection process. The communication apparatus is a communication apparatus operating as a slave apparatus. The communication apparatus includes a radio unit | 06-05-2014 |
20140161007 | SELECTIVE NOTIFICATION OF DRX PARAMETER - Systems and methods are provided that may reduce unnecessary resource consumption and network traffic in a communications network, such as an LTE network. Initiating a tracking area update (TAU) procedure may be avoided in instances where a discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle length chosen by a user equipment (UE) would be ignored in accordance with standards governing paging in the communications networks. To determine whether or not a TAU should be initiated, three parameters may be considered. A first parameter may be the DRX cycle length that is already configured in a mobility management entity (MME). A second parameter may be a DRX cycle length chosen by the UE that the UE wishes to indicate to the MME. A third parameter may be a DRX cycle length that is broadcast by an evolved Node B serving a cell in which the UE is operating. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161008 | NEIGHBOR NODE PROBING METHOD USING ADAPTIVE AND ASYNCHRONOUS RENDEZVOUS PROTOCOL IN OPPORTUNISTIC NETWORK AND PORTABLE COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING THE SAME - Provided is a node probing method using an adaptive and asynchronous rendezvous protocol in an opportunistic network. The node probing method includes: selecting, by each of nodes in the opportunistic network, a prime number larger than two; using, by the node, the selected prime number to generate a wake-up pattern according to the following equation: | 06-12-2014 |
20140161009 | Batching Communication Events - Approaches for aggregating data prior to a transmission of the data to an external system are disclosed. The method includes receiving a data bag. The data bag including data packets destined to be transmitted to an external system. A timer even is then attached to the received data bag and the received data bag is temporarily stored in a data store. The timer event associated with the received data bag is then overridden based on the timer event associated with another data bag in the data store. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161010 | ENABLING HIERARCHICAL WAKEUP SCHEDULES IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM UTILIZING RELAYS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for using a hierarchy of wakeup periods for relay devices. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161011 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT - A communication apparatus includes a processor configured to access a server that assigns to the communication apparatus, identification information used to identify the communication apparatus in a network; and control to suspend an accessing of the server when a display state of a screen transitions from a displaying state to a not-displaying state, such that the accessing of the server is restarted when the display state of the screen transitions from the not-displaying state to the displaying state. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161012 | APPARATUS AND METHOD TO OPTIMIZE POWER MANAGEMENT IN AN INDEPENDENT BASIS SERVICE SET OF A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A wireless device and method may be used to receive messages. The wireless device may include, among other things, a receiver, a processor, and a memory. The processor may be configured to determine whether a received message includes a mobile device identification. The processor may perform the determination periodically, for example, during a transmit time interval (TTI). If at least one of the received messages includes a mobile device identification and information indicating that data is to be sent to the wireless device, the wireless device may initiate receiving data in accordance with the information. If a received message does not include any mobile device identification, the wireless device may initiate discontinuous reception. The discontinuous reception may be performed until the next TTI. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161013 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method and an arrangement for reducing power consumption of a receiver in a mobile communication network comprising a sender transmitting packet data on a downlink channel to one or more receivers over a radio interface. Inactive time instants and listening time instants are defined according to provided rules. The receiver is arranged to listen for information from the sender during the listening time instants and to sleep during the inactive time instants. Thus, less power will be consumed during the inactive time instants. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161014 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, DATA RECEPTION METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The aim of the present invention is to provide a mobile communication system that can reduce power consumption in transmitting unicast information using subframes assigned for transmission of multicast information. The mobile communication system of the present invention comprises a radio base station configured so as to notify a mobile station of first information on whether to transmit unicast information using a first radio resource group, when it is specified that the first radio resource group can be utilized for transmission of multicast information and the unicast information and includes a plurality of radio resources, and that a second radio resource group is different from the first radio resource group; and the mobile station configured so as to control reception operation of the first radio resource group based on the first information received from the radio base station. | 06-12-2014 |
20140169244 | INCREASED POWER SAVINGS THROUGH COLLABRATIVE SEARCH - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for wirelessly communicating with a wireless station. In one implementation, a mobile device comprises a memory unit configured to store communication information associated with communicating on at least one channel of a wireless network. The mobile device further comprises a processing system that is configured to establish communications with the wireless station via a communication link, retrieve the communication information from the memory unit, and to provide at least a portion of the communication information to the wireless station. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169245 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR LOW POWER WIRELESS NETWORKS - Embodiments may comprise an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system operating in the 1 GHz and lower frequency bands. In many embodiments, physical layer logic may implement a new preamble structure with a new signal field. Embodiments may store the preamble structure and/or a preamble based upon the new preamble structure on a machine-accessible medium. Some embodiments may generate and transmit a communication with the new preamble structure. Further embodiments may receive and detect communications with the new preamble structure. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169246 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING DYNAMIC POWER REDUCTION DURING DISCONTINOUS RECEPTION - User Equipments (UEs) are adapted to facilitate power conservation by dynamic selection of power reduction techniques during discontinuous reception (DRX), where the power reduction techniques are selected based on a DRX gap length. UEs may be adapted to calculate a DRX gap length, and identify a power reduction technique associated with the determined DRX gap length. The identified power reduction technique may be applied to a receiver circuit during the DRX gap. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169247 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION ON A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for wireless communication are disclosed. In one aspect, a method includes generating, by an apparatus, a message indicating a start time of a window during which one or more devices are permitted to communicate with the apparatus, the start time being based on an absolute time reference; and transmitting, by the apparatus, the generated message. In some aspects, the absolute time reference is based on a target beacon transmit time (TBTT). In some aspects, the absolute time reference is based on a timing synchronization function (TSF). | 06-19-2014 |
20140169248 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION ON A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for wireless communication are disclosed. In one aspect, a method includes generating, by an apparatus, a message identifying a specific device or a set of specific devices, and generating the message to identify a time period during which the identified specific device or identified set of specific devices are permitted to communicate with the apparatus, and transmitting, by the apparatus, the generated message. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169249 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COEXISTENCE OF WLAN AND BLUETOOTH NETWORKS - Systems and methods for coexistence of WLAN and Bluetooth networks are described. At least one embodiment includes a method for operating a wireless device in both a 802.11 network and a Bluetooth network. In accordance with some embodiments, the method comprises monitoring transmission of Synchronous Connection Oriented (SCO) slots over the Bluetooth network, informing an access point (AP) in the 802.11 network not to transmit to the device before the end of an SCO slot, transmitting a power save trigger to the AP to retrieve buffered data from the AP, and transmitting data to the AP. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169250 | WiMax Enhanced Sleep Mode - Enhancements are provided to lower power consumption in a wireless communication device. A traffic indicator message is designated to be positioned at or near a first burst to be transmitted to a subscriber station. Further, a clock signal provided to a decoder in the subscriber station has a variable frequency, the frequency being chosen based on the nature of the data to be decoded. Data needing immediate decoding is processed with a high speed clock. Other data are processed with a lower speed clock to reduce power consumption. Also, control information that is demodulated when the subscriber station is in sleep mode is batch processed when the subscriber station becomes active again. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169251 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING TERMINAL PAGING IN THE SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a mobile communication system, and to a method for managing terminal paging in the system. A paging method of a terminal is characterized by comprising the steps of: receiving, from a base station, both a local counter value for synchronization with the base station and a local ID that the base station has allocated to the terminal; synchronizing the base station and the counter using the local counter value so as to enter an idle state; and checking the local counter and a paging trigger message contained in the subframe corresponding to the local ID. According to the present invention, local IDs are each allocated to the respective multiple MTC terminals, and therefore trigger periods can be efficiently managed in a network. Further, the multiple MTC terminals can be grouped using the allocated local IDs, thus achieving advantages of an increased number of MTC terminals which can be managed in the network. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169252 | SENSOR NODE LOCATION-BASED POWER OPTIMIZATION - Sensor node location-based power consumption optimization employs an adjustable minimum detectable signal (MDS) level that is set based on a location of a sensor node relative to a location of a source of an event signal. The sensor node includes a sensor to respond to the event signal and an interface module to determine the sensor response to the event signal. The interface module has the adjustable MDS level and a power consumption that is a function of the adjustable MDS level. The adjustable MDS level is set to optimize power consumption. | 06-19-2014 |
20140177494 | CLOUD-AWARE COLLABORATIVE MOBILE PLATFORM POWER MANAGEMENT USING MOBILE SENSORS - Methods and systems may provide for accumulating sensor-based information from a plurality of mobile devices and identifying context information in the sensor-based information, wherein the context information is relevant to a particular mobile device in the plurality of mobile devices. Additionally, an operational recommendation may be sent to the particular mobile device based on the context information. In one example, the operational recommendation identifies one or more of a power management action, a performance management action, a wireless interface selection and a wireless access point selection. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177495 | CONTROLLING A POWER STATE OF A CELLULAR PACKET DATA SUBSYSTEM IN A PORTABLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method and system are described for use in a portable electronic device that includes a wireless local area network (WLAN) subsystem, a cellular packet data subsystem for communicating packet data, a cellular voice subsystem for communicating cellular voice information, and a processing subsystem. In the described embodiments, the WLAN subsystem establishes a connection to a WLAN and the WLAN subsystem then determines the signal strength of the connection to the WLAN. Then, on condition that the signal strength exceeds a threshold, the processing subsystem selects the WLAN subsystem for the communication of packet data to and from the portable electronic device, and puts the cellular packet data subsystem into a reduced power state that reduces the power consumption of the cellular packet data subsystem. Packet data is then communicated to and from the portable electronic device using the WLAN subsystem while the cellular data subsystem is in the reduced power state. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177496 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR APPLICATION MANAGEMENT OF MOBILE DEVICE RADIO STATE PROMOTION AND DEMOTION - Embodiments of the present disclosure include systems and methods for management of mobile device radio state. In some embodiments, a method, which can be implemented on a system, allows a network component (e.g., the policy and charging rules function in a UMTS network) to determine whether a mobile device is idle or active. Based on this determination, the network component may modify the behavior of a network element (e.g., a base station, eNode B or Node B) in relation to promotion or demotion of the mobile device's radio state. In some embodiments, the disclosed system can include a client side component on the mobile device which can determine criteria to be used by the network component to govern and optimize changes in mobile device radio state in a manner that conserves device and network resources. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177497 | MANAGEMENT OF MOBILE DEVICE RADIO STATE PROMOTION AND DEMOTION - Embodiments of the present disclosure include systems and methods for management of mobile device radio state. In some embodiments, a method, which can be implemented on a system, allows a network component (e.g., the policy and charging rules function in a UMTS network) to determine whether a mobile device is idle or active. Based on this determination, the network component may modify the behavior of a network element (e.g., a base station, eNode B or Node B) in relation to promotion or demotion of the mobile device's radio state. In some embodiments, the disclosed system can include a client side component on the mobile device which can determine criteria to be used by the network component to govern and optimize changes in mobile device radio state in a manner that conserves device and network resources. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177498 | CONNECTION CONTROL METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREFOR - A method and an apparatus for controlling communication connection in an electronic device are provided. The method includes detecting at least one peripheral, detecting at least one preference device among the at least one detected peripheral, and inactivating a communication module when at least one preference device is not detected among the at least one detected peripheral. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177499 | MESH NETWORK CONTROL USING COMMON DESIGNATION WAKE-UP - Each of a plurality of network nodes in an ad hoc mesh network utilizes a data communication device that includes a two-way communications component, comprising a first receiver and transmitter, and a second receiver. The second receiver activates the communications component from a dormant state when it receives a broadcast including a wake-up identifier of the communication device. A method of activating and deactivating a mesh network includes, first, transmitting a broadcast that includes a wake-up identifier such that each second receiver of each communication device identified by the wake-up identifier, upon receipt, activates the communications component of the communication device, which then engages in mesh networking communications, and, second, transmitting a second broadcast including a second identifier such that the communications component of each communication device identified by the second identifier, upon receipt, will cease its mesh networking communications and will return to the dormant state. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177500 | POWER CONTROL METHOD, ACTIVATION MANAGEMENT METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - An embodiment of the present invention discloses a power control method, including: obtaining, by a UE, configuration information, where the configuration information includes a configuration parameter of at least one Scell configured by a base station for the UE; setting, by the UE, an initial power adjustment value of the Scell according to the configuration parameter of the Scell in the configuration information; and controlling, by the UE, transmit power on the Scell according to the set initial power adjustment value of the Scell. Correspondingly, an embodiment of the present invention further discloses an activation management method, a UE, and a base station. By using the present invention, transmit power of a UE on an Scell can be accurately controlled, thereby ensuring accuracy of data transmission. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177501 | METHOD OF COMMUNICATION BASED ON POWER SAVE MODE IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A communication method based on a power save mode, performed by a station (STA) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system is provided. The method includes switching to an awake state; transmitting a wakeup poll frame to an access point (AP) the wakeup poll frame indicating that the station has switched to the awake state; receiving a wakeup confirm frame from the AP in response to the wakeup poll frame, the wakeup poll frame including an awake duration field, the awake duration field indicating an awake duration as a duration in which the station maintains the awake state; and switching to a doze state after the time interval indicated by the awake duration field has lapsed. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177502 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING HARQ OPERATION USING HARQ CHANNEL IDENTIFIER IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - As an embodiment of the present invention, a method for supporting a HARQ operation of M2M devices using a HARQ Channel Identifier (ACID) in a wireless access system includes transmitting, at a base station, a second UL A-MAP IE to M2M devices sharing a station identifier (STID) in a subframe in which a second M2M device is to retransmit a UL burst, wherein the second UL A-MAP IE includes resource allocation information for allocating a resource region to a first M2M device and includes a second ACID, receiving the UL burst retransmitted using a first ACID from the second M2M device in the subframe, and receiving a new UL burst transmitted using the second ACID from the first M2M device in the subframe, wherein the first and second M2M devices share the STID, and the first and second ACIDs are different from each other. | 06-26-2014 |
20140185501 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS TO COORDINATE COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Logic may comprise hardware and/or code to coordinate communications of wireless communications devices to reduce power consumption by stations. Logic may coordinate communications in an access point. Logic may generate and transmit a wake frame from the access point to the station to wake the receive circuitry of the station. Logic of the station may wake the receive circuitry from an idle mode, which may be a less linear and less sensitive mode, to a receiver (RX) active state, which is a high linear and high sensitivity mode. Once the receiver circuitry enters the RX active state, the station is ready to receive a transmission. Logic may implement the wake frame as a medium access control frame or as a null data packet, physical layer frame. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185502 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR A LOW POWER DEVICE IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Some new low power architecture devices may, e.g., be associated with in a new device category in the IEEE 802.11ah Standard for devices with low power architecture. Some new low power architecture devices may only to support a subset of modulation and coding schemes (MCSs). Some new low power architecture devices negotiate the use of the subset of MCSs with an access point. Further new low power architecture devices address power consumption through modifications to the architecture of the new low power device. For instance, many new low power architecture devices remove, modify or bypass portions of the front-end transmitter circuitry and/or the front-end receiver circuitry such as a power amplifier, a low noise amplifier, predistortion circuitry, digital-to-analog and analog-to-digital converter resolutions, and stages of filtering. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185503 | COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS USING COMMUNICATION AND ENERGY COSTS - A system, method, apparatus and software are disclosed for data communication within a wireless sensor network comprising a plurality of sensors and a base station, with the sensors organized into a plurality of clusters. Each sensor is to determine a communication cost comprising an amount of power or energy required for the sensor to communicate with all other sensors within its selected cluster, and to select a sensor having a lowest communication cost as a cluster head sensor. When the sensor is the cluster head sensor, it is to determine and transmit a TDMA data transmission schedule to the other sensors within the selected cluster, to receive and aggregate sensor data from these other sensors, to transmit a data transmission request to the base station designating an amount of aggregated data to be transmitted, and to transmit the aggregated data to the base station during a designated time interval. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185504 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND CHILD STATION OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A child station ( | 07-03-2014 |
20140185505 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING IN PERSONAL AREA NETWORKS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method of reducing power consumption in a wireless network device, comprising determining a duration prior to a beacon being received by the device; comparing the duration against a predetermined value; and adjusting a duration of a sleep period in response to the comparison. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185506 | POWER SAVE METHOD AND STATION DEVICE - A power save method and a station device. The method includes: confirming, by a STA, according to a frame type identifier in a received frame, that the frame is an NDPA frame, and obtaining a STA AID in a STA information field in the NDPA frame; comparing, by the STA, its STA AID with the obtained STA AID, and determining whether its STA AID is the same as the obtained STA AID; and when the STA determines that its STA AID is different from the obtained STA AID, allowing the STA to enter a doze state. The method reduces the power consumption during the TXOP period and saves resources. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185507 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF A TERMINAL AND AN ACCESS POINT FOR MULTI-USER TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY (TXOP) POWER SAVING - Provided is a terminal and an access point in an active mode for multi-user transmission opportunity (TXOP) power saving that may decrease power consumption by changing an operation state of the terminal from an awake state to a sleep state if there is no stream of data to be transmitted during a TXOP duration. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185508 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a base station and a mobile station that communicates with the base station. The base station includes a sending unit. The sending unit sends, to the mobile station, a first signal that indicates, as a notification, reduction of the number of candidates for channels each of which includes control information addressed to the mobile station. The mobile station includes a receiving unit and an acquiring unit. The receiving unit receives the first signal sent by the sending unit. The acquiring unit monitors one or a plurality of channels the number of which has been reduced, from the candidates, based on the first signal and acquires the control information from the one or the plurality of channels. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185509 | CENTRAL CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ENERGY EFFICIENCY OF A BASE STATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A central control apparatus and method thereof include a traffic demand receiving unit, a traffic demand calculating unit, a base station efficiency calculating unit, and a base station management unit. The traffic demand receiving unit is configured to receive a required traffic demand and a current location of each of terminals. The traffic demand calculating unit is configured to calculate traffic of each of base stations to which a terminal is unassigned. The base station efficiency calculating unit is configured to calculate an energy efficiency of each of the base stations. The base station management unit configured to verify a base station with an optimum energy efficiency, to activate the base station with the optimum energy efficiency, and to assign the terminals of a corresponding region to the base station with the optimum energy efficiency. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185510 | WGA STA POWER SAVING - This invention relates to switching power saving modes and rescheduling communication frames for various periods of a beacon interval (BI) defined under WGA Draft Specification 0.8 for the personal basic service set (PBSS) and infrastructure BSS to achieve further power savings and other advantages. Stations can be awake during a contention-based period (CBP) if it is in active state and can schedule frames during a service period (SP) to allow the assigned receiver to transmit to the assigned initiator. Stations in a group can schedule a group address frame to be sent during the CBP and group SP of a specific periodic BI. Stations in peer-to-peer connection may directly notify its peer stations of its power saving mode and wakeup schedule. Stations of an infrastructure basic service set (BSS) can also use the same power saving mechanism as stations of a PBSS noting a difference where each BI will be an access point's (AP's) awake BI. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185511 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND POWER SAVING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and a method are provided for power saving. The mobile terminal monitors changes of data on a UART bus, acquires current operating states of a Bluetooth chip and a main control chip on the mobile terminal, and when detecting that there is no data on the UART bus, the main control chip controls a Bluetooth module to enter into a power saving mode. By adopting the technical scheme described, once it is detected that there is no data on the bus, the Bluetooth module will be enabled to enter into a state of power saving mode immediately, which ensures that the Bluetooth module is always in the state of power saving mode when there is no service ongoing, thereby increasing the standby time of the mobile terminal to the maximum extent, and improving the level of the user experience. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185512 | Empty Page Detection Technique - A technique for determining whether a paging channel signal comprising one or more data units is an empty page signal as disclosed. In a method aspect, the technique involves the steps of receiving a first data unit of a paging channel signal, obtaining an empty-paging data unit of the paging channel signal as a reference data unit, correlating the reference data unit with the received first data unit, and determining whether the paging channel signal is an empty page signal based on a first correlation result. In another aspect, an apparatus for determining whether a paging channel signal comprising one or more data units is an empty page signal as disclosed. The apparatus comprises a receiving component adapted to receive a first data unit of a paging channel signal, a coding component adapted to obtain an empty-paging data unit of the paging channel signal as a reference data unit, a correlator adapted to correlate the reference data unit with the received first data unit to obtain a first correlation result, and a determinator adapted to determine whether the paging channel signal is an empty page signal based on the first correlation result. | 07-03-2014 |
20140192690 | UE BEACONING USING RACH TRANSMISSIONS FOR SMALL CELLS - A method of beacon detection performed by a small cell device includes: exchanging beacon parameters with a user equipment (UE); entering a low power mode after exchanging the beacon parameters with the UE; receiving, from the UE, a beacon in a random access channel (RACH) preamble containing the beacon parameters while in the low power mode; entering a high power mode in response to receiving the beacon; and associating with the UE while in the high power mode. The method of beacon detection allows a small cell device to transition from a low power mode to a high power mode in an efficient manner. The transmission may be triggered by a user equipment that is entering a service area of the small cell device. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192691 | RELIABLE DELIVERY OF DATA SPECIFIED FOR TRANSMISSION BY MULTICASTING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - An access point (AP) of a WLAN maintains a list of wireless clients in the WLAN that belong to a special class. The AP receives data to be transmitted to the wireless clients as a multicast packet, and examines the list to determine whether any wireless clients belong to the special class. If none of the wireless clients belongs to the special class, the AP transmits the data as a multicast packet. However, if one or more wireless clients belong to the special class, the AP transmits the data in the form of unicast packets to each wireless client of the special class in addition to transmitting the data as a multicast packet. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192692 | Power Saving for a Communication Device - A communication device comprising: a first radio capable of communicating according to a first protocol and having a set of operational modes; and a second radio capable of communicating according to a second protocol, the communication device being configured to, in dependence on one or more communications by the second radio in accordance with the second protocol, selecting one mode of operation for the first radio from the set of operational modes, wherein said one or more communications comprises: sending a first message; and a response or non-response to the first message. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192693 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO OPTIMIZE POWER CONSUMPTION FOR LTE eMBMS - Aspects of the present disclosure are directed to a methods and systems operable by a network entity for wireless communication, that includes determining that User Equipment (UE) is in idle mode and receiving eMBMS (evolved Multimedia Broadcast and Multicast Service); and based on the determining, activating a power optimization procedure in order to reduce power consumption of the UE. Examples of a power optimization procedures include a single or multi-level hardware shut down procedure, lowering the clock rate of hardware, and shutting down a communication bus during periods of non-use. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192694 | TRIGGERING DOWNLINK TRAFFIC WITH TIMING INDICATION - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided in order to provide a technique to trigger downlink traffic with a timing indication. The method, apparatus and computer program product may utilize one or more of a (1) “downlink transmission time” in the synch NDP frame indicating the beginning of downlink data transmission; (2) “downlink transmission restricted access” in the synch NDP frame starting at “downlink transmission time” during which downlink data transmission will take place to one or more STAs; (3) an indication in the NDP frame whether the downlink data transmission is unicast or broadcast; (4) ACK as a response to an NDP frame indicating whether the STA will be available to receive data at downlink transmission time or not; or (5) a new message format for the short NDP frame with timing information. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192695 | Mobile Node Group Formation and Management - The subject disclosure is directed towards mobile network management by reducing energy consumption and increasing a lifetime of one or more nodes. By determining a beacon listening duration and a beacon listening period in response to an energy budget, each node may minimize or reduce latencies associated with node discovery and/or node group maintenance. The beacon listening duration and the beacon listening period is used to compute a beacon broadcasting duration and a beacon broadcasting period such that advertising beacon transmissions and advertising beacon receptions occur at substantially concurrent time slots between low power states. These advertising beacons are used to propagate and maintain group membership information amongst the one or more nodes. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192696 | MAC ENHANCEMENT TO SUPPORT MULTI-PERIODIC GTS ALLOCATION FOR PERSONAL AREA NETWORK (PAN) SYSTEMS - A personal area network (PAN) coordinator ( | 07-10-2014 |
20140198693 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING REACQUISITION PROCEDURES - Access terminals are adapted to facilitate reacquisition procedures for a slotted idle mode. According to one example, an access terminal can operate in a slotted idle mode. The access terminal can then determine one or more optimized parameters for reacquisition procedures. In one example, the access terminal can determine an optimized length of time for reacquisition periods by incrementally reducing the length of time for reacquisition periods until an optimized length of time is obtained. In another example, the access terminal can determine an optimized number of pseudorandom noise (PN) signals and PN positions to be stored during each awake state of the slotted idle mode by incrementally reducing the number of PN signals and PN positions that are stored until an optimized number of stored PN signals and PN positions is obtained. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198694 | TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL SCHEMES FOR D2D COMMUNICATIONS - Power control schemes for D2D communications are described. The schemes control the transmission power of a UE during D2D communications in a manner that reduces interference while maintaining the D2D communications link and the cellular link with the eNB. Open-loop and/or closed-loop techniques are employed. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198695 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AVOIDING SYSTEM LOSSES FOR M2M DEVICES OPERATING AT LONGER SLOT CYCLE - Aspects of the present disclosure are directed to an apparatus and methods capable of pre-correcting reacquisition slew of pilot signal timing when a mobile device operates in a slotted mode or discontinuous reception (DRX) mode. In one aspect, a mobile device is operated in slotted mode. The mobile device wakes up to perform a pilot reacquisition corresponding to a slotted mode and detects a slew of a pilot timing relative to a pilot reference timing. The mobile device adjusts a subsequent pilot reference timing by an amount corresponding to the detected slew, to be utilized during a subsequent wake-up cycle. The mobile device returns to a sleep state to wait for the subsequent wake-up cycle. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198696 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEIVE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH LARGE NUMBER OF ANTENNAS - A user equipment (UE) performs a method for supporting discontinuous receive (DRX) in a wireless network. The method includes waking up at a wake up time associated with a beginning of a DRX cycle, the DRX cycle comprising a plurality of subframes. The method also includes determining whether to perform receive beam training before a beginning of a time period for downlink communication. The method further includes receiving data during the time period for downlink communication. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198697 | METHOD FOR EXITING A LOW-CONSUMPTION STANDBY MODE, AND ASSOCIATED DEVICE - The invention relates to a method for controlling a device operating in several operating modes corresponding to different levels of power consumption and comprising a first and a second communication interface, said method being characterized in that it comprises the steps of activating said second communication interface upon receiving a first wake-up message via said first interface and receiving a second wake-up message via said second communication interface, said second wake-up message resulting in the exit from the low-power standby mode of the device. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198698 | System and Method for Filtering Broadcast Messages Received Over a Wireless Local Area Network - A user device configured to communicate with a remote device via a Wireless Access Point (WAP) listens on one or more active ports for data sent by the WAP while in a sleep mode. Upon receiving data, the user device identifies the port over which it received the data and determines whether that port is on a list of active ports. If the port is on the list, a controller in the user device wakes the user device from the sleep mode to process the data. If the port is not on the list, the controller discards the received data and leaves the user device in the sleep mode. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198699 | Reducing Power Consumption in Voice over LTE Terminals using Semi Persistent Scheduling in Connected Discontinuous Reception Mode - A connection with a network that includes a base station (BS) may be established by a user device (UE) via a wireless connection, for conducting communications using semi persistent scheduling (SPS) in a connected discontinuous reception (C-DRX) mode. The SPS transmit periodicity may be adjusted with respect to the SPS activation command and the SPS interval UL (for uplink). Data may then be transmitted during the C-DRX On-Duration periods according to the determined SPS transmit periodicity. In some embodiments, the SPS transmit periodicity is adjusted such that following a first C-DRX On-Duration period when an SPS activation command is received, SPS data transmission occurs a specified number of subframes earlier during each subsequent C-DRX On-Duration period than in the first C-DRX On-Duration period. The SPS data transmission in each subsequent C-DRX On-Duration period may take place as soon as the UE device wakes up during the On-Duration period. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198700 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRAFFIC IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method for controlling traffic in an electronic device is provided. The method includes detecting a process request event for a first traffic, identifying whether the first traffic is allowed to be delayed, detecting whether a second traffic is generated if the first traffic is allowed to be delayed in a state where process of the first traffic is delayed, and processing the first traffic and the second traffic simultaneously if the second traffic is generated. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198701 | Deciding Whether to Send Uplink Control Signaling Based on the Active Time Status of a User Equipment Configured with Discontinuous Reception (DRX) - A method in a user equipment for deciding whether or not to send an uplink transmission (ie. Channel State Information, CSI, and/or Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) to a radio access network node (Node B) is provided. The user equipment and radio access network node (Node B) are comprised in a communications network. The user equipment is configured with Discontinuous Reception, DRX, to be in active time or not be in active time. The user equipment decides ( | 07-17-2014 |
20140204814 | POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS NETWORK ENTITIES - Power saving in wireless networks is disclosed. A wireless network entity that includes a module to enable a reduction in power consumption in that wireless network entity is also disclosed. The module is configured to determine that a selected wireless station of one or more wireless stations associated with the wireless network entity in a same wireless network will transmit system control information (including synchronization information and service identification information) that is normally transmitted by the wireless network entity. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204815 | Application or context aware fast dormancy - Systems and methods for improving battery life and transmission efficiency of mobile devices are disclosed. Some embodiments provide for application and/or context aware fast dormancy on a mobile device or user equipment (UE) and/or via a proxy server. By incorporating application and context information, e.g., when an application opens a connection, what kind of applications are present, how the application normally behaves and whether the application is running in background or transmitting background data, embodiments provide for an improved and enhanced fast dormancy operation. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204816 | Mobile device with application or context aware fast dormancy - Systems and methods for improving battery life and transmission efficiency of mobile devices are disclosed. Some embodiments provide for application and/or context aware fast dormancy on a mobile device or user equipment (UE) and/or via a proxy server. By incorporating application and context information, e.g., when an application opens a connection, what kind of applications are present, how the application normally behaves and whether the application is running in background or transmitting background data, embodiments provide for an improved and enhanced fast dormancy operation. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204817 | Methods and Apparatuses for Increased Battery Performance in Networks with Different DRX Cycles - A system includes a processor and a memory connected with the processor, the memory to store logic. A DRX module also connects with the processor. The DRX module alternatively provides both a CS DRX cycle length and a PS DRX cycle length observed from network configuration. The processor executes the logic stored in the memory to instruct the DRX module to use a longer of a CS DRX cycle length or a PS DRX cycle length. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204818 | ACCESS POINT AND METHOD FOR AGGREGATE MPDU (A-MPDU) AND POWER-SAVE MULTI-POLL (PSMP) OPERATION - Embodiments of wireless devices and methods for aggregate MPDU (A-MPDU) communications in an IEEE 802.11n network are generally described herein. Two or more A-MPDU subframes are aggregated to form an A-MPDU. In some embodiments, an access point (AP) that is configured for power-save multi-poll (PSMP) operation transmits a PSMP burst comprising a PSMP sequence of two or more A-MPDUs to a plurality of mobile stations (STA) during a downlink phase of the PSMP sequence. During PSMP operation, the AP is to receive a PSMP sequence of two or more A-MPDUs from the STAs during an uplink phase of the PSMP sequence. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204819 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a mobile station and a base station. The base station includes a blind decoding control unit that transmits a signal including a control signal serving as a trigger to change a decoding process to the mobile station based on a result of measurement of the amount of data of the mobile station. The mobile station includes a blind decoding control unit that selects a signal format to be decoded upon reception of the control signal from the base station, and detects a control signal directed to the mobile station by decoding the signal having the selected format among signals received from the base station. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204820 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - The present disclosure relates to a method in a network node for controlling DRX to be applied by a user equipment, UE, connected to said network node. Said network node can order the UE to enter a first DRX cycle by means of a specific control element. The method comprises the step of ordering the user equipment to enter a second DRX cycle by means of a modified usage of said specific control element. The disclosure furthermore relates to a network node, a method in a user equipment and a user equipment. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204821 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA ON BASIS OF SERVICE PERIOD SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a method for transceiving data in a wireless LAN system on the basis of station (STA)-based service period scheduling. The method comprises entering an awake state, configuring a service period for transceiving an access point (AP) and data, transceiving the AP and the data during the service period, and entering a doze state when the service period ends. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204822 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING PAGING FRAME AND WAKEUP FRAME - This document discloses a method and an apparatus for transmitting a paging frame and wakeup frame. The An AP comprises a transceiver receiving a paging frame from an STA; and a processor generating a wakeup frame for informing of existence of buffered data to be transmitted to the STA in response to the paging frame, where the paging frame includes a PLCP (Physical Layer Convergence Protocol) header and the PCLP header includes a waiting time field indicating a waiting time during which an STA is operated in the active mode to receive the wakeup frame; and the wakeup frame includes a PLCP header and the PLCP header includes a wakeup indication indicating the wakeup frame and a wakeup STA identification having information specifying the STA. Therefore, an STA can reduce power consumption wasted in the active mode. | 07-24-2014 |
20140211673 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME - The present application relates to a DRX method in a CoMP scenario. In one embodiment, the DRX method comprises steps of detecting a new transmission on a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) of one of at least two Base Stations (BSs) each of which is serving the UE; and triggering a DRX thread for continuously monitoring the PDCCH of the one BS on which the new transmission is detected. There is also provided a user equipment using the DRX method. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211674 | ADVANTAGEOUS USES OF INSTRUCTIONS INSTRUCTING STATIONS OF WLAN NETWORKS TO DESIST FROM TRANSMISSIONS - A wireless device provided according to an aspect of the present invention first operates as an access point (AP) and transmits instructions which instruct associated stations to desist from transmitting data packets to the AP. According to another aspect, the instructions correspond to CTS-to-self signal, but the AP also desists from transmission of data packets in the desist duration. According to another aspect, the wireless device operates as a station in the desist duration and switches back as an AP after end of the desist duration. In an embodiment, the station scans for other APs/stations in the communication range, and associates with one of such APs also. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211675 | Delivering a Plurality of Simultaneous Sessions to a Client via a Radio Access Network | 07-31-2014 |
20140211676 | DYNAMIC ADAPTATION OF A TRAFFIC INACTIVITY TIMER - A method for dynamically adapting a traffic inactivity timer is disclosed. The method can include a wireless communication device determining a data traffic level on a wireless network interface and determining whether the data traffic level exceeds a threshold data traffic level. The method can further include the wireless communication device using a first inactivity timeout period for the traffic inactivity timer in an instance in which it is determined that data traffic level does not exceed the threshold data traffic level. The method can additionally include the wireless communication device using a second inactivity timeout period for the traffic inactivity timer in an instance in which it is determined that the data traffic level exceeds the threshold data traffic level. The second inactivity timeout period can define a longer time period than the first inactivity timeout period. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211677 | PRACH-BASED PROXIMITY DETECTION - Improvements to signaling procedures for use in physical random access channel (PRACH)-based proximity detection are disclosed. Signaling and signaling processes from a serving base station may trigger a more efficient and reliable transmission of PRACH from related user equipment (UE). At the dynamic power nodes (DPNs) monitoring for such PRACH-based proximity, features are disclosed which establish neighbor lists for more efficient management of detection and proximity activation. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211678 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LOW POWER WAKE UP SIGNAL AND OPERATIONS FOR WLAN - Methods and apparatuses for wireless communications are disclosed. In one aspect, an apparatus for wireless communications includes a receiver configured to wirelessly receive a message comprising a time for the apparatus to wake up and instructions to execute an action in response to receiving a paging frame from a wireless communication device. The receiver is further configured to receive the paging frame from the wireless communication device. The apparatus further includes a processor configured to execute the action in response to receiving the paging frame. In one implementation, receiving the paging frame comprises comparing an address of the paging frame with an address of the apparatus. The action may include one or more of sending a power save poll frame, waiting for packet reception, receiving the beacon, and receiving the delivery traffic indication message beacon. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211679 | COMMUNICATION STATE TRANSITIONING CONTROL - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe devices, methods, computer-readable media and systems configurations for managing state transitions of communication circuitries in wireless networks. Embodiments manage radio resource control (RRC) state transitions and/or discontinuous reception (DRX) state transitions. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211680 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS BY STATION THAT OPERATES IN POWER SAFE MODE IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A method for communication performed by a station in a wireless local area network system is provided. The method includes receiving a first change sequence from an access point, transmitting a probe request frame to an access point in order to request updated system information, the probe request frame including the first change sequence, and receiving a probe response frame from the access point in response to the probe request frame. The probe response frame includes a second change sequence. The first change sequence and the second change sequence indicate a change of system information within a basic service set (BSS). | 07-31-2014 |
20140219146 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION WHEN BRIDGING INDEPENDENT CHIPSETS - A wireless communication device architecture is provided. The wireless communication device can include a WLAN chipset, a cellular chipset, and an application processor. The application processor can include a first portion and a second portion. The first portion can include at least one root complex powered via a dedicated power domain, which can be independent of at least one second power domain that can power the second portion. The WLAN chipset can coupled to a first port of the at least one root complex via a first interface. The cellular chipset can be coupled to a second port of the at least one root complex via a second interface. The at least one root complex can use power received via the dedicated power domain to bridge the WLAN chipset and the cellular chipset while the second portion of the application processor is sleeping. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219147 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR POWER SAVING FOR MULTICAST AND BROADCAST DATA - Systems and methods are disclosed for wireless communication including transmitting a beacon comprising group traffic information indicating whether group traffic is buffered for transmission and multicast/broadcast (MB) information indicating a type of the buffered group traffic with a first node. The beacon may be received by a second node, allowing the type of the buffered group traffic to be determined from the MB information. Types of buffered group traffic include multicast data, broadcast data and both multicast and broadcast data. As desired, the second node may enter a power save mode of operation upon determining that the type of buffered group data is not currently of interest. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219148 | Method and Apparatus for Waking Up a Device - A method and an apparatus for waking up a device are disclosed by embodiments of the present invention. In one embodiment, a method includes detecting, by a first device, whether a second device transmits a radio signal, when a timing interval of a timer is equal to a preset threshold, where the first device is a device woken up by the second device, transmitting, by the first device, a first message to the second device when the radio signal is detected, causing the second device to switch to a station (STA) mode after receiving the first message, where the first message is used to notify the second device that the first device is woken up successfully, and switching, by the first device, to an access point (AP) mode, causing the second device to implement wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) access through the first device. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219149 | ACCESS POINT (AP) FOR ALLOCATING ASSOCIATION IDENTIFICATION (AID) BASED ON TYPE OF STATIONS (STAS) AND OPERATION METHOD OF AP - Provided is an access point (AP) for providing wireless communication to a plurality of stations (STAs), the AP including a type determiner to determine a type of each of the plurality of STAs, and an association identification (AID) allocator to allocate AIDs to the plurality of STAs, respectively, based on the determined type such that AIDs corresponding to an identical type among the allocated AIDs are clustered. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219150 | BASE STATION IN CELLULAR NETWORK SYSTEM AND SLEEP CONTROL METHOD FOR BASE STATION - It is provided a base station included in a cellular network system together with other neighboring base stations, which provides information service to a user terminal. The base station comprising: a determination unit for comparing states of traffic currently provided by said base station and other neighboring base stations and determining whether said base station has the lowest traffic; an information transmission unit for sending a sleep request and a handover request for handing over the user terminal associated with said base station to one of the neighboring base stations in case where the determination unit determines that the traffic currently provided by the base station is lowest; a receiving unit for receiving feedback information sent from the one of the neighboring base stations after admission control; and an executing unit for executing sleep decision after receiving handover request permitting information from the neighboring base station. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219151 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN CONNECTED MODE DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - A method for reducing power consumption in connected mode discontinuous reception is disclosed. The method can include a wireless communication device sending a transmission for a pending HARQ retransmission process and receiving an ACK for the transmission. The method can further include the wireless communication device determining a subset of remaining uplink transmission opportunities in the pending HARQ retransmission process to monitor for an uplink grant in response to receiving the ACK and monitoring the subset of remaining uplink transmission opportunities for an uplink grant. The method can additionally include the wireless communication device entering a sleep state for any uplink transmission opportunities remaining in the pending HARQ retransmission process after monitoring the subset of remaining uplink transmission opportunities in an instance in which an uplink grant for the pending HARQ retransmission process is not received for any of the subset of remaining uplink transmission opportunities. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219152 | Method and an Apparatus in a User Equipment for Controlling Transmission Power of the User Equipment - Disclosed are methods and apparatuses in user equipments ( | 08-07-2014 |
20140219153 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING SOUND REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION POWER - A method of adjusting a transmit power for sounding reference signals in a wireless communication system supporting a plurality of cells, performed by a user equipment, including determining a first transmit power for a first sound reference signal (SRS) to be transmitted on a first serving cell and a second transmit power for a second SRS to be transmitted on a second serving cell, and if a total transmit power for the first SRS and the second SRS exceeds a maximum transmit power, scaling the first SRS and the second SRS with a same scaling factor. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219154 | METHOD FOR POWER-ON CONTROL OF MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOBILE TERMINAL - The disclosure discloses a method for power-on control of a mobile terminal and a mobile terminal. The method includes: when a power-on detection flag bit in a mobile terminal is at a high level, judging whether there is an external power supply access event; if it is judged that there is an external power supply access event, and it is detected that the mobile terminal is in a power-off status currently, then triggering an external power supply power-on event, and setting the power-on detection flag bit to a high level; if it is judged that there is no external power supply access event, then judging whether there is a key-pressing event; and if it is judged that there is a key-pressing event, and it is determined that the key-pressing event is used for controlling to turn on the mobile terminal, then triggering a key-pressing power-on event, and setting the power-on detection flag bit to a high level. The technical solution of the disclosure proposes a specific implementation solution for supporting two types of power-on events using an existing power supply management chip. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219155 | POWER SAVING MECHANISM FOR MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal includes a detector configured to detect presence of a first possible connection to a mobile network and a second possible connection to the mobile network, the first possible connection being a connection of a first technology and the second possible connection being a connection of a second technology. A selector identifies which of the first possible connection and the second possible connection causes less energy consumption in the mobile terminal in its low-power mode of operation, and a controller connects the mobile terminal to the mobile network through the identified possible connection. The disclosure is also directed to a corresponding operating method, a corresponding computer program, and a network entity for supporting a mobile terminal in performing a power consumption sensitive cell reselection. | 08-07-2014 |
20140233442 | POWER MANAGEMENT IN DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEMS (DASs), AND RELATED COMPONENTS, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS - Power management in a distributed communications system, such as a distributed antenna system (DAS), that includes determining user activity at remote units of the DAS. When user activity in one or more remote units falls below or above a specified threshold, power usage by the one or more remote units is reduced or increased accordingly. The power usage may reduced and/or increased by turning select remote units on or off, by increasing or reducing an operating voltage of one or more power amplifiers, and/or by turning select multiple-in, multiple-out (MIMO) front ends on or off. Power may be reduced such that wireless coverage within a specified area is maintained. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233443 | LINK VERIFICATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for verifying the status of a wireless connection between a wireless device and an access point are disclosed. If the number of missed beacon frames exceeds a threshold value, the wireless device transmits a link verification request to the access point. If the wireless device receives a response to the link verification request, the wireless device may verify the connection and then retrieve downlink data from the access point. If the wireless device does not receive a response, then the wireless device may terminate the wireless connection. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233444 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS COEXISTENCE - Systems and methods are disclosed for coordinating operation of WLAN and ANT systems. A coexistence manager may determine an operating mode of the ANT transceiver and selectively enable and disable the ANT and WLAN transceivers based on the operating mode to reduce the potential for interference. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233445 | MULTI-CHANNEL POWER CONTROL - Embodiments of computer-implemented methods, systems, computing devices, and computer-readable media are described herein for assigning transmission power to one or more components carriers in an uplink transmission utilizing carrier aggregation. In one embodiment, power is assigned to a component carrier based on the priority level of the component carrier. In another embodiment, power is assigned based on absolute priority order. In yet another embodiment, power is assigned based on relative priority order. | 08-21-2014 |
20140241225 | Mechanisms for Timing and Signaling Coordination in Multi-Point Connectivity - A method for communication in a wireless telecommunications network is provided. The method comprises coordinating, by a wireless device, with a first network node to identify a first radio resource configuration comprising a first set of radio resources which is used by the wireless device to communicate with the first network node. The first set of radio resources comprises at least one of radio resources in which the wireless device transmits to the first network node, or radio resources in which the wireless device receives from the first network node. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241226 | Polling Beacon - Beacon-poll frames are transmitted from a station (STA) to a wireless AP in an opportunistic manner. In response to receiving a beacon-poll frame, the wireless AP transmits a unicast beacon frame to the STA, thereby eliminating the need for the STA to periodically wake up to receive broadcast beacon frames from the AP. The wireless AP may transmit the unicast beacon frame at a higher speed than a conventional broadcast beacon frame. As a result, the time that the STA must be awake to receive the unicast beacon frame is significantly less than the time that the STA must be awake to receive a conventional broadcast beacon frame, thereby resulting in significant power savings within the STA. The wireless AP may aggregate downlink (DL) data packets to be transmitted to the STA with the unicast beacon frame, resulting in further power savings within the STA. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241227 | Discontinuous Rreception - A method may be provided. The method may include selecting one of a first discontinuous cycle of a first length and a second discontinuous reception cycle of a second length. The second discontinuous reception cycle may be of a different length to the first cycle. Both of the first and second cycles may be available for selection. The method may further include using said selected cycle. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241228 | WIRELESS ACCESS POINT TERMINAL AND CONNECTION CONTROL METHOD - A wireless access point terminal capable of reducing power consumption even if housed terminals are present. This device is a wireless access point terminal ( | 08-28-2014 |
20140247760 | Power Efficient UE Side Mechanism For Receiving BMC Messages - A UE side Broadcast/Multicast Control (BMC) protocol layer determines those Cell Broadcast Service (CBS) messages (and their repetitions) which the UE shall read or ignore in a succeeding CBS schedule period, based on the CBS Schedule Message contents (Message Description Type and New Message Bitmap) received in a current CBS schedule period, the CBS messages already stored in the BMC, and the CBS messages to be received. In this manner, the UE may ignore CBS messages it has already received, without knowledge of the CBS message serial numbers, and thus conserve resources such as battery power. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247761 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE POWER REDUCTION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A wireless communications power saving method and apparatus is provided. The method includes, when no reverse link traffic exists and no forward link traffic has been received for a predetermined amount of time, establishing, at a terminal, a reverse link transmission pilot signal duty cycle, and boosting overhead channel signal transmission power during ON slots and gating overhead channel and pilot signal transmission power during OFF slots. The design further includes estimating, at the terminal, an available data transmission rate, determining an actual data transmission rate, setting a terminal transmission duty cycle for a next period based on the estimated available data transmission rate, the actual data transmission rate, and a margin of error, and transmitting data from the terminal according to the terminal transmission duty cycle. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247762 | METHOD AND NETWORK-SIDE DEVICE FOR OPTIMIZING ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION OF ISR - The present application relates to mobile communication technical field, and a method for optimizing activation/deactivation Idle State signaling Reduction (ISR) and a network side device are disclosed. The method includes: during a process of updating User Element (UE) area, a first network entity, when receiving a context request message transmitted from a second entity, determines to activate or deactivate ISR, according to a mobile-reachable timer or an implicit detach timer corresponding to said UE, or operation states of the mobile-reachable timer and the implicit detach timer; and the first network entity transmits the determination result to the second network entity, said second network entity determines to instruct the UE to activate or deactivate the ISR according to the received determination result. The application optimizes the existing procedure for the activating/deactivating of the ISR, enables the ISR processing at the network side and the UE side to be consistent in height, and thus avoiding unnecessary signaling expense. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247763 | Discontinuous Reception Start Offset Coordinated with Semi-Persistent Scheduling System and Method - An apparatus and method are provided for configuring a user agent to receive semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) transmissions independent of the user agent monitoring a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). Also provided are an apparatus and method for configuring a user agent to monitor a PDCCH in a subframe to which one of a downlink assignment or an uplink grant is configured. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247764 | Method of Operating a Communication Device Operable in an Active Mode and in an Idle Mode, a Computer Program Product for Executing the Method, and the Communication Device Operable in an Active Mode and in an Idle Mode - A method of operating a communication device comprises providing the communication device (T, T | 09-04-2014 |
20140247765 | SYSTEM AND A METHOD OF CONFIGURING RADIO ACCESS NETWORK PARAMETERS FOR A USER EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO A WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of configuring a set of Radio Access Network (RAN) parameters including Discontinuous Reception (DRX) configurations for user equipment in a wireless networking system. The method includes determining traffic characteristics associated with user equipment based on the number and types of applications running in it. The method further includes steps of modifying and updating the DRX configurations and the RAN parameters for different situations of wireless transmission and reception. The updated DRX configurations and the RAN parameters for communication with the user equipment results in an efficient power consumption management. | 09-04-2014 |
20140254442 | GSM TONE DETECTION - A method for tone detection includes wireless communicating on a first radio access technology (RAT). A determination is made of whether a gap generated by at least one idle timeslot in the first RAT communications is sufficient to perform tone detection but not sufficient to perform base station identity code (BSIC) verification of a second RAT. The halting of the performance of tone detection of the second RAT is made when the gap is not sufficient to perform BSIC verification. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254443 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH LOW-POWER ROAMING - A low-power roaming mechanism is described. This low-power roaming mechanism is used by a portable electronic device when the portable electronic device enters a stand-by mode (sleep mode). During this stand-by mode, the portable electronic device allows a wireless interface to look for surrounding wireless networks with a configurable quota. This quota is allotted for roaming based on the usage or communication pattern of the portable electronic device. Once the allotted quota is completely used, the portable electronic device is blocked from performing roaming operations to prevent the portable electronic device from draining the battery. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254444 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SAVING POWER BY TRANSMISSION INTERVAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for controlling power consumption of a terminal in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes deactivating one or more of hardware components for signal reception in a transmission interval if there is no data to be received in the transmission interval, and receiving a control signal by activating all the components in a next transmission interval. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254445 | WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK WAKE-UP RANGE EXTENSION VIA ENERGY HARVESTING AND EDGE DEVICES - An enhanced, ultra low power passive wake-up radio-based sensor includes a passive wake-up radio-based sensor node having an energy harvester and low power wake-up circuit to improve the wake-up range for passive wake-up radio sensor nodes without the need for local power. The wake-up sensor may additionally include a transmitter for providing a wake-up signal to nodes that are outside the wake-up range of a base. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254446 | WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK DEVICE - Systems and methods for saving power by a personal area network (PAN) coordinator and a device are described herein. A PAN coordinator is provided to form a wireless PAN with one or more of the devices. Further, the PAN coordinator and the devices enter sleep states to save power. The wireless PAN is available when the PAN coordinator enters an active state. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254447 | DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF KEEP-ALIVE MESSAGES FOR EFFICIENT BATTERY USAGE IN A MOBILE NETWORK - Systems and methods for dynamic adjustment of keep-alive message intervals in a mobile network are disclosed. One embodiment of maintaining an IP connection between a mobile terminal and a network node over a network includes, detecting a rate with which the client-slide request are made from the mobile terminal, detecting a rate with which the client-slide request are made from the mobile terminal, sending, by the network node, keep-alive messages to the mobile terminal in an absence of network traffic through the IP connection between the mobile terminal and the network node, and/or further optimizing the time intervals between the keep-alive messages based on a cost to send the keep-alive messages in the network. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254448 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING POWER CONSERVATION VIA TIME-GATING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The described apparatus and methods may include a receiver configured to receive a control signal, and a controller configured to regulate power consumption of the receiver during intervals of less than one radio frame based on the control signals. The controller may also be configured to regulate power consumption of a transmitter during intervals of less than one radio frame based on the control signal. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254449 | POWER SAVE WITH DATA FETCH TIME, WITH END OF DATA INDICATION, AND WITH MORE DATA ACKNOWLEDGEMENT - A particular method includes transmitting a fetch trigger frame from a station to an access point. The method includes entering a power save mode at the station until a determination at the station that a fetch time associated with the station has elapsed. The access point is configured to communicate with one or more other stations during the fetch time. The method further includes, in response to the determination, exiting the power save mode and receiving one or more data frames from the access point at the station after exiting the power save mode. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254450 | POWER SAVE WITH END OF DATA INDICATION - A particular method includes receiving a first frame from a station at an access point indicating that the station is to enter a power save mode. The method also includes transmitting one or more data frames from the access point to the station. The one or more data frames were buffered for transmission prior to receipt of the first frame. The method further includes transmitting an end of data frame to the station. Another particular method includes transmitting a first frame from the station to the access point indicating that the station is to enter the power save mode. The method also includes refraining from entering the power save mode until an end of data frame is received from the access point. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254451 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EMPLOYING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION CONFIGURATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - The present invention provides a method of selecting and applying Discontinuous Reception (DRX) configurations in a wireless network environment. In one embodiment, a method includes obtaining location and time information associated with user equipment, and selecting at least one DRX configuration suitable for one or more applications miming on the user equipment from a plurality of DRX configurations based on location and time information. The method also includes transmitting information associated with the selected DRX configuration to a network entity so that the network entity applies the selected DRX configuration for the user equipment. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254452 | ACTIVE BANDWIDTH INDICATOR FOR POWER-SAVING UES - The present invention relates to a terminal and a base station, and to a receiving and transmitting method to be performed at the terminal and the base station, respectively. In particular, the present invention relates to power consumption reduction by providing two operation bandwidths for a terminal, one being a cell-bandwidth, a bandwidth in which the cell may operate and the other one is a bandwidth, lower than the cell-bandwidth and called power-saving bandwidth. The terminal may perform the initial cell search including reception of the system information in the cell bandwidth and perform other reception/transmission/monitoring operation(s) in the power-saving bandwidth. Accordingly, a low-cost terminal implementation is enabled, which is particularly advantageous for the machine communication terminals. | 09-11-2014 |
20140269462 | Signature-Coded Wake-Up Transmission - A wake-up radio is configured to scan for transmissions while the radio receiver is in sleep mode. The wake-up radio detects incoming RF transmissions intended for the radio receiver by analyzing data frame characteristics in an incoming RF transmission. The data frame characteristics may contain a signature code that is unique to the radio receiver. The signature code may be based on the time duration of a sequence of orthogonal frequency division multiplex (OFDM) symbols received in a clear to send to self (CTS2S) transmission or a time duration of short interframe spaces (SIFS) used to transmit the data frames. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269463 | INTELLIGENT BEACONING BY SOFTWARE-ENABLED ACCESS POINT - Methods and systems according to embodiments of the present disclosure provide intelligent transmission of beacons by a SoftAP-enabled user device for minimizing power consumption. In an embodiment, a method comprises transmitting a first beacon from the SoftAP to a station connected to the SoftAP. The method also comprises determining a beacon interval between the first beacon and a second beacon. The method further comprises dynamically changing the beacon interval. And the method also comprises transmitting the second beacon upon the changed beacon interval passing since the transmitting of the first beacon. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269464 | COMMUNICATIONS METHODS AND APPARATUS THAT FACILITATE DISCOVERY OF SMALL COVERAGE AREA BASE STATIONS - A communications system includes a plurality of different types of small coverage area base stations, e.g., femto cell base stations, WiFi access points and Bluetooth access points within a macro cell. Different user equipment (UE) devices, e.g., different smartphones, include different capabilities. In order for UE devices and small coverage area base stations with compatible capabilities to efficiently discover one another, the various small coverage area base stations and various UE devices utilize the macro cell communications band and macro cell communication protocol to coordinate device discovery and exchange discovery information and control information which allows a UE device to access a compatible small coverage area base station and subsequently communicate user data, e.g., traffic data, with the UE device. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269465 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALERT MESSAGE RECEPTION - A method can include connecting to a wireless local area network access point. The method can include receiving an enhanced broadcast indication message of a plurality of enhanced broadcast indication messages that indicate a delivery time and an identifier of a future broadcast message. The method can include scheduling a time to receive the future broadcast message after a future beacon based on information in the enhanced broadcast indication message. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269466 | CONTROLLING WI-FI SERVICE IN A VEHICLE - A method of controlling a Wi-Fi service provided by a vehicle includes detecting at the vehicle that an ignition switch of the vehicle is turned off; wirelessly receiving at the vehicle a message that controls the operation of the Wi-Fi service while the ignition switch of the vehicle is turned off; and activating or deactivating the Wi-Fi service provided by the vehicle in response to the wirelessly-received message while the ignition switch of the vehicle is turned off. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269467 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SAVING POWER IN MONITORING AND TRACKING DEVICES - This disclosure provides systems, methods and apparatus for wireless data communication. In one aspect, a device communicates with a base station. The device comprises a circuit configured to generate energy based on an environmental input. The device further comprises a storage device configured to store the energy. The device further comprises a clock circuit configured to generate a clock signal. The clock circuit is configured to power on during an active state of the device and power off during a sleep state of the device. The device further comprises a trigger circuit configured to generate a trigger signal that transitions the device into the active state when a level of the energy stored reaches a threshold value. The device further comprises a transmitter configured to transmit a message to the base station in response to generation of the trigger signal. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269468 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS BAND SWITCHING - Systems and methods are disclosed for coordinating operation on multiple frequency bands between two or more multiple concurrent band (MCB) devices. The band switch protocols may include sending information on a second band after a communications link has been established on a first band. The receiving device may treat the transmission of the frame on the new band as a message to switch bands, such that the transmitting and receiving devices may conduct subsequent communications on the new band. Further, the band switch protocols allow for seamless operation over the band switch event. As a result, a frequency band having desired performance characteristics may be selected dynamically. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269469 | HIGH POWER CHANNEL STATE NOTIFICATION FOR MOBILE APPLICATIONS - Systems and methods for providing high power channel state notification, management, and optimization are provided. In some embodiments, data transmissions from mobile devices to remote servers are managed. For example, the operating system, lower level apparatus, or software bundle, sequentially align, or otherwise coordinate the messages to be transmitted during each high power channel state. In addition, the impact to the application and user experience can be utilized in managing the transmissions. In some cases, various embodiments provide the application with the knowledge (e.g., the optimal moment, transmission schedule, etc.) for the transmission of its data. In addition, some embodiments allow the application to piggy back a data transmission that might otherwise be delayed on already open high speed channel to increase the devices performance data transfer. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269470 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN CUSTOMER PREMISES EQUIPMENT - A power control apparatus for controlling power consumption in customer premises equipment (CPE) for use in a content and data distribution network includes a detector, operative to determine an operational status of a connection between the CPE and a headend in the content and data distribution network, and a controller coupled with the detector. The controller is operative to place the CPE in a first mode of operation when the operational status is indicative of a loss of connectivity between the CPE and the headend. The apparatus further includes switching circuitry coupled with the controller. The switching circuitry is operative in the first mode to disable power to at least a portion of a first subset of functional modules in the CPE, to thereby reduce power consumption in the CPE. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269471 | Systems, Apparatuses, and Methods for Synchronizing Port Entry into a Low Power State - Systems, apparatuses, and method for synchronizing port entry into a lowest power state are described. All logic of a port placed into an intermediate state prior to entry into the lowest power state. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269472 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FAST TCH TO IDLE TRANSITION - Techniques for determining if it is safe for a mobile device to transition directly from a traffic session to a paging mode and for avoiding network re-synchronization procedures in stationary M2M devices are disclosed. It may be safe for direct transition if before-call and in-call network parameters correspond. If safe, the mobile device may transition from the traffic session directly to the paging mode to begin immediately monitoring the paging channel. In stationary M2M devices, paging information is stored before the traffic session and, once the traffic session is complete, the M2M device may be configured to receive paging messaging based on the stored paging information. The M2M device may also store system access information and confirm the validity of the information before returning to the sleep state. The stationary M2M device avoids network re-synchronization procedures. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269473 | Reducing Power Consumption By Effectively Utilizing The Device Wake Up Time In Single Channel Concurrency - A wireless device implements power saving logic for two or more wireless clients that concurrently communicate on a shared wireless channel (single channel concurrency). When one of the wireless clients transitions from power save mode to active mode (e.g., in response to a beacon signal), the power saving logic causes the other wireless client(s) to transition to active mode as well. Each wireless client ‘awakened’ in this manner transmits a NULL frame having a power management bit set to a logic ‘0’ value to an associated access point (AP), thereby indicating its active status to the associated AP. As a result, all of the wireless clients may concurrently receive buffered data from their associated APs on the shared wireless channel. If the ‘awakened’ wireless client(s) do not need to transition to active mode in response to their next received beacons, power consumption of the wireless device is advantageously reduced. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269474 | POWER SAVING FOR LOW LATENCY DETERMINISTIC NETWORKS IN WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORKS - Wireless communication in a wireless network comprises a wireless device communicating power save capability information with a coordinator during a discovery state. A beacon that indicates a configuration state is received by the wireless device. Configuration status information is sent to the coordinator. A configuration request is received by the wireless device from the coordinator for entering or exiting the power save mode. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269475 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING UPLINK SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING ACTIVATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus communicates with a UE in a DRX mode and using SPS and transmits information that enables the UE to reduce an amount of awake time while in the DRX mode and while using SPS. In another aspect, an apparatus communicates with a node using a DRX mode and using SPS and receives information that enables a reduction in an amount of awake time required while in the DRX mode and while using SPS. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269476 | POWER MANAGEMENT FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINT - A method and apparatus for power management of a wireless access point associated with a host device. The wireless access point is instructed to transition from a sleep mode to an active mode. The wireless access point then returns to the sleep mode, independent of any instruction from the host device, if no probe request has been received from an authorized client in a predetermined interval of time. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269477 | NETWORKED EVACUATION SYSTEM - A method includes determining, by a first node in a communication network, a listening schedule to be used by the first node. The listening schedule is based at least in part on a battery life of the first node. The method also includes transmitting, by the first node, the listening schedule to a second node in the communication network such that the second node is able to communicate with the first node in accordance with the listening schedule. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269478 | SYSTEM, APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR CONNECTING SHORT DISTANCE COMMUNICATION - A system, an apparatus, and a method for connecting short distance communication, which recognize a sufficiently close particular terminal so as to perform a short distance communication connection with low power consumption, are provided. The system includes a server terminal which broadcasts an action frame for a proximity connection for a first predetermined time when a proximity connection function is set, and a client terminal which checks for reception of the action frame for a second predetermined time when the proximity connection function is set and performs a short distance communication connection with the server terminal when an Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) value of the received action frame is equal to or greater than a threshold. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269479 | MULTIPLEXING AND FEEDBACK SUPPORT FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A control scheme using packet headers allows GSM EDGE Radio Access Network (GERAN) systems to increase spectral efficiency through multiplexing techniques, such as superposition coding, multi-user packet transmission, joint detection, and/or joint decoding. A fast feedback scheme for GERAN allows Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) frames to be transmitted over GERAN air interfaces without excessive feedback latency. As a result, Hybrid Automatic Repeat-reQuest (H-ARQ) acknowledgements may be timely provided for end-to-end VoIP calls that traverse GERAN air interfaces. Additionally, Incremental Redundancy H-ARQ and link quality feedback latencies are decreased. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269480 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION CONFIGURATION - The present invention discloses a method for discontinuous reception configuration, the method includes: receiving a discontinuous reception DRX configuration message from an eNodeB, where the DRX configuration message includes at least one of the following configuration parameters: new DRX cycle configuration and new on-duration configuration; applying the DRX cycle configuration, and determining a start time of the new on-duration configuration according a start state of an on-duration timer, or determining an application time of the new DRX cycle configuration. Correspondingly, the present invention further provides a user equipment. Implementing the method and user equipment provided by the present invention can solve the problem of desynchronization of the DRX status between the eNodeB and the UE, and avoid waste of scheduling resources. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269481 | AUTOMATING RADIO ENABLEMENT TO FACILITATE POWER SAVING - In an example embodiment, there is disclosed herein an apparatus comprising a wireless transceiver and a controller coupled to the wireless transceiver and configured to receive data via the wireless transceiver. The controller operates the wireless transceiver at a first power save state where the wireless transceiver can receive a frame but other circuits are de-energized. The controller is responsive to the wireless transceiver receiving a frame while the wireless transceiver is in a first power state to determine whether the frame is a predefined wakeup frame. The controller provides additional power to the wireless transceiver responsive to determining the frame is a predefined wakeup frame. | 09-18-2014 |
20140286210 | Fast Detection of Discontinuous Transmission - Techniques for detecting discontinuous transmission (DTX) are disclosed. In an example method, given a sequence of bits that is known by a wireless receiver to be included in transmission bursts targeted to the wireless receiver and given a series of received signal samples corresponding to an expected transmission burst for the wireless receiver, the wireless receiver estimates a channel response and a location for the sequence within the series. The wireless receiver generates a plurality of bit estimates from the subset of received signal samples, based on the estimated channel response, compares the bit estimates to bits in the sequence of bits, and determines whether a valid burst for the wireless receiver is present, based on said comparing. The disclosed techniques are particularly suitable for use in detecting DTX in VAMOS scenarios. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286211 | WIRELESS DEVICE WITH WLAN AND WPAN COMMUNICATION CAPABILITIES - A wireless device which operates according to a first protocol specification in active durations specified by the first protocol, and according to a second protocol specification in the idle durations specified by the first protocol specification. In an embodiment, the first protocol specification corresponds to IEEE 802.15.4 standard and the second protocol specification corresponds to IEEE 802.11 family of standards. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286212 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing system includes a first wireless communication apparatus, a second wireless communication apparatus, and an information processing apparatus. The first wireless communication apparatus receives data from a mobile communication terminal, and is capable of switching between an active state and a non-active state. The second wireless communication apparatus receives first identification information from the mobile communication terminal. In the second wireless communication apparatus, a first communication-capable range produced when the first wireless communication apparatus is in the active state overlaps or matches a second communication-capable range of the second wireless communication apparatus. The information processing apparatus generates a switching instruction to switch the first wireless communication apparatus from the non-active state to the active state when the second wireless communication apparatus receives the first identification information. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286213 | MOBILE DEVICE POWER MANAGEMENT WHILE PROVIDING LOCATION SERVICES - The disclosure is related to managing power consumption of a user equipment (UE) while providing location services. An aspect determines whether a given sensor configuration of a plurality of sensor configurations minimizes power consumption of the UE, wherein a sensor configuration comprises a set of values for a set of one or more sensor parameters controllable by the UE, and, based upon the determining, sets the set of one or more sensor parameters to the given sensor configuration. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286214 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UE-ONLY DISCONTINUOUS-TX SMART BLANKING - Aspects of the methods and apparatus relate to performing user equipment (UE) only discontinuous transmission (DTX) smart blanking. One aspect of the methods and apparatus include maintaining a list of voice configurations that would trigger user equipment (UE) discontinuous transmission (DTX). Further, the aspect includes receiving a current voice configuration for the UE from a network, and determining whether the current voice configuration of the UE received from the network falls within the list of voice configurations that would trigger UE DTX. Further, the aspect includes enabling uplink UE DTX at the UE when the current voice configuration of a UE falls within the list of voice configurations. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286215 | EXTENDED DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) CYCLE LENGTH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Embodiments of wireless communication devices and method for discontinuous reception (DRX) mode in wireless communication are generally described herein. Some of these embodiments describe a wireless communication device having a module to cause the wireless communication device to enter the DRX mode in an operational state of the wireless communication device. The DRX mode may include a DRX cycle having a DRX cycle length. The DRX cycle length may have a value greater than at least four values of DRX cycle lengths supported by an enhanced node-B. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286216 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD USING THE SAME - A wireless communication method using a control channel between wireless communication devices including: exchanging profile information between a node and intermediate relay nodes therearound so as to allow the node to transmit/receive data to/from a destination node; determining, by the node, a first intermediate relay node using the profile information and determining a wireless communication mode with the first intermediate relay node; and transmitting/receiving data between the node and the first intermediate relay node by the determined wireless communication mode is provided. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286217 | POWER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS NETWORK HAVING STATIONS WITH DIFFERENT POWER CAPABILITIES - Embodiments herein provide a device for communicating in a wireless network, the device comprising a processor, a memory, and a radio, wherein the device is to communicate to an associated access point (AP) information that includes a Max Idle time period corresponding to a time period set within the AP during which the device may be in a power save mode without being disconnected from the AP and wherein in the power save mode, the device is to selectively transmit to the associated AP and selectively refrain from transmission to the associated AP. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286218 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING LIST OF BEARERS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a list of bearers in a wireless communication system is provided. A first eNodeB (eNB) of an energy saving cell configures a list of minimum required evolved-UMTS terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) radio access bearers (E-RABs) or required E-RABs, and transmits the configured list of minimum required E-RABs or a required E-RABs to a second eNB of a compensation cell. Upon receiving the configured list of minimum required E-RABs, the second eNB checks whether the compensation cell is able to provide all E-RABs included in the list of minimum required E-RABs or not. Upon receiving the configured list of required E-RABs, the second eNB checks whether the compensation cell is able to provide E-RABs included in the list of required E-RABs or not. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286219 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING MEASUREMENTS IN ADAPTIVE DOWNLINK POWER TRANSMISSION - A wireless device, and a method therein, for performing a measurement on a first type of radio signal. The wireless device is comprised in a communications network. The wireless device receives at least two resource specific parameters for the first type of radio signal. The at least two resource specific parameters indicate different transmit power levels of the first type of radio signal and the different transmit power levels relate to two different resources in two different time periods for the first type of radio signal. Further, the wireless device receives a first type of radio signal transmitted at two different transmit power levels, and performs at least one measurement on the received first type of radio signal using the at least two resource specific parameters. | 09-25-2014 |
20140293848 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE DATA CHANNEL ACCESS - A communication device of an apparatus in one example comprises a radio interface for wireless data transfers over a data channel. The communication device comprises a data channel module adapted to receive at least one data channel request. The data channel request comprises a request for access to the data channel from an application executable on the communication device. The data channel module is adapted to maintain a deferred request list. The data channel module is adapted to determine whether to defer the access to the data channel for the data channel request. The data channel module is adapted to add the application to the deferred request list upon a determination to defer the access for that data channel request. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293849 | POWERING A NETWORK DEVICE WITH CONVERTED ELECTRICAL POWER - Examples disclose a networking device comprising a thermopile to convert a temperature difference between a heat surface and an ambient surface into electrical power. Additionally, the examples disclose a power management module to power the networking device with the converted electrical power. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293850 | POWER-SAVING TDMA MAC FOR WIRELESS BODY AREA NETWORKS - A time division multiple access (TDMA) media access control (MAC) protocol is provided for wireless body area networks (BANs). In particular, in some embodiments the described network devices utilize a reservation-based power saving polling (RESP) MAC protocol for communication. The RESP MAC can be configured to provide methods for emergency event handling of both bursty data and streaming data. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293851 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZATION WITHIN A NEIGHBORHOOD AWARE NETWORK - Methods, devices, and computer program products for synchronization of wireless devices in a peer-to-peer network are described herein. In one aspect, a method for determining at least one of a time for exiting and a time for entering a low power sleep mode to utilize a discovery window is provided. The method includes determining an earliest possible start time of a discovery window according to a clock at the first device. The method further includes transitioning from the low power sleep mode to a higher power active mode approximately at the determined earliest possible start time, wherein the determined earliest possible start time is based at least in part on a clock drift value associated with the first device and a clock drift value associated with a second device of the wireless network. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293852 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND BATTERY CONSUMPTION SMOOTHING METHOD - A wireless communication network system includes a first wireless communication device; and second wireless communication devices. The first wireless communication device selects a master unit from among the second wireless communication devices, on the basis of reception quality and storage battery remaining levels, and sends, to the selected master unit, a master unit request and a storage battery remaining level threshold for the master unit. The selected second wireless communication device operates as the master unit in accordance with the master unit request, and monitors the storage battery remaining level of the selected second wireless communication device on the basis of the storage battery remaining level threshold. When the storage battery remaining level of the selected second wireless communication device does not match the storage battery remaining level threshold, the selected second wireless communication device sends a master unit change request to the first wireless communication device. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293853 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DATA AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for transmitting machine type communication (MTC) data and an apparatus therefor are disclosed. A method for transmitting data in a MTC device located in a mobile communication system may comprise estimating an absolute position of the MTC device, receiving an awake message, extracting downlink synchronization information and absolute positional information of a base station included in the awake message, estimating a transmission delay time between the MTC device and the base station, and transmitting signal to the base station based on the transmission delay time and the downlink synchronization information. Therefore, a problem of uplink interferences between terminals and a base station due to a MTC device, which can be generated in supporting MTC services for a conventional cellular communication system, may be resolved. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293854 | Method and System for Server-Side Handling of a Low-Power Client in a Wide Area Network - A CMTS may receive a request that a network device be permitted to enter a power-saving mode of operation. In response, the CMTS may enter a power-saving mode of operation wherein MAC management messages, transmission opportunities for the sleeping network device, and/or contention periods on one or more channels occur at independently determinable intervals. The CMTS may then transmit a message granting the network device permission to enter the power-saving mode of operation. The CMTS may start a sleep timer upon transmitting the MAC management message and may deregister the network device if no communication is received from the network device prior to expiration of the sleep timer. The CMTs may buffer traffic destined for the network device in a buffer of the CMTS while the network device is in the power-saving mode of operation, and may wake the network device upon the amount of buffered traffic reaching a threshold. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293855 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS ROUTER - In an ad-hoc wireless communication system, when there occurs a disparity in the remaining amounts of the batteries of wireless routers, it is impossible for each wireless router to change a communication route by itself. As proposed herein, in an invented multi-hop wireless network for communication via a plurality of routers, a wireless router operating intermittently changes its intermittent operation interval depending on its circumstances by its own judgment. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293856 | DATA-RELATED TASK SUPPORT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Apparatuses may stay synchronized with a network via a beacon signal that is transmitted at a set interval. Various communication-related activities may be planned around an instance when a beacon signal is expected, or a target beacon transmission time (TBTT). While some networked apparatuses are active during every TBTT, other apparatuses may operate using a diluted beacon period that is an integer multiple of the network beacon signal interval. Diluted beacon intervals may initiate periods of time during which apparatuses may become “aware” of other apparatuses. Awareness may comprise information related to communication configuration, apparatus status, and services offered by the various apparatuses in the network. Awareness information obtained during an awake window may also comprise information on data-related tasks that are pending in one or more apparatuses which may allow for the control of further data conveyance activities. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293857 | Method and apparatus for managing terminals - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, there is provided an apparatus comprising at least one memory configured to store an identity of a terminal, at least one processing core configured to use a terminal-specific inactivity timer value and to associate the terminal-specific inactivity timer value with the identity to provide terminal- or user-specific inactivity timers to manage state transitions in mobiles. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293858 | NODE DETECTION IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A technique for detecting a neighboring node in a cellular communication network is disclosed. The neighboring node may employ a different radio access technology (RAT) and/or operate at a different frequency than adjacent nodes. The neighboring node transmits cell-specific or user equipment (UE) specific information using one or more Multicast Broadcast Single Frequency Network (MBSFN) subframes. This information can include data and/or control signaling for handover processing. A UE currently being served by another node can monitor the MBSFN subframes and initiate a search for the neighboring node, including inter-frequency measurements, based on the information contained in the MBSFN subframes. This allows UEs located at cell boundaries to become aware of the presence of the neighboring node, and may reduce UE power consumption used in searching for neighboring nodes, particularly those operating at a different carrier frequency or having a different RAT, for example, a wireless local area network (WIAN). | 10-02-2014 |
20140301257 | NOVEL DECODING ALGORITHM FOR THE HS-DPCCH HARQ MESSAGE EXPLOITING THE PRE-AND POSTAMBLES - A method that is implemented by a base station to decode a high speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH) using a preamble and postamble of a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) message while maintaining a fixed false alarm probability of interpreting a discontinuous transmission (DTX) as a HARQ acknowledgement (ACK) or HARQ negative acknowledgement (NACK). The method includes a set of steps, including receiving a signal from a user equipment (UE). The signal is despread using a G-RAKE demodulator. The despread signal is combined to produce a combined symbol estimate vector x including a preamble and postamble of the HARQ message. The combined symbol estimate vector x is checked to determine whether the signal includes a DTX, HARQ ACK or HARQ NACK, and then the DTX, HARQ ACK or HARQ NACK is output. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301258 | SIP SIGNALING CUT-THROUGH - Systems and methods are provided for reducing power consumption in a mobile device having a Internet Protocol (IP) multimedia subsystem (IMS) framework for supporting, e.g., Voice over Long Term Evolution (VoLTE), IP Voice over High Speed Packet Access (VoHSPA), and Rich Communication Suite (RCS) features. To support such functionality in a mobile device while reducing power consumption, a local Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) agent is implemented in, e.g., a wireless modem, of the mobile device to which SIP-related signaling can be redirected, and at which SIP-related processing can be performed when an application processor (AP) Of the mobile device is in sleep mode, thereby negating a need to wake up the AP to handle such functionality. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301259 | DYNAMIC VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY SCALING IN WIRELESS MODEMS - Methods and apparatuses are described in which dynamic voltage and frequency scaling may be used to save power when processing packets in a wireless communications device. In some cases, inframe detection may allow the device to determine whether to transition from a first (e.g., lower) voltage level to a second (e.g., higher) voltage level to process one or more packets of a received frame. For some packet types the first voltage level may be maintained. In other cases, the device may determine a bandwidth to use from among multiple bandwidths supported by the device. The bandwidth may be determined based on channel conditions. A voltage level may be identified that corresponds to the determined bandwidth and a processing voltage may be scaled to the identified voltage level. The device may be configured to operate in wireless local area network (WLAN) and/or in a cellular network (e.g., LTE). | 10-09-2014 |
20140301260 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENABLING LOW POWER DEVICES - Various embodiments are directed to a wireless access point capable of reserving a wireless communication channel by sending a quiet message to multiple legacy devices. The quiet message may include data identifying periodic quiet durations during which the legacy devices cannot access the wireless communication channel. The wireless access point may send a polling schedule to the multiple low power wireless devices. The polling schedule may include data identifying the periodic quiet durations. The wireless access point may then poll the multiple low power wireless devices during the periodic quiet durations. The low power wireless devices can exchange data with the wireless access point during the quiet durations. The quiet message sent to the legacy devices guarantees that the legacy devices will not use the specified channel during the quiet durations. Thus, communications with the low power wireless devices may occur without interference from the legacy devices. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301261 | Methods, Device and Node for DRX of Data - A method performed by a radio communication device for discontinuous reception, DRX, of data from a radio network node is disclosed. When information, indicating that data is scheduled to the radio communication device in a DRX cycle, is received ( | 10-09-2014 |
20140301262 | IN-SUBFRAME ADAPTIVE ADJUSTING - Methods, apparatuses, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication. In one configuration, an allocation of physical resources to be utilized by a wireless communication device during one or more portions of a subframe may be received at the wireless communication device. There may then be determined, based on the received allocation of physical resources, one or more bandwidths to be utilized at the wireless communication device during the one or more portions of the subframe. At least one of a voltage level or a clock frequency of the wireless communication device may be adjusted to process the one or more portions of the subframe. The at least one of the voltage level or the clock frequency may be adjusted based on the determined one or more bandwidths. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301263 | TIMING RESOLUTION FOR DEVICES WITH LONG SLEEP CYCLES - Timing resolution for user equipments (UEs) that operate using a discontinuous reception (DRX) mode that includes various sleep cycles may be addressed through selection of various alternative wake up procedures. A UE selects a wake-up procedure based on the length of the sleep cycle. The UE may use details of the sleep cycle, including a time offset or timing uncertainty associated with the sleep cycle, when selecting the wake-up procedure. The UE may select to obtain system timing information either directly from a serving cell or non-serving cell in sync with the serving cell or may select to perform either a one-step or two-step pre-wake up procedure in order to obtain the system timing. Once the UE obtains the system timing or determines a wake-up procedure, it performs timing correction before the scheduled wake-up times between the sleep cycles. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301264 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling Discontinuous Reception (DRX) by a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The UE receives a DRX configuration parameter from an evolved Node B (eNB), and determines whether to start an on-duration timer based on the DRX configuration parameter, after a change in DRX cycle is completed in a subframe, thereby preventing system performance degradation caused by transmission mismatch between the eNB and the UE. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301265 | CARRIER CONTROL METHOD AND CORRESPONDING BASE STATION DEVICE - Embodiments of present invention disclose a carrier control method, including: acquiring traffic information of a current period on one or more baseband boards in a base station itself, wherein the traffic information includes traffic of each sector; configuring, according to the acquired traffic information of the current period, a disabling sequence of the baseband board; determining, according to traffic information stored before the current period and the traffic information of the current period, a change situation of the traffic of each sector; and controlling, according to the change situation and the disabling sequence of the baseband board, carrier(s) in each sector. The embodiments of the present invention further disclose a base station device. Through the above technical solution, the carrier(s) in each sector can be controlled through the change situation of the traffic of the current period, so that resources are saved and a rate of utilization is improved. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301266 | METHOD OF MONITORING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of monitoring a control channel in a wireless communication system includes monitoring a physical down-link control channel (PDCCH) during a monitored duration, wherein the monitored duration is a part of a discontinuous reception (DRX) period, the DRX period specifying the periodic repetition of the monitored duration followed by a non-monitored duration. By monitoring a control channel during a DRX period, battery consumption of a user equipment can be reduced and an operation time of the user equipment can be increased. | 10-09-2014 |
20140307600 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Method, apparatus, and computer program product example embodiments enable wireless communication devices to reduce power consumption. In example embodiments, a method comprises receiving, by a communication controller in a wireless communication device, proximity settings, from a host in the wireless communication device, for determining proximity of a peer wireless communication device, based on received signal strength indication (RSSI) of wireless signals received from the peer wireless communication device; analyzing, by the communication controller, real-time received signal strength indication (RSSI) measurement data of wireless signals received from the peer wireless communication device; and sending, by the communication controller, to the host in the wireless communication device, proximity events resulting from the analysis of the real-time received signal strength indication (RSSI) measurement data, based on the received proximity settings for determining proximity of the peer wireless communication device. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307601 | POWER SAVING ENHANCEMENTS WITH LOW LATENCY 802.11 - An access terminal transmits at least one uplink transaction to an access point during a transaction slot of a frame including a plurality of slots, when a transaction criterion is satisfied. The transaction criterion may be receipt of a beacon signal from the access point indicating the access point has downlink data for the access terminal. In this case, the uplink transaction includes a trigger configured to pull downlink data from the access point. The access terminal may transmit a burst of uplink transactions over a number of frames, until it receives an empty indication from the access point indicating that all available downlink data has been pulled from the access point. The transaction criterion may be a presence of uplink data at the access point that is intended for the access point. In this case, the access terminal transmits data for the access point during the uplink transaction. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307602 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FRAME PERFORMED BY STATION OPERATING IN POWER SAVE MODE IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for transmitting and receiving frames performed by a station (STA) in power save mode in a wireless local area network is provided. The method includes: transmitting a Power Save (PS) poll frame to an access point (AP) in a first 20 MHz channel; transmitting at least one duplicated PS poll frame to the AP in at least one second 20 MHz channel, the at least one duplicated PS poll frame being generated by duplicating the PS poll frame; and receiving a bufferable frame from the AP as a response of at least one of the PS poll frame and the at least one duplicated PS poll frame. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307603 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION FOR MULTICARRIER SYSTEMS WITH FLEXIBLE BANDWIDTH CARRIER - Methods, systems, and devices are provided for discontinuous reception (DRX) alignment for multicarrier systems that may utilize one or more flexible bandwidth carriers. Tools and techniques are provided that may help ensure signaling alignment, such as with respect to DRX cycles, in multicarrier systems that may utilize one or more flexible bandwidth carriers and/or systems that may utilize multiple different flexible bandwidth carriers. Some methods may include identifying a DRX cycle for a first cell and/or adjusting a boundary for a DRX cycle for a second cell such that the boundary for the DRX cycle for the second cell coincides with a boundary for the DRX cycle for the first cell, where at least the first cell or the second cell comprises at least one of the one or more flexible bandwidth carriers. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307604 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device includes a memory, and a processor coupled to the memory and configured to transmit a first packet including a first information within a contention-free period assigned to the communication device, the first packet storing last data to be transmitted in the contention-free period, the first information indicating presence of remaining data to be transmitted in the contention-free period, and, after transmit the first packet, to transmit a second packet including a second information within the contention-free period, the second information indicating absence of remaining data to be transmitted in the contention-free period. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307605 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD OF MULTI-HOP NETWORK AND DEVICE USING THE SAME - There are provided a data transmission method of a multi-hop network and a device using the same. The data transmission method of the multi-hop network according to the invention may include receiving information on the multi-hop network, receiving a predetermined desired communication reliability (DCR) of data transmission from a source node to a sink node, determining a single-hop packet transmission rate of each node from the source node to the sink node satisfying the predetermined desired DCR based on the information on the multi-hop network, and notifying each node configuring the multi-hop network of the single-hop packet transmission rate of each of the nodes. In the method and device according to the invention, it is possible to satisfy the DCR required for the multi-hop network and decrease energy consumption by minimizing the total number of transmitted packets. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307606 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR THE CONTROL OF DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for controlling discontinuous reception on a mobile device and in particular to control a short discontinuous reception timer in response to receipt of a medium access control control element. The methods and apparatus include stopping, restarting or maintaining the short discontinuous reception timer. Methods and apparatus for limiting or stopping a retransmission timer by providing user equipment with a maximum retry value for transmissions, by providing a maximum redundant version value, or by providing a medium access control control element to stop or prevent the start of a retransmission timer. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307607 | SYSTEM WAKEUP ON WIRELESS NETWORK MESSAGES - While an information handling device is in a reduced power state, the information handling device transitions from the reduced power state to a higher power state in response to receiving a message over an established wireless network connection that maintains a presence on a wireless network. In turn, the information handling device processes the message accordingly in the higher power state. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307608 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method and system for wireless communication are provided. The method for wireless communication comprises following steps. The master device encodes an information code sequence including a communication demand into a wake-up sequence and transmits the wake-up sequence to each slave device continuously within a preset time period. The slave device receives the wake-up sequence in the detecting period, decodes the wake-up sequence, judges the correlation between the at least two parts, determines whether to be waken-up according to a judging result and performs corresponding response according to the decoding information. When implementing the technical solution in this invention, the power consumption in the wireless communication is reduced, the encoding efficiency is enhanced and the communication process is simpler. | 10-16-2014 |
20140313952 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR ASSIGNED ACCESS SLOT GROUP INDICATION - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments of the invention are disclosed for assigned access slot group indication employable, for example, in connection with wireless networks. In an example embodiment of the invention, a method, comprises: receiving at a device from an access node: an encode of a block portion of a start association identifier and an encode of a block portion of an end association identifier; and a first indication and a second indication; calculating, at the device, a middle of the segment; decoding, at the device in view of said first indication, the encode of the block portion of the start association identifier based at least partly on said middle of the segment; and decoding, at the device in view of said second indication, the encode of the block portion of the end association identifier based at least partly on said middle of the segment. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313953 | ADJUSTING MEASUREMENT REPORTS TO REDUCE POWER CONSUMPTION - A UE may improve power performance by adjusting measurement reports based on uplink power. The UE factors in the uplink transmit power into the downlink radio signal strength measurement results that are reported to a network. When the UE is transmitting higher than normal uplink power, the UE can adjust the measurement results and report an artificially lower measurement result to the network, to account for the uplink transmit power. The UE may trigger a handover based at least in part on the adjusted measurement report. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313954 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SAVING ENERGY IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE INTERFACES - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for saving energy in a communication system supporting multiple interfaces. The apparatus for saving energy in a communication system supporting multiple interfaces based on a network, comprises: a profile database maintaining profile information related to an amount of power consumption by each interface; an energy determination unit determining an amount of energy consumption expected when downloading data according to the size of the data to be downloaded, and determining an amount of overload energy expected when changing a state mode related to the existence of traffic by using the profile information by each interface; and a system control unit selecting at least one interface for downloading data according to the amount of energy consumption and an amount of overload energy. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313955 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPLINK TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION IN CONJUNCTION WITH DISCONTINOUS RECEPTION - Systems and methods for controlling sounding reference signal transmission are provided; a user equipment starts transmitting the sounding reference signal in anticipation of uplink data transmission, and then discontinues transmitting the sounding reference signal after completion of uplink data transmission. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313956 | TRADING SPECTRUM FOR ENERGY SAVINGS IN GREEN COGNITIVE CELLULAR NETWORKS - Technologies are generally described for reducing overall power consumption of a wireless network such as a cellular network through spectrum trading. According to some examples, spectrum may be shared between primary base stations (PBSs) and secondary base stations (SBSs) to reduce a power consumption of PBSs and increase the spectral efficiency of cellular networks. A PBS may share a portion of its licensed bandwidth with SBSs, to provide data services to primary users (Pus) within SBSs' coverage area. Due to their proximity to the PUs, the SBSs may satisfy the PUs' quality of service (QoS) requirements by utilizing a portion of the allocated bandwidth. Thus, PBSs may reduce their power consumption by offloading some of the PUs to SBSs. Because the SBSs typically use lower power compared to the PBS, the overall power consumption of the network may be reduced as well. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313957 | Method and Device for Power Saving - The present invention discloses a method and device for power saving, receiving the hibernation instruction sent by the network side, one or multiple hardware units inside a station (STA) are turned off to allow the STA to enter a hibernation mode; When STA receives a service instruction from the network side or when the STA has data to be transmitted to a central access point (CAP) of the network side, all the hardware units turned off are turned on to allow the STA to terminate the hibernation mode. Application of the present invention allows within a certain period for a STA remain at a minimal power state, thus conserving power and air interface resources. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313958 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZING CHANGES IN POWER SAVING PROCEDURES - A method and devices are provided for use in a wireless communications network for affecting changes in a power saving class (PSC) associated with a subscriber terminal. The method comprises the steps of: providing at least one PSC for use by said subscriber terminal; at each of said subscriber terminal and said corresponding base station, setting a counting value for said at least one PSCs to be equal to a pre-defined initial value; and upon transmitting or receiving at either one of said subscriber terminal and said base station a message identifying a change in said at least one PSC, updating operating parameters associated with said at least one PSC and increasing at the respective subscriber terminal or base station, the counting value of the corresponding one or more of said at least one PSC by a pre-determined value. Preferably, the method further comprises transmitting a message which comprises a request to affect a change in power saving status of said subscriber terminal, wherein the message comprises an indication of the counting value associated with a PSC currently available at the side transmitting said message; and upon receiving the message comprising the request to affect a change in the power saving status, determining whether the counting value comprised in the message matches the counting value at the side transmitting that message, and if in the affirmative, evaluating whether the requested change may be carried out. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313959 | Apparatus and Method for Processing Downlink Signal - An apparatus includes a downlink signal differentiating unit is configured to receive a downlink signal and differentiate a type of the downlink signal. A public baseband processing unit is connected to the downlink signal differentiating unit and is configured to receive a public downlink signal obtained by the downlink signal differentiating unit by the differentiating, to encode and modulate the public downlink signal to obtain a public baseband signal, and to transmit the public baseband signal to a carrier unit. A traffic baseband processing unit is connected to the downlink signal differentiating unit, and is configured to receive a traffic downlink signal obtained by the downlink signal differentiating unit by the differentiating, to encode and modulate the traffic downlink signal to obtain a traffic baseband signal, and to transmit the traffic baseband signal to the carrier unit. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313960 | DIRECT DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSOR CONTROL OF MULTI-CHANNEL SCAN FOR RE-ESTABLISHING CONNECTIONS IN A WIRELESSLY NETWORKED DEVICE - A method and system for establishing a wireless connection between a portable computer system and a wireless network, particularly when the portable computer system goes out of coverage and a wireless connection needs to be re-established. The portable computer system has a main processor and a digital signal processor (DSP). The main processor is placed in a low power mode, conserving battery power. When the portable computer system goes out of coverage, broadcast channels used by the wireless network are scanned by the DSP instead of the main processor to identify channels that have sufficient signal strength for the wireless connection. Thus, the main processor remains in the low power mode. When the DSP identifies acceptable channels, it wakes up the main processor and identifies the channels having sufficient signal strength. The main processor then establishes a wireless connection using one of the channels identified by the DSP. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313961 | CONTROL METHOD AND SYSTEM IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a power control method by a first device in a communication system. In the power control method, a first communication module is activated by supplying power to the first communication module without supplying power to the second communication module, data is received using the first communication module, the second communication module is activated by supplying power to the second communication module for transmitting the data to a second device using the second communication module, the data is transmitted to the second device using the second communication module, and the power supply to the second communication module is interrupted, if the data transmission is completed. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313962 | SYSTEM COORDINATED WLAN SCANNING - The invention proposes a scan control device, wherein in the scan operation a network detection is performed, the device comprising a request receiving means for receiving at least one request for providing scan information, and a scan control means for performing a scan operation independently from receiving the scan information requests. The invention also proposes a corresponding method and a computer program product. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313963 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device | 10-23-2014 |
20140321342 | Methods And Apparatus for Communication Scheduling - Systems and techniques for discontinuous reception management for user devices communicating using carrier aggregation. Information relating to discontinuous reception for a user device is received and used to determine discontinuous reception states of the user device. The information relating to discontinuous reception may include, for example, past scheduling information, information received at one scheduler and reporting scheduling information for another scheduler, or discontinuous reception information managed at a media access control layer of a base station. The discontinuous reception information may be used for scheduling of a plurality of carriers used for carrier aggregation by a user device, with scheduling for each carrier being performed by a scheduler dedicated to that carrier. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321343 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHODS FOR ADAPTING SYSTEM PARAMETERS BASED ON EXTENDED PAGING CYCLES - Embodiments of wireless communication devices and method for discontinuous reception (DRX) mode in wireless communication are generally described herein. Some of these embodiments describe a wireless communication device having processing circuitry arranged to determine to use an extended paging discontinuous reception (DRX) value to increase a paging cycle length above a value and select a first periodicity, based on the extended paging DRX value, at which the UE is to perform evaluation of a parameter of a network in which the UE is opera. The wireless communication device may have physical layer circuitry arranged to transmit a message to the network, indicating that the UE desires to perform evaluation of the parameter at the first periodicity. Other methods and apparatuses are also described. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321344 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING BATTERY LIFE IN WIRELESS MULTI-HOP COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for optimizing battery life in wireless multi-hop communication systems are provided. Some methods include a child node transmitting a data packet to a parent node in a wireless system, wherein the data packet includes a parent node identifier, data information, and a length of the data information, and wherein the data packet omits inclusion of a child node identifier. Some methods include a parent node receiving a data packet from a child node in a wireless system, wherein the data packet includes a parent node identifier, data information, and a length of the data information, and wherein the data packet omits inclusion of a child node identifier. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321345 | SIGNALING INDICATION METHOD FOR DOWNLINK POWER ALLOCATION, ENB AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present application provide a signaling indication method for downlink power allocation. The signaling indication method includes: transmitting, by an eNB to UE, ratio information of EPRE for indicating power allocation of the downlink channel and timing indication information of the ratio information, such that the UE performs demodulation or measurement on the downlink channel according to the ratio information and the timing indication information. With the embodiments of the present application, the UE may correctly demodulate phase and amplitude jointly modulated data, or accurately perform channel state measurement, when power used by a physical channel downlink carrying a unicast service in an ABS or a low-power subframe varies dynamically. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321346 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for supporting carrier aggregation. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for enabling user equipment to receive a signal from a base station in a wireless communication system which supports carrier aggregation, wherein said the method comprises the steps of: setting a first component carrier to a paused state; receiving state change information for the first component carrier via the second component carrier during the paused state of the first component carrier; and monitoring a control channel via the first component carrier if the state change information indicates a predetermined value. The present invention also relates to an apparatus for the method. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321347 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method for reducing power consumption in a portable terminal that transmits digital broadcast data through an ad hoc network are provided. If a terminal receiving digital broadcast transmits the received digital broadcast to a neighboring terminal, a control unit enters a sleep mode after buffering received data for a predefined time. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321348 | Systems and Methods for Retrieving Buffered Data from an Access Point - Systems and methods for retrieving data from an access point within a wireless communications system are described. At least one embodiment includes a method for retrieving buffered data in a wireless communication system. In accordance with some embodiments, the method comprises transmitting a paging request to a plurality of access points while in a low power mode, receiving a Paging Indication element or a TIM Response element while remaining in low power mode, and exiting low power mode if buffered data is present and retrieving the buffered data. The Paging Indication element or TIM Response element indicates whether buffered data is present. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321349 | METHODS OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FRAME BY STATION OPERATING IN POWER SAVE MODE IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SAME - The present invention relates to methods of transmitting and receiving a frame, which are performed by a station operating in a power save mode in a wireless LAN system. The method includes: transmitting a poll frame requesting the transmission of a buffered frame to an access point AP, wherein the poll frame includes a sustain time field that indicates a service section; and receiving at least one buffered frame from the AP within the sustain time in response to the poll frame. A method is provided for transmitting and receiving a frame executed by a station (STA) operating in a power sub mode in a wireless LAN system. The method includes transmitting a first poll frame requesting the transmission of a buffered frame to an access point AP, receiving an acknowledgement ACK frame in response to the first poll frame, and receiving at least one buffered frame from the AP. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321350 | FACILITATING POWER CONSERVATION FOR LOCAL AREA TRANSMISSIONS - An apparatus for triggering generation of a service period(s) in a network may include a processor and memory storing executable computer program code that cause the apparatus to at least perform operations including triggering generation of at least one service period in a first network based in part on receipt of information from a network device of a second network. The computer program code may further cause the apparatus to enable wake up, based in part on the generated service period, of one or more devices of the first network for communication of content to at least one of the devices during a specified time period of the service period. Corresponding methods and computer program products are also provided. | 10-30-2014 |
20140328232 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING PACKET BASED COMMUNICATIONS INITIATED THROUGH CIRCUIT SWTICHED SIGNALING MESSAGES - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in connection with establishment of packet based communications through use of circuit switched signaling messages. In one example, a communications device is equipped to receive, by a circuit switched (CS) interface associated with a target device, a first CS signaling message from an originator device, determine whether to initiate the packet data session in response to receipt of the first CS signaling message, and establishing, using a packet switched (PS) interface associated with the target device, an internet protocol (IP) communication session in response to communication of an IP connection request between the originator device and the target device upon a determination to initiate the packet data session. In an aspect, the first CS signaling message may include an indication prompting the target device to initiate a packet data session. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328233 | PORTABLE DEVICE FOR RECEIVING BROADCAST INFORMATION - A portable device for receiving broadcast information is provided. A mixer down-converts a radio-frequency signal with a local oscillation clock to provide an intermediate frequency signal. A filter is arranged to filter the intermediate frequency signal. An analog-to-digital converter converts the filtered intermediate frequency signal into a digital signal according to a sampling rate. The broadcast information is obtained according to the digital signal. The local oscillation clock has a first frequency in a normal mode and a second frequency in a power-saving mode, and the second frequency is lower than the first frequency. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328234 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR POWER SAVE DURING INITIAL LINK SETUP - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating data in a wireless communications network are described herein. In some aspects, a station transmits an authentication request to an access point and for the access point to transmit an authentication initiation request to an authentication server. The station receives an authentication response comprising an estimated response delay from the access point. The station transitions from an awake state to a sleep state for a duration of time based on the estimated response delay. The station transmits an association request to the access point after the duration of time and transitioning from the sleep state to the awake state. The station receives an association response from the access point, where the association response comprises an authentication status that indicates whether authentication with the authentication server is successful. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328235 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR FREQUENCY MULTIPLEXED COMMUNICATION IN DENSE WIRELESS ENVIRONMENTS - Systems, methods, and devices for high-efficiency wireless frequency division multiplexing are provided. A method includes exchanging, at an access point, at least one frame reserving a wireless medium with at least one of a first and second wireless device. The method further includes receiving a first communication on a first set of wireless frequencies from the first wireless device. The method further includes receiving a second communication, at least partially concurrent with the first communication, on a second set of wireless frequencies from the second wireless device. The method further includes transmitting at least one acknowledgment of the first and second communication. The first set and the second set are mutually exclusive subsets of a set of wireless frequencies available for use by both the first and second wireless device. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328236 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR FREQUENCY MULTIPLEXED COMMUNICATION IN DENSE WIRELESS ENVIRONMENTS - Systems, methods, and devices for high-efficiency wireless frequency division multiplexing are provided. A method includes receiving, at a first wireless device, a reference signal from an associated access point, the reference signal indicative of a time of joint transmission with at least a second wireless device. The method further includes transmitting a first communication to the access point based on the reference signal, the communication utilizing a first subset of wireless frequencies available for use. The first communication is concurrent with a second communication, from the second wireless device, utilizing a second subset of wireless frequencies, the second subset excluding the first subset. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328237 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PROVIDNG RELIABLE MULTICAST SERVICE IN A WILAN SYSTEM - A method and apparatus may be used for acknowledged multicast operation in a wireless network having a base station and at least one wireless station (STA). The base station may be configured to transmit a first multicast signal during a first interval. The at least one STA may receive the first multicast signal during the first interval, and the at least one STA may transmit an acknowledgement (ACK) signal to the base station. On a condition that the STA does not receive the first multicast signal during the first interval, the STA may transmit a negative ACK (NACK) signal to the base station. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328238 | GROUPING-BASED DATA TRANSCEIVING METHOD IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a data transceiving method performed by a station (STA) in a wireless LAN system. The method comprises: receiving subgrouping parameter information from an access point (AP); determining whether a frame buffered in the STA subgroup in which the STA is contained exists or not based on the subgrouping parameter information; receiving a TIM element in a channel access interval for the STA subgroup from the AP if the buffered frame exists; and exchanging the AP and the frame in the channel access interval based on the TIM element. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328239 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND TRANSITION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station apparatus includes an information retrieval unit configured to retrieve information of the radio base station apparatus or information of a device that is connected to the radio base station apparatus, a timer value determination unit configured to determine, based on the retrieved information, a timer value representing a time period from termination of data communication with a mobile station until causing the mobile station to transition to an idle state; and an idle transition controller configured to cause the mobile station to transition to the idle state, based on the determined timer value. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328240 | METHOD FOR ROUTING DATA IN A WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for routing at least a data packet in a wireless sensor network ( | 11-06-2014 |
20140334363 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EARLY TERMINATION OF TRANSMISSION - A method for early termination of transmission is disclosed. The method includes: receiving downlink (DL) data from a DL channel during a transmission time interval (TTI); attempting to decode the received DL data before receiving all DL data of the TTI; and transmitting an early termination indicator (ETI) in an uplink (UL) slot of a UL radio frame to terminate transmission of the DL data during the TTI based on a successful decode, wherein at least one symbol of the UL slot is replaced by the ETI. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334364 | REMOTE WAKE-UP SYSTEM AND METHOD - A remote wake-up system and method are provided. The system includes an electrical device; a remote device, having a network card which includes a first wireless transmission module and the remote device is in a soft-off state; and a wireless routing device, having a second wireless transmission module and having established a pair with the first wireless transmission module by the second wireless transmission module and generated a device name and stored the device name in the wireless routing device. The electrical device generates a selection result by selecting the device name after the electrical device registers the wireless routing device, and the wireless routing device transmits a wake-up signal to the first wireless transmission module by the second wireless transmission module according to the selection result. Then the first wireless transmission module generates a trigger signal for switching the remote device to a boot state. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334365 | TARGET WAKEUP TIME (TWT) GROUPING MODIFICATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for modifications to operation of a group of devices utilizing target wakeup times (TWTs). | 11-13-2014 |
20140334366 | Long Paging Cycle and Paging Enhancement for Power Saving LTE Devices - An enhanced paging mechanism is provided for UEs waking up from a very long paging cycle to improve paging robustness and flexibility. Enhanced paging includes absolute time paging (ATP) and paging with extended wakeup time. For absolute time paging, a UE receives ATP configuration and uses the actual wall time to calculate paging occasion if a condition is satisfied. In one embodiment, the wall time is acquired from at least one of an internal UE clock, a GPS time, information broadcasted from the network, or information from a higher layer signaling. For paging with extended wakeup time, a UE applies a long paging cycle followed by multiple normal paging cycles after waking up from the long paging cycle. In one embodiment, the long paging cycle is infinite and the UE enters normal paging cycle only upon TAU-triggered paging or uplink traffic. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334367 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A mobile station (MS) communicates with a base station using a plurality of component frequency bands, each band of the plurality of component frequency bands being a band having a predetermined frequency bandwidth. The MS sets up an upper limit value of transmission power (TP) of each component frequency band in accordance with the number of component frequency bands to which radio resources are allocated at a time. The MS also adjusts the TP of each component frequency band based on the upper limit value of TP set at the controller, wherein the adjusting of the TP is according to the following formula: | 11-13-2014 |
20140334368 | ADDRESSING MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION TERMINALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention is directed to a communication device of a wireless communication network, the communication device including a message generator configured to generate a beacon message having a traffic indication map (TIM) information element (IE), wherein the TIM IE includes a partial virtual bitmap field including at least one cluster; a determiner configured to determine for at least one cluster information indicating whether data is available in the communication device to be transmitted to a plurality of communication terminals of the wireless communication network; an encoder configured to determine an encoding mode for the information depending on the information and to encode the information based on the encoding mode; and a transmitter configured to broadcast the beacon message to the plurality of communication terminals corresponding to the at least one cluster. Methods of simultaneously addressing a plurality of communication terminals in the wireless communication network are also disclosed. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334369 | RADIO USAGE OPTIMIZATION WITH INTERMITTENT TRAFFIC - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is at least a method and apparatus to perform a method of determining assistance information associated with intermittent background traffic of at least one of applications and services running on user equipment, and sending said assistance information towards a serving network element. Further, in accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is at least a method and apparatus to perform a method of receiving signaling at a user equipment from a radio access network, the signaling indicating an interval when the user equipment can at least one of transmit and receive intermittent background traffic associated with at least one of applications and services miming on the user equipment, and performing an access from an idle state at the indicated interval. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334370 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND NETWORK, AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATION - A communication device includes a primary communication unit and an auxiliary communication unit. The primary communication unit is operable between an operational state in which a primary communication channel is able to be established for communication with a remote control station and a non-operational state in which the primary communication unit is unable to communicate with the remote control station and the auxiliary communication unit is configurable in an operational state for establishing an auxiliary communication channel for communicating with the remote control station. The primary and auxiliary communication channels include primary and auxiliary radio links respectively. The communication device further includes a controller for switching the primary communication unit between the non-operational state and the operational state in dependence on a triggering signal, wherein the auxiliary communication unit in the operational state requires lower operating power than the primary communication unit in the operational state. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334371 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA BY USING PLURALITY OF CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The method for transmitting and receiving data at a base station in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention includes the steps of: receiving a performance report from a terminal; determining whether the addition of a serving cell is necessary; when the addition of the serving cell is necessary, transmitting a request for receiving a cell identifying signal to one or more other base stations on the basis of the received performance repoπand transmitting a request for transmitting the cell identifying signal to the terminal. According to the embodiment, in a network in which a small cell and a macro cell are overlapped and operated, the terminal can minimize battery consumption and quickly recognize the small cell. | 11-13-2014 |
20140341098 | ACCESS POINT RESPONSE TO PS-POLL - Methods, systems, and devices are described for power conservation in a wireless communications system through efficient transmissions and acknowledgements of information between an AP and a station. The time between a determination by a station to enter a power saving mode and entering network sleep mode by the station may be reduced through a transmission, by an AP, of an MPDU to the station successive to an SIFS after transmission of an acknowledgement to the station of a PS-Poll frame from the station. The time to enter a power saving mode by a station may also be reduced through transmission of A-MPDUs in which a last MPDU of the A-MPDU has an indicator bit cleared to indicate no additional data is to be transmitted. An AP may prevent a retransmission of an MPDU to the station in the absence of an acknowledgement from the station, to further enhance efficiency. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341099 | ACCESS POINT RESPONSE TO PS-POLL - Methods, systems, and devices are described for power conservation in a wireless communications system through efficient transmissions and acknowledgements of information between an AP and a station. The time between a determination by a station to enter a power saving mode and entering network sleep mode by the station may be reduced through a transmission, by an AP, of an MPDU to the station successive to an SIFS after transmission of an acknowledgement to the station of a PS-Poll frame from the station. The time to enter a power saving mode by a station may also be reduced through transmission of A-MPDUs in which a last MPDU of the A-MPDU has an indicator bit cleared to indicate no additional data is to be transmitted. An AP may prevent a retransmission of an MPDU to the station in the absence of an acknowledgement from the station, to further enhance efficiency. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341100 | ACCESS POINT-AIDED COEXISTENCE/CONCURRENCY AT MOBILE DEVICES - Methods, systems, and devices are described that enable a WLAN access point (AP) to schedule packet transmissions to (or from) a mobile device taking into consideration the schedule of various other coexisting transmission/reception (Tx/Rx) activities on the mobile device. Various approaches may increase throughput at the mobile device. Various approaches also may benefit other stations associated with the same AP. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341101 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system in which at least one of the first and second base station modules of a dual mode access point is configured to provide information, as regards to its operating mode, to the other base station module. In one embodiment, the operating mode information is provided via an internal interface coupling the first and second base station modules. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341102 | SCHEDULED PEER POWER SAVE MODE - Embodiments of scheduled peer power save systems, devices, and methods are disclosed. For example, methods of saving power for stations configured to communicate via a direct link are provided. Embodiments of scheduled peer power save systems, devices and methods are disclosed. For example, methods of saving power for stations configured to communicate via a direct link are provided. In one embodiment, among others, a method comprises waking up, at a station and peer station, before a scheduled wakeup interval. The scheduled wakeup interval is defined relative to common timing reference at the station and the peer station. Further, in the absence of a service period between the station and the peer station, the station and the peer station stay awake until at least a predefined time period has elapsed or a predefined number of idle slots have elapsed. | 11-20-2014 |
20140348046 | RADIO DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method includes: receiving, by a base station, a long DRX parameter sent by an RNC, where the long DRX parameter includes at least two of a cycle length of a long DRX cycle, a long DRX on length and a long DRX off length; determining, when the UE enters the CELL-FACH state, by the base station, and according to a first timer and a first preset duration corresponding to the first timer, that the UE enters the long DRX cycle; and determining, when the UE enters the long DRX cycle, by the base station, and according to the H-RNTI of the UE, the cycle length of the long DRX cycle and the long DRX on length, a radio subframe on which long DRX on of the UE is in the long DRX cycle. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348047 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FRAME USING SHORT GUARD INTERVAL - Disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting and receiving a frame using a short guard interval. A method for receiving a beacon frame comprises the steps of: receiving a first beacon frame which contains guard interval type information; determining a second beacon frame which is to be received after the first beacon frame on the basis of the guard interval type information; and receiving the second beacon frame, wherein the guard interval type information may be information which is related to a guard interval used when said second beacon frame is transmitted. Thus, since a station can determine whether to receive a frame using a certain guard interval, the station can receive a power-saving effect. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348048 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO CARRIER RESPONSE INFORMATION - A method and apparatus for allocating resources to carrier response information feedback are disclosed. Wherein, when Transmit Power Control (TPC) command in Downlink Control Information (DCI) for each secondary component carrier in carrier aggregation is different, Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resources allocated to the response information feedback of the secondary component carriers are high-layer configuration PUCCH resources designated by TPC command in the DCI which triggers data services in the secondary component carriers. The present solution can not only effectively feedback response information, but also can effectively suppress occurrence of unnecessary downlink retransmission. | 11-27-2014 |
20140355499 | COVERAGE, CONNECTIVITY AND COMMUNICATION (C3) PROTOCOL METHOD FOR WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - The coverage, connectivity and communication (C3) protocol method for wireless sensor networks is an integrated and energy-efficient protocol for Coverage, Connectivity and Communication (C3) in WSNs. The C3 protocol uses RSSI to divide the network into virtual rings, defines clusters with clusterheads more probably at alternating rings, defines dings, which are rings inside a cluster, uses triangular tessellation to identify redundant nodes, and communicates data to sink through clusterheads and gateways. The protocol strives for near-optimal deployment, load balancing, and energy-efficient communication. Simulation results show that the C3 protocol ensures partial coverage of more than 90% of the total deployment area, ensures 1-connected network, and facilitates energy-efficient communication, while expending only ¼th of the energy compared to other related protocols | 12-04-2014 |
20140355500 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONSUMING LOW POWER BY TERMINAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for operating a terminal using reduced power consumption in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes receiving a signal, determining whether the received signal corresponds to a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) update request message, if the received signal corresponds to an SIP update request message, sending the SIP update request message to an SIP processor in a communication processor; and handling the SIP update request message by the SIP processor. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355501 | Systems and Methods for Sleep Mode and Staged Connectivity in Multi-RAT Environments - Systems and methods for staged connectivity and sleep mode are provided. Embodiments of the present disclosure optimize power consumption for a user across user devices by creating an ad hoc co-located network of user devices and establishing a device in the co-located network to act as a master (hub) device. In an embodiment, the system includes multiple user wireless devices and a network controller. The network controller identifies a set of proximate wireless devices and the power capability for each wireless device in the set. The network controller then selects a wireless device in the set to act as the hub (master) wireless device based on factors such as the power capabilities of each wireless device. The network controller then instructs the other wireless devices in the set to power down and instructs the appropriate network providers to handover communications to the hub (master) device. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355502 | NETWORK POWER OPTIMIZATION VIA WHITE LISTS - A device and method for controlling radio power in a wireless sensor network. A wireless sensor device includes a wireless transceiver, a white list generator, and power control logic. The wireless transceiver is configured to transmit and receive via a wireless sensor network. The white list generator configured to identify wireless sensor nodes that communicate directly with the wireless sensor device via the wireless sensor network, to identify time slots assigned for communication between the wireless sensor device and each of the identified wireless sensor nodes, and to create and maintain a list of the identified wireless sensor nodes and corresponding time slots. The power control logic is configured to power the transceiver for reception of transmissions from each identified wireless sensor node based on the identified time slots corresponding to the identified wireless sensor node provided in the list. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355503 | TRANSMITTING SERVICE ADVERTISEMENTS - Apparatus ( | 12-04-2014 |
20140355504 | Handling a State of a Device - Method and apparatuses for handling transition of a connected device to an unsynchronised state are disclosed. In accordance with a method a trigger for move from a synchronised state is determined where after a control channel for the synchronised state is released and a move to the unsynchronised state is performed while remaining connected based on a discontinuous reception configuration defined for the unsynchronised state. The discontinuous reception configuration can be sent to the device. Control information can be sent to the device according to the discontinuous reception configuration. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355505 | METHOD FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY RECEIVING LTE AND 1X IN SRLTE DEVICE - Methods, apparatuses and computer readable media are described that configure wireless circuitry of a wireless communication device. The wireless communication device establishes a connection to a first wireless network using first and second receiving signaling chains. In response to detecting a radio frequency tune-away event, the wireless communication device reconfigures only one of the radio frequency signaling chains to receive signals from a second wireless network when a set of receive signal conditions for the second wireless network is satisfied. The wireless communication device reconfigures both of the radio frequency signaling chains to the second wireless network when the set of receive signal conditions is not satisfied. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355506 | TURBO HSDPA SYSTEM - A method of power saving for a wireless transceiver (FIGS. | 12-04-2014 |
20140362750 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENERGY SAVING IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A system and method for entering and exiting energy savings power mode in a wireless network is provided. According to an aspect, a request message for requesting entry of a node into energy serving is generated at an anchor node. The request message is sent and the node that receives it enters an energy saving mode. The request can be implemented as an X2-application protocol message and can include indicators for timing of entry into energy saving mode, resources to be reserved and the state of energy saving mode to be entered into. The nodes can take the form of anchor nodes and non-anchor nodes as well as macro nodes and small nodes. Modified versions of X2-application protocol messages eNB configuration update, cell activation request and cell activation response can also be used to assist a node in entering and exiting energy savings power mode. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362751 | PORTABLE VOICE ROUTING APPARATUS, A SYSTEM, AND A METHOD FOR PROCESSING TELEPHONY VOICE COMMUNICATION - Disclosure herein is related to a portable voice routing apparatus, a system, and a method for processing a telephony voice call. In an exemplary embodiment of the invention, the portable voice routing apparatus provides a local network protocol service for the local-end terminal devices, and renders a connection bridging a mobile communication network. When the terminal device initiates a telephony voice communication procedure, the portable voice routing apparatus transmits the voice packets carried with subscriber identity information. Therefore the terminal device may establish a voice communication with a recipient over PSTN or network. At the recipient, a message with an incoming call is shown due to the received subscriber identity information. The recipient may therefore call back for bi-directional voice communication according to this message. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362752 | ENHANCED NODE B AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING SYSTEM INFORMATION UPDATES TO USER EQUIPMENT WITH EXTENDED PAGING CYCLES - Embodiments of an enhanced Node B (eNB) and method to provide system information (SI) updates to user equipment (UE) in sleep or idle mode with an extending paging cycle are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a paging message configured to include an optional field to indicate whether there has been a system information (SI) update since a last paging occasion for a UE in sleep or idle mode with an extending paging cycle. System information updates are transmitted by the eNB during a system information modification period that is shorter than a period the extending paging cycle. The optional field may indicate whether or not the UE is to acquire the latest SI update during the current paging occasion. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362753 | POWER CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS OF USER EQUIPMENT USING MULTIFREQUENCY - A power control method and an apparatus for controlling power mode of a User Equipment (UE) operating on multiple frequencies are provided. The terminal includes a primary module for primary cell communication and a secondary module for secondary cell communication. The method includes receiving a secondary cell adding message for adding a secondary cell from a base station, checking data-related information on data communicated through at least one of the primary module and a secondary module, and determining a power mode of the secondary module based on the checking. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362754 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) CONTROLLER AND METHOD FOR DRX OPERATION - Embodiments of a context-retention controller and method for retaining context in a wireless access network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the context-retention controller may assign a context identifier to a mobile device at network entry for context retention. A disconnection and context-retention request may be received from a base station to trigger entry of the mobile station into a context-retention mode. The base station may generate the disconnection and context-retention request upon an indication of a disconnection of the mobile device from the wireless access network. The context-retention controller may maintain context for the mobile device in a context-retention database after disconnection of the mobile device from the wireless access network. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362755 | System and Method for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) Functionality in a Relay Node - Devices and methods related to relay nodes are provided. The relay node includes a first hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) entity providing a first HARQ functionality. The relay node further includes a second HARQ entity providing a second HARQ functionality. | 12-11-2014 |
20140369245 | Self-Contained Data Transfer Channel - A data transfer system may coordinate the transfer of user data and control data using a self-contained data channel without using a separate control channel in a time period between set-up and tear-down of the self-contained data channel. For example, a plurality of data transfer resources may be established in a self-contained data channel between user equipment and a network controller. User data is transferred between the user equipment and the network controller in at least one of the plurality of data transfer resources of the self-contained data channel. Additionally, control data is transferred between the user equipment and the network controller in at least one of the plurality of data transfer resources of the self-contained data channel. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369246 | Traffic Tunnel For End to End Low Latency - A communication circuitry includes a media access control including a first wireless interface and a second wireless interface. An application processor includes a network stack connected with the media access control. A communication packet is routed from the first wireless interface to the second wireless interface or from the second wireless interface to the first wireless interface without sending the communication packet to the network stack. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369247 | REDUCED CIRCUIT-SWITCHED VOICE USER EQUIPMENT CURRENT USING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSIONS ON DEDICATED CHANNELS - Aspects of the disclosure are directed to a method, apparatus, and computer software for wireless communication. In various examples, DTX is enabled for the transmission of voice frames corresponding to a circuit-switched voice call. That is, the voice frames may be transmitted during a portion of a transmission time interval TTI that is less than an entirety of the TTI (for example, during half of the TTI). The transmission may be suspended during a remainder of the TTI following the portion of the TTI. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369248 | DETERMINING TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS FOR TRANSMITTING BEACON FRAMES - A method includes dynamically determining transmission parameters for transmission of beacon frames corresponding to a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) supported by an access point. The transmission parameters being based on zero or more client devices connected to the WLAN or monitored data indicative of a load at the access point. | 12-18-2014 |
20140376429 | Power Consumption Reduction for Cellular Broadcast - Reducing power consumption for cellular broadcast communication by a wireless device. A cellular communication channel for cellular broadcast messages may be monitored in a discontinuous manner according to specified cellular broadcast scheduling periods. Between each pair of cellular broadcast scheduling periods, the wireless device may operate in a reduced power state. During each cellular broadcast scheduling period, at least a cellular broadcast scheduling message may be received. If all scheduled cellular broadcast messages are received prior to an end of a cellular broadcast scheduling period, the wireless device may operate in the reduced power state for the remainder of that cellular broadcast scheduling period after all scheduled cellular broadcast messages are received. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376430 | MANAGING POWER CONSUMPTION OF TRANSMISSION CIRCUITRY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Methods, apparatuses and computer readable media are described that manage transmit power levels for a wireless device connected to a network access system of a wireless network. Processing circuitry in the wireless device obtains a target average transmit power level. Based on estimates of an actual average transmit power level for a sliding window of a past time period and the target average transmit power level, the processing circuitry determines a target transmit power level, a duty cycle percentage, and a transmit pattern of transmit on frames and transmit off frames for a future time period. The processing circuitry sends to the access network system signaling messages indicating non-zero valued buffer status reports for the transmit on frames and zero valued buffer status reports for the transmit off frames. Non-zero values correspond to actual amounts of pending uplink data, while zero values are sent irrespective of actual uplink buffer status. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376431 | PORTABLE WIRELESS ROUTER - A portable wireless router includes a network interface, a power over ethernet (PoE) module connected to the network interface, and a power source interface to connect an external power source to the portable wireless router. A power processing module is connected to the power source interface and to convert power provided by the external power source connected to the power source interface to work voltage of the portable wireless router. A wireless access point is to provide wireless access to the wired network. A first switch is to connect the PoE module to the wireless access point. A second switch is to connect the power processing module to the wireless access point. A control chip is to turn the first switch and the second switch on and off. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376432 | BEACON JITTER PREDICTION FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (LAN) DEVICES - A method for activating a wireless communication device, the method may include receiving, by the wireless communication device, a sequence of periodic transmissions; estimating, for each periodic transmission of the sequence of periodic transmissions and before a reception of the periodic transmission, an expected time of arrival of the periodic transmission; calculating, for each periodic transmission, a timing difference attribute that is responsive to at least a difference between a timing of arrival of the periodic transmission and an expected time of arrival of the periodic transmission; selecting a selected periodic transmission out of the sequence of periodic transmissions, wherein the selected periodic transmission is associated with a smallest timing difference attribute out of the timing difference attributes associated with the periodic transmissions of the sequence of periodic transmissions; estimating, before a reception of a future periodic transmission that does not belong to the sequence of periodic transmissions, an estimated time of arrival of the future periodic transmission in response to the selecting of the selected periodic transmission and a periodic transmission period; determining a wakening time for wakening the wireless communication device in response to the estimated time of arrival of the future periodic transmission; and wakening the wireless communication device at the wakening time and searching for the future periodic transmission. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376433 | Wireless channel access method and system - Disclosed are a method and system for accessing a wireless channel. An access point transmits a radio frame including access parameters of at least one group of stations (STAs); and when receiving the radio frame, an STA belonging to the at least one group of STAs transmits data to be transmitted competitively within an uplink transmission period in the access parameters according to the access parameters of the group of STAs. With the disclosure, system overhead can be reduced while low power consumption of a station is ensured. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376434 | START SIGNAL GENERATING APPARATUS - Besides a time constant circuit | 12-25-2014 |
20140376435 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION, SERVER DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A user equipment is capable of executing plural applications in parallel. The user equipment obtains, for each application, packet statistics information relating to packets that each of the plural applications transceives, for reporting to a base station. The base station, based on the packet statistics information received from the user equipment, calculates a state transition parameter for use in controlling the state transition of the user equipment and the base station. The base station executes state transition control based on the calculated state transition parameter. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376436 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION OPERATION BY CONNECTED MODE USER EQUIPMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for establishing time alignment by a terminal in a mobile communication system. First information for discontinuous reception (DRX) operation is received from a base station. A downlink control channel is monitored based on the first information. Second information for identifying a dedicated preamble on the downlink control channel is received from the base station. The dedicated preamble is transmitted to the base station based on the second information. A response message to the transmitted dedicated preamble is received from the base station on a downlink shared channel. The response message includes timing adjustment information and third information for a channel quality indicator (CQI) report. Time alignment is established based on the timing adjustment information included in the response message. The CQI report is transmitted to the base station based on the third information. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376437 | Power-Efficient Adaptive Channel State Feedback in Discontinuous Reception Scenarios - Providing adaptive channel state feedback (CSF) reports in discontinuous reception (DRX) scenarios in a power-efficient manner. The described algorithm may be able to make adaptive decisions to carry over the CSF from previous DRX cycles based on channel conditions, DRX cycle length, and/or the requirements of CSF reporting for current DRX cycle. The proposed approach can allow for more efficient power consumption related to CSF reports in DRX scenarios where new CSF reports have little or no impact to throughput. | 12-25-2014 |
20150009874 | TECHNIQUES FOR OPTIMIZING PROPAGATION OF MULTIPLE TYPES OF DATA - Systems and approaches are provided to reduce power usage of a computing device connected to a third generation (3G), 3G+, or fourth generation (4G) mobile network. A computing device can be configured for concurrent transmission of a first type of data, such as VoIP or VoLTE data, and a second type of data, such as web traffic or file download data, yet remain optimized for low power usage. The quality of service (Qos) for VoIP or VoLTE is not affected by these systems and techniques while changes to the computing device's data throughput capacity can be minimized for transmission of the second type of data. These techniques can be directed or managed by the computing device or the network in various embodiments. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009875 | ENERGY-EFFICIENT DEVICE DISCOVERY TECHNIQUES - Techniques for energy-efficient device discovery are described. In one embodiment, for example, user equipment may comprise logic, at least a portion of which is in hardware, the logic to initiate a synchronous operation mode, determine to announce one or more characteristics of a discovery zone of a wireless channel, and send a discovery announcement signal over the wireless channel, the discovery announcement signal describing the one or more characteristics of the discovery zone. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009876 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH RADIO INTERWORKING CAPABILITY AND RELATED COMMUNICATION STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A communication system includes a communication station, multiple access points, and a user equipment. The communication station transmits signal by utilizing a first radio access technology, stores a target frequency list utilized for representing multiple target frequencies, and transmits the target frequency list and an assigned scanning order. The user equipment receives the target frequency list and the assigned scanning order transmitted from the transceiving circuit by utilizing the first RAT, and scans the multiple target frequencies in order according to the assigned scanning order to locate an available access point. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009877 | Energy Saving Functionality for Small Cells in E-UTRA and E-UTRAN - Apparatus and method are provided for small cell energy saving. In one novel aspect, switch-off-request is broadcasted by the small cell detecting the low-load condition. The small cells upon receiving the switch-off-request message enter the frozen state, which prevents the small cells from switching off. In another novel aspect, the small cell in the low-load condition request measurement reports from the UEs. The UEs replies with the measurement-reports message, which includes the detected neighboring IDs and the UE's traffic load. The low-load small cell includes the information derived from the measurement-reports in the switch-off-request message. In another novel aspect, the small cell broadcasts the switch-on-request message. Upon receiving switch-on-acknowledge messages from switched-off neighboring small cells, the small cell selects one or more target cells to send the cell-activation-request. The switched-off small cells, upon receiving the request to switch-on, uses a cost function to determine whether to switch on. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009878 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING CHANNELS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and apparatus for accessing channels in a wireless LAN system. The method for accessing channels in a station (STA) of the wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of transmitting a first frame of a channel access request to an access point (AP); and receiving, from the AP, a second frame related to whether access to the channel is allowed in response to the first frame, wherein the second frame can include a value for a channel access start offset with respect to the STA. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009879 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A channel access method in a wireless communication system and an apparatus for supporting the same are disclosed. Particularly, the method comprises the steps of: transmitting a beacon frame containing a traffic indication map (TIM); and receiving a power pave (PS)-poll frame within a PS-Poll section set in a station (STA), to which downlink data is designated by the TIM, from the STA, wherein the PS-Poll section can be set differently for each STA within the entire PS-Poll section set in all STAs, to which downlink data is designated by the TIM. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009880 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING COMPONENT CARRIER-SPECIFIC RECONFIGURATION - Techniques for component carrier-specific reconfiguration are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) is capable of transmitting or receiving via multiple component carriers. The WTRU may perform component carrier reconfiguration on a component carrier basis to add, remove or replace a component carrier. Discontinuous reception (DRX) and/or discontinuous transmission (DTX) may be performed on at least one component carrier, wherein DRX and/or DTX patterns on the component carriers may not overlap each other. A random access procedure may be performed at the target cell on one component carrier while other component carriers are inactive. The component carrier-specific reconfiguration or handover of a component carrier or a channel may be implemented in coordinated multiple point transmission (CoMP), wherein a handover of a control channel, not a traffic channel, may be performed. Alternatively, a handover of a traffic channel may be performed. | 01-08-2015 |
20150016321 | PERFORMANCE IN A DIRECT COMMUNICATION LINK ENVIRONMENT - Functionality can be implemented to improve performance of a direct wireless communication link. In one embodiment, a first network device provides an indication to a second network device that the first network device will enter a power save mode. While operating in the power save mode, the first network device periodically transmits a trigger frame to the second network device to determine whether the second network device comprises buffered frames for the first network device. The first network device receives the buffered frames from the second network device responsive to transmitting the trigger frame. In another embodiment, if both the first and the second network devices operate in the power save mode, the first network device receives a notification of available buffered frames from the second network device. The first network device transmits buffered frames destined for the second network device prior to transmitting a response to the received notification. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016322 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COORDINATING POWER MANAGEMENT IN AN INDEPENDENT BASIC SERVICE SET - Systems and methods are provided for coordinating power management for wireless communications devices in an independent basic service set (IBSS). An announcement traffic indication message (ATIM) coordinator receives address information for destination stations for which data is buffered for transmission at source stations. The ATIM coordinator sends an ATIM Indication frame at the end of an ATIM window, alerting any destination station to remain awake to receive buffered data. Source stations may enter power save mode during the ATIM window after transmitting the address information for the destination stations to the ATIM coordinator. Destination stations may enter power save mode after receiving a beacon at the start of the ATIM window. Source and destination stations may awaken at the end of the ATIM window to receive the ATIM Indication frame. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016323 | POWER MANAGEMENT FOR RAN-WLAN INTEGRATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for modified power management for UEs in a wireless communication system that utilizes one or more RANs for communication. For example, certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for controlling when the UE is placed in a low power state in the first RAN based, at least in part, on inactivity of the UE in the first RAN. Certain aspects of the present disclosure also relate to controlling when to modify one or more network bearers between the first RAN or the second RAN and the core network based, at least in part, on at least one of inactivity on the one or more network bearers or inactivity in both the first RAN and the second RAN. According to certain aspects, the first RAN may include a WWAN and the second RAN may include a WLAN. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016324 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCOVERING CENTRAL NODES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for reducing power consumption in a mobile device of a wireless communication system when discovering a central node is provided. The method for operating of a terminal for discovering at least one central node in a wireless communication system includes: generating a probe request signal and transmitting the probe request signal to at least one central node; after transmitting the probe request signal, switching from a normal mode to a low power mode and driving the terminal in the low power mode; in response to a mode switch instruction signal being received from the central node, switching the terminal from the low power mode to the normal mode; and receiving a probe response signal to the probe request signal from the central node in the normal mode. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016325 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, ACCESS POINT AND STATION - A method includes: sending an indication frame to an access point AP, where the indication frame includes first indication information and second indication information, the first indication information is used to indicate that a type of the indication frame is a PS-POLL frame, and the second indication information is used to indicate duration of the indication frame; and sending a data frame to the AP within the duration indicated by the second indication information. An STA sends PS-POLL to an AP by using an indication frame and reserves channel duration, so that the STA does not need to contend for a channel again when the STA sends an uplink data frame to the AP after receiving a downlink data frame sent by the AP, which allows the STA to receive downlink data and send uplink data within one TXOPA. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016326 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING MBMS RECEIVING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method of receiving a multimedia broadcast/multicast service in a user equipment of a wireless communication system based on MBSFN transmission and a method of assisting the user equipment to receive the service in the corresponding base station; wherein the user equipment receives a transport block from the base station in a predefined period; and then judges whether a notification indicator in the transport block is activated, if so, then judges whether a service identification of a multimedia broadcast/multicast service subscribed to by the user equipment is included in a transport block including a control signaling in the transport block, if so, then receives the multimedia broadcast/multicast service. By implementing the present invention, a user terminal in IDLE mode only needs a predefined period such as a DRX period to wake up to receive the notification indicator to judge whether a new service will start without waking up at extra time. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016327 | POWER SAVE METHOD, ACCESS POINT DEVICE, AND STATION DEVICE - A power save method, an AP device and an STA device are provided. According to whether power save is allowed in a current TXOP and whether a station STA is newly added in an operation object identifier of a subsequent frame of each frame of the current TXOP, the AP device respectively sets a TXOP power save indication of each frame, and when the TXOP power save indication of the current frame is power save allowed, the STA device determines whether to enter the Doze state according to a judgment result for a doze condition. The adoption of the method and the device can expand the power save application range, and enhance the power save effect. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016328 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A NETWORK - A method for transmitting data from a primary station to a secondary station, includes at the primary station signaling to the secondary station that a data message is to be received, and at the primary station transmitting the data message. The time of transmission of the data message relative to the time of the signaling depends on a state of the secondary station. | 01-15-2015 |
20150023235 | Flexible Downlink Subframe Structure for Energy-Efficient Transmission - Disclosed herein are methods for using new energy-saving subframe structures, as well as corresponding apparatus that are configured to exploit these energy-saving subframes. In these energy-saving subframes, some, but not all, of the individual OFDM symbols in a subframe are inactive, meaning that no signal is transmitted during at least a part of the symbol time of the blanked symbols. An example method according to these techniques may be implemented in a radio transceiver, such as an LTE eNodeB, and comprises transmitting, in a first symbol time of a downlink subframe that comprises a plurality of symbol times, a codeword indicating that the downlink subframe includes at least one inactive symbol time. The method further includes transmitting data during at least one but fewer than all of the remaining ones of the plurality of symbol times in the downlink subframe. Corresponding techniques for receiving the energy-saving subframes are also disclosed. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023236 | METHOD BY WHICH STATIONS OPERATING IN POWER SAVE MODE IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEMS TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE FRAMES, AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SAME - The present invention relates to a method by which a station (STA) which operates in power save mode in a wireless LAN system transmits and receives frames. The method includes the steps of: obtaining a channel access authority on the basis of at least one slot time, wherein each slot time is the unit time when a channel is maintained in an idle state for a channel access by the STA; transmitting a power save (PS) poll frame requesting the transmission of a buffered frame to an access point (AP); and receiving a response frame from the AP in response to the PS poll frame. The length of each slot time is set to be longer than the transmission time of the PS poll frame. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023237 | CHANNEL-SENSITIVE POWER CONTROL - A communication receiver which applies signal processing for quantitatively estimating receive signal factors such as communication channel quality, signal characteristics, and overall system received bit error rate (BER) or packet error rate (PER) and which applies a general algorithm for mapping these estimated factors to control receiver performance and minimize power consumption. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023238 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO TERMINAL - A mobile communication method, which configures a DRX cycle having an On duration in which a downlink signal transmitted from a serving base station is to be monitored and an Off duration other than the On duration in an RRC connected state where an RRC connection is established between a radio terminal and a radio base station, the mobile communication method comprising: a step A of transmitting, from the radio terminal to the radio base station, a timing adjustment request uplink signal through an uplink control channel, even when a radio resource of an uplink data channel has not been assigned in a case where the DRX cycle is configured; and a step B of transmitting, from the radio base station to the radio terminal, transmission timing correction information of an uplink signal, in response to the timing adjustment request uplink signal. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023239 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER COMSUMPTION IN MULTI ANTENNA SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for reducing the power consumption of a Base Station (BS) in a multi antenna system are provided. The method for reducing the power consumption of the BS includes identifying an amount of resources being in use for communication, determining whether to convert at least one Radio Frequency (RF) unit into a power saving mode considering the amount of resources, if converting at least one RF unit into the power saving mode, turning OFF a power supply of a power amplifier of at least one of at least two antenna paths constituting the at least one RF unit converted into the power saving mode, and increasing a gain of at least one antenna path turning ON a power supply such that a transmission Power Spectral Density (PSD) is not changed according to the power saving mode conversion. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023240 | COMPRESSED MODE OPERATION AND POWER CONTROL WITH DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION AND/OR RECEPTION - Techniques to support operation in a compressed mode and/or a continuous packet connectivity (CPC) mode are described. In an aspect, a user equipment (UE) may obtain an assignment of enabled subframes for the CPC mode and an assignment of transmission gaps for the compressed mode. The transmission gaps may be aligned with idle times between the enabled subframes. The UE may exchange data during enabled subframes not overlapping the transmission gaps and may skip data exchanges during enabled subframes overlapping the transmission gaps. The UE may make cell measurements during the transmission gaps. In another aspect, the UE may obtain enabled subframes and skipped subframes, exchange data during enabled subframes not corresponding to the skipped subframes, and skip data exchanges during the skipped subframes. In yet another aspect, the UE may receive orders on a shared control channel to quickly enable and disable the compressed mode. | 01-22-2015 |
20150029914 | ENERGY EFFICIENT FORWARDING IN AD-HOC WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system for conserving energy in a multi-node network ( | 01-29-2015 |
20150029915 | NETWORK INTERFACE FOR REDUCED HOST SLEEP INTERRUPTION - Systems and techniques for reduced host sleep interruption are described herein. A first packet received via a receive chain may be placed into a buffer. The first packet may be of a first preliminary type. The first packet may be processed from the buffer without communication with the host machine. The first packet may also be of a first secondary type. Processing the first packet may include an operation chosen from the group of dropping the packet and responding to the packet. A second packet received via the receive chain may be placed into the buffer. The second packet may be of a first preliminary type and a second secondary type. The second packet may be communicated from the buffer to the machine. A third packet received via the receive chain may be communicated to the machine. The third packet may be of a second preliminary type. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029916 | Power Saving for Multi-Hop Communications - There is provided a system and method for transmitting a data packet from a transmitting device to a destination device using an intermediary device. The transmitting device configured to determine an identity of the destination device, generate an announcement message that includes the identity of the destination device, transmit the announcement message to an intermediary device, receive an acknowledgement message from the intermediary device in response to transmitting the announcement message to the intermediary device, and transmit the data packet to the intermediary device for delivery to the destination device. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029917 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MULTI-CARRIER SUPPORTING OPERATION - Provided is an apparatus and method for not performing an inter-frequency measurement to reduce a current to be used by a terminal providing a multi carrier (MC) function or a carrier aggregation (CA) function. When the terminal satisfies predetermined conditions, the terminal may be operated in a single carrier mode in which the inter-frequency measurement is not performed and thus, a current to be used for the inter-frequency measurement may be reduced. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029918 | USER EQUIPMENT AND EVOLVED NODE-B SUPPORTING MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION AND SMALL DATA COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of a User Equipment (UE) and method for selecting a Radio Resource Control (RRC) inactivity timer for a service operating in a wireless network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the UE may be configured to operate in a 3GPP network in accordance with a Radio Resource Control (RRC) inactivity timer that controls RRC state transitions of the UE, and further in accordance with a Machine Type Communication (MTC) mode of operation. The UE may receive, from an Evolved Node-B (eNB), one or more messages that may include an RRC inactivity timer keep connected support value that indicates support of a keep connected mode. In some embodiments, when the UE operates in keep connected mode, the UE operates in an RRC connected state and is restricted from operating in other RRC states. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029919 | TECHNIQUES FOR EFFICIENT SMALL CELL DISCOVERY - Techniques for efficient small cell discovery are described. In one embodiment, for example, an evolved node B (eNB) may comprise logic, at least a portion of which is in hardware, the logic to determine a discovery signal transmission schedule for a series of radio frames based on a discovery signal muting pattern specifying at least one discovery-muted radio frame among the series of radio frames, and a transceiver to transmit at least one primary synchronization signal (PSS) and at least one secondary synchronization signal (SSS) during the series of radio frames according to the discovery signal transmission schedule. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029920 | Power Saving UL DTX and DL DRX Techniques for Multi-Flow Operation in HSPA - An apparatus includes multi-flow communicating means adapted to perform a communication with a UE including a portion of a multi-flow communication to the UE; evaluating means adapted to evaluate the communication with the UE; and providing means adapted to provide a DTX/DRX information based on the evaluation. The DTX/DRX information is related to at least one of a discontinuous transmission state and a discontinuous reception state of the UE. The instructing means is adapted to instruct the multi-flow communicating means to send DTX/DRX activation request with respect to the at least one of the discontinuous transmission state and the discontinuous reception state according to the DTX/DRX information to the UE. The storing means is adapted to store a status information, wherein the status information includes the at least one of the discontinuous transmission state and the discontinuous reception state corresponding to the instruction by the instructing means. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029921 | Methods and Apparatuses for Communication Between a Mobile Terminal and a Base Station During a Random Access Procedure - The disclosure relates to a method in a mobile terminal for communication with a base station in a wireless network during a random access procedure. The method comprises exchanging ( | 01-29-2015 |
20150029922 | STATIONS, ACCESS POINTS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF CONTROLLING THE SAME - In various embodiments, a method of controlling a station may be provided. The method may include receiving a first signal from an access point, the first signal including information indicating a time period. The method may further include deactivating the station after receiving the first signal and before expiry of the time period. The method may also include activating the station upon expiry of the time period. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029923 | CONNECTED MODE DESIGN WITH BUNDLING CONSIDERATIONS - Aspects of the present disclosure provided techniques that may be applied in systems that utilize bundled transmissions from a base station (e.g., an eNodeB) to a user equipment (UE), when a user equipment (UE) is in a connected mode of operation. An exemplary method performed by a UE for processing a downlink control channel sent as a bundled transmission over a bundle of subframes, comprises determining when to start monitoring for the control channel; and monitoring for the control channel in a limited number of downlink subframes, based on the determination. | 01-29-2015 |
20150036564 | MULTIPLE BEACON TRANSMISSION - A method to decrease power consumption of a plurality of end devices in a wireless network system divides a round period into at least a first period and a second period, each of the periods having multiple time slots. The wireless network system is formed by an access point, a plurality of routers and a plurality of end devices, forming a two-layer tree network topology. The method comprises: a) wirelessly broadcasting one router beacon in each of the time slots of the first period from one of the routers to the router's end devices; b) determining if any end device fails to receive any router beacon transmitted from its parent node in the first period; and c) configuring the end device to sleep during the second period if it fails to receive any router beacon transmitted from its parent node in the first period. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036565 | NULL BEACON TRANSMISSION - A method to decrease power consumption of a plurality of end devices in a wireless network system divides a round period into at least a first period and a second period, each of the periods having multiple time slots. The wireless network system is formed by an access point, a plurality of routers and a plurality of end devices, forming a two-layer tree network topology. The method comprising: a) wirelessly broadcasting a null beacon from one of the routers to the router's end devices in the first period if the router fails receive an AP beacon from the access point in the first period; and b) configuring the router's end devices to sleep during the second period after the router's end devices receive the null beacon from the router. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036566 | UPLINK POWER SHARING CONTROL - A user equipment detects that an aggregate of calculated uplink transmit power of the UE exceeds a threshold. In response to the detecting, a power of at least one of a plurality of frequency-division multiplexing (FDM)-based uplink transmissions of the UE over corresponding wireless connections with respective wireless access network nodes is adjusted. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036567 | WIRELESS DEVICE AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS CHANNEL ACCESS - Disclosed in some examples is a method of channel access by a wireless device in a wireless network by determining whether there is network traffic associated with a preamble of a first type and whether there is network traffic associated with a preamble of a second type, wherein the wireless device is not capable of decoding the preamble of the second type, and wherein determining that there is network work traffic associated with a preamble of the second type includes determining that an energy level of the channel is above a threshold for a period of time, the first and second preamble types being different lengths; and sending a packet with a preamble of the first type, responsive to determining that no network traffic is detected associated with the preamble of the second type or network traffic associated with a preamble of the first type for the period of time. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036568 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - There is provided a wireless communications terminal including a Wi-Fi module connected to the Internet wirelessly via an access point (AP), a mobile communications module calculating position information regarding the wireless communications terminal, a memory unit storing Wi-Fi connection information previously set, and a control unit turning off the Wi-Fi module in a case in which the position information is outside of an effective range of the Wi-Fi connection information when the Wi-Fi module is in an ON state. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036569 | METHOD TO IDENTIFY AND DIFFERENTIATE BACKGROUND TRAFFIC - Embodiments of a system and method to identify and differentiate background traffic are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a transceiver is arranged to wirelessly transmit and receive packets over a communications network and a processor, coupled to the transceiver, is arranged to provide an indication identifying packets associated with background traffic. The indication identifying packets associated with background traffic includes a bit in a header of a packet, wherein the bit is set in a first state to indicate the packet is associated with background traffic and the bit is set in a second state to indicate the packet is associated with active traffic, or an identification of a port number and a protocol type associated with background traffic. The processor is further arranged to provide an indication for differentiating background traffic. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036570 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - In a sensor network including a sink node and a plurality of sensor nodes, the sink node receives a routing message including routing information from the sensor nodes, analyzes a structure of the sensor network based on routing information, and calculates a transmission schedule of each sensor node based on the analyzed network structure. Schedule information according to the calculated transmission schedule includes a wakeup time of the sensor node, a time interval that is consumed for packet transmission, and a standby time for preventing a packet collision based on the time interval. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036571 | TRANSMISSION AND SCHEDULING SCHEMES FOR WIRELESS FRONTHAUL - A communication system includes a plurality of eNodeBs (eNBs) configured to serve one or more user equipments (UEs). The plurality of eNBs includes a first eNB and a second eNB. The first eNB is configured to wirelessly communicate on a resource with the second eNB. The resource includes a time resource and/or a frequency resource. The first and second eNBs are configured to cooperatively serve the one or more UEs. The first and second eNBs are configured to engage in wireless communication following a predetermined schedule known to the plurality of eNBs. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036572 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING POWER SAVE-POLLING FRAME AND RESPONSE FRAME IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a power save-polling (PS-Poll) frame and response frame in a wireless LAN (WLAN) system are disclosed. The method for transmitting a frame by a station (STA) in a wireless LAN (WLAN) system includes awakening at a predetermined time, and transmitting a Power Save (PS)-Poll frame to an access point (AP); and receiving information in response to the PS-Poll frame from the access point (AP), wherein information indicating an access category (AC) of the PS-Poll frame is provided from the access point (AP) to the station (STA). | 02-05-2015 |
20150036573 | WLAN-CAPABLE REMOTE CONTROL DEVICE - Operations for a WLAN-capable remote control device and a controlled device are disclosed. A first network device (e.g., remote control) may receive a user input for controlling operation of a second network device (e.g., controlled device) of a communication network. The first network device may transition to an active operating state in response to receiving the user input. The first network device may transmit the first user input to the second network device. The first network device may exit the active operating state in response to successfully transmitting the first user input to the second network device. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036574 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - The present invention provides techniques related to a terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, communication system, control method, and integrated circuit for performing efficient transmission and reception control between a mobile station apparatus and a base station apparatus to thereby reduce power consumption and improve radio resource utilization. The terminal apparatus sends capability information indicating whether notification of a state relating to power consumption of the terminal apparatus is possible or not to the base station apparatus, and upon receiving a parameter indicating start of determination on the state relating to the power consumption of the terminal apparatus from the base station apparatus, determines the state relating to power consumption based on the current communication state configurations of the terminal apparatus and sends state information representing the result of the determination on the state relating to power consumption to the base station apparatus. | 02-05-2015 |
20150043402 | RECEPTION NODE AND TRANSMISSION NODE FOR SAVING ENERGY OF RECEPTION NODE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - A communication method of a transmission node includes generating information of a transmission unavailable time period of the transmission node in a reception available time period of a reception node, and transmitting, to the reception node, the information of the transmission unavailable time period. The reception node operates in a sleep state based on the information of the transmission unavailable time period. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043403 | POWER SAVING MODE OPTIMIZATIONS AND RELATED PROCEDURES - Embodiments of an eNodeB and method for Machine Type Communication in a Wireless Network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a method performed by circuitry of an evolved Node B (eNodeB) can include receiving, by the eNodeB, a notification that a User Equipment (UE) is configured to be used for Machine Type Communication (MTC). The method can include determining whether the UE is in a Radio Resource Control Connected (RRC_Connected) state and determining whether the UE can enter a power saving mode. The method can include configuring the UE to change to an RRC Deep Idle mode, in response to determining that the UE is in the RRC_Connected state and the UE can enter the power saving mode. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043404 | USER EQUIPMENT REALLOCATION BETWEEN NODES - A technology for a power management module that is operable to reduce power consumption in a communications network. A resource availability of one or more evolved node B (eNode Bs) in the communications network can be determine to receive data traffic of a plurality of user equipment (UEs) in communication with a serving eNode B. A power consumption rate of the communications network can be calculated when the serving eNode B is placed in a power saving mode. The serving eNode B can be switched to a power savings mode when the resource availability of the one or more eNode Bs enables the plurality of UEs to be handed over from the serving eNode B to selected eNode Bs of the one or more eNode Bs. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043405 | USER EQUIPMENT AND DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION CONTROL METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - User equipment that is capable of communicating by using M (M is greater than or equal to 2) component carriers (CCs) includes N (N is greater than or equal to 2) communication units for executing radio communication with a base station by using each of the M CCs, a controller for individually controlling an operation mode of each of the N communication units; and a timer for reporting to the controller that a constant time period is elapsed without receiving a further control signal, after receiving, by a communication unit of the N communication units, a control signal from the base station. When a report from the timer is received for a specific communication unit of the N communication units, the controller controls the operation mode of the specific communication unit, so that the operation mode the specific communication unit discontinuously transitions to an active mode. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043406 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a method for a transmission point to transmit a downlink signal to a user equipment in a wireless communication system, the method includes determining transmission power of first resource elements for data transmission of an OFDM symbol which does not include a Cell specific Reference Signal (CRS) and transmission power of second resource elements for data transmission of an OFDM symbol which includes the CRS, wherein a first parameter related to the determination of the transmission power of the first resource elements and a second parameter related to the determination of the transmission power of the second resource elements are determined by one of a first configuration and a second configuration, and wherein the first configuration and the second configuration are selectively applied according to one or more of a subframe and a transmission mode. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043407 | METHOD FOR SIGNALING PAYLOAD TYPE IN SIGNALING FIELD OF A FRAME - A method of overloading a signaling subfield for different MAC frame types is proposed to provide enhanced functionality for the wireless communications network. In one embodiment, a transmitter encodes and transmits a bit stream into a frame having one or more subfields including a signaling subfield in a physical layer header of the bit stream. The signaling subfield has a type indication field that specifies the information carried in the one or more subfields is MAC layer or PHY layer information. The signaling subfield also has a sub-type indication field that specifies a type of MAC or PHY information. A receiver that receives the bit stream and decodes information carried in the one or more subfields in accordance with the type indication field and the sub-type indication field. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043408 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATING WITH A FIRST AND A SECOND TYPE OF DEVICES - A wireless telecommunications system including at least one base station, a first terminal device and a second terminal device, wherein the first terminal device is a terminal device of a first type and the second terminal device is a terminal device of a second type, the second type being different from the first type, and wherein the at least one base station is configured to communicate data which is specific to the first terminal device in a synchronous manner and to communicate data which is specific to the second terminal device in a non-synchronous manner. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043409 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL OF STATION OPERABLE IN POWER SAVING MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE THEREFOR - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for transmitting a signal of a station (STA) operable in a power saving mode in a wireless communication system, and the method for transmitting a signal comprises a step of transmitting a PS-Poll frame and/or a trigger frame according to a first time period, wherein an integrated scaling factor is applied to the first time period, and the integrated scaling factor is also commonly applied to a second time period in which the STA can omit frame transmission by maintaining an association state with an access point (AP). | 02-12-2015 |
20150043410 | Power Management Of A Personal Area Fabric - A power management system for a personal area fabric having a plurality of nodes is presented. The system implements power management functions at the fabric-level via fabric-level power profiles reflecting the aggregated power profiles from some or all of the nodes in the fabric. The fabric-level power profiles are used to trigger the implementation of fabric power configurations that cause the individual nodes to modify their operations in the interest of a fabric-level power management plan. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043411 | GATEWAY SYSTEM FOR SENSOR NETWORK AND DRIVING METHOD THEREOF - A gateway system for a sensor network and a driving method thereof are disclosed. The gateway system includes a sink node board that collects sensor data measured by a sensor node and transmits the sensor data, and a gateway board that transmits the sensor data transmitted from the sink node board to a server. Herein, the sink node board controls whether to apply power to the gateway board or not. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043412 | System and Method for Uplink Timing Synchronization in Conjunction with Discontinuous Reception - A system and method are disclosed for providing uplink timing synchronization during DRX operation in a wireless communication system. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043413 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL FOR WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS ON MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIERS ASSOCIATED WITH MULTIPLE TIMING ADVANCES - A method and apparatus for power control for wireless transmissions on multiple component carriers corresponding to multiple serving cells associated with multiple timing advances are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may determine transmit powers for a first physical channel for a first serving cell in a first timing advanced group (TAG) and a second physical channel for a second serving cell in a second TAG. The first TAG may less timing advanced than the second TAG. The WTRU may determine a WTRU configured maximum output power (P | 02-12-2015 |
20150049657 | APPARATUS, METHOD, AND SYSTEM FOR LOW POWER WEARABLE WIRELESS DEVICES - A system, apparatus, and method for communicating with a wearable wireless device are provided. The system includes at least one data source, an aggregator configured to receive data from the at least one data source, and to communicate with an access point, the access point configured to communicate with the aggregator and to communicate with a wearable wireless device, and the wearable wireless device configured to communicate with the access point so as to receive information from the aggregator through the access point. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049658 | MANAGING ULTRA LOW ENERGY (ULE) DEVICES USING A BASE STATION CAPABLE OF ENTERING A NO EMISSION MODE (NEMO) - A method that includes operating a base station at a first operational mode thereby preventing the base station from a periodically transmitting a beacon; detecting, by the base station, a transmission from a first wireless communication device; determining, by the base station and in response to the transmission from the first wireless communication device, whether to continue operating in the no emission mode or to enter a emission mode during which the base station is allowed to transmit the beacon; and entering the second operational mode, if it is determined to enter the second operational mode, and sending the beacon to the first wireless communication device. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049659 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONSERVING POWER FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE WHILE MAINTAINING A CONNECTION TO A NETWORK - A system, device and method are described for operating a communication device communicating with a wireless network. The method comprises in a power save mode wherein a communication subsystem of the communication device has been deactivated: for a first period beginning at a first instance, re-activating the subsystem, executing an action relating to a link layer connection condition, and then de-activating the subsystem; and for a second period beginning at a second instance, re-activating the subsystem, executing an action relating to a network layer connection condition, and then de-activating the subsystem. For the method, the first period is repeated on a cycle based on a first frequency timed to allow the communication device to process a beacon signal from the wireless network; and the second period is repeated on a cycle based on a second frequency of occurrence of an Address Resolution Protocol request in the wireless network. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049660 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF A TERMINAL AND AN ACCESS POINT FOR POWER SAVING - Provided is a communication technology of an access point and a terminal that may decrease power consumption by changing an operation state of the terminal from an awake state to a sleep state when a data stream to be transmitted to the terminal is absent or has completed in a transmission opportunity (TXOP) duration. | 02-19-2015 |
20150055527 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING POWER SAVINGS BY OPTIMIZED DATA BLOCK DECODES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Access terminals are adapted to facilitate data block decoding, where a header may be decoded while a data payload is not decoded. According to one example, an access terminal can convey information from an upper layer of a protocol stack to a physical layer of the protocol stack. The conveyed information can be adapted to cause the physical layer to bypass decoding a data payload for one or more received data blocks. On receipt of a data block, a header of the received data block can be decoded at the physical layer without decoding a data payload for the received data block. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055528 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING AUTONOMOUS DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION IN ACCESS TERMINALS - Access terminals are adapted to facilitate discontinuous transmission (DTX) employable during active transmissions. According to one example, an access terminal may be actively transmitting a plurality of frames on a reverse link channel. The access terminal can autonomously implement a DTX operation during the active reverse link transmissions, in which a transmitter circuit is powered down for periods of time less than a duration of one frame. As a result, reverse link transmissions are punctured during the powered down periods. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055529 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMICALLY MANAGING A NON-DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION MODE SPECIFIC TO USER EQUIPMENTS, AND SYSTEM THEREOF - The present invention provides a method, an apparatus, and a system for dynamically managing a non-discontinuous reception mode specific to user equipments. In one embodiment, a method includes obtaining statistical data associated with an ongoing data transfer session with a user equipment. Further, the method includes analysing the statistical data to determine a probability of establishing a new downlink TBF for a short time after the current TBF is released. The method also includes computing a non-DRX timer value for the ongoing data transfer session with the user equipment based on the analysis of the statistical data. Furthermore, the method includes transmitting a network message indicating the non-DRX timer value specific to the ongoing data transfer session to the respective user equipments. Moreover, the method includes operating in a non-DRX mode after the TBF is released and till the non-DRX timer value received in the network message is expired. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055530 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMISSION-SOURCE RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, DESTINATION RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A transmission-source radio communication apparatus includes a transmission-time-sum integrating unit integrating transmission time per unit time of a radio frame, a transmission-time estimating and integrating unit estimating and integrating the transmission time per unit time in the future of a radio device number frame, a transmission-limit-time-of-day estimating unit estimating, using two integration results, a sum-limit-exceeding estimated time of day and a less-than-sum-limit estimated time of day, and a transmission control unit notifying a destination radio communication apparatus of the two estimated times of day. The destination radio communication apparatus includes a reception control unit determining, using the two estimated times of day, whether reception of a radio frame from the transmission-source radio communication apparatus is stopped and a transmission control unit determining, using the two estimated times of day, whether transmission of a radio frame to the transmission-source radio communication apparatus is stopped. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055531 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION, NETWORK, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A user apparatus includes a radio communication unit capable of operating in a continuous reception mode in which receiving operations to receive control signals are continuously executed and in a discontinuous reception mode in which the receiving operations are discontinuously executed and an application running unit capable of running multiple applications in parallel. A radio communication system includes a communication frequency characteristic acquiring unit that acquires, for each of the applications, a communication frequency characteristic related to communication that each of the applications run in the user apparatus executes and a bearer decision unit that decides, for each of the applications, a bearer to be used for the communication of each of the applications according to the communication frequency characteristic of each of the applications. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055532 | WIRELESS DEVICE, A RADIO NETWORK NODE AND METHODS FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - A wireless device and a method for controlling Discontinuous Reception (DRX) in the wireless device. The wireless device is capable of cellular and Device to Device (D2D) communication. The method comprises: in response to receiving a first uplink cellular communication grant, activating, for a first period of time (t1), a DRX-wake state for a cellular DRX configuration during which DRX-wake state the wireless device is configured to receive a second uplink cellular communication grant, and in response to receiving a first D2D communication grant, activating, for a second period of time (t2), the DRX-wake state for a D2D DRX configuration, wherein the D2D DRX configuration is separate from the cellular DRX configuration, and during which DRX-wake state the wireless device is configured to receive a second D2D communication grant. Thereby the wireless device is capable of controlling DRX using both the cellular DRX configuration and the D2D DRX configuration. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055533 | DATA RECEPTION AND TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a multi-carrier resource utilization method and apparatus for power saving in a communication system using a multi-carrier, in which the activation of a secondary carrier for transmitting and receiving data traffic between a terminal and a base station is determined according to the QoS (Quality of Service) requirements such as a data traffic status between the terminal and the base station, a maximum sustained traffic rate, a maximum traffic burst size, or the like, and an indication message (Indication) indicating this is transferred to the terminal through a primary carrier to transmit and receive data traffic through the activated secondary carrier. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055534 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER OF UE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - Disclosed herein is a method of transmitting a signal at a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving a radio resource control (RRC) configuration message from a network; determining a preference value relating to power saving after receiving the RRC configuration message; and transmitting the determined preference value relating to the power saving to the network. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055535 | Control Signal Management System and Method - A user equipment (UE) including a processor configured to transmit control plane data irrespective of on-duration/off-duration status. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055536 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SLEEP MODE OPERATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method and a mobile station operating in a wireless communication system are described. Information on a primary carrier and one or more secondary carriers is received on a multi-carrier from a base station. Information on activation or deactivation of the one or more secondary carriers is received. The mobile station communicates with the base station via the primary carrier and one or more activated secondary carriers. Configuration information for power management is received that informs the mobile station of a first time period during which the mobile station monitors signals from the base station and of a second time period during which the mobile station does not monitor signals from the base station. When a specific indication is received from the base station, the mobile station stops the first time period and enters into the second time period. | 02-26-2015 |
20150063181 | Apparatus and Method for Conservation of Battery Power of Mobile Devices within a Location-Based Group - A method of conserving battery power of mobile devices within a location-based group starts with server receiving location data and proximity information from each of the mobile devices. Location data received from first mobile device includes the first mobile device's location. Proximity information received from first mobile device includes an identification of mobile devices within a predetermined radius of first mobile device's location. Server identifies based on location data and proximity information a specific location and forms a subgroup of mobile devices that are within a predetermined radius of the specific location. Server queries and receives a level of power associated with each mobile devices in the subgroup and transmits control signals to each mobile devices in the subgroup to shut down radio functions based on the level of power. Other embodiments are also described. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063182 | DETERMINATION OF COMMUNICATION CONTROL PARAMETER BASED ON COMMUNICATION SCHEDULE - A communication control parameter for communicating via one technology is determined based on a communication schedule used in another technology. In some aspects, interference between a wireless local area network and a wireless wide area network is mitigated by appropriate selection of the communication control parameter. In some aspects, enhanced media access control features of IEEE 802.11ah are employed to facilitate co-existence between radio technologies. For example, interference may be mitigated through the use of a restricted access window, a target wake time, sectorized antennas, scheduled control information transmissions, and rate selection for control information. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063183 | NETWORK CONTROL METHOD, PATH CONTROL APPARATUS, NETWORK CONTROL SYSTEM AND PATH CONTROL PROGRAM - A total electric energy calculating means | 03-05-2015 |
20150063184 | INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, MANAGING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD FOR MANAGING APPARATUS, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - An information processing system includes a wireless communication terminal, a plurality of information processing apparatuses having an access point, and a managing apparatus. The information processing system has a detecting unit configured to detect an energized state of the access point and send the energized state as a detection signal to the managing apparatus, and a control unit configured to switch the access point to a standby mode or a power-saving mode. The managing apparatus has a sending unit configured to send a mode switch signal to the control unit in response to the detection signal. When a position of the wireless communication terminal is detected, the sending unit sends the mode switch signal in response to the detection signal to the control unit for switching a predetermined number or more of access points to the standby mode, and the control unit switches the access points to the standby mode. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063185 | MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING FAST DORMANCY FUNCTION OF MOBILE DEVICE - In a method for controlling a fast dormancy function of a mobile device, the method detects whether the mobile device is in an operating mode or in an idle mode. When the mobile device is in the operating mode, the fast dormancy function of the mobile device is disabled. When the mobile device is in the idle mode, the method determines whether one or more data packets are transmitted between a base station and the mobile device. When one or more data packets are transmitted between the mobile device and the base station, the fast dormancy function of the mobile device is enabled after a predetermined time interval. | 03-05-2015 |
20150071139 | Power Management and Security for Wireless Modules in "Machine-to-Machine" Communications - Methods and systems are provided for power management and security for wireless modules in “Machine-to-Machine” communications. A wireless module operating in a wireless network and with access to the Internet can efficiently and securely communicate with a server. The wireless network can be a public land mobile network (PLMN) or a wireless local area network (LAN). The wireless module may include a sensor and may be installed next to a monitored unit. The wireless module may utilize active states for collecting and sending data, and sleep states at other times to conserve a battery and/or energy usage. The wireless module minimize the time spent in a radio resource control (RRC) connected state. Messages between the wireless module and server can be transmitted according to a user datagram protocol (UDP). The wireless module and server can utilize public key infrastructure (PKI) for encryption and digital signatures. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071140 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH THROUGHPUT ALLOCATION AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A wireless communication device with a plurality of transceivers analyzes a plurality of throughput profiles corresponding to the plurality of transceivers to determine a division of a total throughput into a plurality of individual throughputs corresponding to the plurality of transceivers. Data is transmitted to a remote communication device by allocating data for transmission among the plurality of transceivers based on the plurality of individual throughputs. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071141 | TECHNIQUES FOR DEVICE POWER MANAGEMENT IN A LOCAL WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for device power management for wireless local networks are described. An apparatus may comprise a network access component for execution by circuitry to automatically determine whether a wireless device can access a wireless network based on security credentials of the wireless device, and generate a network status signal when the wireless device can access a wireless network. The apparatus may comprise a power interface component for execution by circuitry to send control directives to manage various power states of the wireless device based on the network status signal. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071142 | POWER SAVINGS WITH PREAMBLE IN WLAN SYSTEMS - In order to reduce power consumption of an electronic device during communication with another electronic device in a wireless local area network (WEAN), the electronic device analyzes fields in a given packet prior to a payload of the given packet to look for information that specifies a destination of the given packet. For example, the information may include: a full associated identification (AID) of the destination, a partial media-access-control (MAC) address of the destination; and/or a compressed (MAC) address of the destination. The information may be included in the preamble of the given packet. In particular, the information may replace length information in a high-throughput signal field in the given packet. Moreover, if the destination is other than the electronic device, the electronic device dumps the given packet and changes a power state of the electronic device, thereby reducing the power consumption. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071143 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING PDN CONNECTION - Examples of the present disclosure provide a method and apparatus for managing a PDN connection. In the method, a core network control entity determines that UE enters an idle state, determines a PDN connection corresponding to the UE as a PDN connection of a designated type and cancels the PDN connection of the designated type. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071144 | POWER SAVE WITH A POWER SAVE POLLING FRAME - A particular method includes receiving a power save polling frame from a station at an access point. The method also includes, in response to receiving the power save polling frame, transmitting a frame from the access point to the station, the frame indicating whether traffic associated with the station is buffered at the access point. Another particular method includes transmitting a power save polling frame from the station to the access point. The method further includes, in response to transmitting the power save polling frame, receiving a frame from the access point indicating whether traffic associated with the station is buffered at the access point. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071145 | SON Automatic Transport Capacity Control - The present disclosure relates to embodiments of a method and a network element for real-time adjustment of the energy consumption of a data communications network. The network comprises a number of network elements connected by transport links. User activity status is determined based on status information from user activity monitor. An activity status is determined by aggregating available activity status from activity status reports for each downlink connection and the most recent determined user activity status. The determined activity status is sent in activity status reports upstream, and the performance of associated transport links and internal network element components is adjusted and regulated in accordance with the determined activity status. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071146 | Aperiodical Discovery Channel Design for Small RRHS - An apparatus and a method is provided by which it is determined that at least one user equipment should perform detection and/or measurements with respect to at least one network control node, the at least one network control node is instructed to send a predetermined aperiodic signal to the at least one user equipment, and the at least one user equipment is instructed to detect the predetermined aperiodic signal. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071147 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Users are enabled to readily use desired applications. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071148 | STATE TRANSITION TIMER SETTING SYSTEM, MOBILE EQUIPMENT, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND STATE TRANSITION TIMER SETTING METHOD - A state-transition-timer setting system includes: an acquiring unit that acquires prediction information on a traffic amount of a mobile equipment; a timer determining unit that determines a state transition timer for a time after which a state of the mobile equipment transitions from a communication state to a power-saving state, based on the prediction information; and a timer setting unit that sets the state transition timer for the mobile equipment. The state transition timer includes either a time from when data communication of the mobile equipment is completed to when a transition request command to request transition into the power-saving state is transmitted to the base station, or a shortest transmission interval at which the mobile equipment can transmit the transition request command subsequently to when the mobile equipment transmits the transition request command after completion of data communication of the mobile equipment. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071149 | Power Saving in a Multiple Sector Radio Base Station - A multiple sector RBS and a method therein for controlling the RBS is provided. The RBS is connectable to multiple sector antenna units supporting N sectors, N≧2, being associated with respective cell ids. The RBS comprises N Radio Units, RUs, serving the sectors. The method comprises transmitting ( | 03-12-2015 |
20150071150 | RADIO WAKE-UP SYSTEM WITH MULTI-MODE OPERATION - In a method of establishing communication between a primary node and secondary nodes over communications channels, the secondary nodes are placed in a sleep state in the absence of active communications and are responsive to a wake-up message transmitted over the one or more communications channels from the primary node to enter a wake-up state. A wake-up message is sent from an instigator at the primary node to a receptor at a said secondary node. The communications channels with the receptor at said secondary node are periodically sniffed for a valid wake-up message. In response to reception of a valid wake-up message the receptor places the secondary node in the wake-up state. The instigator and receptor employ a selected operational mode being defined by the timing of the wake-up message and sniff pattern at the receptor. The selected operational mode is changed to suit different channel conditions. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071151 | MULTI-CHANNEL LOW POWER WAKE-UP SYSTEM - A wake-up system includes an instigator for transmitting a wake-up message from a primary node to a receiver at a secondary node. The instigator sends a wake-up on either first RF channel or a second RF channel having respective frequencies such that the second RF channel is an image of the first RF channel at a local oscillator frequency of the receiver. The receiver includes an RF filter that passes both the image and non-image channels, a frequency generator for generating a local oscillator signal at the local oscillator frequency, and a mixer for mixing the filtered modulated RF signal with said local oscillator signal to generate a modulated intermediate frequency (IF) signal. The receiver monitors both the image and non-image channels simultaneously for a valid wake-up message. A wake-up message detector indicates a wake-up condition in response to the reception of a valid wake-up message. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071152 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system includes a plurality of eNBs that perform radio communication with an UE and an MCE that controls the eNBs. The MCE indicates an MBSFN subframe (MCE) serving as radio resources that transmit a reference signal for power measurement to the UE less frequently than normal to the eNB, the eNB, in addition to the MBSFN subframe (MCE) indicated by the MCE, designates the MBSFN subframe (eNB) serving as the radio resources that transmit a reference signal to the UE less frequently than normal, and in the MBSFN subframe (MCE) and the MBSFN subframe (eNB) the reference signal is transmitted to the UE. In this manner, the reference signal for measuring a power can be transmitted less frequently than normal, and a power consumption of the infrastructure can be reduced. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071153 | BROADCAST SIGNAL TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, BROADCAST SIGNAL RECEIVING APPARATUS, AND BROADCAST SIGNAL TRANSCEIVING METHOD IN BROADCASTING SIGNAL TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING APPARATUSES - Disclosed are a broadcast signal transmitting method. The method according to an embodiment of the present invention includes processing with input streams to output transmission units, wherein the transmission units carry broadcast data which carries a service or a service component, encoding the transmission units, symbol-mapping the encoded transmission units, MIMO encoding the symbol-mapped transmission units, time-interleaving the MIMO-encoded transmission units, building signal frames including the time-interleaved transmission units, modulating the built signal frames by Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, OFDM scheme, and transmitting the modulated signal frames. Herein the signal frames include a fixed mode of signal frame and a mobile mode of signal frame. Herein a signal frame in the transmitted signal frames includes a preamble part, and the preamble part includes physical signaling data for the transmission units, and wherein the physical signaling data include information on a pilot mode for the signal frame. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071154 | Energy-Saving Mechanisms in a Heterogeneous Radio Communication Network - There is provided support mechanisms for at least one adding and removing a cell from operation in a heterogeneous radio network having a first type of basic cell for providing basic radio coverage and a second type of cell associated to a basic cell as a capacity enhancing cell. A capacity enhancing cell is selectively switched on and off. When the capacity enhancing cell is shut down the cell does not exist over the air while cell configuration information is kept. When the capacity enhancing cell is switched on the cell becomes available again over the air interface. An indication of shut-down and a wake-up call message for switch-on of the capacity enhancing cell are communicated between a base station serving the capacity enhancing cell and a base station serving the basic cell. In this way energy savings can be supported without disrupting service availability. | 03-12-2015 |
20150078227 | Method and Apparatus for Energy Saving - Methods and apparatuses for energy saving have been disclosed. A method for a base station serving a cell is provided. The method comprises: monitoring communication conditions of the cell; and altering a bandwidth for communication in response that the monitored communication conditions meet a predefined criterion. Energy saving may be achieved by dynamically altering the bandwidth for communication based on the communication conditions. Further, the proposed energy saving technique may be applied to various communication networks, including but not limited to, FDD system and TDD system. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078228 | Method for Processing the Reception of a Communication Signal by Radio Channel, and Associated Method for Processing the Transmission, Devices and Computer Programs - Provided are methods for receiving and transmitting a communication signal by radio channel and corresponding devices and computer programs. A plurality of nodes alternately comply with sleep periods and wake periods, and a transmitter node precedes transmission of data to a recipient node with a step of transmitting a preamble of a length at least equal to a sleep period of the recipient node, wherein at least two transmission channels has been defined between the nodes with a view to the transmission of the preamble. The method includes selecting from the plurality of channels at least one channel for listening to the preamble, called a current channel; and deciding to the change the listening channel on detection of at least one triggering event likely to affect predetermined operational constraints of the receiver node. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078229 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING BEACON IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically discloses a method and an apparatus for transceiving a beacon in a wireless LAN system. A method for receiving a beacon from a station (STA) in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving a probe response frame from an access point (AP); determining the time at which the next beacon is to be received by means of information regarding the next beacon contained in the probe response frame; and receiving the next beacon at the time determined for receiving the next beacon. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078230 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WLAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, disclosed are a method and an apparatus for accessing a channel in a WLAN system. A method for accessing the channel from a station (STA) in the wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises receiving from an access point (AP) setting information of a time window, which does not allow channel access of the STA in a traffic indication map (TIM) mode and which is repeatedly set in a cyclic manner; and carrying out the channel access on the basis of the time window, wherein the setting information includes starting point information of a specific time window and cycle information of the time window, wherein the time window is repeatedly set for every cycle that is indicated by the cycle information of the time window. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078231 | USER EQUIPMENT, A RADIO BASE STATION AND RESPECTIVE METHOD THEREIN FOR MANAGING UPLINK RESOURCES WITHIN A COVERAGE AREA OF THE RADIO BASE STATION - A UE, an RBS and respective methods therein for managing uplink resources from an RBS in a wireless communication network are provided. The method in the UE comprises determining that uplink resources are needed, and determining which type of service for which the uplink resources are needed. The method further comprises transmitting, to the RBS, a scheduling request for a scheduling grant, the scheduling request comprising an indication of the type of service for which the scheduling grant is requested. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078232 | STORYTELLING SIMULATOR AND DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Embodiments provide techniques for facilitating radio frequency (RF) communication between devices using guaranteed time slots (GTSs). Embodiments include designating, at a personal area network (PAN) coordinator, a contention access period (CAP) during which a plurality of devices on a network can transmit unsolicited media access control (MAC) commands to the PAN coordinator via RF communications. Embodiments further include facilitating direct RF communication between the plurality of devices, by broadcasting a beacon, at the PAN coordinator, designating GTSs for the plurality of devices, wherein each GTS specifies a time period during which one of the plurality of devices on the network is authorized to send or receive data. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078233 | METHOD, TERMINAL, AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING MOBILE COMMUNICATION - Provided is a method of providing mobile communication information. The method includes acquiring, by a master terminal, mobile communication information necessary for using mobile communication services in a predetermined area, wherein the master terminal is connected to at least one slave terminal via a predetermined network and transmitting the mobile communication information to the at least one slave terminal via the predetermined network. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078234 | Apparatus and an Associated Method for Facilitating Communications in a Radio Communication System that Provides for Data Communications at Multiple Data Rates - Apparatus, and an associated method, for facilitating operation of a radio communication system that provides for multi rate data communications, such as a CDMA 2000 system that provides for 1xEV-DV communication services. A supplemental pilot, or control, signal generator embodied at a mobile station generates a supplemental pilot, or control, signal that is sent on a newly defined supplemental pilot, or control, channel. As the data rates of data communicated upon a reverse supplemental channel changes, corresponding changes are made to the power level of the reverse supplemental pilot, or control, signal. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078235 | Energy-Saving Mechanisms in a Heterogeneous Radio Communication Network - There is provided support mechanisms for at least one adding and removing a cell from operation in a heterogeneous radio network having a first type of basic cell for providing basic radio coverage and a second type of cell associated to a basic cell as a capacity enhancing cell. A capacity enhancing cell is selectively switched on and off. When the capacity enhancing cell is shut down the cell does not exist over the air while cell configuration information is kept. When the capacity enhancing cell is switched on the cell becomes available again over the air interface. An indication of shut-down and a wake-up call message for switch-on of the capacity enhancing cell are communicated between a base station serving the capacity enhancing cell and a base station serving the basic cell. In this way energy savings can be supported without disrupting service availability. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078236 | Energy-Saving Mechanisms in a Heterogeneous Radio Communication Network - There is provided support mechanisms for at least one adding and removing a cell from operation in a heterogeneous radio network having a first type of basic cell for providing basic radio coverage and a second type of cell associated to a basic cell as a capacity enhancing cell. A capacity enhancing cell is selectively switched on and off. When the capacity enhancing cell is shut down the cell does not exist over the air while cell configuration information is kept. When the capacity enhancing cell is switched on the cell becomes available again over the air interface. An indication of shut-down and a wake-up call message for switch-on of the capacity enhancing cell are communicated between a base station serving the capacity enhancing cell and a base station serving the basic cell. In this way energy savings can be supported without disrupting service availability. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078237 | POWER MANAGEMENT VIA COORDINATION AND SELECTIVE OPERATION OF TIMER-RELATED TASKS - A method of coordinating tasks of a mobile computing device may include initializing a timer associated with one or more tasks and a state condition. The state condition may depend on a device state of the mobile computing device and/or a component state of a mobile computing device component. An expiration of the timer is detected. Upon detecting the expiration, a determination is made whether the state condition is satisfied based on whether the mobile computing device is in the device state and/or the mobile computing device component is in the component state. Based at least in part on the determination that the state condition is satisfied, performance of the one or more tasks associated with the timer can be initiated. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078238 | System and Method for Discontinuous Reception Control Start Time - Methods of combining semi-persistent resource allocation and dynamic resource allocation are provided. Packets, such as VoIP packets, are transmitted on the uplink and downlink using respective semi-persistent resources. For each mobile device, awake periods and sleep periods are defined. The semi-persistent resources are aligned with the awake periods so that most of the time the mobile device can turn off its wireless access radio during the sleep periods. In addition, signalling to request, and to allocate, resources for additional packets are transmitted during the awake periods, and the resources allocated for the additional packets are within the awake periods. Methods of extending the awake periods in various embodiments are also provided. Methods of determining the first on period are also provided. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078239 | POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS NETWORK ENTITIES - Power saving in wireless networks is disclosed. A wireless network entity that includes a module to enable a reduction in power consumption in that wireless network entity is also disclosed. The module is configured to determine that a selected wireless station of one or more wireless stations associated with the wireless network entity in a same wireless network will transmit system control information (including synchronization information and service identification information) that is normally transmitted by the wireless network entity. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078240 | DOWNLINK DATA BLOCK PROCESSING METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - The present invention provides a downlink data block processing method, device, and system. The method includes: determining, by a base station controller, that no data needs to be sent to a mobile station on a packet data channel of a base station; and sending, by the BSC, an indication message to indicate the BTS to stop sending a downlink data block on the PDCH. The present invention can solve a problem in the prior art that because the data amount of a PS service is small, most of downlink data blocks transmitted by the BTS are invalid downlink data blocks. | 03-19-2015 |
20150085725 | POWER EFFICIENT METHOD FOR WI-FI HOME AUTOMATION - A method for automation and control of a wireless device in a WiFi environment. The method includes a wireless mobile device configured with a soft access point (softAP) transmitting probe requests to home automation devices and traditional stationary access points. The wireless mobile device periodically wakes up to scan for other services, sends a probe request, authenticates the received probe response from the another device and receives control information via the received probe response. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085726 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, POWER MANAGEMENT SYSTEM HAVING COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD OF COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a communication device including an acquisition unit configured to acquire the electrical quantity of a power load, a communication unit configured to wirelessly transmit a packet including the electrical quantity acquired to a master unit that wirelessly transmits a control signal that controls the electrical quantity of a plurality of loads, and a controller configured to switch operation of the communication unit to a second mode in which the packet is wirelessly transmitted without specifying a destination when the electrical quantity equal to or greater than a first reference value is acquired during operation of the communication unit in a first mode in which the packet is wirelessly transmitted to the base station by specifying a destination. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085727 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATIONAL STATE SYNCHRONIZATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 03-26-2015 |
20150085728 | Uplink and Downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling Alignment - This disclosure relates to aligning semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) uplink and downlink communications. In one embodiment, a cellular base station may select SPS parameters for a wireless device. The SPS parameters may include a subframe offset, a downlink SPS interval, and an uplink SPS interval. The subframe offset may indicate a subframe at which both an initial downlink subframe and an initial uplink subframe are scheduled. An indication of the SPS parameters may be transmitted to the UE. The wireless device and the cellular base station may perform uplink and downlink communication according to the SPS parameters. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085729 | Transport Block Size and Channel Condition Assessment Based Power Consumption Reduction for Cellular Communication - This disclosure relates to reducing power consumption for cellular communication based on transport block size in combination with channel condition measurements for applications with certain application characteristics. In one embodiment, a transport block size for use for uplink communication with a base station by a wireless device may be selected. The transport block size may provide more robust communication characteristics than required for current channel conditions. The transport block size may be selected based on application characteristics of an application performing the uplink communication. A transmit power for the wireless device to use for the uplink communication may be selected based on the transport block size providing more robust communication characteristics than required for the current channel conditions. In particular, transport power selection may be biased towards a reduced transmit power based on the transport block size providing more robust communication characteristics than required for the current channel conditions. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085730 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA ASSOCIATED WITH IDLE MODE SIGNALING REDUCTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and a user equipment (UE) are described for controlling timers in a wireless communication system including a first type network communicating based on a number of orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols and a second type network which is different from the first type network. An update message is received that activates an idle mode signaling reduction (ISR) function of the UE. If the ISR function is activated in the UE, a periodic tracking area updating (P-TAU) timer is started, which is used to periodically notify availability of the UE. If the P-TAU timer expires and a mobility management backoff (MM-BO) timer is running, a deactivate ISR timer corresponding to the first type of network is started. The MM-BO timer is configured to start when a MM-BO time value is received at the UE. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085731 | METHOD FOR ACCESSING WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK, AND DEVICE - Method includes: determining, by a Access Point, AP, a duration of a time segment according to the number of sensor stations and a size of uplink data and a data transmission rate of the sensor stations in a network; wherein in the time segment, only sensor stations are allowed to perform access contention; sending, by the AP, a beacon frame, wherein the beacon frame carries information about the time segment. | 03-26-2015 |
20150092638 | DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION TIMING FOR SYSTEMS WITH FLEXIBLE BANDWIDTH CARRIER - Methods, systems, and devices are provided for discontinuous transmission (DTX) in systems that utilize one or more flexible bandwidth carriers. Tools and techniques are provided that may help ensure signaling alignment, such as with respect to DTX cycles, in systems that may utilize one or more flexible bandwidth carriers. Such methods may include identifying at least a DTX cycle for a first cell or a DTX cycle for a second cell, wherein at least the first cell or the second cell utilizes at least one of the one or more flexible bandwidth carriers; and adjusting one or more DTX parameters for at least the first cell or the second cell to align the DTX cycle for the second cell with the DTX cycle for the first cell such that the DTX cycle for the second cell at least partially overlaps the DTX cycle for the first cell. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092639 | INDICATING A BUSY PERIOD IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - An access point may transmit, to a first wireless device, a message indicating a busy period of the access point. The busy period is a time during which the access point will perform wireless operations with at least a second wireless device different from the first wireless device. During the busy period, the access point may refrain from transmitting from the access point to the first wireless device. The message indicating the busy period may include a duration of the busy period. The message indicating the busy period may be included in a portion of a data transmission to the first wireless device. The first wireless device may enter a low power mode (e.g., sleep operating state) responsive to the busy period. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092640 | WIRELESS SENSOR TIME SYNCHRONIZATION - A method including running a local low frequency clock in a node in a network during a battery conserving sleep mode, waking from the sleep mode at a time boundary determined by the low frequency clock, updating a representation of a master time based on a calculation and the time boundary, advancing the representation of master time based on a local high frequency clock while the node is awake, receiving a time synchronization signal from a node in the network, updating the calculation based on a difference between the representation of master time and a time provided in the time synchronization signal, setting a new time boundary, and returning to the sleep mode. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092641 | COMMUNICATION OF PREFERRED POWER CONSUMPTION CONFIGURATIONS - Technology for communicating power preference indication (PPI) message is described. A user equipment (UE) may receive PPI configuration information, from an evolved node B (eNB), wherein the PPI configuration information includes a predetermined threshold for a number of PPI messages that the UE can communicate to the eNB during a defined time window. The UE may communicate a plurality of PPI messages after sending a low power consumption configuration to the eNB during the defined time window, wherein the plurality of PPI messages each indicate a change in preferred power consumption configuration. The UE may detect that the plurality of PPI messages exceeds the predetermined threshold for the number of PPI messages that the UE can communicate to the eNB during the defined time window as defined in the PPI configuration information. The UE may initiate a threshold timer in response to the plurality of PPI messages exceeding the predetermined threshold to restrict additional PPI messages from being communicated to the eNB until expiration of the threshold timer. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092642 | DEVICE SYNCHRONIZATION OVER BLUETOOTH - Time synchronization between a central wireless communication device and a peripheral wireless communication device is described. Events associated with an application are time stamped at the central wireless communication device, and one or more link layer messages are sent to the peripheral wireless communication device to provide time stamp information to replicate the event timing at the peripheral wireless communication device. A first link layer message includes information about an internal Bluetooth clock to calibrate a corresponding internal clock value at the peripheral wireless communication device. A second link layer message includes information about a current value for the Bluetooth clock and also a value for an offset that provides a time position at a finer granularity than the Bluetooth clock within a timeslot specified by the Bluetooth clock value. Application layer event synchronization between the central and peripheral wireless communication devices allow for power reduced dormant states between events. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092643 | System and Method for Selective Prevention of Transmitting a Scheduling Request - A station that performs a method to coordinate transmissions of scheduling requests (SR) with OnDurations of a connected discontinuous reception (C-DRX) cycle. The station receives a packet at a packet arrival time relative to a schedule indicating the SR opportunities and onDurations, the SR opportunities occurring at a first interval, the onDurations occurring at a second interval, the first interval being less than the second interval. The station determines an SR opportunity subsequent to the packet arrival time that precedes an entirety of a subsequent onDuration, such that a transmission duration to transmit the SR and the packet maximally overlaps with the selected onDuration. A sleep mode of the processor of the station is used until a time associated with the selected SR opportunity. An active mode of the processor is used to transmit the SR and receive control channel information during the onDuration. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092644 | System and Method for Audio Frame Generation Alignment with LTE Transmission Opportunities - A station that generates data packets to be transmitted by the station such that the data packets spend a minimum amount of time in a buffer prior to transmission. The method includes receiving a specification for a connected discontinuous reception (C-DRX) cycle, the specification indicating when a plurality of onDurations of the C-DRX cycle occurs, the onDurations having a predetermined interval therebetween, receiving data at a known time relative to the C-DRX cycle, determining a modification to a conversion process that converts the data to data packets such that the data packets are stored in a buffer at a subframe immediately preceding one of the onDurations subsequent to the known time, performing the conversion process based upon the modification and storing the data packets at the subframe immediately preceding the one of the onDurations. In one embodiment, the data is raw audio data and the data packets are audio packets. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092645 | DELAYED AND BUNDLED RETRANSMISSIONS FOR LOW BANDWIDTH APPLICATIONS - Apparatus and methods are disclosed for performing delayed hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) communications in the downlink (DL) to reduce power consumption for a user equipment (UE) during a connected mode discontinuous reception (C-DRX) cycle. An enhanced NodeB can be configured to monitor a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) for DL HARQ information to determine when the PUCCH contains a negative acknowledgement (NACK) message, and in response to determining that the PUCCH contains a NACK message, the eNodeB can wait until a next C-DRX ON duration to transmit a HARQ DL retransmission. The eNodeB can also determine whether or not to bundle the HARQ DL retransmission in consecutive transmission time intervals, based on a signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR) associated with the UE. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092646 | CONTROL SIGNALING OPTIMIZATION FOR LTE COMMUNICATIONS - The disclosure describes apparatus and methods for including downlink control information (DCI) normally associated with the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) within a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) to reduce power consumption for a user equipment (UE) operating in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) radio resource control (RRC) connected mode. An enhanced NodeB base station can be configured to generate DCI associated with a future downlink resource assignment or uplink grant for the UE on the PDSCH or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), and then include this DCI within the payload of a current PDSCH communication, such that the PDCCH does not need to be decoded by the UE during a time when DCI for future PDSCH communication is included within a current PDSCH. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092647 | CONTROL SIGNALING OPTIMIZATION FOR LTE COMMUNICATIONS - The disclosure describes procedures for including downlink control information (DCI) within a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) communication to reduce power consumption for a user equipment (UE) operating in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network. A network apparatus can be configured to identify an expected DCI change for the UE, determine whether an LTE subframe location for the DCI change is known, generate either a general or a specific DCI change indicator, and send the corresponding DCI change indicator to the UE on the PDSCH. The specific DCI change indicator can include a bitmap identifying a particular upcoming LTE subframe where the UE is required to decode the PDCCH for DCI, and the general DCI change indicator can include a bit flag identifying a time associated with one or more upcoming LTE subframes when the UE should decode the PDCCH for DCI. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092648 | MULTI-FUNCTION GENERAL PURPOSE TRANSCEIVERS & DEVICES - The present invention is generally directed to a system and associated method for communicating information. In some embodiments, the invention is directed to a general purpose transceiver having a receiver for receiving an information signal and a transmitter configured to transmit an outgoing signal to a central station. A portion of the information signal can include an instruction code, which may be decoded and acted upon accordingly. Other embodiments and features are also claimed and described. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092649 | Signalling Channel and Radio System for Power Saving In Wireless Devices - Wireless devices, transmitters, systems and methods are provided that have a narrow band signaling channel and a wide band channel, for example an OFDM channel. In order to save power, the wireless device is nominally powered down with the exception of a receiver specific to the narrow band signaling channel. Once instructed to do so over the narrow band signaling channel, the wireless device wakes up the rest of its wide band receive circuitry. | 04-02-2015 |
20150098374 | POWER SAVING WITH ADAPTIVE INACTIVITY TIME OUT - Power saving for wireless communication devices by adjusting the amount of time, after a last transmission/reception of data, that the device remains in an awake mode listening for more data before the device enters a sleep mode. This time period may be referred to as inactivity time interval or inactivity timeout (ITO). The described features may be employed to improve power savings by taking metrics of channel congestion into account for determining the ITO. The appropriate ITO may be determined to be commensurate with ongoing transmission and/or reception activity. Because error may occur in estimating channel congestion and/or transmission/reception activity, latency bounds based on estimation errors may be managed by classifying the operational mode into multiple regions and employing techniques for mitigating error in congestion estimation based at least in part on the operational mode. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098375 | LOW POWER SENSOR NETWORK - Device power consumption is reduced by operating using both one-way and two-way communication techniques. In an aspect a device operates in a first mode enabling one-way communication to an other device for a first portion of device operation time. The first mode includes transmitting a first set of messages to the other device while turning off a power supply used by a receiver of the device. The device switches between operating in the first mode and the second mode. The second mode enables two-way communication between the device and the other device for a second portion of device operation time less than the first portion of device operation. The second mode includes transmitting a second message to the other device, and in response to the transmitting the second message, turning on the power supply used by the receiver. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098376 | METHODS FOR ONE RADIO MODULE TO LISTEN TO PAGING SIGNALS WITHOUT BREAKING THE DATA TRANSMISSION OF THE OTHER RADIO MODULE OPERATING IN THE CONNECTED MODE AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES UTILIZING THE SAME - A communications apparatus. A first radio module communicates with a first wireless network and provides wireless communication services in compliance with a first RAT. A second radio module communicates with a second wireless network and provides wireless communication services in compliance with a second RAT. At least two antennas are shared by the first radio module and the second radio module. When the first radio module operates in an idle mode and when the timing of the first radio module performing a first receiving activity coincides with the timing of the second radio module performing a second receiving activity, the second radio module uses the antennas to perform the second receiving activity when a DRX cycle duration of the first radio module in the idle mode is shorter than a DRX cycle duration of the second radio module. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098377 | WIRELESS ROUTER OR RESIDENTIAL GATEWAY CAPABLE OF DISTINGUISHING POWER-SENSITIVE WIRELESS SENSORS AND PROVIDING SEPARATE TREATMENT THERETO - Techniques are disclosed for a wireless router or residential gateway to distinguish power-sensitive wireless sensors and provide separate treatments thereto for low power consumption connections. In some embodiments, a network device includes a wireless network circuit, and control circuitry coupled to the network circuit and configured to, upon receipt of a request of connection from a client, identify whether the client is power-sensitive. The network device can further cause, if the client is identified as power-sensitive, the power-sensitive client to connect using a low-power connection while maintaining a regular connection to other regular clients. The low-power connection can be operated on a first channel different from but in a same frequency band as a second channel on which the regular connection is operated. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098378 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURATION OF A WIRELESS NETWORK - A configuration method of a first access point of a network is disclosed which comprises a configuration the first access point as belonging to a low power set and able to transmit at a power level lower than a first value on at least one low power channel; a transmission of an indication that the first access point belongs to the low power set and a selection of a low power channel for transmission among at least one low power channel on which the reception power of a signal transmitted by the neighbouring access points is less than a second power level. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098379 | DRX OPERATION WITH DUAL CONNECTIVITY - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for dual connectivity. In one aspect there is provided a method. The method may include applying, at a user equipment having dual connectivity to a first wireless access point and a second wireless access point, a first discontinuous receive cycle pattern in a second cell served by the second wireless access point, when the user equipment is active in a first cell served by the first wireless access point; and applying, at the user equipment having dual connectivity to the first wireless access point and the second wireless access point, a second discontinuous receive cycle pattern in the second cell, when the user equipment is not active in the first cell. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098380 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DL-UL (DOWNLINK-UPLINK) INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT AND TRAFFIC ADAPTATION - A method and apparatus are disclosed for DL-UL (Downlink-Uplink) interference management and traffic adaptation. The method includes a UE (User Equipment) being connected with an eNB (evolved Node B), and is configured with a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) operation and an eIMTA operation. The method also includes the UE monitors Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) in a subframe for a potential scheduling from the eNB when a DRX timer associated with the DRX operation is running, and the UE increments the running DRX timer by one. The method further includes the UE monitors PDCCH in the subframe when the DRX timer is running, and does not increment the DRX timer by one when the subframe is a DL subframe as indicated by an explicit signaling associated with the eIMTA operation. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098381 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICES FOR IMPROVING DISCONTINOUS RECEPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method, system and devices for optimizing the discontinuous reception by a mobile terminal of signals transmitted from its serving base extension so battery and other user equipment resources can be saved by using an extended DRX period several orders of magnitude longer with respect to what is achievable in the current standard, without the terminal losing synchronization. | 04-09-2015 |
20150103707 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING ENERGY CONSUMPTION OF RADIO COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - A method, a non-transitory computer-readable medium and an apparatus for receiving a data packet that is transmitted from a first sensor node are disclosed. For example, the method performs a channel scan of a particular burst of channel scans. When the preamble packet is detected, the method determines whether the preamble packet is addressed to the second sensor node. When the preamble packet is addressed to the second sensor node, the method sends an acknowledgement packet to the first sensor node. The method then receives the data packet that is transmitted from the first sensor node. The method then sleeps for a duration of time, when there is no packet transmission that is ongoing that is destined to the second sensor node. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103708 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OPERATING AS AN ACCESS POINT, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - A method of operating a device as an Access Point (AP) is provided. The method includes using a first communication method, broadcasting a packet including communication connecting information with regard to a second communication method, establishing a first communication link using the first communication method after receiving a connection request with regard to the first communication method from another device receiving the packet, establishing a second communication link using the second communication method after receiving a connection request with regard to the second communication method from the other device, operating the device as the AP by using the second communication link, and receiving a request with regard to an operation of the AP from the other device via the first communication link. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103709 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO APPARATUS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND PROGRAM EXECUTED BY TERMINAL DEVICE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A terminal device ( | 04-16-2015 |
20150103710 | RADIO FRAME SENDING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Provided are a radio frame sending method and apparatus. In the method, when entering an awake state from a doze state, a station selects a pre-defined access category or an access category which is pre-negotiated with a centre station to contend for a wireless channel. Afterwards, the station sends a radio frame to the centre station via the wireless channel obtained through the contention, and then notifies the centre station to send buffered data to the station. The method and apparatus can be applied to flexibly and dynamically regulate an access category used for contending for a wireless channel when a station sends a radio frame which is used for notifying a centre station to send buffered data to the station. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103711 | METHOD FOR INTERNET PROTOCOL-BASED SLEEP MODE CONTROL USING SYNCHRONIZATION INFORMATION - A method for Internet Protocol based sleep mode control using synchronization information includes setting some of the IP-based internal hosts of a sleep mode control network to a sleep mode, providing, by a base station, a synchronization signal with respect to the overall network, thereby transferring the synchronization information of a PHY/MAC layer based on a response thereto to an internal router, and updating, by the internal router having received the synchronization information of the network layer from the base station, the state of the corresponding hosts to a sleep mode, and then transmitting, by the internal router, information about the internal hosts in a sleep mode to the external hosts of a history information list because the internal router stores the history information of the external hosts that have communicated with the internal hosts in a sleep mode in the form of a list. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103712 | INTERNET PROTOCOL-BASED SLEEP MODE CONTROL METHOD - A method for Internet Protocol (IP)-based sleep mode control is disclosed. The method includes, when a request for a sleep mode is made from any one of internal hosts, transmitting a sleep mode request message to an internal router, updating the state of the corresponding host to a sleep mode, transmitting a sleep mode ACK message to the internal host requiring a sleep mode, switching to a sleep mode, and transmitting information about the internal hosts in a sleep mode to the external hosts of a history information list because the internal router stores the history information of the external hosts that communicated with the internal hosts in a sleep mode in the form of a list. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103713 | MULTI-CHANNEL LOW POWER COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A multi-channel low power communication method and apparatus are provided. The multi-channel low power communication method may include transmitting request to send (RTS) to a receiver through a plurality of communication channels, receiving clear to send (CTS) from the receiver in response to the RTS, and transmitting a data packet through part or entire of at least one communication channel having received the CTS among the plurality of communication channels, wherein at least one of the RTS and the CTS comprises a multi-channel power save information field related to multi-channel power save. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103714 | PHYSICAL LAYER LOW POWER COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A physical layer low power communication method and apparatus are provided. The physical layer low power communication method may include receiving a data packet from a transmitter, measuring a channel quality using a preamble and signal field information included in the data packet and determining whether recovery of the data packet is possible, calculating an error generation rate according to a determination result, and discarding the data packet and operating in a power save mode when the error generation rate is higher than a predetermined reference. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103715 | DOWNLINK CONTROL FORMAT INDICATOR - Methods, apparatuses, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication. In one method, a control format indicator value for a frame may be received over a physical carrier in a shared spectrum. Based on the control format indicator value, a number of subframes of the frame to be used by a base station for downlink transmissions over the physical carrier may be determined. The control format indicator value may indicate an end of transmission, if data is to be transmitted during the frame, a number of subframes to be used for transmission, or whether the current subframe is the final subframe used for transmission. In some cases, a user equipment (UE) may use the control format indicator value to determine a sleep schedule. Further, ACK/NACK transmissions by a UE may be scheduled based on the control format indicator value. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103716 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING HIBERNATION OF NODES OF WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - In a method for controlling hibernation of nodes of a wireless sensor network (WSN), the nodes are classified into a number of groups, each of which monitors one location and has at least two nodes. Redundant hibernation is applied to the nodes in each group. MAC layer hibernation is further applied to each node. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103717 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ASSISTING IN POWERING ON SLEEPING NETWORK ENTITIES - Techniques are provided to facilitate offloading of mobile entities from a serving network entity. For example, there is provided a location-based method that involves, in response to a load of the requesting entity exceeding a load threshold, identifying candidate network entities to which to offload a user equipment (UE), each of the candidate network entities being in sleep mode. The method may involve determining coverage and location information for the candidate network entities, and determining location information for the UE. The method may involve selecting a given network entity to turn ON based at least in part on the coverage information and the location information. The method may involve sending an ON-request message to the at least one selected network entity, the ON-request message including a timer that can be used to deactivate the selected network entity in case it is not useful in offloading the serving network entity. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103718 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus is configured to control a discontinuous reception (DRX) in a mobile communication system. The method includes: interrupting the DRX operation when a radio resource control (RRC) connection reestablishment procedure is initiated; transmitting an RRC connection reestablishment request message from the user equipment to an evolved node B (ENB); receiving an RRC connection reestablishment message from the ENB to the user equipment; and resuming, if the received RRC connection reestablishment message contains new DRX setting information, the interrupted DRX operation according to the new DRX setting information. The DRX operation can be interrupted or resumed at a proper time point when an RRC connection is reestablished or reconfigured or a handover is performed, thereby reducing power consumption in the user equipment. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103719 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR DISABLING STANDARD NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method, an apparatus, and a system for disabling a standard network. The method includes: acquiring processing capability information of all standard networks in a multi-standard network; judging, according to the processing capability information of all of the standard networks, whether to disable a first standard network; when it is necessary to disable the first standard network, sending disabling information to the first standard network which needs to be disabled; sending information of subscribing to a first energy conservation event to a second standard network; and when information of triggering the first energy conservation event returned by the second standard network is received, sending enabling information to the first standard network. Therefore, in the method, disablement and enablement of a base station or cell in a multi-standard network is uniformly coordinated and managed by a network management system. Moreover, the method adapts to variations of services in the multi-standard network, and in particular, to a burst service. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103720 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DATA TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - Disclosed are methods and devices for data transmission in a wireless local area network. According to the embodiments of the present application, through transmitting by a terminal a first data frame to an access device, where the first data frame includes indication information and uplink data and the indication information is used to indicate a power save poll and uplink data transmission, the terminal can receive a second data frame which is transmitted by the access device according to the first data frame, where the second data frame includes response information of the power save poll indicated by the indication information. Since the first data frame carrying the uplink data indicates the power save poll simultaneously, downlink data from the access device can be inquired or requested at the same time of transmitting the uplink data, so that data transmission efficiency is improved. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103721 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and device for transmitting data. The method includes: determining, after receiving a first message sent by a user equipment, whether first indication information is set, where the first indication information indicates that a server buffers downlink data to be sent to the user equipment; and when determining that the first indication information is set, retaining a signaling connection to the user equipment, and triggering the server that buffers the downlink data to send the downlink data to the user equipment. The method and device for transmitting data according to the embodiments of the present invention can save power of a user equipment. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103722 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FRAME PERFORMED BY STATION OPERATING IN POWER SAVE MODE IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for a wireless local area network. The method according to one embodiment is performed by an access point and includes receiving a power save (PS) poll on a first 20 MHz channel from a station operating in a power save mode; receiving at least one duplicated PS poll frame on at least one second 20 MHz channel from the station, the at least one duplicated PS poll frame including at least one duplicate of the PS poll frame; and transmitting a buffered frame to the station as a response to at least one of the PS poll frame and the at least one duplicated PS poll frame. | 04-16-2015 |
20150109978 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system comprises a radio transmitter ( | 04-23-2015 |
20150109979 | TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - A method aims at controlling parameters used by communication terminals of a telecommunication system which enables discontinuous reception. The discontinuous reception involves DRX cycles during each one of which a communication terminal wakes up at least once to monitor a downlink control channel. The telecommunication system enables the use of DRX cycles of different lengths. The method includes a determining procedure (s | 04-23-2015 |
20150109980 | Network Connection Processing Method after Wakening of Terminal in Standby, AP and BP - The method is used in the AP, including: the AP suspending a high-speed bus directly when the terminal enters a standby state; the AP resuming the high-speed bus and inquiring a network connection state of the BP when the terminal is wakened; and if connection, the AP continuing to use a wireless data link, otherwise, the BP re-establishing a wireless data link. The method is used in the BP, including: the BP entering a standby state directly when the BP detects that a high-speed bus is suspended; the BP entering a wakening state after detecting that the high-speed bus is resumed, inquiring and feeding back a network connection state of the BP to the AP after receiving an instruction of inquiring the networking state of the AP; re-establishing a wireless data link or maintaining a wireless data link of a current networking after receiving a networking instruction of the AP. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109981 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING SYNCHRONIZATION ACROSS MULTIPLE NETWORKS AND PARTICIPATING STAs VIA OPERATIONS ON A KNOWN COMMON CHANNEL - Systems and methods for establishing synchronized operations on a data delivery network are disclosed. In one aspect, a method includes receiving synchronization information for a neighbor aware network and for a second channel associated with a data delivery network (including a paging window for one of the networks), and receiving service data on the data delivery channels while maintaining synchronization on all data delivery channels using only the synchronization information from the neighbor aware network channel. The synchronization allows devices to increase efficiency by allowing them to sleep, wake-up, send or store data traffic, and receive or transmit indicators of stored data traffic, among other actions, in a coordinated manner such that the devices are awake at the same specified times (e.g., paging windows). Devices may then stay awake to receive or transmit traffic or sleep to conserve power if there is no traffic to send or receive. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109982 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO TERMINALS, RADIO BASE STATIONS, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - Disclosed is a radio communication system wherein radio terminals can communicate using a plurality of component carriers having different frequencies. The communication system has a reception start timing control means for commonly controlling the cycle of reception start timing for predetermined channels in at least some of the component carriers assigned to the radio terminals; and a reception control means for controlling the reception interval of said predetermined channels, said reception intervals being started at the reception start times in at least some of the component carriers assigned to the radio terminals. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109983 | Control Method and Apparatus for Wireless Fidelity Device in Terminal, and Terminal - A control method for a Wi-Fi device in a terminal, including acquiring, in a moving process of the terminal, first location information at a first moment, second location information at a second moment, and coverage of each of Wi-Fi access points corresponding to each of all Wi-Fi access point identifiers stored in the terminal; and triggering turning-off or turning-on of the Wi-Fi device according to that a location corresponding to the first location information and a location corresponding to the second location information are outside or within the coverage of each of the Wi-Fi access points corresponding to each of all the Wi-Fi access point identifiers stored in the terminal. In embodiments of the present invention, turning-off or turning-on of a Wi-Fi device in a terminal can be triggered according to location information of the terminal. | 04-23-2015 |
20150109984 | METHODS FOR COORDINATING TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OPERATIONS OF RADIO MODULES IN A COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES UTILIZING THE SAME - A method for coordinating transmission and reception operations of a first and a second radio module in a communications apparatus, the first radio module communicating with a first communications device in a first protocol to provide a first wireless communications service and the second radio module communicating with a second communications device in a second protocol to provide a second wireless communications service. The method includes estimating, by the first radio module, time remaining for the second radio module; receiving, by the second radio module, information regarding the estimated remaining time from the first radio module; determining, by the second radio module, whether time required for the operations of the second radio module exceeds the estimated remaining time; and scheduling, by the second radio module, operations of the second radio module according to the information regarding the estimated remaining time received from the first radio module. | 04-23-2015 |
20150117282 | METHOD FOR ENHANCING DATA TRANSFER ACROSS A WIRELESS NETWORK ARRANGEMENT - A method of route prediction and device configuration for enhancing data transfer across a wireless network arrangement by using routing information to predict data transfer routes and configuring devices to switch between states to reduce data transference time and power consumption of a wireless network arrangement. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117283 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - A mobile communication device and a method thereof are provided. The method, adopted by a mobile communication device connected to a serving cell, including: receiving a measurement request for a first target cell; in response to the measurement request, acquiring first timing information of first system information for a first target cell; scheduling an autonomous gap substantially corresponding to occurrence of the first system information according to the first timing information; and initiating the autonomous gap to receive the first system information from the first target cell. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117284 | Reducing Periodic Reporting in Discontinuous Receive (DRX) Mode - Techniques for avoiding or reducing unnecessary CSI and/or SRS transmissions in a wireless communications system. In an example method, a user terminal periodically transmits ( | 04-30-2015 |
20150117285 | TERMINAL POWER-SAVING METHOD AND TERMINAL POWER-SAVING DEVICE, AND NETWORK-SIDE POWER-SAVING DEVICE - A terminal power-saving method, a terminal power-saving device, and a network-side power-saving device are disclosed. The terminal power-saving device includes a power-saving parameter receiving module and a power-saving execution module. The power-saving parameter receiving module is configured to receive an idle-mode power-saving parameter from a network side, and the power-saving execution module is configured to execute a power-saving operation according to the idle-mode power-saving parameter after the terminal enters an idle mode. When a terminal accessing a 3GPP network has a power-saving requirement, the terminal can perform more optimal power-saving control through a long DRX parameter in a connection mode, and in an idle mode the terminal can receive paging message in an active window time interval and close a wireless transceiver system in a dormant time interval, thereby greatly reducing the power consumption of the terminal, and achieving the purpose of power-saving. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117286 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for controlling discontinuous reception (DRX) in a mobile communication system. The method for controlling the DRX of a terminal in a mobile communication system includes the steps of: receiving DRX-setting information from a base station; determining whether or not a first condition is satisfied, the first condition being that a current subframe exists between a first time point when receiving the DRX-setting information and a second time point when an event triggering the application of a short DRX cycle occurs; and applying a preset DRX cycle when the first condition is satisfied. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117287 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA USING PLURALITY OF CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for performing a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation while transceiving data using a plurality of carriers in a mobile communication system. The communication method for a terminal according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises receiving a control message, including setting information of a secondary serving cell (SCell) to be added and discontinuous reception setting information, from a primary serving cell (PCell) and applying, if the control message includes an indicator indicating that the first base station to which the SCell to be added belongs and the second base station to which the PCell belongs are different from each other, the DRX setting information to the serving cell of a first base station. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation is applied upon the occurrence of inter-base-station carrier aggregation, thus reducing battery consumption. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117288 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TETHERING - A device for tethering is provided, which includes a storage unit configured to store commands for a tethering operation, and a control unit configured to perform the commands stored in the storage unit, to determines whether a preset condition is satisfied while providing tethering to at least one target terminal, and to adjust a transmission period of a beacon message transmitted at a certain period for the tethering if the preset condition is satisfied. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117289 | METHOD AND NETWORK NODE FOR SAVING POWER IN A USER EQUIPMENT - A method and network node of a radio network, for enabling a User Equipment (UE) to save power in radio communication with the network node. The network node sets a waiting threshold for the UE and communicates data with the UE over a radio link. The network node also obtains traffic characteristics pertaining to the radio communication, and predicts a waiting time until next data is to be communicated with the UE based on the traffic characteristics. The network node further triggers the UE to enter a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) sleep when the predicted waiting time is longer than the waiting threshold. Thereby, power can be saved in the UE by immediately going to sleep after the last data. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117290 | System and Method for Mobile Terminal Initiated Communications - A system and method for improving efficiency of satellite communications is described. In one embodiment, efficient satellite communications is enabled through event-driven reporting by a mobile terminal. | 04-30-2015 |
20150124671 | SHORTENED HARQ TIMELINES FOR LOW BANDWIDTH APPLICATIONS - Apparatus and methods for performing reduced hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) operations for a user equipment (UE) during a data communications session, e.g., for voice over LTE (VoLTE) communications. The UE can initially inform the network, via an enhanced NodeB (eNodeB), that the UE is capable of performing advanced HARQ functions. The eNodeB can further evaluate various network conditions to determine when reduced HARQ operations should be employed. When network conditions allow, the eNodeB can transmit an RRC message to the UE, including reduced HARQ timeline configuration information. Thereafter, the UE and the eNodeB can collaborate to institute the reduced HARQ timeline to schedule an application data retransmission during the data communications session. The reduced HARQ operations can be performed in conjunction with various semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) and connected mode discontinuous reception (C-DRX) operations, to further conserve UE device resources. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124672 | Selective Power Amplifier - A transmitter comprising a power amplifier, a phase modulator, a switched DC-DC converter, all operating in dual mode, and a controller is disclosed. The power amplifier is arranged to selectively operate either in a first mode or in a second mode, wherein the first mode is a linear mode and the second mode is a non-linear mode in order to save power with least increasing cost in hardware. The transmitter is adapted to operate at different allocated bandwidths, for different radio standards while keeping minimum power consumption governed by the controller. A transceiver, a communication device, a method and a computer program are also disclosed. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124673 | TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - Provided are a terminal, a communication method, and an integrated circuit, enabling a base station and a terminal to efficiently communicate with each other in a communication system in which the base station and the terminal communicate with each other. A terminal performs communication with at least one base station, and includes means for performing first power correction on the transmit power of a sounding reference signal (SRS) on the basis of a first transmission power control (TPC) command, and means for performing second power correction on the transmit power of the SRS on the basis of a second TPC command. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124674 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING DRX SETTINGS OF USER EQUIPMENT - A method and system for dynamically adjusting Discontinuous Reception (DRX) settings of user equipment (UE) is disclosed. The method dynamically adjusts DRX settings based on network operator provided service or location of the UE and converged services supported by the network and so on. The UE indicates the network for adjusting DRX settings when DRX settings needs to be changed based on above parameters. Further, the wireless network provides the DRX settings to UE based on parameters. The method provides subscription information of the UE to access network. The method dynamically adjusts the DRX settings when the UE is in a Femtocell area or the UE associated with features like One Number. The UE can initiate a inter UE session transfer to the other UEs. The UE indicates the network that the sessions have been transferred. The network applies possible signaling optimizations to the UE. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124675 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MOBILE DEVICE CLOCK MANAGEMENT - Disclosed are methods, systems and/or devices to calibrate a network time by acquisition of satellite positioning system (SPS) signals and different instances of time, and time-tagging SPS times according to the network time. In particular, the network time may be calibrated based, at least in part, on a first difference between first and second SPS times obtained at two SPS position fixes and a second difference between corresponding first and second time stamps. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124676 | Method and Apparatus for Scheduling use of Radio Resources in a Wireless Network - The present disclosure describes techniques and apparatuses for scheduling use of radio resources in a wireless network. In some aspects a method is described that includes receiving an indication from a mobile device of an in-device coexistence problem, and determining, from the parameters in the received indication, one or more component carriers of the carrier aggregation affected by the in-device coexistence problem. The method also includes applying a time-domain solution and/or a frequency domain solution to at least one of the one or more affected component carriers to solve the in-device coexistence problem. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124677 | DEFINITION OF DIFFERENT NDP PS-POLL TYPES - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. In one aspect, an apparatus includes a processor configured to indicate first information via a field of a control frame. The processor further indicates second information different from the first information via the field. The apparatus may also include an interface (e.g., circuitry) for providing the control frame for transmission. The control frame may be a null data packet (NDP) power save (PS)-poll frame. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124678 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ACCESS POINT POWER MANAGEMENT SIGNALLING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Systems and methods for wireless communication are disclosed. In one aspect an access point includes a processor configured to generate a message which contains a frame control field containing an indication that the access point will ignore reception of packets from one or more wireless stations for a period of time. The access point also includes a transmitter, which is configured to transmit the message to one or more wireless stations associated with the access point. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124679 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES AND TERMINAL THEREOF - A random access procedure between a mobile terminal and a network is performed based upon the characteristics of a RACH preamble. If the RACH preamble was explicitly signaled by the network, a downlink channel is monitored until a new transmission is indicated according to radio resource allocation information received from the network. If the RACH preamble was not explicitly signaled by the network, a contention resolution timer is started and the downlink channel is monitored until the contention resolution timer expires. Such monitoring of downlink channels in a more efficient manner, results in effective reduction in power consumption. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124680 | METHOD FOR POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for power saving in a wireless local area network. The method according to one embodiment includes acquiring, by a wireless device, a transmission opportunity (TXOP); and receiving a signal field from the transmitting device. A group identifier indicates recipients, a number indicator indicates spatial streams, and a power saving indicator indicates that the transmitting device is allowed to enter a doze state during the TXOP. The method according to the embodiment further includes determining, by the wireless device, whether a first condition or a second condition is satisfied. The first condition is satisfied if the power saving indicator indicates an allowance, the wireless device is a recipient indicated by the group identifier, and the number of spatial streams is equal to zero. The second condition is satisfied if the power saving indicator indicates an allowance, and the wireless device is not a recipient indicated by the group identifier. | 05-07-2015 |
20150131500 | SECURITY SYSTEM DEVICE POWER MANAGEMENT - Methods, systems, and apparatus are provided for power management. The methods include detecting a triggering event at a sensor device of a security system; activating a wireless transmitter/receiver from a low power mode; detecting a broadcast beacon frame from an access point device; transmitting a probe request frame that includes triggering event data; and returning the wireless transmitter/receiver to a low power mode. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131501 | ELASTIC WIRELESS CONTROL PLANE - One or more implementations can include methods, systems and computer readable media for elastic wireless control planes. In some implementations, the method can include evaluating one or more elastic wireless control plane mode factors, and partitioning each of a plurality of access points into one of an active mode group and a sleep mode group based on the evaluating. The method can also include determining a number of wireless control plane instances needed based on the partitioning. The method can further include activating the number of wireless control plane instances and shutting down any excess wireless control plane instances beyond the number. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131502 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION BY A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH MULTIPLE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MODEMS - A method that reduces power consumption in a wireless communication device having a first and a second modem. The method includes detecting access to a communication network via the second modem, and in response to that detection: establishing a communication channel between the second modem and a communication service over a communication network; and triggering the first modem to enter a sleep state. The communication service is configured to respond to receipt at the communication service of an incoming communication to be routed to the first modem via a first communication network by: (i) automatically transmitting a notification via the communication channel to the second modem and (ii) forwarding the incoming communication via the first communication network to the first modem. The method then includes, in response to receipt of the notification at the device: awakening the first modem to an active state to enable receipt of the incoming communication. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131503 | Method, Wireless Device Computer Program and Computer Program Product for Use with Discontinuous Reception - It is presented a method performed in a wireless device of a cellular network also comprising a radio base station, the wireless device being in a discontinuous reception mode comprising receiving periods and idle periods. The method comprises the steps of: determining that a control signal is expected to be received from a radio base station during a primary receiving period; when a control signal fails to be correctly received from the radio base station during the primary receiving period, adding a secondary receiving period covering a first time interval when a new control signal is expected to be received; and when a control signal is correctly received from the radio base station during the primary receiving period refraining from adding a secondary receiving period. Corresponding wireless devices computer program and computer program products are also presented. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131504 | POWER-SAVING DATA SCHEDULING SYSTEM IN LTE AND METHOD THEREOF - A power-saving data scheduling system for LTE and a method thereof are provided. The power-saving data scheduling system includes a period decision module for selecting a cycle having a shortest delay time as a discontinuous reception (DRX) cycle for each of user from quality of service (QoS) requirements related to network services and channel conditions, and a start offset decision module for calculating the number of users in each of periods of the DRX cycle. In addition, a DRX-aware scheduling module is provided for extending the on period by increasing priority of the user and resetting an inactivity timer if a period required by the user's load is shorter than an off period. Optimal DRX parameters and DRX-aware scheduling are used to resolve the existing issues that the channel conditions, system load and QoS are not taken into consideration when the DRX parameters are determined. In addition, the DRX parameters of a user may be changed dynamically without updating all other users' parameters so as to avoid consuming unnecessary power. Moreover, a power-saving data scheduling method for LTE is also provided. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131505 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION DYNAMIC CONFIGURATION METHOD, TERMINAL AND BASE STATION - The embodiment of the present invention discloses a method, terminal and base station for dynamically configuring Discontinuous Reception (DRX), which enable the base station dynamically configure a DRX short cycle with a low expense, and enable the terminal be adapted to the power saving demand for different data services. The terminal executes the following processing: receiving a DRX cycle using instruction transmitted by the base station; using a long DRX cycle if determining that the received DRX cycle using instruction is a long DRX cycle using instruction. The base station executes the following processing: when the base station determines that the UE needs to use the long DRX cycle according to data arriving regular of the terminal, transmitting the long DRX cycle using instruction to the UE. The terminal includes a receiving module and a DRX module. The base station includes a judgment module and a transmission module. Using the method, the terminal and the base station in the embodiment of the present invention, the DRX effect can be developed better. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131506 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR REJECTING AUXILIARY INFORMATION ABOUT USER EQUIPMENT - A method, apparatus and system for rejecting auxiliary information about user equipment are disclosed, which relate to the technical field of wireless communications, and solve the problem that UE retransmitting auxiliary information generates additional overheads or fails to know the reason why a network side rejects. The method includes: a network side receiving auxiliary information reported by user equipment; and if the network side determines not to reconfigure a wireless parameter for the user equipment, the network side transmitting rejection reason information to the user equipment. The above technical solution is applicable to an LTE or UMTS system, and realizes the control by UE of the transmission of auxiliary information according to a rejection mechanism. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131507 | ENHANCING PS-POLL FOR LOW-POWER WIFI - After waking from a sleep mode, a wireless communication device may poll a network controller for any broadcast and/or multicast messages. The device and the network controller may agree to this arrangement ahead of time, so that the network controller will know to buffer such messages until the device requests them. A format for enabling this capability is described. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131508 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR ENHANCED POWER SAVE PROTOCOL - Methods and devices for enhanced power save protocol are provided. In one aspect, a message to two or more stations is transmitted, the message requesting the two or more stations to transmit power save polls concurrently at a specified time. The power save polls are then received concurrently from each of the stations. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131509 | Signal Encoding Method and Device, Method for Encoding Joint Feedback Signal - A method, a user equipment and a base station are provided. The method is for transmitting Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request-Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information in a communication system in which two carriers are configured, which includes: a user equipment encodes a codeword of the two carriers. The codeword represents encoded HARQ-ACK information of a first carrier and a second carrier according to a specific encoding scheme of dual-carrier configured with Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (DC-MIMO). The user equipment then transmits the encoded codeword of the two carriers to a base station. Therefore, bit error ratio (BER) and detection error cost are decreased, power overhead is saved, and a cubic metric (CM) value of the system is not affected, thereby enhancing the performance of the system. | 05-14-2015 |
20150139051 | CLOUD-ENABLED LOW POWER WI-FI SENSOR - A cloud-enabled low power Wi-Fi device is provided that includes a transceiver, a programmable processor, and executable control software stored on a non-transitory computer readable medium. The transceiver can be in a low power sleep mode until the programmable processor and the executable control software detect a first condition. When the programmable processor and the executable control software detect the first condition, the transceiver can exit the low power sleep mode and the programmable processor and the executable software can construct and transmit a message, via the transceiver, to a remote device. When the programmable processor and the executable control software detect a second condition, the transceiver can reenter the low power sleep mode. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139052 | LINK AND MESSAGE MANAGEMENT IMPROVEMENTS - A method for transferring messages to wireless communication device, the method may include receiving, by an intermediate device, from a upstream device, a certain message awaiting indication that is indicative that a certain message is waiting to be sent to a certain wireless communication device; detecting, by the intermediate device, that the certain wireless communication device is in a wireless communication facilitating mode; requesting the certain wireless communication device, to re-enter the wireless communication facilitating mode at a certain time frame; retrieving the certain message from the upstream device; detecting, by the intermediate device, that the certain wireless communication device re-entered the wireless communication facilitating mode at the certain time frame; and wirelessly transmitting the certain message to the certain wireless communication device. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139053 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MINIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION OF USER EQUIPMENT DURING CELL DETECTION - A method and system for minimizing battery power consumption of user equipment (UE) during inter-frequency cell discovery in heterogeneous network is disclosed. UE receives background scan configuration for specified frequency from the network and performs the background scan for detecting inter-frequency cell. The UE detects an inter-frequency cell on the frequency indicated in the background scan configuration, during the inactive time of DRX cycle. Further, UE indicates the physical cell identity of the detected cell to the network. Then the UE activates the normal measurement gap provided previously or the network configures normal measurement gap to the UE if not provided previously. Further, UE performs Reference signal Received Power (RSRP) and Reference Signal Received Quality (RSRQ) measurements of the detected cell. Then the UE reports these measurements to the network when the measurement report event condition is satisfied and the network handovers the UE to the detected cell. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139054 | Method and system for controlling signalling transmission in power-saving mode - A method and system for controlling signalling transmission in a power-saving mode are disclosed. The method includes that a terminal transmits a tracking area update request signalling or a routing area update request signalling to a new mobility management unit, wherein each signalling includes a power-saving parameter; and the new mobility management unit transmits a power-saving parameter to an old mobility management unit or a serving gateway. According to the disclosure, a network is enabled to keep pace with the power-saving mode of the terminal, and a paging message is transmitted only at activation time, thereby ensuring that the terminal may receive the paging message, and avoiding resource waste caused by repeated paging of the network. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139055 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, RECEPTION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - Provided is a transmission apparatus capable of reducing power consumption of a reception apparatus. The transmission apparatus includes a modulator that modulates a data signal to generate a transmission signal. The modulator modulates the data signal by assigning the data signal to a frequency difference between a first frequency and a second frequency in a carrier. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139056 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING AND CONFIGURING STATE OF FUNCTION MODULE OF USER EQUIPMENT - The disclosure provides a method and device for controlling and configuring a state of a function module of UE. The method comprises: the user equipment receives control information from a network element of the first access network; according to the received control information, the user equipment controls the state of the function module, which is corresponding to corresponding to a second access network, of the user equipment. Through the technical solutions provided by the disclosure, problems such as affecting the user experience due to that the operations of other access network supported by the user equipment cannot be controlled on the network side in related art are solved, thus realizing that the first access network controls other wireless access networks supported by the user equipment across wireless access technology, and improving the user experience. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139057 | SIGNALING OVER CELLULAR NETWORKS TO REDUCE THE WI-FI ENERGY CONSUMPTION OF MOBILE DEVICES - Techniques for increasing the battery life on a mobile device by decreasing the energy consumption of the mobile device's wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) interface are described. In one embodiment, the mobile device's Wi-Fi interface is automatically disabled when the device is not engaged. When the device receives a wake up call from a server via its Cellular interface, the Wi-Fi interface is enabled if the device answers the wake up call and the Wi-Fi interface is available. Using its Wi-Fi interface, the mobile device then connects to an IP-based network via a Wi-Fi access point. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139058 | MOBILE TERMINAL STANDBY METHOD, DEVICE THEREOF, AND MEDIUM - A method for enabling a mobile terminal to be on standby includes determining that a movement speed of the mobile terminal is greater than a preset speed, judging whether the mobile terminal is within a driver's area in an automobile, and enabling the mobile terminal to enter into a standby state if the mobile terminal is within the driver's area. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139059 | Method and Device for Component Carrier Management in a Wireless Communication System - Provided are a method and device in which a terminal manages component carriers in a wireless communication system. The terminal receives activation pattern data indicating activation or inactivation of at least one serving cell from a base station, and activates or inactivates the at least one component carrier in accordance with the activation pattern data. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139060 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR EFFICIENT BATTERY UTILIZATION DURING CONTENT DELIVERY IN TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Apparatuses and methods for controlling a manner of delivering content to a content user in a mobile telecommunication network are provided. The content is sent to the content user using first a first transmission rate when the content user is in a first radio state and uses a first battery power, and then using a second transmission rate that is lower than the first transmission rate, when the content user is in a second radio state and uses a second battery power that is smaller than the first battery power. The sending is performed such as, (A) while delivering the content, an amount of the content already received by the content user to exceed an amount of the content used by the content user, and (B) to minimize an energy used by the content user during delivery. | 05-21-2015 |
20150146593 | USER DEVICE DORMANCY - A method includes receiving a dormancy request from an application executing at a communication device. In response to the dormancy request, a message is sent from the communication device to a radio network controller. The message indicates that a data session has ended. After expiration of a time period following sending of the message, state information is provided to the application. The state information indicates whether the communication device is in a low-power state. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146594 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SMALL CELL POWER CONTROL IN AN ENTERPRISE NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one embodiment and includes receiving a first message including an indication that a first access point of a first network is a gateway access point of a first network, receiving a second message including an indication that a second access point of the first network is an inner access point of the first network, and receiving an indication of a number of wireless devices registered with at least one of the first access point and the second access point. The method further includes determining a power mode for the second access point based upon whether at least one wireless device is registered with the first access point or the second access point, and sending a power mode command message to the second access point indicative of the determined power mode. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146595 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MINIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION OF USER EQUIPMENT DURING CELL DETECTION - A method and system for minimizing the battery power consumption of user equipment (UE) during inter-frequency cell detection in a heterogeneous network is disclosed. A serving cell in the heterogeneous network provides a relaxed cell detection indication to the UE on a specified frequency for cell detection. The UE applies the relaxed cell detection for detecting the cells on the specified frequency. During inter-frequency cell detection on specified frequency, the UE discards some normal measurement gaps. The inter-frequency cell detection is delayed as compared to normal cell detection time requirement using the normal measurement gaps. The UE deactivates the relaxed detection indication, upon detecting the inter-frequency cell and performs the continuous RSRP and RSRQ measurements for detected inter-frequency cell using all the normal measurement gaps to meet normal measurement accuracy and measurement reporting requirement. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146596 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Indication in Wireless Communication System - A method and apparatus for transmitting an indication in a wireless communication system is provided. A first eNodeB (eNB) transmits an X2 setup request message or an X2 setup response message to a second eNB, receives a cell activation request message from the second eNB, and transmits a cell activation response message to the second eNB. At least one of the X2 setup request message, the X2 setup response message, and the cell activation response message includes an indication which indicates whether the first eNB supports a probing state or not. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146597 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING ENCODED TRAFFIC INDICATION MAP INFORMATION - Provided is a method of communicating encoded traffic indication map (TIM) information that can reduce power consumption by reducing an unnecessary decoding process. A method of receiving, by a terminal, a TIM that is encoded in a hierarchical structure including a page, a block, and a sub-block includes receiving an encoded TIM from an access point (AP), extracting a page index from the encoded TIM, and extracting block bitmap information indicating whether blocks included in a page designated by the page index include a bitmap. Therefore, an unnecessary decoding process with respect to each delivery traffic indication map (DTIM) beacon can be reduced, thereby reducing power consumption of a low-power terminal. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146598 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING VIRTUAL HIBERNATION DURING IDLE PERIOD IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM, AND TERMINAL DURING IDLE PERIOD OF WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM TERMINAL - Provided is technology for reducing power consumption of a terminal using hibernation of an access point (AP) managing a network in a wireless local area network (WLAN) environment, and an apparatus for performing hibernation during a rest time during which effective data traffic does not occur in a WLAN system according to an example embodiment, the apparatus may transmit a hibernation message indicating not to respond to a request of terminals during a predetermined period, determine a scheme of performing hibernation and whether to maintain an association between terminals associated before the hibernation is performed, and receive, after the predetermined period of the hibernation, effective data from the terminals. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146599 | COORDINATION TECHNIQUES FOR RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL STATE MANAGEMENT IN DUAL-CONNECTIVITY ARCHITECTURES - Coordination techniques for radio resource control state management in dual-connectivity architectures are described. In one embodiment, for example, a master evolved node B (MeNB) may comprise logic, at least a portion of which is in hardware, the logic to send an inactivity notification message to indicate an expiration of an RRC_Inactivity_Timer for a dually-connected user equipment (UE), receive a state decision message in response to the inactivity notification message, and determine whether to transition the dually-connected UE to an RRC_Idle state based on the state decision message. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146600 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACQUIRING AND TRANSMITTING DATA BY AN STA IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - The present invention provides a method and device for acquiring and transmitting data by an STA in a wireless local area network. The method includes: transmitting, by the STA, a PS-Poll, and receiving downlink data returned by the AP upon receipt of the PS-Poll, in a reserved time period within a current beacon interval according to a TIM contained in a beacon, after learning that the AP has the downlink data of the STA according to the received beacon, wherein the reserved time period is a period of time interval within the beacon interval; retransmitting, by the STA, the PS-Poll after the reserved time period to acquire the downlink data, if the STA can not successfully receive the downlink data within the reserved time period. Through the above solution, a mechanism is provided to address a situation that unsuccessful receiving/transmission of data can not be handled. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146601 | Time division multiple access (TDMA) media access control (MAC) adapted for single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Time division multiple access (TDMA) media access control (MAC) adapted for single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Various com systems may include smart meter stations (SMSTAs) and/or wireless stations (STAs). Appropriate coordination is made with respect to such communication devices to ensure appropriate uplink (and/or downlink) communications between a network manager or coordinator (e.g., an access point (AP)) and the SMSTAs and/or STAs. With respect to SMSTAs, the relative duration of time that such communication devices are awake and operative versus asleep (or in a reduced power and/or functionality state) can be significant. Certain implementations may include a relatively large number of such communication devices (e.g., 10s, 100s, 1000s, or more), and appropriate coordination and scheduling of such communications to/from them is made using one or more variations of TDMA signaling (e.g., including different respective service periods (SPs), communication medium access operational modes, adaptation thereof, etc.). | 05-28-2015 |
20150146602 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING NETWORK BROADCAST INFORMATION TO WLAN ENABLED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - One illustrative method of providing network broadcast information to a wireless device from a wireless local area network (WLAN) includes the steps of receiving, from one or more available cellular networks or a network database, cellular network broadcast information associated with the one or more available cellular networks; providing the cellular network broadcast information in a generic container message which varies in content and format according to one or more cellular standards associated with the one or more available cellular networks; and causing the generic container message to be regularly broadcasted for receipt and use by a wireless device. In an alternative approach, the steps include regularly broadcasting a network interworking indicator which is indicative of whether cellular network broadcast information is available for receipt from the WLAN; receiving a probe request from a wireless device; and causing the cellular network broadcast information to be sent to the wireless device in the generic container message in response to the probe request from the wireless device. The generic container message may alternatively or additionally include wireless network broadcast information from different types of wireless networks (e.g. Wi-MAX) which are available to the WLAN. | 05-28-2015 |
20150296453 | CORRECTION OF CLOCK ERRORS IN A WIRELESS STATION TO ENABLE REDUCTION OF POWER CONSUMPTION - According to an aspect, a wireless station uses a low-frequency clock during sleep intervals and a high-frequency clock during awake intervals. Drift between the low-frequency clock and the high-frequency clock are corrected to enable aligning a wake time instant of the wireless receiver with start of beacon transmissions from an access point, and thereby to reduce power wastage. According to another aspect, errors between the clock of an access point and that of a wireless station are corrected. The wireless station computes an error between the clocks, and extrapolates the error for a sleep interval to compute a wake-up time instant. The correction and extrapolation are performed in every awake interval. Again, undesired power consumption in the wireless station is thereby reduced. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296454 | METHOD FOR LOW-POWER COMMUNICATIONS IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - Disclosed are methods and apparatuses for power saving in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system. A method for communication may comprise receiving a capability notification frame including first capability-related information from a second station; and configuring a power saving mode of the first station based on the first capability-related information. According to the present invention, power consumption efficiency of the communication system can be enhanced. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296455 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - The mobile communication system performs communication by using a plurality of subframes between a radio terminal and a radio base station. The radio terminal comprises: a reception unit that receives offset information indicating an interval between a first subframe and a second subframe that is later than the first subframe on a time axis out of the plurality of subframes; and a control unit that applies assignment information included in the first subframe to the second subframe, not to the first subframe. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296456 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGEMENT OF MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION CHANNELS - A method, apparatus and computer program product are therefore in order to enable efficient management of multiple communication channels. In this regard, the method, apparatus, and computer program product may utilize a user equipment (UE) ( | 10-15-2015 |
20150296457 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPLEMENTING WLAN POWER SAVING USING AN ALTERNATE WIRELESS PROTOCOL - Systems and methods are disclosed for wireless communication including transmitting information regarding pending data to be transmitted using a first wireless protocol with a second wireless protocol to facilitate power conservation by allowing circuitry associated with the first wireless protocol to remain in a power save mode. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296458 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GPS ENHANCED NEIGHBOR AWARE NETWORK (NAN) CLUSTER DISCOVERY - A method includes transmitting, at an electronic device in a neighbor aware network (NAN), a discovery beacon at a designated discovery beacon transmission time. The designated discovery beacon transmission time is determined based on an internal clock of the electronic device. The method further includes synchronizing the internal clock to a clock reference that is external to the electronic device. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296459 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR ENHANCED MOBILE POWER MANAGEMENT - Methods and apparatus for power management comprise detecting, at a user equipment (UE), a state transition trigger, wherein the state transition trigger indicates a current data transmission termination or an anticipated data transmission termination. Further, the methods and apparatus comprise sending a state transition indication to the network entity in response to detecting the state transition trigger. Moreover, the methods and apparatus comprise adjusting a state of the UE based at least in part on sending the state transition indication to the network entity. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296530 | METHOD FOR DOWNLINK TRAFFIC PRIORITY INDICATION - A method for downlink traffic priority indication is provided. A wireless device, such as an access point, receives signals destined to a first wireless station and a second wireless station. Since the first wireless station and the second wireless station are associated with the wireless device, the wireless device sends a notice signal to the first wireless station and the second wireless device to inform about the signals. The notice signal sent by the wireless device includes downlink priority information according to the signals such that the wireless stations can manage the downlink traffic accordingly. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296561 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION OF CONNECTED TERMINAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling an active time period during a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) operation in a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system. The method includes transitioning to an active state from a sleep state; extending an active time of the active state, if control data indicating transmission of new user data is received on a control channel; receiving a control signal indicating a termination of the active time; and transitioning to the sleep state from the active state, based on the control signal. | 10-15-2015 |
20150304822 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING BEACON OF ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A method and an apparatus for controlling a beacon of an electronic device is disclosed. A method of controlling a beacon of an electronic device according to various embodiments of the present disclosure includes receiving a beacon including situation information, analyzing the received situation information and generating a changed beacon according to the situation information, and transmitting the generated beacon. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304947 | WIRELESS SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD OF WIRELESS SYSTEM - [Problems to be Solved] | 10-22-2015 |
20150304949 | METHOD, NETWORK DEVICE, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR DETERMINING A SET OF POWER STATE PARAMETERS - According to a first aspect, it is presented a method, performed by a network device, for determining a set of power state parameters at least partly defining when a wireless terminal is to be in an active state or a power saving state. The method comprises the steps of: obtaining at least one traffic characterisation parameter; for each traffic flow, simulating a plurality of sets of power state parameters; obtaining at least one operational traffic characterisation parameter; associating the operational traffic with a selected traffic flow; finding an applicable set of power state parameters by finding a set of power state parameters with a low cost, wherein the set of power state parameters are associated with the selected traffic flow; and sending the applicable set of power state parameters to the wireless terminal in operation. A corresponding network node, computer program and computer program product are also presented. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304950 | MOBILITY AND CONNECTION MANAGEMENT OF LOW POWER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUSES - A method of implementing multiple radio access technologies, RATs, by a multi-RAT wireless communication network and a wireless communication apparatus. The multi-RAT wireless communication network transmits, to the wireless communication apparatus, a signal relating to a second RAT using a first RAT. The wireless communication apparatus uses a first radio communication module configured to support the first RAT to receive the signal, and activates a second radio communication module configured to support the second RAT from a power saving in order to perform a function. The first RAT generally has lower power consumption in use at the wireless communication apparatus than that of the second RAT. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304951 | POWER MANAGEMENT OF COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A communication device receives at least a portion of a packet. Power is reduced to a subset of components of a communication device. The subset of components for which power is reduced is determined based, at least in part, on a length of the packet. The power is reduced for a time period based, at least in part, on the length of the packet. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304952 | Network Device, Method, Computer Program and Computer Program Product for Determining a Set of Power State Parameters - It is presented a method, performed by a network device, for determining a set of power state parameters at least partly defining when a wireless terminal is to be in an active state or a power saving state. The method comprises the steps of: obtaining traffic types for each one of a plurality of traffic flows to or from a wireless terminal, resulting in a present combination of traffic types; finding, in a power state parameter repository, a first match between the present combination of traffic types and a combination of traffic types associated with a first set of power state parameters; and when the first match is found, transmitting the first set of power state parameters to the wireless terminal. A corresponding network device, computer program and computer program product are also presented. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304953 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA ASSOCIATED WITH IDLE MODE SIGNALING REDUCTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and a user equipment (UE) are described for controlling timers in a wireless communication system including a first type network communicating based on a number of orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols and a second type network which is different from the first type network. An update message is received that activates an idle mode signaling reduction (ISR) function of the UE. If the ISR function is activated in the UE, a periodic tracking area updating (P-TAU) timer is started, which is used to periodically notify availability of the UE. If the P-TAU timer expires and a mobility management backoff (MM-BO) timer is running, a deactivate ISR timer corresponding to the first type of network is started. The MM-BO timer is configured to start when a MM-BO time value is received at the UE. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304954 | ON-BOARD UNIT, VEHICLE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, RECORDING MEDIUM AND VEHICLE MANAGEMENT METHOD - An on-board unit | 10-22-2015 |
20150304955 | Deterministic RRC Connections - This disclosure relates to techniques for scheduling radio resource control connections between a wireless device and a network element of a network in advance. According to some embodiments, a wireless device may provide an indication of one or more types of upcoming data traffic to the network element. The network element may schedule one or more radio resource control connections for the wireless device based at least in part on the indication of one or more types of upcoming data traffic. The network element may provide an indication of the scheduled radio resource control connection(s) to the wireless device. The wireless device and the network may establish the scheduled radio resource control connection at the scheduled time. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304977 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIMING ADVANCE SELECTION FOR SYNCHRONIZED UPLINK TRANSMISSION - A user equipment (UE) may reducing the interference and improve the random access of the multiple users in the network. In some instances, the UE adjusts a timing advance and/or guard period values to reduce the interference experienced in a particular guard period. The adjustment is based on selecting a timing advance parameter for uplink synchronization based at least in part on an interference distribution in a guard period of a frame in a TD-SCDMA network. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305084 | TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present application provide a transmission control method, a transmission method, and a device. The transmission control method includes: generating, by a network-side device, DTX sleep indication information, where the DTX sleep indication information is used to indicate a start time at which the network-side device enters a sleep state each time during DTX execution, and a time length of the network-side device being in the sleep state each time during the DTX execution; and sending, by the network-side device, the DTX sleep indication information to a UE in a cell of the network-side device, so that the UE suspends, according to the DTX sleep indication information, data processing and/or data transmission of the UE during a period when the network-side device is in the sleep state. Technical solutions of the present application can be adopted to reduce power waste of the UE. | 10-22-2015 |
20150312806 | DISTRIBUTED MOBILITY MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - Embodiments contemplate that the transfer of an Internet Protocol (IP) address from one (e.g. a first) Gateway (GW) to another (e.g. a second) Gateway (GW) may improve the Dynamic Mobility Management (DMM) handling in any network environment, including a dense network environment. Embodiments contemplate a dense network may enable a User Equipment (UE or wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU)) to be connected to the closest GW while the IP address transfer may enable the usage of a relatively short data path (e.g. perhaps a “shortest” data path), which may be useful in the context of DMM, perhaps even for existing flows. Using the contemplated capability of moving IP addresses may minimize the number of IP addresses allocated and/or the number of tunnels to be maintained. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312822 | COMMUNICATION VIA DEDICATED NETWORK NODES - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, methods to establish and control communication of a dedicated device such as a dedicated user equipment (UE) with dedicated nodes of a network are provided. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312853 | ECO-FRIENDLY POWER OVER ETHERNET - The present disclosure discloses a method and network device for providing an eco-friendly PoE mechanism in a WLAN. Specifically, a network device determines that an access point (AP) is connected to two or more network devices that include functionality to power the first AP, selects a first network device and causes the first network device to power the AP instead of the second network device, which is currently powering the AP. Moreover, the network device disables power supply on a first port of the second network device that is connected to the AP, causing the first network device to supply power to the AP via a second port of the first network device that is connected to the AP. Subsequent to the first network device supplying power to the AP via the second port, the network device enables the power supply on the first port of the second network device. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312855 | REDUCING BATTERY CONSUMPTION AT A USER EQUIPMENT - The present disclosure presents a method and an apparatus for reducing battery consumption at a user equipment (UE). For example, the method may include configuring a 10 ms transmission mode on an uplink (UL) channel at the UE, indicating configuration of the 10 ms transmission mode to a base station in communication with the UE, compressing a 20 ms transmission associated with a 20 ms transmission time interval (TTI) into a 10 ms compressed transmission, transmitting the 10 ms compressed transmission during a first 10 ms of the 20 ms TTI, and performing a discontinuous transmission (DTX) of the UL channel during a second 10 ms of the 20 ms TTI. As such, reduced battery consumption at a UE may be achieved. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312856 | System and Method for Uplink Timing Synchronization in Conjunction with Discontinuous Reception - A system and method are disclosed or providing uplink timing synchronization during DRX operation in a wireless communication system. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312857 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION MODULE - A method of controlling a communication module by an electronic device is provided. The method includes receiving, by a second processor, a specified signal from a first processor informing that the first processor enters an inactive state from an active state, by a second processor, and controlling, by the second processor, a Wireless Fidelity (WiFi) communication function in response to the specified signal. According to an operation state of the first processor, that is, an inactive state such as a sleep state or a power off state, or an active state, a subject which processes WiFi communication is changed. Accordingly, it is possible to efficiently and continuously monitor WiFi communication data and process the WiFi communication data on an accurate period. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312858 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING A BLUETOOTH LOW ENERGY DATA PACKET COMPRISING AUDIO PAYLOAD DATA - An apparatus comprising at least one processor and at least one memory including computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, enable the apparatus at least to generate a Bluetooth™ Low Energy data packet comprising audio payload data. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312859 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - An communications method for intercommunication by multiple electronic devices includes determining an on or off status of a first communication device, the first communication device being given master status if turned on and being used, and other devices being given slave status. If one other device is then used in preference to the first communication device, the other device is appointed as master and all other devices which are turned on are appointed as slaves. According to current state of the first communication device, the first communication device is turned off if not being used. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312860 | WIRELESS QUIET ENROLMENT - In a wireless media network a source device provides entertainment content to a sink device over a radio frequency (RF) wireless channel. The source device can go into a receive only quiet enrolment mode until activated by a sink device transmitting enrolment trigger packets or having a signal strength above a certain threshold, thereby improving coexistence with other wireless devices. The source device changes from the quiet enrolment mode to an active enrolment mode when activated by the sink device. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312861 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DEVICE AWARE POWER SAVE - A non-transitory computer readable medium includes instructions. The instructions, when executed by one or more hardware processors, causes performance of operations including receiving, at an access point, data targeted for a device, and determining whether an amount of the data targeted for the device is above a threshold. The operations further include, responsive at least to determining that the amount of data is below the threshold, transmitting a notification frame falsely indicating that the access point does not have the data targeted for the device. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312868 | NODE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION - A node device switches from a sleep mode to a wake-up mode when the node device needs to transmit information. The node device transmits a synchronization signal to the another node device based on the information and determines whether an acknowledgement signal is received. The node device transmits the key-frames to the another node device when the acknowledgement signal is received. | 10-29-2015 |
20150319687 | TRACKING MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND METHODS - A collaborative method for a node includes forming a local network with at least one other node using a lower power subsystem; selecting a master node from among the local network based on a first set of criteria; and communicating with a back end server over a wireless wide area network (WWAN) using a higher power subsystem. An apparatus may include a first subsystem for communicating with a local network; and a second subsystem having an active mode and an inactive mode, the second subsystem for communicating with a wireless wide area network (WWAN) when in the active mode, the apparatus selecting the active mode or inactive mode based on a set of criteria. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319689 | ENERGY SAVING OPERATIONS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - A network controlling entity in a heterogeneous or local area network (such as a macro eNB) selects a set of network access nodes that share a common wake-up area code WUAC. The network controlling entity selects a transmission entity such as a motile terminal/UE and directs it to wirelessly transmit a signal on a given radio resource. The network controlling entity also informs each network access node within the set of the given radio resource on which they should listen for the signal. In various embodiments the network access nodes within the set can choose whether or not to listen for the signal and thus choose whether they will wakeup, or they can reply to the signal with a request for wakeup confirmation. In this manner WUAC-specific sets of small cells can be awakened only when needed for traffic offloading and thereby saving energy. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319690 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A discontinuous reception method, mobile station, base station and wireless communication system are provided in the present invention. The discontinuous reception method in the wireless communication system includes the following steps: in case of a continuous carrier aggregation, setting a common On Duration timer and/or a common Discontinuous Reception inactivity timer for a primary cell and each secondary cell; and in case of a discontinuous carrier aggregation, setting an independent On Duration timers and/or an independent Discontinuous Reception inactivity timers for the primary cell and each secondary cells. The present invention realizes discontinuous reception of the carrier aggregation, thus saving power consumption of the mobile station. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319691 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A discontinuous reception method, mobile station, base station and wireless communication system are provided in the present invention. The discontinuous reception method in the wireless communication system includes the following steps: in case of a continuous carrier aggregation, setting a common On Duration timer and/or a common Discontinuous Reception inactivity timer for a primary cell and each secondary cell; and in case of a discontinuous carrier aggregation, setting an independent On Duration timers and/or an independent Discontinuous Reception inactivity timers for the primary cell and each secondary cells. The present invention realizes discontinuous reception of the carrier aggregation, thus saving power consumption of the mobile station. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319693 | Power Saving in WLAN Stations Using Data Accumulation at an Access Point - There is provided, for example, a method, comprising: transmitting, by a wireless device, a data accumulation request to an access node of a wireless network, wherein the data accumulation request comprises at least one downlink accumulation rule for accumulating downlink data; receiving a message from the access node, wherein the message indicates that there is downlink data in the access node for the wireless device; and triggering a service period for receiving the downlink data from the access node upon determining, on the basis of the received message, that the downlink data satisfies the at least one downlink accumulation rule. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319694 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS METHOD USING THE SAME - A wireless communications apparatus may include a wireless communications unit communicating with an access point; a first controlling unit detecting an accessible access point which is accessible through the wireless communications unit and controlling access between the detected access point and the wireless communications unit; a sensor unit including at least one sensor; and a second controlling unit receiving sensing information from the sensor unit, and determining whether or not a location of the wireless communications apparatus is changed, on the basis of the sensing information, wherein when the accessible access point is not detected, if the second controlling unit determines that the location of the wireless communications apparatus is changed, the first controlling unit re-detects an access point which is accessible through the wireless communications unit. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319695 | BLUETOOTH ASSISTED NAN CLUSTER DISCOVERY - Disclosed herein are techniques to enable discovery of a NAN cluster using low-power communication. According to such techniques, a NAN discovery beacon including information indicative of a schedule for communication using a first radio is transmitted using a second radio that utilizes a lower amount of power relative to the first radio. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319696 | ACTIVATING A MOBILE TERMINAL FROM MOBILE NETWORK SIDE - Disclosed is a method of activating a mobile terminal from mobile network side and a mobile application gateway system. The method comprises: receiving, by a mobile application gateway, a request for activating the mobile terminal, the request including an unique identification number of the mobile terminal; querying, by the mobile application gateway, a HLR for address of a SGSN where the mobile terminal is located; returning, by the HLR, the queried address of SGSN to the mobile application gateway; sending, by the mobile application gateway, the request for activating the mobile terminal to the SGSN; issuing, by the SGSN, a request to the mobile terminal, requiring the mobile terminal to issue a mobile terminal initiated PDP context activation request. The method enables an instant messaging user at a mobile terminal to automatically open an IP connection if there is any message to be received after the IP connection is closed. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319697 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method minimize power consumption in a portable terminal which enters a tow-power mode during connection with an access point (AP). The apparatus includes a memory for storing a WiFi profile including position information of APs, a wireless LAN module for performing connection with the AP, an AP connection unit for performing connection with the AP using the wireless LAN module only when an AP exists around the portable terminal, a position determining unit for determining APs which exist around the portable terminal, and a controller configured. to determine a position of the portable terminal, determine a position of an AP which exists around the portable terminal, and operate the wireless LAN module at only a position where the AP exists. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319698 | POWER CONTROL DEVICE AND POWER CONTROL METHOD - A power control device includes a processor. The processor is configured to acquire operating information indicating an operating status of each of first information processing devices connected to first communication equipment as lower level devices than the first communication equipment. The processor is configured to acquire connection information indicating a connection path of the first communication equipment and a connection status of the first communication equipment. The processor is configured to perform, based on the operating information and the connection information, control of power provided to the first communication equipment depending on the operating status of each of the first information processing devices. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319701 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TIMING ALIGNMENT OF LTE CELLS AND INTER-OPERATOR CO-EXISTENCE ON UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - An eNodeB operated by a first operator is able to align an ON-OFF cycle operation for interference avoidance. The eNodeB receives, from another eNodeB operated by a second operator a physical broadcast channel (PBCH) and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). A transmission coverage of the eNodeB partially overlaps with a transmission coverage of the other eNodeB. The PBCH carries a master information block (MIB), and the PDSCH carries a single system information block (SIB) identifying available unlicensed channel and including public land mobile network (PLMN) identities for networks operating using the unlicensed channel. The eNodeB uses the MIB and SIB1 to identify that the second eNodeB is operated by the second operator. | 11-05-2015 |
20150327166 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR LOW POWER WIRELESS NETWORKS - Embodiments may comprise an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system operating in the 1 GHz and lower frequency bands. In many embodiments, physical layer logic may implement a new preamble structure with a new signal field. Embodiments may store the preamble structure and/or a preamble based upon the new preamble structure on a machine-accessible medium. Some embodiments may generate and transmit a communication with the new preamble structure. Further embodiments may receive and detect communications with the new preamble structure. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327167 | POWER CONSUMPTION MANAGEMENT BASED ON INACTIVITY TIMER - A user equipment ( | 11-12-2015 |
20150327168 | ADJUSTMENT OF SENSOR MEASUREMENT AND TRANSMISSION INTERVALS IN MOBILE APPARATUS - Adjustment of sensor measurement and transmission intervals in a mobile apparatus is disclosed. The mobile apparatus obtains sensor data from the one or more sensors, and obtains wireless data with the wireless transceiver. Furthermore, the mobile apparatus adjusts repeatedly a measurement interval of the one or more sensors for obtaining the sensor data and a transmission interval of the wireless transceiver for transmitting the sensor data on the basis of the obtained sensor data and the obtained wireless data. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327169 | METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION FOR CONTROLLING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method, a user equipment, an eNB are provided for controlling DRX in a wireless communication system. A method includes receiving, from a master evolved Node B (MeNB), an indication that a Slave eNB (SeNB) is to be monitored; and monitoring the SeNB, in response to the indicator. The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th-Generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates Beyond 4th-Generation (4G) communication system such as Long Term Evolution (LTE). | 11-12-2015 |
20150327171 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for supporting carrier aggregation. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for enabling user equipment to receive a signal from a base station in a wireless communication system which supports carrier aggregation, wherein said the method comprises the steps of: setting a first component carrier to a paused state; receiving state change information for the first component carrier via the second component carrier during the paused state of the first component carrier; and monitoring a control channel via the first component carrier if the state change information indicates a predetermined value. The present invention also relates to an apparatus for the method. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327175 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING POWER MANAGEMENT - A network device includes one or more memories and one or more processor circuits coupled to the one or more memories. The one or more processor circuits are configured to cause providing for transmission a request directed to a network controller to change a power state of the network device, receiving a grant from the network controller in response to the request, and changing the power state of the network device in response to receiving the grant. The power state of the network device includes a running power state and a standby power state, where the standby power state includes an active mode and an idle mode. A network controller for granting a request from the network device to change a power state of the network device is also disclosed. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327176 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for controlling in-device coexistence interference (IDC) in a wireless communication system are provided. The present invention comprises transmitting IDC indication information including an unusable frequency band that is a frequency band in which performing communication is difficult because of IDC interference to a evolved NodeB (eNB), receiving Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection reconfiguration including IDC Discontinous Reception (DRX) configuration reconfiguring DRX relating the unusable frequency band based on the IDC indication information from the eNB and performing autonomously denial of Industrial Scientific Medical (ISM) transmission in the unusable frequency band by reconfiguring DRX based on the IDC DRX configuration. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327177 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SENSOR NETWORK SUPPORTING BIDIRECTIONAL EVENT DETECTION - A communication method of a coordinator in a bidirectional event transmission sensor network comprising a sensor node and the coordinator is provided. The method includes sensing, in an uplink section, whether a signal having energy greater than or equal to a predetermined magnitude is received, the signal indicating occurrence of an uplink event detected by the sensor node, and transmitting, to the sensor node in a downlink section, a synchronization packet that is used for receiving the uplink event or for transmitting a downlink event in response to the coordinator detecting the downlink event or sensing the signal having energy greater than or equal to the predetermined magnitude in the uplink section. The bidirectional event transmission sensor network has a structure of a super frame that includes at least one standby slot (SS) including the uplink section and the downlink section. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327178 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND A METHOD THEREBY, A BASE STATION AND A METHOD THEREBY, A SYSTEM, AND A NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A system is disclosed in which a communications device communicates via a cell operated by a base station of a communications network. The communications device identifies that transmission of data to a communications node coupled to the communications network has been triggered; determines whether an indication of radio quality in the cell meets a required radio quality criteria responsive to the transmission being triggered. The transmitting element transmits the data to the communications network after a delay if the quality of radio signals does not meet the required radio quality criteria, and without the delay if the quality of radio signals meets the required radio quality criteria. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327183 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Exemplary embodiments provide a method and apparatus for controlling transmit power for a device-to-device (D2D) communication between user equipments (UEs), the method including: searching for a peer UE; determining transmit power of a D2D communication signal to be transmitted to the peer UE; and transmitting the D2D communication signal to the peer UE based on the determined transmit power. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327189 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER OF DISCOVERY SIGNAL FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SAME - A method by which a terminal transmits a discovery signal for device-to-device communication in a wireless communication system is disclosed in the present application. Particularly, the method comprises the steps of: receiving one or more downlink signals; determining transmission power for transmitting the discovery signal on the basis of reference reception power of the one or more downlink signals; and transmitting the discovery signal on the basis of the determined transmission power, wherein the transmission power decreases as the reference reception power increases. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327265 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM AND WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - Provided are a method of allocating resources in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system and the WLAN system including an access point (AP) to allocate a resource for communication between a relay and a station associated with the relay, the relay to allocate a restricted access window (RAW) or a slot for communication with a station based on the allocated resource, and the station to communicate with the relay based on the allocated RAW or the allocated slot. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327323 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) MODE PROCESSING METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - A discontinuous reception mode (DRX) processing method, a user equipment, and a base station are provided. The method comprises: a user equipment (UE), in a DRX mode, detecting whether an event requiring to keep or enter an active time occurs; when the event is detected, the UE sending indication information of exiting the DRX mode and keeping or entering the active time to a base station; and the UE exiting the DRX mode and keeping or entering the active time, and receiving data sent by the base station. The foregoing technical solution avoids the problems of a service delay or handover interruption in the DRX mode. | 11-12-2015 |
20150334592 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WLAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, disclosed are a method and an apparatus for accessing a channel in a WLAN system. A method for accessing the channel from a station (STA) in the wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises a step of transmitting a power save-poll (PS-poll) for channel accessing from a listening interval to an access point, wherein the station operates in a non-traffic indication map (TIM) mode which is not limited by a TIM element that is transmitted from the access point, and wherein the time of transmission of the PS-poll is not limited by the TIM element. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334648 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COORDINATING POWER SAVE OPERATIONS IN AN AD HOC NETWORK - Systems and methods are disclosed for facilitating coordination among member stations in an IBSS to allow members to remain in a power save mode of operation for extended periods of time without awakening to transmit or receive beacons at each scheduled TBTT. A power save initiator may establish a power save period during which all nodes in the network may enter a power save mode. Correspondingly, beacons may not be sent during the extended power save period and any traffic to be exchanged between members of the IBSS WLAN may be buffered for delivery after the extended power save period ends. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334650 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING COEXISTENCE BETWEEN LOW POWER STATIONS AND NON-LOW POWER STATIONS - Examples are disclosed for techniques for allowing a wireless device to wake up a low power device while remaining compatible with other devices and wireless protocols. A first station determines that a low power device needs to wake up all or a portion of its circuitry in order to send and/or receive data from the first station. The first station sends a legacy preamble according to a standard wireless communication method such as according to IEEE 802.11 or Bluetooth addressed to the low power device. Legacy stations will recognize that a device is accessing the medium and will abstain from transmitting data during the transaction(s) between the first station and the low power device. The first station then sends a wake up payload according to a low power wireless communication method such as ASK or FSK to the low power device. The low power device recognizes the wake up payload and wakes up its main radio such as an IEEE 802.11 or Bluetooth radio. The first station sends and/or receives data to/from the low power device according to the standard wireless communication method. If there is no more data to send or receive, low power device powers down at least its main radio. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334651 | ELECTRIC APPARATUS - Provided is an electric apparatus including a reception unit (for example, hardware key) for receiving an instruction relating to functions of the electric apparatus and having operation states of a power conserving state in which power required for performing the functions thereof is limited and a normal state in which the power is not limited, wherein the reception unit may receive an instruction indicating a return to the normal state in the power conserving state and receive an instruction which is to be originally received in the normal state. When the reception unit receives the instruction, signals at different levels are output depending on the operation state and based on the signal to be output, a return signal relating to the return to the normal state or an execution signal relating to the execution of a function corresponding to the instruction received by the receiving signal is output. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334652 | SELECTIVELY POWERING INLINE DEVICES OF A NETWORK DEVICE BASED ON CLIENT DEVICE PRESENCE - A network device includes ports to communicate with and provide power to devices connected thereto. The network device serves access points (APs) that connect wirelessly to client devices. The network device detects that a client device has wirelessly connected to or disconnected from an AP that is connected to the network device. Responsive to the detecting, the network device accesses predetermined power control information associated with the client device. If the power control information identifies one or more of the multiple ports, the network device selectively provides power to the identified one or more ports when the client device is detected as being connected to the AP and removes power from the identified one or more ports when the client device is detected as not being connected to the AP. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334653 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A MOBILE DEVICE - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer-readable storage media for managing power consumption of a mobile device are disclosed. The systems, method, apparatus, and computer-readable storage medium may cause the base station to identify an energy metric associated with a mobile device, and to configure the transmission between the base station and the mobile device based at least in part on the energy metric. The configuration of the transmission may reduce the power consumption of the mobile device for processing the transmission. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334654 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for converting, by a station (STA), a non-traffic indication map (TIM) mode into a TIM mode and performing channel-accessing. According to the present invention, a station that does not receive a TIM or DTIM is to be switched so as to operate between a wakeup mode and a sleep mode for power saving. In order to set an efficient wakeup time, the STA may listen to beacon frame information from an AP and access a channel through information included in the beacon frame information. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334655 | CHANNEL-OCCUPANCY EFFICIENT, LOW POWER WIRELESS NETWORKING - An apparatus and method are provided for saving power an independent basic service set (IBSS) comprising a master and a plurality of clients. According to the apparatus and method, a client of the IBSS receives a keyset packet from the master during an interval, the keyset packet including an aggregate of current client data, wherein the interval is a member of the group consisting of: a beacon interval and a coordination transmission interval. The client sends a key packet to the master during the interval, the key packet including new data from the client. The client contends for a shared wireless medium to send the key packet. The client enters an idle state for a duration of the interval after sending the key packet. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334659 | Methods and Nodes of a Wireless Network for Deciding on Switching Off of a Network Node - The disclosure relates to a method ( | 11-19-2015 |
20150334665 | DECREASING BATTERY POWER CONSUMPTION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Decreasing battery power consumption in a mobile communication device by reducing transmission power is provided. In response to a cellular communication tower detecting a state of the mobile communication device communicating wirelessly, the cellular communication tower directs the mobile communication device to reduce the transmission power of the mobile communication device to decrease the battery power consumption in the mobile communication device. The state of the mobile communication device receives information at a first rate and sends information at a second rate below a threshold. | 11-19-2015 |
20150341857 | MOBILE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention achieves a DRX control appropriate from the view point of battery saving. A mobile station UE in the present invention includes a control unit | 11-26-2015 |
20150341858 | APPARATUS, METHODS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS PROVIDING POWER SAVINGS IN SPS-CONFIGURED VOLTE WITH C-DRX - Apparatus, methods, and computer program products providing power savings in Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS)-configured Voice over Long Term Evolution (VoLTE) with Connected State Discontinuous Reception (C-DRX) are provided. The apparatus may be a user equipment (UE). The UE receives a packet when the UE is in a persistent scheduling mode. The UE transmits a negative-acknowledgement (NACK) message when the packet is not successfully decoded. The UE refrains from transmitting an acknowledgement (ACK) message when the packet is successfully decoded. The UE may enter a power save state immediately after the packet is successfully decoded. The packet may be addressed to the UE in a unicast message. The packet may be received during an on-duration of a C-DRX cycle. The packet my include VoLTE downlink (DL) traffic. The packet may be received on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). | 11-26-2015 |
20150341861 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING RADIO PACKET THROUGH SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION, PORTABLE TERMINAL, AND SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for receiving radio packets through short-range wireless communication includes receiving a first radio signal through the short-range wireless communication, identifying a preamble used for synchronization of the short-range wireless communication from a analog signal of the received first radio signal, determining whether the frequency from the identified preamble is within a specified frequency offset range, and processing data from the received first radio signal if the frequency from the identified preamble is within the specified frequency offset range. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341862 | VEHICLE TELEMATICS UNIT POWER MANAGEMENT - A system and method of power management of a telematics unit in a vehicle is provided. The method includes the steps of: determining that the vehicle is unpowered; determining that the vehicle is in a fringe region of a cellular network; and based the determining steps, entering a power-saving mode at the telematics unit. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341863 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING NETWORK CONFIGURATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and an apparatus for adjusting a network configuration, and the method includes: receiving requirement information sent by a terminal device (UE), where the requirement information includes electricity-saving request information of the UE or a maximum transmit power of the UE; acquiring a mapping relationship corresponding to the requirement information, where the mapping relationship is a correspondence between requirement information and a service mode; acquiring service mode information according to the mapping relationship and sending the service mode information to the UE, so that the UE acquires selection information according to the service mode information; and receiving the selection information sent by the UE and modifying a configuration of a network device according to a service mode corresponding to the selection information, where the selection information corresponds to a service mode in the service mode information. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341884 | OPTIMIZED SYNCHRONIZATION PROCEDURE FOR PROLONGED PERIODS OF SLEEP - A wireless device and method are described herein for implementing synchronization procedures when the wireless device operates using a prolonged sleep mode in a cellular network, wherein the synchronization procedures have a benefit of reducing the energy consumption of the wireless device's battery. | 11-26-2015 |
20150349877 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS DATA EXCHANGE WITHOUT NETWORK CONNECTIVITY - In one example, a computer-implemented method to communicate information is disclosed. A device operates in accordance with a wireless client mode. A trigger event is detected. A beacon message that includes information is generated. The beacon message is generated in response to the trigger event. The generated beacon message is transmitted. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351027 | DYNAMIC ACTIVATION AND DEACTIVATION OF ACCESS POINTS - A network selection device may determine that a communication between a user device and a first network device should be transferred from the first network device to a second network device that is in an idle state; output an instruction to cause the second network device to exit the idle state and communicate with the user device; determine that the second network device is unused or underutilized; and output, based on determining that the second network device is unused or underutilized, an instruction to cause the second network device to reenter the idle state. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351028 | POWER SAVE FOR VOLTE DURING SILENCE PERIODS - Methods and apparatus for reducing power consumption in a wireless device operating in a discontinuous transmission (DTX) mode while using a voice over Long Term Evolution (VoLTE) service. The wireless device detects a period of voice inactivity and transmits one or more silence descriptor (SID_UPDATE) frames to a second wireless device in place of encoded speech frames. The SID_UPDATE frames are transmitted periodically based on measurements of comfort noise parameters. The wireless device determines a difference between weighted averages of comfort noise (CN) parameters of two sequences of encoded speech frames. When the difference exceeds a difference threshold, a SID_UPDATE frame is transmitted. Additionally, in some embodiments, a SID_UPDATE frame is transmitted when the weighted average of CN parameters exceeds a parameter threshold and/or when a time between SID_UPDATE frames or time elapsed after entering a silence state exceeds one or more time thresholds. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351029 | METHODS AND MECHANISMS FOR POWER SAVING AND PERFROMANCE BALANCING IN A TRANSMITTER - An example using the Bluetooth protocol may include a dynamic MTU adjustment for reduction of the probability of handshake collision and credit processing. This may also include making the Tx MTU a non-multiple of the number of remote Rx credits and adjusting the Tx MTU to a value that lets CONTINUE come before or after Credits without overlapping and prevents underflow situations. Another example may include periodically pacing the low priority traffic even during an underflow condition, thereby balancing the speed. Still another example may balance the frequency speeds, and thereby balancing power by controlling the processor load during unwanted waiting situations, and indirectly control unwanted Multiprocessor Frequency jump decision that may happen for low priority traffic conditions. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351030 | METHOD, NETWORK DEVICE, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND COMUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR DETERMINING POWER STATE PARAMETERS - A method, performed by a network device, is disclosed for determining a set of power state parameters at least partly defining when a wireless terminal is to be in an active state or a power saving state. The method includes the steps of: detecting a present traffic type of a traffic flow to or from a wireless terminal; obtaining, from a power state parameter repository, a set of power state parameters corresponding to a plurality of traffic types, including the present traffic type; transmitting the set of power state parameters to the wireless terminal; detecting a further traffic type of a traffic flow to or from the wireless terminal; and modifying the power state parameters for the wireless terminal, only when the further traffic type does not comply with at least one expected future traffic type of the plurality of traffic types. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351031 | POWER SAVE WITH DATA FETCH TIME PERIOD - A particular method includes receiving a power save polling frame from a station at an access point. The method also includes, in response to receiving the power save polling frame, transmitting a frame from the access point to the station indicating whether traffic associated with the station is buffered at the access point. Another particular method includes transmitting a frame from the station to the access point indicating that the station is to enter the power save mode and refraining from entering the power save mode until receipt of an end of data frame. Yet another particular method includes receiving a fetch trigger frame at an access point and refraining from transmitting one or more fetched data frames from the access point until a fetch time has elapsed or a delivery trigger frame is received. The access point is configured to communicate with other stations during the fetch time. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351032 | ADAPTIVE CONTROL OF RF LOW POWER MODES IN A MULTI-RATE WIRELESS SYSTEM USING DEVICE MODE - Methods, systems, and devices are described for power conservation in a wireless communications system. In embodiments, power conservation may be achieved by adaptively controlling power modes of a wireless communication device, and implementing lower power modes with various modes of the device. According to one aspect, the mode of the device may be a beacon monitoring mode or a delivery traffic indication message (DTIM) mode. In such a mode, the device may receive a portion of a beacon in a first power mode. The device may transition to a second, different (e.g., higher) power mode using information contained in the received portion of the beacon as guidance. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351034 | Wireless Access Point Control Method, Related Device, and System - The present invention provides a wireless access point control method, a related device, and a system. An activation signal sent by user equipment is received on a radio resource corresponding to a receiving pattern of a first wireless access point, so that the first wireless access point controls itself to leave a power-saving state according to the activation signal. Therefore, the user equipment may directly send the activation signal to the first wireless access point to switch a working state of the first wireless access point from the power-saving state to a normal communication state as soon as possible. In this manner, a power-saving objective of the wireless access point is achieved, and switching of the wireless access point from the power-saving state to the normal communication state as soon as possible can also be accelerated on a basis of achieving power saving of the wireless access point. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351036 | TRANSITIONING FROM MIMO TO SISO TO SAVE POWER - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to an example embodiment, an apparatus may include at least one processor and at least one memory. The at least one memory may include computer-executable code that, when executed by the processor, is configured to cause the apparatus to send a message to a node in wireless communication with the apparatus, the message indicating a transition by the apparatus from multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) to single-input single-output (SISO), and transition from wireless MIMO communication with the node to wireless SISO communication with the node after sending the message to the node. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351054 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMS FOR LIMITING MAXIMUM TRANSMIT POWER OF DEVICES - In a method for limiting the maximum transmit power of devices operating in a wireless network, each device supporting one of plural sets of transmit power reduction capabilities, a first message comprising a value of a first parameter associated with a first set of capabilities and a value of a second parameter associated with a second set of capabilities, wherein the second set comprises more capabilities than the first set, is transmitted ( | 12-03-2015 |
20150351155 | Method and System for the Control of Discontinuous Reception in a Wireless Network - Methods and apparatus for controlling discontinuous reception on a mobile device and in particular to control a short discontinuous reception timer in response to receipt of a medium access control control element. The methods and apparatus include stopping, restarting or maintaining the short discontinuous reception timer. Methods and apparatus for limiting or stopping a retransmission timer by providing user equipment with a maximum retry value for transmissions, by providing a maximum redundant version value, or by providing a medium access control control element to stop or prevent the start of a retransmission timer. | 12-03-2015 |
20150358069 | System and Method for Radio Frequency Repeating - In one embodiment, a method includes determining whether a station is a power constrained device and setting an indicator in a header of a frame in accordance with whether the station is a power constrained device. The method also includes transmitting, by the station to a first device, the frame. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358786 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING GROUP ADDRESSED FRAME IN WLAN SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, provides a method for transmitting/receiving a group addressed frame in a WLAN system and a device therefor. The method whereby a station (STA) in a WLAN system receives a group addressed frame according to one embodiment of the present invention may comprise the steps of: transmitting a first frame to an access point (AP); in response to the first frame, receiving from the AP a second frame comprising information related to the group addressed frame for a first STA; and receiving the group addressed frame from the AP on the basis of the information related to the group addressed frame. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358800 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DISCOVERING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, systems and/or methods of discovering a wireless communication device. For example, a first wireless device may include a radio to communicate over a wireless communication medium according to a discovery scheme including a plurality of contention-based discovery windows (DWs), the radio to communicate with a second wireless device a discovery frame during a first discovery process, the discovery frame including an indication of one or more selected DWs of the plurality of DWs; and a controller to switch the first wireless device between a power save state and an active state, the controller to switch the first wireless device to operate in the active state in the one or more selected discovery windows to discover the second wireless device during a second discovery process, subsequent to the first discovery process. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358851 | PORTABLE INFORMATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A portable information terminal provided with a group terminal connection status management section which manages the connection statuses of a plurality of portable information terminals belonging to the same group connected by a tethering function; a host terminal order determination section which determines selection order of a portable information terminal to serve as a host terminal from among the portable information terminals belonging to the same group including its own terminal, based at least on reception quality from the base station, remaining battery capacity, and either a contracted allowable data transmission speed or a maximum data transmission speed notified from a network; and a control section which controls whether to operate as the host terminal or to communicate with the base station via the host terminal, based on the determined selection order. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358905 | CONTROLLING POWER CONSUMPTION IN PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS - Techniques are described for controlling power consumption in a peer-to-peer communication system. In accordance with various examples, the techniques include determining a power save mode of a first node, determining a power save mode of a second node, determining a category of data connection between the first node and the second node, and adjusting a power save parameter of the first node based at least in part on the power save mode of the first node, the power save mode of the second node, and the category of data connection. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358906 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH POWER MANAGEMENT, ASSOCIATED METHOD AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An electronic device and an associated method are provided. The electronic device includes a wireless circuit and a controller. The wireless circuit is arranged to provide a soft access point. The controller is arranged to detect whether there is at least one client trying to connect to the soft access point when the electronic device operates in a sleep mode; and allow the electronic device to enter a working mode from the sleep mode when detecting that there is at least one client trying to connect to the soft access point. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358908 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND POWER SUPPLY APPARATUS - An electronic device includes a power receiving unit that wirelessly receives power from a power supply apparatus; a first communication unit that performs wireless communication; a connection unit that connects a communication device including a second communication unit that performs wireless communication; and a control unit that (a) determines whether the communication device is capable of receiving predetermined power if the communication device is connected with the connection unit, and (b) controls the first communication unit to transmit data for notifying the power supply apparatus about a presence of a device which is not capable of using wireless power supply if the communication device is not capable of receiving the predetermined power. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358910 | Timing for Radio Reconfiguration - A mobile communications terminal comprising a radio frequency interface configured to operate at least at a first configuration, and a controller, wherein said controller is configured to determine that a reconfiguration of the radio frequency interface is to be performed, determine a timing of the reconfiguration and reconfigure said radio frequency interface to operate at a second configuration at the determined timing, wherein said controller is configured to determine said timing based on the type of reconfiguration to be made. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358911 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for reducing power consumption of a portable terminal are provided. More particularly, an apparatus and method for reducing power consumption generated in an idle state in order to solve a power consumption problem in a portable terminal are provided. The apparatus includes a state determination unit which is configured independently from an application processor for controlling applications and which wakes up when entering an idle mode to allow the application processor to sleep, and thereafter determines a state of the portable terminal, and if it is determined that the portable terminal escapes from the idle mode, allows the application processor to wake up. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358912 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device includes a first communication unit that performs wireless communication; a connection unit that connects a communication device including a second communication unit which performs wireless communication; and a control unit that (a) determines whether the communication device is capable of receiving predetermined power if the communication device and the connection unit are connected, and (b) performs a process of restricting wireless communication of the second communication unit if the communication device is not capable of receiving the predetermined power. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359035 | METHOD FOR APPLYING TIMER FOR DISCOUNTINUOUS RECEPTION PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AN APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for running a DRX (Discontinuous Reception) cycle at a user equipment in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of receiving configuration information for a long DRX cycle and a short DRX cycle; receiving at least one data unit including one or more DRX command MAC (medium access control) CEs (control elements) in a predetermined period; and running one of the long DRX cycle and the short DRX cycle according to a total number of DRX command MAC CEs. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359037 | METHOD FOR CARRIER MANAGEMENT IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION ENVIRONMENT OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a carrier management method for use in a carrier aggregation environment of a mobile communication system. In the method, a base station is configured to transmit a deactivation message for a secondary carrier to a terminal and change the secondary carrier to a deactivation state after a predetermined time from the transmission of the deactivation message. The terminal receives the deactivation message transmitted by the base station, and changes the secondary carrier to the deactivation state after a predetermined time from the transmission of the deactivation message. As the predetermined time, a predefined value may be used to prevent inconsistency of secondary-carrier state information that is managed by the base station and the terminal. If the carrier state management information is used, it is possible to prevent inconsistency of secondary-carrier states that are managed by the base station and the terminal and solve problems due to the inconsistency. | 12-10-2015 |
20150365890 | System And Method For Reducing Power Consumption By A Network Node - According to some embodiments, a method for reducing power consumption in a network node includes determining that an operating bandwidth for a first cell is greater than a first predefined threshold and that a number of user devices being actively serviced by the network node are equal to or less than a second predefined threshold. At least one configuration change is performed to reduce power consumption by the network node. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365891 | HANDLING MODES IN A WIRELESS DEVICE - The embodiments herein relate to method in a node ( | 12-17-2015 |
20150365894 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for minimizing power consumption in a macro cell. A method and apparatus may establish a dual connection with a local area access point of a local area cell and a macro access point of a macro cell. The method and apparatus may also enter a power save mode in a macro cell by utilizing a first discontinuous reception (DRX) pattern in the macro cell in response to establishing the dual connection. The first DRX pattern may include a designated DRX active time period in which a communication device is designated to be active. The DRX active time period is aligned with a time period of a paging occasion of the apparatus. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365895 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER SAVING POLL - A method and an apparatus of transmitting power saving-poll (PS-Pall) for use in a wireless network are provided. The method includes a terminal in a wireless communication system determining PS-Poll transmission priorities of terminals based on identifiers of the terminals having downlink data to receive, monitoring to detect the PS-Polls of the terminals having downlink data to receive, and transmitting, when the PS-Poll of the terminal with a priority followed right by the priority of the terminal is received, the PS-Poll after expiry of an arbitrary backoff timer. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365896 | Methods for UE Indicating Traffic-Related Information to Network - A method of user equipment (UE) indication of traffic-related information to network is provided. The method comprises a UE determining a traffic indicator and transmitting the traffic indicator to a base station. In one embodiment, the traffic indicator indicates either that default power consumption is preferred or low power consumption is preferred. For example, when the UE is in background traffic or sparse traffic, low power consumption is preferred. In another embodiment, the traffic indicator indicates a time pattern of the traffic history. From the network perspective, upon receiving and evaluating information contained in the traffic indicator, the network triggers a QoS modification procedure by applying one or more QoS modification algorithms. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365900 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION MANAGEMENT - An example method may include receiving a first subframe. In addition, the example method may include decoding information transmitted in the first subframe. Further, the example method may include switching to an inactive mode subsequent to the completion of the reception of the first subframe. Further still, the example method may include exiting the inactive mode and decoding downlink data transmitted in one or more second subframes in a current reception (Rx) burst time interval when the decoded information transmitted in the first subframe indicates an upcoming transmission of downlink data in the one or more second subframes. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365995 | Adaptive C-DRX Management - This disclosure relates to techniques for adaptive C-DRX Management. A wireless device and a cellular base station may establish a cellular link. According to some embodiments, the base station may monitor upcoming traffic with the wireless device. Based at least in part on the upcoming traffic for the wireless device, the base station may provide a command indicating to the wireless device to enter C-DRX. The command may further indicate to the wireless device a number of C-DRX cycles through which to remain in a low power state. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365997 | TERMINAL AND BASE STATION FOR CONTROLLING A CONNECTION STATE - A method and apparatus for controlling the connection state of the UE is provided to minimize battery power consumption. A connection state control method of a terminal in a wireless communication system according to the present invention includes monitoring traffic transmission/reception condition associated with at least one application running on the terminal, determining whether traffic transmission/reception for the terminal is likely to occur based on the monitoring result, and transmitting, when no traffic transmission/reception for the terminal occurs, a Signaling Connection Release Indication (SCRI) message to a base station. | 12-17-2015 |
20150370915 | DISPLAY DEVICE ACCESSING BROADCAST RECEIVER VIA WEB BROWSER AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING THEREFOR - A display device accessing a broadcast receiver via a web browser according to one embodiment of the present invention includes a user interface unit configured to receive an input signal from a user, a broadcast service module configured to receive a broadcast signal, a communication module configured to perform data communication with a server and the broadcast receiver, a display module configured to display at least one or more contents and a controller, the controller configured to access a web address corresponding to the broadcast receiver via the web browser, the controller configured to receive an IP (internet protocol) address information mapped to the web address from a DNS (domain name server), the controller configured to access the broadcast receiver using the received IP address, the controller configured to receive data of content displayed on the broadcast receiver and control the data to be displayed on a screen of the display device. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373639 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR POWER SAVING VIA ENHANCED SCANNING AND BEACONING FOR CO-LOCATED APs AND ASSOCIATED STAs - A wireless terminal, when operating in a system including co-located access points (APs), may, to save scan power, only scan for a second wireless network when the received signal strength indicator (RSSI) from a first wireless network (WAN) is above or below a certain threshold. The AP from a first WAN may obtain the RSSI of a second WAN from terminals in the coverage of the second WAN, and compute the RSSI edge of the second WAN. This RSSI edge forms a threshold where terminals may start scanning for the edge of the second WAN. In addition, a second AP may only turn on and transmit a beacon when terminals exist within its range, determined by the second AP based on communications of co-located APs. Finally, the AP may provide hierarchical beacon messages to terminal monitoring of beacons on WANs when no information is being transmitted on those WANs. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373642 | WLAN System with Opportunistic Transitioning to a Low Power State for Power Management - Embodiments described herein relate to providing reduced power consumption in wireless communication systems, such as 802.11 WLAN systems. Timing information regarding power save opportunities (PSOPs) may be provided in communication frames, which may inform mobile devices of expected frame exchange periods during which they may transition to a Doze state. Additional PSOP information may be included in beacon frames, which may inform mobile devices of expected multicast periods during which they may transition to a Doze state. This may operate to provide improvements in terms of power consumption. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373643 | POWER EFFICIENT, VARIABLE SAMPLING RATE DELTA-SIGMA DATA CONVERTERS FOR CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A method for reducing power consumption in a transceiver front-end circuit for a cellular radio. The transceiver circuit includes a receiver module having a delta-sigma modulator that converts analog receive signals to a representative digital signal in an interleaving process, where the delta-sigma modulator includes a combiner, a low noise amplifier (LNA), an LC filter and a quantizer circuit. The LC filter is a multi-order filter and the quantizer circuit is an interleaving quantizer circuit that interleaves multiple groups of bits from the filter. The method includes selectively reducing the order of the LC filter in situations where a full dynamic range of the cellular radio is not required and reducing a bit resolution of the quantizer circuit so as to reduce the power requirements of the cellular radio. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373644 | PACKET FILTERING FOR SAVING POWER AT A USER EQUIPMENT - The present disclosure presents a method and an apparatus for packet filtering to save power at a user equipment (UE). For example, the disclosure presents a method for receiving a packet filtering configuration message, at a modem processor (MP) of the UE, from an application processor (AP) in communication with the MP, wherein the packet filtering configuration message includes one or more packet filtering rules for filtering packets associated with one or more applications, configuring a packet filter at the MP based at least on the one or more packet filtering rules received in the packet filtering configuration message, and enabling the configured packet filter at the MP in response to receiving an indication from the AP that the AP entered a low power or sleep mode, wherein the enabled packet filter allows or drops a packet based on the packet filtering rules. As such, packet filtering to save power at UE may be achieved. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373645 | Method for Controlling Energy Consumption and User Device - The present invention relates to networks and provides a method and network devices for energy conservation. The method may include detecting media traffic and media management traffic of a first service requested by a user device on a first bearer; segregating the media traffic and the media management traffic on the first bearer by creating a second bearer and transferring the media traffic or the media management traffic to the second bearer. Moreover, the method may include observing the bearer at which the media traffic was transferred, detecting that the media traffic has an inactive status and controlling the energy consumption at the user device based on the inactive status of the media traffic. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373658 | Method for Deferring Beacon and Communication Device thereof - A method, for a communication device in a wireless communication system, includes receiving a plurality of frames for synchronization at a plurality of target times; and transmitting a packet for deferring a next target time to receive a next frame when the next frame is determined not to be received at the next target time. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373723 | Intelligent Terminal Power-Saving Management Method and Apparatus - An intelligent terminal power-saving management method and apparatus, wherein the method includes acquiring, by a second intelligent terminal, a power-saving control policy, where the power-saving control policy includes an interval for enabling a communications module, the interval for enabling the communications module is greater than a power-saving period of the communications module, and the power-saving period is a built-in power-saving control policy of the communications module, counting, by the second intelligent terminal, duration when the interval for enabling the communications module is acquired, enabling, by the second terminal, the communications module to perform communication when the duration is greater than or equal to the interval for enabling the communications module, and disabling, by the second intelligent terminal, the communications module when the communication ends. Using the apparatus can reduce power consumption and extend usage time of an intelligent terminal. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373775 | METHOD FOR TRANSITIONING BETWEEN MULTIPLE RECEPTION LEVELS - There is provided a method for enabling a user equipment (UE) to transition between a non-discontinuous reception (Non-DRX) level and at least one discontinuous reception (DRX) level. The UE in a DRX level wakes up periodically to monitor a scheduling channel. The method includes receiving a DRX indicator in a Non-DRX level with continuously monitoring the scheduling channel and transitioning from the Non-DRX level to a DRX level indicated by the DRX indicator. The UE can transition between multiple DRX levels by an explicit command/signaling. | 12-24-2015 |
20150382174 | Device Discovery Method, User Equipment, Server, and System - The present invention discloses a device discovery method which relates to the field of communications technologies, and can reduce signaling interaction in a process of discovering a nearby device and lower power consumption of the UE. The method in the present invention mainly includes: receiving, by a server, a discovery request, where the discovery request is used to request to discover another UE near a user equipment UE, and the discovery request includes a discovery category indication; generating discovery configuration information according to the discovery category indication, and sending the discovery configuration information to a base station or the UE, where the discovery configuration information is used to configure a parameter that is used when the base station or the UE detects another nearby UE; and receiving a discovery result sent by the base station or the UE. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382274 | System and Method for an Energy Efficient Network Adaptor with Security Provisions - In accordance with an embodiment, a network device includes a network controller and at least one network interface coupled to the network controller that includes at least one media access control (MAC) device configured to be coupled to at least one physical layer interface (PHY). The network controller may be configured to determine a network path comprising the at least one network interface that has a lowest power consumption and minimum security attributes of available media types coupled to the at least one PHY. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382290 | METHODS AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMICALLY SWITCHING OFF/ON OF BASE STATIONS - Disclosed are methods and system for dynamically switching at least a base station in ON/OFF mode in a cellular network. The method comprises: determining traffic load information of BSs; exchanging the traffic load information between BSs; determining at least a preferred BS for one of a switched OFF mode and a switched ON mode. The system comprises: at least a coverage BS with a master controller; at least a capacity BS with a slave controller adapted to be in one of the switched ON mode and the switched OFF mode depending on network conditions and to satisfy cellular traffic loads, and at least a communication interface adapted to provide interface between at least the coverage BS and the capacity BS. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382291 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS POWER MANAGEMENT - A wireless access point is described. The wireless access point includes a processor, memory and instructions stored in the memory. The wireless access point receives a sleep state command from a central controller. The central controller transmits the sleep state command based on movement of an electronic device in relation to one or more wireless access points located within a wireless network. The wireless access point enters a sleep state for a sleep period. The wireless access point transitions to an active state upon expiration of the sleep period. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382294 | MONITORING OF RADIO BLOCKS IN EXTENDED RADIO COVERAGE - A technique is described herein for saving power (e.g., battery power) at a receiving device (e.g., wireless device) by having a transmitting device (e.g., wireless access node) add an indicator to repeated radio blocks, where the indicator can be used by the receiving device (e.g., wireless device) to stop monitoring one or more of the repeated radio blocks. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382297 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION WITH NETWORK CONNECTION - A method and apparatus may be used for peer-to-peer communication. The method and apparatus may allow for network connectivity during the peer-to-peer communication session. The network connectivity may be provided via Scheduled and/or Unscheduled AP Connection times/periods. A station (STA) may be configured to negotiate access point (AP) Connection times/periods with a peer STA for a direct link which may be on a basic service set (BSS) channel or on a non-BSS channel. The STAs may communicate with the AP during the agreed AP Connection times/periods and return to the direct link for peer-to-peer communication. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382298 | METHOD AND NETWORK NODE FOR SETTING A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL IN AN IDLE MODE - A method for setting a mobile communication terminal of a cellular communication network in an idle mode. The method is performed in a network node and comprises the steps of starting a first inactivity timer; starting a second inactivity timer; resetting the first inactivity timer when control signalling associated with the mobile communication terminal is detected; resetting the second inactivity timer when payload data associated with the mobile communication terminal is detected; and setting the mobile communication terminal in an idle mode when both the first inactivity timer and the second inactivity timer have expired. A corresponding network node is also presented. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382299 | ENHANCED DISCOVERY CHANNEL FOR INTERWORKING BETWEEN A CELLULAR WIDE-AREA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A WIRELESS LOCAL-AREA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to methods, apparatuses and a computer program product for an enhanced discovery channel for interworking between a cellular wide-area communication system and a wireless local-area communication system. The present invention includes inserting, in a discovery channel, information indicating an interworking capability of a small cell base station between a cellular wide-area communication system and a wireless local-area communication system, and transmitting, by the base station, the discovery channel including the information to a user equipment located in the small cell. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382300 | DELIVERING DATA TO A WIRELESS STATION - Disclosed are methods for delivering data ( | 12-31-2015 |
20150382301 | MECHANISMS OF REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION FOR NAN DEVICES - A wireless communication device comprises a transceiver configured to communicate information with one or more neighbor devices in accordance with a sync mode of a WiFi communication protocol, and a controller. The controller is configured to monitor for reception of at least one of a response frame or a beacon frame sent by any neighbor device, determine whether to schedule transmission of a service frame, and change operation to a background scan mode when the at least one of the response frame or the beacon frame sent by any neighbor device is undetected for a specified time duration and the transmission of a service frame is unscheduled. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382302 | ADAPTIVE AND STATIC KEEP ALIVE MESSAGE DETECTION AND SIMULATION - An aspect provides a method, including: in a low power mode of an electronic device, examining, using a network component, an application specific network connection; in response to the examining, using the network component to consult a policy to determine a communication on behalf of the specific application to be sent over the application specific network connection; and sending, using the network component, the communication on behalf of the specific application without waking one or more main processors of the electronic device. Other aspects are described and claimed. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382303 | Early Termination of Reception of Wireless Transmissions - Performing early termination of reception by a mobile station. The mobile station may receive a wireless transmission. The wireless transmission may include a physical layer (PHY) header, a media access control (MAC) header, and data. The mobile station may determine a duration and a destination address from the MAC header. The mobile station may determine if the wireless transmission is intended for the mobile station using the destination address. In response to determining that the wireless transmission is not intended for the mobile station, the mobile station may enter a low power mode prior to completion of the wireless transmission. The length of time of the low power mode may be based on the duration of the first wireless transmission. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382317 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAINTAINING UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION AND REDUCING BATTERY POWER CONSUMPTION - A Node-B sends a polling message to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). The WTRU sends an uplink synchronization burst in response to the polling message without contention. The Node-B estimates an uplink timing shift based on the synchronization burst and sends an uplink timing adjustment command to the WTRU. The WTRU then adjusts uplink timing based on the uplink timing adjustment command. Alternatively, the Node-B may send a scheduling message for uplink synchronization to the WTRU. The WTRU may send a synchronization burst based on the scheduling message. Alternatively, the WTRU may perform contention-based uplink synchronization after receiving a synchronization request from the Node-B. The WTRU may enter an idle state instead of performing a handover to a new cell when the WTRU moves to the new cell. A discontinuous reception (DRX) interval for the WTRU may be set based on activity of the WTRU. | 12-31-2015 |
20160007136 | APPLICATION RECOMMENDATIONS - Disclosed is apparatus configured: to create an advertising message including a packet data unit [PDU] including information identifying an application that may be installed on the apparatus and an indication that the PDU may include an application recommendation; and to cause the advertising message to be broadcast. Another apparatus is configured: to receive an advertising message including a packet data unit [PDU] including information identifying an application that may be installed on another apparatus and an indication that the PDU may include an application recommendation; and to use the information identifying an application to provide an option to install the application. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007224 | A Network Node and a Method of a Network Node of Controlling Data Packet Delivery to a Mobile Terminal in Case of Data Rate Throttling After Having Reached a Data Download Cap - The present invention relates to a network node ( | 01-07-2016 |
20160007249 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING CELL RESELECTIONS AND TRANSITIONS TO AND FROM AN ENHANCED CELL_FACH STATE - A method and apparatus for handling cell reselections and transitions includes executing a cell reselection. A medium access control (MAC)-ehs reset is performed. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007280 | DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR BASE STATION OF A SMALL CELL IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A discontinuous transmission method for a base station of a small cell in a heterogeneous network. Depending on the filling state of the buffer or the lifetime of the data, the base station decides to send the data in an element frame or, on the contrary, to enter standby during that frame. In the event it decides to send the data, it ensures beforehand that no base station of an adjacent small cell is in the process of transmitting. Otherwise, it goes into standby for a pseudorandom duration before trying a new transmission of said data. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007282 | Scheduling Data in Background Services on Mobile Devices - Systems and methods of scheduling data in background services on mobile devices are disclosed. An example method includes identifying data consumption patterns on a mobile device. The method also includes determining sensitivity of data arriving at the mobile device based on the data consumption patterns. The method also includes aggregating network access by background services on the mobile device according to a schedule based on the sensitivity of the data arriving at the mobile device. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007283 | TECHNIQUES FOR CONSERVING POWER FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN WIRELESS DEVICES - Embodiments herein relate to various techniques for conserving power for communication between wireless devices. Example techniques described herein may achieve power conservation by synchronizing when devices in communication with one another may enter power save or sleep mode and subsequently when the devices may wake up from power save mode to resume communication. According to one technique, a sending device may establish a rendezvous time in a duration field of a control frame (e.g., an RTS frame), which may indicate a time at which the devices may awake from power save mode. According to another technique, a duration may be indicated in a duration field of one or more data frames, and a rendezvous offset may be indicated in a Quality of Service (QoS) control field of the one or more data frames. Such a duration and rendezvous offset may be used to establish a rendezvous time in this technique. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007284 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO STATION, RADIO TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A radio terminal ( | 01-07-2016 |
20160007288 | OPPORTUNISTIC INFORMATION FORWARDING USING WIRELESS TERMINALS IN THE INTERNET-OF-THINGS - A capability for opportunistic forwarding of information using a wireless terminal is presented. An energy limited node includes a wake-up circuit configured to detect a wake-up signal from a wireless terminal where the wake-up signal includes a modulated waveform signal, and a communication module configured to switch, based on a control signal generated by the wake-up circuit, from a sleep mode in which the communication module is not operable to communicate with the wireless terminal to an active mode in which the communication module is operable to communicate with the wireless terminal. A wireless terminal includes a first wireless communication interface configured for communication with a device using a wireless communication protocol, a second wireless communication interface configured for wireless communication with a wireless access node of a wireless network, and a processor configured to support opportunistic forwarding of information between the device and the wireless access node of the wireless network. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007289 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOW ENERGY FILTERING - The disclosure relates to a method, apparatus and system to filter undesired or redundant messages to thereby conserve energy in wireless devices. In one embodiment, energy is conserved through a successive series of data filters which identify the incoming signals (e.g, advertisement) and determine whether to ignore or to direct the advertisement packet to a higher level data filtering system. The disclosed embodiments conserve energy by maintaining complex processors in sleep mode until the need arises. In another embodiment, external source provide information to the filtering system. In still another embodiment, information from different sources are fused together to provide input to the filtering criteria. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007290 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NOTIFYING MISSED EVENTS - A method of operating a device for indicating an event notification to a user comprises indicating a new event through accordingly controlling visual, audible and/or tactile indicators. A user input is received in response to the indicated event. In case a user input in response to the indicated event is not received within a first time period, sensors in the device are controlled to monitor ambient conditions and determine corresponding pattern. In case of a change in the pattern of the ambient conditions by a predetermined amount within a second time period, the new event is indicated once more to the user. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007291 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless terminal apparatus in a communication system shares a reference cycle with a data center. The reference cycle includes an incoming-call acceptance ready time that ranges from an incoming-call acceptance start time point to an incoming-call acceptance end time point. The incoming-call acceptance start time point corresponds to an outgoing-call generation time point of generating an outgoing-call by the data center. The outgoing-call generation end time point is set in consideration of a delay in the outgoing-call. The wireless terminal apparatus is set in an intermittent standby state that is contained in the incoming-call acceptance ready time. In the remaining time excluding the incoming-call acceptance ready time within the reference cycle, the wireless terminal apparatus is set in a sleep state in which no incoming-call is accepted. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007292 | Adaptively Determining a Wakeup Period - In some implementations, a method in a user equipment (UE) for adaptively determining a wakeup period includes determining a power level of a Downlink (DL) transmission from a base station during a first wakeup period within a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) inactive time. The UE deactivates a RF receiver in response to the determination of the second wakeup period. The UE activates the RF receiver at a beginning of the second wakeup period prior to a DRX active time. The UE receives a DL paging channel transmission during the DRX active time. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007295 | METHODS OF TRANSMITTING DATA USING AT LEAST ONE OF A PLURALITY OF WIRELESS ACCESSES, USER EQUIPMENT, AND NETWORK ELEMENT - At least one example embodiment discloses a method of transmitting data using at least one of a plurality of wireless accesses by a user equipment (UE), the plurality of wireless accesses including at least a first wireless access and a second wireless access. The method includes establishing connections with the first and second wireless accesses, respectively, determining a first power consumption to transmit a unit of data using the first wireless access, determining a second power consumption to transmit the unit of data using the second wireless access, allocating data to the first and second wireless accesses based on the determined first and second power consumptions and transmitting the data using at least one of the first and second wireless accesses based on the allocating. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007304 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND PROCESSOR - A mobile communication system according to the present invention supports D2D communication that is direct device-to-device communication in which a data path does not pass through a core network, The mobile communication system has a user terminal that exists on a cell managed by a base station and a plurality of user terminals that include the user terminal and perform a process of discovering a partner terminal in the D2D communication or the D2D communication, in which a maximum value of transmission power used by the user terminal for the discovering process or the D2D communication is calculated so that the maximum value becomes larger according to the number of the plurality of user terminals, and the user terminal performs the discovering process or the D2D communication so that the transmission power does not exceed the maximum value. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007404 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION TECHNIQUES - Various aspects of the present disclosure provide for conditionally disabling discontinuous reception (DRX). For example, DRX may be disabled if there is a loss of DRX synchronization, a loss of signal radio bearer traffic, a poor radio frequency condition, a low signal-to-interference ratio estimate, a low transmit power condition, or a drop in transmit power. Various aspects of the present disclosure provide for determining that an access terminal and the network are not in synchronization (e.g., DRX synchronization), and attempting to re-synchronize the access terminal and the network. In cases where a loss of DRX synchronization involves one entity having DRX enabled while another entity has DRX disabled, DRX may be temporarily disabled until synchronization is restored. In cases where a loss of DRX synchronization involves different entities using different subframe indices, the subframe index used by one of the entities may be changed to restore synchronization. | 01-07-2016 |
20160014661 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING ENERGY-SAVING COMPENSATION CELL IN SMALL CELL-BASED WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014690 | NETWORK POWER OPTIMIZATION VIA WHITE LISTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014691 | METHOD FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) IN DUAL CONNECTIVITY | 01-14-2016 |
20160014695 | DRX POWER USAGE BY DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING A WARMUP PERIOD | 01-14-2016 |
20160014696 | METHOD FOR POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME | 01-14-2016 |
20160014697 | Low Power Based LTE Receiver Architecture | 01-14-2016 |
20160014698 | METHOD, ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT | 01-14-2016 |
20160014699 | NETWORK SELECTION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND BASE STATION | 01-14-2016 |
20160014841 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR PROTOCOL MODE SWITCHING | 01-14-2016 |
20160021237 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR POWER EFFECTIVE PARTICIPATORY SENSING - Disclosed is a method and system enabling power effective participatory sensing. The hand held device of the system is equipped with plurality of sensors, and is configured to enable the power effective sensor to monitor operation of the power intensive sensors. In one embodiment, a participatory sensing approach is used for traffic condition. A methodology for triggering power hungry sensors (audio) with the help of low power sensors (accelerometer) is presented which is able to reduce the overall power consumption of the mobile device. Further, a decision tree based approach is used to classify the level of congestion by measuring the horn density in a particular location. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021575 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHODS AND APPARATUS - In an embodiment, a method of managing resources in a cell cluster of a wireless network is disclosed. The cell cluster comprises a plurality of cells, each cell having an inner region and an outer region. The method comprises: setting, for each cell, a power ratio, the power ratio being the ratio of the power level to be used for transmission of signals to wireless devices located in the inner region of that cell to the power level to be used for transmission of signals to wireless devices located in the outer region of that cell; allocating network resources from a plurality of network resources to wireless devices located in the outer regions; for each cell, allocating network resources to wireless devices located in the inner region of that cell from network resources of the plurality of network resources that are not allocated to wireless devices located in the outer region of that cell; receiving, for each cell, indications of a first data throughput rate for transmission of data to the wireless devices located in the outer regions; comparing, for each cell, the first data throughput rate with a threshold data rate; and decreasing the power ratio for cells in which the first data throughput rate is less than the threshold data rate. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021611 | Session recovery after network coordinator or AP restart for single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Session recovery after network coordinator or AP restart for single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Restart or reset of a network coordinator (e.g., an access point (AP) or other network coordinator type device) may occur for various reasons (e.g., a power cycle or power failure, inadequate failover protection, scheduled or planned power outages such as for including network maintenance, software upgrades, etc.). Upon determination of network coordinator restarted or reset, a singular bit within a communication from the network coordinator indicates synchronization or not of the its timing synchronization function (TSF) (e.g., with other devices in the communication system, such as wireless stations (STAs), smart meter stations (SMSTAs), etc.). A given device (e.g., STA, SMSTA, etc.) can provide its current TSF to the network coordinator so that it can resynchronize, re-establish its scheduled for wake times of those devices (e.g., target wake times (TWTs)), etc. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021612 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE, WIRELESS RECEPTION DEVICE, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION PROGRAM, WIRELESS RECEPTION PROGRAM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a wireless transmission device in which a lower layer processing unit inserts first random delay before frame transmission in response to a frame transmission request made by an upper layer processing unit, the wireless transmission device including a frame transmitting unit configured to transmit a frame when the frame transmission request is made by the upper layer processing unit, and a frame group transmitting unit configured to transmit a frame group including one or two or more types of frame in accordance with a listening state of a facing wireless reception device when the frame transmission request is made by the upper layer processing unit. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021613 | Relay Functionality of Battery Powered Devices - Disclosed are techniques to minimize the electricity consumption of battery powered devices during network communications and performance of other functions. Example techniques include efficiently discovering other mains powered and battery powered devices within communication range of the battery powered device. In another example, techniques enable a battery powered device to serve as a relay for one or more other battery powered devices. In another example, techniques ensure that transmissions to and/or from battery powered devices are delivered efficiently and with low latency. In yet another example, techniques determine whether and under what conditions a battery powered device should migrate from one network to another. In the event of migration, example techniques minimize battery consumption associated with the migration. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021614 | ENERGY EFFICIENT DATA HANDLING FOR MOBILE DEVICES - The techniques described herein reduce a rate at which a mobile device consumes energy when receiving, processing and storing data events (e.g., emails, instant messages, social networking messages and notifications, etc.). In various embodiments, the techniques may be implemented in accordance with a connected standby mode of operation for the mobile device. Therefore, the techniques may decouple data reception from data processing when exchanging data events in the connected standby mode. In various embodiments, the techniques may store persistent memory operations for multiple data events in a temporary cache and process the stored persistent memory operations as a batch (e.g., perform the persistent memory operations together). In various embodiments, the techniques may partition data storage space allocated for data communications applications on the mobile device. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021615 | Power Management for Wireless Networks - Embodiments provide techniques for device power management in wireless networks. For instance, an apparatus may include a power management module, and a transceiver module. The power management module determines a beacon interval and a wakeup interval. The transceiver module to send a transmission to one or more remote devices that includes the beacon interval and the wakeup interval. The beacon interval indicates a time interval between consecutive beacon transmissions of the apparatus, and the wakeup interval indicates a time interval between when the apparatus receives two consecutive beacons from a peer device. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021616 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A TERMINAL DEVICE - The present invention relates to a method for operating a terminal device configured to establish a data communication upon receiving a request for establishing the data communication from a base station of a telecommunication network. According to the method, a usage state of the terminal device is determined. The usage state indicates a current usage of at least one function or application of the terminal device. Depending on the determined usage state a data traffic inactivity signal is sent to the base station. The data traffic inactivity signal instructs the base station to avoid sending the request for establishing the data communication to the terminal device for a predetermined amount of time. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021621 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN THE HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A method of conveying transmit power information from a first cell to a second cell is provided. The first cell prepares a data structure including a plurality of elements, each element corresponding to a respective downlink subframe in a radio frame associated with the first cell and its value corresponding a respective minimum transmit power reduction level promised by the first cell during the downlink subframe. The first cell then transmits the data structure to the second cell via a predefined interface. The second cell processes the data structure and schedules one or more user equipments in one or more downlink subframes of the radio frame in Evolved Packet accordance with the data structure. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021622 | OUTPUT POWER CONTROL FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - A communication device receives data transmissions from a data transmitter. The communication device monitors at least one quality indicator indicative of a quality of service of the data transmissions and/or of a link quality. The monitoring is performed at an application layer of the communication device. An application executed on the application layer of the communication device generates at least one power control message as a function of the monitored at least one quality indicator and transmits the at least one power control message to the data transmitter. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021680 | METHOD FOR ACCESSING CHANNELS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for accessing channels in wireless communication systems and to an apparatus for same. More particularly, the method for supporting channel access of a station (STA), which does not belong to a group indicated by a traffic indication map (TIM), includes the steps of: receiving a channel access frame for requesting channel access within a TIM interval from an STA; and transmitting to the STA a response frame including information on whether to allow channel access of the STA in response to the channel access frame, wherein the channel access period of an STA, which belongs to the group, is determined on the basis of a bitmap of the TIM within the TIM interval, and the channel access of the STA is allowed only in a period other than the channel access period of the STA, which belongs to the group. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021699 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling Discontinuous Reception (DRX) by a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The UE receives a DRX configuration parameter from an evolved Node B (eNB), and determines whether to start an on-duration timer based on the DRX configuration parameter, after a change in DRX cycle is completed in a subframe, thereby preventing system performance degradation caused by transmission mismatch between the eNB and the UE. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021700 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling Discontinuous Reception (DRX) by a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The UE receives a DRX configuration parameter from an evolved Node B (eNB), and determines whether to start an on-duration timer based on the DRX configuration parameter, after a change in DRX cycle is completed in a subframe, thereby preventing system performance degradation caused by transmission mismatch between the eNB and the UE. | 01-21-2016 |
20160029305 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING SELF-ORGANIZATION NETWORK BASED ON DELAUNAY TRIANGULATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for supporting a self-organization network and an apparatus for the same. Particularly, the method comprises the steps of: transmitting, by a first base station, a broadcasting message including a utilization of the first base station; comparing, by a second base station, the operation rate of the first base station and the operation rate of the second base station using the broadcasting message; and performing, by the second base station, turn-off if the operation rate of the second base station is lower than the operation rate of the first base station, wherein the first base station and the second base station form a cluster by means of Delaunay triangulation. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029307 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADVERTISING AND COMMUNICATING WITHIN A NEIGHBORHOOD AWARE NETWORK - In a particular embodiment, a method includes sending, by a first mobile device, a first discovery message via a network advertisement protocol common to a plurality of mobile devices. The first discovery message includes information specific to a mobile device cluster that is a subset of the plurality of mobile devices. The method further includes receiving a message from a second mobile device sent based on the information specific to the mobile device cluster using a second cluster protocol that is different than the network advertisement protocol. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029308 | Dedicated Channel Transmission Method and Apparatus - The present invention relates to a dedicated channel transmission method and apparatus, where the method includes: when a dedicated physical control channel DPCCH discontinuous transmission mode of user equipment UE is activated, if a dedicated physical data channel DPDCH is configured and the UE has to-be-transmitted data, starting, by the UE, transmission of the DPDCH when a transmission period of a DPCCH starts, where the DPDCH carries the to-be-transmitted data. This avoids the DPCCH from remaining in a continuous transmission state when no data is to be transmitted, thereby resolving a problem of serious power waste and interference resulting from continuous sending of the DPCCH in an existing DCH service; this also avoids a power waste problem further caused by a continuous reception state of a receive end, thereby reducing transmit power of UE, and reducing power consumption and interference brought about by a dedicated channel. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029309 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A TERMINAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for optimizing the power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system. The method for optimizing power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system comprises: a determination step of determining whether there is a need for changing a configuration for a discontinuous reception operation of the terminal; and a transmission step of transmitting, to a base station, a request message for a change in the discontinuous reception operation, if it is determined that the change is needed. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029310 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A TERMINAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for optimizing the power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system. The method for optimizing power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system comprises: a determination step of determining whether there is a need for changing a configuration for a discontinuous reception operation of the terminal; and a transmission step of transmitting, to a base station, a request message for a change in the discontinuous reception operation, if it is determined that the change is needed. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029311 | POWER OPTIMIZATION MODES FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN DEVICE AND SERVER - Power optimization modes for communication between a device and a server is disclosed. The device can dynamically change between communication modes based on an application or quality of service, battery life, an amount of noise associated with the communications link, a frequency of messages, and a type of message received in a given time period. In some examples, the device can determine if the number of pull messages is greater than the number of push messages. The device can select a push mode where a pull message can accompany a push message. In some examples, the device can determine that the number of push messages is greater than the number of pull messages, and the device can select a low-power associated sleep mode. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029313 | Signal Encoding Method and Device, Method for Encoding Joint Feedback Signal - A method, a user equipment and a base station are provided. The method is for transmitting Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request-Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information in a communication system in which two carriers are configured, which includes: a user equipment encodes a codeword of the two carriers. The codeword represents encoded HARQ-ACK information of a first carrier and a second carrier according to a specific encoding scheme of dual-carrier configured with Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (DC-MIMO). The user equipment then transmits the encoded codeword of the two carriers to a base station. Therefore, bit error ratio (BER) and detection error cost are decreased, power overhead is saved, and a cubic metric (CM) value of the system is not affected, thereby enhancing the performance of the system. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029317 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A TERMINAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for optimizing the power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system. The method for optimizing power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system comprises: a determination step of determining whether there is a need for changing a configuration for a discontinuous reception operation of the terminal; and a transmission step of transmitting, to a base station, a request message for a change in the discontinuous reception operation, if it is determined that the change is needed. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029433 | PAGING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION OF M2M/MTC DEVICE OPERATING IN HIGH POWER SAVING RECEPTION MODE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND SYSTEM THEREOF - method is provided for communicating with a User Equipment (UE) supporting a High Power Saving Reception Mode (HPSRM) mode by an evolved Node B (eNB) in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving Discontinuous Reception (DRX) cycle information from a network entity performing mobility management for the UE by the eNB communicating with the UE over a wireless link; and broadcasting system information including the DRX cycle information. The DRX cycle information is set longer than DRX cycle information of a UE non-supporting the HPSRM mode. By doing so, an efficient paging method for an UE operating in the HPSRM mode may be provided. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029434 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALCULATING PAGING OCCASION UNDER EXTENDED PAGING CYCLE - Provided are a method and apparatus for calculating a paging occasion under an extended paging cycle. The method includes: calculating a frame number (SFN) where a paging message occurs by user equipment (UE) by using a formula SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID | 01-28-2016 |
20160037449 | Slot Skipping Techniques for Reduced Power Consumption in Time Slotted Channel Hopping MAC Protocol - A device may be coupled to a time slot based communication system and receive a timing beacon packet that is broadcast in a time slot of the communication system at a periodic rate, in which the network uses a time slotted channel hopping protocol of sequential frames each having a plurality of time slots. The device may synchronize its time base to the timing beacon. The device may calculate a sleep time corresponding to a number of time slots until a next time slot that is scheduled for use by the device and then place the device in a sleep mode. The device may be awakened after the sleep time and operate during the next time slot. The device may repeat the process of calculating a sleep time, going into sleep mode, and waking for operation after the sleep time in order to reduce power consumption. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037450 | INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND METHOD - A communications device establishes a communications context for communicating data packets using a packet communications bearer from the communications device via a mobile communications network. A controller of the communications device is configured to identify that the communications device can enter a stasis state because no data packets are available for transmission for a predetermined time via the packet communications bearer or there are no data packets to receive via the packet communications bearer, to transmit a stasis state message to the mobile communications network, and to store information relating to the communications context associated with the packet communications bearer in a data store. The stored information can be used by the controller to re-establish the packet communications bearer to transmit and/or receive data packets using the packet communications bearer, the communications device thereby entering the stasis state. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037451 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A TERMINAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for optimizing the power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system. The method for optimizing power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system comprises: a determination step of determining whether there is a need for changing a configuration for a discontinuous reception operation of the terminal; and a transmission step of transmitting, to a base station, a request message for a change in the discontinuous reception operation, if it is determined that the change is needed. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037452 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A TERMINAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for optimizing the power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system. The method for optimizing power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system comprises: a determination step of determining whether there is a need for changing a configuration for a discontinuous reception operation of the terminal; and a transmission step of transmitting, to a base station, a request message for a change in the discontinuous reception operation, if it is determined that the change is needed. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037454 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRONICALLY OPERABLE ACCESS DEVICES USING WI-FI AND RADIO FREQUENCY TECHNOLOGY - Systems and methods are disclosed for controlling access devices including WI-FI and dual radio communications between an access control database and one or more access devices in a facility. The systems and methods allow real time communications between the database and the access devices utilizing existing communications WI-FI infrastructure in the facility while minimizing loss of battery life of the access devices by employing the radio network to target all or a portion of the access devices for communications when needed. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037468 | System and Method for Uplink Timing Synchronization in Conjunction with Discontinuous Reception - Systems and methods for controlling sounding reference signal transmission are provided; a user equipment starts transmitting the sounding reference signal in anticipation of uplink data transmission, and then discontinues transmitting the sounding reference signal after completion of uplink data transmission. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037577 | MULTICARRIER DISCONTINUOUS COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT - An example method may include receiving, at a user equipment (UE), data on a primary carrier supported by the UE, wherein the UE exits a discontinuous reception (DRX) mode in response to receiving the data. Further, the example method may include determining from the data an indication at the UE that handling of one or more secondary carriers also supported by the UE is to be reactivated, wherein the handling of the one or more secondary carriers was deactivated at the UE when the primary carrier entered the DRX mode. In addition, the example method may include activating, at the UE, handling of the one or more secondary carriers in response to the indication. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037578 | LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) CONNECTED DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (CDRX) FOR SINGLE-RADIO HYBRID TUNE AWAY DEVICES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques and apparatus for optimizing long term evolution (LTE) connected discontinuous reception (CDRX) for single radio hybrid tune away devices. Certain aspects provide a method for wireless communications by a user equipment (UE). The method generally includes entering a DRX mode wherein the UE alternates between an activity period and an inactivity period while connected to a first radio access technology (RAT) network, tuning away from the first RAT network for a tune away period to monitor signals in a second RAT network, determining when an inactivity timer for the DRX mode expires or will expire, and adjusting a value of the inactivity timer based, at least in part, on the determination. | 02-04-2016 |
20160043891 | Terminal Control System - Each of terminal devices | 02-11-2016 |
20160044439 | COMPRESSED SENSING WITH MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATION - Some examples include a plurality of secure low-power compressive sensing sensor blocks able to communicate with each other and with a computing device to perform spatial and/or temporal compressive sensing. As one example, a first sensor block may obtain data by randomly sampling a sensor signal from a first sensor coupled to the first sensor block. The first sensor block may send the data obtained from the randomly sampled sensor signal to at least one other sensor block of the plurality of sensor blocks, wherein the data is distributed to the plurality of sensor blocks. In addition, at least one of the first sensor block or another sensor block may process the data to at least one of packetize or encrypt the data. The first sensor block and/or the other sensor block may send the processed data to the computing device. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044554 | DYNAMIC RADIO COVERAGE AREA TRANSITION MANAGEMENT WITH COORDINATED HANDOVER - In a cellular communication system, a coverage area configuration transition is performed where a compensation service area is expanded to cover at least a portion of an energy saving service area of an energy saving cell employing the same frequency channel as the compensation service area. An energy saving communication station providing the energy saving cell is configured to deactivate the energy saving service area. Handovers to the compensation service area are prepared for the UE devices in the energy saving service area. The energy saving communication station sends a expansion notification to a compensation communication station where the notification at teas!indicates that the compensation service area can be expanded. The energy saving communication station transmits handover commands to the UE devices prior to expansion of the compensation service area and reduction of the energy saving service area. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044595 | Performance Monitoring System for Back-Up or Standby Engine Powered Wireless Telecommunication Networks - A method of operating a communication unit within a wireless communication network. The method comprises activating, by a controller, an auxiliary power unit that includes an auxiliary power generator and generating, by the auxiliary power unit, auxiliary power. The method further comprises routing the auxiliary power for use by the communication unit and based upon one or more factors, controlling, by the controller, operation of the auxiliary power unit. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044596 | TERMINAL DEVICE, WIRELESS DEVICE WIRELESSLY COMMUNICATING WITH THE SAME, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING THE TERMINAL DEVICE AND WIRELESS DEVICE - When a terminal device initiates a wireless communication when it has not established a wireless link between itself and another wireless device, it transmits, as a management frames in active scanning, a plurality of activation probe requests having frame lengths representing an identifier of a wireless base station to which connection is being made and which is intended to transition from sleep mode to operating mode. Then, the wireless base station receives the plurality of activation probe requests transmitted by the terminal device as management frames in active scanning in a wireless LAN, and, when a plurality of dummy network identifiers detected based on the received plurality of activation probe requests represent the identifier of its own, transitions from sleep mode to operating mode. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044597 | RECEIVER STATE ESTIMATION IN A DUTY CYCLED RADIO - A method for receiver state estimation includes communicating, from a first communications device to a second communications device, a first plurality of wake-up frames; receiving, at the first communications device from the second communications device, an indication of a received wake-up frame of the communicated first plurality of wake-up frames; determining, by the first communications device, a time at which the second communications device is in a ready state based on the received indication; subsequently communicating, from the first communications device to the second communications device, a second plurality of wake-up frames. The first plurality is greater than the second plurality, the reduction in number from the first plurality to the second plurality being based on the determined time at which the second communications device is in a ready state. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044598 | Wake-Up Control Method and Apparatus, and Terminal Device - A wake-up control method and apparatus, and a terminal device are provided. The method includes determining, by a wake-up control apparatus, whether a network of a terminal device is in a connected state; and if the wake-up control apparatus determines that the network of the terminal device is not in the connected state, stopping, by the wake-up control apparatus, wake-up of the terminal device by N application wake-up timers, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 1. The wake-up control apparatus shields some application wake-up timers, such that the shielded application wake-up timers do not wake up the terminal device. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044605 | RAN PROCEDURES FOR EXTENDED DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) - Extended DRX (e-DRX) operation using hyper frame extension signaling are described. The hyper frame extension signaling may extend the system frame number (SFN) range while maintaining backward compatibility for legacy devices not configured to use the extended SFN range. The hyper-SFN extension signaling may include an index to a hyper-SFN transmitted as part of system information different than that used for transmission of the SFN. UEs configured to use the hyper-SFN may effectively use a longer or extended SFN range that includes the legacy SFN range and the hyper-SFN range. The hyper-SFN extension may be used in an extended idle DRX (eI-DRX) mode which may coexist with existing I-DRX mode on the same paging resources. Additionally or alternatively, paging may be differentiated for eI-DRX mode UEs using separate paging occasions or a new paging radio network temporary identifier (RNTI). | 02-11-2016 |
20160044741 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, MOBILE TERMINAL AND RELAY DEVICE - A communication system is configured that includes a mobile terminal, one or more relay devices, and a base station for communicating with the mobile terminal via any of the one or more relay devices, where the mobile terminal includes a reception unit for receiving a reference signal transmitted from the one or more relay devices, a determination unit for determining a relay device to be used for communication with the base station based on the reference signal received by the reception unit from the one or more relay devices, and a transmission unit for transmitting to the base station information indicating the relay device determined by the determination unit. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044742 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A MOBILE NETWORK IMPLEMENTING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - The present invention relates to a method for operating a network comprising a primary station communicating with a plurality of secondary stations, the method comprising the primary station communicating with a secondary station in a discontinuous mode; the secondary station transmitting to the primary station a control message based on the current status of the secondary station, the primary station changing a parameter of the discontinuous mode based on the control message. a change in physical location, a change in a velocity, a change in an acceleration, a change in a motion, a change in a context, a change in connectivity in the network, a change in connectivity outside the network, a handover to a different cell RAT, a change in power, a change in quality of service (QoS), a time of day and an expiration of a timer. | 02-11-2016 |
20160050621 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND CONTROL DEVICE - In a proximity service, when positional information is notifies to a server in advance and the proximity service is started, UE that transmits and receives data receives the proximity degree including a communication target UE from the server before proximity discovery is performed to discover the communication target UE, and the UE controls unnecessary proximity discovery by discovering the communication target UE based on the proximity degree. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050622 | WIRELESS DEVICE, METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING BEACON FRAMES - Wireless devices, methods, and computer readable media for transmitting and receiving beacon frames are disclosed. A HEW device may include circuitry configured to: operate in accordance with OFDMA on a plurality of subchannels and a primary channel, and transmit a first beacon on the primary channel to one or more legacy devices. The circuitry may be further configured to transmit a second beacon on the plurality of subchannels to one or more HEW devices. The first beacon may be an 802.11 legacy beacon and the second beacon may be a HEW beacon. A HEW device may include circuitry configured to: tune to an assigned subchannel; and receive a HEW beacon on the assigned subchannel. The circuitry may be configured to: enter a power saving mode; leave the power saving mode; and receive another HEW beacon on the assigned subchannel to synchronize the HEW device with the AP. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050623 | WIRELESS DEVICE, METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR SYNCHRONIZATION IN A WIRELESS LOCAL-AREA NETWORK - Wireless devices, methods, and computer readable media for synchronization in a wireless local-area network. A method on a wireless communication device may include tuning to a first subchannel based on a schedule received from an access point (AP) the schedule to indicate that the HEW device is assigned to the first subchannel. The method may further include determining a target beacon receive time and tuning to a second subchannel to receive the target beacon at the target beacon receive time. The method may further include receiving the target beacon on the second subchannel and tuning back to the first subchannel. A method on an AP for synchronization may include transmitting information that indicates a target beacon receive time on a subchannel. The method may include not transmitting to a wireless communication device operating on a second subchannel for a period of time before the target beacon receive time, and transmitting a target beacon on a first subchannel at the target beacon receive time. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050624 | SYSTEM FRAME NUMBER SYNCHRONIZATION - There is provided a method performed by a wireless device for managing a sleep state when a Discontinuous Reception, DRX, cycle of the wireless device is configured to be longer than a predefined value. The method comprises the following steps. Determining a future point in time indicating an upcoming, future reception occasion at which the wireless device will receive a message. Entering the sleep state. Keeping track of time during the sleep state according to a first time format by using a clock. Waking-up from the sleep state before, as monitored by the clock, the future point in time. Reading broadcasted time information according to a second time format. Obtaining System Frame Number, SFN, synchronization based on the broadcasted time information according to the second time format and received System Frame Number, SFN, information. Receiving, with obtained SFN synchronization, the message at the future point in time. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050625 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION OPERATION FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packets for low-power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system for packet transmission. The present research provides a method and apparatus that can perform a low-power consuming operation when a terminal is in active state in a cellular system. The method for discontinuously transmitting/receiving packet data to reduce power consumption of a terminal in a cellular system, including the steps of: a) establishing discontinuous reception/transmission (DRX/DTX) parameters including discontinuous DRX/DTX cycle information for terminals operating in a transmission suspension mode, which is a sub-state of an active state; and b) performing DRX/DTX based on the DRX/DTX parameters in the terminals operating in the transmission suspension mode. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050626 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MONITORING PAGING SIGNAL - A method and device for monitoring paging signals are provided. A method of DRX cycle extension for a mobile terminal in an IDLE mode is provided. The method is used to extend the current DRX cycle. A longer paging cycle is designed by extending a UE-specific paging cycle or introducing a new coefficient in system information. A method for extending the SFN is proposed in the invention. A boundary and a serial number of the SFN in the longer wrap around are indicated by the SI. To avoid a situation in which the high paging load occurs in certain paging frames or subframes, the UE_ID is extended in the invention. The proposed mechanism can flexibly adjust the paging cycle and the SFN extension to meet the actual requirements. The long DRX cycle can save a lot of power consumption of the mobile terminals in the IDLE mode. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050627 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POWER EFFICIENT ACCESS IN CONGESTED NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for of tracking network system timing are provided. In one aspect, a method for wireless communication comprises determining a probability of passing an accessibility test for accessing a network. The method further includes comparing the determined probability to a threshold. The method further includes selectively performing a backoff procedure for a period of time based on the comparison. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050628 | METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION OF TERMINAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTI-CARRIER STRUCTURE - A method for reducing power consumption of a terminal that communicates with a base station in a mobile communication system using a multi-carrier sturcture composed of a primary component carrier and at least one secondary component carrier comprises: receiving a discontinuous reception (DRX) parameter group for multi carriers from the base station; and setting the multi carriers to the same parameter value, by using the received parameter group. The method for reducing power consumption of the terminal further comprises: performing a downlink control channel receive operation on each carrier according to a DRX cycle. As the base station in the mobile communication system using the multi-carrier structure simplifies the DRX process for reducing power consumption of a terminal by reducing signaling load for the multi-carrier control of the terminal, it becomes possible to reduce power consumption of the terminal. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050630 | DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING POWER CONSUMPTION OF SUCH A DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - A distribution system ( | 02-18-2016 |
20160050636 | CONTROLLING POWER CONSUMPTION IN A POWER AMPLIFIER IN A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method and apparatus are disclosed for controlling the power consumption of a power amplifier included in a communication device. For at least some embodiments, the power consumption may be controlled by determining an order for the data packets to be transmitted, selecting a coding scheme used to encode the data packets, and/or determining an output power level of the power amplifier. The data packet transmission order, the coding scheme, and/or the output power level may be determined, at least in part, by the temperature of the power amplifier, a quality of service associated with the data packets, a data packet length, and/or a link budget. Adjustments to the data packet transmission order, the coding scheme, and/or the output power level may be made dynamically for each data packet. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050712 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE ACCORDING TO A COMMUNICATION STATE OF THE ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device and a method of controlling the electronic device are provided. A memory and a processor are electrically connected with the memory. The processor controls at least one of a change in a specified operation power, a change in a specified operation clock rate, and an operation state of a diversity module of the electronic device when the electronic device enters an inactive period after an active period associated with transmitting data has ended. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050713 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A TERMINAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for optimizing the power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system. The method for optimizing power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system comprises: a determination step of determining whether there is a need for changing a configuration for a discontinuous reception operation of the terminal; and a transmission step of transmitting, to a base station, a request message for a change in the discontinuous reception operation, if it is determined that the change is needed. | 02-18-2016 |
20160057044 | REDUCTION OF BUFFER OVERFLOW - Technology for reducing buffer overflow at a Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) Serving Gateway (S-GW) is described. A buffer overflow message may be received, at an evolved node B (eNB) from the S-GW, indicating potential overflow of downlink information at an S-GW buffer. The downlink information may be stored at the S-GW buffer until a plurality of user equipments (UEs) awake from a low power mode during a discontinuous reception (DRX) sleep cycle. One or more UEs may be selected from the plurality of UEs according to predefined criteria, wherein the one or more UEs are in a connected mode. The DRX configurations of the one or more UEs may be modified in order to reduce the downlink information that is stored at the S-GW buffer, thereby reducing the potential for overflow at the S-GW buffer. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057605 | ULTRA LOW-POWER PAGING FRAMES FOR WAKE-UP AND DISCOVERY - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to wireless communications and, more particularly, to ultra low-power paging frames for wake up and discovery. One example apparatus for wireless communications generally includes at least one interface configured to receive via a first radio and a second radio, wherein the at least one interface receives a paging frame from another apparatus via the second radio while the first radio is in a first power state that is lower than a second power state of the second radio; and a processing system configured to take one or more actions based on a command field included in the paging frame. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057698 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus reducing power consumption of a large circuit size switch unit, includes a demultiplexing unit that separates an input multiplexed signal into plural signals for each input port, a prestage rearrangement unit that rearranges the plural signals input from the demultiplexing unit and outputs plural prestage rearranged signals for each input port, a switch unit that inputs the plural prestage rearranged signals output from the prestage rearrangement unit provided for each input port as plural signals before switching and applies switching processes to the plural signals before the switching to be output as plural switched signals for each output port, a poststage rearrangement unit that inputs and rearranges the plural switched signals output from the switch unit for each output port and outputs plural poststage rearranged signals for each output port, and a multiplexing unit that multiplexes the plural poststage rearranged signals for each output port. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057699 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COVERAGE COMPENSATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method is provided for coverage compensation in a communication system. In one embodiment, a method of operating a source access point in an energy saving mode for selecting a target access point to provide coverage compensation includes providing a notify message including a first set of coverage parameters to a target access point requesting coverage compensation. The method also includes receiving a first response message from the target access point including an indication that the target access point cannot support the coverage compensation and at least one reason therefor. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057701 | EXTENDED PAGING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) CYCLES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Embodiments of wireless communication devices and method for discontinuous reception (DRX) mode in RRC_IDLE state of wireless communication are generally described herein. Some of these embodiments describe a wireless communication device having processing circuitry arranged to determine to use an extended paging discontinuous reception (DRX) value to increase a paging cycle length. The wireless communication device may transmit a non-access stratum (NAS) message to the network, indicating that the wireless communication device desires to use the extended paging DRX value. The wireless communication device may receive a message from the network that includes an information element (IE) indicating whether the network supports the extended paging DRX value. Other methods and apparatuses are also described. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057703 | SECURE WIRELESS WAKE-UP COMPANION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to wireless communications and, more particularly, to ultra low power paging frames for wake up and discovery. One example apparatus for wireless communications generally includes at least one interface configured to obtain a frame via a first radio and a second radio, wherein the interface receives a frame from another apparatus via the second radio while the first radio is in a first power state; and a processing system configured to take one or more actions based on a command field included in the frame. A second example apparatus for wireless communications generally includes at least one interface configured to obtain a frame via a first radio and a second radio, wherein the interface receives a frame from another apparatus via the second radio while the first radio is in a first power state; and a processing system configured to take one or more actions based on whether or not an authentication code included in the frame matches a local authentication code. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057706 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus and method for reducing power consumption of a portable terminal are provided. More particularly, an apparatus and method for reducing power consumption generated in an idle state in order to solve a power consumption problem in a portable terminal are provided. The apparatus includes a stale determination unit which is configured independently from an application processor for controlling applications and which wakes up when entering an idle mode to allow the application processor to sleep, and thereafter determines a state of the portable terminal, and if it is determined that the portable terminal escapes from the idle mode, allows the application processor to wake up. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057707 | TRAFFIC SHAPING TO MITIGATE BROWNOUT CONDITIONS - Circuits, methods, and apparatus that react to brownout or near brownout conditions and mitigate complications that may result. Examples may turn off one or more circuits, such as a Wi-Fi transceiver when a brownout condition is reached or neared. Other examples may provide circuits, methods, and apparatus that proactively avoid brownout conditions. These examples may detect that a brownout condition may occur and take steps, such as Wi-Fi traffic shaping, to avoid them. Still further examples may react to brownout or near brownout conditions one or more times, then preemptively act to avoid further brownout conditions. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057797 | SMALL DATA COMMUNICATIONS - Technology for communicating small data between a user equipment (UE) and an evolved node B (eNB) is described. The UE may communicate with the eNB to establish a small data radio bearer (SDRB), wherein the SDRB is used for communicating the small data from the UE to the eNB. The UE may enter a power saving mode according to a power saving configuration. The UE or the eNB may maintain UE context information for the SDRB while the UE is in the power saving mode. The SDRB may be reestablished using the UE context information when the UE awakes from the power saving mode to enable the UE to communicate the small data on the SDRB to the eNB. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057807 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING POWER SAVING DURING IDLE TO CONNECTED MODE TRANSITIONS - A method of saving power in a user device that is operable in a discontinuous reception mode, the user device comprising a receiver circuitry. The method comprises the steps of powering down at least a part of the receiver circuitry during one or more predefined power down periods during a transition between an idle mode of operation and a connected mode of operation. | 02-25-2016 |
20160066264 | Access Node Dormancy - A technique including determining that a first access node serving a communication device is currently in a dormant, first state in which said first access node is not receiving radio transmissions; and controlling a radio transmitter or radio transceiver at said communication device to transmit a radio signal that triggers at least one second access node to alert said first access node of a request for said first access node to switch from said first state to a second state in which said first access node receives radio transmissions. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066267 | POWER ADAPTATION DURING COMMUNICATION FOR IMPROVED MARGIN - In order to improve communication with another electronic device, during an advertising mode an electronic device (such as a smartphone) may transmit a packet with advertising information using a default transmit power level. Then, based on feedback about a performance metric associated with the communication from the other electronic device, the electronic device may selectively increase the transmit power level for a subsequent packet. Because this selective increase in the transmit power level may increase the overall power consumption, the change in the transmit power level may depend on a battery power level of the electronic device. However, the selective increase in the transmit power level may decrease the overall power consumption by reducing or eliminating retries. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066268 | Method and Apparatus for Determining Packet Transmission Time Using Power Gain Due to Packet Transmission Delay - A method of determining a transmission time of a packet in a mobile device according to the present disclosure may include: if a request for the transmission of a present packet from at least one operated application is detected, identifying whether it is possible to delay a transmission time of the present packet; when it is possible to delay the transmission time of the present packet, calculating a power gain generated as the transmission time of the present packet is delayed; and determining whether the transmission time of the present packet will be delayed according to the calculated power gain. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066269 | Systems And Methods For Reducing Power Consumption In Wireless Devices - A first device including a controller and a transmitter. The controller generates a communication schedule based on a profile. The communication schedule specifies a first duration to transfer data between the first device and a second device using a wireless protocol. The profile indicates (i) a start time, (ii) a duration, and (iii) a periodicity of communication between the first device and the second device using the wireless protocol. The transmitter transmits the communication schedule via a message from the first device to the second device using the wireless protocol. The message is a pre-defined message specified by the wireless protocol. The pre-defined message is dedicated to communicate information about interference present in an operating environment of the first device and the second device. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066271 | Apparatus and Method for Controlling TCP Connections in a Wireless Communication System - The present disclosure relates to an apparatus and a method for controlling Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) connection close to improve a battery life time of a client such as a smart phone in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of operating a client in a wireless communication system includes determining a data transfer inactivity time of at least one of TCP connections, and closing the at least one of TCP connections at the data transfer inactivity time. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066272 | METHOD FOR MONITORING ON DURATIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for monitoring On Durations in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving DRX information and indicator for selecting On Durations to be used for the UE; calculating one or more first On Durations in a DRX cycle based on the DRX information; and monitoring one or more second On Durations among the one or more first On Durations based on the indicator, wherein each On Duration comprises one or more subframes. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066273 | COMMUNICATION OF PROCESSOR STATE INFORMATION - A first device and a second device, having established a communications link with each other, can manage intra-device communication and inter-device communication using hardware and/or software state information (e.g. on/off) of the devices. The first device can record a change in state of a first processor of the first device. The first device can use the stored state information to determine whether to perform operations that involve processing by the first processor, e.g., delivering a message from the second device to the first processor. The first device can also send the change in the state of the first processor to the second device. The second device can record the change in the state of the first processor. The second device can use the stored state information to determine whether to perform operations that involve processing by the first processor, e.g., sending a message over the communications link. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066274 | POWER MANAGEMENT FOR WLAN CLIENT DEVICES USING LOW ENERGY SIGNALING - Methods, systems, and devices are described for using low energy (LE) signaling to indicate to a wireless station (STA), prior to transmission of a beacon, whether the beacon will further indicate that an access point (AP) has data to transmit to the STA. In one aspect, a method may include receiving, using a first radio of a wireless STA using a LE communication protocol, a first signal comprising an indication of a traffic indication map (TIM) of a wireless local area network (WLAN) beacon, and selectively powering up a second radio of the wireless STA to receive the WLAN beacon in response to the indication. In one aspect, the wireless STA may power up the first radio at a predetermined interval prior to a target beacon transmission time (TBTT) of the WLAN beacon. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066275 | Communication Apparatus - One communication apparatus may include a first wireless interface and a controller. The controller is configured to perform: changing the operating state of the first wireless interface from a first state to a second state when the controller is to start a predetermined process during a first period in which the controller is not performing a predetermines process; performing the predetermined process during a second period in which the operating state of the first wireless interface is the second state, the second period being a period after the operating state of the first wireless interface has been changed to the second state; and changing the operating state of the first wireless interface from the second state to the first state in response to the predetermined process being completed. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066279 | Method and Apparatus for Adjusting Beam Width in Wireless Communication System - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th-generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates beyond 4th-generation (4G) communication system such as long term evolution (LTE). | 03-03-2016 |
20160073226 | LOW-POWER WIRELESS VEHICLE LOCATING UNIT - Methods of, systems for, and articles of manufacture for wireless communication between a vehicle locating unit and peripheral devices that are disposed on or in the same object, the method including the steps of adapting the peripheral devices to generate transmission signals to be received by the vehicle locating unit; generating transmission signals by at least one of the peripheral devices; adapting the vehicle locating unit to listen for the transmission signals for a first period of time during a second period of time that is longer than the first period of time; acknowledging detected transmission signals from any of the peripheral devices; upon acknowledgement, establishing a communication link between the vehicle locating unit and a corresponding source of the detected transmission signals; and communicating data between the vehicle locating unit and the corresponding source of the detected transmission signals in accordance with discrete timing information. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073338 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING POWER SAVING MODE AND RADIO DEVICE THEREFOR - A disclosure of the present invention provides a method for supporting a power saving mode (PSM) in a radio device. According to the method, the radio device may transmit a first message including a first activation time value to a network entity when the radio device requires the PSM. Then, the radio device may receive a second message including a second activation time value from the network entity. The radio device may enter a PSM state on the basis of the second activation time value. When it is necessary to stop the PSM or change the second activation time, the radio device may transmit a third message at the very time point. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073339 | Enhanced DCI Formats for Link Budget Improvement in LTE - In some embodiments, a user equipment device (UE) may be configured to transmit an indication to a base station that the UE is link budget limited and receive control information encoded in a downlink control information (DCI) format. The DCI format may be determined based on the indication. The UE may decode the control information according to the DCI format. The DCI format may specify the number of bits for various parameters and may combine these parameters. Parameters may include format flag, hopping flag, modulation and coding scheme (MCS), redundancy version (RV), uplink index, downlink assignment index (DAI), carrier indicator, channel state information (CSI) request, sounding reference symbol (SRS) request, resource allocation type, localized/distributed indication, code-word swap, and so forth. Additionally, the DCI format may specify a bit length when using a particular number of resource blocks. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073341 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION EFFICIENCY OF USER EQUIPMENT - An objective of the present invention is to provide a method and apparatus for optimizing power consumption efficiency of user equipment. Specifically, the user equipment sends power saving related information corresponding to the user equipment to a corresponding network device; the network device determines to activate or deactivate the active timer of the user equipment in a NAS idle state; when it is determined to activate the active timer, the network determines an activation value in setting information of the active timer based on the power saving related information or ancillary reference information of the active timer; the network device sends the setting information of the active timer to the user equipment. In this way, the network may perform power saving setting processing according to the actual application need of the user equipment, which not only further optimizes the power consumption efficiency of the user equipment but also enhances the management efficiency for user equipment power saving control. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073342 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WAKING UP DEVICES OF A FABRIC NETWORK - Systems and methods for waking a fabric network of devices and communicating messages among the devices are described herein. An electronic device can communicate with other electronic devices of a fabric network broadcasting a wake message to the fabric network in response to an awakening event. The wake message can include a reason for triggering a wakeup of each device in the fabric network and a wake time signaling period. After the wake time signaling period lapses, a fabric message can be broadcasted to the fabric network, and the fabric message can be selectively rebroadcasted. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073343 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISSEMINATING MESSAGES AMONG A FABRIC NETWORK - Systems and methods for waking a fabric network of devices and communicating messages among the devices are described herein. An electronic device can communicate with other electronic devices of a fabric network broadcasting a wake message to the fabric network in response to an awakening event. The wake message can include a reason for triggering a wakeup of each device in the fabric network and a wake time signaling period. After the wake time signaling period lapses, a fabric message can be broadcasted to the fabric network, and the fabric message can be selectively rebroadcasted. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073345 | DRX Method with TDM Limitation and User Equipment Using the Same - The disclosure relates to a DRX method with TRM limitation. In one embodiment, the DRX method comprises steps of detecting a DRX wake sub-frame to be set for a first BS at least partially overlaps with a sub-frame allocated to a second BS, and removing a collision of the DRX wake sub-frame to the sub-frame allocated to the second BS without change to the sub-frame allocated to the second BS. There is also provided a user equipment using the DRX method. By removing the collision without change to the sub-frames allocated in accordance with TDM, the user equipment may work in the DRX mode well. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073346 | DATA ACQUISITION NODE AND METHOD OF OPERATING SAME - A data acquisition node for coupling to a system of a vehicle includes a processor coupled to a communication interface. The processor is configured to transition from a sleep mode to a start-up detect mode after an imminent-event message is received at the communication interface. The communication interface is substantially deactivated while in the start-up detect mode. The processor also is configured to monitor sensor data from at least one sensor while in the start-up detect mode. The at least one sensor is operable to generate a signal that is representative of a physical characteristic of the system. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073352 | Wireless Radios Managed Based On Proximity - In embodiments of wireless radios managed based on proximity, a mobile device, such as a mobile phone, tablet computer, or other portable device can be implemented for multiple, different wireless communications. A mobile device can include a first radio system for a first wireless communications technology, and a second radio system for a second wireless communications technology. A connection manager determines, based on the first wireless communications technology, whether the mobile device is in an area that is proximate an endpoint implemented for the second wireless communications technology. The connection manager can turn-on the second radio system to enable wireless communication with the endpoint when the mobile device is in the area proximate the endpoint. Alternatively, the connection manager can turn-off the second radio system and conserve power that would otherwise be utilized to scan for the endpoint when the mobile device is not in the area proximate the endpoint. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073445 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING FORWARD LINK DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN CDMA2000 1X/1X ADVANCED NETWORK - Aspects of the present disclosure provides an apparatus configured to perform discontinuous reception (DRX) in a wireless communications system. The apparatus is configured to receive a forward link (FL) transmission from a network. The FL transmission includes one or more frames, wherein each of the frames includes a plurality of power control groups (PCGs). The apparatus determines a FL setpoint. If the FL setpoint is less than a maximum setpoint value by an amount greater than a predetermined value, the apparatus autonomously enables DRX to receive a predetermined subset of PCGs among the plurality of PCGs. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073446 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR PERFORMING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) AND LONG TIMESCALE DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION (LDTX) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Aspects of the present disclosure provide a method of performing discontinuous reception (DRX) and long timescale discontinuous transmission (LDTX) in a wireless communications system. An access terminal (AT) includes a communications interface configured to receive a forward link (FL) transmission from a network, wherein the FL transmission includes a plurality of frames each including at least two half slots. The AT further includes a computer-readable medium with instructions and a processing circuit coupled to the communications interface and the computer-readable medium. The AT is configured to enable a LDTX mode including an LDTX on period and an LDTX off period. In the LDTX off period, the AT autonomously enables a DRX mode in at least a portion of a half slot based on data contained in the half slot. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073447 | APPLICATION OF A DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) CYCLE - The present disclosure concerns radio communication. More particularly, the present disclosure inter alia introduces the possibility for a user equipment (UE) to apply a temporary DRX cycle during the time period when the UE transitions from an IDLE mode to a CONNECTED mode. Thus, the disclosure presents an example method performed by a UE. The UE is configured to be either in an IDLE mode or in a CONNECTED mode. The method implemented in the UE comprises applying the temporary DRX cycle during the time period when the UE is in transition from the IDLE mode to the CONNECTED mode. | 03-10-2016 |
20160080067 | ADAPTIVE USE OF RECEIVER DIVERSITY - A method for adaptively disabling receiver diversity is provided. The method can include a wireless communication device determining an active data traffic pattern; defining a threshold channel quality metric based at least in part on a threshold channel quality needed to support a threshold quality of service for the active data traffic pattern; comparing a measured channel quality to the threshold channel quality metric; and disabling receiver diversity in an instance in which the measured channel quality metric satisfies the threshold channel quality metric. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080131 | SCHEDULING OF RETUNING GAPS FOR OCCURRING AFTER HARQ FEEDBACK TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus for operation by a wireless transmit/receive unit is disclosed for detecting a retuning triggering event, wherein the retuning triggering event is an activation of at least one secondary serving cell, determining a period of time when a retuning gap occurs, on a condition that the retuning triggering event is detected, wherein the retuning gap is a time period in which the WTRU may retune a radio frequency front end to accommodate the activation of the at least one secondary serving cell, transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgement feedback after detecting the retuning triggering event, and performing radio frequency front end retuning during the retuning gap, after transmitting the HARQ acknowledgement feedback. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080996 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, USER TERMINAL, AND PROCESSOR - A communication control method according to the present invention is a method for receiving an MBMS service. a communication control method comprises: a step A of transmitting to the first cell, by a UE | 03-17-2016 |
20160081019 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO REDUCE POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS DEVICES - A method and apparatus are disclosed for reducing power consumption of wireless devices operating in a wireless network. In one embodiment, a first wireless device may operate in low-power mode and receive a BLUETOOTH low energy (BLE) message from a second wireless device. The first wireless device may leave the low-power mode and enter a normal operating mode based, at least in part, on the BLE message. In some embodiments, the BLE message may include informational elements that the first wireless device may use to determine whether to remain in or leave the low-power mode. In some other embodiments, the BLE message may be synchronized to a Wi-Fi message, such as a Wi-Fi beacon. In at least one embodiment, the first wireless device may stop scanning for wireless networks when in the low-power mode. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081020 | DRX CYCLE CONFIGURATION IN DUAL CONNECTIVITY - Systems and methods are disclosed herein relating to determining and using a reference Discontinuous Reception (DRX) cycle for a User Equipment device (UE) operating in a Dual Connectivity (DC) mode of operation. In some embodiments, a method of operation of a UE comprises obtaining a first DRX cycle for a Master/Main Cell Group (MCG) of the UE for a DC mode of operation and a second DRX cycle for a Secondary Cell Group (SCG) of the UE for the DC mode of operation and determining at least one reference DRX cycle for the UE. The method further comprises performing one or more radio measurements on one or more cells based on the at least one reference DRX cycle, the one or more radio measurements being one or more inter-frequency radio measurements and/or one or more inter-Radio Access Technology (RAT) radio measurements. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081021 | Measurements to Aid Rapid Identification of Neighbor Cells - A method for communication in a wireless telecommunications system is provided. The method comprises performing, by a UE, responsive to the UE being engaged in an emergency service, at least one neighbor cell measurement regardless of a value of an RSRP in relation to a cell measurement parameter and regardless of a configuration status of the cell measurement parameter. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081022 | MOBILE TELEPHONE, APPARATUS, METHOD AND COMPUTER IMPLEMENTABLE INSTRUCTIONS PRODUCT - A communication system ( | 03-17-2016 |
20160081023 | Adaptive Channel State Feedback Based on Channel Estimation Characteristics and Reporting Requirements - Providing adaptive channel state feedback (CSF) reports in discontinuous reception (DRX) scenarios in a power-efficient manner. The described algorithm may be able to make adaptive decisions to carry over the CSF from previous DRX cycles based on a comparison between an offset at which CSF values are stable and an offset at which a CSF report is to be sent to a base station. If the CSF values are not stable by the time the CSF report is to be sent, a CSF report from a prior DRX cycle may be used. Alternatively, if the CSF value are stable by the time the CSF report is to be sent, a determination may be made to either generate a new CSF report or use a prior CSF report. The latter determination may be made based on various criteria, including channel conditions and DRX cycle length. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081024 | COOPERATIVE MAC PROTOCOL WITH RELAY SELECTION AND POWER CONTROL - The present invention proposes a method of communication in a wireless relay network for finding group of relays that minimizes total energy consumption to send one successful bit to destination node, under reliability condition expressed in terms of average BER level, said method comprising three main phases in the manner that a reservation stage where cooperative data transmission request is made by the source node, an ACO epoch, where the announcements of the candidate relays are sent, the cooperation set is formed and power levels are assigned, and the cooperative data transmission stage itself, are defined. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081025 | Method and Apparatus for Adjusting Wake-Up Period of a Terminal in a Communications System - A method and apparatus for adjusting a wake-up period of a terminal in a communications system. In at least one embodiment, the method includes: determining whether a network-side device retransmits a paging message in an area in which the terminal is located; and if a paging message is retransmitted, acquiring a time interval at which the paging message is retransmitted and the number R of times that the paging message is retransmitted, and adjusting the wake-up period of the terminal to a value equal to N times the time interval at which the paging message is retransmitted, wherein N is an integer and 2≦N≦R. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081026 | METHOD FOR MINIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - A method of minimizing power consumption of an electronic device is provided. The method includes receiving a signal through a plurality of receivers of the electronic device, checking a status of the received signal, determining whether the received signal satisfies a preset amplifier control condition based on the status of the received signal, and adjusting a gain of an amplifier, which is connected to a receiver of the plurality of receivers, in response to the preset amplifier control condition when the preset amplifier control condition is satisfied. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081027 | REDUCING SWITCHING BETWEEN NETWORKS TO CONSERVE POWER AND REDUCE COSTS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for reducing switches (e.g., ping-pongs) of a wireless communications device between two or more wireless networks. For example, a method includes determining a context of data use of a first wireless network to which a wireless communications device is connected. The method includes determining a time delay associated with performing a switch from the first wireless network to a second wireless network when at least one performance indicator of the first wireless network is below a threshold performance level needed to support the context of data use. The method further includes performing the switch from the first wireless network to the second wireless network in response to the time delay expiring while the at least one performance indicator remains below the threshold performance level. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081031 | POWER CONTROL IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer-readable medium for wireless communication are provided. In one aspect, the apparatus is configured to measure an energy level of a transmission channel. The apparatus is configured to compare the measured energy level to a first threshold energy level. The first threshold energy level corresponds to a first state of the transmission channel. The apparatus is configured to determine whether to transmit data in the transmission channel based on the comparison. The apparatus is configured to reduce a transmission power of the apparatus and transmit the data in the transmission channel at the reduced transmission power when the measured energy level is greater than the first threshold energy level. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081032 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND PROGRAM - A mobile communication terminal having a function to check reception of an incoming call by receiving a report signal in synchronization with a cycle at which the report signal is transmitted from a base station. The mobile communication terminal includes: a processor configured to judge whether or not a remaining capacity of a battery of the terminal is lower than a predetermined threshold value; and a transmission unit configured to transmit an enhanced idle state protocol (EISP) signal that requests the base station to shorten the cycle of transmitting the report signal, when the processor judges that the remaining capacity is not lower than the predetermined threshold value. | 03-17-2016 |
20160087702 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CANCELLING INTERFERENCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT SCHEME - A method of canceling interference by a signal receiving apparatus in a communication system supporting a multi-user Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) scheme and a signal receiving apparatus is provided. The method includes determining whether there is a need for using an interference cancellation scheme while performing a signal detecting operation; and performing the signal detecting operation using the interference cancellation scheme, or performing the signal detecting operation without using the interference cancellation scheme based on determining whether there is the need for using the interference cancellation scheme. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088552 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system including a slave device, and a master device wirelessly connected to the slave device, the slave device includes a wireless communicator that performs wireless communication with the master device, a power supply unit that supplies power to each unit of the slave device, an interrupt detector that detects various interrupts, and a controller that controls the entire slave device, the interrupt detector supplies the power from the power supply unit to each unit of the slave device when detecting a timer interrupt occurring at predetermined intervals, and the controller performs control to perform an initialization process of the wireless communicator when the power is supplied from the power supply unit to each unit of the slave device, and perform an entire initialization process of the slave device when a capture signal is received via the wireless communicator. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088553 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system, a master device includes a wireless communicator that performs wireless communication with the slave device, a power supply that supplies power to each unit of the master device, an interrupt detector that detects various interrupts, and a controller that controls the entire master device, the interrupt detector supplies power from the power supply to each unit when detecting the interrupt, and the controller performs control to continuously transmit a capture signal to the slave device that waits for reception at a reception timing of a first predetermined interval, via the wireless communicator for time longer than the first predetermined interval when the detected interrupt is an interrupt that requests signal transmission to the slave device, and control to await a capture signal transmitted from the slave device through the wireless communicator when the detected interrupt is a timer interrupt occurring at a second predetermined interval. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088554 | PRIORITY ARBITRATION FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Aspects of priority arbitration for interference mitigation are disclosed. In one aspect, a computing device is provided that employs a control system configured to arbitrate the activity of multiple interfaces. This arbitration mitigates potential electromagnetic interference (EMI) that may degrade the performance of the computing device. Upon a first interface requesting to become active, the control system is configured to determine if a second interface is currently active. If so, the control system is configured to arbitrate the activity of the first interface and the second interface to mitigate the potential EMI generated if the interfaces are concurrently active. The computing device includes an aggressor controller and a victim receiver, each corresponding to a particular interface. The control system is configured to arbitrate such activity so that the aggressor controller and corresponding cable do not generate EMI during a time period that would degrade the performance of the victim receiver. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088555 | TECHNIQUES FOR POWER SAVING OPERATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Various embodiments are generally directed to an apparatus, method and other techniques to initiate a transaction session at a transaction session start time to communicate a transaction between a first device and a second device, receive a first frame comprising information indicating an occurrence of another transaction session between other devices and a time reservation to reserve time for the other transaction session, receive a second frame comprising second information indicating a truncation of the other transaction session at a truncation time and before an expiration of the time reservation, and shift a subsequent transaction session start time for at least one subsequent transaction session between the first device and the second device based on a difference between the transaction session start time and the truncation time. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088557 | TIME SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD FOR ENERGY-EFFICIENT IN WIRELESS NETWORK AND NETWORK ADOPTING SAME - The present disclosure relates to a time synchronization method for energy-efficient wireless network and a network adopting the same that operates time synchronization between sensor nodes using an alternating feature in a low power wireless network with a sleep mode. Accordingly, power consumption is minimized and energy efficiency is improved and accuracy of the time synchronization can be improved regardless of installment positions. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088558 | MULTIPLE MAC ADDRESSES IN A DEVICE - Multiple virtual MAC addresses may be added to WGA devices that may have different traffic streams to another device that requires different services, thus creating distinct MAC and device level implications. Beamforming training can be done at the device level for all virtual MAC addresses. Wakeup, doze, and ATIM power save can be done at the device level depending on the frames received. Authentication, deauthentication, association, and deassociation can be done variously at both levels. Further MSDUs can be aggregated for the multiple MAC addresses. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088559 | NETWORK VETTING OF WIRELESS MOBILE DEVICE INITIATED DISCONNECT - Technology is discussed for allowing a wireless mobile device, such as a User Equipment (UE), to coordinate with a Radio Access Network, such as an Evolved-Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN), to tear down a power intensive messaging connection, such as a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection, to met needs of both the UE and the E-UTRAN. The UE can initiate the tear down process based on information at the UE about the potential need of the UE for the RRC connection and/or the state of the UE's battery charge. The E-UTRAN can then determine whether to grant the request based on the potential overhead involved. The determination can be important to the E-UTRAN because of the large overhead associated with frequent disconnection and re-establishment of the RRC connection. Upon receipt of an affirmative response, the UE can tear down the RRC connection to save battery power. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088560 | TECHNIQUES FOR ACTIVATING SINGLE WIRE COMMUNICATIONS - Aspects disclosed herein relate to activating a single wire protocol (SWP) interface with a circuit card. A single wire protocol (SWP) activation procedure is initiated with a circuit card. During the SWP activation procedure, an unexpected frame may be received, and a different SWP activation procedure may be initiated with the circuit card based at least in part on receiving the unexpected frame during the SWP activation procedure. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088565 | MOBILE DEVICE, CONTROL PROGRAM THEREFOR, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - A mobile phone includes an acceleration sensor, a communication unit, and a controller. The acceleration sensor detects an acceleration value. The communication unit performs communication. When determining, based on the acceleration value detected by the acceleration sensor, that the mobile device has shifted from a moving state to a stop state, a controller turns off a power supply of the communication unit when a communication connection between the communication unit and a base station is not established and the controller does not turn off the power supply of the communication unit when the communication connection between the communication unit and base station is being established. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088570 | BATTERY SAVING WITH RADIO CONTROL BASED ON CELLULAR CONDITION DATA - Battery power of a dual radio (e.g., Wi-Fi and cellular radios) user equipment (UE) is conserved based on limiting simultaneous (or substantially simultaneous) usage of the radios based on user preference, cellular network condition, device speed, and/or network operator policies. In one aspect, the UE can receive, by employing a first radio (e.g., cellular radio), an adaptable signal strength criterion related to real-time network load conditions of a first radio access network (e.g., cellular network). Moreover, if the signal strength criterion is satisfied, the UE can switch on a second radio (e.g., Wi-Fi radio) to facilitate connection with a second radio network (e.g., Wi-Fi network). The signal strength criterion is updated such that second radios of UEs that are located closer to a cell edge of the first radio access network are switched on before switching on second radios of UE that are located closer to the serving access point. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088680 | Method and Apparatus for Controlling Channel Transmission Status - A method and an apparatus for controlling a channel transmission status, can be used in the communication field. The method includes receiving a command for controlling activation of a secondary carrier. Within a preset delay time after the secondary carrier is activated, a channel transmission status corresponding to the secondary carrier to a continuous transmission status can be set. | 03-24-2016 |
20160095003 | Incremental Scheduling for Wireless Communication System with Beamforming - An incremental scheduling scheme is proposed in a wireless communication system with beamforming. In an initial stage (stage- | 03-31-2016 |
20160095055 | DSP Assisted and On Demand RF and Analog Domain Processing for Low Power Wireless Transceivers - A wireless user equipment (UE) device may include a receiver and transmitter. The UE device may dynamically vary the fidelity requirements imposed on the analog signal processing performed by the receiver and/or the transmitter in response factors such as: amount of signal interference (e.g., out-of-band signal power); modulation and coding scheme; number of spatial streams; extent of transmitter leakage; and size and/or frequency location of resources allocated to the UE device. Thus, the UE device may consume less power on average than a UE device that is designed to satisfy fixed fidelity requirements associated with a worst case reception scenario and/or a worst case transmission scenario. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095058 | METHOD FOR REDUCING CURRENT CONSUMPTION AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREFOR - Various embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a device and method for reducing current consumption in an electronic device. The electronic device may include a communication interface that transmits and receives a signal; and a processor that configures a multi-hop network with at least one other electronic device, and changes the transmission period of a message for a path management of the multi-hop network based on whether the multi-hop network configuration has been changed. Other embodiments are also possible. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095060 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER OPTIMIZED IoT COMMUNICATION - The disclosure relates to a method, apparatus and system to provide an integrated HUB for communicating with wearable devices. The exemplary devices include an Offloading engine to communicate directly with the wearable devices at reduced power and with relaxed radio specification requirement. In one embodiment, the disclosure relates to a system having one or more antennas; a platform radio to communicate with the one or more antennas; a platform processor to communicate with the platform radio; and a first logic to combine incoming data from one or more wearable sensors, the first logic configured to fuse incoming data from the one or more wearable sensors and to determine whether to awaken the host platform. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095061 | REDUCED POWER CONSUMPTION USING COORDINATED BEACON SKIPPING - In order to reduce the power consumption associated with waking and receiving beacons, a current listening device in a group of electronic devices wakes and scans for a beacon from another electronic device (such as an access point) using a wireless-local-area-network (WLAN) communication protocol (such as Wi-Fi®). Then, the current listening device transmits information associated with the beacon to the group of electronic devices using a second communication protocol (such as Bluetooth® Low Energy), which is different than the WLAN communication protocol and has a lower power consumption. Moreover, the current listening device receives, using the second communication protocol, a sequence of responses from the group of electronic devices indicating that the information was received, wherein the responses from different electronic devices are received at different times. For example, the responses may be received in a predefined order and/or in round-robin fashion for the group of electronic devices. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095062 | POWER MANAGEMENT IN DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - Systems, methods and apparatus for remotely controlling the power management of a mobile device are provided. The system, method, and apparatus may include a mobile terminal wirelessly connected to a sensor platform. The sensor platform may send a constant awake message to the mobile terminal that prevents the mobile terminal from entering a sleep mode until the sensor platform sends a release signal to the mobile terminal. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095064 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE - A wireless communication method is provided. The method includes sending, by a wireless communication device, a broadcast message to a terminal device. The broadcast message may include device identification information of the wireless communication device. The method may further include receiving, by the wireless communication device, a scan request message sent by the terminal device. The method may further include sending, by the wireless communication device, a scan response message to the terminal device in response to receiving the scan request message. The scan response message may include attribute data associated with the wireless communication device, and the attribute data may include identification information of content associated with a physical location of the wireless communication device. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095065 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND METHODS - A communications device establishes a communications context for communicating data packets using a packet communications bearer from the communications device via the mobile communications network. A controller of the communications device is configured to identify that the communications device can enter a stasis state because no data packets are available for transmission for a predetermined time via the packet communications bearer or there are no data packets to receive via the packet communications bearer, to transmit a stasis state message to the mobile communications network, and to store information relating to the communications context associated with the packet communications bearer in a data store. The stored information can be used by the controller to re-establish the packet communications bearer to transmit and/or receive data packets using the packet communications bearer, the communications device thereby entering the stasis state. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095067 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BASE STATION TRANSMIT POWER ADJUSTMENT TO REDUCE POWER CONSUMPTION - A process for adjusting base station transmit power to reduce power consumption in a wireless radio system, the method includes causing, by a radio controller, a message to be transmitted on a control channel in the wireless radio system proposing a transmit power reduction with respect to a traffic channel in the wireless radio system. Subsequently monitoring, by the radio controller, one or both of the control channel and the traffic channel for an indication from a mobile station affected by the proposed power reduction that the proposed power reduction is unacceptable. And modifying, by the radio controller, as a function of the presence or absence of the indication, the transmit power of the traffic channel. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095159 | User Equipment with Improved DRX Performance - Operating a UE device having a single radio configured to communicate using a first and second RAT. The UE may begin operating in a connected discontinuous reception (CDRX) mode of the first RAT, where the CDRX mode comprises an on duration timer and an inactivity timer. The method may determine that the single radio of the UE is being used for a second RAT during the CDRX mode. The UE may operate at least one of a CDRX on duration timer or an inactivity timer of the first RAT while the single radio of the UE is being used for the second RAT. While the single radio of the UE is being used for the second RAT, the at least one of the CDRX on duration timer or the inactivity timer may operate even though no communication or monitoring is performed on the first RAT. | 03-31-2016 |
20160100304 | Peer to Peer Mobile User Equipment Communication with On-Demand Discovery Signal Transmission - In some embodiments, a user equipment device (UE) implements a method for discovering the presence of neighboring UEs using an on-demand discovery signal transmission technique. This discovery process may be performed to enable the UEs to perform peer-to-peer communications with each other, wherein peer-to-peer communications is defined as direct communication between the UEs without involving a base station. The UE may be configured to transmit a discovery request signal when it has moved greater than a threshold amount since transmission of a prior discovery request signal. The discovery request signal causes one or more neighboring UEs to each transmit a discovery signal in response, and also causes the UE which generated the discovery request signal to transmit its own discovery signal. The received discovery signal from each of the neighboring UEs is useable to discover, or detect the presence of, these neighboring UEs. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100359 | POWER SAVING WI-FI TETHERING - The techniques discussed herein reduce the power consumption of a Wi-Fi tethering device by switching the Wi-Fi functionality of the Wi-Fi tethering device from a normal operational mode to a sleep mode during idle intervals. The techniques implement a sleep protocol where a Wi-Fi tethering device and the Wi-Fi client device coordinate and establish a sleep schedule. Moreover, the techniques describe a sleep interval adaptation algorithm to establish sleep duration intervals based on data packet exchange patterns associated with different applications executing on the Wi-Fi client device and/or different operations being performed by the Wi-Fi client device. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100360 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR USING ENHANCEMENTS FOR DIVERSE DATA APPLICATIONS (EDDA)/POWER PREFERENCE INDICATION (PPI) - Aspects of the present disclosure provide apparatus and techniques for determining one or more operating conditions related to a UE and transmitting a power preference indication (PPI) to an cNB based, at least in part, on the determination. The one or more operating conditions may be related to at least one of a throughput, battery configuration, application data history, or temperature of the UE. In response to the determination, the UE may transmit one of a PPI that is set to or indicates normal power mode or a PPI that is set to low power mode, for example. Additionally, the UE may decide whether or not to delay sending a scheduling request (SR) to the eNB based, at least in part, on the determination. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100362 | SERVICE CAPABILITY SERVER / EPC COORDINATION FOR POWER SAVINGS MODE AND PAGING - The present application is directed to computer-implemented apparatus for controlling a power savings mode characteristic of a device on a network. The apparatus includes a non-transitory memory with instructions for controlling power saving mode characteristic of the device and a processor operably coupled thereto. The processor performs the step of receiving a request to update the characteristics of the device. The processor also performs the step of updating the characteristics of the device based upon the request. The processor further performs the step of sending an acknowledgment that the characteristic has been updated. The application is also directed to a computer-implemented apparatus on a network for supporting buffering and data handling for a power savings mode of a device on the network. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100363 | WGA STA POWER SAVING - This invention relates to switching power saving modes and rescheduling communication frames for various periods of a beacon interval (BI) defined under WGA Draft Specification 0.8 for the personal basic service set (PBSS) and infrastructure BSS to achieve further power savings and other advantages. Stations can be awake during a contention-based period (CBP) if it is in active state and can schedule frames during a service period (SP) to allow the assigned receiver to transmit to the assigned initiator. Stations in a group can schedule a group address frame to be sent during the CBP and group SP of a specific periodic BI. Stations in peer-to-peer connection may directly notify its peer stations of its power saving mode and wakeup schedule. Stations of an infrastructure basic service set (BSS) can also use the same power saving mechanism as stations of a PBSS noting a difference where each BI will be an access point's (AP's) awake BI. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100365 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR FREQUENCY SELECTIVE TRANSMISSION - Logic may comprise hardware and/or code to select a narrow band from a wider channel bandwidth. Logic of communications between devices may select, e.g., a 1 or 2 MHz sub-channel from a wider channel bandwidth such as 4, 8, and 16 MHz and transmit packets on the selected 1 or 2 MHz channel. For instance, a first device may comprise an access point and a second device may comprise a station such as a low power sensor or a meter that may, e.g., operate on battery power. Logic of the devices may facilitate a frequency selective transmission scheme. Logic of the access point may transmit sounding packets or control frames across the sub-channels of the wide bandwidth channel, facilitating selection by the stations of a sub-channel and subsequent communications on the sub-channel between the access point and the station. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100366 | Methods and Apparatus for Adaptive Receiver Mode Selection During Discontinuous Reception - Methods and apparatus for adaptively adjusting receiver operation during non-continuous (e.g., discontinuous) reception. In one exemplary embodiment, a user device such as a User Equipment (UE) adaptively adjusts its reception mode based on a determined actual error. The reception mode is selected so as to improve reception performance, while still minimizing overall power consumption. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100367 | POWER MANAGEMENT MODULE AND METHOD THEREFOR - A power management module comprising a client monitoring component arranged to monitor idle periods for a client component, and derive at least one idle period characteristic value for the client component based at least partly on the monitoring of the idle periods therefore. The power management module further comprises a power mode control component arranged to receive an indication of the client component entering an idle state, cause the client component to be put into a reduced power mode upon expiry of a first period of time, and cause the client component to be brought out of the reduced power mode upon expiry of a second period of time. At least one of the first and second periods of time is configured based at least partly on the idle period characteristic value(s) derived by the client monitoring component for the client component. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100369 | DELEGATING WIFI NETWORK DISCOVERY AND TRAFFIC MONITORING - A wireless device configured to delegate it communications and traffic monitoring tasks to a paired device when a wireless transceiver of the wireless device is found to be in an idle state is provided. The wireless device includes two wireless transceivers, the first wireless transceiver for communicating with a wireless access point and second low power wireless transceiver for communicating with a paired device. When the wireless device determines that the first wireless transceiver is in an idle state, it can place the first wireless transceiver into a sleep mode and delegate to the paired device via the second wireless transceiver communication and traffic monitoring tasks that would have been performed by the first wireless transceiver if it were not in a sleep mode. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100453 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION OPERATION BY CONNECTED MODE USER EQUIPMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for establishing time alignment by a terminal in a wireless communication system. Information for identifying a preamble is received from the base station on the downlink control channel. The preamble is transmitted to the base station based on the information for identifying the preamble. A message including information for a channel quality indicator (CQI) request is received from the base station. A CQI is transmitted to the base station based on the information for the CQI request response message. A CQI is transmitted to the base station based on the information for the CQI request. | 04-07-2016 |
20160105849 | TIMING CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A timing control method for a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communications system, including: obtaining a starting time of a data transmission period from information of a data transmission timing received from a base station of a wireless network; obtaining a starting time of a current data processing period; and adjusting a data processing timing so that the adjusted starting time of the current data processing period is ahead of the starting time of the data transmission period by a predetermined time. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105850 | DIRECT LINK WIRELESS DEVICES WITH POWER SAVINGS - Various aspects of a communication device for supporting wireless communication for a plurality of stations associated with the communication device are provided. The communication device includes a transceiver configured to receive a request for a wakeup schedule to support direct communications between a first one of the stations and a second one of the stations. In an aspect, the wakeup schedule request may be included in a beacon frame or a probe frame. The communication device also includes a processing system coupled to the transceiver and configured to determine the wakeup schedule for the direct communications based at least in part on the request for the wakeup schedule. In an aspect, the processing system may be configured to determine the wakeup schedule based on one or more parameters included in the wakeup schedule request. In an aspect, the wakeup schedule may include one or more wakeup intervals. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105853 | Microcell power control method and base station - A method and a base station for power control of a microcell are disclosed. The method includes that when a state change of a microcell is detected, transmitting power lower than a rated value in a normal active state is configured for the microcell. | 04-14-2016 |
20160112164 | DUAL CONNECTIVITY - A method of configuring a network node in a wireless telecommunications network to use a secondary cell for dual connectivity communication, a computer program product and network control node operable to perform that method. The method comprises: determining at least one RACH preamble reserved by the secondary cell for use by dual connectivity capable user equipment; identifying user equipment meeting criteria for implementation of dual connectivity communication with the secondary cell; and communicating an allocation of the at least one RACH preamble reserved by the secondary cell for use by dual connectivity capable user equipment to the identified user equipment. Aspects may avoid or mitigate contention experienced by user equipment on RACH and thus may enable fast, contention-free access to a cell. According to some aspects and embodiments, a dedicated preamble can be configured for user equipment identified as a candidate suited to implementation of dual connectivity techniques. Use of a dedicated preamble may, according to some embodiments, both avoid possible contention and also be used, in some embodiments, as a means to identify user equipment by a newly accessed cell, for example, in the case of RRC connected user equipment. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112947 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO IMPROVE WIRELESS DEVICE PERFORMANCE - A method and apparatus are disclosed for reducing power consumption of wireless devices operating in a wireless network. In one embodiment, a first wireless device may establish a BLUETOOTH low energy (BLE) connection and a Wi-Fi connection with a second wireless device. The first wireless device may detect Wi-Fi activity and may operate in a low-power mode when no Wi-Fi activity is detected. The first wireless device may receive a synchronized BLE message and may enter a normal operating mode and leave the low-power mode based, at least in part, on the synchronized BLE message. In another embodiment, the first wireless device may operate a scheduler to schedule communications between the second wireless device and a third wireless device. The first wireless device may suspend operation of the scheduler based, at least in part, on a received synchronized BLE message from the second wireless device. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112948 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMPUTING ACTIVATION TIME - The present invention relates to DRX technology and disclosed are a method and device for computing an activation time, which are used for solving the problem that a UE cannot enter an active state at an accurate time when using an extended DRX cycle. The method is: a network side notifying a UE of a serial number of a current SFN cycle in an extended DRX cycle, and the UE computing an activation time of the UE by combining the length of a preset extended DRX cycle in accordance with the serial number. In this way, when the extended DRX cycle is greater than the SFN cycle, the UE can still compute a correct paging time and/or a time of receiving service data, thereby entering the active state at an accurate time, effectively avoiding the situation where paging messages or service data are lost due to computation errors of the UE, then guaranteeing the service QoS of the UE and improving the service performance of the system. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112950 | MANAGING POWER CONSUMPTION IN TREE-BASED TDMA MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORKS - Method for managing power consumption in tree-based, Time-Division Multiple Access (TDMA), multi-hop wireless networks. The method includes at each node set the steps of: relinquishing its initial role in the network if a condition related to the power consumption of the node is not met; and adopting a new role in the network according to a TDMA protocol of said network; wherein the node stops emitting beacons to a child node thereof and/or stops acknowledging beacons from a parent node, and wherein each node has a lower power consumption in this new role than it had in its initial role. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112951 | COMMUNICATION BETWEEN WIRELESS DEVICES CAPABLE OF COMMUNICATING USING MULTIPLE MAC PROTOCOLS - A first wireless device and a second wireless device are each capable of communicating using multiple MAC protocols. The first wireless device sets a first receiver to a power savings mode, the first receiver designed to operate according to a first MAC protocol. The first wireless device then receives, from the second wireless device, an indication on a second receiver corresponding to a second MAC protocol that data is available to be transmitted to the first wireless device from the second wireless device. In response to receipt of the indication, the first wireless sets the first receiver to an active mode, and receives the data from the second wireless device using the first receiver operating in accordance with the first MAC protocol. The second receiver consumes less power than the first receiver. Reduction of power consumption in the first wireless device may be achieved. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112952 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - According to some embodiments, there is provided a communication terminal, including: a communication device, a connection processing unit, a device power managing unit and a device power managing unit. The communication device communicates with a network. The connection processing unit establishes a connection with a first communication terminal on the network. The communication managing unit detects a start and an end of a session on the connection. The device power managing unit controls feeding of power to the communication device in accordance with a detected result by the communication managing unit. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112954 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS OF TIME OF FLIGHT OPERATION - An apparatus, a system and a method of waking up a station in a wireless local area network (WLAN) to perform time of flight (ToF) measurements. A wake-up signal for waking the station may be configured for a low energy signaling. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112955 | COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL BETWEEN ACCESS POINT AND WIRELESS STATION - An improved communication protocol between an access point and a wireless station is disclosed for ultra low-power wireless communications. The communication protocol is reduced from nine frames to seven frames by eliminating the last two packets in the sequence, allowing the wireless station to go to sleep (enter a low power state) when it sends the response rather than lingering before sleeping. The improved communication protocol allows the access point to enter its low power state following receipt of the acknowledgement from the wireless station. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112956 | ACCESS AND POWER MANAGEMENT FOR CENTRALIZED NETWORKS - A system and method for managing power in a subnet having a hub in communication with one or more nodes is disclosed. The hub and nodes communicate using one or more non-contention access methods, such as scheduled, polled or posted access. The node may enter a sleep or hibernation state while no scheduled, polled or posted allocation interval is pending. The hibernation state allows the node to hibernate through one or more entire beacon periods. In the sleep state, the node may be asleep between any scheduled, polled and posted allocation intervals for the node or during another node's scheduled allocation interval in a current beacon period. By selecting which access scheme is in use, the node and hub can increase the node's chances to be in hibernation or sleep state and minimize power consumption. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112966 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING AND SIGNALING MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for establishing maximum transmission power. The present invention comprises: receiving an RRC message including a user equipment-specific maximum transmission power value established by a first base station or a second base station; reestablishing maximum output power based on the user equipment specific maximum transmission power value; and simultaneously transmitting an uplink to the first base station or the second base station within the reestablished maximum output power. The user equipment-specific maximum transmission power value is established for each of the first base station and the second base station, and the sum of the user equipment-specific maximum transmission power value for the first base station and the user equipment-specific maximum transmission power value for the second base station is less than or equal to a maximum output power value for the user equipment. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112968 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER AND WIRELESS DEVICE USING SAME - The present invention relates to a method for controlling uplink transmission power and to a wireless device using same in a wireless communication system. The wireless device receives determines uplink transmission power in consideration of the overlap period between subframes between a first serving cell belonging to a first timing advance (TA) group and a second serving cell belonging to the second TA group, and transmits an uplink channel on the basis of the uplink transmission power. | 04-21-2016 |
20160119810 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MULTI-USER TRANSMISSIONS DURING A TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY - Methods and apparatus for managing a wireless medium include, in one aspect, a method including generating a frame, the frame including a plurality of contiguous schedule blocks, each of the schedule blocks including a first indicator identifying a non-overlapping time interval during a transmission opportunity, and one or more second indicators of one or more devices to communicate within the identified time interval, wherein at least one of the schedule blocks is generated to identifying a plurality of devices to communicate on the medium during the corresponding identified time interval; and transmitting the frame from the device. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119859 | WIRELESS NETWORK ACCESS METHOD AND ACCESS APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present application provide a wireless network access method and a wireless network access apparatus, relating to the field of wireless communications technologies. The method comprises: listening to a request packet broadcasted by using a first low-power wireless communication protocol, and broadcasting access point information by using a second low-power wireless communication protocol, where the request packet is used for requesting to acquire the access point information, and the access point information is used by a user device to access a corresponding access point. According to the method and apparatus in the embodiments of the present application, a request packet broadcasted by using a low-power wireless communication protocol is listened to, and sending of the access point information is triggered according to the request packet or is actively initiated, which can implement simple, convenient, fast and automatic key distribution without human intervention, also does not need another supplementary means such as access to the Internet in advance or a backend cloud service, and is low in power consumption. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119864 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONNECTING PORTABLE TERMINAL TO WLAN - A method and an apparatus for connecting a portable terminal to a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) are provided. The method includes when a WLAN connection event occurs, performing a WLAN connection procedure by keeping a WLAN module in an awake state, and when the WLAN connection is complete, operating the WLAN module according to a Power Save Mechanism (PSM). | 04-28-2016 |
20160119865 | CONFIGURABLE COMMUNICATION MODULES FOR FLEXIBLE COMMUNICATIONS WITHIN AN ENERGY-LIMITED WIRELESS SYSTEM - A capability for flexible communications within an energy-limited wireless system is presented. An energy-limited wireless node includes a communication module configured to switch between a sleep mode in which the communication module is not operable to communicate and an active mode in which the communication module is operable to communicate, a configurable auxiliary receiver configured to initiate switching of the communication module from the sleep mode to the active mode based on detection of a wake-up signal, and a controller configured to control configuration of the configurable auxiliary receiver to operate using an auxiliary receiver configuration. A controller includes a processor and a memory communicatively connected to the processor wherein the processor is configured to determine a configuration for a configurable auxiliary communication module of an energy-limited wireless node, and propagate, toward the energy-limited wireless node, an indication of the configuration for the configurable auxiliary communication module of the energy-limited wireless node. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119866 | BASE STATION DEVICE, RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING BASE STATION DEVICE - A base station device includes a processor. The processor is configured to acquire first information on a first communication load of the base station device. The processor is configured to determine, on basis of the first information, whether a first event occurs. The processor is configured to acquire, upon determining that the first event occurs, second information on second communication loads of other base station devices located within a predetermined range from the base station device. The processor is configured to determine an impact range and an impact time of the first event on basis of the first information and the second information. The processor is configured to instruct terminal devices within the impact range to change, during the impact time, a setting of discontinuous reception from a normal setting to a first setting for easier detection of an incoming call. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119867 | Out-of-Band Power Down Notification - A mobile base station is disclosed, comprising: a vehicle bus notification module; an access interface for communicating with a mobile device; a backhaul interface for communicating with an operator core network; and a processor, in communication with the vehicle bus notification module, the access interface, and the backhaul interface, further comprising instructions that, when executed by the processor, perform steps comprising: receiving a vehicle bus low power alert at the vehicle bus notification module; and sending a message via the backhaul interface to the operator core network to request a notification to be sent to the mobile device regarding power off of the mobile base station. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119868 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS STATIONS WITH LIMITED MEMORY - A wireless station of a wireless network receives, using a receiver, data units from another wireless device in the wireless network. The wireless station stores the data units in a memory contained in the wireless station. The wireless station determines if a current storage level in the memory is greater than a first threshold, and if so, sets the receiver in power savings mode. The wireless station then consumes data units stored in the local memory until the current storage level is lower than a second threshold. The wireless station maintains the receiver in the power savings mode until the current storage level falls below the second threshold. The receiver is then placed in active mode so that the station can receive additional data units for storing in the memory. Power consumption in the wireless station is thereby reduced. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119869 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS STATIONS PROVIDING NETWORK CONNECTIVITY FOR EMBEDDED DEVICES - A system contains a wireless station connected to an embedded device by a wired path, with the wireless station being part of a wireless network. According to an aspect of the present disclosure, the wireless station places a receiver (communicating on the wireless network) in power savings mode upon occurrence of a first condition, and restores the receiver to active mode upon occurrence of a second condition. Such transitions between active and power savings modes are employed while receiving data units from a wireless network and providing the data units to the embedded device. In one embodiment, the first and second conditions correspond to a higher threshold and lower threshold for available data in the memory of the wireless station used for buffering not-yet-transferred data units. In alternative embodiments, the conditions are determined based on corresponding express indications by the embedded device. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119871 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WAKING SLEEPING TRUNKING TERMINAL UP - The present disclosure discloses a method and system for waking a sleeping trunking terminal. A trunking terminal determines whether to enter a sleeping mode in a standby status, calculates a waking monitoring time point of the group according to the group sleeping parameter of the group, enters the sleeping mode at a sleeping start time point of the trunking terminal, wakes up and monitors whether a group paging message is received at the waking monitoring time point of the group, wakes up, joins the group and monitors a group downlink sharing channel when the group paging message is received, and continues sleeping when the group paging message is not received. In a network side, a trunking switching center transmits a group establishment message to a base station. The base station calculates the waking monitoring time point, and transmits the group paging message at the waking monitoring time point. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119872 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF A TERMINAL AND AN ACCESS POINT FOR MULTI-USER TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY (TXOP) POWER SAVING - Provided is a terminal and an access point in an active mode for multi-user transmission opportunity (TXOP) power saving that may decrease power consumption by changing an operation state of the terminal from an awake state to a sleep state if there is no stream of data to be transmitted during a TXOP duration. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119873 | Method and Device for Interworking between Access Technology Networks - A method and a device for interworking between access technology networks are disclosed. The method includes: a decision-making entity for interworking between a first access technology network and a second access technology network judging whether it is required to adopt a terminal power saving priority principle, and when determining to adopt the terminal power saving priority principle, triggering an interworking process between the first access technology network and the second access technology network only when a preset triggering event occurs. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119874 | DETECTION OF SPURIOUS TCP CONTROL PACKETS - Systems and methods for managing communications on a communication device are disclosed. A method may include receiving a communication packet at the communication device via a network connection and determining, at the communication device, whether the communication packet is an unsolicited control packet. Dormancy of the network connection is triggered after a first time period if the communication packet is not an unsolicited control packet, and dormancy of the network connection is triggered after a second time period if the communication packet is an unsolicited control packet wherein the second time period is less than the first time period. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119875 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A TERMINAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for optimizing the power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system. The method for optimizing power consumption of a terminal in a mobile communication system comprises: a determination step of determining whether there is a need for changing a configuration for a discontinuous reception operation of the terminal; and a transmission step of transmitting, to a base station, a request message for a change in the discontinuous reception operation, if it is determined that the change is needed. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119877 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR DETERMINING CHANNEL ACCORDING TO CURRENT CONSUMPTION AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING THE SAME - A communication method is provided. The communication method includes comparing an amount of current consumed by a first communication module which operates a first channel with an amount of current consumed by a second communication module which operates a second channel and determining at least one of the first channel or the second channel as a primary component carrier (PCC) according to the compared result. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119879 | MOBILE DEVICE, PROGRAM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A mobile phone according to an embodiment includes an acceleration sensor, a communication unit, and a controller. The acceleration sensor detects acceleration value. The communication unit performs communication. When determining that a moving state changes to a stopped state based on the acceleration value detected by the acceleration sensor, the controller is configured to cause power of the communication unit to turn on. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119880 | WIRELESS BEACON DEVICE - A wireless beacon device including an optoelectronic unit, a thermoelectric unit, a power source selector and a beacon unit is provided. The optoelectronic unit is adapted for generating a first voltage and the thermoelectric unit is adapted for generating a second voltage. The power source selector has a first input end adapted for receiving the first voltage and a second input end adapted for receiving the second voltage. The power source selector is adapted for outputting the first voltage or the second voltage based on a predetermined comparison relationship. The beacon unit electrically coupling to the power source selector is adapted for transmitting a wireless signal by means of the first voltage or the second voltage output by the power source selector. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119943 | Discontinuous Reception in Communications - A method for transmission control in a communications system is disclosed, the method including transmitting, from a network apparatus to a user terminal, an indication to tell the user terminal to refrain from sending a resource scheduling request until a predefined event is detected in the user terminal. The transmitted indication may include e.g. a request to carry out an enforced periodical global cell identity CGI measurement. | 04-28-2016 |
20160127875 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LIGHT ENABLED INDOOR POSITIONING AND REPORTING - The present disclosure is directed systems, methods, and apparatus for light enabled indoor positioning and reporting. In some embodiments, a device of the present disclosure includes a housing that includes a processor and a wireless radio. The device includes a clip that secures the housing adjacent to and a predetermined distance from a portion of a light tube that produces light. The device includes a solar cell that is configured to be exposed to the light from the light tube upon the housing being securely attached via the one or more clips adjacent to the portion of the light tube. The device includes a circuit by which power is converted from the solar cell to the processor and the wireless radio via at least one switch. The wireless radio can broadcast a beacon provided by the processor. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127990 | Apparatus, System, and Method for PDCCH Preparation in Radio Frequency Circuitry - An apparatus, system, and method for performing PDCCH preparation in RF circuitry are described. In one embodiment, power may be provided to a crystal oscillator to exit a first sleep state. One or more clocking signals may be provided to RF circuitry based on output from the crystal oscillator. Calibration and state restoration of the RF circuitry may be performed independent of baseband circuitry. A plurality of algorithms to prepare for receiving data form a wireless communication network may be performed independent of the baseband circuitry. After initiating the plurality of algorithms, state restoration of the baseband circuitry may be performed. Data may be received from a wireless communication network using the RF circuitry. The data may be processed using the baseband circuitry. State retention for the RF circuitry and the baseband circuitry may be performed. Finally, the crystal oscillator may be powered down to enter a second sleep state. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127992 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR SIGNALING HIGH EFFICIENCY PREAMBLES - Methods, apparatuses, and computer readable media are disclosed to signal a packet configuration. A HEW device to signal a packet configuration may include circuitry. The circuitry may be configured to generate a HE packet comprising a legacy signal field (L-SIG) followed by one or more HE signal fields and include in the L-SIG the packet configuration of the HE packet to signal to a second HEW device. The circuitry may configure a length field of the L-SIG to be a one or two modulo of three (MOD 3) to indicate the HE packet. The length field of the L-SIG may indicate that the HE packet includes a portion that has a one-quarter size subcarrier. The circuitry may set the length field of the L-SIG to be 1 mod 3 to indicate a first type of HE packet and to be 2 mod 3 to indicate a second type of HE packet. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127993 | ANTENNA TUNER CONTROL FOR WAN/WLAN ANTENNA SHARING - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication at a UE. The UE may communicate using a shared antenna communicatively coupled with a first radio and a second radio. When the UE identifies an upcoming transition to a sleep mode for the first radio, a tune code for the shared antenna may be adjusted for the second radio. A tune code query may be transmitted to the second radio which may respond with a tune code response. Adjusting the tune code may be based on the tune code response. This allows the second radio to communicate using the shared antenna while the first radio is in the sleep mode. When the UE identifies a transition from the sleep mode for the first radio, the UE may adjust the tune code for the shared antenna for the first radio, allowing the first radio to communicate using the shared antenna. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127994 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING EVENT-TRIGGERED DRX IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for suspending a discontinuous reception (DRX) in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) receives a DRX suspend configuration including a DRX suspend triggering condition from a base station (BS), detects an occurrence of the DRX suspend triggering condition, performs an action according to the DRX suspend triggering condition, and suspends a DRX. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127995 | METHOD AND APPARATUS USING AN ULTRA LOW POWER SIGNAL WITH SCHEDULED POWER SAVE MODES - Methods and stations for wireless communication are described herein. In some aspects, the station may include a processing circuit configured to process a first signal transmitted to the station, the first signal indicating a target wake up time when an activation signal is expected to be received. The station may further include a wake-up circuit configured to transition a first receiver to an awake state based on the indicated target wake up time. The first receiver is configured to receive the activation signal at the indicated target wake up time. The station may further include a second receiver configured to transition to an awake state based on the first receiver receiving the activation signal and receive a second signal while in the awake state. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127996 | NETWORK DISCOVERY - A method of operation of a mobile device includes tuning a transceiver of the mobile device to communicate using a low-power (e.g., NAN) network and receiving a discovery message via the low-power (e.g., NAN) network. The discovery message indicates one or more network parameters associated with a wireless local area network (WLAN) that is associated with an access point. The method further includes communicating with the access point using the WLAN based on the one or more network parameters. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127997 | LOW POWER SCHEDULING - The disclosure relates in some aspects to an energy-aware architecture that supports a low power scheduling mode. For example, a media access control (MAC) architecture for a base station (e.g., an enhanced Node B) and associated access terminals (e.g., UEs) can take the power needs of the access terminals into account when scheduling the access terminals. In some aspects, an access terminal may support a particular frame structure for a low power mode. Accordingly, scheduling of the access terminal may include use of the particular frame structure during low power mode. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127998 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER CONSUMPTION OF A COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A communication terminal is described comprising a transceiver configured to communicate using carrier aggregation according to a first carrier aggregation setting, a detector configured to detect a need for the communication terminal to reduce its power consumption and a controller configured to initiate a switch from the first carrier aggregation setting to a second carrier aggregation setting with reduced power consumption compared to the first carrier aggregation setting if the detector has detected a need for the communication terminal to reduce its power consumption. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128003 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED SECONDARY CELL ACTIVATION AND DEACTIVATION - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided in order to enhance network notification of secondary cell activation. In a first embodiment, the method includes receiving a secondary cell activation command, activating a secondary cell, and transmitting a PHR indicating activation of the secondary cell. In a second embodiment, the method includes receiving a secondary cell activation command, activating a secondary cell, and transmitting a signal indicating an expected time period until activation of the secondary cell. In a third embodiment, the method may optimize implicit SCell deactivation by receiving a secondary cell activation command, activating a secondary cell, receiving a PDCCH order for an uplink grant or a downlink assignment, and starting a secondary cell deactivation timer associated with the secondary cell in response to receiving the PDCCH order. A corresponding apparatus and computer program product are also provided. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128004 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS OF A USER EQUIPMENT (UE) IN A MULTI-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY (RAT) ENVIRONMENT AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - An uplink control method includes reporting information on user equipment (UE) transmit power for a first RAT and a second RAT upon transmission of uplink data to an entity of the first RAT, receiving a message including information for deactivating an uplink of one of the first and the second RATs from the entity of the first RAT, when a sum of the UE transmit powers of the uplink data for the first RAT and the second RAT exceeds first maximum transmit power, and selectively deactivating the uplink of the one of the first and the second RATs based on the message from an entity of the first RAT. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128128 | LOW POWER DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION WITH A SECOND RECEIVER - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques and apparatus for efficient support of connected discontinuous reception (C-DRX) by using a wireless device (e.g., a user equipment (UE)) with a second receiver. A wireless device with two receivers may place one receiver in a low power mode and take the receiver out of the low power mode in response to a signal received from a serving base station (BS) of the wireless device. A BS may direct a wireless device to enter a low power DRX (LP-DRX) mode or enhanced DRX mode having longer low power cycles than a non-enhanced DRX mode, and the wireless device may place a primary receiver in a low power mode in response to the directive from the BS. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and disclosed. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128129 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHODS - A wireless telecommunications system supports a DRX operating mode for communications between a base station and terminal device, which includes a regular repeating cycle of DRX inactive periods when the terminal device monitors a downlink channel from the base station and DRX active periods when the terminal device enters a power-saving mode not monitoring the downlink channel. The terminal device transmits uplink signaling, triggering subsequent downlink signaling, that may include acknowledgement signalling for a previous downlink transmission or an uplink transmission resources request. The base station receives the uplink signalling, determines time of an upcoming DRX inactive period for the terminal device, and delays transmitting downlink signalling responding to the uplink signalling until the upcoming DRX inactive period. The terminal device enters the power saving mode after transmitting the uplink signalling and exits the power saving mode for the DRX inactive period to monitor the downlink channel for downlink signalling. | 05-05-2016 |
20160134456 | SYSTEMS FOR COMMUNICATING USING MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BANDS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Communication signals using a first and a second frequency band in a wireless network is described herein. The first frequency band may be associated with a first beamwidth while the second frequency band may be associated with a second beamwidth. An apparatus may include receiver circuitry arranged to receive first signals in a first frequency band associated with a first beamwidth and second signals in a second frequency band associated with a second beamwidth, the first signals comprising a frame synchronization parameter and the second signals comprising frame alignment signals. The apparatus may further include processor circuitry coupled to the receiver circuitry, the processor circuitry arranged to activate or deactivate the receiver circuitry to receive the frame alignment signals based on the frame synchronization parameter. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135091 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING POWER CONTROL BY TERMINAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE CARRIERS - A method of activating or deactivating frequency resources at a terminal configured with a primary frequency resource and one or more non-primary frequency resources in a wireless communication system, and the terminal are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving a medium access control (MAC) signal for activating the one or more non-primary frequency resources; activating the one or more non-primary frequency resources; and deactivating the one or more non-primary frequency resources on expiry of a specific time period configured by radio resource control (RRC) signaling, the specific time period being for which of the one or more non-primary frequency resources are activated. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135122 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZATION WITHIN A NEIGHBORHOOD AWARE NETWORK - Methods, devices, and computer program products for synchronization of wireless devices in a peer-to-peer network are described herein. In one aspect, a method of wireless communication apparatus is provided. The method includes receiving, at an apparatus, at least one of: an offset parameter indicating an offset, with respect to a default time period, during which the apparatus should be in an active mode for transmitting and/or receiving data, and an interval parameter indicating a multiple of time periods, wherein the apparatus should be in the active mode for transmitting and/or receiving data during each time period. The method further includes determining at least one wakeup time period to be in the active mode based on the offset parameter or the interval parameter. The method further includes transmitting and/or receiving data during the at least one wakeup time period. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135123 | Method for Transmitting Communication Signals in a Wireless Communication System - Embodiments relate to a method in a first network node for transmitting communication signals in a wireless communication system, the first network node being arranged to operate in an active mode in which the first network node has full transmission and/or reception capabilities or in an idle mode in which the first network node has limited transmission and/or reception capabilities in relation to the active mode; the method being characterized by the steps of: encoding an indication of time left in idle mode for the first network node into a communication signal; and transmitting said communication signal in the wireless communication system while operating in the idle mode. Furthermore, embodiments also relate to a corresponding method in a second network node, a first network node device, a second network node device, a computer program, and a computer program product thereof. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135124 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION OF SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for communicating system information in a wireless communication system is provided. The method comprises generating and sending by a base station, for example an eNB, a system information block (SIB) which includes at least one correlation enhancement bit. This SIB is received by the terminal, for example a MTC UE, and this SIB is subsequently correlated with a previously received SIB. Further, upon the correlation of the SIB and the previously received SIB, a determination is made whether the SIB has in fact changed. Upon determining if the SIB has changed, the terminal selects the correct SIB which is to be used for configuring communication with the base station. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135125 | OPERATING A WIRELESS RECEIVER OF A WIRELESS STATION IN POWER-SAVINGS MODE - A wireless station of a wireless network receives data indicating inactive time durations during a day. The wireless station places a receiver, used to receive data from the wireless network, in power savings mode during the inactive time durations. The wireless station receives data when operating in an active mode. Power consumption in the wireless station is reduced. In an embodiment, the receiver is implemented according to IEEE 802.11 standards. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135126 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ECONOMIZING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS PRODUCTS - Various of the disclosed embodiments concern efficiency improvements in wireless products. For example, some embodiments specify profiles for regional and custom-specified operational constraints. The profiles may be retrieved from across a network or stored locally upon the device. The profiles may specify various configuration adjustments that optimize the system's performance. For example, when possible, some embodiments may allow the system to operate at a lower power level and to thereby save energy. Various factors and conditions may be assessed in some embodiments prior to adjusting the existing power configuration. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135127 | REDUCING POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS STATIONS EXECUTING VARIOUS CLIENT APPLICATIONS - A wireless station of a wireless network identifies required active durations based on outbound request packets. Each active duration is from around a first time instance at which a corresponding request packet is to be transmitted to a second time instance corresponding to receipt of the corresponding response packet. A receiver of the wireless station is placed in an active mode in the active durations. The wireless station transmits and receives packets in the active durations. The wireless station operates the receiver in power-down mode when the receiver is not required to be operated in the active mode. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135128 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRIC POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CHANGE IN PURPOSE OF WIRELESS RESOURCE AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention proposes a method for controlling electric power of a user equipment in a wireless communication system supporting change in use of a radio resource, and an apparatus therefor. Specifically, the method comprises a step of receiving, from a base station, a transmission power control (TPC) command for a first radio resource set and a second radio resource set, wherein the first radio resource set is configured to dynamic changes of a use of radio resources in the first radio resource set, the second radio resource set is configured to prevent dynamic changes of a use of wireless resources in the second radio resource set, and different open-loop control parameters are applied to the first radio resource set and the second radio resource set and the same closed-loop control parameters are applied to the first radio resource set and the second radio resource set. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135132 | Self-Calibrating and Self-Adjusting Network - Systems and methods for a self-calibrating and self-adjusting network are disclosed. In one embodiment, a method is disclosed, comprising: obtaining a signal strength parameter for a mobile device at a base station; obtaining a position of the mobile device at the base station; and associating the position and the signal strength parameter in a database. The method may further comprise one or more of: adjusting transmission power for the mobile device at the base station based on the associated position and signal strength parameter; computing the position of the mobile device at the base station; calculating an average of the signal strength parameter over a time window, and storing the average associated with the position. The signal strength parameter may include at least one of a block error rate (BLER) and a radio signal strength indicator (RSSI), and the position may be a global positioning system (GPS) position. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135134 | TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL METHOD AND SYSTEM, AND SENDING APPARATUS - The present invention discloses a transmit power control method and system, and a sending apparatus. The method includes the following steps: acquiring first information that is used to adjust transmit power for sending a first signal; acquiring power of each working channel; and determining a to-be-adjusted working channel according to an adjustment step, the first information, and the power of each working channel, so as to adjust the transmit power for sending the first signal. According to the foregoing manner, the present invention can adjust transmit power for sending a first signal, avoid saturation of an automatic transmit power control apparatus, and save energy. | 05-12-2016 |
20160142973 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING OFF CELL FOR ENERGY SAVING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for switching off a cell for energy saving in a wireless communication system is provided. A first eNodeB (eNB) transmits information on quality of services (QoS) of user equipments (UEs), connected to the first eNB, to a macro eNB, and receives a list of recommended cells for handover of all or a part of the UEs. Then the first eNB performs handover of all or the part of the UEs with a second eNB which manages a cell included in the list of recommended cells, and switches off a cell managed by the first eNB. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142974 | POWER SAVING IN WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER DEVICE - The present disclosure relates to a method performed by a first wireless transceiver device | 05-19-2016 |
20160142976 | INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE - The present disclosure provides an information transmission method and an information transmission device. The information transmission method includes a step of transmitting, by a network-side device, at least one of information about a power back-off value, information about a resource allocation mode and DRX configuration information to a UE in accordance with information about a type or a capability level of a PA reported by the UE. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142977 | USER PLANE IDLE MODE BUFFERING WITHIN SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - The present invention addresses a method, apparatus and computer program product for enabling PMM/ECM IDLE buffering within software defined network architecture. Thereby, it is indicated that a user plane idle state is active, a buffer for a user plane idle procedure is allocated in a user plane node, and a communications protocol controller is notified about received packets at the user plane node, wherein only the first received packet is to be indicated to the communications protocol controller while any subsequent received packet is appended to the allocated buffer. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142978 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication device includes a reception unit configured to receive information from an external device; a control unit configured to implement control for storing, in a storage unit, state information relevant to a state of the communication device itself; a first processor configured to perform a process on the information received from the external device; and a second processor configured to perform a process of executing output. When the information received from the external device is a browse request to browse the state information, the first processor acquires requested information from the state information stored in the storage unit, and executes control to send the acquired information to the external device. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142982 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER - Disclosed herein is an apparatus for controlling transmit power, including: a global positioning system (GPS) receiving unit receiving GPS signals from one or more satellites and measuring signal strengths of the GPS signals; a processor calculating transmit power corresponding to a current position depending on the GPS signals according to a predefined command; a memory storing the command therein; and a communication interface transmitting a data signal including data depending on the transmit power. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143085 | POWER SAVING FOR TIGHT COUPLED INTERWORKING - In some implementations, a power saving method includes receiving, from a base station, at a user equipment (UE), a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) configuration. The UE determines a WLAN listen interval that includes at least one Traffic Indication Map (TIM) period and at least one TIM transmission period. The UE selects, based on the DRX configuration, a TIM message to monitor within an associated TIM transmission period from the at least one TIM transmission period in the listen interval. The UE determines a WLAN wakeup time that overlaps the associated TIM transmission period. During the associated TIM transmission periods, the UE receives, from an Access Point (AP), the selected TIM message. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143086 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHODS - A wireless telecommunications system supports a DRX operating mode for communications between a base station and terminal device. This mode includes a regular and repeating cycle of DRX inactive periods in which the terminal device monitors a downlink channel from the base station and DRX active periods during which the terminal device enters a power-saving mode and does not monitor the downlink channel. The terminal device transmits uplink signalling that is a trigger for subsequent downlink signalling. The base station receives the uplink signalling, determines the time of an upcoming DRX inactive period for the terminal device, and delays transmitting downlink signalling in response to the uplink signalling until the upcoming DRX inactive period. The terminal device enters the power saving mode after transmitting the uplink signalling and exits the power saving mode for the DRX inactive period to monitor the downlink channel for the downlink signalling. | 05-19-2016 |
20160149673 | MESSAGE DISTRIBUTING SYSTEM, MESSAGE DISTRIBUTING APPARATUS, MESSAGE DISTRIBUTING METHOD AND MESSAGE DISTRIBUTING PROGRAM - A message distributing system of the present invention includes: a mobile terminal; a service server which distributes a message to the mobile terminal; a message distributing apparatus which repeats the message and a request for distribution of the message that are provided by the service server; and a network apparatus which transmits the message, that is provided by the message distributing apparatus, to the mobile terminal. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150022 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a wireless communication device for packet communication. When power is applied, in a case where a packet data is received before receiving a message notifying that packet communication starts, the other party is urged to transmit a message saying that the packet communication starts and a packet number is initialized in accordance with transmission and reception of the message that the packet communication starts. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150056 | MULTI-PROTOCOL FRAME FILTER - Systems, methods and circuits implementing a multi-protocol frame filter are disclosed. In some implementations, one or more programmable registers are configured to store frame filter data. A receiver is configured to receive an incoming frame. A multi-protocol frame filter is coupled to the one or more programmable registers and the receiver. The multi-protocol frame filter is configured for: comparing one or more fields of the incoming frame to the frame filter data, where the one or more fields are indicative of a wireless communications protocol; and determining, based on the comparing, to accept or discard the frame. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150390 | Methods for Receiving Device Discovery Information and Sending Device Discovery Information and User Equipment - Disclosed are methods for receiving device discovery information and sending device discovery information, and UE. The method for receiving the device discovery information includes that: first UE receives device discovery information sent by second UE, wherein the device discovery information contains at least one piece of the following information: UE identification information and attribute information of the UE; and the first UE performs D2D discovery and/or D2D communication under the condition that the device discovery information is consistent with a preset condition. By the disclosure, the technical problem of difficulty in meeting a requirement on D2D communication diversity caused by containing of only an ID in the device discovery information in the related technology is effectively solved, and the technical effect of improving D2D communication effectiveness and flexibility is achieved. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150438 | MOMENTUM TRANSFER COMMUNICATION - The present disclosure relates to momentum transfer communication systems. An apparatus comprises at least one of a single-ended encoding circuit or a differential encoding circuit and a controller configured to control the at least one of the single-ended encoding circuit or the differential encoding circuit to encode a received signal into an encoded signal using momentum transfer encoding techniques. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150469 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING OPPORTUNISTIC POWER SAVING IN AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND ASSOCIATED APPARATUS - A method for performing opportunistic power saving in an electronic device and an associated apparatus are provided, where the method includes the steps of: wirelessly receiving at least one portion of a header of a packet, wherein the packet is wirelessly sent from outside the electronic device; determining a transmission time parameter of the packet according to the at least one portion of the header, for timing control of packet-based dozing; and according to header information within the packet, selectively controlling a transceiver of the electronic device to enter a doze state during a remaining transmission time of the packet, to reduce power consumption of the electronic device. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150470 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station (eNB | 05-26-2016 |
20160150473 | TRANSMITTING DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, PROGRAMS, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEIVING METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION OF CONTINUOUS - Transmitting device, receiving device, communication device, programs, transmission method, and receiving method for wireless communication of continuous data in the form of packets. A transmitting device includes a data receiving unit that receives continuous data from a network, the continuous data including actual data and null data; a packetizing unit that deletes at least a part of the null data from the continuous data to generate a packet for wireless communication; a transmitting unit that modulates the packet into a radio carrier wave and wirelessly transmits the resulting packet; and a control unit that causes the transmitting unit to stop transmission of the radio carrier wave during at least a part of a time period in which no such packet is transmitted wirelessly. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150474 | LOW POWER SYNCHRONIZATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Some aspects of the present disclosure provide for methods, apparatus, and computer software for low-power synchronization of wireless communication devices. In one example, an asynchronous code division multiple access (CDMA) channel may be utilized for uplink communication. By utilizing asynchronous CDMA on the uplink, synchronization requirements are relaxed relative to other forms of communication. Accordingly, a synchronization period after coming out of a sleep state can be short, reducing power consumption during re-synchronization. In another example, a low-power companion receiver, rather than the full-power WWAN receiver, may be utilized to acquire a sync signal while the device is in its sleep state. Once synchronism is achieved via the low-power companion receiver, the full-power radio may power up and perform communication with the network. By shifting the synchronization from the full-power radio to the low-power companion radio, power consumption during re-synchronization can be achieved. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150475 | Proactive Radio Resource Allocation - The present disclosure concerns radio communication. More particularly, the embodiments presented herein generally relate to allocation of radio resources. In one example embodiment, a radio network node | 05-26-2016 |
20160150476 | MOBILE STATION - Even equipped with “Advanced Receiver functionality”, a mobile station UE according to the present invention achieves appropriate battery saving. The mobile station UE according to the present invention includes: a determination unit | 05-26-2016 |
20160150479 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device for packet communication is provided. When a battery is mounted, a control signal for obtaining information necessary for packet communication is received, and the information is stored in a first communication information storage unit, along with a reception frequency of the control signal. In a waiting state, main components for wireless communication are powered off. The main components for the wireless communication are powered on at the time of sensor detection. The packet communication is performed using the information in the first communication information storage unit. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150480 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND A MOBILE STATION - The present invention is to provide the mobile communication system which enables power consumption reduction for the mobile station with dual mode capability by unifying the location registration and paging processing for every mobile communication system. The mobile communication system is so arranged to perform location registration processing and paging processing for the mobile station by only one of radio communication systems. And the mobile station can access to any other radio communication systems. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150481 | CONTROLLING WIRELESS TRANSITION TIMERS BASED ON APPLICATION AND CONTENT - Wireless transition timers associated with wireless transition states are adaptively controlled in relation to use of applications by user equipment (UE). A UE can include a transition management component (TMC) that can adaptively control wireless transition timers associated with wireless states based on application type, session content, or other factors. The TMC monitors data flow associated with an application and, for a current or subsequent communication session, controls the length of wireless transition timers and switching between wireless states to improve UE, application, and/or network performance while maintaining QOE for the user. The TMC can access a timer look-up table that maps wireless transition timers to application type, content type, user behavior, or other factors. The TMC also can desirably control maintaining persistence or always-on connections by controlling switching between wireless states using the adapted wireless transition timers. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150482 | TELEMATICS TERMINAL, TELEMATICS CENTER AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A telematics center includes a modem unit configured to receive at least one piece of vehicle information from at least one telematics terminal and a controller configured to analyze an operation pattern relating to a modem mounted in each of the at least one telematics terminal based on the at least one received piece of vehicle information and to determine an Out Of Service (OOS) scan mode based on the analyzed operation pattern relating to the modem. The controller is configured to transmit setting information corresponding to the determined scan mode to each of the at least one telematics terminal. Thereby, improvement in user convenience and apparatus efficiency is expected. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150485 | METHOD FOR POWER HEADROOM REPORTING AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for transmitting a power headroom reporting in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: generating a PHR MAC CE (Power Headroom Reporting MAC Control Element) for activated cells comprising a first cell and a second cell; and transmitting a power headroom reporting through the generated PHR MAC CE to a network in a subframe, wherein the generated PHR MAC CE includes a value of Type 2 PH (Power Headroom) information for the first cell followed by a value of a Type 2 PH information for the second cell, and the Type 2 PH information for the second cell followed by a value of Type 1 PH information for the first cell. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150487 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - There is provided a terminal apparatus configured to communicate with a base station apparatus. The terminal apparatus includes a reception unit configured to receive information for configuring a plurality of subframe sets and a parameter for each of the plurality of subframe sets from the base station apparatus, and a transmission unit configured to report power headroom calculated based on the parameter for a subframe set to which a subframe in which power headroom reporting is performed belongs, to the base station apparatus in the subframe. Thus, the terminal apparatus can efficiently perform a process related to a transmission power. | 05-26-2016 |
20160157173 | Adaptive and Power-Controllable WIFI Adjusting Method and Device | 06-02-2016 |
20160157176 | LOW POWER CONSUMPTION NETWORKING METHOD OF 802.15.4E WIRELESS DEVICE THAT TAKES POWER BASED ON 4-20MA LOOP | 06-02-2016 |
20160157177 | Method and System for Wirelessly Transmitting Data | 06-02-2016 |
20160157185 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACQUIRING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160157187 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING A POWER TRANSMISSION LEVEL FOR A COMMUNICATION DEVICE | 06-02-2016 |
20160157189 | Method for Determining Multiple Transmit Powers in a Cellular Wireless Communication System | 06-02-2016 |
20160165410 | UPDATING OF LAYER-2 GROUP KEY IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - According to an aspect of the present disclosure, an access point sends timing information related to updating of a group key. A wireless station communicates with the access point according to the timing information to receive an updated group key. The updated group key is thereafter used for processing of multicast packets. Due to the use of the timing information, the wireless station can operate in a power-down mode, and yet receive at least the required group keys. In one embodiment, the timing information specifies a future time instance at which the update group may be available. In an alternative embodiment, a version number is associated with each value of the group key and the version number of the currently operative group key (in the access point) is broadcast to the wireless stations. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165534 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION BASED ON IDENTIFYING INFORMATION ASSIGNMENT AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A communication method based on identifying information assignment in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system, performed by a station (STA), is provided. The method includes receiving an identifier assignment message from an access point (AP), wherein the identifier assignment message comprises identifying information for the STA, and TIM offset information for a time point at which at least one traffic indication map (TIM) element for the STA starts to be transmitted; receiving a first TIM element from the AP at a time point indicated by the TIM offset information; determining whether the first TIM element comprises the identifying information; and receiving a first data frame from the AP if the first TIM element contains the identifying information. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165536 | REDUCTION OF POWER CONSUMPTION IN A HALF-DUPLEX TRANSCEIVER - Circuits and methods for reducing power consumption in a half-duplex transceiver are disclosed. In an embodiment, a power management circuit of half-duplex transceiver includes direct current to direct current (DC-DC) converter and snooze mode controller. The DC-DC converter includes switching circuit and driver circuit to drive the switching circuit. The DC-DC converter provides power supply to at least one element of a transmitter sub-system of the half-duplex transceiver, and operates in snooze control modes. The snooze mode controller is coupled to the DC-DC converter and configured to generate a control signal based on at least one transceiver operating input, where the control signal causes the DC-DC converter to operate in one of the snooze control modes, the snooze control modes corresponding to snooze duty cycles and where in each snooze control mode, the switching circuit and the driver circuit remain in an OFF-state based on a respective snooze duty cycle. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165539 | METHOD FOR MONITORING A PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL DURING DRX OPERATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A DEVICE THEREFOR (AS AMENDED) - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for monitoring a PDCCH during a DRX (Discontinuous Reception) operation in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving first DRX (Discontinuous Reception) information from the first BS; receiving second DRX information from the second BS; and monitoring a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) for the first BS during an active time for the second BS, wherein the active time for the second BS includes one or more On Durations indicated by the second DRX information. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165541 | Coordinated Signaling of Scheduling Information for Uplink and Downlink Communications - A coordinated signaling scheme for both uplink and downlink transmissions between a base station and a user terminal reduces the amount of time that the user terminal must turn on its receiver to listen for scheduling messages and ACK/NACK signaling. A scheduler at a base station aligns the transmission of downlink scheduling messages (e.g., downlink assignments) with uplink grants and ACK/NACK signaling for uplink transmissions. Aligning the downlink scheduling messages with uplink control signaling enables the user terminal to turn off its receiver for longer periods of time. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165542 | VEHICLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A vehicle communication system includes a mobile terminal having a display screen in which display ON and OFF of the display screen can be operated by a user and a vehicle that performs communication with the mobile terminal in a first interval period when a connection has been established. The vehicle has an in-vehicle control unit that, before the connection is established, sends an inquiry signal for establishing the connection to a vicinity of the vehicle in a second interval period. The mobile terminal has a control section that, before the connection is established, performs scanning operation that enables the inquiry signal to be received in a third interval period. The control section can set the third interval period so as to be operational in at least two periods and sets the third interval period to the high-speed mode when the display of the display screen is on. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165544 | METHOD OF MANAGEMENT OF A WIRELESS INTERFACE OF A DEVICE AND CORRESPONDING WIRELESS DEVICE - The present invention generally relates to a management of a wireless interface of a device. The management of the wireless interface includes monitoring of at least one component of the device, other than a wireless network element followed by switching a power state of the wireless interface to another power state according to the monitored activity. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165551 | Adjusting Transmitted Power Output of an Antenna of a Device - An antenna and a proximity sensor coupled to the antenna can determine proximity of an object to a device. The device can include a controller to adjust a transmitted power output of the antenna if the object is proximate to the device and measurements from the sensor collected over a period of time vary. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165552 | Power Adaptation in an Electronic Device - In order to improve communication with another electronic device, during an advertising mode an electronic device (such as a smartphone) may transmit a packet with advertising information using a default transmit power level. Then, based on feedback about a performance metric associated with the communication from the other electronic device, the electronic device may selectively increase the transmit power level for a subsequent packet. Because this selective increase in the transmit power level may increase the overall power consumption, the change in the transmit power level also may depend on one or more factors, such as a battery power level of the electronic device. However, the selective increase in the transmit power level may, in some instances, decrease the overall power consumption by reducing or eliminating retries. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165554 | RADIO FREQUENCY IDENTIFICATION MODES IN PATIENT MONITORING - Techniques for wireless component monitoring are described herein. The techniques may include entering a low power mode to associate a radio frequency identification (RFID) component with a patient monitoring device within a first range. The techniques also include entering a high power mode wherein the patient monitoring device is to detect the RFID component within a second range of the patient monitoring device, wherein the second range is larger than the first range. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165625 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PHYSICAL LAYER CONVERGENCE PROCEDURE PROTOCOL DATA UNIT IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM SUPPORTING POWER SAVE MODE OPERATION AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method of transmitting a data frame in a wireless local area network (WLAN) is provided. The method includes transmitting, by an access point (AP), a scheduling information element including information on a time period for data frame transmission to a first station (STA) and a second STA, wherein the scheduling information element includes an offset field indicating a start time point of the time period and transmitting, by the AP, the data frame to the first STA and the second STA by using a multi user-multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) transmission scheme after the start time point indicated by the offset field. | 06-09-2016 |
20160174060 | USER TERMINAL | 06-16-2016 |
20160174148 | NEIGHBOR DISCOVERY TO SUPPORT SLEEPY NODES | 06-16-2016 |
20160174150 | MANAGING POWER CONSUMPTION IN BASE STATIONS AND REMOTE ACCESS POINTS | 06-16-2016 |
20160174151 | SEARCHING FOR CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK | 06-16-2016 |
20160174152 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160174154 | UNSCHEDULED PEER POWER SAVE MODE | 06-16-2016 |
20160174155 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION METHOD | 06-16-2016 |
20160174157 | POWER MANAGEMENT IN A PORTABLE COMMUNICATION DEVICE BASED ON RADIO CONFIGURATION VERSION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174159 | TERMINAL REQUESTED BASE STATION CONTROLLED TERMINAL TRANSMISSION THROTTLING | 06-16-2016 |
20160174164 | USER TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND PROCESSOR | 06-16-2016 |
20160183099 | Methods and Devices for Cell Reconfiguration | 06-23-2016 |
20160183160 | Wireless Network With Multiple Paths Between Nodes | 06-23-2016 |
20160183162 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183185 | POWER SAVING IN WI-FI DEVICES UTILIZING BLUETOOTH | 06-23-2016 |
20160183186 | Outage Delay Indication and Exploitation | 06-23-2016 |
20160183187 | ADJACENT CHANNEL INTERFERENCE MITIGATION FOR LOW-POWER WAKE-UP RADIO | 06-23-2016 |
20160183188 | METHODS FOR REDUCING THE POWER CONSUMPTION IN VOICE COMMUNICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS UTILIZING THE SAME | 06-23-2016 |
20160183189 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED POWER SAVE PROTOCOL | 06-23-2016 |
20160183191 | ENERGY EFFICIENT WIRELESS DATA TRANSFER | 06-23-2016 |
20160183192 | MOBILITY AND CHANNEL CONDITION BASED POWER CONSERVATION | 06-23-2016 |
20160183193 | MOBILE DEVICE POWER CONTROL | 06-23-2016 |
20160192291 | SECONDARY CELL STATE ACTIVATION AND DEACTIVATION OF GAPS - Various communication systems may benefit from insight regarding when a device is performing power saving operations. For example, wireless communication systems may benefit from secondary cell state activation and deactivation of measurement gaps. A method can include determining, by a user equipment, whether a secondary cell is in an activated state or an inactivated state. The method can also include selectively enabling or disabling measurement gaps for the user equipment based on the determined state of the secondary cell. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192292 | NETWORK NODE AND MOBILE DEVICE FOR USE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK, METHODS OF OPERATING THE SAME AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS - According to one aspect, there is provided a method of operating a network node in a communication network with the communication network comprising at least one mobile device that is operating in a discontinuous reception, DRX, mode with a DRX cycle length that is longer than a modification period in the network. In the method, when an update to system information is to occur in an updated information modification period, the modification period immediately preceding the updated information modification period comprising a change notification modification period, a paging message is transmitted to the mobile device during a modification period other than the change notification modification period and the updated information modification period, the paging message informing the mobile device that an update to system information is to occur in the updated information modification period. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192294 | POWER SAVING TECHNIQUES FOR eMBMS - Power saving techniques for evolved Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (eMBMS) services are described. In one embodiment, for example, user equipment (UE) may comprise at least one radio frequency (RF) transceiver, at least one RF antenna, and logic, at least a portion of which is in hardware, the logic to receive a system information message comprising multicast/broadcast over single frequency network (MBSFN) area information, determine an MBSFN area identifier (ID) of an MBSFN area based on the MBSFN area information, and determine whether to decode a multicast control channel (MCCH) for the MBSFN area based on the MBSFN area ID and on MBSFN area mapping information. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192295 | Apparatus and Method for Controlling Power in a Communication System - An apparatus and method for controlling power in a communication system are provided. The method includes amplifying an input signal by a second processor farther from an antenna than a first processor, and determining whether to enable or disable each of the first processor and the second processor based on results from the amplification by the second processor. Another method includes amplifying an input signal from an antenna by a second processor electrically farther from the antenna than a first processor, and determining whether to operate the first processor and the second processor based on a value related to a reception state for the amplified signal by the second processor. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192304 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK SYNCHRONIZATION - A method and an apparatus for network synchronization are provided. The apparatus comprises a radio frequency (RF) unit for transmitting and receiving a radio signal and a processor operatively coupled to the RF unit, wherein the processor is configured for transmitting signals via the RF unit, wherein the processor performs network synchronization with neighboring cells. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192414 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT SERVICE LAYER ASSISTANCE FOR MODEM SLEEP OPERATIONS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in connection with improving wireless device power consumption in an M2M environment. In an example, a service layer module equipped to obtain a network value indicating that a service layer transaction is complete and no additional activity associated with the service layer transaction is expected from a network entity, determine that no additional activity associated with the service layer transaction is expected from a wireless device application, generate a sleep mode value based on the reception of the network value and upon the determination, and provide the sleep mode value to a modem subsystem and/or an application subsystem indicating that it is allowed to enter a sleep mode. In an aspect, the sleep mode value may be provided using cross layer signaling between a service layer and modem processing layer. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192435 | USER EQUIPMENT INITIATED DISCONTINUOUS OPERATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - An apparatus and method for initiating discontinuous reception (DRX) operation in a user equipment (UE) are disclosed herein. Applications running on the UE are monitored by the UE to identify one or more inactivity trigger events associated with the application(s). The UE includes an application-radio cross layer to process the application information, including the inactivity trigger event, for use by a radio layer. The radio layer of the UE determines initiation of the DRX operation in accordance with the application information, including the inactivity trigger event, provided by the application-radio cross layer and device characteristics information. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192437 | Method for Releasing Wireless Link Resource and User Equipment - A method for releasing wireless link resources and a user equipment (UE) are provided in the present document. The method includes the following steps: the UE monitoring a transport layer signaling state in a data communication process; the UE prejudging whether a corresponding condition for releasing wireless link resources is satisfied according to the detected transport layer signaling state ( | 06-30-2016 |
20160198405 | Method and Apparatus for Controlling Power Consumption in Mobile Communication System | 07-07-2016 |
20160198406 | System Information Broadcast for Machine-Type Communication | 07-07-2016 |
20160198407 | NETWORK NODE AND TERMINAL DEVICE FOR USE IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK, METHODS OF OPERATING THE SAME AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS | 07-07-2016 |
20160198408 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE | 07-07-2016 |
20160198409 | Low Power Harmonic Wake Up Radio | 07-07-2016 |
20160198411 | NETWORK-ASSISTED POWER CONSUMPTION REDUCTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL | 07-07-2016 |
20160198416 | METHOD AND DEVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 07-07-2016 |
20160198417 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS TO COORDINATE COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK | 07-07-2016 |
20160198422 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING ENERGY CONSUMPTION OF RADIO COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK | 07-07-2016 |
20160198514 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING FAILED CONNECTION REQUESTS FOR DEVICES IN AN INACTIVE MODE | 07-07-2016 |
20160205533 | SERVICE DISCOVERY WITH LOW POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS | 07-14-2016 |
20160205581 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LIMITING TRANSMISSION OF IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE INDICATION MESSAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205594 | PROCESSOR SLEEP MODE COMMUNICATION HANDLING | 07-14-2016 |
20160205622 | Coordination using the UE application | 07-14-2016 |
20160205623 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | 07-14-2016 |
20160205624 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE | 07-14-2016 |
20160205625 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR ENHANCED POWER SAVING FOR MOBILE TERMINATED COMMUNICATION | 07-14-2016 |
20160205626 | Method, Device, and System for Synchronizing Physical Layer State | 07-14-2016 |
20160205627 | POWER SAVE METHOD, ACCESS POINT DEVICE, AND STATION DEVICE | 07-14-2016 |
20160205628 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO TERMINAL, AND RADIO BASE STATION | 07-14-2016 |
20160205629 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD | 07-14-2016 |
20160205702 | FAIRNESS-ENHANCING FRAME STRUCTURE | 07-14-2016 |
20160205719 | DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT OF KEEP-ALIVE MESSAGES FOR EFFICIENT BATTERY USAGE IN A MOBILE NETWORK | 07-14-2016 |
20160255577 | System and Method for Activating and Deactivating Multiple Secondary Cells | 09-01-2016 |
20160255579 | BASE STATION, PROCESSOR AND TERMINAL | 09-01-2016 |
20160255580 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 09-01-2016 |
20160255581 | System and Method for User Terminal-Aware Cell Switch-Off | 09-01-2016 |
20160255583 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 09-01-2016 |
20160255584 | USER EQUIPMENT POWER OPTIMIZATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160255585 | WIRELESS DEVICE BATTERY OPTIMIZATION BY SUPPRESSING OSCILLATION IN CELL SCOPE DURING IDLE MODE | 09-01-2016 |
20160255586 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF A TERMINAL AND AN ACCESS POINT FOR POWER SAVING | 09-01-2016 |
20160255587 | ACTIVATION METHOD AND PORTABLE TERMINAL | 09-01-2016 |
20160255588 | SECURITY SYSTEM DEVICE POWER MANAGEMENT | 09-01-2016 |
20160255589 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE | 09-01-2016 |
20160255592 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER THEREOF | 09-01-2016 |
20160255607 | SELECTING MODULES FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR OPTIMAL PERFORMANCE | 09-01-2016 |
20160381593 | MULTIPLE MODEM DEVICE INCLUDING NOTIFICATION MODEM - A method, in a multiple modem device that includes a notification modem and a Wi-Fi modem, includes identifying data to be collected and rules for selecting an optimal modem for data transmission from the multiple modem device. The method also includes collecting the data, and determining whether the data is to be sent via the notification modem based on a payload size associated with the data and the rules. The method includes sending the data via a control channel of a cellular network associated with the notification modem in response to a determination that the data to be sent via the notification modem. A determination whether a Wi-Fi network is available is made in response to a determination that the data is not to be sent via the notification modem. The data is sent via the Wi-Fi modem over the Wi-Fi network. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381602 | UNSCHEDULED POWER SAVE MODE WITH PEER DEVICE NOTIFICATION - A device implementing an unscheduled power save mode with peer notification may include at least one processor that may be configured to receive, from a network coordinator device, an acknowledgement of a request to enter an unscheduled power save mode. The processor may be further configured to, responsive to receipt of the acknowledgment, transmit an indication of entering the unscheduled power save mode to at least one other device of the network and then enter the unscheduled power save mode. While in the unscheduled power save mode, the processor may be configured to receive, from the network coordinator device, an acknowledgement of a request to exit the unscheduled power save mode. The processor may be further configured to exit the unscheduled power save mode responsive to the acknowledgment, and transmit an indication of exiting the unscheduled power save mode to the at least one other device of the network. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381634 | System and Method for Semi-Persistent and Dynamic Scheduling and Discontinuous Reception Control - Methods of combining semi-persistent resource allocation and dynamic resource allocation are provided. Packets, such as VoIP packets, are transmitted on the uplink and downlink using respective semi-persistent resources. For each mobile device, awake periods and sleep periods are defined. The semi-persistent resources are aligned with the awake periods so that most of the time the mobile device can turn off its wireless access radio during the sleep periods. In addition, signalling to request, and to allocate, resources for additional packets are transmitted during the awake periods, and the resources allocated for the additional packets are within the awake windows. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381635 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for performing a channel access by a station (STA) in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: transmitting a first frame for a channel access request to an access point (AP); and receiving a second frame, which is a response to the channel access request, from the AP, wherein the first frame includes information indicating whether or not uplink data of the STA is present. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381636 | METHOD OF FINE GRAINED WAKE-UP MODES FOR WI-FI/BT UTILIZING WAKE-UP RECEIVER - Mobile platform power management is an important problem especially for battery-powered small form factor platforms such as smartphones, tablets, wearable devices, Internet of Things (IOT) devices, and the like. One exemplary technique disclosed herein defines a method for a fine-grained wake-up mode for Wi-Fi/BT/BLE that utilizes a low-power wake-up radio. For example, the actual data contained in the wake-up packet can be forwarded directly to a memory block of the device without waking-up the Wi-Fi/BT/BLE radio. As another example, if an IEEE 802.11 MAC frame is contained in the wake-up packet, then just the MAC processor of the Wi-Fi/BT/BLE radio can be woken up to process the IEEE 802.11 MAC frame contained in the wake-up packet, and have the PHY module of the Wi-Fi/BT/BLE radio kept powered off or in a low power mode to, for example, save energy. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381637 | BLUETOOTH LOW ENERGY DEVICES, SYSTEMS, AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - An apparatus of a Bluetooth low energy (BLE) device is provided for decreasing awake time of a host by receiving and processing peripheral data along a sideband channel and waking the host upon an event of interest, the apparatus comprising circuitry configured to receive BLE GATT data from a BLE core along a sideband channel, process the BLE GATT data, monitor processed BLE GATT data for an event of interest, and send a notification of a detection of the event of interest to the host. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381638 | TECHNIQUES FOR MOBILE PLATFORM POWER MANAGEMENT USING LOW-POWER WAKE-UP SIGNALS - Mobile platform power management is an important problem especially for battery-powered small form factor platforms such as smartphones, tablets, wearable devices, and Internet of Things (IOT) devices. A new low-power wake-up radio (LP-WUR) listens to the wireless medium for a wake-up signal with, for example, below 50 uw power consumption. The LP-WUR allows the mobile platform to completely turn off the main wireless radios, such as Wi-Fi, Bluetooth® (BT), Low-Energy Bluetooth® (BLE), and the like, and then selectively or opportunistically turn them on only when there is data to transmit or receive based on a wake-up signal. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381639 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING POWER SAVING MODE AND WIRELESS DEVICE THEREOF - One embodiment of the present specification provides a method for supporting a power saving mode in a wireless device. The method can comprise the steps of: transmitting a request message including a first active time value to a network entity, if a PSM is necessary; and receiving a rejection message for the request message from the network entity. Here, the rejection message includes the reason for rejection, and can include a second active time value determined by considering the first active time value. The method can comprise the steps of terminating the transmission procedure of the request message after receiving the reject message, and entering a PSM state on the basis of the second active time value. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381640 | MANAGING CONTACT STATUS UPDATES IN A PRESENCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A system configured to perform operations that receive an indication of a power event occurring at a first device for an online identity. The power event causes the first device to switch from an external power source to an internal battery. The first device represents that the online identity is online while the first device receives power from the internal battery. The operations can further evaluate a priority value of an online contact for the online identity against a threshold value and hold, at a second device, at least one status update for the online contact while the first device receives power from the internal battery in response to evaluation of the priority value against the threshold value. The operations can further release, for transmission to the first device, the at least one status update in response to determination that the first device switches back to the external power source. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381643 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR POWER-SAVING LOW INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY RECEIVER - This application discusses apparatus and methods of saving power using a quadrature receiver by enabling a single string reception mode of the quadrature receiver. In an example, a receiver for receiving communication information can include an analog front end configured to receive a modulated, information-carrying radio frequency signal at a first frequency band and to provide a digital representation of the modulated, information-carrying radio frequency signal at a second frequency band, a digital front end configured to receive the digital representation at the second frequency and to provide the communication information, for example, to a baseband processor. In a first processing mode of the receiver, the analog front end can provide either one of in-phase symbol information of the modulated, information-carrying radio frequency signal or quadrature symbol information of the modulated, information-carrying radio frequency signal at the second frequency band. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381644 | TECHNIQUES FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER OF A USER EQUIPMENT OPERATING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Certain aspects relate to controlling a transmit power of a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication network. The UE may determine a location of the UE, and identify, from set of transmit power reduction settings stored at the UE, a power reduction indicator corresponding to the location and to a frequency range of an uplink transmission. Further, the aspects include the UE transmitting a first uplink transmission in the frequency range at a first transmit power controlled based on the power reduction indicator when the power reduction indicator is found. In another aspect, the UE transmits a second uplink transmission in the frequency range at a second transmit power controlled based on a network-signaled power reduction value when the power reduction indicator corresponding to the location is not found at the UE. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381730 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOW POWER CONSUMPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods, systems, and devices for low power consumption in wireless communication systems are disclosed herein. An evolved node B (eNodeB) is configured to provide a connection reconfiguration message to user equipment (UE) connected to the eNodeB, the connection reconfiguration message configuring the UE to indicate a power preference. The eNodeB receives assistance information from the UE. The assistance information includes a low power preference indication and a timer length, wherein the timer length indicates a preferred duration for a low power mode. The eNodeB provides, in response to receiving the assistance information, a connection release message to the UE. The connection release message includes paging discontinuous reception (DRX) information that includes the timer length. | 12-29-2016 |
20170238249 | CONTROL INFORMATION UTILIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TERMINAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238250 | Information Interaction Method, Device and System for Wireless Body Area Network (WBAN) | 08-17-2017 |
20170238251 | Method and Network Node for Facilitating Synchronization in Network | 08-17-2017 |
20170238252 | ENABLING POWER EFFICIENT DUAL CONNECTIVITY WITH REDUCED DELAY IMPACT | 08-17-2017 |
20170238254 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238256 | POWER OPTIMIZATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LOW POWER DEVICES | 08-17-2017 |
20170238257 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING ENERGY CONSUMPTION | 08-17-2017 |
20170238299 | METHODS AND NETWORK NODES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 08-17-2017 |
20170238305 | UPLINK CHANNEL DESIGN FOR SLOT-BASED TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVAL (TTI) | 08-17-2017 |
20170238347 | Method, Apparatus and System for Managing Mobile Hotspot | 08-17-2017 |
20180026809 | PORTABLE FIELD MAINTENANCE TOOL WITH RESISTOR NETWORK FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE OPERATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180026903 | TECHNIQUES AND APPARATUSES FOR CONNECTION TERMINATION IN A MULTI-SUBSCRIBER IDENTITY MODULE (MULTI-SIM) DEVICE | 01-25-2018 |
20180027386 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LIGHT ENABLED INDOOR POSITIONING AND REPORTING | 01-25-2018 |
20180027441 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING NETWORK COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION TO DISTRIBUTE TRAFFIC IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
20180027490 | Wake-Up Radio Assisted WLAN Power Saving Technologies | 01-25-2018 |
20180027491 | A Radio Unit and a Method Therein for Controlling Power Levels of Spatially Separated Transceivers in a Wireless Communications Network | 01-25-2018 |
20180027494 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF NEIGHBOR AWARENESS NETWORKING (NAN) DATA LINK (NDL) POWER SAVE | 01-25-2018 |
20180027496 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND POWER SAVING METHOD THEREOF | 01-25-2018 |
20180027497 | FLEET POWER MANAGEMENT THROUGH INFORMATION STORAGE SHARING | 01-25-2018 |
20190150057 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, NETWORK DEVICE, AND TERMINAL DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
20190150086 | POWER SAVING METHOD AND DEVICE THEREOF IN INTERNET-OF-THINGS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150087 | Provision of Time Information to a Wireless Device | 05-16-2019 |
20190150090 | SCHEDULING METHOD, ACCESS POINT, AND STATION | 05-16-2019 |
20190150092 | Wi-Fi Low Energy Preamble | 05-16-2019 |
20190150093 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING LOW-POWER MOBILE HOTSPOT | 05-16-2019 |
20190150094 | RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT CONFIGURATION FOR USER EQUIPMENT WITH WAKE-UP SIGNAL RECEIVERS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150095 | POWER MODE MANAGEMENT | 05-16-2019 |
20190150130 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING WIRELESS SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20220141766 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING PLURALITY OF CELLS FOR PROVIDING RADIO RESOURCES TO PLURALITY OF USER EQUIPMENTS, AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - Disclosed is a method, performed by an electronic device, of controlling a plurality of cells for providing radio resources to a plurality of user equipments (UEs), including: obtaining information about a load of each of a plurality of cells, calculating a total load of the plurality of cells based on the obtained information, changing a state of at least one cell from among the plurality of cells from an active state to an inactive state or from an inactive state to an active state based on the calculated total load, and controlling the plurality of cells so that a plurality of UEs are connected to active cells from among the plurality of cells in response to the change in the state of the at least one cell. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141767 | NETWORK DEVICE MANAGEMENT - A method of retrieving status information from a telecommunications device ( | 05-05-2022 |
20220141769 | Provision of Time Information to a Wireless Device - There is provided provision of timing information of a first timing information source using timing information of a second timing information source to a wireless device. A network node determines that second timing information from the second timing information source is available and that timing information from the first timing information source is derivable from the second timing information. The network node instructs the wireless device to use the second timing information as a source for deriving first timing information of the first timing information source. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141916 | FACILITATION OF POWER RETENTION FOR 5G OR OTHER NEXT GENERATION NETWORK NON-STANDALONE DEVICES - Power retention for 5G non-standalone devices can be accomplished via a process that comprises specific message data being sent to a mobile device. For example, although a mobile device can enable its new radio in response to communicating with a network cell that does not comprise a new radio functionality, a message can be sent to the mobile device to prevent the mobile device from enabling its new radio. Therefore, the mobile device can retain battery power simultaneously. | 05-05-2022 |